LIBRARY OF THE X>N AAv, aT for the ^ PEOPLE FOR < £ % % EDVCATION O FOR ^ SCIENCE Digitized by the Internet Archive in 2017 with funding from IMLS LG-70-15-0138-15 https://archive.org/details/asbbulletin3839asso The AbB BULLETIN olume 38, Number 1 H301 , A78 * January 1991 Pond Turtles — see p. 20 The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager. Dr. Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, LIniversity of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32819 Business Manager: Dr. Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Frank P. Day. Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 President-elect — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Aqnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 Vice-President — Michael J. Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144 Retiring President — Joe E. Winstead. Dept. Biology, Western KY, Univ., Bowling Green, KY 42101 Secretary — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Treasurer — Robert L. Beckmann, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695 Archivist — Madeline P. Burbanck, Box 15134, Atlanta, GA 30333 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1991: Kenneth W. McLeod, Savannah River Ecol. Lab., Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 Jim Ross, Dept. Biology, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham. AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and dilTusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1991 April 10-13 Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 1992 April 8-1 1 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Norfolk or Virginia Beach, VA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. PRESIDENT’S CORNER A. M. A VIEW FROM HERE ASB continues to have a significant impact on national affairs and activities. Recently passed ASB resolutions dealing with wetlands protection, biodiversity, education in systematics and support of Earth Day were distributed to appropriate individuals and agencies after our meeting in Baltimore. I have received a number of detailed responses from the recipients of our resolutions, including the White House, and several respondents have indicated that the resolutions are excep¬ tionally helpful, their impact is great and more are needed. Several ASB officers and officials represented our association at the AIBS meeting in Richmond in August. The ASB executive committee has endorsed our continued involvement with AIBS for the near future. I have appointed an ad hoc committee on Minor¬ ities, Women, and Handicapped Affairs. We should be hearing from this com¬ mittee with regard to activities and programs which encourage and enhance the involvement of underrepresented groups in biology. The ASB executive committee is devoting considerable attention to continued financial stability for the association. The Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees will have three new members and a new chair in April and we look to them to develope a new phase in fund raising and investment for the fund. I want to thank the old Board and particularly the Chair, Grover Miller, for getting the fund up and running. Expect to hear proposals regarding possible modest dues increases. One way to increase our income is to recruit new members, including libraries. If the Bulletin had more research papers published, our recruiting efforts would be easier. Please submit your manuscripts for publication in the Bulletin. Finally, we have an excellent meeting planned for April in a beautiful location. I hope to see most of you in Boone this spring. NEWS 52nd ANNUAL MEETING in BOONE, NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian State University and the Department of Biology welcomes the 52nd annual meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists to our campus and to Boone, North Carolina. Except for the Thursday evening buffet supper, field trips and some special sessions that require a teaching laboratory, all activities will be held at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center which is on the campus of Appalachian State University. SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN BOONE Beta Beta Beta Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Southeastern Division, American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Society of Wetlands Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Fishes Council Southern Appalachian Botanical Club Boone, North Carolina, with a population of 12,000 people, is in the heart of the Southern Appalachian Mountains at an elevation of 3300 feet with numerous surrounding mountains ranging from 4000 to 5000 feet. Nearby Grandfather Mountain rises to nearly 6000 feet. Boone is named for Daniel Boone who is thought to have traveled extensively in the area and who probably had a cabin near the site of what is now the campus of Appalachian State University. The Blue Ridge Parkway passes within five miles of the city and offers spectacular views of mountains and valleys in the area. Mountain crafts and art work are popular drawing cards to the region. The Eastern Continental Divide passes through the town of Blowing Rock about 8 miles south of Boone and six ski slopes are within twenty miles of the city. (We sincerely hope that the weather will not permit their use in April!) Appalachian State University is a comprehensive university within the University of North Carolina system. There are 11,500 students, five colleges and 38 departments in the university. Numerous bachelor and masters degrees are offered and as of this year the university has established a doctoral program in the College of Education. Close ties with Northeast Technical University in Shenyang, China, Durham University in Durham, England, The University of the Americas in Puebla, Mexico, Franklin University in Lugano, Switzerland and The National University of Costa Rica in Heredia, Costa Rica have allowed extensive faculty exchanges between the two 2 NEWS 3 schools and has provided many of our faculty with unique research opportunities. The Department of Biology has a faculty of nineteen with four support staff. Five "tracks" are open to our majors. Four of these tracks — naturalist, pre-professional, education, and medical technology — lead to B.S. degrees while the fifth allows a student to earn a B . A. degree. In addition, the department has an M.S., an M. A. and a Specialist graduate program. Starting in 1991 the department will offer an M.S. degree with an emphasis in ecology. Special facilities include a modern electron microscope laboratory, plant gas exchange systems, a herbarium, an electrophoresis lab, a cell tissue culture lab, a molecular biology teaching lab, bio-acoustic analysis equipment and a neurophysiology lab. The department also houses one of the most extensive collections of preserved amphibians and reptiles in the United States. Although the department has a strong focus on the ecology of the southern Appalachians, faculty have conducted research in areas as far away as the deserts of the southwest, Canada, Hawaii and China. In 1989 ASU established the Center for the Study of Environmental Change. The Broyhill Inn and Conference Center is located on the Campus of Appalachian State University and has excellent hotel and dining facilities as well as facilities for meetings. There are eighty hotel rooms v/ith ample parking and a dining room with a beautiful view of the surrounding mountains. The Appal CART, our local public transportation system, connects the Broyhill Inn with the rest of the campus, the city of Boone and parts of Watauga County. POINTS OF INTEREST IN THE BOONE AREA Grandfather Mountain. This is a privately owned tourist attraction that features hiking trails, spectacular views, a mile-high swinging bridge, and collections of minerals found in the region and animals native to the area. Grandfather Mountain is located 17 miles southeast of Boone and is accessible from the Blue Ridge Parkway (milepost 305), U.S. 221 and State Road 105. Open daily 8:00 AM-dusk. Admission adults $7 . 50 , children 4-12 $4, children under 4 free. The Frescoes. Found in Holy Trinity Church in Glendale Springs and St. Mary's Episcopal Church in West Jefferson, North Carolina, about 10 miles east of Boone north of U.S. 421, these paintings represent some of the best examples of frescoes found in the United States. Open year round, 24 hours each day.. Admission is free, but a donation is requested. The Blue Ridge Parkway and Linn Cove Viaduct. The Blue Ridge Parkway extends 469 miles from Northern Virginia to the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, North Carolina and passes within 5 miles of Boone. A part of the National Park System, the Parkway was completed in 1988 and took over 50 years to complete. Numerous parking areas and overlooks offer 4 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 spectacular vistas and hiking trails are available at many sites. The last portion to be completed was the Linn Cove Viaduct and is a remarkably engineered piece of roadway built so as not to disturb the environment or lay of the mountainside. The Viaduct is located on Grandfather Mountain near milepost 304. The Blowing Rock. One of the oldest tourist attractions in the state, this rock outcrop has a nearly constant, very strong updraft associated with it, which gave rise to several legends. Expansive views have made this a popular attraction for decades. It is located in the town of Blowing Rock just off of U.S. 321 8 miles south of Boone. Open daily 9:00 AM- 6:00 PM. Admission: adults $3, children 6-11 $1, children under 6 free. Moses Cone Mansion. A bequest to the National Park Service by the textile industrialist Moses Cone, this house gives a feeling of living in the "grand style" early in the century. It is located on the Blue Ridge Parkway just south of Blowing Rock, N.C.. The mansion now serves as visitor and craft center. The mansion is not open in April, but the grounds offer hiking trails into the mountains. Admission is free. Linville Gorge and Falls. Located in the Pisgah National Forest 29 miles south of Boone off of U.S. 221 and the Blue Ridge Parkway, the gorge is one of the deepest canyons east of the Mississippi. First designated a wilderness region in 1951, it was one of the original wilderness areas set aside by the Wilderness Act of 1964. Linville Falls is a part of the Linville River which carved out the gorge. The Mast Store. On the National Historic Registry, this store is just what you would expect a true "general" store would have been like at the turn of the century. Complete with a pot-bellied stove and a checker board on a barrel (which is often in use), the store has everything you would ever need for mountain living and for most living in general. The original Mast Store is located in Valle Crucis about 8 miles west of Boone north on Highway 194 off Highway 105. Valle Crucis is worth seeing for the beauty of the Watauga River and the farmland nestled in the mountains. Open Monday-Saturday 6:30 AM-6 : 30 PM and Sunday 1:00-6:00 PM. Mount Mitchell State Park. Mount Mitchell is the highest point east of the Mississippi River and is located 55 miles southwest of Boone. This park, with its many hiking trails, can be reached by U.S. 221 and the Blue Parkway. The decline of the spruce-fir forest has been well documented on Mount Mitchell and can be seen in many locations in and around the park. ENTERTAINMENT IN BOONE Entertainment in Boone very often centers around Appalachian State University, especially so in the tourist NEWS 5 off-season. April is one of those seasons. During the ASB meeting there will be two events at ASU. The Department of Theater and Dance will present a series of one-act plays on the evenings of April 11-13 in the Greer Arena in I.G. Greer Hall on the campus. Time: 8:00 PM. Cost: $1.00. The School of Music will present the 22nd annual Contemporary Music festival on April 10-12 at the Rosen Auditorium in the Broyhill Music Center. This is NOT at the Broyhill Inn. Time: 8:00 PM. Admission is free. On Thursday night we will have our annual buffet at Shadrack's. Each Thursday through Sunday beginning at 6:00 PM Shadrack's offers excellent food and an experience in the best of mountain music and dancing. TRAVEL TO BOONE Boone can be reached by automobile by U.S. 421 North out of Winston-Salem, by 1-77 North and then U.S. 421 North out of Charlotte, by U.S. 321 South from Johnson City, Tennessee, U.S. 321 North from Hickory, N.C., and U.S. 221 North and N.C. Highway 105 from Asheville, N.C. or Spartanburg, S.C. If you are coming south on 1-81 get off on exit 11 in Tennessee and take Tennessee Highway 91 to Mountain City, TN, and then U.S. 421 South to Boone. There is no commercial airport in Boone, but a shuttle bus will be available from the Charlotte International Airport. This is a two hour, thirty minute trip. Notice the times and the cost on the registration form. A commuter airline serves Hickory, N.C. from Charlotte. The Hickory airport is about one hour from Boone and rental cars are available. ACCOMMODATIONS Eighty rooms are available at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center. There are over 1000 hotel and motel rooms available in the city limits of Boone and many more within 10 miles of the city. No hotel or motel is within walking distance of the Broyhill Inn, but public bus service is available from many of the motels to the Broyhill Inn. Parking is available at Broyhill, but it would be wise to carpool from the motels to the meetings whenever possible due to a somewhat limited number of parking spaces. Appalachian State University will be in session and traffic can get rather congested, so it would be wise to leave yourself 15 to 20 minutes to get to the meetings each day. Parking at the Inn is free. Following is a list of motels and hotels that have reserved rooms for ASB members at special rates. Be sure to tell these motels that you are with ASB. 6 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 Broyhill Inn and Conference Center ( 704 ) -262-2204 On the Appalachian State University Campus Meeting Headquarters Restaurant Single $40 Double $60 76 rooms held until 10 March Cabana Motel ( 704 ) -264-2483 Blowing Rock Road Restaurant Single $33 Double $35 47 rooms held until 27 March Comfort Inn ( 704 ) -264-0077 or ( 800 ) -888-6867 Price includes continental breakfast Single $34 Double $42 75 rooms held until 27 March EconoLodge ( 704 ) -264-4133 All rooms $30 Five rooms specially equipped for the handicapped 101 rooms held until 11 March * High Country Inn ( 704 ) -264-1000 or ( 800 ) -334-5605 Restaurant but no breakfast menu Single $25 Double $30 Two rooms specially equipped for the handicapped 119 rooms held until 10 March Sheraton Appalachian Inn Blowing Rock Road (U.S. Rt . 321) Restaurants Single $50 Double $50 80 rooms held until 10 March Holiday Inn Blowing Rock Road (U.S. Rt . 321) Restaurant Single $35 Double $39 100 rooms held until 1 April * Not served by AppalCART Other reservations may be made through High Country Central Reservations ( 704 ) -264-0163 or ( 800 ) -782-9686 . PRE-REGISTRATION AND REGISTRATION A pre-registration form is provided with this copy of the bulletin. THE DEADLINE FOR RECEIVING PRE- REG I STRATI ON MATERIALS IS 29 MARCH, 1991. Your pre-registration will allow us to plan facility needs and services for the meeting. Pre¬ registration packets and late registration will be at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center on Wednesday from 12:00 noon until 10:00 p.m. and on Thursday from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. and on Friday from 8:00 AM until 12:00 noon. NEWS 7 PRE-REGISTRATION IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE MOST EFFECTIVE PLANNING FOR FIELD TRIPS, SPECIAL MEALS, AND SOCIAL EVENTS. Late tickets for social events may not be available at the registration desk. Pre-registration fees are fully refundable PROVIDED we receive notification of cancellation by 5:00 PM on Friday, 29 March, 1991. The University FAX number is ( 704 ) -262-2 511 . Please bring to the meeting your April, 1991 A SB Bulletin containing the detailed program and abstracts. Copies will be sold at the registration desk for $3.50. GENERAL SCHEDULE ALL EVENTS AT THE BROYHILL INN AND CONFERENCE CENTER EXCEPT WHERE NOTED WEDNESDAY, 10 APRIL Registration ASB Executive Committee Meeting ASU Biology Department Open House Rankin Science Building Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessary) SABC Council Meeting ASB Social Hour with Cash Bar 12:00 Noon-10: 00 PM 3:00-7:00 PM 4 : 00-6 : 00 PM 8:00-10:00 PM 5:00-7:00 PM 7:30-10:00 PM Symposium - Back to Basics: Parasitology 7:00-9:00 PM Disciplines Presented by Dr. Mike Stuart, UNC - Asheville, Asheville, NC. Sponsored by the Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Workshop - Clearing Techniques for the 7:00-9:00 PM Study of Vascular Plant Tissues: Tools for Teaching and Research Presented by Dr. John M. Herr, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC. Sponsored by the Southeastern Chapter of the Botanical Society of America. Rankin Science Building. THURSDAY, 11 APRIL 7:00-8:00 AM Past Presidents' Breakfast Registration 8 : 00AM-5 : 00 PM 8 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 Placement Service 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM General Plenary Session: Trillium Room (South) 8:30-9:45 AM Welcome by Dr. John Thomas, Chancellor, Appalachian State University. Announcements by the Local Committee Featured Speaker and Title to be Announced Exhibits: Trillium Room (North) Paper and Poster Sessions Society of Wetland Scientists, Luncheon Meeting Tri-Beta Field Trip to Grandfather Mountain 9:45 AM-5 : 00 PM 10:00 AM-5: 00 PM 12:15-1:45 PM 1:00-5:00 PM Symposium - Life and the Scientific Way 3:00-5:00 PM of Thinking: Biological Science in Liberal Studies Organized by Dr. Dean Cocking, Chair, ad hoc ASB Education Committee, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA. Sponsored by the ad hoc ASB Education Committee. Rankin Science Building Business Meeting: Southeastern Chapter of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists 5:00-6:00 PM Mountain Barbecue and Music at Shadrack's 6:30 PM (Buffet Style) FRIDAY, 12 APRIL Registration 8:00 AM-12: 00 Noon Breakfast and Business Meeting: Southern 7:00-8:30 AM Appalachian Botanical Club and Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America. Placement Service 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM Exhibits Trillium Room (North) 8:00 AM-12: 00 Noon Paper and Poster Sessions 8:00 AM-5: 00 PM Symposium - Southern Appalachian 8:00 AM-12: 00 Noon Mountain Bogs and Fens Organized by Dr. Kevin Moorhead, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Aiken, SC. Sponsored by ASB, Southeastern Chapter, Ecological Society of America and the South Atlantic Chapter, Society of Wetland Scientists NEWS 9 Teaching Workshop - Teaching the 9:00 AM-4: 00 PM Introductory Biology Laboratory Organized by the ad hoc ASB Education Committee. Rankin Science Building Business Meeting: Southeastern Fishes 9:00-10:00 AM Council Beta Beta Beta Business Meeting Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Luncheon Meeting Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions Social Hour (Cash Bar): Trillium Room 10:30-11:30 AM 12:30-2:00 PM 2:00-5:00 PM 6:00-7:30 PM ASB Banquet: Trillium Room SATURDAY, 13 APRIL 7:30 PM - ASB Executive Committee Meeting 8:00 AM Field Trips: Departure From the Broyhill Inn 8:00 AM and Conference Center FIELD TRIPS Transportation is provided for all tours. A boxed lunch will be provided for all tours of more than 4 hours duration. Departures will be from the main lobby of the Broyhill Inn. Please note the times of departure. The two tours on Thursday and Friday are primarily for people who accompany meeting participants, but anyone who wishes to come is invited. 1. SHOPPING AND SIGHTSEEING TOUR Thursday, 11 April 1:00-5:00 PM This tour will visit many of the scenic areas and craft shops in the area. One stop will be the Mast Store in the Vilas community. Part of the tour will be along the Blue Ridge Parkway. Led by Carolyn Shull ( 704 ) -264-7641 . Maximum: 12 persons. Cost $2.00 2. BETA BETA BETA TRIP TO GRANDFATHER MOUNTAIN Thursday, 11 April 1:00-5:00 PM Grandfather Mountain rises nearly 6000 feet and features a mile-high swinging bridge as well as collections of native animals and minerals found in the area. Wind sculpturing of the trees near the top reflect the harsh conditions in the winter. Many hiking trails are available. Led by Dr. Dru Henson of the ASU Biology Department. ( 704 ) -262-2673 . Cost $2.00 10 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 3 . SALAMANDERS OF THE SOUTHERN APPALACHIANS Saturday, 13 April 8:00 AM-4: 00 PM The southern Appalachians boasts one of the most diverse salamander faunas in the world. Around Boone these animals occupy most terrestrial and aquatic habitats. In a day trip to the Pisgah National Forest near Grandfather Mountain we should be able to find about fifteen species, including some of the most spectacular. We will visit woods, streams, and rivers if the weather is reasonable. Rough clothing and willingness to dig right in is required. Trip includes van transportation, lunch and guide. Limit 12 participants. Led by Dr. Wayne Van Devender of Appalachian State University and/or Dr. Julian Harrison of the College of Charleston. Cost $7.50 4. IN SEARCH OF SPRING Saturday, 13 April 8:00 AM-2: 00 PM Boone's location in the southern Appalachians makes it unlikely that real spring will have arrived in time for our meeting. We do have the opportunity to leave winter behind and head down the mountain in several different directions in search of spring wildflowers. The lower elevations will certainly have lots of flowers, and the trip can be viewed as a mini time machine trip to visit what Boone will be like in the next few weeks and months. Trip includes bus or van travel, lunch and a guide. Limit 12. Leaders: Dr. John Bond ( 704 ) -262-2681 and/or Dr. Marie Hicks ( 704 ) -262-2669 of Appalachian State University. Cost $8.50 5. GRANDFATHER MOUNTAIN Saturday, 13 April 8:00 AM-12: 00 N Grandfather Mountain is one of the most rugged peaks in the southern Appalachians. We can drive to near the top and examine high elevation ecosystems. There is also a museum, a gift shop, wildlife exhibits, hiking trails, and spectacular views. This trip may not be possible if the weather is bad in Boone, since conditions on the mountaintop can be extremely severe. Trip includes bus transportation and guides and should take only half a day. Limit 40-50. Leaders: Dr. Frank Randall, Dr. Kent Robinson, or other ASU faculty (704)-262- 3026. Cost $2.00 6. LINVILLE FALLS AND GORGE Saturday, 13 April, 8:00 AM-4: 00 PM The Linville River makes a spectacular falls as it enters one of the deeper gorges in eastern North America. This trip will visit the falls and hike down into Linville Gorge Wilderness Area. The top of the gorge will probably be in winter, while the bottom will be well into the spring wildflower state. This will be a full day trip, and includes transportation, lunch, and guide. Limit 12 per guide. NEWS 11 Leaders: Chet Tomlinson, and/or other members of the ASU Highland Biologists Club and/or other ASU faculty members (704)-262-3026. Cost $8.50 7 . BLUFF MOUNTAIN PRESERVE Friday 13 April 8:00 AM-12: 00 PM Bluff Mountain Preserve is one of the best examples of a southern Appalachian fen, situated on the top of Bluff Mountain near Jefferson, NC. A Nature Conservancy holding, the preserve is home to an unusual community of plants found nowhere else in the southern Appalachians. The fen contains 31 endangered plant species, including a rare lichen endemic to the fen, and the endangered bog turtle. It's exceptional floristic displays in the spring have been widely noted since the first visit to the site by Asa Gray in 1841. This is a half day trip. Limited to 48 in four groups of 12. Leaders: Aaron Cook ( 704 ) -262-2174 and departmental members. Cost : $3.00 8. BILTMORE HOUSE Friday, 12 April 8:30 AM-5: 30 PM The Biltmore Estate is the largest private home ever built in this country. The estate is located near Asheville, N.C. and requires an all day trip. The tour will leave from the Broyhill Inn on an ASU football team bus (luxurious seating with on-board bathroom!) at 8:30 AM. The first stop will be the Folk Art Center on the Blue Ridge Parkway for about 45 minutes. The center features some permanent displays of crafts, especially quilts, and has many crafts for sale. At noon we will arrive at Deer Park on the Biltmore Estate for a buffet lunch. In the afternoon we will tour the Biltmore Estate and gardens. The tulips should be in full bloom. A tour of the winery follows (tasting and an opportunity to buy there or have shipped) and then to the Biltmore Village especially the New Morning Gallery, an outstanding craft shop. Arrive back at ASU at 5:30 PM. NOTE! You do not register for this tour on the ASB pre-registration form, nor do you include the price on the pre-registration form. This tour must be paid for with a check made payable to ASU History Department, and reservations must be sent to: Dr. Elizabeth B. Bond History Department Appalachian State University Boone, N.C. 28608 Cost: $32.00 for adults, $26.00 for children under 11. Children under 11 are admitted free to the estate if accompanied by an adult, but will be charged $15 for transportation and the lunch. Price includes bus, buffet and 12 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 admission to the Biltmore Estate. A 90% refund is available until March 29. After that date there is no refund. All reservations must be in by March 29, 1991. Limit: 46. NOTICE OF RESEARCH AWARDS FOR 1991 Rules ASB Faculty and Student Research Awards ($500 each). are as follows: (a) Given for especially meritorious paper presented orally by the author(s) at the annual meeting. In order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author (s) must submit an abstract by the 1 December deadline. Papers submitted for the competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by 1 March and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publication. A short biographical sketch of each author must accompany the manuscript at the time of submission. (b) Only ASB members are eligible (this applies to all authors). The student award is given to the senior author if he/she is a graduate or undergraduate student at the time of presentation. (c) Papers may be in press but not published prior to the previous annual meeting. (d) Papers are judged by eminent scientists selected by the committee from institutions either within or beyond the southeast. Every effort is made to keep authors of submitted papers, as well as the reviewers, anonymous. Judges will use a standard evaluation form that includes the following criteria: significance of ideas, soundness of hypotheses or objectives, originality (creativity), quality of methodology, validity of results, soundness of conclusions, clarity, completeness, organization, and contribution to the field. At the discretion of the Research Award Committee, the award may be withheld or it may be split in case of a t ie . (e) Winners will be announced at the annual banquet. The original copy will be sent to the sponsor, and the title, names and affiliations of all authors , abstract, and biographical information will be published with an announcement in the July ASB Bulletin. Send to: Faculty Dr. Courtney T. Hackney, Biology Department, University of North Carolina, Wilmington, Wilmington, NC 28406 ( 919 ) -395-3759 . Student - Dr. G. T. Weaver, Department of Forestry, Wildlife and Fisheries, Tennessee Technical University, Cookeville, TN 37901 ( 61 5 ) -974-7 126 . Eugene P. Odum Award - $100 and a plaque given by a Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for the best ecological paper presented by a student. The paper will be evaluated on the following points by a panel of judges at the time of presentation: (a) significance of ideas; (b) creativity; (c) quality NEWS 13 of methodology; (d) validity of results; (e) clarity of presentation. Eligibility Requirements. (a) Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible; (b) The student must be the sole or senior author; (c) The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of the following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology. (d) The paper must be presented in a regular contributed session; papers presented in poster sessions or symposia are ineligible; (e) The student does not have to be a member of SE/ESA; (f) The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator by 1 December. This can be a copy of the abstract submitted to ASB 1 December. Submit to: Dr. W. D. Cocking, Dept, of Biology, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 (703)-568-6225. North Carolina Botanical Garden Award - ($100) - given by NCBG (through the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club) . This is given for an especially meritorious paper presented in the areas of plant systematics, evolution, or conservation. The paper will be evaluated by a panel of ju±ps at the time of presentation, on the following points: ( a ) significance of ideas, (b) creativity, (c) quality of methodology, (d) validity of results, and (e) clarity of presentation. The actual prize will be presented at the ASB Banquet . Eligibility Requirements: (a) All individuals eligible to present a paper at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. (b) The paper must deal with the systematics, evolution, species biology (including population biology), or conservation of vascular plants that are native or naturalized to the southeastern United States. (c) The paper must be presented in a regular Plant Systematic contributed-paper session; papers presented in poster sessions or in symposia are not eligible. (d) The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator by 1 February 1991. This may be a copy of the abstract submitted to ASB 1 December. Individuals interested in entering a paper for this award should submit the title and abstract to: Dr. Larry Mellichamp, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, NC 28223, ( 704 ) -547-4055 . Meritorious Teaching Award Nomination. Each year the ASB recognizes one of its members for especially meritorious teaching. This award of $1000 is sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina. The recipient is announced at the Annual Banquet and in the July ASB Bulletin. The recipient must be a member of ASB who is 14 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 active or recently retired and who has taught biology in a southeastern institution for at least ten years, and must not have administrative duties beyond the departmental level. Among evidence of the qualifications of the candidate are the recognition in his or her institution (important assignments and other contributions specifically related to effective teaching, and teaching awards) and the number and quality of students for whom he or she provided the primary inspiration to continue in biology, especially who later received advanced degrees . Members are urged to nominate outstanding teachers for this award, using the form in the ASB Bulletin 32: 122, 1985, and include supporting documentation (biographical sketch or CV, supporting letters, photograph of candidate, etc.). Send all of this, once compiled, to: Dr. Dorathy Brock, Biology Department, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, Ga. (404)-542- 1802. "Travel" Support awards for Graduate Student Members of ASB. Limited funds are available to defray partially the expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. Departments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recipients must be members of ASB. Preference will be given to those students giving a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting. The guidelines for application are as follows: (a) Give information as to whether you submitted a title and abstract for a paper or poster. (b) Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses excluding transportation. (c) In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been, and expect to be, in graduate school, your major field of interest, publications which have appeared or are in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor, and any other pertinent professional details. (d) Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g. NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., etc. (e) Have your major professor or department head provide a letter supporting your application, and enclose this letter with your application. (f) Deadline: 1 February, 1991. Send application, with supporting letter, all in triplicate, to: Dr. Donald C. Tarter, Biological Sciences, Marshall University, Huntington, WV 25701 ( 304 ) -696-2 706 . (g) Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as possible. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the time of registration at the meeting. Guidelines for Poster Sessions Poster sessions have been incorporated as a regular means of scientific presentation at the annual ASB meetings. This type of presentation provides a more informal environment that encourages a direct interchange of ideas and discussion between presenter and audience. NEWS 15 Adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the effectiveness of the poster sessions. Posters will be organized by subject matter and numbered sequentially in accord with abstract listings in the ASB Bulletin. All posters will be on display for a half day, although authors or co-authors are required to be with their posters only during a specified session. Thumb tacks, tape, backing paper, scissors, and other special display materials will not be provided and should be supplied by each presenter. Posters should be carefully planned to maximize clarity and simplicity in conveying information. Poster boards 4' in width and 6' in height will be available for each paper. Arrange for a heading including title, author (s) and institution to be placed at the top in letters no less than 3 cm high. The body of the poster should be self-explanatory and should include figures, tables, graphs, maps, or photographs displayed in a well organized and coherent sequence from top to bottom. Do not crowd the display. All materials including text legends, and captions on figures or tables should be legible from a distance of about 2 m. Each illustration should be captioned. A limited degree of text can be included, but care should be taken not to overwhelm the audience. Authors may choose to post a large typeset copy of the abstract at the top of the poster and include a clear listing of specific conclusions at the bottom. ASB ANNUAL MEETING, 10-13 APRIL, 1991 PRE-REGISTRATION FORM (Type or print; one form per registrant; duplicate as needed ) Name _ Mailing Address _ Institution _ City _ State _ ZIP _ Phone( _ ) _ Name Tag Information (if different from above): Name _ Institution _ Pre-registration deadline is 29 March, 1991 Affiliation (Check where appropriate): ASB _ , BBB _ , BSA _ , ESA _ , SWS _ , SABC SSP _ , ASP _ , ASI&H _ Registration : Regular $26.00 . $ _ Student $12.00 . $ _ (Late registration: Regular $36.00; Student $16.00) Buffet Supper at Shadrack's Regular: $15.00x _ Tickets . $ _ Student: $11.00x _ Tickets . $ _ ASB Banquet (Friday) Regular: $18.00x _ Tickets . $ _ Student: $12.00x _ Tickets . $ _ BREAKFASTS ASB Past Presidents: $6.50x _ Tickets .. $ _ Southern Appalachian Botanical Club SE Section, Botanical Society of America: $6.50x _ Tickets .. $ _ Executive Committee: $6.50x _ Tickets .. $ _ LUNCHEONS Society of Wetland Scientists: $8.50x _ Tickets . $ _ Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter: $8.50x . . $ _ FIELD TRIPS No. 1 Shopping and Sightseeing Tour (Thur. 11 April 1:00-5:00) $2 . OOx _ Tickets . $ No. 2 Beta Beta Beta Trip to Grandfather Mountain (Thur. 11 April 1:00-5:00) $2.00 x _ Tickets . $ No. 3 Salamanders of the Southern Appalachians (Sat. 13 April 8:00-4:00 PM) $7.50 x _ Tickets . $_ No. 4 In Search of Spring (Sat. 13 April 8:00 AM-2: 00 PM) $8.50 x _ _ Tickets . $. No. 5 Grandfather Mountain (Sat. 13 April 8:00 AM-12:00 N) $2.00 x _ Tickets . $ No. 6 Linville Falls and Gorge (Sat. 13 April 8:00 AM-4: 00 PM) $2.00 x _ Tickets . $ No. 7 Bluff Mountain Preserve (Sat. 13 April 8:00-12:00N) $3.00 x _ Tickets . . $ NOTE: Trip No. 8 to Biltmore Estate Reservations must be made through the ASU Department of History OPTIONAL PAYMENTS Optional contribution to ASB Enrichment Fund . $ _ ASB Membership (enclose application form) . $ _ TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED $ Make checks payable to "ASB Local Arrangements Committee Mail by March 25, 1991 to: ASB Local Arrangements Committee Office of Conferences and Institutes Appalachian State University Boone, North Carolina 28608 NEEDS AND ANNOUNCEMENTS Request for Sites to Study the Genus Uvularia. Shoichi Kawano (Kyoto University) and I will begin a multi-year study of species in the genus Uvularia (Liliaceae). The research will focus on life history strategies, population dynamics, and population genetics. We are looking for sites where we can sample populations in situ and, if possible, remove small numbers of individuals for studies of biomass and resource allocation and to establish plants in a common garden. We are especially interested in sites where two or more species grow in close proximity to each other. We hope to begin field work in the spring of 1991 and would probably visit each chosen site for two additional growing seasons. If you know of suitable locations or are interested in participating in the project, please contact Dennis Whighanr at the Smithsonian Environmental Research Center, Box 28, Edgewater, MD 21037 (30 1 - 798-4424). Designs on ASB. If you have drawings or photographs you are willing to give to the ASB Executive Committee for its consideration and possible use as a cover photograph of an issue of the Bulletin, a new membership brochure, a tee shirt, or a mug, please send them as soon as possible to Sandra Bowden, Department of Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030. The conditions accom¬ panying the submission of items are that the items are non-returnable, and if they are used, no fees or royalties can be paid. They will be considered gifts to ASB. Please consider donating one or more items for consideration as we design a new membership brochure and perhaps tee shirts or mugs as well. Research opportunities are available as part of a long-term plant ecology research program at the Smithsonian Environmental Research Center near Edgewater, MD. Two current questions being ad¬ dressed are: 1. Does the mode of death (slow or cataclysmic) of canopy trees have any influence on the dynamics of understory processes? and 2. Does the presence of vines in the understory of succes- sional forests influence patterns of recruitment, mortality, and growth? For the first question, long¬ term study plots have been established around large individuals of Liriodendron tuhpifera in a mature mixed hardwood forest. Several years of preliminary vegetation data have been compiled along with continuous measurements of microclimatological variables. The next phase of the project will be to cut one set of trees and slowly kill another over a 3-5 year period. A third set of trees will serve as controls. A two factor experiment (presence or absence of vines and trenching or no trenching) has been established in successional forests to study the influence of vines. Researchers with interests in either of these topics are invited to participate in these ongoing efforts. Modest amounts of local support (housing, lab space, equipment etc.) can be provided and opportunities for financial assistance are available through the following Smithsonian programs: Graduate students— Work-Leam and Pre- doctoral fellowships. Scientists— Visiting Scientist and Post-doctoral fellowship programs. For more information on the research program and opportunities to participate, contact Dennis Whigham at 301-798-4424 or write to him at SERC, Box 28, Edgewater, MD 21037. The Association of Systematics Collections will hold its 1991 Annual Meeting at Texas A and M University, College Station, Texas on 16-18 May 1991. The meeting will feature a workshop on “Biodiversity and Collections.” Speakers from the U.S., Canada, and several Latin American countries will discuss the role of collections in biodiversity studies, international collaboration in biodiversity studies and collection development, and the status and needs of collections in developing countries. There will also be a workshop on Collections Policy issues. Participants are welcome. For further information, contact ASC at 730 1 1th St NW, Second Floor, Washington, DC 20001; (202) 347-2850. 18 NEEDS 19 Assistant Professor of Biology’: Three Positions. The Department of Biology of Western Kentucky University invites applications for the following three positions: Immunobiologist— research expertise in immunology, preferably in combination with research ex¬ perience in eukaryotic microbiology. Teaching responsibilities include undergraduate and graduate courses in immunology and general microbiology. Comparative physiologist — research expertise in comparative physiology of animals. Teaching re¬ sponsibilities include courses in animal physiology, human anatomy and physiology, and a graduate course in the specialty. Cell biologist — research expertise in cell biology using electron microscopy. Teaching responsibilities include cell biology and introductory biology courses. In addition, involvement in an EM course and the department’s EM facility will be required. Applicants should have a Ph.D. and postdoctoral research experience is preferred. Development of a research program involving undergraduate and M.S. graduate students in the specialty is expected. Review of applications will begin 1 January 1991, and continue until the positions are filled with an expected date of appointment by 15 August 1991. Send a letter of application, curriculum vitae, statement of research and teaching goals, and the names and addresses of three references to: Office of Academic Affairs, Biology Search, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101. Women and minorities are encouraged to apply. An affirmative action/equal opportunity employer. REVIEWS Gibbons, J. Whitfield (ed.). 1990. Life History and Ecology of the Slider Turtle. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. $60.00. 368 p. This impressive book, primarily aimed at the professional or serious amateur herpetologist, details essentially everything that is known about the ecology and natural history of the slider turtle, Trachemys scripta. Edited by J. Whitfield Gibbons, the book is a collection of 24 chapters, each dealing with a specific aspect of the biology of the slider. The chapters are grouped into several sections: Introduction; Taxonomic Status and Genetics; Reproduction and Growth; Structure, Demography, and Interaction Among Populations; Bioenergetics; and Significance of Long-Term Research on Long-Lived Species of Turtles. The list of authors who have contributed chapters to this work reads like a “Who’s Who” in herpetology. The book is 368 pages long and sells for about 60 dollars. This book, in many ways, is a summary of the professional life and research thrust of the editor, Whit Gibbons. To my way of thinking, it is also a tribute to him. Whit has guided, led, and inspired a wide variety of research efforts on the slider and other turtles for the past two decades at the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory (SREL). Thus, much of the book deals with work carried out at SREL. However, even those contributions by other authors which do not summarize work performed at SREL clearly reflect the inspiration and influence of Whit Gibbons. The questions he has asked and the data he has gathered have had major impacts on both his fellow herpetologists and the way we as scientists view the life histories of long-lived vertebrates. Whit Gibbons is a strong advocate for the collection of as much field data as possible so that the general theoretical questions of population and evolutionary biology can be adequately supported or refuted. The book is clearly focused along these lines. Reams of data are presented on every aspect of the life of the slider, but the contributing authors have generally channeled their ideas and thrusts along the lines of the theoretical and life history questions. Thus, despite the fact that topics, writing styles, and emphases naturally vary from chapter to chapter, the reasons why such data are presented are clearly stressed in most chapters. Indeed, the final chapter (Recommendations for Future Research on Freshwater Turtles: What Are the Questions?) picks up any loose ends by stressing the value of long-term studies and suggesting future research areas, using the slider, to address additional and remaining life history questions. The book has lots of exemplary features. The contributing authors are an impressive list of well- respected and knowledgeable herpetologists. When compared to most edited books of a scientific nature or journal articles, I found the writing styles of most of these authors to be a little more “relaxed” and “comfortable.” Certainly the humor and wit of Whit Gibbons is evident in numerous places. The chapter on turtle studies at SREL is particularly enjoyable. For the professional herpetologist and/or avid turtle enthusiast, the summary of collecting and field techniques, the very thorough bibliography, and the recommendations for future research will be particularly valuable. Indeed, this last chapter, which explores remaining questions and their importance, will be a rallying point for herpetologists and population biologists employing turtles as research animals for some time to come. Though they do not seriously detract from the merit and value of the book, a few minor organizational problems were noted. Though much data on other turtle species is neatly woven into most chapters while emphasizing T. scripta, a few chapters seemed to deal with T. scripta in more of a peripheral way, instead generally emphasizing techniques or ideas. In addition, the titles of some sections and the inclusion of some chapters under these section titles seemed somewhat obscure. This book is a valuable addition to the libraries of both professional and serious amateur herpe¬ tologists, particularly if interested in turtles. Important concepts and ideas are summarized and other questions are raised. In addition, because so little life history data are available on a long-term basis for any long-lived organism, the book should also be of significant interest to other biologists with a population or demographic focus in that it stresses the approach and values of such long-term studies. Ken R. Marion, Department of Biology, University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294. 20 REVIEWS 2! Grace, Janies B. and David Tilman (eds.). 1990. Perspectives on Plant Com¬ petition. Academic Press, San Diego, CA. $79.95 (hard cover). 484 p. The blurb on the back cover states that, “This book focuses on how plants compete and the consequences of their competition, particularly how it affects the dynamics of plant communities.” I believe that this is a good statement of what this book is all about. Perspectives in Plant Competition consists of 20 chapters written by 27 experts on the various aspects of plant competition. It is divided into three parts. Part I, “Perspectives on the Determinants of Competitive Success,” contains eight chapters, including an introduction by the editors (chapter 1). Connell (chapter 2) distinguishes between competition (real or traditional) and apparent competition. Competition includes negative direct ( e.g . allelopathic) and indirect (i.e. exploitative) interactions between pairs of species, whereas apparent competition occurs when negative effects between two species are mediated through a third species at the same or different trophic level. According to Connell, many of the papers claiming to have demonstrated interspecific competition have not in¬ vestigated the possible role of a third organism in the interactions— i.e. competition “. . . may have been more apparent than real.” Goldberg (chapter 3) focuses on competition for resources, which, according to her, involves both negative effects and positive responses. Thus, plants can be good competitors either by rapidly depleting a limiting resource, or by continuing growth at low resource levels. In chapter 4, Grace presents a good discussion of Grime’s (i.e. superior competitor is species with greatest capacity for resource capture) and Tilman’s (i.e. superior competitor is species with lowest minimum resource requirement) theories of competition. He concludes that semantics and differences in assumptions about evolu¬ tionary tradeoffs are the primary causes of conflict between the two theories. Silander and Pacala (chapter 5) first review some of the approaches to mathematical modelling of plant population dynamics. They then focus on the development, calibration, and prediction of two- species neighborhood models, to which they have made a significant contribution. The results of their population dynamics studies with the two summer annuals Abutilon theophrasti and Amaranthus retrojlexus fit well with the predictions of their models. Interestingly, their models predict that A. theophrasti (a C3 species) will cause A. retrojlexus (a C4 species) eventually to go extinct in field plots. In chapter 6, Berendse and Elberse discuss adaptive features that determine competitive success in nutrient-limited environments. In the Netherlands, increase in N and P has caused ZO/az-dominated heathlands to be replaced by a Molinia- dominated grassland. These authors conclude that Erica is more successful than Molinia in nutrient-poor habitats because of its more efficient use of nutrients, whereas with increasing fertility Molinia outcompetes Erica because of its more rapid response to increased nutrients. Tilman (chapter 7) shows that five mechanistic models of competition for nutrients support his nutrient-depletion theory, in that the critical parameter of the models (R*, the concentration of available resources that a species requires to survive in a habitat) predicts the outcome of competition. A species with a low R* is a better competitor than one with a high R*. Williamson, in chapter 8, critically reviews some of the literature on allelopathy (interference com¬ petition) and concludes that, . . application of Koch’s postulates in allelopathic studies has been shown more by inference than by fact.” He then discusses his work on the role of allelopathy in the segregation of sand pine scrub and longleaf pine-wire grass communities in Florida and draws parallels between this situation and the segregation of chaparral and grassland in southern California. Williamson thinks that both situations provide strong evidence for allelopathy. Part II, “The Role of Competition in Community Structure,” consists of eight chapters and makes up almost half of the book. Firbank and Watkinson (chapter 9) present an excellent review of com¬ petition within monocultures (intraspecific competition) and between two species in mixed culture (interspecific competition). Regarding experimental design within mixtures of plants, they state that, “A thorough understanding of the competitive interaction between pairs of species can only be achieved by growing them in a complete design which includes a wide range of frequencies and total densities." One way to do this is to replicate the de Wit replacement scries at a wide range of plant densities, the so-called addition series. Competition for nutrients by phytoplankton is discussed by Sommer in chapter 10. He concludes that competition for limiting nutrients, particularly N, P. and Si (by diatoms) plays a role in structuring plankton communities. Competition in terrestrial perennial plant communities is the subject of chapter 1 1 by Austin. Ho emphasizes that it is necessary to study the competitive responses of plant species along environmental gradients (vegetation continuua) to gain an understanding of their performance in nature, and of 22 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 vegetation pattern. Bazzaz (chapter 12) discusses the role of competitive interactions between plants within and among guilds in successional environments, with particular emphasis on old fields in central Illinois. He concludes that competition plays an important role in plant community dynamics. In chapter 13, Reddy presents evidence that competition plays a role in the distribution and abundance of plant species (and thus community organization) along environmental gradients. Data from his studies on plant communities along water depth, fertility, and disturbance gradients in wetland systems in Canada are consistent with the theory of “centrifual community organization.” The causes, consequences, and measurement of disorderliness (inconsistent, unpredictable) is the topic of chapter 14 by Fowler. She suggests that variations in the outcome of competitive interactions between expected “winner” and "loser” within communities is a measure of disorder within the community. Turkington and Mehrhoff (chapter 15) discuss the role of competition in structuring plant com¬ munities in permanent managed pastures. They conclude that although competition plays some role in structuring plant communities in pastures, its outcome is influenced by abiotic factors and such other biotic factors as grazing and microorganisms (i.e. N-fixing Rhizobium leguminosarum biovar. trifoli). Radosevich and Rousch discuss competitive interactions between crops and weeds in chapter 16. They point out that competition studies in agriculture have been concerned with levels of crop yield loss and not with mechanisms of interactions. They emphasize the need for linking mathematical models that identify factors influencing competitive processes (e.g. seedling emergence time) with those that address other key processes such as seed bank dynamics. Part III, “The Impact of Herbivores, Parasites, and Symbionts on Competition,” consists of four chapters. Allen and Allen discuss the effect of mycorrhizae on plant competition in chapter 17 and conclude that mycorrhizae (by improving nutrient and water uptake) may enhance the competitive ability of a species. Thus, they suggest that results gathered in greenhouse competition experiments done in sterilized soil may be of little value in explaining what is going on in the field. In chapter 18, Clay presents evidence that both parasitic and (nonmycorrhizal) mutualistic organisms (e.g. endophytic fungi in grasses) can alter the competitive outcome between plants and may play a role in structuring plant communities. After reviewing the literature on the influence of herbivores on plant competition, Louda et al. (chapter 19) conclude that, “. . . herbivory, by modifying individual traits and affecting population dynamics, represents a potential significant dimension of competitive interactions among plants.” Their modifications of Holt’s conceptual models of competition nicely illustrate how competitive interactions can be modified by selective herbivory. Oksanen, in the final chapter (20), discusses plant strategies and the effect of grazing across a range of ecosystems whose productivities vary from low to high. His graphical/mathematical models predict that the importance of grazing is low in very productive and unproductive habitats, but intense in habitats with intermediate productivity. This idea seems to be supported by plant morphological and life history data, and by field exclusion experiments. I recommend this book to students, teachers, and researchers looking for an up to date review of the status of knowledge about competitive interactions among plants. It would be a good book to use in a special topics course for graduate students on plant competition, or around which to structure a graduate seminar. Jerry M. Baskin, School of Biological Sciences, University of Kentucky, Lexington, AT 40506. Brusca, Richard C. and Gary J. Brusca. 1990. Invertebrates. Sinauer Asso¬ ciates, Inc. Sunderland, MA. $47.50. 922 p. This new treatment of the invertebrates represents a carefully researched and up to date synthesis that is almost encyclopedic in scope. The material is presented in a comparative way and in an evolutionary context. The book provides helpful introductory sections on terminology, concepts, systematics, and phylogeny as well as a final chapter on phylogeny. The authors have attempted to bypass the perennial problem of whether to use a functional approach or a taxonomic approach by using them both. There is a series of chapters on such topics as feeding mechanisms, nervous systems, and circulation followed by a survey of all the taxonomic groups. The text is well written, there are many fresh new illustrations, and there is a carefully selected set of references for each chapter. The brief quotations at the beginning of each chapter add a pleasant touch. This is, in every respect, an excellent book. The only problem is that it would probably be over- REVIEWS 23 whelming to an introductory student in a one semester course in Invertebrate Zoology. It is better suited for a full year of study. It will be a valuable reference for anyone who needs information on invertebrates. Anne B. McCrary, Department of Biological Sciences, UNC- Wilmington, Wilmington, NC 28403. Wofford, B. Eugene. 1989. Guide to the Vascular Plants of the Blue Ridge. University of Georgia Press, Athens, GA. $35.00 hard, $15.00 paper. 384 p. The area covered by this guide includes 85 counties in the Blue Ridge province from Georgia to Virginia, a floristically rich area as evidenced by the 2,391 species represented. The keys are simple. Taxa are arranged into four groups: pteridophytes, gymnosperms, monocots, and dicots, and the families, genera, and species are alphabetical within each group. Provided are scientific names, common names, habitats, frequency of occurrence, flowering or sporulation period, states of occurrence, and pertinent synonyms. Descriptions of the taxa are not given. For those who are seeking the identity of a specimen from the Blue Ridge, this is an exceptionally useful book. My beginning taxonomy class in Spring 1 990 successfully used it when they had difficulties with the more inclusive keys of the Manual of the Vascular Flora of the Carolinas (1964). They were extremely pleased to be able to use my copy of Wofford’s guide and expressed their views that it would have been a good text for the class. This volume will be especially helpful for amateurs. When used in conjunction with books giving good descriptions of the taxa, it will be invaluable. Nancy C. Coile, Biology Department, North Georgia College. Dahlonega, GA 30597. 24 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 Asrar, Ghassem. 1989. Theory and Applications of Optical Remote Sensing. John Wiley and Sons. $74.95. 734 p. Theory and Applications of Optical Remote Sensing, a new addition to the Wiley Series in Remote Sensing, is edited by Ghassem Asrar, a Senior Scientist at NASA Headquarters. Contributing authors include a number of distinguished university researchers, government scientists, and teachers in the remote sensing field. The primary objectives of the book are to present the underlying principles, recent developments, and future directions of remote sensing and to acquaint the reader with some of the applications of remote sensing as it relates to other disciplines such as geology, hydrology, and ecology. The book addresses optical remote sensing and focuses on the acquisition and use of data from passive sensor systems in the visible to thermal infrared regions of the spectrum to study land surface processes. Eighteen chapters are included in Theory and Applications of Optical Remote Sensing, beginning with a brief introduction to the field and to the text in chapter 1 and a discussion of ground based measurement techniques that support remote sensing in chapter 2. The influences of soil on optical remote sensing of both vegetative and non-vegetative land surfaces are discussed in chapters 3 and 4. Remote sensing for plant canopy measurement and analysis is described in chapters 5 through 8. The ninth chapter provides an overview of the deleterious effects of atmosphere on remotely sensed measurements and outlines methods for correcting such effects. Chapters 10-13 contain applications of remote sensing in forestry, wetlands, geology, and snow studies. They are followed by a chapter that presents a case study of a prototype expert system developed to classify remotely sensed data. Chapters 15-17 cover remote sensing in the thermal infrared, estimation of surface energy-balance components, and estimation of evaporation and carbon assimilation. The final chapter presents future directions for remote sensing research and speculates on the expected advances in remote sensing capabilities and in basic science. I find Theory and Applications of Optical Remote Sensing a useful and pertinent multidisciplinary investigation of remote sensing for land surface analysis. Its chapters stand alone, but collectively serve to illustrate that the same remotely sensed data and techniques can be used for a variety of applications within numerous disciplines. The book lacks uniformity between chapters with respect to the level of complexity, and tends to be a bit redundant as fundamental concepts are covered by several authors. However, this is not unusual with edited texts and enables one to consider relevant sections without reading the book in its entirety. I feel that the book would have been well served by abstracts at the beginning of chapters. It was also disappointing not to find color plates of remotely sensed images. The field of remote sensing is characterized by excellent, provocative graphic products and the book fails to convey this aspect of the field. Although I would not recommend this book as a sole reference on optical remote sensing, I find it a useful addition to a small collection. Karen C. Siderelis, Center for Geographic Information and Analysis, N. C. Department of Environ¬ ment. Health and Natural Resources, Raleigh, NC 2761 1. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA Tuskegee University, Department of Biology. Dr. James Henderson traveled in USSR 20 June through 7 July as part of a professional delegation of 40 international and American botanists, under the sponsorship of People to People International. The purpose of the trip was to exchange botanical research with Soviet botanists at research facilities and universities. In addition to scientific meetings, the delegates took time to have a little cultural exchange. The trip included visits to Leningrad, Moscow, Murmansk, Tbilisi, and Krasnodar. GEORGIA University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. J. Whitfield Gibbons, Jeffrey E. Lovich, and Anton D. Tucker received a $35,000 grant from Earthwatch for a project entitled “Population structure, density, and foraging ecology of diamondback terrapins at Kiawah Island, South Carolina.” The Laboratory has a catalogued collection of more than 3,300 amphibians and reptiles representing over 30 families, 80 genera, and 165 species. Major strengths of the collection include large series of local amphibians and small colubrid snakes, as well as an extensive collection of larval amphibians. Catalogued entries encompass 17 states with over 2,600 records for South Carolina. Researchers interested in lists of our holdings for various taxonomic groups or geographic regions, or loans of specimens, should write to Jeffrey E. Lovich, SREL Museum, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802. Oxford College of Emory University, Department of Biology. Dr. Steve Baker, Aquatic Ecologist, joined the department in the Fall of 1990. Georgia Southwestern College, Department of Biology. Dr. Sharon E. Began, graduate of the Uni¬ versity of Southern Illinois, has joined the department. She will teach in the areas of plant physiology and related botany. Dr. Began replaced Dr. Raymond Westra who has retired after 21 yr of service. West Georgia College, Department of Biology. Mr. Robert England retired on 1 January 1990 after 30 yr of teaching. He was a leader in the writing of the College Constitution and the establishment of the College Senate. He was deeply involved in a variety of campus activities. He retired as Associate Professor Emeritus. Dr. Arthur W. Gardner retired after 21 yr. Dr. Gardner was awarded Professor Emeritus status. He taught a greater variety of courses than anyone in the history of the College. He and Shirley Gardner will also be remembered for a sizeable scholarship award they have sponsored. Columbus College, Department of Biology. In the Spring of 1 990, the department of biology occupied half of a newly completed natural sciences hall. The new facility includes instructional laboratories clusters for introductory biologies, cellular and molecular biology, microbiology and genetics, physi¬ ology, botany, zoology, and environmental biology. There is also an herbarium, a zoological museum, student/ faculty laboratories, and a computer laboratory. The other half of the building is occupied by the department of chemistry and geology. ILLINOIS Southern Illinois University, Department of Plant Biology. The department at SIU has undergone a name change. The current name is the Department of Plant Biology. Dr. John M I'oigt. recently retired Chairperson of the department, died suddenly on 18 July 1990 at his home. Two new faculty members have been hired: Beth Middleton (aquatic/wetland ecologist) and Daniel Mick rent has been hired as an Experimental Plant Taxonomist. 25 26 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 LOUISIANA The University of Southwestern Louisiana, Crawfish Research Center. USL is the only institution in the world that currently offers a course in crawfish management, taught by the Crawfish Center Director Dr. Jay V. Huner. Dr. Huner became director in 1988, replacing Rusty Gaude. The Center is a 50 acre aquaculture facility at the USL Cade Research Farm. Research at Cade farm includes evaluation of new crawfish harvesting techniques, crawfish feeding practices, and methods to increase the efficiency of softshell crawfish production. Dr. Huner is the senior editor of the book Red Swamp Crawfish which provides information on the biology, exploitation, and culture of the most cosmopolitan of the world’s 400-plus species of freshwater crawfish. He is also the author and co-author of more than 100 technical and semi-technical publications dealing with crawfish and fish culture fisheries and biology. Dr. Huner spent this past summer in Scandinavia, where he was an adjunct professor in the Department of Molecular Genetics at the Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences in Uppsala. He worked there with Dr. Tuula Palva on mitochondrial DNA in crawfishes and hnhshes. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs. Students from 23 colleges and universities in 12 states studied marine science at the laboratory this past summer. Elizabeth Baness of North Central College, Naperville, Ill. and Rachel Burres of Mississippi University for Women participated in a 13- week NSF internship at GCRL during the summer. Dr. Jeff Lot: delivered a paper at the June American Society of Parasitologists at Michigan State University entitled “Diversity of intestinal helminth communities of bats,” co-authored with Dr. William F. Font of Southeastern Louisiana University. Mississippi University for Women, Division of Science and Math. Dr. William S. Parker has been named Managing Editor of the Journal of Herpetology. Dr. C. Brian Odom (Ph.D., Univ. South Carolina) joined the stafr this Fall teaching biochemistry and genetics. Dr. Odom served as President, USC Graduate Association of Life Sciences, and received the Best Graduate Presentation at the Georgia Academy of Science. NORTH CAROLINA Appalachian State University, Biology Department. Drs. Frank Randall and Kent Robinson have recently retired from the department. Dr. Randall had been a member of the faculty since 1957 and Dr. Robinson since 1956. Dr. Richard Murray has joined the department in microbiology (Ph.D., Univ. of Kentucky). His post-doctoral work was also done in the Department of Agronomy at Ken¬ tucky. Dr. Mary Connell is spending the 1990-91 academic year in the laboratory of Dr. Robert Schmidt, studying the molecular genetics of several enzyme systems in plants. Drs. Richard Hanson and Marie Hicks spent the Fall semester 1990 on an off campus scholarly assignment. Dr. Hanson is studying the distribution and diversity of the scorpions in the desert Southwest. Dr. Hicks is at the University of Tennessee, where she is the Hessler Visiting Professor. She is continuing her studies on southern bryophytes. Dr. William Dewel received an NSF grant for “Modem Support Equipment for an Electron Microscope Laboratory.” Dr. Matthew Rowe will spend the Spring semester of 1991 as a research fellow at the University of California at Davis, where he will continue his research on risk assessment by ground squirrels and rattlesnakes. Western Carolina University. Department of Biology. Rick Harrison was re-elected to serve a three- year term as Councilor for Biology, Council on Undergraduate Research, and has been appointed to AAAS Section Committees on Biological Sciences and Information, Computing, and Communication. SOUTH CAROLINA College of Charleston, Department of Biology. Two senior members of the department retired this past year: Dr. Harry W. Freeman, who taught at the college for 30 yr and was department chair for 18 yr, and Dr. Norman A. Chamberlain who taught at the college for 28 yr, and was the first Director of the Marine Biology Graduate Program. Dr. Alan Shanks, whose studies have recently focused on near-shore faunal recruitment, has joined the department from the Skidaway Marine Laboratory and the University of Georgia. Dr. Bob McCarthy, whose research focuses on the role of connective tissue in development, has joined the department from Harvard Medical School. NEWS 27 TENNESSEE Austin Peay State University, Department of Biology. Dr. James A. Gore has been appointed Professor and Director of Research for The Center for Field Biology. Dr. Gore recently completed a Fulbnght Senior Research Fellowship at University of Capetown, South Africa. He will coordinate Center research programs and pursue research interest on the influence of hydrology and channel hydraulics upon the distribution of riverine biota, and the dynamics of river communities recovering from disturbance. Dr. Ruth A. Young has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology. She has held faculty positions at the University of Massachusetts Medical School, Assumption College, and Antioch Col¬ lege. Her research interests include thyroid hormone physiology, seasonal weight gain and hibernation in woodchucks, and the etiology of obesity in the Zucker “fatty” rat. She has served as a consultant for Cornell University on the laboratory management of woodchucks. The University of Tennessee. Knoxville, Department of Botany. Dr. James D. Caponetti has received a Distinguished Service Award from the Tennessee Academy of Science for many years of untiring effort as Secretary and as President during 1979. Dr. Caponetti received a plaque at the Academy’s annual meeting at Tennessee State University on 17 November 1989. President Dr. Bernard W. Benson made the presentation. VIRGINIA I'irginia Commonwealth University, Department of Biology. Dr. Leonard A. Smock began his duties as the new Chairman of the Department in July, 1990 replacing Dr. Jackson E. Jeffrey. Dr. Smock has also been recently promoted to Professor of Biology. Ms. Margaret May, Associate Professor of Biology, has retired from VCU, effective 1 June 1990. Ms. May coordinated the pre-nursing program at the West Campus and served the University in various capacities for 35 yr. She has been named Associate Professor, Emeritus. Dr. R. R. Mills has received a grant from Dragon, Inc. and CIT to develop insect attractants, and from Shell Oil Co. for insecticide research. Dr. J. F. Pagels is studying northern flying squirrel distribution and being supported by a grant from the Va. Dept, of Game and Inland Fisheries. Dr. J. Stewart has received an NIH grant to study the enzyme, PNMT (neuroen¬ docrinology). Dr. S. R. Webb has received two grants along with Dr. Ray Ottenbrite of the Chemistry Dept, to study development of anti-tumor drugs and for projects in chemistry and cell biology. NSF has granted Dr. D. R. Young a grant to study damage from Hurricane Hugo of the physiological recovery of actinorhizal shrubs, and the Nat. Geographic Society has awarded a grant to Dr. Young to study the ecology of Mytrica on Atlantic Coast Barrier Islands. WEST VIRGINIA Fairmont State College, Division of Science and Mathematics. Dr. Steve Stephenson has received a grant of $33,000 from NSF to study “Myxomycetes in the litter microhabitat.” ABOUT MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History. “Seeing the Unseen, Photographs by Harold E. Edgerton," will be on display from 1 1 January through 24 February 1991. From 29 March-19 May 1991. the “Pioneers of Bird Illustration” event will be available to interest viewers. “Faces of Destiny— Pho¬ tographs from the 1898 Indian Congress" will be featured from 9 June-21 August 1991. GEORGIA Emory University Museum of Art and Archaeology1, Atlanta. Former President Jimmy Carter and Italian Ambassador Rinaldo Petrignani presided at the opening ceremony of "Beyond the Pyramids: Egyptian Regional Art from the Museo Egizio, Turin," on 1 8 October 1 990. The 54 pieces were loaned to the museum for the first time in the United States and will be on display until 10 March 1991. The Emory University Museum International Loan Project is an unprecedented comprehensive cul- 28 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 1, 1991 lural exchange program developed by Director Maxwell L. Anderson. Since the program began in 1987, three prominent foreign museums have loaned significant exhibitions of ancient art, none of which has ever before been exhibited in the United States. Four. 3626, Feb 1989 APPLICATION FOR ASB MEMBERSHIP Give copies of this to your students, colleagues, and your school librarian. Fill out blanks and enclose check or money order for one year’s dues and mail to Dr. Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Please include phone number on application _ Name in full _ Date _ Title _ Department _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip _ Degrees (institutions and dates) _ Recommended by member _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15.00 _ Graduate Student $8.00 _ Contributing $50.00 _ Sustaining $ 100.00 _ Family $20.00 _ Library Subscription $25.00 _ Patron $300.00 _ Business Affiliate $100.00 _ Emeritus $10.00 Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 38, Number 1, January 1991 President’s Corner — A view from here . 1 News of 52nd Annual Meeting Boone . 2 Needs and Announcements . 18 Reviews . 20 News of Biology in the Southeast . 25 Cover photo courtesy Trip Lamb. rheASB BULLETIN QH301 ume 38, Number 2 .A7 8 April 1991 52nd Annual Meeting Site, Boone, NC The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin ' ' ' (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by kjt f* the'Asspciatiogi of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, * * Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32819 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 3783 1 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 President-elect — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 Vice-President — Michael J. Baranski, Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144 Retiring President — Joe E. Winstead, Dept. Biology, Western KY, Univ., Bowling Green, KY 42101 Secretary — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Madeline P. Burbanck, Box 15134, Atlanta, GA 30333 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1991: Kenneth W. McLeod. Savannah River Ecol. Lab., Drawer E, Aiken, SC 29802 Jim Ross, Dept. Biology, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1991 April 10-13 Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 1992 April 8-1 1 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Norfolk or Virginia Beach, VA Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. LIBRARY APR 3 1931 Program of the Sind ANNUAL MEETING of the ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS a. m, *. h Hosted by APPALACHIAN STATE UNIVERSITY at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center Boone, North Carolina SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN BOONE Beta Beta Beta Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Ecological Society of America, Vegetation Section Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Division, American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Southeastern Fishes Council Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Southern Appalachian Botanical Club MEETING HEADQUARTERS BROYHILL INN AND CONFERENCE CENTER 30 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 PROGRAM 31 GENERAL INFORMATION Registration - Registration for the 52nd annual meeting of the Association of South¬ eastern Biologists, purchase of tickets for the banquet, BBQ, breakfasts, luncheons and field trips have been arranged through registration with the Office of Conferences and Institutes, Appalachian State University. For information on these and other activities, please contact Mr. Richard Hudson, Office of Conferences and Institutes at (704)-262- 3045. Pre-registrants may pick up their registration packet with tickets and other information at the ASB Registration Desk in the rear foyer (Alumni Hall) of the Broyhill Inn. The desk will be open from 12 noon to 10 P.M. on Wednesday, 10 April; from 8 A.M. to 5 P.M. on Thursday, 11 April, and 8 A.M. to 12 noon on Friday, 13 April. Late registration will be possible at these times, however tickets for special events will be limited and may not be avaiable. See the January 1990 issue of the ASB Bulletin for pre-registration information. Please bring your April 1991 ASB Bulletin to the meeting, as no free copies will he available. Extra copies may be purchased at the ASB registration desk for $3.50 each. Ground Transportation - If you are coming from the east, take U.S. 421 West from either Winston-Salem or 1-77 into Boone until you get to Depot Street. Turn left and go to the light at Rivers St. Continue straight through the intersection and follow the road up the hill to the Broyhdl Inn. There is a parking lot out front, and a larger one in the rear of the building. For those staying at Broyhill, room reservations are in the front lobby, whereas ASB registration is in the rear foyer. If you are coming from the northwest, take exit 1 1 off 1-81 and follow Rt. 91 south to Mountain City, TN. In Mountain City, get on U.S. 421 South to Boone. At Depot Street, make a right and go to Rivers St. From there, see directions above. If coming from the southwest, get off 1-81 at Exit 57 (Johnson City exit) and follow 1-181 to Exit 31 (Roan Mt. exit). Take Rt. 67 to U.S. 321 in Elizabethton. In Elizabethton, U.S. 321 joins U.S. 19E. Follow U.S. 321 (not U.S. 19E) until it merges with U.S. 421 approximately 6 miles west of Boone. Then follow directions just above. For those coming from the south, take U.S. 221 North to Linville. In Lin- ville, take a left onto Rt. 105 North, and follow it into Boone. At the Wendy's, take a left onto U.S. 321. Stay in the left lane. At the second light, take a left onto Rivers St. At the 4th light (Depot Street) take a left. Follow the road to the Broyhill Inn as described above. 32 PROGRAM 33 Alternatively, you may take U.S. 321 North from 1-40 into Boone to the intersection at Rivers Street, and then follow the preceeding directions. Airport Shuttle Service - There is no commercial shuttle service from any airport to Boone. However, Appalachian State University will be running a special shuttle bus on Wednesday and Thursday for those flying into the Charlotte International Airport, and on Saturday for those needing to go back to the airport from Boone. Contact the Office of Conferences and Institutes for more information regarding shuttle departure times (704-262-3045). Driving time from the Charlotte airport to Boone is approximately 2.5 hrs. We highly recommend that people flying into Charlotte obtain rental cars to get from the airport to Boone and back. Parking - Parking is available free at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center, and at all the hotels in town. For those without car transportation, and who are not staying at the Broyhill, AppalCart, the Boone public transportation system, will be ferrying passen¬ gers from the main hotels to the Broyhill Inn, and to and from the main campus. You should allow at least 30 minutes to get a ride from anywhere in town to the Inn. We recommend using the system for those of you who will be attending workshops at the Rankin Science Building on campus, since there will not be any on-campus parking available. Please note that AppalCart does not run on Saturdays. Job Placement Message Board - A job placement message board will be made avail¬ able in the rear foyer (Alumni Hall) near the registration desk in the Broyhill Inn. Dining Facilities - Meals and cocktails are available at the Broyhill Inn. Boone has many fine restaurants, ranging from fast food to formal. King Street in downtown Boone has a number of popular lunch spots, as do the main thoroughfares through town. Your registration packet has a list of many of the resturants in and around Boone. Thursday Evening Barbeque - The Thursday evening dinner will be held at Shad- rack's BBQ, located about 1.5 miles southeast of the University on the Blowing Rock Road (U.S. 321). This is an all-you-can-eat type of place, informal, with music and dancing for those so inclined. Although we recommend purchasing tickets in advance, there will be tickets available for all who wish to come. Shuttle buses will run from the Broyhill Inn and several of the main hotels to Shadrack's. Inquire at the registration desk for details. 34 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 Friday Evening Banquet - The Friday banquet will be held in the Trillium Room in the Broyhill Inn. Seating will be limited and we recommend advance purchase of tickets. If you would prefer a vegetarian meal, please so inform the people at the registration desk when you pick up your registration packet. Again, shuttle buses will be picking up people from the main hotels for transportation to the Broyhill Inn. Inquire at the registration desk for details. Useful Telephone Numbers - (Area Code 704) Ken Shull (Local Arrangements) 262-2675 Howard Neufeld (Program) 262-2683 Richard Hudson (Registration) 262-3045 Broyhill Inn (Reservations) 262-2204 NOTE TO MEMBERS OF THE SOUTHEASTERN SOCIETY OF PARASITOLOGISTS In the January ASB Bulletin information concerning the luncheon for the Southeastern Society of Parasitologists was inadvertently omitted. This luncheon will be from 12:30 to 2:00 P.M. on Friday, April 11 in the Broyhill East room of the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center. The cost will be $8.50 and the tickets can be bought at the registration desk. We regret any inconvenience this omission might have caused. ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE- 1991 The Nominating Committee, composed of Eloise B. Carter, J. Whitfield Gibbons, and William Martin, chairman, has selected the following slate of nominees for the ASB offices to be filled in 1991. Additional nominations will be received from the floor. Voting will take place at the Annual Business Meeting at 12 noon, Friday 12 April 1991. Please plan to attend. President-Elect: C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL Sharon Patton, Veterinary Pathobiology, Univ. Tennes¬ see, Knoxville, TN Vice-President: Kenneth W. McLeod, Savannah River Ecology Lab., Ai¬ ken, SC Diane R. Nelson, East Tennessee State Univ., Johnson City, TN Secretary: S. Kris Ballal, Tennessee Tech. Univ., Cookeville, TN Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA Executive Committee: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, SE Region, (Two Positions) Chapel Hill, NC Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, Nashville, TN Jerry C. Ritchie, USDA ARS Hyd-Lab West, Beltsville, MD Stewart Ware, College of William and Mary, Williams¬ burg, VA PRESIDENT-ELECT 35 36 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 C. Ross Hinkle — Dr. Hinkle is the Group Manager of Biological Research Programs for the Bionetics Corporation at John F. Kennedy Space Center, Florida. He received his B.A. in Biology from Warren Wilson College, Swannanoa, NC, and his M.S. and Ph D. in Ecology from The University of Tennessee-knoxville. Dr. Hinkle directs research programs in ecology, bioregenerative life support systems, and space biology. His research interests are in the areas of fire ecology, biospherics, long¬ term ecological trends, and the use of remote sensing/geographic information systems for landscape ecology. His graduate research was conducted in the Cumberland Mountains and Cumberland Plateau of Tennessee. He is an adjunct assistant professor at the University of Central Florida and has worked with graduate students at the Florida Institute of Technology, the University of Florida at Gainesville, and the University of Virginia, Charlottesville. He is Chair of the South Atlantic Chapter Society of Wetland Scientists, and he has served as Vice-Chair ( 1989-90) of the South Atlantic Chapter, Society of Wetland Scientists, and Vice-Chair (1987-89) of the Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America. He is a member of the American Association for the Advancement of Sciences, American Institute of Biological Sciences, Tennessee Academy of Sciences, Florida Academy of Sciences, The Nature Conservancy, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, and American Society of Gravitational and Space Biology, and he was recently selected to serve on the Brevard County, Florida Committee for the Selection of Environmentally Endangered lands. Dr. Hinkle has been an active member of ASB, currently serving as Secretary ( 1988-90). Sharon Patton — Dr. Patton is Associate Professor of Parasitology in the Department of Environ¬ mental Practice at the University of Tennessee College of Veterinary Medicine. She received a B.S. degree in Biology from Middle Tennessee State University and an M.S. in Zoology and a Ph.D. in Parasitology from the Thomas Hunt Morgan School of Biological Sciences at the University of Ken¬ tucky. Before returning to Tennessee in 1977 she was a postdoctoral scholar in the Veterinary Science Department at University of Kentucky. Dr. Patton’s research interests include host-parasite relation¬ ships, zoonotic parasitic diseases, and diagnostic parasitology. Dr. Patton has published 25 papers in refereed scientific journals and has presented papers regularly at regional, national, and international meetings. She serves as a reviewer for 7 scientific journals. At UT, Dr. Patton has served on a variety of committees. At present, she is serving a third term in the faculty senate and is a member of the senate executive committee. Her love is teaching, and she has received the Lindsay Young Outstanding Teacher Award, the Outstanding Educator of the Year Award from the Student Chapter of the AVMA, the Narden Teaching Award, and the University of Tennessee National Alumni Association Out¬ standing Teacher Award. She also has received a University of Tennessee Woman of Achievement Citation for “Tradition of Excellence.” Dr. Patton is a member of 1 1 scientific societies. Her profes¬ sional activities have included President of the Southeastern Society of Parasitologists (SSP), and Representative to Council of the American Society of Parasitologists. She is presently Secretary- Treasurer of SSP. Dr. Patton grew up in ASB, presenting papers at the annual meetings as a graduate student. She has been a member since 1973 and has served on the ASB Enrichment Fund Committee (1988-90), as an at-large member of the Executive Committee (1981-83), and as Vice President of the Association ( 1984-85). VICE-PRESIDENT Kenneth W. McLeod — For 16 years, Ken has been with the University of Georgia’s Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. He is an Associate Research Ecologist and has served as Interim Head of the Division ofWetlands Ecology. His formal education includes B.S. and M.S. degrees from Oklahoma State LIniversity and Ph.D. in Botany and Plant Pathology from Michigan State University. Research interests include elemental cycling in forests, effects of forest management, and physiological responses of tree species to environmental stresses. In service to other professional societies, he has contributed to various committees of the Ecological and Southeastern sections of the Botanical Society of America and has served as Secretary (1982-84) and Vice-Chair (1989-91 ) of the Southeastern Chapter of ESA. A member of ASB since 1974, he has served on the Graduate Student Support Award Committee and is finishing a term on the Executive Committee (1989-91). Diane R. Nelson — Dr. Nelson is Professor of Biological Sciences, East Tennessee State University, Johnson City, Tennessee. Dr. Nelson earned her B.S. in Secondary Education (natural science) and her M.S. and Ph.D. in Zoology from the University of Tennessee-Knoxville, where she received an ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE- 1991 37 NSF Research Assistantship and a NASA Traineeship. Her research interests are in the systematics and ecology of the Tardigrada (water bears), utilizing scanning and transmission electron microscopy for morphological studies. She teaches courses in general biology (for non-science majors), invertebrate zoology, and manne biology. Since 1982, she has been studying marine biology for several weeks each summer at the Bermuda Biological Station, and she is a “Voluntary Ambassador” in their Outreach Network. In addition to holding membership in many professional societies, she has also been Secretary of the Tennessee Academy of Science for several years and has served the Academy as a member of the Executive Committee, Visiting Scientist Program, as Section Chair, and she is a Fellow of the Academy. Active as a member of ASB for approximately 20 years as a student and a teacher, she has presented numerous papers at the annual meetings and has served as Executive Committee member (1987-90), Section Chair, Tennessee State Correspondent, Conservation Committee member, and Research Awards Committee (member and Chair). SECRETARY S. Kris Ballal — Dr. Ballal is Professor of Biology at the Tennessee Technological University, Cookeville, TN. He received his Ph.D. in Botany from the University of Tennessee. Dr. Ballal’s research interests have involved studies of growth regulators in plants and regulatory mechanisms in tissue differentiation. He has numerous publications in his field of research. In 1970 he was selected as the Shell Merit Fellow at Stanford University. He was President of Tennessee Academy of Science in 1981-82. At Tennessee Tech, he has received the Outstanding Faculty Award in 1973, 1981, and 1988. He has received several external grants for both curricular and research activities and he is a member of many professional societies that advance the study of biology. Dr. Ballal has been an active member of the ASB since his graduate student days in the sixties. Besides presenting papers at the annual meetings, he has served the Association in various capacities over the years. He is currently on the Student Research Award Committee. Nancy C. Coile — Dr. Code is Assistant Professor of Biology at North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA. She received the B.S. in Entomology and the M.S. and Ph.D. in Botany from the University of Georgia. She was Curator of the Herbarium at the University of Georgia, 1981-89. Recent taxonomic research has focussed on the deciduous species of Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae) and endemic Brazilian genera, Lvchnophora and Haplostephium. Nancy is a member of American Institute of Biological Sciences, American Society of Plant Taxonomists, Association of Southeastern Biologists, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Sigma Xi, and the Society for the Study of Evolution. She served in 1988 and 1989 as Assistant Editor of Phytochemical Bulletin, a publication of the Botanical Society of America. She was a member of the Systematics Collections Committee for the American Society of Plant Taxonomists, 1987-88, 1988-89. In the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, she is current Chair of the Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew Award Committee, and an elected editor of CASTANEA (1990-93). She has been a loyal member of ASB since 1977. In 1987, she was one of the original founders of ASB’s Forum for Herbarium Curators and Users. While an Executive Committee Member ( 1 986-89), she served on a membership subcommittee which worked to identify potential membership throughout the Southeast. Among her interests are plant taxonomy, entomology, conservation, and education. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Dorothy J. Allard — Dorothy Allard is Southeastern Regional Ecologist for The Nature Conser¬ vancy at its Southeastern Regional Office in Chapel Hill, North Carolina. She received her B.S. in Biology from The University of South Carolina, Columbia, and her M.S. in Botany from the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill. She has worked as an ecologist for The Nature Conservancy since 1983 in national, regional and state positions, and has held her current position since 1987. Her research and professional interests arc in plant community ecology and conservation of natural eco¬ systems. She is currently developing a classification of southeastern terrestrial and wetland ecosystems for use by The Nature Conservancy and the U.S. Forest Service. She is also conducting a study of longleaf pine-dominated ecosystems throughout the range. She is a member of numerous ecological, conservation, and botanical societies. She serves on the Biodiversity Committee for the Southeastern 38 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 Chapter of the Ecological Society of America and the Conservation Committee of the North Carolina Botanical Garden Foundation. Cliff R. Hupp — Dr. Hupp is a research botanist in the National Research Program of the U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia. He received his Ph.D. in Plant Ecology and Geomorphology from the George Washington University. Presently, he is Chief of the Vegetation and Hydrogeomorphic Relations Project and Director of the U.S.G.S. Tree-Ring Laboratory. His areas of research include plant ecological and tree-ring studies related to hydrologic and fluvial geomorphic form and process; he has authored numerous scientific publications in both geomorphology and ecology. His most recent work is in wetland ecology and geomorphology. In ASB, he has served as Section Chair and presented several papers at the annual meetings. He has also served on the Nominating Committee of ASB and is an active member of several other professional organizations. Jerry C. Ritchie — Dr. Ritchie is an Ecologist at the Hydrology Laboratory of the Agriculture Research Service of the United States Department of Agriculture at Beltsville, MD. He received his B.A. in Biology from Pfeiffer College, Misenheimer, NC, an M.S. in Botany from the University of Tennessee, and a Ph.D. in Botany from the University of Georgia. After an 18 month post-doctoral appointment at the University of Georgia, he spent 10 years at the USDA Sedimentation Laboratory in Oxford, MS before transferring to Beltsville, MD. His research interests are in nutrient and radionu¬ clide cycling in natural and agroecosystems and on the use of remote sensing techniques for monitoring changes in the environment. He has published over 100 journal papers on these topics. Dr. Ritchie is active in the Ecological Society of America, American Society of Limnology and Oceanography, and the Agronomy Society of America. He is the immediate Past-Chairman of the Metropolitan Washington Chapter of the Ecological Society of America. He has been an active member of ASB since 1966 by presenting papers, chairing sessions, and organizing symposia. He is currently serving as ASB representative to AAAS. Stewart Ware — Dr. Ware is professor of Biology at the College of William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA. He received his B.S. from Millsaps College, Jackson, MS, and his Ph.D. from Vanderbilt Uni¬ versity, Nashville, TN. His research interests include the ecology of rock outcrop plants and forest vegetation of the Coastal Plain, Piedmont, and Blue Ridge, especially of Virginia. He has served as chair of the Department of Biology at William and Mary, as editor of the Virginia Journal of Science, as ecology editor for CASTANEA, and as President of the Virginia Academy of Science. He received the ASB Meritorious Teaching Award (1987), and has served ASB as chair of the Student Research Award Committee and of the Meritorious Teaching Award Committee. Address change for Enrichment Fund Board Member: W. Michael Dennis Breedlove, Dennis, and Associates, Inc. 4301 Metric Drive Winter Park, FL 32792 Program Summary 12:00 P.M. 3:00 P.M. 4:00 P.M. 5:00 P.M. 7:00 P.M. 7:00 P.M. 7:30 P.M. 7:00 A.M. 7:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:30 A.M. 10:00 A.M. 2:00 P.M. All events at the Broyhill Inn and Conference Center except where noted WEDNESDAY, 10 APRIL 1991 - 10:00 P.M. 7:00 P.M. ■ 6:00 P.M. • 7:00 P.M. ■ 9:00 P.M. - 9:00 P.M. 10:00 P.M. REGISTRATION, Alumni Hall Executive Committee Meeting, Jefferson Room Open House, Biology Department, Rankin Science Bide., ASU Campus Council Meeting Southern Appala¬ chian Botanical Club, Burris Room Symposium: Back to Basics: Parasitology Disciplines, Broyhill West Botany Workshop: Clearing Techniques for the Study of Vascu¬ lar Plant Tissues: Tools for Teach¬ ing and Research, Rankin Science Bldtz.,Room 274 ASB Social with Cash Bar, Bernhardt Lounge THURSDAY, 11 APRIL 1991 - 8:00 A.M. Past President's Breakfast, Burris Room - 5:00 P.M. Slide Preview, Boren Room - 9:30 A.M. Poster Session set-up. Alumni Hall - 5:00 P.M. LATE REGISTRATION, Alumni Hall - 5:00 P.M. Placement Service, Alumni Hall - 5:00 P.M. Exhibits, Trillium South - 9:45 A.M. Plenary Session, Trillium North - 5:00 P.M. Posters Session 1, Alumni Hall - 3:00 P.M. Presenters with Posters 39 40 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 10:00 A.M. - 12:00 P.M. Plant Ecology. Session 1. Brovhill East 10:00 A.M. - 12:00 P.M. Plant Ecology. Session 2. Brovhill West 10:00 A.M. - 12:00 P.M. Plant Systematics, Session 1, Burris Room BUSINESS AND LUNCHEON MEETINGS 12:15 P.M.- 1:45 P.M. Luncheon: Society of Wetland Scientists, Northwest Room SPECIAL EVENTS Beta Beta Beta Field Trip to Grandfather Mountain Shopping and Sightseeing Tour Both trips depart from Broyhill Inn. Front Entrance AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Aquatic Ecology, Session 2, Jefferson Room 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Ichthyology /Herpetology , Session 2. Broyhill East 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Parasitology, Session 1, Trillium North 2:00 P.M.- 5:00 P.M. Plant Ecology, Session 3. Bernhardt Lounge 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Plant Ecology. Session 4. Brovhill West 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Plant Systematics, Session 2, Integon Room 2:00 P.M. - 2:45 P.M. Teaching Biology, Burris Room 3:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Symposium: Life and the Scientific Way of Thinking: Biological Science in Liberal Studies, Burris Room 1:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. 1:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. PROGRAM SUMMARY 41 5:00 P.M. - 6:30 P.M. - 7:00 A.M. 7:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 10:00 A.M. 8:30 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. 8:00 A.M. BUSINESS MEETINGS 6:00 P.M. Business Meeting, SE Div., Amer. Soc. Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Jefferson Room SPECIAL EVENT 10:00 P.M. Mountain Barbecue and Music at Shadrack's, Buffet Style, Sponsored by ASB FRIDAY, 12 APRIL 1991 Breakfast and Business Meeting, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club and SE Section, Botanical Society of America, Bernhardt Lounge Slide Preview, Boren Room LATE REGISTRATION, Alumni Hall Exhibits, Trillium South Posters Session 2, Alumni Hall Placement Service, Alumni Hall Presenters with Posters 8:30 A.M. ■ 12:00 P.M. • 12:00 P.M. • 12:00 P.M. - 12:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. - 11:00 A.M. SPECIAL EVENT Field Trip to Biltmore House, Departs from Front Entrance of Broyhill Inn MORNING PAPER SESSIONS 11:30 A.M. Symposium: Southern Appalachian Mountain Bogs and Fens, Trillium North 11:15 A.M. Animal Ecology, Jefferson Room 11:30 A.M. Ichthyology /Herpetology, Session 3, Broyhill West 42 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 9:00 A.M. - 10:15 A.M. 9:00 A.M. - 10:30 A.M. 9:00 A.M. - 11:45 A.M. 9:00 A.M. - 10:45 A.M. 9:00 A.M. - 4:00 P.M. 10:00 A.M. - 12:00 P.M. Invertebrate Zoology, Northwest Room Parasitology, Session 2, Brovhill East Plant Ecology, Session 5, Integon Room Plant Systematics, Session 3, Burris Room Teaching Workshop, Rankin Science Bldg. Rooms 220 & 223, Main Campus Beta Beta Beta Scrapbook, Bernhardt Lounge BUSINESS AND LUNCHEON MEETINGS 10:30 A.M. . - 11:30 A.M. Business Meeting, Beta Beta Beta Bernhardt Lounge 11:30 A.M. . - 12:30 P.M. Business Meeting, ASB, Trillium North 12:30 P.M. - 2:00 P.M. Luncheon Meeting, Southeastern Society of Parasitologists, Broyhill East 12:30 P.M. - 2:00 P.M. Luncheon Meeting, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Burris Room 4:00 P.M. - 6:00 P.M. Business Meeting, Southeastern Fishes Council, Brovhill East AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS 2:00 P.M. - 3:45 P.M. Crvptogamic Botanv, Northwest Room 2:00 P.M. - 3:45 P.M. Ichthyology /Herpetology , Session 4, Jefferson Room 2:00 P.M. - 4:45 P.M. Plant Ecology, Session 6, Broyhill West 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Beta Beta Beta, District 1, Bernhardt Lounge 2:00 P.M. - 5:00 P.M. Beta Beta Beta, District 2, Integon Room 3:00 P.M. - 4:00 P.M. Plant Physiology, Burris Room PROGRAM SUMMARY 43 SPECIAL EVENTS 6:30 P.M. - 7:30 P.M 7:30 P.M. - Social Hour (Cash Bar), Bernhardt Lounge ASB Banquet, Trillium Room SATURDAY, 13 APRIL 1991 8:00 A.M. ASB Executive Committee Breakfast and Meeting, Burris Room 8:00 A.M. Field Trips Depart from Broyhill Inn, Front Entrance Broyhill Inn 44 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 DR. JOHN M. SHOFFNER Speaker for the 1991 ASB Plenary Session Dr. John M. Shoffner, neurologist, is a research scientist and physician who works at the interface of biochemistry and genetics. He holds undergraduate and medical degrees from Emory University, Atlanta, Georgia. Presently, he is As¬ sistant Professor of Neurology at Emory University, where he is engaged in re¬ search in mitochondrial genetics with Dr. Doug Wallace. Their work is described in a research news article in Science, 7 September 1990, and in an article in the Medical Science section of The New York Times, 6 November 1990. Dr. Shoffner’s research interests include clinical, biochemical, and molecular genetic aspects of oxidative phosphorylation diseases. His publications in Cell, Biochem. Biophys. Acta, Proceedings of the National Academy of Science, and other journals reveal the interdisciplinary nature of his research on genetically based diseases involving mitochondrial processes and the use of model diseases for understanding prin¬ ciples of mitochondrial inheritance. The title of Dr. Shoffner’s address at the plenary session is “Mitochondrial Genetics: The New Challenge to Mendelian Paradigms.” ASB PAPER, POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM SESSIONS WEDNESDAY EVENING, 10 APRIL SYMPOSIUM BACK TO BASICS: PARASITOLOGY DISCIPLINES Broyhill West Room Presiding: Mike Stuart, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina at Asheville and President-elect, Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. 7:00 Introductory Remarks 7:05 1. Baric, Ralph. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Molecular approaches to problems in human parasitology. 7:25 2. Shoop, W.L. (Merck Institute for Therapeutic Research) Helminth systematics. 7:45 3. Hairston, Nelson G., Sr. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Experimental design in field studies. 8:05 Discussion BOTANY WORKSHOP: CLEARING TECHNIQUES FOR THE STUDY OF VASCULAR PLANT TISSUES: TOOLS FOR TEACHING AND RESEARCH Room 274 Rankin Science Building 7:00 4. John M. Herr. (University of South Carolina) Presiding. 9:00 45 46 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 8:30 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 THURSDAY MORNING, 12 APRIL PLENARY SESSION Trillium Room North John E. Thomas, Chancellor of Appalachian State University. Welcoming remarks Frank Day, ASB President. Response John M. Shoffner, Emory University Mitochondrial genetics: The new challenge to Mendelian paradigms AQUATIC ECOLOGY Session 1. - Integon Room Tom Kozel, Savannah State College 5. Kozel, Thomas R. (Savannah State College) Ichthyofauna of the South End Ponds ecosystem, Cumberland Island, Georgia. 6. Smith, Michael E. and Charles T. Driscoll. (Valdosta State College and Syracuse University) Modification of stream ecosystem and function by beaver. 7. Carter, Bart D., C.B. Coburn and Stephen E. Moore. (Tennessee Technological University and Great Smoky Mountains National Park) Management implications of biannual removal of rainbow trout from a sympatric population containing brook trout in Great Smoky Mountains National Park. 8. LaClaire, Linda V. and Richard Franz. (University of Florida) Characteristic features of isolated wetlands in upland landscapes of north central Florida. BREAK 9. McKinney, F.K. and A. Jaklin. (Appalachian State University and Ruder Boskovic Institute Center for Marine Research) Revenants in the sea: brief appearances of an antiquated colony morphology. 10. McKinney, F.K. and M.J. McKinney. (Appalachian State University) Preferences for settlement sites by larvae of Schizothecaserratimargo , an erect bryozoan from cryptic habitats. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 47 11:45 11. Radenbaugh, Todd A. and F. Kenneth McKinney. (Appalachian State University) Has the structure of shallow benthic animal assemblages changed in the past 320 million years? GENETICS and MOLECULAR BIOLOGY Jefferson Room Presiding: Dwayne Wise, Mississippi State University 10:00 12. Elsworth, Darrell L. (Texas A&M University) Mitochondrial DNA phylogeography of white- tailed deer populations in the southeastern United States. 10:15 13. Ashley, Terry. (University of Tennessee) Inversions, chromosome survival and primate karyotype evolution. 10:30 14. Miller, Chris G. (Mississippi State University) Design of a geminivirus vector for expression of antisense RNAs. 10:45 BREAK 11:00 15. Wise, Dwayne A. and Lakshmis Battacharjee. (Mississippi State University) Microinjected anti-kinetochore antibodies inhibit prometaphase but not anaphase chromosome movement in living cells. 11:00 16. Tyler, Stacie and Dwayne Wise. (Mississippi State University) Chromosome pairing and chiasma distribution in multivalents. 11:15 17. Becky G. Reitcheck and Dwayne Wise. (Mississippi State University) Ultrastructure of meiosis in the cotton boll weevil, Anthonomus grandis. 11:30 18. Davis, Jennifer and Dwayne Wise. (Mississippi State University) Causes of meiotic abnormalities in spermatocytes of crane flies. 48 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 11:45 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 ICHTHYOLOGY and HERPETOLOGY Session 1. Bernhardt Lounge Julian Harrison, College of Charleston. 19. Wilkins, S. David. (University of Southern Mississippi) The diet of the least madtom ( Noturus hildebrandi) from Bayou Pierre. 20. Sabaj, Mark H., Eugene G. Maurakis and William S. Woolcott. (University of Richmond) Reproductive behavior of Exoglossum species. 21. Maurakis, Eugene G., William S. Woolcott and Mark H. Sabaj. (University of Richmond) Reproductive behavioral phylogenetics of Nocomis species-groups. 22. Hayes, William K. (Southern College) Environmental strategies of prairie rattlesnakes. 23. Cook, Patrick M. and Matthew P. Rowe. (Appalachian State University) Interspecific differences in the rattling sounds of rattlesnakes. 24. Forester, Don C., Jack Cover and Anthony Wisnieski. (Towson State University, The National Aquarium in Baltimore and the Baltimore Zoo) The influence of time of residency on the tenacity of territorial defense by the dart-poison frog, Dendrobates pumilio. 25. Britson, Carol A. (Memphis State University) Antipredator mechanisms of hatchling, freshwater turtles. 26. Britton, Christine M. (Memphis State University) Effects of environmental history, sibship and development on tadpole anti¬ predator responses. PLANT ECOLOGY Session 1 . - Brovhill East Room Stewart Ware, College of William and Mary 27. Lamont, E. Eric and Richard Stalter. (New York Botanical Garden and St. John's University) The vascular flora of Orient Beach State Park, Long Island, New York. 28. Allard, Dorothy J. (The Nature Conservancy, Southeast Regional Office) A classification of ecological communities for the southeastern United States. 29. Bland, Joyce A. and Paul E. Hosier. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) The maritime forest of Bear Island, North Carolina. PAPER, POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 49 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 11:45 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 30. Coontz, Mary M. (North Carolina State University) Flora and fauna of the Barren Grounds Nature Reserve of New South Wales, Australia. 31. Wiser, Susan K. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Relict alpine communities of the Southern Appalachians: implications for conservation. 32. Ware, Stewart. (College of William and Mary) Where is all the hickory in Piedmont oak-hickory forest? 33. Ball, Kelly K. and L.P. Elliott. (Western Kentucky University) A modified scheme for the bacterial analysis of sludge. 34. Bayer, Paul E. (Energetics Inc.) Overview of fossil fuels. PLANT ECOLOGY Session 2. - Brovhill West Room Ken McLeod, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia. 35. Baker-Brosh, K. and R.K. Peet. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Leaf serration as an adaptation for rapid early-season initiation of gas exchange. 36. McCarron, Janies K. and Howard Neufeld. (Appalachian State University) Ecophysiology of Galax aphylla, a clonal evergreen understory herb. 37. McLeod, K.W., T.G. Ciravolo, E.M. Mavity and M.R. Vaitkus. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia) Response of Pinus serotina to increased fertility. 38. Eversley, Donna M. and Mary A. McKenna. (Howard University) A comparison of pH sensitivity in pollen from serpentine and non- serpentine populations of Penstemon digitalis Nutt. 39. Hacker, W. David, Jim Renfro, Songqiao Huang, Howard S. Neufeld. (Uplands Research Laboratory, Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Appalachian State University) Response of Pinus virginiana seedlings to a gradient of ozone. 40. Huang, Songqiao, W. David Hacker and Howard Neufeld. (Appalachian State University and Great Smoky Mountains National park) Effects of different ozone levels on growth of tulip poplar ( Liriodendron tulipifera L.) seedlings. 41. Neufeld, Howard and Jim Renfro. (Appalachian State University and Great Smoky Mountain National Park) Do ambient levels of ozone affect plants in the Great Smoky Mountains? Results of three years of observation and experimentation. 50 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 11:45 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 11:45 42. Hutcherson James D. and Howard S. Neufeld. (Appalachian State University) Air pollution effects on mature red spruce. PLANT SYSTEM ATICS Session 1 - Burris Room Kelly P. Steele, Appalachian State University 43. Hill, Steven R. (Clemson University) A phenological study of the South Carolina Blue Ridge flora. 44. Murrell, Z.E. (Duke University) Systematics of six problem species of dogwoods ( Cornus ; subgenus Kraniopsis) in eastern North America. 45. Sewell, Mitchell M. and Clifford R. Parks. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Estimation of the mating system and its effect on population genetic substructuring in Liriodendron tulipifera L. 46. Jenkins, Ronald L., Ronald M. White, Jr. and L.J. Davenport. (Samford University) Isozyme patterns in Hymenocallis coronaria. 47. Broyles, Steven B. and Robert Wyatt. (University of Georgia) Genetic diversity and gene flow in milkweeds: A case study in Asclepias exalt at a. 48. Sherman-Broyles, S.L., J.P. Gibson, J.L. Hamrick and M.J. Gibson. (University of Georgia, University of Colorado and North Carolina Nature Conservancy) Genetic variation in endemic and widespread species of Rhus. 49. Steele, Kelly P., R. Vilgalys, S.Rehner, and P.Thrall (Appalachian State University and Duke University) Phylogenetic analysis of the Polemoniaceae using cpDNA sequence data. 50. dePamphilis, Claude W., Stephen Downie and Jeffrey Palmer (Vanderbilt University and Indiana University) Use it or lose it: Fine- scale structural analysis of the 71 kb plastid genome of Epifagus virginiana reveals a highly selective pattern of gene loss. PAPER, POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 51 POSTERS Session 1 - Alumni Hall 10:00 A.M. - 5:00 P.M. Presenters with posters from 2:00 - 3:00 P.M. 51. McClintock, James B., Ken Marion, Stephen Watts and Thomas Hopkins. (University of Alabama at Birmingham and University of Alabama, Marine Environmental Science Consortium) Reproductive patterns of echinoderms from the northern Gulf of Mexico. 52. McGuire, William R., William S. Woolcott and Eugene G. Maurakis. (University of Richmond) Epidermal structure in spawning male pebble nest-building cyprinid fishes. 53. Jaynes, C. David, Mathius J. Sedivec and Paul B. Farel. (Appalachian State University and University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Morphometric analyses of the developing bullfrog tadpole sciatic nerve. 54. Dymond, John B. and Gerhard W. Kalmus. (East Carolina University) The cytoprotective properties of prostaglandin E2 against the toxic effects of actinomycin C on embryonal neural retina cells. 55. Quarfordt, Steven D., Gerhard W. Kalmus and Robert D. Meyers. (East Carolina University and East Carolina University School of Medicine) Alterations in ethanol consumption following lesions induced by 6-hydroxydopamine in the ventral forebrain of the rat. 56. Beatty-DeSana, Jeanne. (Georgia Retardation Center) The art and science of human genes and chromosomes. 57. Plyler, Daniel B. and Betsaida Torres. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) In vitro regeneration of plants from young hypocotyls and cotyledons of sea kale. 58. Chuchola, Angela A. and Marion R. Wells. (Middle Tennessee State University) Scanning electron microscopy of the surface ornamentation of spores from selected species of mosses. 59. Sievert, Lynnette. (University of Oklahoma) Thermoregulatory behavior in the toads Bufo marinus and Bufo cognatus. 52 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 11 APRIL SYMPOSIUM LIFE AND THE SCIENTIFIC WAY OF THINKING: Biological Science in Liberal Studies Burris Room Sponsored by the ASB ad hoc Education Committee Presiding: Dean Cocking, Chairman, ASB ad hoc Education Committee, James Madison University 3:00 Introductory remarks: Cocking, D., (James Madison University) 3:05 60. Nussbaum, F. (Kent State University) Quantifying biology courses in general studies 3:25 61. Brandt, E. (Shenandoah University) Map your way to biological literacy. 3:45 62. Stroup, D.J. (Francis Marion College) Content and process: Applications of a critical thinking model to biological instruction. 4:05 BREAK 4:10 63. Seago, J. (State University of New York College at Oswego) Scientific communication in environmental and population biology. 4:30 64. Reynolds, D.N. (Eastern Kentucky University) Global perspectives and applications as vehicles for teaching basic science. 4:50 Cocking, D. (James Madison University) Discussion and concluding remarks. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 53 Presiding: 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 3:15 3:30 3:45 4:00 4:15 AQUATIC ECOLOGY Session 2 - Jefferson Room Donald C. Tarter , Marshall University 65. Tarter, Donald C. (Marshall University) Effects of temperature and pH on the oxygen consumption rates of larval alderflies, Sialis aequalis Banks, from Camp Creek, an acid mine stream, Wayne County, West Virginia. 66. Jones, Tom G. Mary M. Yeager and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Preliminary observations on the summer predator-prey interactions of the grass pickerel, Esox americanus vermiculatus, and the central mudminnow, Umbra limi, in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia 67. McGregor, Monte A. and Wendell L. Pennington. (Tennessee Technological University) Benthic macroinvertebrates community responses to a pulp and paper effluent on a large mainstream impoundment of the lower Tennessee River. 68. Madigosky, Stephen R. (Widener University) Pb, Cd, and A1 accumulation in the crayfish Procambarus clarkii G. in northern Louisiana. 69. Ruggles, Kimberly K. and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Ecological life history of Peltoperla tarteri Stark and Kondratieff from Big Hollow of Paint Creek, Fayette County, West Virginia. (Plecoptera: Plecoperlidae) BREAK 70. Borsuk, Frank A. and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Age and growth of the bluegill, Lepomis macrochirus (Rafinesque) in the stratified and destratified lake in southwestern West Virginia. 71. Burgess, Lisa and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Ecological life history of Anthopotamus distinctus (Traver) from Indian Creek, Monroe County, West Virginia (Ephemeroptera: Potamanthidae). 72. Tilghman, Robert L. and Eric L. Morgan, Tennessee Technological University) Combining automated biomonitoring and avoidance behaviors for stress assessment in rainbow trout ( Oncorhynchus ttiykiss) subjected to three priority toxic pollutants and subsequent mitigation. 73. Taylor, R.D. and E.L. Morgan. (Tennessee Technological University) A remote satellite- linked, automated biomonitoring system for rapid detection of rainbow trout ( Oncorhynchus rnvkiss) respiration stress responses in a Southern Appalachian stream subject to acidification events. 54 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 4:30 4:45 Presiding 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 3:15 3:30 3:45 4:00 74. Yeager, Mindy, Tom Jones and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Reproductive biology of a disjunct population of the central mudminnow, Umbra limi (Kirkland), in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. 75. Wan, Ling and Eric Morgan. (Tennessee Technological University) Microcosm studies on high iron sediments treated by aeration, clay addition, and cement addition. ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY Session 2 BroyhillEastRoom D.G. Lindquist University of North Carolina at Wilmington 76. Busby, T. Richard, Jr. and D.G. Lindquist. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Diet selectivity of the slippery dick ( Halichoeres bivittatus) in North Carolina innershelf reefs: You mean we have a choice? 77. Pike, Lisa and D.G. Lundquist. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Feeding ecology and the role of algae in the diet of spottail pinfish: Do they really eat their vegetables? 78. Mullaney, Michael D. (Grice Marine Biological Laboratory) Ontogeny of morphology and diet in gag, Mycteroperca microlepis. 79. Brent, L. Winner and Frank J. Schwartz. (Florida Marine Research Institute and Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina) Allometry and body-organ weight relationships of the liver in six species of Carcharhiniform sharks in Onslow Bay, North Carolina. 80. Grimes, David V. (University of Richmond) Vitello lipid and protein deposition in environmentally stressed and non-stressed populations of striped bass Morone saxatilis. BREAK 81. Taylor, Cindy and Ron Altig. (Mississippi State University) Effects of density and oral morphology on the grazing of anuran tadpoles. 82. Taylor, Cindy and Michele C. Audo. (Mississippi State University) Sequence of movements in the oral disc of a feeding tadpole. 83. Carr, Karen M. and Ronald Altig. (Mississippi State University) Extrinsic oral disc musculature of anuran tadpoles. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 55 4:15 4:30 4:45 84. Tubbs, Lydia E. and Marion R. Wells. (Middle Tennessee State University) A study of the oral disc of Bufo americanus tadpoles using scanning electron microscopy. 85. Frisbie, Malcom Pratt and Richard L. Wyman. (Eastern Kentucky University and the Edmund Niles Huyck Preserve and Biological Research Station) The effects of soil pH on sodium balance in Plethodon cinereus and three other terrestrial salamanders. 87. Pauley, Thomas K. (Marshall University) Effects of moisture and temperature on vertical distribution of Plethodon salamanders in West Virginia. 5:00 86. Ireland, Patrick H. (Radford University) Uniform effects of different acids on survival of Ambystoma maculatum larvae. PARASITOLOGY Session 1 - Trillium Room North 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 88. Davis, Sara R. and William B. Lushbaugh. (University of Mississippi Medical Center) Induction of heat shock proteins in Trichomonas vaginalis. 89. Ortiz, J.C. and J.R. Seed. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Studies on the mechanism of human serum resistance in the African trypanosomes. 90. Keku, Temitope O. and John R. Seed. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) The inhibition of HL-60 growth by the African trypanosomes. 91. Kivipelto, J. and R.L. Asquith. (University of Florida) Duration of efficacy for various anthelmintics used to control parasites in the young horse. 92. Villa, O. and R.E. Kuhn. (Wake Forest University) Antigenic and immunogenic analysis of Taenia crassiceps and T. solium using sera from their natural intermediate hosts. 3:15 BREAK 3:30 93. Steele, Edna J. and Gayle P. Noblet. (Clemson University) Schizogonic development of Leucocytozoon smithi in the turkey. 3:45 94. Lindsay, D.S., S.J. Upton, B.L. Blaghurn, M. Toivio- Kinnucan, C.T. McAllister and S.E. Trauth (Auburn University, Kansas State University, Veterans Administration, Dallas, and Arkansas State University) Experimental transmission and ultrastructure of a Sarcocystis species with a kingsnake-vole life cycle. 56 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 4:00 4:15 4:30 4:45 Presiding: 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 3:15 3:30 3:45 95. Cole, R.A., D.S. Lindsay, B.L. Blagburn and J.P. Dubey. (Auburn University, and USDA) Murine model of vertical transmission of Neospora caninum (Protozoa: Apicomplexa). 96. Coontz, Mary M. and G. Miller. (North Carolina State University) Helminths in North American raptors from North Carolina and Colorado. 97. Flowers, James R. and Grover C. Miller. (North Carolina State University) Cercariae (Trematoda) collected from the Neuse River basin in eastern North Carolina. 98. Fontenot, Lance W. and William F. Font. (Clemson University and Southeastern Louisiana University) Helminth communities of aquatic snakes from southeastern Louisiana. PLANT ECOLOGY Session 3 - Bernhardt Lounge Dennis F. Whigham, Smithsonian Environmental Research Center 99. Peet, R.K., E. van der Maarel, E. Rosen, J. Willems, C. Norquist and J. Walker. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, University of Uppsala, University of Utrecht, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service and U.S. Forest Service) Mechanisms of coexistence in species- rich grasslands. 100. Collins, B.S., and G.R. Wein. (Memphis State University) Effects of seed bank and colonization space manipulations on an oldfield herb community. 101. Heikens, Alice Long and Philip A. Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Classification and environment of the natural forest openings in southern Illinois. 102. Yin, Yao. (University of Tennessee) A spatial forest stand model of an old growth mixed mesophytic forest. 103. Whigham, Dennis F. and John O'Neill. (Smithsonian Environmental Research Center) Growth and mortality of Fagus grandifolia seedlings within and outside of tree gaps. BREAK 104. DeSelm, H.R. and E.E.C. Clebsch. (The University of Tennessee) Twenty-two response types to prescribed surface fires in an oak forest understory. 105. Schmalzer, Paul A and C. Ross Hinkle. (The Bionetics Corporation. NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Flight Center) Recovery of Florida oak/saw palmetto scrub vegetation through three years after fire. PAPER, POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 57 4:00 4:15 4:30 4:45 106. Veara, Theresa E., James Fraiish and Philip Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) The effects of 14 years of burning on woody plant invasion for four southern Illinois hill prairies. 107. Edwards, M. Boyd and Barry D. Shiver. (Southeastern Forest Experiment Station and the University of Georgia) Effects of forest site-preparation on species diversity in the Georgia Piedmont. 108. Rauch, Samuel D. and Lindsay R. Boring. (University of Georgia) Nitrous oxide soil emissions following biomass burning in the Southern Appalachians. 109. Reed, R.A., M.W. Palmer, R.K. Peet and P.S. White. (University of North Carolina and Oklahoma State University) Change in correlations between site variables and species composition with change in scale of observation in a piedmont hardwood forest. PLANT ECOLOGY Session 4 - Brovhill West Room Presiding: Pat Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 2:00 110. You, Chengxia. (The University of Tennessee) Effects of hurricane Hugo on Manilkara bident at a, a primary tree species in the Luquillo Experimental Forest, Puerto Rico. 2:15 111. Petty, William H. (University of Tennessee) Seedling demography and growth of four shade- tolerant tropical rainforest tree species following hurricane Hugo. 2:30 112. White, Deborah and Joan Walker. (Florida Natural Areas Inventory and National Forests in Florida) Population biology of Macbridea alba: responses to growing season burning. 2:45 113. Wilczynski, Carolyn J. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) Population dynamics of Thalictrum cooleyi in response to fire frequency. 3:00 114. Zimmerman, Jess K. and Dennis F. Whigham. (Smithsonian Environmental Research Center) Ecological roles of carbohydrate storage in subterranean corms of the orchid Tipularia discolor. 3:15 BREAK 3:30 115. Rayner, Douglas, A. (Wofford College) Canby's dropwort ( Oxypolis canbyi ): Insights from a 5- year monitoring program. 3:45 116. Zettler, Lawrence W. and Thomas M. Mclnnis, Jr. (Clemson University) Symbiotic seed germination and development of terrestrial orchids native to the southern Appalachians. 58 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 4:00 117. Pittman, Albert B. (South Carolina Nongame and Heritage Trust Program) The biogeography of Geocarpon minimum MacKenzie. 4:15 118. Drew, Mark B. and E.E.C. Clebsch (University of Tennessee) The role of Tennessee coneflower in the cedar glade community. 4:30 119. Ertelt, Jonathan B. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) Observations on root- shoot vegetative reproduction in herbaceous streamside Gesneriaceae. 4:45 120. Carstensen, Susan M. (Emory University) Herbivory on kudzu (Pueraria lobata) in the Georgia Piedmont. PLANT SYSTEMATICS Session 2 - Integon Room Presiding: Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College 2:00 121. Matthews, James F., Donna W. Ketron and Sandra F. Zane. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) The cytotaxonomy of Portulaca. 2:15 122. Smith, Gerald L., Walter S. Flory and Mark A. Garland. (High Point College, Wake Forest University and Florida State University) Studies on Hymenocallis choctawensis Traub in the Florida panhandle. 2:30 123. Stucky, Jon M. (North Carolina State University) Affinities between Liatris cokeri, a sandhills endemic of the Carolinas, and its widely distributed relative, L. graminifolia. 2:45 124. Tucker, Gary E. (Ozark-St. Francis National Forests) Eriocaulon kornickianum Van Heurck & Muell. - Arg. (Small-headed pipewort), a Category 2 plant species. 3:00 125. Ogle, Douglas W. (Virginia Highlands Community College) The delineation, distribution, and natural history of Spirea virginiana Britton. 3:15 126. Ogle, Douglas W. (Virginia Highlands Community College) Senecio millefolium T. & G. revisited in Lee County, Virginia. 3:30 Break 3:45 127. Anderson, Loran C. (Florida State University) Review of the genus Cacalia in the United States and notes on new cacalioids from Florida. 4:00 128. Jones, Ronald L. (Eastern Kentucky University) The distribution, habitat, and identifying features of Helianthus eggertii Small. 4:15 129. Hornberger, Kathleen L. (Widener University) North Carolina blue-eyed grasses simplified. 4:30 130. Pyne, Milo. (North Carolina State University) Physalis macrophysa Rydberg and its distribution in the southeast. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 59 4:45 131. Coile, Nancy C. (North Georgia College) Comparison of cladistic and clustering methods for a group of Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae) species. TEACHING BIOLOGY - Burris Room Presiding: Lucrecia Herr, Spring Valley High School, Columbia, South Carolina 2:00 132. Ertelt, Jonathan B. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) Greenhouses as tools for teaching botany. 2:15 133. Powell, Robert W., Jr. (Converse College) Croft State Park - A protected laboratory for long-term ecological teaching and research. 2:30 134. Kinlaw, Alton E. (North Carolina State University) Criteria and tools for developing well-rounded biologists. FRIDAY MORNING, 12 APRIL SYMPOSIUM Southern Appalachian Mountain Bogs and Fens Sponsored by: Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Trillium North Presiding: Kevin Moorhead, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. University of Georgia 8:00 135. Browning, Sally A. (U.S. Forest Service) Soil characteristics of Southern Appalachian bogs and fens. 60 8:20 8:40 9:00 9:20 9:40 10:00 10:20 10:40 11:00 Presiding: 8:30 9:00 9:30 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 136. Weakley, Alan S. (North Carolina Heritage Program) Vegetation of bogs and fens of the North Carolina Blue Ridge. 137. Smith, Alan B. (North Carolina Natural Heritage Program) Rare plants of Southern Appalachian bogs and fens. 138. Herman, Dennis W. (Zoo Atlanta) Natural history of Clemtnys muhlenbergii (bog turtle) in the Southern Appalachians. BREAK 139. Ogle, Douglas W. (Virginia Highlands Community College) Phytogeography of Vaccinium macrocarpon Aiton in the southeastern United States. 140. Walbridge, Mark R. (George Mason University) Surface water chemistry and plant community composition in Southern Appalachian wetlands - examples from WV fens. 141. Wieder, R. Kelman (Villanova University) Sulfur cycling/decomposition in Big Run Bog, WV. 142. Yavitt, Joseph B. (Cornell University) Biogeochemical cycling of methane in Southern Appalachian bogs and fens. 143. Weakley, Alan S. and Kevin Moorhead. (North Carolina Natural Heritage Program and Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia) Conservation of Southern Appalachian bogs and fens. TEACHING INTRODUCTORY BIOLOGY Workshop for Teachers of High School and Freshman Biology Courses Trillium South. Brovhill Inn and Rankin Science Building Rooms 212. 220 and 223 Bonnie K. Gordon, Appalachian State University Participants invited to attend contributed paper sessions. Tour of Commercial Exhibits, Trillium South Coffee with Workshop Participants Transportation leaves from Broyhill for Rankin Science Building, Main Campus PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 61 10:00 10:15 11:00 11:45 12:30 1:30 3:00 Presiding: 8:00 8:15 8:30 8:45 9:00 Dyche, Stephen A. (Appalachian State University) Introduction, Rankin Sci. Room 212 144. Claxton, Charles S. (Appalachian State University) Learning styles and effective teaching. Rankin Sci. Room 212 145. Chimene, Davice G. (Appalachian State University) Teaching the non-traditional student. Rankin Sci. Room 212 146. Gordon, Bonnie K. (Appalachian State University) What Biology professors expect of freshmen students. Rankin Sci. Room 212 Luncheon for Workshop Participants. Rankin Sci. Room 223. Sponsored by the Math Science Education Center, Appalachian State Univ. Laboratory Presentations. Rankin Sci. Room 220. A series of laboratory exercises will be demonstrated by the teaching faculty of Appalachian State University's Department of Biology. Most of these exercises were developed specifically for the introductory non-major student. Participants will be supplied with written instructions and materials lists for using these exercises in their own classes. Discussion. Rankin Sci. Room 223. Revising the Laboratory Curriculum. ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY, Session 3 - Brovhill West Patrick H. Ireland, Radford University 147. Pezold, Frank. (Northeast Louisiana University) Western Atlantic spinycheek sleepers (Teleostei: Eleotridae). 148. Maurakis, Eugene G. (University of Richmond) Phylogenetic systematics of Cyprinoidei and definition of the subfamily Leuciscinae (Ostariophysi: Cyprinidae). 149. Yeager, Mindy M., Donald C. Tarter, Mike Little and Mike E. Seidel. (Marshall University) An analysis of variation in a disjunct population of the central mudminnow, Umbra limi (Kirtland), in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. 150. Snelson, Franklin F., Jr. (University of Central Florida) Distribution of the bluebarred pygmy sunfish, Elassoma okatie. 151. Little, Michael L., Donald C. Tarter and M. Dale Adkins. (Marshall University and Metcalf and Eddy, Environmental Engineering) The distribution of two subspecies of blacknose dace, Rhinicthys atratulus, in the Potomac and Cheat River systems. 62 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 Presiding: 9:00 9:15 BREAK 152. Shute, Peggy W. and Patrick L. Rakes. (Tennessee Valley Authority, Regional Natural Heritage Project and Lifespace Technologies) Captive rearing and reintroduction of the federally endangered smoky madtom, Noturus baileyi and threatened yellowfin madtom, N. flavipitinis into Abrams Creek, Blount County, Tennessee. 153. MacDonald, Timothy C., Brent L. Winner and Robert H. McMichael, Jr. (Florida Marine Research Institute) Recruitment and habitat selection of juvenile sheepshead Archosarqus probatocephalus , in Tampa Bay. 154. Baker, Steve C. and Roy C. Heidinger. (Oxford College of Emory University and Southern Illinois University) Factors limiting recruitment of crappie in Baldwin Cooling Pond. 155. Masterson, Stephanie K., C.B. Coburn and Stephen E. Moore. (Tennessee Technological University and Great Smoky Mountains National Park) Age and growth of rainbow trout ( Oncorhynchus mykiss) in Little River Watershed, Great Smoky Mountains National Park. 156. Dodd, C. Kenneth, Jr. (National Ecology Research Center, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) Tracking six-lined racerunners with fluorescent powder: habitat use and behavior. 157. Canterbury, Ronald A. and Thomas K. Pauley. (Marshall University) Intra and interspecific competition in the green salamander, Aneides aeneus. 158. Jewell, Ronnie D. and Thomas K. Pauley. (Marshall University) Environmental factors as controlling mechanisms regulating the distribution of two Plethodon species. 159. Pechmann, Joseph H.K. and David Scott. (Duke University and Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia) Declining amphibian populations: separating long-term trends from natural fluctuations. PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 5 - Integon Room Robert Muller , University of Kentucky 160. Fairey, John E. Ill, Steven M. Jones and Lloyd G. Webb. (Clemson University and L.G. Webb Associates) Can ecosystems always function as living filters for effluent treatment? 161. Frye, Christopher T. and Michael J. Baranski. (Catawba College) Community dynamics on a montmorillonitic soil in North Carolina. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 63 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 11:45 Presiding: 8:00 162. Chick, Jodi L. (North Carolina State University) A comparison of the vegetation and soils on diabase to other rock types in North Carolina. 163. Wentworth, Thomas R. (North Carolina State University) Vegetation-environment relationships in the Thompson River watershed, North and South Carolina. 164. Franklin, Scott, James Fralish and Philip Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Ordination of compositionally-stable communities of Land Between The Lakes, KY and TN. BREAK 165. Robertson, Philip, James Fralish, Scott Franklin and Steve Kettler. (Southern Illinois University) Forest vegetation of Land Between The Lakes, KY and TN in relation to physical and chemical soil-site variables. 166. Fralish, James S. (Southern Illinois University) A provisional ecological land classification system for Land Between The Lakes, TVA, KY and TN. 167. Busing, R.T., E.E.C. Clebsch and P.S. White. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and University of Tennessee) Biomass, production and nutrient content of southern Appalachian cove forests. 168. McArdle, Thomas G. and James S. Fralish. (Southern Illinois University) A comparison of presettlement communities by site type in the Ozark Hills and Shawnee Hills of Illinois. 169. Pittillo, J. Dan and H.R. Mainwaring. (Western Carolina University) Development of microorganisms from a 7400-year old debris avalanche soil, Balsam Mountains, North Carolina. 249. Parker, Geoffrey G., Laurel A. Kuehnel and Susanne M. Hill. (Smithsonian Environmental Research Center and Virginia Polytechnic Institute and Sate University) Changes in canopy structure and overstory gaps following hurricane damage to a Southern Appalachian forest. ANIMAL ECOLOGY - Jefferson Room Ron E. Barry, Frostburg State University 170. Belk, Mark C. and Louis Stanton Hales. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, and University of Georgia) Differences in growth and reproduction of bluegill from fished and unfished waters. 64 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 8:15 8:30 8:45 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 11:30 171. Eubanks, Micky and Gary L. Miller. (University of Mississippi) Effects of intraspecific density and predation pressure on an ontogenetic niche shift in the wolf spider Gladicosa pulchra (Brady). 172. Williams, Ray S. (Appalachian State University) A key for determining the fate of Diprion similis (Hartig) cocoons using discriminate function analysis on vertebrate predator damage patterns. 173. Jackson, Mary E. and Raymond D. Semlitsch. (Memphis State University and University of Zurich) Predation risk and its influence on facultative paedomorphosis. 174. Smith, Lora L. (University of Florida) The use of a metal detector for monitoring movements and survivorship of hatchling gopher tortoises ( Gopherus polyphemus). 175. Richardson, Terry D. (Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Predation risk and feeding in an intertidal predatory snail. BREAK 176. Varney, Dan R., Tracy E. Bertram, Laurie A. Varney, Panos Zavos and Malcom Siegel. (Eastern Kentucky University and University of Kentucky) The effects of an endophyte-infected diet on the reproductive parameters of the eastern cottontail rabbit. 177. Moser, Mary L. and David S. Lee. (North Carolina State University and North Carolina State Museum of Natural Science) A fourteen year survey of plastic ingestion by western Atlantic seabirds. 178. Mills, Edward. (Wingate College) Spring migration of nearctic migrant birds in Belize, Central America. 179. Tyrell, Karen and Virgil Brack, Jr. (3/D Environmental Services, Inc. and University of Tennessee) Endangered bats of Breckinridge County, KY. 180. McIntyre, Nancy E. and Frank B. Golley. (University of Georgia) The behavioral ecology of the red wolf ( Canis rufus) in relation to that of the coyote ( Canis latrans ). 181. Furtak, Kathleen A., George A. Feldhamer and Philip A. Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) An empirically-based habitat suitability index model for the golden mouse in southern Illinois. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 65 Presiding: 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 9:00 9:15 9:30 9:45 10:00 10:15 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY - Northwest Room Diane R. Nelson, East Tennessee State University 182. Ekkens, David B. (Southern College) Courtship song phonotaxis by Aeheta domesticus . 183. Tarter, Donald C. and Diane R. Nelson. (Marshall University and East Tennessee State University) Tardigrade fauna (Phylum: Tardigrada) in mosses from Seneca Rocks in the Monongahela National Forest, Pendleton County, West Virginia. 184. Edwards, Dale D. and Ronald V. Dimock, Jr. (Wake Forest University) Host specific genetic variation among populations of the symbiotic water mite Unionicola formosa. 185. Tankersley, Richard A. and Ronald V. Dimock, (Wake Forest University) A priori identification of brooding unionid mussels using stepwise discrimination analysis. 186. Bisbee, John W. (Lenoir- Rhyne College) Life cycle of the freshwater sponge Spongilla lacustris in a South Carolina pond. PARASITOLOGY, Session 2 - Brovhill East 187. Zimmerman, Ronald C. and Clint E. Carter. (Vanderbilt University) Leucine aminopeptidase activity of the 140 kilodalton glycoprotein of Schistosoma japonicum soluble egg antigens. 188. Bogitsh, B.J., G.J. Van Dam and A.M. Deelder. (Vanderbilt University) Ultrastructural localization of gut-associated antigens in Schistosoma mansoni using a FITC-anti-FITC system. 189. Blagburn, B.L., D.S. Lindsay, J.E. Hall and R.R. Tidwell. (Auburn University and University of North Carolina) Efficacies of analogues of pentamidine against Cryptosporidium parvum and Toxoplasma gondii. 190. Bosshardt, Stephen, Catherine McVay, Sharon Coleman and Thomas Klei. (Louisiana State University) Host responses to Brugia pahangi infection in jirds bom to firwg/«-infected mothers. 191. Patton, Sharon, P.J. Morris and Diana Pelletier. (University of Tennessee) Activation of protective immunity to toxoplasmosis in Australian marsupials. 192. Faulkner, Charles T. and Sharon Patton. (University of Tennessee) Recognition and recovery of Giardia sp. cysts in experimentally desiccated fecal samples. 66 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 PLANT SYSTEMATICS, Session 3 - Burris Room Presiding: Don Windier, Towson State University 9:00 9:15 9:45 10:00 10:15 10:30 10:45 193. John Nelson (University of South Carolina) Floristic survey of the Tom Yawkey Wildlife Center, Georgetown County, South Carolina. 194. Phillippe, Loy R. and Joseph S. Ely. (Salem College and Marshall University) A checklist of the vascular plants from the Murphy Preserve Ritchie County, West Virginia. 195. Mickle, James E. and E. Kent Sprague. (North Carolina Sate University and the University of Georgia) Fossil cladophylls from the early Tertiary of Georgia. 196. Kartesz, John T. (The Biota of North America Program, North Carolina Botanical Garden) A computerized floristic database for North America; an alternative approach. 197. Clark, Ross C. (Morton Arboretum) The Morton Arboretum's 1990 expedition to northeastern China. 198. Hardin, James W. (North Carolina State University) Uncommon trichomes on common trees. 199. Evans, Dan K. (Herbaria, Marshall University and Universidad Catolica de Ecuador) Medicinal Cyperus (Cyperaceae) among the Shuar and Achuar of Southeastern Ecuador. POSTERS Session 2 - Alumni Hall 8:00 - 12:00 P.M. Presenters with Posters 10:00 A.M. - 11:00 A.M. 200. Boettcher, Susan E. and Paul J. Kalisz. (University of Kentucky) Architectural analysis of Red-cockaded Woodpecker habitat. 201. Smith, Robert N. and Lindsay R. Boring. (University of Georgia) Pinus rigida coarse woody debris inputs and decomposition in pine beetle gaps of the Southern Appalachians. 202. Boring, L.R., R. Herrman, A. Sankovsky, Y. Puzachenko and W. Swank. (University of Georgia, National Park Service, USSR Academy of Science and Coweeta Hydrologic Lab, USFS) US/USSR bilateral research: Linkages between biodiversity and ecosystem function. 203. Chang, Kun-Piao and Lindsay R. Boring. (University of Georgia) Effects of VA mycorrhizae on nitrogen fixation and growth of water and P stressed black locust. PAPER, POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 67 204. Busing, R.T. (University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill) A spatial model of forest dynamics. 205. Woodard, Candace A., C.A. Neal, S.T. Bowden and P.M. White. (Agnes Scott College) A comparative study of the soil microbes of two plant communities on Davidson/ Arabia Mountain, DeKalb County, Georgia. 206. Neal, Cynthia A., C.A. Woodard, S.T. Bowden and P.M. White. (Agnes Scott College) SEM studies of soil microbes of two granite outcrop plant communities in DeKalb County, Georgia. 207. Reynolds, Douglas N. (Eastern Kentucky University) Population biology of clones of Saxifraga flagellaris in different habitats. 208. McCormick, J. Frank. (University of Tennessee) Population dynamics of selected tree species in the Luquillo Experimental Forest. 209. Barden, L.S. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) Growth of plant populations under fluctuating and non-fluctuating light. 210. Adams, Harold S. and Steven L. Stephenson. (Dabney S. Lancaster Community College and Fairmont State College) Composition and structure of mid-Appalachian white cedar communities. 211. Chason, Jennifer W. and Michael A. Huston. (Science Applications International and Oak Ridge National Laboratory) Spatial and temporal variation in forest canopy leaf area: evaluation of an indirect estimation method. FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 12 APRIL CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY - Northwest Room Presiding: David K. Smith , University of Tennessee 2:00 212. Marshall, Harold G. (Old Dominion University) Toxin producing phytoplankton in the lower Chesapeake Bay. 2:15 213. Tidwell, J. Lille, James W. Wallace and Robert W. Soeder. (Western Carolina University and Appalachian State University) Polyphenolics of representative tree ferns: a preliminary report. 2:30 214. Stephenson, Steven L. and Gary A. Laursen. (Fairmont State College and University of Alaska-Fairbanks) Myxomycetes in cold- dominated ecosystems. 2:45 215. Petersen, Raymond L. and Brenda Moore. (Howard University) The effect of sodium chloride on polyphenol oxidase activity in the mangrove fungus Pestalotii i sp. 68 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 3:00 3:15 3:30 3:45 Presiding: 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 Presiding: 2:00 BREAK 216. Petersen, Raymond L., Anthony Chestang and Majid Rajabikhamesi. (Howard University) The effect of sodium chloride on calcium oxalate production in the mangrove fungus Pestalotia sp. 217. Bosley, Augustus and Raymond L. Petersen. (Howard University) Oxalic acid production in Ceratocystis ulmi. 218. Francis, Norman A. and Raymond L. Petersen. (Howard University) Bound association of myxomycetes with algae and cyanobacteria. ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY Session 4 - Jefferson Room Henry L. Bart, Jr., Auburn University 219. Miller, Mack D. and R. W. Van Devender. (Appalachian State University) Analysis of fossil salamanders from Cheek Bend Cave (40MU261), Maury County, Tennessee. 220. Bart, Henry L., Jr. (Auburn University) Regional influences on stream fish diversity in the southeast. 221. Brenneman, William M. (University of Southern Mississippi) Ammocoete drift in streams of a south Mississippi watershed. 222. Slack, William T. and Neil H. Douglas. (Northeast Louisiana University and University of Southern Mississippi) An investigation of degradation in three northeastern Louisiana waterways using an Index of Biotic Integrity. 223. Martin, Tony R. and Stephen A. Bortone. (The University of West Florida) Faunal development of an artificial reef in a northern Gulf of Mexico estuary. PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 6 - Brovhill West Dave A. White, Loyola University 224. Liu, Honggang and Dan K. Evans. (Marshall University) A wetland vegetation study in Greenbottom Swamp. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 69 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 3:15 3:30 3:45 4:00 4:15 4:30 Presiding: 3:00 225. Hupp, Cliff R. and David E. Bazemore. (U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA and U.S. Geological Survey, Nashville, TN) Forested wetland sedimentation, hydroperiod, and vegetation patterns in the vicinity of Highway Crossings, West Tennessee. 226. Ely, Joseph S. and Dan K. Evans. (Marshall University) Plant community analysis of marsh herb layers in embayment sites along the mid- upper to upper Ohio River floodplain of Ohio and West Virginia. 227. Kirkman, L. Katherine and Rebecca R. Sharitz. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia) Growth responses of three common Carolina bay wetland perennials to controlled water level regimes. 228. Figiel, Chester R., Jr. (University of Mississippi) Effects of competition, nutrient levels, and hydric environment on growth, survival, and biomass allocation of two wetland grasses. BREAK 229. Keeland, Bobby D. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia) Seasonal growth patterns in Taxodium distichum, Nyssa aquatica, and Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora. 230. Taylor, Katherine L. and James B. Grace. (Louisiana State University) The effects of herbivory in some Louisiana coastal marshes. 231. Matheson, Kevin S. (Eastern Carolina University) A comparison of soil redox potentials in two forested wetlands. 232. Conner, W.H., J.W. Day, Jr., I.D. Hesse, S.E. Feagley, R. Hartman and J. Rybczyk. (Baruch Forest Science Institute, Louisiana State University and National Marine Fisheries) Ecological characterization of a Louisiana swamp forest before wastewater application. 233. Atkinson, Robert B. and John Cairns, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) Factors controlling early vegetative colonization of two created forested wetlands in Virginia. PLANT PHYSIOLOGY Burris Room Frank R. Toman , Western Kentucky University 234. McKenna, Mary A. and Maria Hille-Salgueiro. (Howard University) Comparison of acid sensitivity in the gametophyte and sporophyte of Aquilegia caerulea L. 70 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 3:15 3:30 3:45 235. Toman, Frank R. and Kerrie Elliott McDaniel. (Western Kentucky University) Evidence for a post-translational control mechanism causing reduced ribulose 1,5 bisphosphate carboxylase activity during Mn toxicity in tobacco. 236. Bunyard, Britt A. and Thomas M. Mclnnis, Jr. (Clemson University) Evidence for elevated photohormone levels in endophyte-infected tall fescue. 237. Workman, Sarah W. and Lindsay R. Boring. (University of Georgia) Biomass and N2- fixation response of Acacia and Prosopis spp. to VA mycorrhizal inoculation. BETA BETA BETA DISTRICT 1 Bernhardt Lounge 2:00 2:15 2:30 2:45 3:00 3:15 3:30 238. Cleator, John H. (Tau Nu, The Citadel) A laboratory study of the effect of burning on the oviposition of salt marsh mosquito, Aedes taen iorhyn ch us . 239. Burrell, Kevin and Christie Bankes. (Sigma Gamma, Erskine College) Comparing dietary niche between two species of Cyprinidae through the use of an overlap index. 240. Prince, Lisa. (Sigma Gamma, Erksine College) Micropropagation of African violet ( Saintpaulia ionantha) in the presence of a harmless bacterial contaminant. 241. Knoblock, Deborah and Lynn Grinstead. (Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology) Use of the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to characterize pulse field gel (PGF) fractionated human- rodent oomatic cell hybrids. 242. Deshmukh, Praveen and Ghassan Khoury. (Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology) Distribution of neuronal types in the chicken's cochlea. 243. Longshore, John W. (Sigma Beta, Georgia Institute of Technology) Molecular cloning of protein kinase genes from plants. 244. Godwin, L. Scott. (Sigma Psi, Florida Institute of Technology) The occurrence of the parasite Mytilicola porrectus (Copepoda: Cyclopoida) in the bivalve Maconia balthica in the Chesapeake Bay. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 71 BETA BETA BETA DISTRICT 2 Integon Room 2:00 245. Seoane, Leonardo. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University) A molecular study of the algal genus Synura. 2:15 246. Gardner, Peggy. (Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College) The use of Ceriodaphnia to monitor water quality in undisturbed and disturbed streams. 2:30 247. Hubbard, Randy. (Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College) Predator response of Gerris remisis : Is it "hardwire" or predator avoidance? 2:45 248. Sutton, Rebecca. (Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College) Effect of DDT and related compounds on the physical state of membranes. EXHIBITORS ASB PATRONS Breedlove, Dennis and Associates Carolina Biological Supply Company Martin Microscope MEETINGS EXIBITORS A.C.C. Sales Associated Microscope and Service Ben Meadows Co. Forestry Suppliers, Inc. Host, Reinhart and Winston Publishing Co. Li-Cor, Inc. Microscope Service and Repair, Inc. NSACO Vashaw Scientific Wadsworth Publishing Co. Wildlife Supply Co. Worth Publishers, Inc. Author Index for Paper, Poster and Abstract Number Adams, Harold S. 210 Adkins, M. Dale 151 Allard, Dorothy J. 28 Altig, Ronald 81, 83 Anderson, Loran C. 127 Ashley, Terry 13 Asquith, R.L. 91 Atkinson, Robert B. 233 Audo, Michele C. 82 Baker, Steve C. 154 Baker-Brosh, K. 35 Ball, Kelly K. 33 Bankes, Christie 239 Baranski, Michael J. 161 Barden, L.S. 209 Baric, Ralph 1 Bart, Henry L., Jr. 220 Battacharjee, Lakshmis 15 Bayer, Paul E. 34 Bazemore, David E. 225 Beatty-DeSana, Jeanne 56 Belk, Mark C. 170 Bertram, Tracy E. 176 Bisbee, John W. 186 Blagburn, B.L. 94, 95, 189 Bland, Joyce A. 29 Boettcher, Susan E. 200 Bogitsch, B.J. 188 Boring, Lindsay R. 108, 201, 202, 203, 237 Borsuk, Frank A. 70 Bortone, Steve A. 223 Bosley, Augustus 217 Bosshardt, Stephen 190 Bowden, S.T. 205, 206 Brack, Virgil, Jr. 179 Brandt, E. 61 Brenneman, William M. 221 Britson, Carol A. 25 Britton, Christine M. 26 Browning, Sally A. 135 Broyles, Steven B. 47 Bunyard, Britt A. 236 Burgess, Lisa K. 71 Burrell, Kevin 239 Busby, T. Richard, Jr. 76 Busing, R.T. 167, 204 Cairns, John, Jr. 233 Canterbury, Ronald A. 157 Carr, Karen M. 83 Carstensen, Susan M. 120 Carter, Bart D. 7 Carter, Clint E. 187 Chang, Jun-Piao 203 Chason, Jennifer W. 211 Chestang, Anthony 216 Chick, Jodi L. 162 Chimene, Davice G. 145 Chucola, Angela A. 58 Ciravolo, T.G. 37 Clark, Ross C. 197 Claxton, Charles S. Cleator, John H. 238 Clebsch, E.E.C. 104, 118, 167 Coburn, C.B. 7, 155 Coi le, Nancy C. Cole, R . A. 95 131 Coleman, Sharon 190 Collins, B.S. 100 Conner, W.H. 232 Cook, Patrick M. 23 Coontz, Mary M. 30, 96 Cover, Jack 24 Davenport, L.J. 46 Davis, Jennifer 18 Davis, Sara R. 88 Day, J.W., Jr. 232 Deelder, A.M. 188 dePamphilis, Claude W. 50 Deselm, H.R. 104 Deshmukh, Praveen 242 Dimock, Ronald V., Jr. 184, 185 Dodd, C. Kenneth Jr. 156 Douglas, Neil H. 222 Downie, Stephen 50 Drew, Mark B. 118 Driscoll, Charles T. 6 Dubey, J.P. 95 Dymond, John B. 54 Edwards, Dale D. 184 Edwards, M. Boyd 107 Ekkens, David B. 182 Elliott, L.P. 33 Ellsworth, Darrell L. 12 Ely, Joseph S. 194, 226 Ertelt, Jonathan B. 119, 132 Eubanks, Micky 171 Evans, Dan K. 199, 224, 226 Eversley, Donna M. 38 Fai rey, John E. Ill 160 Farel, Paul B. 53 Faulkner, Charles T. 192 Feagley, S.E. 232 Feldhamer, George A. 181 Figiel, Chester R., Jr. 228 Flory, Walter S. 122 Flowers, James R. 97 Font, William F . 98 Fontenot, Lance W. 98 Forester, Don C. 24 Fralish, James S. 106, 164, 165, 166, 168 Francis, Norman A. 218 Franklin, Scott 164, 165 Franz, Richard 8 Frisbie, Malcolm P. 85 Frye, Christopher T. 161 Furtak, Kathleen A. 181 Gardner, Peggy 246 Garland, Mark A. 122 Gary A. Laursen 214 Gibson, J.P. 48 Gibson, M.J. 48 Godwin, L. Scott 244 Golley, Frank B. 180 Gordon, Bonnie K. 146 Grace, James B. 230 Grimes, David V. 80 Gr instead, Lynn 241 Hacker, W. David 39, 40 Hairston, Nelson G., Sr. 3 Hales, Louis Stanton 170 Hall, J.E. 189 Hamrick, J.L. 48 Hardin, James W. 198 Hartman, R. 232 Hayes, Mil l i am K. 22 Heidinger, Roy C. 154 Heikens, Alice Long 101 Herman, Dennis W. 138 Herr, John M. 4 Herrman, R. 202 Hesse, I.D. 232 Hill, Steven 43 Hill, Susanne M. 249 Hi l le-Salguei ro, Maria 234 Hinkle, C. Ross 105 Hopkins, Thomas A. 51 Hornberger, Kathleen L. 129 Hosier, Paul E. 29 Huang, Songqiao 39, 40 Hubbard, Randy 247 Hupp, Cliff R. 225 Huston, Michael A. 211 Hutcherson, James D. 42 Ireland, Patrick H. 86 Jackson, Mary E. 173 Jaklin, A. 9 Jaynes, C. David 53 Jenkins, Ronald L. 46 72 AUTHOR INDEX 73 Jewel l , Ronnie D. 158 Jones, Ronald L. 128 Jones, Steven M. 160 Jones, Tom G. 66, 74 Kalisz, Paul J. 200 Kalmus, Gerhard W. 54, 55 Kartesz, John T. 196 Keel and, Bobby D. 229 Keku, Temitope 0. 90 Ketron, Donna W. 121 Kettler, Steve 165 Khoury, Ghassan 242 Kinlaw, Alton E. 134 Kirkman, Katherine L. 22 7 Kivipelto, J. 91 Klei, Thomas 190 Knoblock, Deborah 241 Kozel, Thomas R. 5 Kuehnel, Laurel A. 249 Kuhn, R.E. 92 Laclaire, Linda V. 8 Lamont, E. Eric 27 Lee, David S. 177 Lindquist, D.G. 76, 77 Lindsay, D.S. 94, 95, 189 Little, Michael L. 149, 151 Liu, Honggang 224 Longshore, John W. 243 Lushbaugh, William B. 88 MacDonald, Timothy C. 153 Madigosky, Stephen R. 68 Mainwaring, H.R. 169 Marion, Ken R. 51 Marshall, Harold G. 212 Martin, Tony R. 223 Masterson, Stephanie K. 155 Matheson, Kevin S. 231 Matthews, James F. 121 Maurakis, Eugene G. 20, 21, 52, 148 Mavity, E.M. 37 McAllister, C.T. 94 McArdle, Thomas G. 168 McCarron, James K. 36 McClintock, James B. 51 McCormick, J. Frank 208 McDaniel, Kerria Elliott 235 McGregor, Monte A. 67 McGuire, William R. 52 Mclnnis, Thomas M., Jr. 116, 236 McIntyre, Nancy E. 180 McKenna, Mary A. 38, 234 McKinney, F.K. 9, 10, 11 McKinney, M.J. 10 McLeod, K.W. 37 McMichael, Robert H., Jr. 153 McVay, Catherine 190 Mickle, James E. 195 Mi ller, Chris G. 14 Mi l ler, Gary L. 171 Miller, Grover C. 96, 97 Mi ller. Mack D . 219 Mills, Edward 178 Moore, Brenda 215 Moore, Stephen E. 7, 155 Moorhead, Kevin 143 Morgan, Eric L. 72, 73, 75 Morris, P.J. 191 Moser, Mary L. 177 Mullaney, Michael D. 78 Murrell, Z.E. 44 Myers, Robert D. 55 Neal, Cynthia A. 205, 206 Nelson, Diane R. 183 Nelson, John B. 193 Neufeld, Howard S. 36, 39, 40, 41, 42 Noblet, Gayle P. 93 Norquist, C. 99 Nussbaum, Frank 60 O'Nei l l , John 103 Ogle, D.W. 125, 126, 139 Ortiz, J.C. 89 Palmer, Jeffrey D. 50 Palmer, M.W. 109 Parker, Geoffrey G. 249 Parks, Clifford R. 45 Patton, Sharon 191, 192 Pauley, Thomas K. 87, 157, 158 Pechmann, Joseph H.K. 159 Peet, R.K. 35, 99, 109 Pelletier, D. 191 Pennington, Wendell L. 67 Petersen, Raymond L. 215, 216, 217, 218 Petty, William H. Ill Pezold, Frank 147 Phi llippe, Loy R. 194 Pike, Lisa A. 77 Pittillo, J. Dan 169 Pittman, Albert B. 117 Plyler, Daniel B. 57 Powell, Robert W., Jr. 133 Prince, Lisa 240 Puzachenko, Y. 202 Pyne, Milo 130 Quarfordt, Steven D. 55 Radenbaugh, Todd A. 11 Rajabikhamesi , Majid 216 Rakes, Patrick L. 152 Rauch, Samuel D. 108 Rayner, Douglas A. 115 Reed, R . A. 109 Rehner, S. 49 Reitcheck, Becky G. 17 Renfro, Jim 39, 41 Reynolds, Douglas N. 64, 207 Richardson, Terry D. 175 Robertson, Philip A. 101, 106, 164, 165, 181 Rosen, E. 99 Rowe, Matthew P. 23 Ruggles, Kimberly K. 69 Rybczyk, J. 232 Sabaj, Mark H. 20, 21 Sankovsky, A. 202 Schmalzer, Paul A. 105 Schwartz, Frank J. 79 Scott, David 159 Seago, James L., Jr. 63 Sedivec, Mathius J. 53 Seed, J.R. 89, 90 Seidel, Mike E. 149 Semlitsch, Raymond D. 173 Seoane, Leonardo 245 Sewell, Mitchell M. 45 Shari tz, Rebecca R. 227, 229 Sherman-Broyles, S.L. 48 Shiver, Barry D. 107 Shoop, W.L. 2 Shute, Peggy W. 152 Siegel, Mai com 176 Sievert, Lynnette 59 Slack, William T . 222 Smith, Alan B. 137 Smith, Gerald L. 122 Smith, Lora L. 174 Smith, M.E. 6 Smith, Robert N. 201 Snelson, Franklin F., Jr. 150 Soeder, Robert W. 213 Sprague, E. Kent 195 Stalter, Richard 27 Steele, Edna J. 93 Steele, Kelly P. 49 Stephenson, Steven L. 210, 214 Stroup, Donald J. 62 Stucky, Jon M. 123 Sutton, Rebecca 248 Swank, W. 202 Tankersley, Richard A. 185 Tarter, Donald C. 65, 66, 69, 70, 71, 74, 149, 151, 183 Taylor, Cindy L. 81, 82 Taylor, Katherine L. 230 Taylor, R.D. 73 Thrall, P. 49 T idwel l, J. Lille 213 Tidwell, R.R. 189 Tilghman, Robert L. 72 Toivio-Kinnucan, M. 94 Toman, Frank R. 235 Torres, Betsaida 57 Trauth, S.E. 94 Tubbs, Lydia E. 84 Tucker, Gary E. 124 Tyler, Stacie 16 Tyrell, Karen 179 74 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 Upton, S.J. 94 Vaitkus, M.R. 37 van der Maarel , E . Van Dam, G.J. 188 99 Van Devender, R.W. 219 Varney, Dan R. 176 Varney, Laurie A. 176 Veara, Theresa E. Vi l jalys, R . 49 106 Villa, 0. 92 Walbridge, Mark R. Walker, J. 99 140 Walker, Joan 112 Wal lace, James W. 213 Wan, Ling 75 Ware, Stewart 32 Watts, Stephen A. 51 Weakley, Alan S. 136, 143 Webb, Lloyd G. 160 Wein, G.R. 100 Wei Is, Marion R. 58, 84 Wentworth, Thomas R. 163 Whigham, Dennis F. 103, 114 White, Deborah 112 White, P.M. 205, 206 White, P.S. 109, 167 Whi te, Ronald M. , Jr. 46 Wieder, R. Kelman 141 Wilczynski, Carolyn J. 113 Wilkins, S. David Will ems , J . 99 19 Will iams, Ray S. 172 Winner, Brent L. 79, 153 Wise, Dwayne 15, 16, 17, 18 Wiser, Susan K. 31 Wisnieski, Anthony 24 Woodward, Candace A. 205, 206 Woolcott, William S. 20, 21, 52 Workman, Sarah W. Wyatt, Robert 47 237 Wyman, Richard L. 85 Yavitt, Joseph B. 142 Yeager, M. M. 66, 74, 145 Yin, Yao 102 You, Chengxia 110 Zane, Sandra F. 121 Zavos, Panos 176 Zettler, Lawrence W. 116 Zimmerman, Jess K. . 114 Zimmerman, Ronald C. 187 LOWER LEVEL RANKIM- DANIEL BOARD ROOM INTEGON ROOM 0 > ft: u DUGGINS LOUNGE BERNHARDT LOUNGE h LOCATIONS OF MEETING ROOMS BROYHILL [ CRYSTAL BROYHILL SUITE BRASS sum L. - - . . . AUDITORIUM EAST i WEST AMBER sum 1 33 § o z DINING ROOM EXECUWE OFFICES 1 1 BOflEN CANNON 1 WOO“ 1 HAI 1 1 is J2« | JEFFERSON cr a. , 5 - TO HI FLOOR GUEST ROOMS ^ STAIRWAY „ TOLOWER C~3 l FYR ^ HALLWAY TO LOWER LEVEL "S n FRONT u LOBBY gs i- 9g STAIRWAY TO 2nd FLOOR GUEST ROOMS 75 CONCURRENT MEETINGS & SESSIONS 76 FRIDAY, APRIL12, 1991 .fig 8 » | 8 S " 5 11 ™ 5 g e ® i- 0)»-T-»-’-»-»-r-»-cvicNicoco^:’ij:i]r>tn2 . The leaves were removed and immediately submerged in liquid N2 to prevent translocation. Autoradiography was used to determine spatial variation in photosynthetic rates. For several species, such as Acer rubrum and Liquidambar styraciflua , the young specimens showed a high concentration of 14C in the serra¬ tions or lobes. In adult leaves of these species the 14C was distrib¬ uted uniformly over the leaf sur¬ face. Other serrate species (e.g., Rubus sp.. Viburnum acerifolium) and entire-leaved species (e.g., Cornus florida, Cercis canadensis ) had 14C distributed uniformly across the leaf surface. 36 MCCARRON, JAMES K. and HOWARD S. NEUFELD. Appalachian State University-- Econhvsiolop-y of Galax nnhvlla. a clonal evergreen understorv herb. Galax aphylla is a common clonal evergreen herb found in the understory of forests in the southern Appalachian mountains. Little is known of the ecophysiology of Galax or its adaptation to growing in the forest understory. The objectives of this study were to determine how leaf gas exchange and water relations change seasonally, and the influence of leaf age on these processes. In addition, we looked at the effects of additional nitrogen, water, and shade to determine their effects on the leaf demography and gas exchange. Half of the resource amendment plots were trenched to limit rhizomal interactions with surrounding ramets. Trenched plots with increased nitrogen showed a higher photosynthetic rate (0.81 pmol m'2 g-1) than non- trenched nitrogen plots (0.64 pmol m'2 s'L. Water and shade treatments are still under investigation. During the summer months, leaves that had been through at least one winter tended to have higher maximum rates of photosynthesis (2.68 pmol m'^ s'L and stomatal conductance (0.096 mol m'^ s'L than current year leaves (1.26 pmol m'2 s"f, 0.064 mol m'2 s‘f). Late in the season, after canopy leaf fall, current year leaves had higher maximum rates of photosynthesis (2.95 pmol m “ s-1) and stomatal conductance (0.05 mol m"^ s'L than older leaves (1.26 pmol m'2 s'1, 0.015 mol m'2 s'L. Mid day water potentials were higher in the summer months (-2.8 MPa) then either the spring (-7.6 MPa) or fall (-9.5 MPa). Leaf age had no effect on mid day water potentials. Anecdotal observations indicate that once pre-dawn temperatures fall below 0°C those leaves exposed to early morning sun turn red. This seems to be associated with the accumulation of anthocyanins and does not reflect a loss of chlorophyll. Future measurements will determine if carbon gain can occur during the cold winter months, if the color change is adaptive, and how various physiological processes are regulated by changes in internal leaf water relations. 37 McLEOD, K.W., T.G. CIRAVOLO, E.M. MAVITY AND M R. VAITKUS. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory, University of Georgia, Aiken, SC 29801 USA-Response of Pinus serotina to increased fertility' Pond pine (Pinus serotina Michx.) is found in the coastal plain of the Southeast. Growth on poorly drained peat and organic soils found in pocosins is reduced due to prolonged water saturation, which limits aeration and reduces nitrogen availability. A reduction in precipitation in continental area is postulated to occur due to global warming Thus pocosins would become drier which would increase organic soil decomposition and nitrogen availability. Controlled experiments have been conducted to investigate how greater nutrient availability will affect growth and metabolism of pond pine. Seedlings were grown outside for three years in 12 51 pots of commercial potting soil, supplemented with 10-10-10 fertilizer (10, 25, 50, 100, 200, and 400 mg/I as N). Total dry weight increased eight fold Dy the highest fertilizer addition (72 vs 585g) Biomass was positively correlated with increasing fertilizer levels Biomass allocation was not strongly affected by fertilizer additions Percent leaf biomass ranged from 32 to 36% and percent root biomass from 36 to 41 %. Height and diameter also were positively correlated with fertilizer additions. Leaf nitrogen concentrations were not significantly different except for the 400 mg/I fertilizer treatment. Photosynethic rates adjusted to a uniform stomatal conductance, were also not significantly different The more highly fertilized and larger seedlings showed lower midday stomatal conductance. Hence, the temporal pattern of stomatal conductance and photosynthesis differed among fertilizer levels due to limiting soil moisture. Pond pine was very responsive to increased nutrient availability in this experiment. As their natural habitats become more mesic due to global warming, increased productivity would be anticipated. 38 EVERSLEY, DONNA M. and MARY A. McKENNA. Howard University--A comparison of pH sensitivity in pollen from serpentine and non-serpentine populations of Penstemon Digitalis Nutt. . Botanists are increasingly concerned about the effects of acid precipitation caused by a variety of anthropogenic activities. Most studies on the effects of acidity on plants have focused on plant growth and development; impacts of acid rain on plant reproduction has received less attention. Direct effects of acid rain may result in decreased pollen viability, decreased germination success, and disrupted fertilization. A study was designed to evaluate the impact of acidity on plant reproduction in populations of Penstemon Digitalis Nutt. ( Scrophulariaceae ) in serpentine and ABSTRACTS 87 non-serpentine habitats. The pH sensitivity of pollen was compared through an in vitro study of pollen viability, germination, and growth at a range of media pH values (2. 5-8. 5). Pollen from the serpentine population of Penstemon exhibited significantly greater germination and growth at low pH levels (20% at pH 3.5; 6% at pH 2.5) than pollen from non-serpentine plants (2% at pH 3.5; 0% at pH 2.5). The optimum pH for germination varied between the two Penstemon populations, shifting to a lower pH optimum in serpentine plants (pH 5.5), and a higher optimum in non-serpentine plants (pH 7.5). This shift in optima suggests differential pollen selection in these two populations; further studies are being done to investigate the possibility of reproductive isolation between the populations. 39 HACKER, W. DAVID, JIM RENFRO, SONGQIAO HUANG AND HOWARD S. NEUFELD . Great Smoky Mountains National Park and Appalachian State University — Response of Pinus vlralniana seedlings to a gradient of ozone . There is widespread concern about the effects of changing air chemistry in our National Parks. A study to determine the dynamic effects of ozone on Pinus virqiniana was begun in the spring of 1989 to develop base¬ line air pollution data. One year old seedlings growing in PVC pots were exposed to a gradient of ozone for one growing season. Treatments included non-chambered , 0.5X, 1.0X, 1.5X and 2 . OX ambient, and charcoal- filtered. Height and diameter growth were unaffected by ozone, although in both cases the 2. OX treatment had the smallest values. There were no statistically significant effects on either biomass accumulation or allocation patterns. The only significant effect was for projected leaf area to be slightly reduced in the 2. OX treatment. These seedlings are scheduled to be fumigated for another two seasons to determine if prolonged exposure to ozone for more than one growing season will result in the expression of any treatment effects. 40 HUANG, SONGQIAO1, W. DAVID HACKER,2 and HOWARD S. tjJEUFELD1. Appalachian State University and Great Smoky Mountains National Park --Effects of different ozone levels on growth of tulip poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera L.) seedlings. Despite the large number of ozone exposure response studies on tree seedlings, it is still not possible to develop generic growth models explicitly including ozone as a parameter. The primary objective of this project is to provide data on the dynamic responses of tree seedlings exposed to ozone in the southern Appalachians in order to develop the growth models. This was the first year of a long-term study to investigate the impact of different ozone levels on the growth and physiological responses of tulip poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera L. ) seedlings. Fifteen open top chambers were set up in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, with six ozone treatments: ambient-no chamber; charcoal-filtered, 0.5X, IX, 1 . 5X and 2X ambient-chambered. Growth, leaf production and expansion, biomass and chlorophyll contents were measured during the season. Chlorophyll content was not significantly different among treatments. Leaf production was significantly decreased only in the high ozone treatment (2X ambient). Although there were no significant decreases found for height or diameter growth, leaf area, or total biomass, there were trends for values to be lower in the high ozone treatment. However, large sample variability prevented detection of statistically significant differences. Seedlings exposed this season will be fumigated next year to determine if these trends become statistically significant after longer exposure to ozone. 41 i NEUFELD, HOWARD S . 1 , and JIM RENFRO^. Appalachian State University-1 and Great Smoky Mountains National Park^--Do ambient levels of ozone affect plants in the Great Smoky Mountains? Results of three years of observation and experimentation. Ozone has been identified as the major air pollutant in the United States, and the National Park Service is concerned about potential effects on native park plants. For the last three years we have been observing signs of ozone damage on plants in the field, and fumigating selected species in open top chambers. Seventy-three species have been surveyed in the field, and shown to have symptoms of foliar damage that could be attributable to ozone. Of these, 25 have been exposed to ozone in the chambers, and foliar symptoms were reproduced on most of the species which showed injury in the field. However, foliar damage is not always correlated with growth or biomass allocation patterns. For example, black cherry ( Prunus serotina ) is sensitive to ozone, exhibiting a 32% reduction in biomass at 2X ambient, whereas Table Mountain Pine ( Pinus pungens ) shows no adverse effects even after three seasons of exposure. Since our 2X ambient treatment is often similar in magnitude to ozone levels at high elevations in the park, our data suggest that current levels of ozone in the park may be reducing the growth of certain plant species. 42 HUTCHERSON, JAMES D. AND HOWARD S. NEUFELD. Appalachian State University--Air pollution effects on mAtUie tdd spruce. Red spruce iPicea abies sarq.) trees growing in close proximity to e^ch other on Whitetop Mountain in Virginia exhibit varying degrees of decline symptoms. Average ozone levels are 50-b0ppb, with rain of pH 4.3 and fog of pH 3.4. The declining stand experiences higher precipitation and deposition amounts than the healthy stand. In both stands branch chambers on mature trees were used to exclude ozone and acidic precipitation (filtered) or just acidic precipitation (non-f iltered) . unchambered branches were used as controls. Morphological and 88 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 physiological measurements were made on these branches over the growing season and comparisons were made among treatments, between healthy and declining trees and among age classes of needles. Data from July to November 1990 show no differences between stands for any measurements on reen needles on control branches. No reatment effects were seen for any measures except for total chlorophyll where a decreasing gradient was seen from filtered to non-filtered to unchambered branches (3.42, 2.96, 2.34 mg/gdw) in current year needles in the healthy stand. Photosynthesis data revealed no treatment differences in the declining stand. However, in the healthy stand, chambered branches exhibited higher photosynthetic rates (20.30 nmoles/gdw/s) than unchambered branches (8.85 nmoles/gdw/s). Total waxes were greater in chambered branches than unchambered ones in the healthy (18.3 vs. 12.2 mg/gdw) and the declining stand (15.3 vs. 11.5 mg/gdw) for current year needles. Contact angles, a measure of leaf wettability, were greater in chambered branches than unchambered ones in the healthy (81.3 vs. 70.67 degrees) and declining stand (77.5 vs. 64.6 degrees) in current year needles. In summary, green needles on declining trees show no morphological or physiological differences from those on healthy trees. Chambered branches exhibited responses which suggest that ambient pollutants and/or weather conditions hasten the onset of senescence. 43 HILL, STEVEN R. Clemson Un i vers i tv--A pheno logical study of the South Carol i na B I ue R idge flora. During 1988-1990 field observations were made on the flowering and sporulating times for native and exotic plants in the South Carolina Blue Ridge region at an average elevation of 1700 ft. Observations were taken on a weekly basis using field lists. The results of this continuing study can be graphed to show subtle and statistical aspects of the flora which are rarely supported by data. 8 1 6 taxa (582 native, 267 exotics) were studied. The graph shows twin peaks on April 15 (299 ) and September 1 (252). A significant low is seen on July 1 (141). The first flowering herb each year is Hexas ty 1 is mi nor (1/15) and the first woody plant is Alnus serrulata (2/3). The last in flower are Gentiana saponaria (12/4), the compos i tes Chrysops i s mar i ana and So 1 i dago argu ta (l 2/4) , and Phoradend ron serot i num (1 2/3 1 ) . There is a rapid flush of flowering in the Spring, a more gradual rise for the late Summer peak, and a precipitous drop in the Autumn. In most taxa there is a remarkable consistency in flowering times often to the day from year to year allowing accurate predictability. The data and graph can also be useful on a local basis to predict the best time for botanical inventor¬ ies, to monitor specific taxa, to monitor climate changes, to guide horticultural activities, and is a useful tool in educat ion. 44 MURRELL, Z. E. Duke University-- Systematics of six problem species of dogwoods (Corpus; subgenus KraniopsTs) in eastern North America. The subgenus Krani opsi s represents three- fifths of the genus Cornus (dogwoods). This subgenus can be recognized by the presence of an open cymose inflorescence with small, caducous bracts. The species concepts within the subgenus Krani opsi s have been very unstable, especially for the six taxa Wilson examined in 1964. Wilson emphasized leaf morphology and sexual compatibility as criteria to ci rcumscribe these six taxa in three complexes: Cornus foemi na Mill., C. drummondi i Meyer, and C. amomum Mill . Field and herbarium studies were undertaken to examine plant architecture, periderm development, morphology, and phytogeography of these six taxa. Confusion surrounding these six taxa has led to a complicated nomenclatural history, which has been hopefully elucidated. Periderm development, plant archi tecture , trichome shape, inflorescence architecture, and papillose leaf undersurface proved especially useful in species delineation. Fruit color and leaf shape were found to be very plastic characters. Changes in fruit color through the growing season necessitates great care in the use of this information as a descriptive character. On the basis of presumed monophyly, broad morphological gaps, and corrected nomenclature, the following six species are recognized in this study: Cornus stricta Lam., C. racemosa Lam., C^. asperi fol i a Michx., C. drummondi i Meyer, C . amomum Mill., and C7 obi i qua Raf. 45 SEWELL, MITCHELL M. and CLIFFORD R. PARKS. University of North Carolina--Estimation of the mating system and its effect on popula¬ tion genet i c substructur i ng i n L i r i odend ron tul ipi fera L . The mating system, based on the mixed mating model, was estimated quantita¬ tively in four populations of L . tul ipi fera , using allozyme variation at nine polymorphic loci. Popula¬ tions were located across the state of North Carolina. Multilocus (t ) . — . m vs. single-locus ( t s ) outcrossing estimates, and "expected inbreeding equilibrium coefficient" (Fg) vs. Wright's fixation index (F.g) were compared to differentiate between consanguineous matings and actual selfing. Paternity analysis was used to monitor the extent and distance of i n t r apopula t i onal pollen flow. Chi- square test of progeny arrays and comparisons of Hardy-Weinberg values between parents and progeny were used to aid in determining randomness of outcrossing events. Controlled hand pollinations were performed to deter¬ mine if genetic factors of the parents were controlling outcrossing rates. These data show that the assumptions of the mixed mating model are not met, and suggest that the substructuring of these populations is due to nonselective forces. 46 JENKINS, RONALD L., RONALD M. WHITE, JR., and L. J. DAVENPORT. Samford University— Isozyme patterns in Hymenocallis coronaria. Hymenocal lis coronaria is an emergent aquatic plant that grows in the shoals of the major river systems of Alabama, Georgia and South Carolina. Seeds were gathered from 14 populations rep¬ resenting 10 river systems; hypocotyl ABSTRACTS 89 material was examined for isozyme var¬ iations. Isozymes of alcohol dehydro¬ genase (ADH) , aspartate aminotransfer¬ ase (AAT) , and glucose phosphate iso- merase (GPI) were resolved on 12% starch gels in boric acid/lithium buffers at pH 8.3; isozymes of malate dehydrogenase (MDH) , isocitrate dehy¬ drogenase (ICDH) and acid phosphatase (AP) were separated on 2% agarose at pH 7.0 in histidine/citrate buffers. No variations in GPI were detected from the 14 populations. ADH and AAT isoforms were relatively invariable, differing only between distant populations. There were numerous (5 to 7) isoforms of MDH, ICDH and AP, capable of distinguishing both distant and neighboring populations. 47 BROYLES, STEVEN B. and ROBERT WYATT. University of Georgia — Genetic Diversity and Gene Flew in Milkweeds: A Case Study in Asclepias exaltata. Milkweeds possess a unique pollen delivery system in which hundreds of pollen grains are packaged together and transported as a unit. This feature, together with the production of numerous wind-dispersed seeds, contributes to high levels of gene flow and low genetic differentiation between populations. We investigated levels of genetic diversity and gene flow in Poke Milkweed, Asclepias exaltata. Enzyme electrophoresis was performed on leaves collected from 846 plants in 18 populations from the Blue Ridge Mountains. All 15 enzyme loci examined were polymorphic and averaged 2.27 alleles per locus. Mean population heterozygosity (H = 0.205) and gene diversity (Hp = 0.216) were substantially higher than average values reported for other insect-pollinated, outcrossing species. Asclepias exaltata partitions over 90% of its total genetic variation within populations (G^ = 0.092) . Gene flow estimated for the species was 2.47 migrants per generation. High levels of gene flow are also suggested by empirical evidence from paternity analysis, which indicates that approximately 10% of all seeds in natural populations are sired by individuals outside the 150 m2 reference population. These data are consistent with the view that the pollination system of milkweeds promotes high levels of gene flow and low levels of genetic differentiation between populations. 48 SHEPMAN-BROYLES, S.L. , 1 J.P. GIBSON,2 J.L. HAMRICK,1 and M. J. GIBSON. University of Georgia1, University of Colorado2 and N.C. Nature Conservancy1 — Genetic variation in endemic and widespread species of Rhus. Measures of genetic variation in a rare and endemic species can provide valuable information for conservation practices. We investigated genetic diversity in three species of Rhus using starch gel electrophoresis. Rhus michauxii is a rare and endemic species in North Carolina, while R. glabra and R. copall ina are more widespread species. All three species are clonal, dioecious, woody shrubs. Observed heterozygosity within populations was lower in R. michauxii (H- = 0.07) than in R. glabra (Hq= 0.14) and R. copallina (Hq= 0.13). Total genetic diversity at the polymorphic loci was also lower in R. michauxii (Hp = 0.23) versus the R. glabra (Hp = 0.28) and R. copallina (Hp = 0.31) . Genetic identity values among the species ranged from 0.52-0.87, grouping R. michauxii closely with R. glabra. Genotypic diversity indices are lower for R. michauxii populations and are associated with sex ratio distributions. This information could be used to make artificial crosses between populations to restore genetic variation in managed populations. 49 1 2 STEELE, K. P.1, R. VILGALYS2 , S. REHNER2, and P. THRALL2. Appalachian State University1 and Duke University2. — Phylogenetic analyses of Polemoniaceae using cpDNA seguence data. The Polemoniaceae, or Phlox family, consists of 20 genera in five tribes that have a primarily New World distribution. Generic delimitation and relationships of most genera is uncertain. None of the presently- defined genera is united by synapomorphy . Floral features apparently show much homoplasy in features hypothesized to be important in pollination. Nucleic acid sequence data may provide phylogenetically informative characters unaffected by co-evolution with pollinators. Polymerase chain reaction (PCR) techniques were used. First, one of the two primers used was kinased, then standard PCR reactions were performed, followed by exonuclease digestion of the strand initiated by the kinased primer. Thus direct sequencing of PCR products is possible, straightforward, and fast. Partial sequences of the fastest evolving chloroplast gene, ORF K were obtained in eleven taxa including one or more representatives from each of the five tribes, three representatives from each of three tropical genera, and two species from the large, possibly polyphy letic , genus G i 1 i a . Preliminary results indicate that sequence divergence (15%) is high in ORF K and provides many potentially phylogenetically informative characters. 50 dEPAMPHILIS, CLAUDE W., STEPHEN DOWNIE AND JEFFREY D. PALMER. Vanderbilt University and Indiana University. Use it or lose it: Fine-scale structural analysis of the 71 Kb plastid genome of Epifaous virainian.i reveals a highly selective pattern of gene losses . The permanent loss of photosynthetic ability has occurred in a number of independent lineages of parasitic and mycorrhizal plants. These plants provide unique opportunities to study the evolution and function of the plastid genome with its primary functional constraint, photosynthesis, relaxed. We have previously reported that the cpDNA of a non¬ photosynthetic parasite, Epif &gus virginiana 90 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 (Orobanchaceae) , is greatly reduced in size, lacking almost all of the photosynthetic and ndh genes normally encoded by the plastid genome. A fine-scale restriction map of the Eplfagus cpDNA shows several other significant deletions, including most of the normally plast id-encoded genes of unknown function (ORF's). However, four or more other ORF's remain and at least two of them (ORF 2280 and ORF 512) are transcribed, suggesting that the products of these genes serve a non-photosynthetic function. The loss of at least three of the four RNA polymerase genes has not preventd the transcription of Eplfagus plastid DNA . Either some other polymerase is transcribing the beechdrops ’ cpDNA or these genes may have been functionally transferred to a location outside the plastid genome. It is not yet clear whether large deletions such as those observed here are relatively common events in the plastid genome or if losses of nonfunctional sequences are strongly favored by natural selection. si 1 1 McCLINTOCK, JAMES B. , KEN R. MARION , STEPHEN A. WATTS1, and THOMAS A. HOPKINS . University of Alabama at Birmingham and University of Alabama, Marine Environ¬ mental Science Consortium, Dauphin Island, Alabama --Reproductive Patterns of Echinoderms From the Northern Gulf of Mexico . Information on modes of reproduction in echinoderms from the northern Gulf of Mexico has been ascertained for thirteen species, including eight asteroids. Five of the asteroids (Luidia clathrata, Astropecten articulatus , A. nitidus , Goniaster tesselatus , Anthenoides piercei) have large numbers of small eggs and appear to be planktotrophs, while the remaining asteroids (Echinaster modes tus , Echinas ter sp. B, Tosia parva) have large yolky eggs and are lecithotrophs . The ophiuroid Astroporpa annulata has numerous small eggs and would appear to be planktotrophic . The irregular echinoids ( Clypeaster ravene 1 i i , C. prostratus ) and the regular echinoids t Genocidaris maculata , Stylocidaris af f inis ) are planktotrophs. All of these echinoderms have annual reproductive cycles, with peak gonadal indices occurring most frequently in the early spring when sea water temperatures are increasing. However, Clypeaster ravenelii and Goniaster tesselatus spawn mid-winter, while Echinas ter modestus is a late summer spawner. Winter and early spring spawning in planktotrophic echinoderms may be an adaptation to exploit phytoplankton resources prior to the subsequent appearance of zooplankton predators. 52 MCGUIRE,* WILLIAM R., WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT and EUGENE G. MAURAKIS. University of Richmond, Virginia 2 3 173--Epidermal Structure in Spawning Male Pebble Nest-Building Cyprinid Fishes. Epidermis of sexually mature male pebble nest-builders or pit excavators ( Campostoma anoma 1 um , Exoqlossum maxillinaua , Nocomis leptocephalus , Semot i lus atromaculatus and Semotilus corporalis) was characterized. Juveniles of nest-builders and pit excavators were used to study ontogenetic development of breeding tubercles. Non nest-building species ( Clinostomus funduloides . Notropis cornu tus and Margariscus margarita ) were used for comparison. Type, size, thickness and surface structure of skin cells of interorbital, cheek, lips, anterior dorso-lateral trunk, pectoral fin and caudal peduncle regions of each species were examined by light histological techniques and scanning electron microscopy. The study was supported in part by a University of Richmond Graduate Research Grant. 53 . JAYNES, C. DAVID , ^MATHIUS J, SEDIVEiUand PAUL B. FAREL 2 Appalachian State University1 and University of North Carolina at Chapel Hi 11 ^--Morphometri c analysis of the developing bullfroq tadpole sciatic nerve . Studies have shown that, following injury, regeneration specificity of the sciatic nerve in the bullfrog tadpole ( Rana catesbeiana) declines after staqe VIII. Three possibilities exist which might explain this reduced specificity: (1) uidance cues which direct axon extension hroughout normal pattern development are no longer present in the periphery, (2) these cues are present in the periphery but axons can no longer respond to them, and (3) chemical or physical barriers prevent regrowing axons from restoring original patterns. This study examined the third possibility by looking at normal development of the sciatic nerve in bullfrog tadpoles of developmental stages VI, VII, and X using transmission and scanning electron microscopy. A morphometric analysis was used to quantitatively assess myelinated axons, axon bundles, and Schwann cells at various levels of the sciatic nerve in each of the three stages. Basal lamina was also observed and characterized. No statistical difference was found in the number of any parameter investigated between level 1 and level II of stages VI, VIII, and X. A statistical difference was observed in the number of myelinated axons when stages VI and VIII were compared with stage X at the proximal levels. The quantity of axon bundles also differed between the groups but, at level II only. With the exception of the third level of stages VI and VIII, basal lamina was easily detected. These results indicate that the period between stage VI and stage X is very active for sciatic nerve development. The increase in basal lamina seen at the third level during this period suggests that, following injury, axons which enter inappropriate Scnwann tubes may be confined by these and, thus grow to improper sites. If the lesion is made before the tubes are complete, extending axons may be able to exit the tubes ana find their proper targets. It is not known what effect the quantitative differences from stages VI and VII to stage X have on regeneration specificity. Perhaps physical barriers are formed at the lesion site as a result of these changes. 54 DYMOND, JOHN B. and GERHARD W. KALMUS. East Carolina Univer¬ sity — The Cvtoprotective Properties of Prostaglandin Eo Against the Toxic Effects of Actinomvcin C on Embryonal Neural Retina Cells. Prostaglandins (PGs) have been shown to cytoprotect various tissue types against the toxic effects of many chemicals. The mechanism of this protection is poorly understood, but the involvement of cAMP is often implied. There is however, only one previous study in regard to nervous tissue. The present study was designed to determine ABSTRACTS 91 if PGE affords cytoprotect ion to embryonal neural retina cells (a more specialized nervous tissue) from the toxicity of actinomycin C. Further, is this protection dose dependent, and what is the possible mechanism. Twelve day old neural retina primary explant cultures were established in a 37.5°C, humidified incubator under an atmosphere of 5% CO2 . After a 24 hour incubation period, cultures were treated with various concentrations of PGE , actinomysin C, theophylline, and phosphodiesterase alone or in combination, and cultured for an additional 24 hour period. Cell viability was determined by the Trypan Blue exclusion assay and average distance of the growth zone from the edge of the explant was calculated. The lowest concentration of PGE0 [2.0 x 10 M] had no effect on neural retina cells, but as the concentration increased [3.0 x 1CT5 M and 5.0 x 10-5 M] , PGE2 did afford protection against actinomycin C in a dose dependent fashion. Neither theophylline nor phospodiesterase demonstrated cytoprotect ive properties, suggesting that cAMP may not be involved in cytoprotection . 55 QUARFORDT, STEVEN D., GERHARD W. KALMUS, and ROBERT D. MYERS. East Carolina University and ECU School of Medicine--Alterat ions in Ethanol Consumption Following Lesions Induced by 6- Hydroxydcrpamine in the Ventral Forebrain of the Rat. Previous studies have shown that lesions of the dopaminergic system produced by an intracerebroventricular injection of the aeurotoxin, 6-Hydroxydopamine (6-0HDA) , evoke significant changes in ethanol drinking. In the present experiments, dopaminergic systems of Sprague-Dawley rats were lesioned by 6- OHDA infused into either the tuberculum olfactorium or nucleus accumbens, two of the structures implicated in drug-related reinforcement . Prior to the lesion and immediately thereafter, tests for ethanol preference were undertaken in which water was offered in a self-selection situation together with ethanol which was increased in concentration from 3 - 30% over a 10 day interval. Following the ablation of dopaminergic neurons within either the N. accumbens or tuberculum olfactorium, preference for ethanol increased significantly with intakes exceeding 4.0 g/kg at the 7% concentration during the first post-lesion drinking test. During the second post-lesion preference test, the mean consumption of ethanol exceeded 6.0 g/kg at the 11% concentration and 4.0 to 5.0 g/kg at the 20 and 30 percent concentrations. When adjacent areas just dorsal or lateral to these structures were lesioned by 6-OHDA, no significant change in consumption of ethanol occurred. Thus, it is envisaged that one of the functional roles for the dopaminergic neurons of the N. accumbens and tuberculum olfactorium is to regulate the craving for a drug with addictive liability such as ethanol . 56 BEATTY-DeSANA , JEANNE. GEORGIA RETARDA¬ TION CENTER — The art and science of human genes and chromosomes. Almost 1 in 150 babies will be born with a chromosome abnormality, most of which have severe physical and mental effects, some leading to early death. The chromosome syn¬ dromes are diagnosed or confirmed by a cell culture and study of dividing lymphocytes. One gene-caused disorder, Fragile X Syndrome, is diagnosed by expression of an inherited fragile site on the X(sex) chromosome. This is considered to be the most prevalent gene¬ tic syndrome. Teaching about human genes and chromosomes can be enhanced by encour¬ aging students to incorporate art in their study. Even microscope analysis of a syn¬ drome can be enriched by greeting the non¬ dividing cells on the slide, with their myriad of expressions. Scraps of chromo¬ some prints used in karyotyping can be turned into works of art, helping students enjoy learning in a different way. These exhibits include many forms of fragile X expressions, some trisomies, and inheritance of an unbalanced translocation. The latter involves condensation of the X chromosome and its effect on an autosome, #21. 57 PLYLER, DANIEL B. and BETS AIDA TORRES, The University of North Carolina at Wilmington--In vitro regeneration of plants from young hvpocotvls and cotyledons of Sea Kale . Explants from embryos of Sea Kale, Cakile edentula (Bigelow) Hooker, were cultured on modified Murashige and Skoog media supplemented with IAA ( indoleacetic acid) and Kinetin, each at a concentration of lmg/1. Direct organogenesis occurred within four to six weeks. Callus tissues, formed on the same media, produced shoots in six weeks when sub-cultured on media supplemented with NAA (naphthalene acetic acid) and BA (benzyladenine) at concentrations of 0. lmg/1 and 1.0mg/l respectively, and roots in four weeks when subcultured on media with the concentrations of NAA and BA reversed. Multiplication of shoots was obtained on media supplemented with 2ip (dimethylallylaminopurine) , IAA, and adenine hemisulfate at concentrations of 30mg/l, 0.3mg/l, and 80mg/l respectively. Rooting occurred when shoots were sub¬ cultured on media containing NAA at 1.0mg/l and BA at 0. lmg/1. These results are in general agreement with those reported for various other species in that Sea Kale hypocotyls and cotyledons display a high potential for plant regeneration, either directly from the explant, itself, or indirectly through an intermediate callus stage. 92 58 CHUCHOLA, ANGELA A. and MARION R. WELLS. Middle Tennessee State University-- Scanning electron microscopy of the surface ornamentation of spores from selected species of mosses. The spores of 16 species are illustrated with scanning electron microscopy. All species of Aulacomnium except A. heterostichum should be returned to Arrhenopterum. The five species of Bartramiaceae exhibited a variety of ornament types with heteromorphy within Bartramia. No association between the monotypic Catoscopiaceae and the other families could be made based on the spore ornament. Of the six species of Meesiaceae, four species of Meesia had very similar ornamentation. 59 SI EVERT , LYNNETTE. University of Oklahoma- -Thermoregulatory Behavior in the toads Bufo marinus and Bufo coonatus. Temperature preference of Bufo marinus in a linear thermal gradient over a 24 hr period was measured in the spring using uniform light (UL), light over the hot end of the gradient only (LH), or LH with 4 mg kg"1 melatonin injected intraperiotoneal 1 y (IP) and during the fall using LH or LH and 4 mg kg"1 melatonin IP. Temperature preference of Bufo coqnatus in a linear thermal gradient was measured over a 24 hr period during the fall with the LH regime. Light regime, season and melatonin injections had no effect on mean body temperature ( T^) selected over a 24 hr period. The pattern of temperature selection over time was influenced by season. Temperate B. coqnatus selected significantly higher mean T^s than the tropical B. marinus . 60 NUSSBAUM, F. Kent State University— Tuscarawas --Quantifying Biology Courses in General Studies Historical developments have led to the evolution of a variety of general studies biology courses. Many of them are without laboratory experience and tend to de- emphasize mathemancal analysis of data. Granted that the entering freshman has no background in probability theory or statistical significance testing, these are, nonetheless, concepts which should become foundations in general higher education. In a general studies biology course a wealth of data from genetics are available to introduce elements of probability theory and significance testing, and their use assists meeting the goals of general studies by providing interdisciplinary education with lasting value beyond meeting specific course requirements. If a student has succeeded in high school algebra, the biology course may be the ideal place in the curriculum to introduce probability and statistical concepts. Interest is aroused and maintained through the use of human examples. Specific concepts of probability which may be presented through genetic examples in a general studies biology course include: defining simple probability, either-or cases (addition law), complementation law, limits of probability, conditional probability, law of coincidence (multiplication law), use of the binomial distribution and the general formula to determine probabilities, probability in normal ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 populations, probability tables, the X2 test of goodness of fit, and the X2 test for independence. 61 BRANDT, E. Shenandoah University-Map Your Wav To Biological Literacy. Concept mapping is a study technique by which students learn to organize and review information in a way that emphasizes the relationships between ideas. Maps promote meaningful learning. The maps are tools for organizing and sequencing instruction and serve as a framework for student learning. Discussion will include map making, characteristics of good maps and the usage of concept maps. A spin off of mapping has been the development of word families which are linear arrays of related words. Word families allow students to simplify or summarize complex biological structures or processes since each series has a logical pattern or order. Often a series can refine or extend a portion of a map. Events that are difficult to map may be organized into logical word families. 62 STROUP, D J. Francis Marion College-Content and process: Application of a critical thinking model to biological instruction. Current research dealing with higher order thinking skills has provided information that is beginning to alter how we approach science teaching. Recommendations for increased emphasis on thinking skills are both frequent and insistent. Science teaching, in particular, is devoting more attention of the need for teaching methods and strategies which can develop students' ability to think logically, analyze, and utilize basic concepts to draw conclusions and make predictions. Unfortunately, few effective models exist which can guide and assist science teachers in the development of more productive teaching methods. A model developed by Dr. David J. Stroup and Dr. Robert D. Allen which maintains a balance between teaching information content and higher order thinking skills will be presented. Critical and analytical thinking skills, and especially the difficulties and problems exhibited by students, will be illustrated with specific examples. 63 SEAGO, J State University of New York— College at Oswego, New York-Scientific Communication in Environmental and Population Biology. A non-lab course in Environmental and Population Biology for students in General Education is used to provide students with knowledge about current environmental and population phenomena and problems. A second goal is to impart a sense of the role of scientific communication between biologists. Students assimilate and review information and ideas about human resource consumption, pollution produced by humans, reuse and recycling of materials, troubled ecosystems, biodiversity, conservation, human population demographics and controls, and ethical and cultural considerations. A global perspective, examining American and other societies of the world, is placed on all subject matter areas. Student participation in scientific communication can occur by having the students make short (15 min) or long (50 min) class presentations in large or small classes, respectively. These are patterned after scientific paper presentations at professional meetings. A term paper, including scientific literature search techniques, an abstract or summary with literature citations and annotated bibliography, is required to have students participate even more in scientific communications. The benefits of student involvement in these kinds of scientific communication are enormous. ABSTRACTS 93 64 REYNOLDS, D. N. Eastern Kentucky University-- Global perspectives and applications as vehicles for teaching basic science. Many science courses begin with molecules and progress to higher levels of organization like populations and ecosystems. The belief is that the higher levels can be best understood from familiarity with their underlying pans and processes. Non-science majors, however, have trouble with this organization because lower levels are foreign to them and they fail to see their relevance. They become frustrated before they see the imponance of the underlying components to an understanding of the whole. In a non-majors ecology course, I have reversed the typical progression form small to large and begin with descriptions of the six major biomes. Using slides and videos, I am able to capture students' interest and then delve into underlying processes of energy flow and nutrient cycling. Once understanding of the basic ecology of each biome is reached, we discuss environmental problems and solutions that are in line with ecological principles. Studying the world's biomes provides a global perspective and a sense of the interconnectedness of the earth's regions that are two of the most important ideas in ecology. 65 TARTER, DONALD C. Marshall University — Effects of temperature and pH on the oxygen consumption rates of larval alderflies, Sialis aequalis Banks, from Camp Creek, an acid mine stream, Wayne County, West Virginia. The effects of tenperature (24 and 4 C) and pH (3.2 and 7.6) on the oxygen consumption rates of larval alderflies, Sialis aequalis Banks, were measured with a Gilson Differential Respirometer and oxygen consumption compared to body weight by regression analysis. Respiration varied with temperature and body weight of larval sialids. Larval S. aequalis populations appear to be broadly adapted to oxygen consumption rates for a wide range of pH values and seasonal temperatures. Individual weight and oxygen consumption of larval sialids were negatively correlated. Mean oxygen consumption rates at 4 C were significantly different between pH 3.2 and 7.6 but not significantly different at 24 C between pHs 3.2 and 7.6. At both tempera¬ tures, the two regression lines for pH (3*2 and 7.6) were significantly different (0.05 confidence level). This suggests a signifi¬ cant difference between the body weight and oxygen consumption relationship at the two different pH's. Comparisons of oxygen consumption rates at various temperatures were made with larval S. califomica Banks, S. occidens Ross, and ^3. rotunda Banks. 66 JONES, TOM G., MARY M. YEAGER, and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Prelimi¬ nary observations on the summer predator- prey interactions of the grass pickerel, Esox americanus vermiculatus, and the central mudminnow, Umbra limi, in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. The grass pickerel and the central mudminnow are mentioned on the Vertebrate Species of Concern List in West Virginia. Recently, we found a population of grass pickerel in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area (GWMA) in southwestern West Virginia. The only pop¬ ulation of central mudminnows in West Virginia is found in the wetland habitat (ca 57 ha) of the GWMA. The reason for the West Virginia status of these two fishes is that the lentic, vegetated spawning areas are limited in the state. Personnel at the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers are planning to add new marshland by building dykes at the down¬ stream end of the property. This study will establish a baseline interaction between the Esox-Umbra assemblages prior to habitat disturbance, and will help provide informa¬ tion for the management of food habits of fishes in the GWMA. Grass pickerel (12/ month) , ranging in total length from 57-206mn, were collected from May to August 1990 by seining the vegetated, littoral zones of the wetland habitat. In the laboratory, quality and quantity of the monthly stomach contents were determined using the following calcula¬ tions : ( 1 ) percentage frequency of occur¬ rence, (2) average of volume percentages, (3) average number of individuals, and (4) percentage of total volume by weight. Addi¬ tionally, food preference studies were conducted in the laboratory using the grass pickerel, central mudminnow, and the green sunfish. Trie ecological importance of fish sizes and spatial refuges will be discussed. 67 MCGREGOR, MONTE A. and WENDELL L. PENNINGTON. Tennessee Technological University — Benthic macroinvertebrate community responses to a pulp and paper effluent on a large mainstream impoundment of the lower Tennessee River . Benthic macroinvertebrates were monitored from November 1989 through September 1990 to document community responses to paper pulp effluent discharges. The pulp and paper industry releases an unbleached effluent in Kentucky Reservoir, a large mainstream impoundment of the lower Tennessee River. Ponar grabs and artificial substrates (core filled wire baskets) were analyzed at upstream and downstream locations in conjunction with effluent releases. Ponar grabs were monitored during the fall and summer of 1989 through 1990. Artificial substrates were monitored during the summer and fall of 1990. Specific findings indicate high species richness at upstream and downstream locations. Taxa richness was dominated by Bivalvia, Gastropoda, and Diptera. Principal genera were Lithasia sp. , Pleurocera sp., Campeloma sp. , Corbicu la sp. , Fusconaia sp. Obi iquaria sp. , Cricotoous sp. , Dicrotendipes sp. , Glyptotendipes sp. , Nanocladius sp. , Duqesia sp. and Rheotanvtarsus sp. The study was funded in association with the Tennessee Wildlife Resources Agency, the Tennessee River Pulp and Paper Company, and the Center for the Management, Utilization, and Protection of Water Resources at Tennessee Technological University. 68 MADIG0SKY, STEPHEN R. Widener University — Pb , Cd , and A1 accumulation in crayfish Procambarus clarkii (G.) in northern Louisiana . The introduction of potentially toxic trace metals into the aquatic food chain is a major problem. The red swamp crayfish Procambarus clarkii is a principle scavenger in most freshwater systems throughout Louisiana and 94 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 is eaten by several predators including humans. The injestion of crayfish exposed to trace metals by humans, therefore, may pose a potential health risk. Consequently, concentrations of Pb , Cd , and A1 in tissue of crayfish Procambarus clarkii were evaluated from several wetland sites located adjacent to roadways and were compared to crayfish harvested from a commercial site free from roadside influences. Results indicated that levels of contamination obtained in almost all tissues of crayfish from roadside ditches contained significant¬ ly higher amounts of metals than those of the commercially harvested control crayfish (p=<. 05- . 001 ) . Detection limits of Pb , Cd, and A1 ranged from 0.04pg Pb/g to 16.15pg Pb/g, . OOlpg Cd/g to . 13gg Cd/g, and 1.22pg Al/g to 981pg Al/g, respectively. Concen¬ trations of Pb , Cd, and A1 were highest in hepatopancreas , alimentary tract, and exoskeleton. In contrast, muscle tissue was the least affected tissue. Many significant correlations of metals were found when comparing a variety of tissues in Procambarus clarkii . 69 RUGGLES, KIMBERLY K. and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Ecological life history of Peltoperla tarteri Stark and Kondratieff from Big Hollow of Paint Creek, Fayette County, West Virginia (Plecoptera: Peltoperlidae ) . An ecological life history investigation was conducted on Peltoperla tarteri Stark and Kondratieff from Big Hollow, Fayette County, West Virginia, from November 1988 to October 1989. A total of 281 naiads was collected with the highest relative abundance occurring in June 1989. Mature naiads were consistently found feeding on leaf packs located in flowing areas of the stream while the young naiads were found on the submerged surfaces of rocks. Naiadal exuviae were recovered from May 28 to June 23 (13-5 to 16.0 C); the largest number of exuviae (48) were taken on June 3, 1989. Length fre¬ quency distributions indicate a univoltine life cycle with emergence beginning in late May and continuing to late June. The great¬ est percentage (58.2) of naiadal growth occurred between June and July. A sex ratio of 1:1 was observed in _P. tarteri naiads . Monthly foregut analysis indicates that naiadal stoneflies are detritivores with 81.8% of their diet consisting of plant detritus. The diet was also composed of mineral detritus (17.7%) and diatoms (0.47%). Direct egg counts ranged from 50 to 249 eggs/ female with a mean of 138. A correlation coefficient of 0.84 was calculated for female body largth versus fecundity. Mean egg measurements were 0.29 mm in length and 0.28 nrn in width. 70 BORSUK, FRANK A., and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Age and growth of the bluegill, Lepomis macrochirus (Rafinesque). in a stratified and destratified lake in southwestern West Virginia. An age and growth study was conducted between the bluegill sunfish, Lepomis macrochirus (Rafinesque) at Beech Fork and East Lynn Lakes, West Virginia, from April 1989 to September 1989- The body-scale relationship of bluegills was found to be 1.07 for both lakes. The length-weight relationships of bluegills were found to be log W = -0.87 + 1.25 log L and log W = 1.18 + 1.43 log L, Beech Fork Lake and East Lynn Lake, respectively. Coefficient of condition values were significantly higher (0.05 confidence level) for bluegills up to 119 ran in Beech Fork Lake, while values became significantly higher (0.05 confidence level) in bluegills 130-159 mm in East Lynn Lake. Overall, the bluegill population from Beech Fork Lake, a destratified reservoir, showed increased growth rates during the first two years of life. 71 BURGESS, LISA K. and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Ecological life history of Anthopotairrus distinctus (Traver) from Indian Creek, Monroe County, West Virginia (Ephemeroptera: Potamanthidae ) . An ecological life history study was conduct¬ ed on the mayfly Anthopotairrus distinctus (Traver) from Indian Creek, Monroe County, West Virginia, from October 1988 through September 1989. One hundred and ninety-six naiads were found in the soft, sandy sub¬ strate where they are crevice dwellers. Monthly foregut analysis showed that the naiads are detritivores, with 96 percent of the diet being composed of plant and mineral detritus. Filamentous alga and diatoms are minor components of the diet. Length-frequency distributions and a population range diagrams suggested a univoltine life cycle with no egg diapause. Naiads with dark wing pads were collected only in May and June. Emergence peaked in June-July at a temperature of 21 C. An estimate of 12 instars was determined using the Janetschek method. Chi-square analysis showed adherence to the expected 1 : 1 sexual ratio. 72 TILGHMAN, ROBERT L. and ERIC L. MORGAN. Tennessee Technological Universitv--Combininq automated biomonitorina and avoidance behaviors for stress assessment in rainbow trout (Oncorhvnchus mvkiss) subjected to three priority toxic pollutants and subsequent mitigation. Automated fish breathing rate monitoring and avoidance troughs were coupled in the laboratory to more accurately measure physiological and behavioral stress responses of rainbow trout. Using digital signal processing tech¬ niques to monitor respiration rates and video recordings to archive preference and avoidance behaviors, stress responses induced by increasing concentrations of sulfuric acid, copper, and chlorine and subsequent lime (CaCO-,) mitigations were evaluated. Gill ventilation rates and avoidance behaviors were concurrently analyzed to provide an algorithmic redundancy in physiological/ behavioral stress measurements. This enabled a potentially reliable and cost-effective biological early ABSTRACTS 95 warning system (BEWS) for detection of developing toxicity to be produced. Reliable detection of sublethal stress resulted from this union of biomonitoring techniques. Future developments include in-situ applications of BEWSs throughout the Tennessee River Valley region at existing data collection platform ( DCP) -equipped water quality monitoring stations. 73 TAYLOR, R. D. and E. L. MORGAN. Tennessee Technological Universitv--A remote satellite- linked. automated biomonitor inq system for rapid detection of rainbow trout f Oncorhvnchus mvkiss) respiration stress responses in a Southern Appalachian stream subject to acidification events. An automated biomonitoring system interfaced to a remote water quality data collection platform (DCP) was used to detect rainbow trout gill ventilation responses to ambient water quality. Five automated breathing rate devices were used at each of two DCPs; one within a control reach and a second within a treatment reach receiving mitigative liming. The remote stations were maintained along an acid sensitive stream in the Southern Appalachian Mountains as part of the 5-year Acid Precipitation Mitigation Program initiated by U.S. Fish and Wildlife in 1985. In-situ rainbow trout respiration responses as well as pH, conductivity, temperature, and stage height were collected as real-time data by the DCPs. Data presented to the DCPs were then transmitted via earth satellite (NOAA, GOES) providing near real¬ time data acquisition. Results were used to evaluate respiratory responses of rainbow trout to stream acidification hydrographs and lime (CaC03) mitigation. 74 YEAGER, MINDY, TQM JONES, and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Reproductive biology of a disjunct population of the central mudminnow, Umbra limi (Kirtland) , in the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. A disjunct population of the central mud- minnow, Umbra limi (Kirtland), inhabits the Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. This population represents the only record of the central mud- minnow in West Virginia, and the only southern Ohio River drainage record east of the main channel Tennessee River. A proposed habitat alteration at the Greenbottom site has prompted an extensive study on the repro¬ ductive biology of the central mudminnow. Monthly collections (October 1989 to Septem¬ ber 1990) were preserved for laboratory analysis^ Mature egg counts ranged from 228 to 540 (X = 333), and were only weakly correlated with standard length (r = 0.65) and body weight (r = 0.54). E!gg diameters ranged from 0.73-1*93 mm: the mean was 1.21mm. The monthly mean gonosomatic index (GSI) ranged from 7*394 to 0.172, March and May, respectively. Spawning occurred in March in shallow, vegetated, flooded areas when the water temperature was 50-55 C. Fry were observed in early April and growth was moni¬ tored until they joined the adult population in late May. Mudminnows appear to utilize several reproductive strategies depending on environmental conditions (e.g. flooding, drought). Based on a t-test (0.05 confidence level), nine dimorphic characters were found in the population. This study concludes that habitat alterations will have no ill effects on this population providing seasonal condi¬ tions within the swamp are maintained. These conditions give the central mudminnow an advantage over competitors and allow their continued survival. 75 WAN, LING and ERIC L. MORGAN. Tennessee Technological University — Microcosm studies on high iron sediments treated by aeration, clay addition, and cement addition. Treatments: aeration, clay, and cement addition were used to control high iron sediments of Fall Creek Lake in two-phase (water- sediment) laboratory microcosms. Experiments were run for six months under dark conditions at 9±1°C. For the initial six weeks, dissolved oxygen (DO) concentration in all microcosms were maintained at ambient levels (5-6 mg/1) except the aeration treatment that remained at saturation 10-11 mg/1. Then DO concentrations were reduced to 0-2 mg/1 in all microcosms except those under aeration. There were significant differences on pH, redox potential, calcium concentration, phosphorus concentration, nitrogen concentration, and iron concentration among treatments and controls. All three treatments had a significantly lower iron concentration than the controls. 76 BUSBY, T. RICHARD JR., and D. G. LINDQUIST. University of North Carolina at Wilmington- Diet selectivity of the slippery dick (Halichoeres bivittatus) in North Carolina innershelf reefs: You mean we have a choice? Several studies have looked at diet selection and feeding ecology of Halichoeres species The diet of the slippery dick (Halichoeres bivittatus) has been examined in 209 specimens (70-150mm SL) at an innershelf artificial boxcar reef and a natural limestone ledge in Onslow Bay. N.C. Previous studies of slippery dick in tropical reef situations found them to be opportunistic feeders This study looks at the diet selectivity of slippery dick in a temperate reef habitat. Using a method devised by Hyslops (1980), stomach contents were 96 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 analyzed. At the same time, benthic core samples were taken of the macrofauna and meiofauna from the reef and in the surrounding sand veneer. Preliminary data suggests that slippery dick feed on invertebrates from the hard substrate of the reef and in the nearby soft bottom sand veneer. Invertebrates found in both the benthic samples and gut contents include bivalves, decapods, echinoids, gastropods, and polychaetes. Most gut contents of slippery dick reflect a similar ratio of prey items as that found in benthic core samples. 77 PIKE, LISA A and D. G. LINDQUIST University of North Carolina at Wilmmnton--Feeding ecology and the role of alaae in the diet of soottail pinfish: Do they really eat their vegetables? A major question about reef communities concerns the source of the productivity supporting reef- associated fish populations. The diet of the spottail pinfish (Diplodus holbrooki) has been examined on a small scale (n=150, 70-200 mm SL) at both an innershelf artificial boxcar reef and a natural limestone ledge in Onslow Bay, N.C. Previous studies primarily looked at juvenile spottail pinfish from jetty and shallow seagrass areas. Adults, even in temperate areas, have been assumed to be dependant on an algal diet. Using a combination of the Jones (1968) and Ellison (1976) techniques, stomach contents were analyzed. Preliminary data suggest that the the spottail pinfish are feeding from a variety of habitats including planktonic, benthic (on-reef) and demersal (off-reef). Furthermore, specific individuals seem to be specializing in different areas. Invertebrates such as calanoid and cyclopoid copepods, larval polychaetes, barnacles, tunicates, skeleton shrimp and amphipods have been identified in the gut contents. There is minimal evidence to suggest that spottail pinfish are dependant upon algae, though some algae (Champia sp., G riff ithsia sp., and Halvmenia sp.) has been found in the stomach contents. 78 MULLANEY, MICHAEL D. Grice Marine Biological Laboratory — Ontogeny of morphology and diet in gag, Mycteroperca microlepis . Gag are known to be piscivorous as adults; however, little is known of the early life history of gag or any other species of grouper. Larval gag enter inlets into estuaries of South Carolina in the spring, settling in cryptic oyster reef environments until emigrating to offshore reefs in the fall. Results of gut content analysis of settled gag show that distinct trophic stages exist. The diet of postlarvae from 10-20 mm SL was dominated by pelagic calanoid copepods. Motile crustacean prey (e.g., mysids, amphipods, Palemonetes shrimp) predominated the diet of gag 20-80 ram SL. Larger individuals preyed on penaeid shrimp and other fishes. The trend towards piscivory is apparent in gag prior to their estuarine emigration. Predation on small, pelagic crustaceans by postlarvae and small juveniles is associated with the early development of numerous, and relatively longer, elongate gill rakers and the edentate condition of the upper and lower jaws. Piscivorous feeding of large juveniles is related to acquisition of the adult number of enlarged, ankylosed teeth on the jaws and the decrease in number and relative length of elongate gill rakers. 79 BRENT L. WINNER’ and FRANK J. SCHWARTZ2. Florida Marine Research Institute’ and Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina2 — Allometrv _ and _ body-organ _ weight relationships of the liver in six species of Carcharhinif orm sharks in Onslow Bay, North Carolina. Information on body-organ weight relationships is useful in determining the general physiological state of sharks subjected to different environmental or experimental conditions. Specimens were collected using longline systems off the southeastern coast of North Carolina. Species collected included Carcharhinus acronotus, blacknose shark; Carcharhinus limbatus, blacktip shark; Galeocerdo cuvier, tiger shark; Mustelus canis , smooth dogfish; Rhizopr ionodon terraenovae , Atlantic sharpnose shark; and Sphvrna lewini. scalloped hammerhead. Total length, total weight, liver weight, sex, reproductive state, and state of maturity were recorded for each individual. Prediction equations for liver weight in relation to total weight were derived by linear regression analyses. The liver weights of all species showed positive linear relationships with total weight. The slopes of the liver to total weight plots were similar for all species, suggesting similar growth of hepatic tissue. Mean liver weight indices ((liver wt . /total weight) * 100) were compared inter-specif ically using the Student Newmans-Keuls test. Galeocerdo cuvier had a mean liver weight index of 13.8% which was significantly higher than any other species. Growth of the liver was found to be predominantly allometric. Sexual differences of liver weight indices were evident for M. canis and G. cuvier. Galeocerdo cuvier females had higher liver weight indices than males. Pregnant M. canis females had smaller liver weight indices than males of comparable size. This may have been a factor of energetic demands of embryonic development on pregnant females. 80 GRIMES, DAVID V. University of Richmond--Vi t el lo lipid and protein deposition in environmentally stressed and non- stressed populations of striped bass, Morone saxatilis. Summer condition factors and habitat data indicate striped bass from Lake Anna, a Virginia cooling water reservoir, are stressed from July to September. Low prey densities in available summer habitat induce catabolism in these fish. Similar data indicate striped bass from Smith Mt . Lake, a Virginia hydroelectric reservoir, are not stressed and maintain normal growth rates through the summer. To assess the effects of thermal and hypoxic stress on striped bass vitellogenesis, oocyte lipids and proteins were quantified for seasonal comparisons between sites. Site did not significantly contribute to lipid and protein data variation, ABSTRACTS 97 indicating vitellogenin was not utilized as a metabolic substrate by Lake Anna striped bass during periods of summer stress. Partial funding was provided from Sigma Xi, Virginia Power and the University of Richmond. 81 TAYLOR, CINDY L. and RONALD ALTIG . Mississippi State University- -Effects of density and oral morphology on the grazing of anuran tadpoles. The effects of grazing anuran tadpoles on algal characteristics (chi a, chi b, chi c, and dry biomass) were studied experimentally in stainless steel troughs that had been inoculated with filamentous algae and periphyton scraped from plant material from a local pond. After establishment of algal populations on ceramic tiles on the floor of the troughs, seven treatments were randomly assigned to seven different units of each trough. The treatments consisted of the following anuran tadpoles with their respective densities (Bufo woodhousei : 5, 10, and 15; Hvla chrvsoscelis : 5, 10; Rana palustris : 5, 10). Two remaining units served as fixed controls (no tadpoles) in each trough. Within a week after the characteristics of control units were significantly different than units containing tadpoles . No significant differences were found between densities or among specific oral morphologies (e.g., broad jaw sheath vs. narrow jaw sheath and cusped teeth vs. non-cusped teeth) of tadpoles. 82 TAYLOR, CINDY L. and MICHELE C. AUDO. Mississippi State University- -Sequence of movements in the oral disc of a feeding tadpole . Typical tadpoles removed periphyton from submerged substrates by rapid opening¬ closing cycles of the complex oral apparatus that includes both soft and keratinized structures. Differences in these structures are assumed to afford differential feeding abilities. Measurements (using the width of the oral disc at rest as a comparative measurement) , counts and timing (number of frames) of oral disc movements of feeding tadpoles of primarily Hvla gratiosa (N - 5 tadpoles, 10 feeding strokes) were recorded from videotapes (60 fps) played frame-by-frame on a 12- inch, high-resolution monitor. Less detailed data were obtained on tadpoles of Bufo woodhouse i and Hvla chrvsoscelis . Tapes were obtained as the tadpoles fed against the sides of an aquarium. These first analyses of feeding movements will be described and compared relative to oral morphology. 83 CARR, KAREN M. and RONALD ALTIG. Mississippi State University- - Extrinsic oral disc musculature of anuran tadpoles . The oral disc was removed from a diverse taxonomic and ecological array (N - 23 species) of tadpoles, cleared in glycerin and observed and photographed with polarized light. The mandibulolabialis superior and ra. inferior originate near the ventrolateral base of Meckel's cartilage and insert on lateral marginal papillae and labial tooth ridges of the upper and lower labium respectively. The muscles insert on the inter- row valleys behind each tooth row and seemingly cock the teeth at the last moment prior to the start of oral disc closure so that the teeth contact the substrate at the proper angle. Ontogenetic changes were minimal. The lack of either the upper or both muscles and differences in the number of fibers and the portion of the tooth row served suggest differences in feeding modes among species. 84 TUBBS, LYDIA E. and MARION R. WELLS Middle Tennessee State Uni versi ty--A Study of the oral disc of Bufo americanus tadpoles using scanning electron microscopy The external morphological features of the oral disc of Bufo americanus tadpoles were investigated utilizing scanning electron microscopy. Three phases of development were studied: the embryonic stages, the larval stages and the metamorphic stages. The stages just prior to the first appearance of labial teeth through the shedding of labial teeth and jaw sheaths were described. The descriptions were compared to those of other recorded species. Scanning electron micrographs revealed that generally concurs with observations made of other species. The development and regression of the oral apparatus were illustrated. During the embryonic period a stomodeal invagination and oral pad developed as cilia and adhesive organs receded. Labial tooth ridges and papillae also developed, teeth erupted and keratinization took place. A full complement of teeth was present be stage 29. The larval oral apparatus changed little between stages 30-40. During the metamorphic stages, teeth and jaw sheaths were shed and papillary fringes and labial ridges receded. Intraspecific and interspecific variations were noted and morphology was related to function when possi ble . 85 FRISBIE, MALCOLM PRATT and RICHARD L. WYMAN. Eastern Kentucky University, and The Edmund Niles Huyck Preserve and Biological Research Station- -The effects of soi i p[| on sodium balance in Plethodon cinereus and three other terrestrial salamanders. The osmoregulatory response of the red- backed salamander, Plethodon cinereus, to acidic substrates was studied. In the laboratory, low pll-exposed animals exhibited elevated sodium efflux rate constants. The efflux rate constant was elevated in two other plethodontid species under acidic conditions, but was not elevated in efts of the red-spotted newt. Red-backed salamanders maintained on low pH substrate for 1-1 days had reduced body sodium and body water levels, and lost more mass than did salamanders maintained on higher pH substrate. These results are consistent with 98 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 earlier studies that have linked field distributions of P. cinereus and other salamanders to soil pH. However, in the field, body sodium levels of red-backed salamanders were not correlated with soil pH at the collection microsite, suggesting greater complexity of field than of laboratory conditions. Disruption of sodium balance by acidic conditions is well documented for aquatic amphibians, but has not been demonstrated previously for terrestrial forms . 86 IRELAND, PATRICK H. Radford Uni vers i ty-- Uniform effects of different acids on survival of Ambystoma maculaturn larvae. Acidification of aquatic ecosystems is known to limit aquatic salamander distribu¬ tion and species diversity. Two nonexclusive theories have been postulated to explain the physiological mechanisms that cause death of aquatic animals at levels of acidification currently known to exist in ecosystems. Both theories are supported with empirical evidence. One theory states that death is a result of cation depletion in body fluids resulting from exchange of environmental H+ for Ca++ and Na+. The second theory states that acidity increases the lethal effects of metals (Al, Zn, Cu) on aquatic animals. Both theories suggest that the detrimental radical associated with environmental acidi¬ fication is H+. In contrast to these theories one study indicates that acid derived anions are at least as detrimental to salamanders as cations. This study was designed to measure the lethal effects of both anions and cations generated from acids. The LC50 of larval Ambystoma maculaturn was determined for four different acids and four salts of the acids. There were no differ¬ ences in LCggamong the salamanders treated with acids. The results support the conclusion that H+ are more lethal to Ambystoma maculaturn larvae than acid derived cations. The superficial conflict of this conclusion with some previous reports is resolved. 87 PAULEY, THOMAS K. Marshall University — Effects of moisture and temperature on vertical distribution of Plethodon salamanders in West Virginia. Critical thermal maxima and dehydration studies were conducted on 7 species of wood¬ land salamanders to determine the effects of moisture and temperature tolerances on ver¬ tical distribution. Plethodon nettingi , cinereus , _P. rlchmondi, and P^. hof fman i are small Plethodon and P^. glutinosus , J?. punc tatus , and P^. wehrlei are large species. Plethodon nettingi, richmondi , and _P . hof fmani are distributed along elevation gradients. Plethodon nettingi is found in the higher elevations of the Allegheny Mountain Province in West Virginia; _P. richmondi occurs west in the Allegheny Plateau Province; and E^. hof fmani is found east of the mountains in the Ridge and Valley Province. Plethodon cinereus has a broad range and is sympatric with the other three species. Of the large Plethodon , P.. punctatus is restricted to higher elevations. Pie thodon wehrlei and P. glutinosus have larger ranges, but only P. wehrlei is common in higher elevations. Critical thermal max¬ ima values were similar in most species. Dehydration values were significantly dif¬ ferent among several species as well as between higher and lower elevation individ¬ uals of the same species. It was determined that moisture regimes are more important than temperature in habitat partitioning along a vertical gradient in West Virginia. 88 DAVIS, SARA R. and WILLIAM B LUSHBAUGH. University of Mississippi proteins in Trichomonas vaginalis. The heat shock response induced in Trichomonas vaginalis by exposure to various incubation temperatures was traced by metabolic labeling with ^-methionine. Increasing incubation temperature by 6°C (37 to 43) depressed normal protein production and enhanced synthesis of heat shock proteins (Hsps). Smaller increments in incubation temperature resulted in little change in protein synthesis, whereas larger increments led to total inhibition of protein synthesis. The major heat shock proteins produced by T. vaginalis included molecules of about 102, 62, and 28 kilodaltons. Sulfhydryl depletion was used as an additional stressor. The combination of heat shock (43°C) and suHhydryl depletion altered the ’heat shock response' by shortening the initiation interval (60 minutes), increasing the number of Hsp's synthesized, and changing the Hsp species produced. These proteins included molecules of approximately 85, 68, 29, 27, 19, 17, and 14 kilodaltons. 89 ORTIZ, J.C. and SEED, J.R. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — Studies on the mechanism(s) of human serum resistance in the African trypanosomes. We have isolated and characterized a series of human herum sensitive (HsR) and human serum sensitive (HsS) clones of African trypanosomes from a single parental Txtat (T. _b. gambiense) clone. We hypothesized that, in the absence of any immunological pressure, a change in human serum (HS) sensitivity is always accompanied by a predictable change in variant antigenic type (VAT) as determined by serology. Using 1D-SDS-PAGE, we have also shown that the variant surface glycoproteins (VSGs) of HsS clones differ significantly from the MWs of VSGs isolated from HsR clones. The importance of VSG in resistance was also supported by the results of experiments showing that procyclic forms of Txtat, (nat¬ urally devoid of VSG), and trypsinized blood¬ stream forms have been found resistant to HS. Thus, the presence of VSG appears to be di¬ rectly associated with HS sensitivity, while resistance must, therefore, be associated with a change, the absence or inability of VSG to react with HS. Additionally, we have shown that movement across the trypanosome plasma membrane and endocytosis of the lytic factor in HS are necessary steps in trypano- lysis. Several inhibitors of trypanosome microtubule/microfilament activity (ie. cyto- ABSTRACTS 99 chalasins, vinblastine, vincristine) and pha- golysosomal fusion (ie. chloroquine, NH4C1, benzyl alcohol) were used to prevent lysis by HS. Our experiments have demonstrated a strong association between HS sensitivity and VAT/VSG-associated processes. 90 KEKU, TEMITOPE 0. and JOHN R. SEED. University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — The inhibition of HL-60 growth by the African trypanosomes. The coculture of African trypanosomes (Trypanosoma _b. rhodesiense) with promyelocytic HL-60 cells inhibits the growth of HL-60 cells. Growing these cells together at different ratios, the highest growth in¬ hibition was observed at 10 trypanosomes to 1 HL-60. To rule out nutritional depletion of the media by trypanosomes, the coculture spent media was supplemented with glucose, pH adjusted and was used to culture fresh HL-60 cells. The growth of these cells was inhibited compared with the controls. Also the coculture spent media was supplemented with fresh media in varying amounts and the inhibition was still observed. Using the trypan blue dye exclusion test, it was deter¬ mined that the factor was inhibitory and not lethal. A five fold concentration of the co¬ culture spent media by centrifugation methods using the centricon microconcentrator revealed that the inhibitory factor is greater than 10,000 Daltons in size. This factor is se¬ lective because the growth of NS 8.1 (anti¬ body producing hybridoma cells) was not affected. These results indicate that the African trypanosomes secrete a growth inhibitory factor. This factor may play a role in the pathogenesis of African trypano¬ somiasis by inhibiting the growth of the hosts immune cells and down regulating immune response. 91 KIVIPELTO, J. and ASQUITH, R.L. University of Florida — Duration of efficacy for various anthelmintics used to control parasites in the young horse. Young horses host the most ubiquitous of all equine parasites, the small strongyle, as well as some parasites not ordinarily found in the adult horse, such as Parascaris equorum and S trongyloides westeri . Controll¬ ing infection by these parasites involves the therapeutic use of anthelmintics which are designed to eliminate parasites existing in the horse, thus reducing the number of para¬ site eggs passed into the horse’s environment. The longer this period of reduced egg output after anthelmintic treatment, the more effec¬ tive that treatment is. A total of 82 young horses, 4 to 13 months of age, were utilized to determine the duration of efficacy for 8 different anthelmintic compounds. The period of efficacy following treatment with ivermectin, febendazole, piperazine, pyrantel pamoate, febantel, cambendazole , piperazine/ carbon disulf ide/phenothiaz ine and trichlor- f on/phenothiazine/piperazine was evaluated by weekly egg per gram counts (EPG's) obtained after treatment. While pretreatment EPG's averaged 1,345 per animal, these EPG's were reduced to 0 for up to 8 weeks after treatment in the ivermectin treated animals. Piperazine reduced EPG’s to 0 for 1 to 2 weeks following treatment while the average EPG actually increased in 17 foals following treatment with febendazole. While the other 5 anthelmintic compounds tested reduced the EPG's within 1 week post trea tment , these EPG’s were never reduced to 0. Ivermectin was the most effective anthelmintic in duration of efficacy when tested against 3 major parasite groups affecting young horses. 92 VILLA, O. AND R. E. KUHN. Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N.C.-Antigenic And Immunogenic Analysis Of Taenia crassiceps And T. solium Using Sera From Their Natural Intermediate Hosts. Previously we reported on the antigenic and immunogenic comparison between T. crassiceps and T. solium using sera from rabbits immunized with antigens of each species of parasite. In the present study antigens obtained from T. crassiceps (ORF and KBS strains) and T. solium were analyzed in SDS-PAGE and Western blots using sera from their natural intermediate hosts (human and pig anti-T. solium antisera, and mouse anti-T. crassiceps antisera). Similar antigenic profiles were found in each case. Parasite-specific antibodies were studied after the different antisera were extensivelly adsorbed on affinity columns containing antigens of T. crassiceps or T. solium. Our results indicate that during experimental or natural infections with T. crassiceps or T. solium the antibody responses to various immunogens of the two species of cestodes is highly similar. 93 STEELE, EDNA J." and GAYLE P. NOBLET. Clemson Universitv-Schizoqonic development of Leucocvtozoon smithi in the turkey. The schizogonic development of Leucocvtozoon smithi in experimentally infected turkey poults was examined by electron microscopy Follow¬ ing intraperitoneal injection, sporozoites migrate to the liver and enter hepatic cells to become trophozoites. Three to 4 days post inoculation (PI), the intracellular trophozoites undergo asexual multiple fission referred to as merogony or schizogony. Cytoplasmic division of the multinucleate parent cell, the meront or schizont, results in the formation of uninucleate daughter cells, the merozoites, and several discrete multi¬ nucleate syncytia or cytomeres. By days 5-6 PI, merozoites enter adjacent hepatic cells to initiate second generation schizogony while the remain¬ ing cytomeres undergo further multiple fission to produce additional uninucleate merozoites The cytoplasm of the merozoites is dense with ribo¬ somes and contains a pair of rhoptries With rupture or disintegration of the mature schizont, merozoites escape into the hepatic sinusoids and enter circulating leukocytes to mature into gametocytes. 100 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 94 LINDSAY, D.S.,1 S.J. UPTON,2 B.L. BLAGBURN,1 M. TOIVIO-KINNUCAN,1 C.T. MCALLISTER,3 AND S.E. TRAUTH.4 Auburn University1, Kansas State University2, Veterans Administration, Dallas3 and Arkansas State University4. Experimental transmission and ultra- structure of a Sarcocvstis species with a kingsnake-vole life cycle. Sporocysts of a Sarcocystis species isolated from a naturally infected kingsnake ( Lampropeltis getulus holbrooki ) were orally inoculated into laboratory mice (Mils musculus), white-footed mice ( Peromyscus leucopus ) and prairie voles ( Microtus ochrogaster). Infections were detected only in the voles. Precystic stages occurred in the liver and were associated with gross and microscopic lesions in voles examined 7 and 8 days postinoculation (PI). Sarcocysts were observed in the tongue at 117 days PI; none were seen in the heart, diaphragm or brain. With transmission electron microscopy, the sarcocysts were thin-walled, divided into compartments by septa, and had electron dense, knob-like projections on the primary cyst wall. Metrocytes were present, both centrally in groups of compartmentalized bradyzoites, and at the periphery of sarcocysts. Metrocytes divided by endodyogeny to produce bradyzoites. Bradyzoites possessed all the organelles typical of this stage and also had micronemes that extended to the posterior of the parasites. 95 t i COLE, R.A.,1 D.S. LINDSAY,1 B.L. BLAGBURN,1 AND J.P. DUBEY2. Depart¬ ment of Pathobiology, Auburn University,1 and USDA, Zoonotic Diseases Laboratory, Beltsville, MD2-Murine model of vertical transmission of Neospora caninum (Protozoa: Apicomplexaf. Neospora caninum was once confused with and misdiagnosed as Toxoplasma gondii. Natural N. caninum infections have been reported in dogs, cattle, sheep, and horses. In dogs, the disease is most severe in transplacentally infected puppies. A murine model of maternal transmission may aid in defining the periods of susceptibility of dams and modes of transmission of N. caninum to fetuses/pups. This information would be useful in developing treatment and prevention programs. Two groups of pregnant BALB/C mice were inoculated subcutaneously (SC) with 2 x 106 tachyzoites at about 10 days of gestation. The dams were killed and tissues from their pups were inoculated onto cell cultures to isolate N. caninum. Isolation attempts were successful, indicating that pups from both dams were transplacentally infected. Another study was conducted in which a pregnant mouse was SC infected and allowed to deliver pups on 2 successive occasions. Pups were killed at 1 day of age and assayed for parasites. Both litters had pups positive for N. caninum. Dams with litters 5, 10 or 15 days old were inoculated to examine the possibility of transmammary transmission of N. caninum at these times. Only 1 pup from a dam infected 5 days post parturition harbored N. caninum in its tissues. C00NTZ, MARY M. and DR. G. MILLER. North Carolina State University -- Helminths in North American raptors from North Carolina and Colorado. Ninety " Falconiformes and forty Strigeiformes were collected and their vicera examined for parasites. Conventional parasitological techniques were followed for preservation and identification. Twenty two percent of the raptors examined had from 1 to 10 trematodes of the families Diplostomatidae, Dicrocoel idae, Strigeidae, Brachyl aimidae and Echinostomatidae. Twelve percent of the raptors had 1 to 10 cestodes of the family Davaineidae and 8 % the raptors had 1 to 10 acanthocephal ans of the family Gigantorhynchidae. One to ten unidentified nematodes were recovered from 55% of the raptors examined. Parasites were statistically tested for random distribution in hosts. Hosts were compared with multi-variable statistical tests for variations in parasite prevalence and incidence due to habitat, sex and days in captivity. 97 Flowers, James R. and Grover C Miller NORTH CAROLINA STATE UNIVERSITY-- Cercariae (Trematoda) collecled trom Ihe Neuse River basin In eastern North Carolina. A morphological study of trematode cercariae from 23 molluscan species from the Neuse River basin in North Carolina was conducted from October 1989 to October 1990. Ten stations were randomly selected in five counties (Durham, Franklin, Johnston, Wake, and Wilson). Fourteen gastropod and nine pelecypod species were collected. Nine of the gastropod species and two of the pelecypod species were infected. Thirty-five species of cercariae were described: 1 mutabile, 2 microcercous, 1 cystophorous, 1 cystocercous, 1 clinostomoid, 2 brevifurcate-apharyngeate, 5 strigea, 1 vivax, 1 monostome, 2 amphistome, 3 ornate, 1 ophthalmoxiphidiocercaria, 10 armatae, 1 virgulate, 3 echinostome. A total of 8972 molluscan specimens was collected, with 456 or 5.1% being infected with trematode larvae. 98 FONTENOT, LANCE W.** and WILLIAM F. FONT. Clemson University, and Southeastern Louisiana University-Helminth communities o< aquatic snakes from southeastern Louisiana- The helminth communities of aquatic snakes from two localities in southeastern Louisiana were studied from March through December, 1989. A total of 269 snakes, representing four genera and eight species, were examined for helminths. Ten trematodes, five cestodes, ten nematodes, and two acanthocephalans were recovered from these snakes. Prevalence and abundance were determined for each parasite species. Infecting Nerodia cyclopion. a trematode, Dasvmetra ABSTRACTS 101 villicaeca. and a cestode, Proteocephalus variabilis. were the most abundant parasites recovered. Helminth community structure differed for each snake species. The helminth communities of Nerodia spp. were most similar, perhaps reflecting close phylogenetic affinities and broad overlap in diet. However, the helminth communities of Farancia abacura. Regina grahamii. fi. rigida. and Agkistrodon Discivorus were distinctive and contained many helminths that were host specific. Snakes from a locality in Livingston Parish were infected with helminths that were higher in prevalence and abundance than snakes from a locality in Ascension Parish. In general, species diversity and number of species and individual helminths per host were also higher in snakes from the Livingston Parish locality. Our data indicated that host species, diet, and locality differences are important to the composition of the helminth communities of aquatic snakes. 99 PEET, R . K . 1 , E. van der MAAREL2 , E. ROSEN2, J. WILLEMS3, C. NOR- QUIST4 , and J. WALKER5. Univer¬ sity of North Carolina, Chapel Hill1, University of Uppsala2, University of Utrecht3, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service4, and U.S. Forest Service5 — Mechanisms of coexistence in species-rich grasslands . At scales of .001 - 10 m2, temper¬ ate grasslands include the world's most species rich plant communi¬ ties. A 5-yr experimental study of species-rich (>35 sp/m2) grass¬ lands was conducted to determine the relative applicability of mechanisms implicit in Grime's & Huston's disturbance / production model and Tilman's resource-ratio model of coexistence. Treatments included controls, fertilization with all important nutrients, and with all except the most limiting nutrient. The experiments were replicated in coastal plain savan¬ na in NC and MS, chalk grassland in Holland, and alvar grassland in Sweden. Results from NC and Sweden are consistent with both the Grime & Tilman models. Dutch & MS results support Grime's model, but are ambiguous with respect to Tilman's. The con¬ trasting results are used to derive a new model of species richness based on a shift along a gradient of productivity from predominantly below-ground to predominantly above-ground compe¬ tition . 100 COLLINS, B.S. and G.R. WEIN. Memphis State University-- Ef f ects of seed bank and coloniza¬ tion space man i pula t ions on an Oldfield herb comniuni ty ■ The seed bank is the potential plant community of a site. Species compo¬ sition and spatial pattern of estab¬ lished plants are additionally influ¬ enced by the number, size, and ar¬ rangement of colonization sites. We investigated the interactions of seed bank composition and colonization space in the greenhouse using a group of five herbs that co-occur in old- fields in South Carolina. Seed banks were composed of equal representation of all species or dominance by one species. Colonization space was partitioned as large (4 cm), small (2 cm), or mixed large and small circles arranged in regular, random, or clumped distributions. Preliminary results are 1) seed bank composition does influence species composition of the established community across all colonization space patterns; 2) the spatial arrangement of colonization sites does not influence species composition; 3) nearest neighbor distances vary with density of estab¬ lished plants and do not differ with seed bank composition; 4) identity of nearest neighbors varies as expected with seed bank composition and is not influenced by colonization space pattern. These preliminary results indicate that, in an experimental community of five oldfield herbs, seed bank composition affects species composition, but not the spatial pattern, of established plants. 101 HEIKENS, ALICE LONG AND PHILIP A. ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois University- Classification and environment of the natural forest Twenty-two natural forest openings in southern Illinois were sampled using a modified Daubenmire canopy coverage method. Vegetation classifications from TWINSPAN and COMPAH were related to soil- site factors using multivariate techniques. A key to the plant communities based on vegetation and soil-site characteristics was developed. Four of the twenty-two sites are barrens, an endangered plant community in the Midwest. Barrens are characterized by open-grown Ouercus spp. and prairie species with <5% exposed rock and soil depth of >10 cm on sandstone, shale and chert bedrock. The remaining sites were classified as hill prairies (3), sandstone glades (5), limestone glades (5), shale glades (3) and xeric forests (2). Although prairie grasses characterize hill prairies, limestone glades, and barrens, hill prairies have deeper soils (>40 cm) and less exposed rock (<1%) than barrens. Limestone glades have more exposed rock (>5%) than barrens and hill prairies; dominant woody species are Juniperus virginiana and Q. muhlcnbcntia. The remain-ing sites have <10% coverage of prairie species. Xeric forests form closed canopies with >80% woody species, whereas sandstone and shale glades have open canopies. The dominant species on sandstone glades is Juniperus virginiana and associated charact-eristic species include succulents and other xerophytes. Shale glades arc dominated by Ouercus spp. and lack succulent species. Statistically significant differences in pH, soil depth, soil texture, amount of exposed rock, slope angle, cation exchange capacity and soil nutrients exist among the plant communities. This research was funded in part bv the Illinois Dept, of Conservation. 102 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 102 Yin.Yao. University of Tennessee, Knoxville- A soatial forest stand model of an old growth mixed mesophvtic forest. A spatially explicit forest stand model has been developed to simulate gap dynamics and consequential spatial patterns in one-hectare plots (grid=1 XI meters). Each individual in a plot is traced by its location, species, age, height, crown diameter, and vigor. An algorithm of Thiessen triangulation is incorporated to identify neighboring big trees which directly modify an individual's microenvironment. Species parameters and growth functions are generally the same (some with modification ) as those used in previous gap models. Microenvironmental information, including seasonal light index and degree of underground competition differ from grid to grid. When a tree falls, it kills small stems in its path. The resultant gap releases surviving individuals trom former influences of the fallen tree. Lateral encroachment into gaps by surrounding tree crowns and vertical encroachment into gaps by saplings occurs concurrently. Gap creation and gap encroachment are simulated both temporally and spatially. Starting with non-forested plots, the model simulates forest development for a period of 600 years. After approximately 300 years spatial patterns and gap dynamics achieved an equilibrium which is similar to field data recently collected from an old-growth mixed mesophytic forest. 103 WHIGHAM, DENNIS F. and JOHN O'NEILL. Smithsonian Environmental Research Center-- Growth and mortality of Faqus qrandifolia seedlings within and outside of tree gaps. The recruitment, mortality, and growth of Faqus qrandifolia seedlings has been monitored inside and outside of tree gaps for eight years. There have been large annual differences in the number of seedlings recruited. Overall, morality has been greatest in undisturbed portions of the forest but there have also been significant differences between tree gaps. Seedling growth rates have been higher in gaps but the differences are not always significant from growth rates of seedlings in undisturbed areas. Seedlings have suffered little herbivory inside and outside of gaps. The importance of gaps as sites for recruitment for this shade tolerant species will be discussed. Data comparing growth rates of tree sized individuals within and outside of gaps will also be presented. 104 DESELM , H. R. and E. E. C. CLEBSCH. The University of Tennessee, Knoxville-- Twenty-two response types to prescribed surface fires in an oak forest understory ■ We have examined data collected on the understory of a prescribed-burn upland oak forest at the University of Tennessee Highland Rim Forestry Station. The period is 1965 through 1989. Treatments are annual, periodic (once in five years) and no burn--each replicated three times. Species richness declines dramatically under the no-burn regime. Tree seedling establishment is inhibited and sprout size decreases in the annual and periodic burns- -here the understory aspect is quite open. Tree sprout cover in the periodic burns follows the incidence of fire--it is lower in the September following each spring burn. Graminoid cover, chiefly little bluestem (Schizachyrium scoparium) , decreases to zero in the no-burn treatment and is variable in other treatments but decreased irregularly from 1973-1975 to 1988; and 1989 established a new high. Composite, legume and other forb cover has declined to zero under the no-burn treatment. Composite cover in annual plots peaked in 1973-4 but has decreased irregularly since; legume cover has risen irregularly; annual plot other forb cover has fallen irregularly. 105 SCHMALZER, PAUL A. and C ROSS HINKLE The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Otlice, John F Kennedy Space Center- Recovery ot Flonda oak/saw palmetto scmh vegetation through three years atter lire. Ten permanent 15 m transects previously established in two oak/saw palmetto scrub stands burned in December 1986. We sampled vegetation ot the > 0.5 m and < 0.5 m layers at 6, 12, 18, 24, and 36 months postburn We used ordination analysis to examine vegetation patterns at each sampling and the recovery process using the combined data. Shrub species recovered at different rates postfire with saw palmetto reestablishing cover in one year and scrub oaks not back to prebum cover in 3 years Differing growth rates resulted in species dominance shifts with saw palmetto increasing relative to scrub oaks after fire. Detrended correspondence analysis of the > 0 5 m vegetation layer for the time sequence indicated that shifts were not uniform across the scrub gradient Mixed oak/saw palmetto transects changed the most and recovered more slowly than either oak or saw palmetto transects. Distances between preburn and successive postburn locations in ordination space indicated the recovery. In mature scrub, ordination of the > 0 5 m layer reflected the depth to water table gradient. Six through 18 months postburn, ordinations ot the > 0.5 m layer reflected the degree of recovery as well as environmental ditterences. Changes in species richness were minor. Mean total cover > 0.5 m increased linearly through 3 years but did not reach a maximum. Mean total cover < 0.5 m was 50% at 6 months postfire. Mean height was about 76 cm at 3 years postfire. The importance of sprouting species in oak/saw palmetto scrub insures its general recovery after fire. Rates of recovery are not uniform, and these result in changes in dominance patterns and persisting structural changes. 106 VEARA, THERESA E„ JAMES FRALISH AND PHILIP ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois Universitv--The effects of 14 years of burning on woody plant invasion for four southern Illinois hill prairies, A 14 year study was conducted to determine the long¬ term effects of burning on four hill prairies in Alexander County, in southern Illinois. Woody plant species were sampled on burned and unbumed areas by stem count on each hill prairie in 1975 before and after burning. The hill prairies were sampled again in ABSTRACTS 103 1989 after being burned approximately every other year. The general trend for the unbumed areas was an increase in density from 484.4 for the first 1975 sample to 569.4 for the second 1975 sample to 953.9 stems/ha for the 1989 sample. The average prebum density for the bum treatment on the four hill prairies was 644.0 stems/ha. Following the bums, there were 1426.3 and 671.8 stems/ha in 1975 and 1989, respectively. Densities were also compared by size- class. Stem density in the smallest size-class (0-0.99 cm dgh) on the burned areas increased dramatically from preburn to postbum 1975, then decreased by 1989 generally to a level higher than that of the prebum. Stem densities for larger size-classes (>0.99 cm dgh) on the burned areas showed the general trend of little to no change from prebum to postbum. In size-class one of the unbumed areas, stem density increased throughout the 14-year study period, while density of the larger size-classes either remained the same or showed slight increases. Two of the major contributors to the overall density were Sassafras albidum and Diospyros virginiana. Densities for these two species were higher on the burned areas (4847.9 and 1297.1 sterr^a, respectively) than on the unburned areas (3066.1 and 784.7 stems/ha, respectively). When considering the total woody stem density, burning appears to be a useful tool in the maintenance of hill prairies. However, fire may not be the controlling factor for certain woody species. 107 EDWARDS, M. BOYD, and BARRY D. SHIVER. Southeastern Forest Experiment Station, and The University of Georgia — Effect of forest site-preparation on species diversity in the Georgia Piedmont. In 1985, a series of site-preparation treat¬ ments were applied to a lower Piedmont clear- cut to evaluate their impact on species diversity. The silvicultural treatments included shear, rake and disk (an intensive mechanical treatment) , an untreated check, and six chemical treatments of triclopyr, picloram, and hexazinone formulations alone and in combinations. The treatments were applied to 0.15-acre plots that were replicated three times in a randomized block design. Measurements were taken before treatment and annually for four consecutive years on nine four-foot radius subplots within each treatment plot. Significant differences were observed for importance values and percent change in number of hardwood rootstocks, as well as in herbaceous composition and percent cover among treat¬ ments. This information will be useful to forest managers attempting to manipulate succession in order to create or maintain a biodiversity of species on their forest lands . 108 RAUCH, SAMUEL D. and LINDSAY R. BORING. University of Georgia — Nitrous oxide soil emissions following biomass burning in the southern Appalachians. Soil emissions of nitrous oxide on burned sites are suspected to be higher than emissions on unburned sites. Increased soil emmissions of this greenhouse gas may represent an un¬ measured nitrogen fate in some burned eco¬ systems. Soil emissions over time were trapped in the field using a closed chamber. Air samples were than analyzed on a gas chromatograph, and N2O emission rates were 10.8 ng-cm~2.hr-! from an adjacent control area. Rates for both areas dropped over a one month time period. Although N2O gas flux may be elevated at the time of combustion, prolonged soil emissions were not observed in this study. 109 Reed, R.A.1, M.W. Palmer2, R.K. Peet , and P.S. White1. Univer¬ sity of North Carolina1 and Oklahoma State University2 -- Change in correlations between site variables and species compo¬ sition with change in scale of observation in a piedmont hard¬ wood forest . The change in correlations between site variables (especially soil chemistry) and species composition, and in the interaction between canopy and understory herb species, was examined at ten scales in an exponential series from 0.0156 to 16384 m2 . Vascular plant species presence was recorded in nested quadrats in each of the 256 16x16 m grid squares of a square 6.5 ha plot in the Duke Forest, piedmont, NC. Trees >2cm DBH were mapped over the entire plot, and soil samples were taken at each corner of the 16x16 m grid. Species composition in piedmont forests has previously been shown to be highly correlated with pH and Ca. Varia¬ tion in soil chemistry within the 6.5 ha plot was high, with pH ranging from 4.4 to 7.2 and ex¬ changeable Ca from 149 to 5706 ppm. Tree and herb species composition vary with both grid position and grain size. Our analysis examines the extent to which correlations at large scales resemble those previ¬ ously reported for the region, while at smaller scales spatial processes like mass effect become more important. 110 YOU, CHENGXIA. The University of Tennessee--Ef fects of Hurricane Hurq on Manilkara bidentata, a primary tree species, in the Luquillo Experimental Forest, Puerto Rico Damage to Manilkara bidentata populations by Hurricane Hugo was investigated at two sites in the Tabonuco forest one month following the hurricane. Resulting changes in population structure and recruitment characteristics of early life stages were investigated eight months after the hurricane. Fatal damage occurred to 13% (El Verde site) and 50% (Bisley site) of the canopy trees. Severe defoliation and branch damage occurred among all canopy survivors. At the El Verve site sixty-five percent of the seedling population was destroyed, mainly as a result of litter burial. Seed production was disrupted due to severe damage to mature trees. Pre¬ hurricane seedling populations had high densities and high rates of seedling turnover. The post-hurricane population has fewer individuals and lower mortality. The growth rate of old seedlings under post -hurricane conditions is 2.0 cm mo. 104 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 which is 17 times greater than under pre¬ hurricane conditions. Increased growth rate is correlated with increased light at the forest floor. The recruitment rate of the Manilkara population from seedling stage into sapling stage is significantly faster than that under pre-hurricane conditions. Relatively high survival of trees and increased seedling recruited into larger and more stable size class should increase the dominance of Manilkara in the reconstructed post-hurricane forest. Examination of population responses of this primary tree species to Hurricane Hugo has improved our understanding of forest dynamics in this hurricane disturbed tropical forest. 111 PETTY, WILLIAM H. University of Tennessee, Knoxvi 1 le — Seedling demography and growth of four shade-tolerant tropical rainforest tree species following Hurricane Hugo. The role of disturbance in maintaining species richness in tropical rainforests through the creation of environmental hetero- geniety has been widely hypothesized. Hurri¬ cane Hugo, which struck Puerto Rico on Sept. 18, 1989, has provided a rare opportunity to study differential species responses .to a natural disturbance. Height, leaf condition, and light environment of seedlings of four shade-tolerant tropical rainforest species were measured for one year following Hurri¬ cane Hugo. The four species and their average seedling growth rates, listed in order of decreasing forest importance_yalues, are: Dacroydes excelsa, 1.2^cm mo ; Sloanea berteriana^ 0.4 cm mo ; Manilkara bidentata, 2.0 cm mo ^ ; and Buchenavia capitata, 7.0 cm mo . Preliminary results indicate that seedling mortality rates are higher for species with higher importance values. The light environment near the forest floor is extremely heterogeneous, ranging from full sun to pre-hurricane full shade conditions. Each speies exhibits great variability in seedling growth under various light regimes. Resource acquisition in the post-hurricane microenvironment varies with each species according to species specific life cycle characteristics. Within the shade- tolerant species guild, coexistence is enhanced by individualistic species responses. 112 WHITE, DEBORAH and JOAN WALKER. Florida Natural Areas Inventory and National Forests in Florida-- Population biology of Macbridea alba: responses to growing season burning . Macbridea alba is a showy mint endem¬ ic to 4 counties in Florida. It is expected to be listed Federally as endangered. All protected populations are within 15 miles of each other in the Apalachicola NF. It grows in fire-dependent longleaf pine communi¬ ties where natural fires often oc¬ curred in the spring. Study objective were to (1) describe population size structure, (2) describe relation¬ ships between plant size and repro¬ ductive effort, (3) determine effects of growing season fires. Results of the first post-fire season are re¬ ported. 30 plants in each of 9 popu¬ lations were tagged for repeated measurements of height, node It, flow¬ er and fruit produced. Two popula¬ tions were burned in February, the rest in April. Incidences of herbivo- ry were noted. 43% of all genets were predated. This did not vary sig¬ nificantly but early-burn plants tended to be more completely consumed. Though numbers of flowers per inflor¬ escence did not vary, early-burn populations contained more flowering genets (79%) than the April-burned ones (40%). Results suggest that fire coinciding with natural fire schedules are not necessarily more reproductively beneficial than "off-season" burns for Macbridea alba . Variations during the second post¬ fire season will be monitored. 113 WILCZYNSKI , CAROLYN J. University of North Carolina-- Population dynamics of Thalictrum coolevi in response to fire frequency. As with many Coastal Plain savanna species, the population dynamics of Thalictrum coolevi is associated with fire frequency. For this federally rare perennial herb, adult survival depends largely upon fire to suppress the surrounding dense vegetation, while successful seedling establishment requires intervals free from fire. To determine the effect of fire frequency on the population dynamics of T\_ coolevi . a series of plots were established at a Nature Conservancy preserve in Pender County, NC. Each plot was assigned a fire frequency regime that varied from 1 to 3 years, or was left unburned. The population size, sex ratio, number of reproductive individuals, above ground biomass, and soil characteristics were monitored for 3 years. TL_ coolevi was found to be restricted to areas with high levels of soil calcium. No seedlings were observed to have established in any of the plots during the course of this study. Fire frequency ( 0 to 3 years) was not found to be an important factor in determining height and number of flowering stems. Rather, seasonal rainfall patterns may be more important in determining the short¬ term population dynamics of adults, while fire may limit seedling establishment for this species. 114 ZIMMERMAN, JESS K. and DENNIS F. WHIGHAM. Smithsonian Environmental Research Center, PO Box 28, Edgewater, MD, 21037. Ecological roles of carbohydrate storage in subterranean corms of the orchid Tipularia discolor. Carbohydrates stored in corms of Tioularia discolor may support rapid utilization during leaf growth or reproduction, or may be important for recovery from severe herbivory. X discolor produce single leaves in the fall that are abscised the following spring. Corms are produced at the ABSTRACTS 105 base of each leaf and survive 3 to 5 years. Flowering and fruit production occur in late summer when plants are leafless. Herbivores (usually deer) frequently eat the leaves during the fall. In field experiments conducted in central Maryland, I severed older corms from plants and recorded their ability to initiate shoots, reproduce, and to respond to herbivory, comparing them to plants whose corms remained unmanipulated. Corm severance had little effect on the growth of new shoots or changes in carbohydrate storage during shoot initiation. However, relatively strong effects of corm severance on carbohydrate stores were observed following flowering and fruit production and following a year in which leaves were artificially removed. Thus, the relative importance of corms to the ecology of T. discolor is Herbivory = Reproduction > > Shoot Initiation. 115 RAYNER, DOUGLAS A. Wofford College— Canby's dropwort (Oxypolis canbyi ) : In¬ sights from a 5-year monitoring program. In 1986 a demographic study was initiated on three diverse S.C. populations of the en¬ dangered Canby's dropwort. Data were obtain¬ ed on vegetation, water table fluctuations, population size and plant vigor. Measurement of vigor included plant height, phenology, insect danage and draught damage. Changes in population size were assessed in perma¬ nent plots and random transects. Canopy closure, draught and insect damage all can result in significant (sometimes drastic) reductions in population size. Colonies of dropwort that are scattered in light gaps in a relatively closed canopy experienced very minor insect damage, whereas dense pop¬ ulations under open canopies all suffered significant insect damage. Whether or not insect damage results in death of the plant is related to the extent of the insect damage cartel associated hydrologic conditions. Plant death resulting from draught was most irrmediate and severe in the population growing in canopy gaps. This suggests that stored food reserves nay determine the response to draught (and to insect damage? ) . Fire is a normal com¬ ponent of O. canbyi habitats in S.C. and was absent from all three study sites. It is likely that fire will ameliorate the negative effects of canopy closure, com¬ petition and insect pests. Future research should focus on experiments involving ( 1 ) fire and ( 2 ) carbohydrate reserves in relation to draught and insect damage. 116 ZETTLER, LAWRENCE W. and THOMAS M. McINNIS, JR. Clemson University - Symbiotic seed germination and development of .tferffisMal orchids native to the southern Appalachians. The symbiotic seed germination of the terrestrial orchitis Goodyera repens, Platanthera clavellaia, P. cristaia, P. integrilabia, and Spiranthes cernua var. cernua was achieved in the laboratory using mycorrhizal fungi. Seeds collected from natural populations and stored at 22 , 6, and -7 C were placed on artificial medium, inoculated with fungi isolated from the roots of various terrestrial orchid species obtained from natural populations, and incubated in darkness at 22 C. The fungi, tentatively identified as members of the genus Rhizoctonia, initiated germination for all species approximately four weeks following inoculation. Germination percentages varied considerably among species, fungus/orchid combinations, and seed storage temperatures. An overall rate of 50-70%, 5-20%, 5-30%, 5-40%, and 50-80% was observed for G. repens, P. clavellaia, P. cristata, P. integrilabia, and S. cernua, respectively. Cold-treated seeds of P. integrilabia inoculated with fungi isolated from the same species, and S. cernua inoculated with fungi isolated from Platanthera ciliaris formed first leaves within two months following inoculation. Additional seedling development occurred when seedlings of both species were subsequently incubated at 20 C while exposed to 16 hours illumination, followed by transplanting to a greenhouse on inoculated soil. The symbiotic germination of these species may be a feasible method of propagation, should these species ultimately face extinction. 117 PITTMAN, ALBERT B. South Carolina Nongame and Heritage Trust Program - The bioeeographv of Geocarpon minimum MacKenzie. Geocarpon minimum MacKenzie (Caryophyllaceae) is a monotypic genus once thought to be endemic to the Interior Highlands of Missouri. Not described until 1913 this diminutive annual is now known to occur in natric soils in Arkansas and Louisiana. Due to its limited range, small population size and threats from manmade disturbances of habitat, G. minimum was listed in 1987 as threatened under the Endangered Species Act of 1973. The biogeography of G. minimum is very strongly correlated with local soil chemistry, underlying geologic substrate and the surrounding plant community. Details of the species’ microhabitat to include soil physical and chemical characteristics and plant community structure will be discussed. Financial support for this study was provided by grants from the US Fish and Wildlife Service and the Department of Arkansas Heritage. lift DREW, HARK B. and EDWARD E. C. CLEBSCH. University of Tennessee- -The role of Tennessee coneflower in the cedar glade community. The flora and vegetation of five native populations of the federally endangered Echinacea tennesseensis (Beadle) Small were studied * Permanent sampling plots were established to provide quantitative data on the percent cover of E . tennesseensis and its associated species. A total of 59 vascular plant taxa were observed. Community dominants include E. tennesseensis , Sporobol is vaginif lorus , and Schizachyrium scopar ium. In addition. The demographics of E. tennesseensis was studied. A total of 492 individuals were permanently marked in August of 1987 and placed in stage classes. These individuals were then relocated in August of 1988. High mortality (34 %) was observed during this particularly dry year. Plants in the juvenile stage classes account for a large percentage of the observed mortality (78 %). 106 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 119 ERTELT, JONATHAN B. University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Observations on root-shoot vegetative reproduction in herbaceous streamside Gesneriaceae . Studies were done on tissues of cultivated material of Drymonia turrialvae (Hanst.) and Gasteranthus corallinus (Fritsch) Wiehl. to verify the presence of shoot growth from surface roots. Through observations other cultivated species and at least one addi¬ tional genus also exhibit this previously undescribed type of vegetative reproduction. As all the species discussed occur in similar ecological niches, the hypothesis is presen¬ ted that this root-shoot growth is an ecologi¬ cal adaptation. The opportunity to take advantage of the energy of a parent plant, an established root system for strong anchorage as well as water and nutrient supplies, and the further advantage of greater overall mature plant size with potentially more seed dispersal are all arguments for this hypothesis. All species discussed fit in with standard trapline pollination characteristics, which presents another hypothesis for this type of adaptation. 120 CARSTENSEN, SUSAN M. Emory University — Herbivorv on kudzu (Pueraria lobata) in the Georgia Piedmont . Kudzu, Pueraria lobata. has grown vigorously throughout the southeastern United States since its introduction from Japan after 1876. One hypothesis for the rampant success of kudzu (and other introduced plants) is escape from herbivore damage; the plant is removed from its native community of herbivores and not yet attacked by herbivores in its introduced range. The level of herbivory was measured in three near-monoculture fields of kudzu typical of the Georgia Piedmont and invertebrates living in or feeding on kudzu (above-ground tissues only) were cataloged during the 1989 and 1990 growing seasons. Herbivory was not evenly distributed in space or time and levels varied greatly between samples (0.2% to 14% of total leaf area) . Herbivory at these levels suggests that kudzu does not enjoy a significant advantage in reduced damage by herbivores over other Piedmont plants. More than ten species of invertebrates in five orders in two phyla feed on kudzu. Generalist herbivorous insects are by far the most common herbivores of kudzu. Kudzu supports a complete fauna with a variety of herbivores and predators and parasites of those herbivores . The amount of herbivory and herbivore load indicate that escape from herbivory as an introduced plant cannot explain kudzu 's phenomenal success in the Southeast . 121 MATTHEWS, JAMES F., DONNA W. KETRON and SANDRA F. ZANE. University of North Carolina at Cha r 1 otte- - The cytotaxonomy of Portulaca. Portulaca has base chromosme numbers in the TTterature of n=4,5,8 and 9. A study of the root tip chromosomes of the North American species was under¬ taken to confirm previously reported numbers and to determine the number for unreported species. P. smallii has been considered as 2 n = 1 6 since 1944. A recount has shown the number to be 2 n - 1 8 . Confirming counts were made for: P. amilis 2n=36, P. grandi- flora 2n=lF and 36 , P. pilosa 2 n = 1 6 . New counts showed for: FT bi loba 2n = 18, P. rubricaulis 2n=lF, P . umbrat i - cola 2n= TFT T6 a~nd 54, P. pa rv u 1 a 2 n = 1 8 and 36, FU suffrutescens 2n = 8, and the P.pilosa/mundula compl'ex 2n = 8 and 16. Polyploidy was found within some of the species and when present was in the same root tip. These results are not inconsistent with the classic study of Claytonia by Lew i s . 122 SMITH, GERALD L., 1 WALTER S. FLORV , 2 and MARK A. GARLAND.^ High Point College,' 9 Wake Forest University, and Florida State 3 University -- Studies on Hymenocallis choctawensis Traub in the Florida pan¬ handle. Hymenocallis choctawensis is a widely distributed species of the Florida panhandle, occurring along the margins of river systems from the Apalachicola River to the Escambia River. Hamilton Traub described the species from a collection made by Mrs. Mary G. Henry in a swamp forest along a tributary of the Choctawhatchee River, Walton Co., Florida. Herbarium specimens of H. choctawensis that have been examined are Frequently misidenti- fied as H. carol iniana , H. occidental is , or H^ crassTfol ia . Morphological and ecologi¬ cal studies show H. choctawensis to be dis¬ tinctive. Supporting its separate status is a distinctive karyotype that has been determined for a number of greenhouse accessions that have been identified as H. choctawensis. 123 STUCKV, JON M. North Carolina State Uni¬ versity- - Aff_ijrUjjs_J)et^ve£n J_bitn_s cokeri, a sandhills endemic of the Carol inasT~and its widely distributed relative, L. gramini fol ia . A numerical taxonomic comparison was conducted on Liatris cokeri Pyne & Stucky, a recently described species endemic to the Fall-line sandhills of the Carolinas, and two of its possible ancestors, L_. graminifol ia Willd. vars. graminifol ia and smal 1 iT (Bri tt. ) F&G, both of which are widely distributed in the Carolinas and Virginia. Principal components analysis showed that i. cokeri bears the stronger morphological affinity to var. smal 1 i i . Discriminant analyses (1) indicated that Coastal Plain populations of var. smal 1 i i are more similar to L_. cokeri than are western Piedmont populations, and (2) confirmed the ABSTRACTS 107 intermediacy of Coastal Plain specimens between l_. cokeri and var. smal 1 i i . These relationships and distributional information suggest that L_. cokeri is a neoendemic that evolved from a Coastal Plain ancestor, l. graminifol ia var. small ii or a taxon closely resembling it, as it migrated westward and northward, possibly during Pleistocene glacial retreat, into the edaphically distinct Fall-line sandhills region of the Carolinas. 124 TUCKER, GARY E. Ozark-St. Francis National Fores ts--Eriocau Ion kornickianum Van Heurck & Muel 1 . - Arg. (Smal 1 -headed pipewort), a Category 2 Plant Species. Eriocaulon kornickianum Van Heurck & Muell.-Arg. is a diminutive plant known from only a few widely scattered stations in Georgia, Texas, Oklahoma, and Arkansas. The U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service maintains the species as a Category 2 species and is gathering data to determine whether it should be proposed for Federal listing. Several significant populations of the species occur on the Ozark National Forest, where they are associated with pioneer plant communities on what perhaps are best described as wet, acid, organic sand habitats. Fire probably is a part of the species biology, at least in the Arkansas Ozarks. Based on field studies, management guidelines have been developed to maintain habitat and species viability in the Small-headed pipewort on the National Forest. 125 OGLE, 00UGLA5 Ui . Virginia Highlands Community College--The Delineation, Distribution, and Natural History of Spiraea virqiniana Britton . Spiraea virqiniana , one of the most recent additions to the U. 5. Endangered Species List, is a threatened southern appalachian endemic. One of the two native members of section Calospira (the other being S. betul if ol ia Pall.), this species can be delineated by several characteristics (e.g. stamen length, leaf characters, habit and habitat). The extant distribution is from Dade Co., Georgia to Upshur Co., West Virginia, and over to Cumberland, Co., Tennessee and Pulaski Co., Kentucky. It is currently known from twenty-six counties, but due to its riverine habitat and repro¬ duction may be comprised of fewer than twenty genotypes. The species is probably extripated from both Pennsylvania and Alabama, and five additional historical sites have not been relocated. Discovery of new populations has occurred at a dismal rate. Sexual reproduction is rare (almost unknown), though the plants bloom prolifically under appropriate conditions. Asexual reproduction seems to be responsible for most maintenance. The species has a most interesting habitat niche, and is disturbance adapted. The Center for Plant Conservation is currently propagating geno¬ types and will soon have a complete repres¬ entation. There are many threats to the species, not the least of which is man, but in many ways the plant is very hardy, tough and pliable. There are several populations that have actually been maintained by such activities as highway and railroad right-of- way clearing, etc. The species is worthy of cultivation, and after its survival is assured should be introduced into horti¬ cultural circles. 126 OGLE, DOUGLAS W . Virginia Highlands Community C o 1 lege - - Senec i o millefolium T. & G. Revisited in Lee County, Virginia . Added to the Virginia flora in 1944 by Lloyd G. Carr, Senec i o millefolium was known from a single specimen deposited in the Gray Herbarium. Carr collected the specimen in a large limestone flatrock area called the "Cedars." Senec io millefol ium is a southern appalachian endemic known most commonly in North Carolina, South Carolina, and Georgia from Blue Ridge granitic rocks. The species was removed from the Virginia flora in 1971 due to abnomalies in the original collection (no basal leaves or roots), the different habitat, and the fact that no subsequent collections of the species were made. In the spring of 1990, specimens that were positively identified as this species were collected in the Cedars, and the taxon has been returned to the Virginia flora. Tom Uieboldt first collected specimens in 1984 and vouchers are deposited at VPI & 5U and VHCC. These collections add the Ridge and Valley province to the range, and limestone to the edaphic tolerance of this species. Plants that closely match 5. x memmenqe r i (S. a nonymu s x S. millefolium) are also present in the area. The species is a category 2 plant, and this new population should be considered during listing. There are several phenotypic, genetic, and biogeo¬ graphic questions posed by this population. 127 ANDERSON, LORAN C. Florida State Univer¬ sity — Review of the genus Cacalia in the United States and notes on new cacalioids from Florida. Some controversy exists on the typification of the Linnaean genus Cacalia . Most choose C. alpina of Europe or C. hastat a of Eurasia as the type species (now referable to Adenostyles and Parasenecio , respectively) . The American cacalioids are distributed among several gen¬ era in Mexico, whereas those of the eastern United States may be assigned to the genera Arnoglossum, Rugelia , and Synosma . The wide¬ spread Amoglossum (with seven species) ranges from New York and southern Ontario to Minne¬ sota south to Florida and Texas; the monotypic Rugelia is restricted to five counties in the Smoky Mountains of North Carolina and Tenn¬ essee, and the monotypic Synosma ranges from Rhode Island to Minnesota south to North Carolina, Tennessee, and Missouri with a dis¬ junct population in Florida. The three genera are easily distinguished morphologically and chromosomally . The greatest number of species is concentrated in Florida where a new species has been discovered. Its closest relationship is with A. plantagincum; the two are fairly similar in form but have different habitat, range, and phenology. The Florida population of Synosma is morphologically distinct from the northern populations and will also be described as a new species upon completion of further analyses. 108 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 128 JONES, RONALD L. Eastern Kentucky Univer¬ sity — The distribution, habitat, and identifying features of Helianthus eggertii Sinai 1 . Helianthus eggertii Small has been reported from 15 counties in the south-central U.S. It is currently listed as a rare species of Kentucky, Tennessee, and Alabama. The Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission and the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service have commissioned a status study to learn more about the distribution and ecology of this species. The plants have been rediscovered at a number of old sites and several new sites have been added. The key features for recognition are the colonial habit, the blue- waxy color of stems and upper leaf surfaces, the white-waxy color of lower leaf surfaces, the nearly sessile leaves, and the larger- sized heads. The flowering period is from early August to late September. This sun¬ flower is very similar to 11. strumosus L., and some specimens may represent hybrids with this or other high polyploid sunflowers. Most of the collections of H. eggertii come from the Highland Rim areas of Tennessee, where it occurs in oak-hickory woodlands or barrens, usually on rolling terrain over limestone. Additional searches are planned to locate likely sites for this rare sunflower of the south-central U. S. 129 HORNBERGER, KATHLEEN L. Widener University- -North Carolina Blue¬ eyed Grasses simplified. In 1987 a revision of the genus Sisyrinchium in the southeastern United States was completed using morphology, chromosome counts, and flavonoid spot patterns as methods to delineate taxa. Of the 15 species recognized in that study, eight occur in NC : albidum Raf. , angus tif ol ium Mill. , atlanticum Bickn. , dichotomum Bickn. , fuscatum Bickn. , mucronatum Michx. , nashii Bickn. , and rosulatum Bickn. Good characters for the separation of taxa include length of the outer spathe bract to the inner one, connation of outer bract, sessile vs. pedunculate spathes , presence or absence of cauline leaf, stem and leaf widths, fibrous vs. non-fibrous plant base, and dried plant color. These characters will be discussed in reference to each species. Maps will be shown depicting current distribution . 130 PYNE, MILO. North Carolina State Univer¬ sity -- Physahs_jn£££2£!lZ^_?^^£I£_^£l^_ill distribution in the Southeast. Described as a species by P. A. Rydberg (1896), lectotypified by U. T. Waterfall (1958) and re¬ duced to varietal status, Physalis macrophysa has been unrecognized or reduced in status in most recent treatments of the genus. Recent collections of this plant from Arkansas and Louisiana have again raised the question of its identity, status, relationships, and distribution. The lectotype (Heller 1756) cited by Rydberg and selected by Waterfall has been examined and comparedwith specimens from TEX and SIU, as well as collections from Arkansas and Louis¬ iana. Investigations indicate that this plant does constitute a species, recognizable by its fruiting calyx, which has a deeply sunken base and meas¬ ures up to 5 cm in length. The seeds measure 3-4 mm broad, unusually large for the genus. It is easily separated from large-calyced forms of P. longifolia var. subglabrata (with which it is nomenclaturally entangled), and with difficulty from some specimens of P. virginiana sens, str. and P. heterophylla. The species ranges from Texas, Nebraska, Iowa, and Illinois S to SW Arkansas (Miller County) and NW Louisiana (Caddo Parish), where it is apparently rare. Its presence in these latter two states is significant to those concerned with biodiversity in the Southeast. 131 COILE, NANCY C. Biology Department, North Georgia College — Comparison of cladistic and clustering methods for a group of Ceanothus (Rhamnaceae) species . A group of seven, deciduous-leaved, non-spiny species of Ceanothus was subjected to PAUP and CLIQUE cladistic analyses and to SPSS clustering, a phenetic analysis. Four of the species in this group are western and three have an eastern distribution. The dendrograms do not cluster these species along geographical lines. A high degree of congruence in clustering occurred with CLIQUE and SPSS, primarily based on inflorescence and secondarily on leaf size and pubescence. The dendrograms indicate that C. americanus , an eastern species, is the primitive taxon in this group. 132 ERTELT, JONATHAN B. University of North Carolina at Charlotte — Greenhouses as tools for teaching botany. Teaching botany within a standard biology course can be quite difficult for the instruc¬ tor and lacking in interest for the students if sufficient "props" are not available. The use of a greenhouse for growing a variety of unusual plants can be mostvaluable in increasing interest and illustrating various plant features, forms, and adaptations. The most developed greenhouse arrangement, a habitat simulation, can greatly increase interest and enthusiasm, even trigger the imagination of the student, while providing the instructor with all the illustrations previously mentioned. Such a setup can also open the way to the presentation of many eco¬ logical concepts and illustrating the intricately interwovennature of the biologi¬ cal fields of study. These points have been tried and shown to work at the McMillan Greenhouse Complex at UNCCharlotte . Slides illustrating plant examples and the green¬ houses will be shown. 15" POWELL, ROBERT W. , JR. Converse College — Croft State Park. A protected laboratory for long-term ecological teaching and research. Croft State Park, located near Spartanburg, S.C., affords opportunity for teaching and study of typical Piedmont forest communi¬ ties. Comprising 7»088 acres, this park was created from the infantry training base Camp ABSTRACTS 109 Croft shortly after World War II . It is a mosaics of small farms and extensive woodlots essentially undisturbed for the past 50 years. In 19^9 the author coordinated a team of biologists which mapped the plant conmunities and listed the vascular flora among other investigations of the natural history. These communities were classified as cove hardwoods, upland hardwoods, mixed pine and hardwoods, bottomland hardwoods, old-field pine, pine plantations, and mountain laurel bluffs. This initial criti¬ cal look at the Park revealed 451 vascular species from 99 families and included 34 county records, 2 endangered or threatened species, and 3 tree species of unusually large size. Opportunities for faunal, archa¬ eological, geological, historical, and cultural study will be included. 134 KINLAW, ALTON E. North Carolina State University -- Criteria and tools for developing well-rounded biologists . This paper aids in the professional development of biologists by pre¬ senting guidelines that enhance their versatility or "wellroundedness". The guidelines are based on results of 400 questionnaires mailed to biologists randomly selected from membership rosters of ASB, ESA, and AIBS, that deal with the professional skills and personal characteristics they believe a biologist should pos¬ sess in order to be truly versatile. Semantic differential and Likert scale type questions are used in order to quantify and rank each skill or characteristic and provide simple descriptive statistics. Topics covered include academic training, people management skills, qpmmuni- cation skills, a "field eye", atti¬ tudes relating to professionalism such as a commitment to natural resources, a personal program for both short term and long term career development, ethical orientation, and balance and wellness. Technological and informational tools needed for training or assessing these skills identified in the questionnaire will be listed, and their availablity discussed. Examples of such tools are personality tests such as the Myers-Briggs test, computer software to analyze grammar, and various continuing education programs. 135 BROWNING, SALLY A. U.S. Forest Service — Soil characteristics of Southern Appalachian mountain bogs and fens. Wetlands are not that common a feature of the mountains. Where they are present, they are unique features and habitats. Modern soil surveys in the mountains have begun to study and interpret soils that meet wetland classifications. Landscape features are very important in determining these areas. The (bogs) are all mineral soils with varying degrees of wetness and depth. Soil interpretations and survey techniques will help locate and understand wet areas. Vegetation patterns have been greatly influenced by past management activities. Certain vegetation management practices may be needed to maintain the (bogs) and their wetland characteristics . 136 WEAKLEY, ALAN S. North Carolina Natural Heritage Program — Vegetation of bogs and fens of the North Carolina Blue Ridge. Non-alluvial wetlands of the Blue Ridge of North Carolina exhibit a considerable diver¬ sity of vegetation, related to differences in geology, soil, water chemistry and flow, elevation, age, and biogeographic history. Reconnaissance surveys conducted during the past dozen years by the author and others associated with the North Carolina Natural Heritage Program have focused on the discov¬ ery and floristic study of remaining wet¬ lands, rather than on quantitative studies of vegetation and edaphic factors, but prelimi¬ nary understanding of vegetational and edaph¬ ic patterns has been gained. Southern Appala¬ chian fens occur over mafic rocks, generally at high elevations and in the northern part of the state, and show floristic affinities to calcareous fens of the midwestern and northeastern United States. They are domina¬ ted by sedges, with few or no shrubs or trees and little Sphagnum , over a shallow, slightly acid, mineral soil. Southern Appalachian bogs (actually poor fens) generally occur over felsic rocks, generally at low to moderate elevations, and throughout the mountains. Soils are characteristically deeper, with a substantial organic component. Sphagnum is abundant, and a variety of wetland shrubs and trees are generally present, providing a com¬ plex vegetational structure. This type can be divided into a northern and a southern sub- type. The northern subtype is characterized by a mixture of species, including northern disjuncts and southern Appalachian endemics. The southern subtype has an additional flor¬ istic element of species with Coastal Plain affinities. 137 Smith, Alan B. North Carolina Natural Heritage Proqram--Rare plants of Southern Appalachian bogs and fens. Bogs and fens are among the rarest commun¬ ities in the Southern Appalachians. They are also noted for concentrations of rare species. Many of these mountain wetlands have been degraded or destroyed along with their rare species. Preservation of and knowledge about the rare plants can add significantly to an understanding of biogeographical patterns. In the present study, a survey was conducted of all known sites in the mountains of North Carolina concentrating on vascular plants. About 60 taxa of special status in North Carolina occur in or are characteristic of bogs or fens. This represents about 25% of all North Carolina mountain rare vascular plants. These species represent a broad range of families and genera. Size of bogs is apparently not important in predicting number of rare species, but proximity to other similar sites is. Based on rare species present these bogs clearly are of 110 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 two types, one with northern affinities (75% of rare species) and another with southern affinities (18%). Considering rare species, bogs with northern affinities are more like fens than they are like southern bogs. Site quality and integrity are important predictors of rare species. Threats to rare species include artificial alterations and natural succession. 138 HERMAN, DENNIS W. Zoo A t Ian t a - - Na t u ra l history of Clemmys muh lenbe rg i i (bog turtle) in the Southern Appalachians. Small disjunct populations of the rare bog turtle, C iemmy s muh lenbe rg i i Schoepff, are scattered along the Blue Ridge crest from southwestern Virginia to northeastern Georgia. Bog turtles prefer spring-fed wetlands that contain highly organic mucky soils such as Codorus, Hatboro, Toxaway, or other alluvial silt loams. Endangered Southern Appalachian Bog and Fen biomes are among the various wetland types inhabited by bog turtles and rare plant species. Ecological data have been sampled on over 400 bog turtles including population biology, reproduction, activity periods, and habitat preference. Ranges have been extended into Georgia, South Carolina, and Tennessee, while over sixty additional populations or sites have been recorded in five southern states during a continuing status survey initiated in 1975. Bog turtle populations are declining due to natural succession and habitat loss for development and agricultural purposes. Commercial exploitation for the pet trade is a serious threat because of the turtle's rarity and mystique. Viable populations must be protected and Federal listing should be considered to insure the bog turtle's survival into the next century. 139 OGLE, DOUGLAS U1 . Virginia Highlands Community Co 1 lege- -Ph y t oqeoq r a phy of Vaccinium macrocarpon Aiton in the southeastern United States . The ecological tolerances of a taxonomically well defined species may be used to "index" a community type and to provide information about the past distribution and extent of such communities. The large cranberry is a distinct entity whose current range is from southern Tennessee to Newfoundland and Minnesota in the mountains and from eastern North Carolina north along the coastal plain. The species is endangered or threatened south of Pennsylvania because of habitat rarity and the activities of man. The plants are an obligate open canopy species, and due to its boreal affinities serves well as an index organism for the distribution of treeless community types. These communities were much more widespread during and just after the last glaciation, and have receded to specific areas that are reflected in the present distribution of the cranberry. Physical and biotic factors that comprise the species biology are often quite specific and allow two predictions: (l ) that treeless communities in the southeast occurred both at high elevations and at low elevations correlated with localized topographic conditions (e.g. U-shaped Valleys, headwaters of north flowing streams); and (2) that many of the rare species now localized in the southeast migrated within these lower elevation communities. Extant cranberry populations are only found in areas that have maintained a boreal microclimate not exceeding the environmental tolerances of the species. 140 WALBRIDGE, MARK R. George Mason University -Surface water chemistry and plant community composition in Southern Appalachian wetlands - examples from WV fens. Roughly 36,000 ha of forested, shrub, and emergent wetlands occur in the Appalachian Highlands of West Virginia. Geomorphologically, these wetlands are minerotrophic fens, receiving groundwater inputs from the surrounding watershed in addition to precipitation inputs, but they often support vegetation reminiscent of ombrotrophic bogs. Principal components analyses of plant community composition and surface water chemistry suggest a major physiognomic separation between forest and tall shrub communities with less acid surface waters (pH 4.6 - 5.0) dominated by base cations (Ca*~\ Mg++ , Na+, K+ ), vs. low shrub and bryophyte communities with more acidic surface waters (pH 4.0 - 4.4). Principal components analyses based on either vegetation or water chemistry data show similar spatial relationships among plant communities. Ca++ concentrations (1.4 - 6.8 mg/L) are characteristic of poor fens, but occasionally Ca++/H+ ratios (jieq/L) < 1.0 are observed, suggesting conditions more characteristic of ombrotrophic bogs. In general, surface waters of WV fens are chemically similar to surface waters of more northern poor fen and kettle-hole bog peatlands. Despite the geomorphological setting of these WV peatlands, portions of some extremely poor fens may be ombrotrophic. 141 WIEDER, R. KELMAN. Villanova University— Sulfur cycling/decomposition in Big Run Bog, WV . Big Run Bog, a representative example of the Sphagnum-dominated wetlands in the unglaciat¬ ed Appalachian region, receives an annual SO^- input of about 57 mmol*m“2# Watershed- level studies along with chemical analysis of 2 10pb-dated peat suggest that at least some of the incoming S is retained within the peat. Although over 90% of the total S in peat is present as organic S forms, sulfur cycling is dominated by fluxes through the inorganic pools by oxidation/reduction reac¬ tions. Despite a low instantaneous dissolved SO^- pool, sulfate reduction rates are similar to those reported for coastal marine sediments. Moreover, CO2 produced from sulfate reduction represents 64% of annual anaerobic carbon mineralization, whereas CO2 and CH4 produced by me thanogenesis repre¬ sent only 23% of annual anaerobic carbon mineralization. Experimental and correlative evidence to date have not supported a hypothesis that sulfate reduction at Big Run Bog occurs at the expense of me thanogenesis . Annual carbon balance calculations suggest that in the absence of sulfate reduction, the peat at Big Run Bog would be either in a steady state or accumulating; however, with sulfate reduction the carbon balance is negative and the peat deposit apparently is being degraded. Whether or not the dominance of sulfate reduction as an anaerobic carbon mineralization pathway and the negative carbon balance at Big Run Bog are direct results of chronic high S inputs via acid precipitation remains to be conclusively demonstrated . ABSTRACTS 111 142 YAVITT, JOSEPH B. Cornell University-- Biogeochemical cycling of methane In Southern Appalachian boss and fens Sphagnum-dominated peatlands presently serve as large sources of atmospheric methane that could increase with climate warming. By studying the processes controlling methane emissions from temperate peatlands it is possible to evaluate empirically some possible consequences and potential feedbacks of climate warming on boreal peatlands. Measurements of methane production and methane consumption by peat and methane emissions from the peat to the atmosphere were investigated at Big Run Bog, WV, and Buckles Bog, MD. Methane production b^ peat ranged from 500 to 1700 pmol cm min . The lowest rates occurred in bogs and the high¬ est rates occurred in fens. In relatively dry bogs and fens, most of the methane produced was consumed by peat, thereby dampening methane release to the atmosphere. Methane emissions from these temperate peatlands showed a distinct seasonal rhythm, with the largest rates in late summer a^id early autumn (up to 1000 pmol cm min ) and the lowest rate| in winter and spring (up to 200 pmol cm min ). Despite warmer summers and a longer frost-free season than those in northern counterparts, methane emissions from these temperate peatlands are similar to rates for more northern peatlands, suggesting that climate warming alone will not lead to a positive feedback of enhanced methane emissions from peatlands. 143 WEAKLEY, ALAN S. and KEVIN MOORHEAD. North Carolina Natural Heritage Program, and Uni¬ versity of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology Laboratory — Conservation of Southern Appalachian Bogs and Fens . The conservation status of southern Appala¬ chian bogs and fens is poor. Many of these wetlands occur in low to moderate elevation floodplains or in other areas of subdued topography, making them especially vulnerable to destruction. Filling for construction of roads or buildings, ditching and draining for agriculture, and sedimentation have destroyed the majority of bogs and fens in the southern Appalachians. Most remaining bogs have been altered by filling, ditching (or other hydro- logic alteration), sedimentation, grazing, or other modifications of the environmental con¬ ditions. Applicable conservation techniques include regulation, "soft protection" (such as registry or management agreements with landowners), "hard protection" (such as acquisition of high priority sites by private or public conservation agencies), management, and restoration. Regulation against wetland fill has been generally poorly enforced in the mountain region, many landowners are un¬ aware of wetland laws, and many bogs continue to be drained or filled. A few bogs are pro¬ tected by registry agreements, but long-term protection and management is not ensured. Even most of the relatively small percentage of bogs in conservation ownership need man¬ agement (such as restoration of hydrology) If they are to remain as viable systems. A bet¬ ter understanding of the soils, hydrology, vegetation, and dynamics of southern Appala¬ chian bogs and fens will be needed if long¬ term protection and management of these wet¬ lands is to be achieved. First, however, the ongoing destruction and alteration of bogs and fens must be slowed, and a greater number and diversity of sites must be placed in con¬ servation ownership. 144 CLAXTON, CHARLES S. Appalachian State University — Learning Styles and Effective Teaching . The model of learning styles developed by David Kolb (1976 and 1981) suggests four learning preferences. In this session, these four styles are explained and suggestions are made for teaching in ways that are responsive to all of them. The model also sheds light on some basic issues in the teaching-learning process which point the way to (a) active learning, (b) the strengthening of students' thinking skills, and (c) fostering the development of students as persons. 145 CHIMENE, DAVICE G. Appalachian State Uni vers ity- -Teaching the non- traditional student. Changing demographics have made it likely that we will be teaching in¬ creasing numbers of people whose age puts them into the category of non- traditional students. In addition, our higher level of cultural con¬ sciousness has made us sensitive to factors in addition to age that may affect the learning process. After identifying some of these factors, we will discuss their effect, including some of the research that has been done on the subject. Together we will explore how we might modify our teaching to enhance the learning of our diverse students. A bibliography of materials on teaching non-tradi- tional students will be available. 146 GORDON, BONNIE K. Appalachian State University — What Biology Professors Expect of Freshman Students. A survey of professors, experienced teachers of introductory biology, including the lab, identified five arears of competence expected of entering students. These are: scientific vocabulary, basic math, scientific graphing, basic manipulative skills, and instrumentation Performance tests were prepared and standards established using a selected group of university graduate students. Four groups were tested. The highest performance rating occurred on the basic math test, followed by basic manipulative skills, instrumentation, graphing, and vocabulary. Average high school students (at the end of a one-year biology course) had the lowest performance rating: high ability students (identified as talented/gifted) rated somewhat higher: educated adults (high school graduates, some college, non-science career) rated higher but only 3% below high school science teachers. All the populations performed at less than 112 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 half the expectations of college laboratory instructors. This low correlation between expectations and performance indicates a need to review both the high school and college biology curriculum. Some educational approaches designed to increase student performance will be discussed. 147 PEZOLD, FRANK. Northeast Louisiana University — Western Atlantic spinycheek sleepers (Teleostei: Eleotridae). Two species of spinycheek sleepers are gener¬ ally recognized from the western Atlantic, a small-scaled species, Eleotris pisonis , and a large-scaled species, E. amblyopsis . Eleotris pisonis is the species usually re¬ ported from the US. Preliminary studies have shown that at least four primary morphs of Eleotris occur in the western Atlantic. A northern form characterized by 51-57 lateral scale rows occurs in the Gulf of Mexico and along the southeast Atlantic seaboard of the US. Two Caribbean forms, possibly ranging into Brazil are distinguished from one an¬ other primarily by scale size (44-51 vs. 54-63) and free neuromast patterns of the cheek. The large-scaled form is Eleotris amblyopsis ; identity of the small-scaled form is uncertain, but it is not Eleotris pisonis . A fourth morph with small scales (55-61) is known from Brazil. This species, E. pisonis , is distinguished from the small- scaled Caribbean species by free neuromast patterns of the cheek and from the Gulf of Mexico form primarily by head and body shape. The species status of North American pop¬ ulations is unclear, but they are not E. pisonis . 149 YEAGER, MINDY M. , DONALD C. TARTER, MIKE L. LITTLE and MIKE E. SEIDEL. Marshall University — An analysis of variation in a disjunct population of the central mud- minnow, Umbra limi ( Kir t land), in the' Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia. A disjunct population of the central mud- minnow, Umbra limi (Kirtland), was compared with congeneric populations. Morphometric and electrophoretic characters were used to determine the amount of intraspecific and interspecific variation. The disjunct popu¬ lation in Greenbottom Wildlife Management Area (Cabell County, West Virginia) is located 110 km from the nearest population in Hocking County, Ohio. The distribution of mudminnows is said to have been effected by the Wisconsin glaciation stage. Except for a few population that have small slight extensions of their range in Ohio, the West Virginia population is the only one existing beyond the terminal moraine of the glacier. This population may have been introduced by flooding or it may be a relict population which has survived unnoticed since the recession of the Wisconsin glacier. In either case variation, both morphometric and molec¬ ular, would be expected due to either the founder effect, or to longevity of isolation. The mudminnows from West Virginia were compared with populations from central and northern Ohio. Two populations of Umbra pygmaea, were also included in the analysis. Standard morphometries, meristics and the Truss network measurements were utilized for morphometric comparisons. General protein analysis was carried out using SDS-PAGE and isozymes were compared using starch gel electrophoresis. Morphometric and molecular variation will be discussed along with possible routes of dispersal for this dis¬ junct population. 148 EUGENE G. MAURAKIS*. University of Richmond, Virginia 23173-- Phvloqenetic svstematics of Cyprinoidei and definition of subfamily Leuciscinae (Cyprinidae) . Phylogenetic analysis of osteological and meristic characters of 41 taxa of ostar iophysan fishes resulted in hypotheses of relationships within Cyprinoidei and definition of subgenus Leuciscinae. Leuciscinae, defined by two synapomorphies (anterior ceratohyal and basibranchial III) , includes three groups: Opsariichthys (Asian), Leuciscus (Eurasian), and Notropis (North American) . Leuciscus and Notropis form a monophyletic group based on three synapomorphies (4tf* epibranchial , basibranchial II and metapterygoid). Leuciscus is defined by three characters; Opsariichthys by six. Notropis is characterized by four synapomorphies (premaxilla, posterior ceratohyal, basibranchial I and symplectic) . It is hypothesized that the genus Notropis is derived from a leuciscine stock that became isolated in North America after inundation of freshwater connections between Asia and North America. ISO SNELSON, FRANKLIN F„ JR University of pygmy sunfish. Elassoma okatie. Elassoma okatie is an uncommon pygmy sunfish confined to lowland blackwater habitats in extreme southern South Carolina. Previous collection sites were confined to tributaries of the Savannah, New, and Edisto rivers in three counties. A survey conducted in 1989 discovered new populations at five additional sites, including two new drainage systems, the Broad and Combahee. The species occupies two rather distinct habitat types, blackwater swamp streams and roadside ditches. Where it occurs, the species may be rare or common; but it is absent from many sites where habitat appears to be suitable. Length frequency data suggest that Elassoma okatie is an "annua!" species. This may explain its spotty distribution and render it more susceptible to local extirpation. ABSTRACTS 113 LITTLE, MICHAEL L. A DONALD C. TARTER,1 and M. DALE ADKINS. Marshall University1 and Metcalf and Eddy, Environmental Engineering . ‘ — The distribution of two subspecies of blacknose dace, Rhinicthys artratulus, in the Potomac and Cheat River systems. We are reporting the distribution of two subspecies of blacknose dace along a divide between Atlantic slope and Ohio River drainages in West Virginia. In this area the eastern blacknose dace, Rhinichthys atratulus atratulus (Hermann), and southern blacknose dace, FJ. a. obtusus Agassiz, normally occupy headwaters of the Potomac and Cheat Rivers, respectively. These streams are separated by the Allegheny Front which contains the highest elevations in West Virginia. We examined melanophore location, nuptial coloration, and nuptial tuberculation for over 300 males of each subspecies and found three distinguishing characteristics : ( 1 ) presence of red pig¬ ment in breeding pads of R. a. atratulus , (2) uniform "orange" color of lateral line stripe of R. a. obtusus, and (3) absence of melanophores from scales below the lateral line of R. a. obtusus. Males which were phenotypically FL a. obtusus were found only in Files Creek, a tributary of the Tygart Valley River. Males which were pheno¬ typically Fi. a., atratulus were found not only in the Potomac drainage but also in Gandy Creek, Dry Fork, Glady Fork, Red Creek, and Mill Fiun of the Cheat River drainage. No nuptial male from the Cheat Fiiver drainage had a phenotypic character of IJ. a. obtusus . The phenotype of R. a. atratulus , which has probably been introduced into the upper Cheat River system by stream capture, has displaced the phenotype of R. a. obtusus from approximately lOCTkiTometers of streams. 152 ! 2 SHUTE, PEGGY W. and PATRICK L. RAKES Tennessee Valley Authority, Regional Nat¬ ural Ijeritage Project ; Lifespace Technol¬ ogies^ — Captive rearing and reintroduction of the federally Endangered smoky madtom, Noturus baileyi and Threatened yellowfin madtom, N. flavipinnis into Abrams Creek , Blount County, Tennessee. Beginning in 1986, recovery efforts have been underway aimed at reintroducing the endanger¬ ed smoky madtom, Noturus baileyi , and the threatened yellowfin madtom, N. flavipinnis , into Abrams Creek, Blount County, Tennessee, in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park. Eggs or larvae of each species were removed from Citico Creek, Monroe County, Tennessee, reared in laboratory aquaria. Young were placed in Abrams Creek, returned to Citico Creek, or retained for captive breeding (to begin summer 1991). A total of 1391 smoky madtom and 1288 yellowfin madtom eggs or larvae in 45 and 13 clutches, respectively, have been collected in the first five years of the project with 609 and 470 young of each respective species surviving to be released or retained. Through October 1990, 535 smoky madtoms were reintroduced into Abrams Creek, 37 were put back into Citico Creek, and 37 retained in aquaria. 378 yellowfin madtoms were released into Abrams Creek, 80 back into Citico Creek, and 12 retained in aquaria. On 8 June 1990, an adult male smoky madtom was observed guarding a nest cavity in Abrams Creek, indicating successful reintroduction of young from (at least) 1988 and breeding activity of the introduced fish. To date, no transplanted yellowfins have been observed in Abrams Creek, and status of that introduced population is unknown. 153 MACDONALD TIMOTHY C., BRENT L. WINNER, and ROBERT H. MCMICHAEL, JR. Florida Marine Research Institute — Recruitment and habitat selection of juvenile sheepshead. Archosarcrus probatocephalus. in Tampa Bay. A three year data base, from Florida's Juvenile Fish Fisheries Independent Monitoring Program, was utilized to identify recruitment locations and habitat preferences for juvenile sheepshead, Archosarous probatocephalus . in Tampa Bay. A multi-gear approach (seines, trawls, dropnets, and gillnets) , in a stratified random sampling design, combined with fixed stations, were used to monitor estuarine utilization by juvenile fishes. Juvenile sheepshead initially recruit onto grass flats of the upper and middle bay during spring. Collections from the grass flats during spring exhibited a mean standard length of 22.2 mm and a density estimates of 7.0 fish per 100 m. In fall, juvenile fish appear to leave the grass flats for riverine habitats, such as the Alafia and Little Manatee Rivers and other habitats where vertical structure occurs (eg. , mangroves, pilings, oyster bars, etc.). Density estimates of 0.5 fish per 100 m2 and a mean standard length of 76.3 mm were recorded for fishes occurring in these habitats. Future emphasis will be placed on developing gears for sampling preferred habitats of sub-adult sheepshead. 154 BAKER, STEVE C. and ROY C. HEIDINGER. Oxford College of Emory University, and Southern Illinois University — Factors limiting recruitment of crappie in Baldwin Cooling Pond. Factors that may be limiting recruitment of black crappie (Pomoxis nigromaculatus) in Baldwin Cooling Pond were identified. Baldwin Cooling Pond is a 796-hectare, fossil fuel power cooling pond, located in Randolph County, Illinois. The adult crappie population was composed of rapidly growing individuals at low densities. Individual fecundity was very high. Spring spawning temperatures strongly limited reproduction in 1987 in that suitable spawn¬ ing temperatures were present for only a brief period. In 1988, temperatures were more suitable for spawning and running-ripe females were collected by trap netting. In both 1987 and 1988, an extremely sparse population of microcrustaceans was present in Baldwin Cooling Pond. These plankton are essential food items for Juvenile crappie. Stress from limited food availability was also a probable limiting 114 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 factor. Poor spawning habitat and high spring winds are other negative spawning factors . 155 MASTERSON, STEPI1 A NIE, K . 1 COBURN, C.B.1 and MOORE, STEPHEN E.2 Tennessee Technological University* and Great Smoky Mountains National Park2 — Age and G rowth of Rainbow Trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) in Little River Watershed, G reat Smoky Mountains National Park. The majority of age and growth studies have involved warmwater fish, with very few involving salmonids. In the past, the main purpose of scale studies was to provide general knowledge of the fish's average growth rate, age at first maturity, average life span, and age-class composition. The objectives of the study were: (1) to compare age and growth of wild populations of rainhow trout in streams of different stream orders; (2) to compare age and growth of wild populations of rainbow trout in streams of different stream orders; and (3) to compare sealeand otolith techniques for ageing trout from various stream orders and streams of different altitudes. Sampling sites were selected in the Little River Watershed in Great Smoky Mountains National Park which has naturally reproducing wild rainbow trout populations. The data Indicate 93% agreements between scale and otolith age. Age composition was dominated by age classes one and two. Few age three fish were found at any location. Ftsh reach legal size limit (min. 7 inches) at age two in higher stream orders and lower elevations. However, about 51% of the sample reach legal size limit by age one at the two most downstream sites. 1S6 DODD, C. KENNETH, JR. National Ecology Research Center, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service — Tracking six-lined racerunners with fluorescent powder: habitat use and behavior. In 1989-1990, I tracked 21 male and 19 female six-lined racerunners ( Cnemidophorus sexlineatus) in a "high pine" upland in north-central Florida using a fluorescent powder- ultraviolet light technique. Lizards traveled approximately 15 m after release, and from 16-18 m from point of capture; there was no difference between sexes in the amount of distance traveled. Trails could be followed easily but generally only for short distances until the lizard went to. a cover site or the powder wore off. However, 10 lizards were followed > 25 m and one male traveled 70.8 m. Racerunners generally skirted dense vegetation but frequently climbed over logs and ground vegetation; they occasionally climbed into low bushes and grass stage longleaf pines. Open burrows, sand pallets, and leaf litter served as cover sites. Short-distance movements to cover sites indicate handling may influence behavior. Tracking lizards using this technique may provide data on habitat use and cover sites, but may have negative side-effects that limit its usefulness. It may be useful for species with rougher scales where direct observation is difficult because of wariness or complex habitat structure. 157 CANTERBURY, RONALD A. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Marshall University — Infra and interspecific competition in the Green Salamander, Aneides aeneus . Intraspecific competition was observed when male Aneides aeneus were introduced into test chambers occupied by inhabited male residents. Of 35 introductions, 29 resulted in aggres¬ sive encounters, resident males were the aggressors in 25 instances and winners in 26. No aggression was observed when the same males were placed in neutral chambers. Aggressive interactions were not observed in female A. aeneus when non-resident females were introduced into test chambers inhabited by resident females. Thirty-nine trials and field observations indicated that female A. aeneus are not territorial and do not compete intraspecifically for brooding crevices. Aggressive behavior and inter¬ specific competition were observed in male A. aeneus when tested with Plethodon kentucki and P. glutinosus . All three species initiated aggression; however, in all cases P. kentucki and P. glutinosus were consider¬ ed winners since"~A. aeneus retreated by climbing the walls' of the test chambers. Competition is probably not very keen between A. aeneus and P. glutinosus because of the chunky body of- P. glutinosus and its inability to climb and inhabit higher rock crevices . Plethodon kentucki is probably more of a competitor with A. aeneus since it has been found to inhabit Higher rock out¬ crops and has a flatter head and body than P. glutinosus and can, like A. aeneus , inhabit narrow crevices. Plethodon wehrlei and Desmognathus ochrophaeus were also used in experimental competition tests against A. aeneus since both were found to inhabit rock crevices at two study sites. 158 JEWELL, RONNIE D. and THOMAS K. PAULEY. Marshall University — Environmental factors as controlling mechanisms regu¬ lating the distribution of two Plethodon species. Field and laboratory data were collected and examined to determine mechanisms that influence the distribution of Plethodon richmondi and P. cinereus in northern West Virginia. According to West Virginia Univer¬ sity College of Agriculture and Forestry (WVAF), there is an east-to-west increase of temperature with a subsequent decrease in precipitation along the Allegheny Plateau Province. Plethodon richmondi occupies the Allegheny Plateau west of the Allegheny Mountains in the north and all counties west of the New River in the south. P. cinereus is statewide except for the Ohio Valley where fh richmondi occurs. There is a narrow belt through the center of the state where these two species are sympatric. While there is no significant difference in the WVAF data, microclimatic data such as air temperature, ground temperature, and relative humidity show a significant difference in these two environmental ABSTRACTS 115 parameters. Critical thermal maxima (CTM) and dehydration rates revealed that P_. richmondi has higher CTM values and higher dehydration values than P. cinereus . It is concluded that microclimatic conditions such as temperature and moisture, may be the factors regulating the distribution of these two species in northern West Virginia. 159 PECHMANN, -JOSEPH H.K.1’2 and DAVID E. SCOTT. Duke University1 and Savannah River Ecology Laboratory'1- -Peel i ni nq amphibian populations: separating long-term trends from natural fluctuations. The participants in a 1990 National Research Council workshop concluded: "Amphibian populations are in decline in many parts of the world ... even in protected areas..." We have used a drift fence with pitfall traps to monitor Ambystoma opacum, A. tal poi deum, A. ti gri num, and Pseudacri s ornata populations at a temporary pond on the US Department of Energy's Savannah River Site in South Carolina since September 1978. We tested for a partial correlation between female breeding population size of each species and year, using breeding season rainfall as a covariate, because many mature adults fail to migrate to the pond during dry years. Ambystoma opacum is the only species for which there is a significant partial correlation with year, and its population has increased over tne last 12 years. There is a significant partial correlation between female breeding population size of both A. talpoideum and /L tigrinum and rainfall. In the first 6 years of the study, complete juvenile recruitment failure occurred only once, for P. ornata in 1980. During the last 6 years, there was no recruitment for /L talpoideum and A. ti gri num in 5 years, and none for A. opacum and P_. ornata in 3 years. Recent failures were clearly caused by early pond drying during droughts. The declines reported elsewhere apparently have not occurred at this pond. The extreme natural variation in population sizes could have been misinterpreted as declines resulting from human activities had only short-term or two-point census data been available. 160 FAIREY, JOHN E. Ill1, STEVEN M.JONES1, AND LLOYD G. WEBB2. Clemson University1, L. G. Webb Associates, Clemson, S.C.2— Can Ecosystems Always Function As Living Filters For Effluent Treatment? This study was conducted to determine if a slash pine (Pinus elliotti) forest effectively functioned as a tertiary filter of wastewater from production of commercial dyes and insecticides. The effects of spray irrigation on vegetation dynamics and structure, tree growth and mortality, chemical properties of soil, tree foliage, and well water were investigated at a site within the coastal plain of South Carolina. Over an 1 1 year period, understory vegetation exhibited a significant species turnover rate within the spray irrigation plots. Structural complexity of the understory, as measured by species richness and stem density, decreased significandy within the spray application plots and increased on no-spray plots due to normal ecosystem development. Within the spray application plots a significant mortality of trees (55 percent) occurred. Levels of phosphorus, calcium, magnesium, zinc, and manganese and pH were significantly greater in soil samples from spray plots than from no-spray areas. Analysis of pine needle samples revealed significantly greater values of nitrogen, sodium, calcium, sulfur, and boron in needles collected from trees within the spray area plots. Well water data indicated elevated levels of alkalinity, conductivity, sulfate, chloride, and nitrate. In all components of the system, data indicate an ecosystem collapse occurred by the sixth year of wastewater application. Even though the literature is replete with studies reporting successful results of land application of wastewater, this should not lead to the assumption that any ecosystem can function as a tertiary filter for any type of effluent over an extended period of time. This work was supported by Sandoz Inc. and was conducted on company property near Martin, S.C. 161 FRYE, CHRISTOPHER T.‘ and MICHAEL J. BARANSKI. Catawba Col lege ( present 1 y Wake Forest Uni versi tv1 ) --Community dynamics on a montmori 1 Ionite soil in North Carolina. Forest vegetation over the raontmoril lonitic Iredell soil series has been typically considered to be dry and barren "scrublands." The dry appearance of the montmori 1 1 onite landscape prompted Oosting to label these communities "preclimax." This assumption appears to arise from the widespread occurrence of post oak/blackjack oak communities on these soils. However, the vegetation of the Iredell series varies dramatically with local relief. The purpose of this study is to illustrate the range of forest communities found on the Iredell series in response to topographic features and environmental gradients. Sample data were collected from 57 200 mJ plots (all strata sampled) over a three-county area and were ordinated using DECORANA and TWINSPAN. In addition, the soil in each plot was analyzed for physical and chemical characteristics. The vegetation and soils data were together subjected to several univariate and multivariate analyses in an attempt to derive the dynamic basis of the vegetation's response to soil environment. Results indicated that the community subtype upland depression swamp occurs on a hydric inclusion (Armenia series) of the Iredell soil and may represent an important and overlooked community variation in the North Carolina piedmont. 162 CHICK, JODI L. North Carolina State University — A Comparison of the vegetation and soils on diabase to other rock types in North Carolina ■ Diabase, an ultramafic intrusive rock type, occurs throughout the Piedmont of the southeastern United States. Recently, a community referred to as "Cedar Glades" was described on diabase-derived soils in North Carolina. Vegetation and soils were collected during the summers of 1989 and 1990 on and off diabase in Durham and 116 Granville Counties, North Carolina. Vegetation patterns on diabase will be compared to those found on soils derived from other parent rock materials. Also, soil characteristics that are associated with differences in species composition will be discussed. 163 WENTWORTH, THOMAS R. North Carolina State University — Vegetation- environment relationships in the Thompson River watershed, North and South Carolina. The Thompson River is one of several major streams draining the f loristically rich southeastern escarpment region of the Blue Ridge Mountains. Vegetation-environment relationships were investigated in 150 0.1 ha plots located in a stratified-random fashion throughout the Thompson River watershed. Importance measures for tree species (averages of relative density and relative basal area) and environmental data were subjected to canonical ordination. This approach yields ordinations of community compositional data, with the ordination axes constrained to be linear combinations of environmental variables. The first and predominant compositional gradient in the Thompson River data was closely associated with topographic position, an index of landscape position ranging from protected coves to exposed ridgetops. The second compositional gradient was associated with elevation. Soil cation exchange capacity increased toward lower topographic positions, while percentage base saturation increased toward lower elevations. The canonical ordination also revealed distributions of species relative to the ordination of stands and associated environmental variables. For example, a group of species including Quercus marilandica, jj. stellate, CJ. f alcata , Q. coccinea , Pinus echinata , P. virginiana , and P. rigida had importance maxima toward higher topographic positions and lower elevations. Other species distributions will be discussed. 164 FRANKLIN, SCOTT, JAMES FRALISH, AND PHILIP ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois Universitv-Ortii nation of compositionallv-stable communities of Land Between The Lakes. Kv and TN. Land Between The Lakes consists of highly dissected upland topography ranging in elevation from 110 to 190 m. The compositionally-stable vegetation includes communities ranging from xeric to mesic; Quercus prinus. O. stellata. O. alba. Faeus grandifolia. and mixed mesophytic. Three ordination techniques combined with Gaussian Analysis were used to derive coenoclines of LBL vegetation. Two weighted average ordinations, one with adaptation values derived from Factor Analysis of the environmental variables and one with adaptation values from a gradient study in the Shawnee Hills of southern Illinois, along with a DECORANA vegetation ordination each accounted for nearly seventy percent of variance in the vegetation data. A rank order comparison of the three techniques, which include direct and indirect gradient analyses, indicates strong similarities between the methods. Important variables related to variation in vegetation include effective soil depth, available water capacity. ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 distance to an opposing slope, slope position, elevation, magnesium, calcium, and pH. This study was supported by the Center for Field Biology - Austin Peay State University and Land Between The Lakes. 16S ROBERTSON, PHILIP, JAMES FRALISH, SCOTT FRANKLIN and STEVE KETTLER. Southern Illinois Universitv-Forest vegetation of Land Between the Lakes. K Y and TN in relation to physical and chemical soil-site variables. A detailed sample of 1 38 stands has provided extensive information about forest vegetation at LBL in relation to various soil-site variables. A diversity of forest communities dominated by Pinus echinata, Quercus stellata, or Q. prinus on dry ridges, Quercus alba on mid-slopes, to mesophytic forests on lower slopes and stream terraces were found to occur on a variety of bedrock types throughout LBL. Factor Analysis of the soil-site variables identified three major factors; soil texture, soil chemistry and topography. All factors were significantly (p<0.001) correlated with the DECORANA first axis vegetation ordination with the topographic factor being the most highly correlated with the soil texture factor showing the lowest correlation. Discriminant Analysis revealed that elevation, pH, slope position, percent rock, distance to opposing slope, percent organic matter and potassium, in order of decreasing importance, were significant (p^0.05) in explaining the structure of the 10 community types from a COMPAH classification. This research was supported by the Center for Field Biology at Austin Peay State University and Southern Illinois University. 166 James S. Fralish. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale-- A provisional ecological land classification system for Land Between The Lakes, TVA, KY and TN . Tree, shrub and herb data from 135 stands at Land Between The Lakes were analyzed using a clustering program. Some community groups were further divided using soil, substrate and topographic condi¬ tions. Stands of Quercus prinus were separated by the presence Vacc in ium arboreum and one of several other Vacc in ium species. Quercus stellata stands contained only V. arboreum . Cornus f lor ida appeared in stands dominated by other tree species. Stands of com¬ pos it lonally-s table Quercus alba and Q. velutina were separated from stands of Fag us grandifolia and Acer saccharum by As im ina t r i loba , Lindera benzoin and Polyst ichum acrost ichoides which appeared in the latter. Specific site characteristics were associated with each habitat type. Refinement of the system is continuing with the incorporation of additional herbaceous species. This research was supported by the Center for Field Biology, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN, and the Department of Forestry, SIU- Ca rbonda le . ABSTRACTS 117 BUSING, R.T.,1 E.E.C. CLEBSCH,2 and P.S. WHITE,1 University of North Carolina1 and University of Tennessee2 — Biomass ■ produc¬ tion and nutrient content of southern Appalachian cove for¬ ests . Above-ground biomass, NPP, and nutrient content (P, K, Ca & Mg) were determined for second-growth and old-growth forests of the Great Smoky Mountains. Plot data for young Liriodendron stands, old mixed deciduous, and old Tsuqa- deciduous forests were analysed. A majority of the 12 sample plots were 0.4 ha or more in size; the largest were 1.0 ha in size. Estimates were calculated for individual trees using species- specific log mass to log DBH equa¬ tions for the Great Smoky Mountains (Shanks and Clebsch 1962) . Second- growth stand biomass ranged from 188 to 228 Mg/ha; NPP ranged from 10 to 12 Mg/ha/yr. Old-growth stand biomass ranged from 231 to 493 Mg/ha; NPP ranged from 5 to 11 Mg/ha/yr. Nutrient content (P, K & Ca) was higher in the old stands. Estimation of these values was strongly dependent on sampling scale . 168 McArdle, Thomas. G. and James S. Fralish. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale--A comparison of presettlement communities by site type in the Ozark Hills and Shawnee Hills of Illinois . Witness tree data from the 1806-7 original land survey records were used to reconstruct forest commun¬ ity landscape patterns in the Ozark Hills Shawnee Hills. Section and quarter corners were located on topographic maps and catagorized by apsect and slope position: south slope, ridgetop, high north slope, low north slope and terrace. Species importance values, basal area, average diameter and density were calculated for each site. In the Ozark region, Quercus alba and Q. velutina were found to be the dominant species on mid to upper sites and ridgetops. Fagus g rand i f o 1 ia and other mesophytes dominated the community of low slopes and alluvial sites. In the somewhat drier Shawnee Hills region, Quercus a lba was found to be the dominant species on all sites including terraces suggesting that fire was more frequent or had a greater effect in this region. The Ozark Hills region has a deeper loess cap, greater topographic relief, narrower valleys and a close proximity to the Mississipi River whose flood plain forms the western boundary. 169 PITTILLO, J. MAINWARING . Unlverslty-- mi croorqan 1 gms DAN and H. R. Western Carolina from a 74PQ-year Mountains. North Carolina. Subsoil from beneath a large boulder of a debris avalanche dated at 7400 +/- 1000 years before present by Shafer (1986, Castanea? had several microorganisms develop when plated on various media. Bacteria, furgl, and an alga were cultured from soils carefully extracted from the soil pit dug to 1 m below the existing surface. There was, however, no Indication that vascular cryptograms remained viable in the soils after Incubation In a lighted growth chamber on nutrient agar for one year. The age of the spores in the 7400-year old soils cannot be confirmed with the present data. Careful search of the soil samples indicated the presence of small rootlet pieces. These roots could have provided channels for contaminated water perculatlon Into the ancient sol 1 s. 170 BELK, MARK C. AND LOUIS STANTON HALES. Savannah River Ecology Lab and University of Georgia — Differences in growth and reproduction of bluegill from fished and unfished waters. Size-specific predation can be an important selective agent on life history traits of fish. Differences in growth rates, adult size, and size and age at first reproduction can be altered by size-specific mortality. Fishing is a source of heavy mortality for many fish species, but little attention has been given to the possible effect of fishing on life history characteristics of fish. By comparing fished to unfished populations, we provide evidence that fishing alters life history strategies of bluegill (Lepomis macrochirus) by changing size-specific mortality. Sex, age, reproductive activity, and total length and depth were recorded for samples of bluegill from fished and unfished reservoirs. Data for fished populations were also compiled from published studies. Bluegill from the unfished population grow rapidly until age 3-4, at which time they become sexually mature and growth decreases. The size at which this transition between growth and reproduction occurs (195-215 mm) corresponds closely to the size at which bluegills are no longer vulnerable to natural predators. Bluegill from heavily fished populations grow slower and mature earlier and at smaller size. Mortality from fishing increases with size. In unfished systems predation by natural predators on small bluegill selects for rapid growth and delayed maturity. In contrast, in fished waters, mortality of larger fish from fishing selects for rapid maturity at small size, and may facilitate alternate repro¬ ductive strategies of male bluegill. Efforts to determine if these effects are genetically based, or if they represent phenotypic plasticity are underway. 118 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 171 EUBANKS, MICKY AND GARY L. MILLER. UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI — _Effj?ct_s of intraspecific density ana pre- dation pressure on an ontogenetic niche shift in the wolf spider Gladicosa pulchra (Brady). Preliminary studies of the wolf spi¬ der, Gladicosa pulchra (Lycosidae), indicated that this species undergoes a habitat change as it nears sexual maturity: moving from the forest floor to trees in the fall. Age re¬ lated habitat changes (ontogenetic niche shifts) such as this may occur in response to competition between conspecifics or size-specific pre¬ dation. Two field experiments were conducted to investigate (1) the effects of increasing intraspecific density and (2) the effects of in¬ creasing predator density on the hab¬ itat of G. pulchra ■ The numbers of conspecifics or predators were manip¬ ulated inside of 60 cm diameter tin enclosures placed around trees. Climbing behavior of G. pulchra was observed. Increasing predator den¬ sity had a greater effect on the hab¬ itat change than did increasing intraspecific density. These studies support earlier work that suggests that intraspecific competition has little or no effect on the fecundity or survival of spiders. 172 WILLIAMS, RAY S. Appalachian State University--A key for determining the fate of Diprion similis (Hartig) cocoons using discriminate function analysis on vertebrate predator damage patterns . A dichotomous key was developed for determining the fate of Diprion similis (Hartig) cocoons collected from the field. The principle emphasis was on the determination of vertebrate predators, birds and mammals, although several of the major parasitoids emergence patterns were included. Measurements of damage holes after pupal extraction were used to generate a discriminate function equation. Canonical variables (K) produced in this analysis allowed for the estab¬ lishment of K values which provide a 95% certainty of correctly determining the vertebrate predators. This key represents an accurate, easily used tool for biologist interested in the population dynamics of this insect. 173 JACKSON, MARY E. and RAYMOND D. SEMLITSCH. Memphis State University and University of Zurich--Predation Risk and its Influence on Faculta¬ tive Paedomorphos is . The purpose of this study was to de¬ termine how the chemical cues of pre¬ dators in the aquatic habitat influ¬ ence the activity and the expression of paedomorphos i s in the facultative¬ ly paedomorphic salamander, Amby stoma talpoideum . To accomplish this, sala¬ mander larvae were raised in cattle¬ watering tanks containing a predator enclosure. Predators were introduced into the enclosures at two different phases of larval salamander develop¬ ment and at four densities. Paedomorphosis was significantly af¬ fected by predator presence as was the number of larvae remaining as im- matures . Time of predator introduc¬ tion did not significantly contribute to the numbers of paedomorphs or im- matures. Metamorphosis was not af¬ fected by either predator density or time of predator introduction. Activity of larvae was significantly affected by time of day in all treat¬ ments with the highest level of activ¬ ity at midnight. Neither time of pre¬ dator introduction nor predator den¬ sity appeared to influence the level of activity at midnight. Additional¬ ly, activity did not appear to change following later predator addition. These data support previous models and further demonstrate that aquatic predators play an important role in determining life history traits of their prey species and that maintain¬ ing plasticity in adult phenotype may be an important adaptation in prey species in variable habitats. 174 SMITH, LORA L. University of Florida -- The use of a metal detector for monitoring movements and survivorship of hatchling gopher tortoises (Gopherus polyphemus ) . Although a great deal of research has been done on adult gopher tortoises, little is known of the dispersal, behavior and survivorship of hatch¬ lings. Hatchling tortoises are dif¬ ficult to study in the field because of their small size and cryptic coloration. A technique was devised for locating hatchlings using a metal detector. Electric fences, designed to exclude terrestrial predators, were placed around five tortoise nests and low fences, to restrict hatchling movements, were placed around five nests. An additional six nests were not enclosed in fences. Forty-four hatchlings were marked, measured and fitted with lightweight aluminum tags and released. The hatchlings were periodically located with a metal detector. Hatchlings could be detected up to 30 cm beneath the ground; however, the coil of the detector had to be directly above the animal to detect the tag. The tech¬ nique was most successful at the fenced nests because the hatchlings were located within a defined area. 175 RICHARDSON, TERRY D. Oak Ridge National Laboratory-Predation risk and feeding in an intertidal predatory snail. Because avoidance of predators may affect a prey’s foraging success and resultant fitness, I examined how a predator (the stone crab, ABSTRACTS 119 Menippe adina), altered feeding and growth rates of rock snails fStramonita haemastoma). In small-scale laboratory experiments, feeding rates of snails were reduced by chemical or acoustical cues from stone crabs. However, small snails were not differentially affected, even though they were more susceptible to predation. In large- scale laboratory experiments with free-ranging crabs, snail feeding and growth were again reduced because snails spent more'time in refuges. Although small snails fed as often as large snails when exposed to crabs, they did spend more time in refuges. Small individuals may thus spend as much time feeding as do large snails in order to rapidly reach a size refuge from predation. Feeding by snails was reduced in field experiments only in enclosure cages in which crabs had direct access to snails. There was no measurable effect either in adjacent exclosure cages receiving chemical or auditory cues, or when crabs were tethered near the cage. Thus, reduced feeding in the field may occur only when predator abundances are high enough to cause frequent direct contact. Predator avoidance by intermediate predators may alter how intermediate predators affect their prey populations only if top predators are very abundant. 176 VARNEY, DAN R.1, BERTRAM, TRACY E.1, VARNEY, LAURIE A.2, ZAVOS, PANOS2, and SIEGEL, MALCOM.2 Eastern Kentucky University! and University of Kentucky2— The effects of an endophyte-infected diet on the reproductive parameters of the Eastern cottontail rabbit. Endophyte-infected tall fescue has been shown to have deleterious effects on livestock and labora¬ tory animals which consume it. The objective of this study was to determine if similar effects, such as decreased growth rate and reduced reproductive potential, are evident in Eastern cottontail rabbits which consume the endophyte- infected grass. Forty rabbits were randomly allocated to one of three treatment groups containing 50% chow (W/W) and 1) 50% fyter, 2) 25% endophyte-infected tall fescue and 25% fyter, and 3) 50% endophyte infected tall fescue. The animals were fed their respective treat¬ ments for 84-days with the following parameters recorded 1) daily feed consumption and 2) monthly body weights. Following the treatment period, the rabbits were sacrifice and a gross pat ho logical examination was performed. After sacrificed the heart, brain, adrenals, thyroid, liver, pituitary, ovaries, uterus, testes, and epididymis were weighed. No significant differences were observed for any parameter, however, several trends were evident in the data indicating a possible effect of the endophyte. Key words: tall fescue, endophyte, reproductive potential. 177 MOSER, MARY L. and DAVID S. LEE. North Carolina State University, and North Carolina State Museum of Natural Science — A fourteen year survey of plastic in¬ gestion by western Atlantic seabirds. To evaluate the incidence of ocean-bourne plastic particle ingestion by North Atlantic seabirds, we analyzed the gut contents of 1035 birds collected off the coast of North Carolina from 1975-1989. Twenty-one of 38 seabird species C 55% ) contained plastic par¬ ticles. Plastic ingestion increased over the 14 year study period, probably as a re¬ sult of increasing plastic particle availa¬ bility. Procellariif orm birds ate plastic most frequently, with plastic ingestion clearly correlated with feeding mode and diet. Some seabirds showed a tendency to select specific plastic shapes and colors, indicating that they may be mistaking plastics for potential prey items. Northern Fulmars, Red Phalaropes and Great Shearwaters had the highest rates of plastic ingestion. Despite the large quantities of plastic con¬ sumed by these species, we found no evidence that plastic ingestion altered seabird fit¬ ness . 178 MILLS, EDWARD Wingate College- Spring migration of nearctic migrant birds in Belize. Central America. For many nearctic migrant birds, the Yucatan peninsula is a final launch point for spring trans-Gulf of Mexico migration. During the spring 1988 migration in central Belize, 823 birds of 39 nearctic migrant species were captured in mist nets during 3400 net hours (0.24 birds/net hr). Orchard Orioles, Icterus snunus . (25%), Tennessee Warblers, Vermi vora pereqrina . (19%), and Indigo Buntings, Passerina cvanea . (19%) were the most numerous migrant species. Because these species abundances are drastically different from fall migration, it is probable that many nearctic species use different seasonal migration routes. Migrant numbers peaked during 6-12 April, with males outnumbering females early in the season. Measurements of fat reserves indicate that most of the migrants leaving central Belize lack sufficient reserves to fly across the Gulf of Mexico (1000 km). This supports the notion that the final launch point for spring migration is north of Belize in the Yucatan peninsula. 179 TYRELL, KAREN1'2 and VIRGIL BRACK, JR.1. 3/D Environmental Services, Inc.1 and University of Tennessee2 --Endangeced bats of Breckinridge County, KY . During the summer of 1990 (13 June - 24 July), we conducted a survey of bat species along a 20 mile transect in Breckinridge County, KY, located approximately 50 miles southwest of Louisville. The study area was in the northwest quarter of the county, which is bordered by the Ohio River. This area was investigated as part of a broader study that will establish correlations between environmental characteristics and summer habitation 120 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 by Indiana bats ( Myot i 6 sodal i s ) , and will be used to develop a model of summer habitat use by this species. During the survey, we used mist nets to sample 30 sites at points where the transect line crossed permanent streams. Nine species (201 bats) were captured; two of these (Indiana bat; and gray bat, M. gr isescens ) are federally endangered. A third species (southeastern bat, M. austror ipar ius ) is state endangered and under review by USFW. These captures are the first verified county record for all three of these endangered species. In add¬ ition, the geographic separation of capture sites of reproductive females suggests the presence of multiple maternity colonies for each of these species in the county. 180 McINTYRE, NANCY E. and GOLLEY, FRANK B. University of Georgia — The Behavioral Ecology of the Red Wolf (Canis rufus) in Relation to that of the Coyote (Canis latrans) ■ The red wolf is one of North America's most endangered mammals. It formerly lived in southeastern woodlands and coastal prairies. Now it has been declared extinct in the wild; specimens only occur in captivity. Another American canid, the coyote, which has a similar pattern of reproduction to the red wolf, is increasing in numbers and range. A comparative analysis of the behavioral ecology of the two species showed that a more varied array of food sources, an adaptability to cleared areas, and a larger historical population base have enabled the coyote to replace the red wolf throughout the conti¬ nent. The red wolf was pushed into marginal habitat, where it became infested with parasites and interbred with the coyote. Conservation programs, such as the one at the Alligator River National Wildlife Refuge in North Carolina, have been established to build up the wolf's gene pool and to ulti¬ mately reintroduce animals back into the wild. The Alligator River project has proven that it is possible for captive-reared red wolves to be released into the wild success¬ fully and to breed and raise pups on their own . 181 FURTAK, KATHLEEN A., GEORGE A. FELDHAMER, AND PHILIP A. ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois University at Carbondale--A n empirically-based habitat suitability index model for the golden mouse in southern Illinois. A habitat suitability model was developed to more effectively manage for the golden mouse, Ochrotomys nuttalli, an Illinois threatened species, on pine stands in the Shawnee National Forest. A secondary objective of this study was to determine the minimum time necessary for reestablishment of golden mice on selectively cut and/or burned pine stands in the Shawnee National Forest. The model is based on empirical data, a recent undertaking by wildlife biologists in contrast to the more traditional methods which rely on available literature for the habitat variables predictive of population density. Golden mice were trapped using Sherman-live traps placed in 8 x 8 grids approximately 10 m apart. Traps were operated for 10 consecutive days, while concurrendy measuring a total of 30 habitat variables at each of 21 , 0.5-ha, short leaf or loblolly pine sites. The habitat variables were then evaluated for their ability to predict numbers of golden mice at each site. The number of fallen logs, the mean height of the nearest overstory tree, and the total number of woody stems were combined into the model. A simple correlation with number of golden mice and habitat suitability value at each site resulted in a highly significant correlation coefficient ( r=0.77 , P < 0.001). In addition, golden mice were captured in pine stands within one year from a selective cut and bum. This project was made possible by a grant from the U. S. Forest Service. 182 EKKENS, DAVID B. Southern Colleae--Courtship song phonotaxis bv Acheta domesticus . Calling song phonotaxis in crickets has been studied by several investigators. We wanted to determine if crickets could orient using the information from courtship song. Phonotaxis by female Acheta domesticus to synthetic courtship song was studied in a circular arena. In response to attractive tick periods (TPs), many females arrived at the centrally placed speaker. Of the older crickets tested ( 10 to 25 days), 90% arrived at the speaker, usually by following an indirect path. The female typically approached in an arc 30^80° to either side of the speaker. A few crickets approached the speaker directly at some TPs. The most attractive TPs were in the range of 800-1400 ms. We therefore conclude that female Acheta domesticus are able to orient toward the source of synthetic courtship song. A type of anomalous phonotaxis is evidently operating to cause the insect to follow an indirect path on the way to the sound source. This research was supported by NSF grant BNS-85-10251 . TARTER, DONALD C.1 and DIANE R. NELSON2. Marshall University^ and East Tennessee State University2 — Tardigrade fauna (Phylum: Tardigrada~) in mosses from Seneca Rocks in the Monongahela National Forest, Pendleton County, West Virginia. Nine species of tardigrades, including one new species, were collected in mosses from Seneca Rocks, a 1,000-foot quartzite forma¬ tion located in the Monongahela National Forest in northeastern West Virginia. The quartzite rises above the North Fork Valley at the Mouth of Seneca. The following species of tardigrades, including the state record Diphascon oculatum Murray, were found in mosses on the ground, rocks and trees: Diphascon n. sp. , Hypsibius convergens (Urbanowicz) , H. du.jardxni (Doyere) , Isohypsibius macrodactylus (Maucci), Macrobiotus hufelandi Schultze, M. richtersi Murray, Milnesium tardiyadum Doyere , and Minibiotus intemedius (Plate) . ABSTRACTS 121 184 EDWARDS, DALE D. and RONALD V. DIMOCK, JR. Wake Forest University- Host specific genetic variation among populations of the symbiotic water mite Unionicola formosa. The water mite Unionicola formosa occurs throughout North America in symbiotic association with several species of freshwater mussels in the genus Anodonta. While populations of this mite from A. cataracta and .4, i mbecilis are morphologically indistinguishable, substantial differences exist in the behavioral specificity of this mite depending upon the species of mussel with which it is associated. Since mating most likely occurs only within the confines of a host's mantle cavity, we hypothesized that host specificity could serve as an intrinsic barrier to gene flow between populations of this mite from different mussels. To test this hypothesis an electrophoretic analysis of mites from populations of 4. cataracta and A. imbecilis was undertaken. An examination of 14 enzyme loci revealed differences in the degree of genetic variation between mites from these two host species. Furthermore, fixed allelic differences were observed at three of the 14 enzyme loci surveyed. These data strongly suggest that U. formosa from 4. cataracta and 4. imbecilis are reproductively isolated and probably represent distinct races of U. formosa. Future studies will examine whether these mite populations are reproductively isolated for reasons other than host preference and represent morphologically indistinguishable sibling species of Unionicola. 185 TANKERSLEY, RICHARD A. and RONALD V. DIMOCK, JR. Wake Forest Universitv--4 priori identification of brooding unionid mussels using Female Anodonta cataracta, like other freshwater unionid mussels, incubate their larvae (glochidia) in the water tubes of their outer gills which serve as marsupia. Since many dioecious mussels lack definitive sexual dimorphic shell features, identification of brooding in¬ dividuals has traditionally involved direct inspection of the gills either by dissection or forcibly gaping the valves risking, damage to the shells and internal tissues. A stepwise discriminant analysis was used to establish a classification function for differentiating brooding 4. cataracta from non-brooding individuals based on a set of external morphological characteristics, thereby minimizing disturbance and the risk of mortality. Fol¬ lowing collection, the wet weights and shell volumes of mussels were recorded and shell length, width, height, area, perimeter and shape were measured using a com¬ puterized video image analysis system. Mussels subse¬ quently were sexed and the outer demibranchs examined for the presence of developing larvae. Al¬ though the largest uni-variate F-values were calculated for width, volume and wet weight, only volume and weight were entered into the analysis. The distance between the brooding and non-brooding group cen¬ troids was significantly different (P<.01), and a confusion matrix revealed that nearly 80% of the mussels could be classified correctly a priori using just the two predictor variables compared to an expected chance accuracy of less than 52%. Moreover, the dis¬ criminant function did not appear to be based upon sexual dimorphic features of 4. cataracta shells since a similar analysis was less effective at differentiating between males and females during non-brooding periods. 186 BISBEE, JOHN W. Lenoir-Rhyne College-- life cycle of the freshwater sponqe Sponqilla lacustris in a South carol ina pond. Populations of freshwater sponpes In Adams Pond (In Richland County, near Columbia, SC.) were sampled 19 times from May 1935 through Dec. 1937. Field observations and samples collected for microscopic analysis were used to describe the life cycle of Sponqilla lacustris. Functional sponge tissue was found throughout the year, al¬ though it was more extensive during the win¬ ter and spring, as were the components of the vascular system. Numerous spermatic cysts and some embryos were present in April; spermatic cysts, eqgs, and embryos were abundant during May. One of the sponges sampled was a hermaphrodite. The presence of gemmules with yolk platelets during May and June suggests that this is a time of gemmulation. Gemmule hatching may occur in the fall. Summer gemmulation and herma- phrodism are unusual for freshwater sponges. In contrast to S_. lacustris, two other snonge species in Adams Pond produced ex¬ tensive qemmules and consisted of only minimal tissue in the winter. 187 ZIMMERMAN, RONALD C. and CLINT E. CARTER. Vanderbilt University-- Leucine aminopeptidase activity of the 140 kilodalton glycoprotein of Schistosoma iaponicum soluble egg antigens. A 140 kilodalton (kD) glycoprotein found in Schistosoma iaponicum soluble egg antigens (SEA) is the only component recognized by antibodies in serum from mice that have been infected for 7 weeks (Carter & Colley (1981) Mol. Immunol. 8:219). This 140 kD molecule can immunize mice for the formation of inflammatory granulomas around schistosome eggs lodged in host tissues (Sidner et al. (1987) Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg. 36:361). During in vitro culture, S. i aponicum eggs synthesize large quantities of the 140 kD molecule and release it into the surrounding medium. This material has leucine aminopeptidase activity and may be involved in egg nutrition or host penetration. 188 BOGITSH , B. J. ,‘ VAN DAM, G. J. ,2 and DEELDER, A. M.2 Vanderbilt University1 and University of Leiden2 --Ultrastructural localization of gut-associated antigens in Schistosoma mansoni using a FITC-anti- FITC system. A monoclonal antibody to schistosome circulating cathodic antigen labeled with FITC is detected in the gut of Schistosoma mansoni by an anti-FITC monoclonal antibody labeled with 10 nm gold particles. Also, human IgM antibodies pooled from patients infected with Schistosoma mansoni were detected using an anti-human IgM-FITC conjugate followed by the anti-FITC/ Au . In both techniques, the anti-FITC-based detection system shows a high specificity and sensitivity. These observations in combination with ease of production and with availability of FITC- protein conjugates suggest a wide applicability for the FITC-anti-FITC system to immunochemical and immunocytochomical procedures. Moreover, the some preparation 122 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 and protocols can be used for light and electron microscopic studies, thereby reducing possible artefacts introduced by using different procedures. 1S9 BLAGBURN B.L.1, D.S. LINDSAY,1 J.E. HALL2, AND R.R. TIDWELL3. Depart¬ ment of Pathobiology, Auburn University,1 and Departments of Epidemiology2 and Pathology,3 University of North Carolina Efficacies of analogues of pentamidine against Cryptosporidium parvum and Toxoplasma gondii. Pentamidine and its analogues possess antiparasitic activity against intra- and extracellular parasitic protozoa and Pneumocystis carinii. For this reason, we investigated the activity of pentamidine or its analogues against C. parvum and T. gondii, important AIDS-associated opportunistic agents. All compounds were solubilized in water and evaluated against T. gondii tachyzoites utilizing a tissue culture assay, or against endogenous stages of C. parvum utilizing a suckling murine assay. Compounds were evaluated against T. gondii at the rate of 100 ug of test compound per ml of culture media and at dosages of 2.8 or 11.3 mg/kg in suckling mice. One pentamidine analogue [l,4-Di(4-imidazolino-2-methoxyphenoxy) butane] possessed demonstrable activity against both C. parvum (2.3 mg/kg) and T. gondii. Another analogue [l,3-Di(4-amidino-2-methoxyphenoxy) propane] demonstrated some efficacy (approximately 60% reduction compared to controls) against C. parvum, but none against T. gondii. Future structure/activity studies may discover additional compounds with activity against these important AIDS-associated pathogens. Supported in part by grants AmFAR 000501 to BLB and NIH-NOl- AI 72648 to RRT. 190 BOSSHARDT, STEPHEN., CATHERINE MCVAY, SHARON COLEMAN, AND THOMAS KLEI . Louisiana State Universitv--Host Responses to Bruqia pahanqi infection in Jirds Born to Bruqia-Infected Mothers. Altered immunity to filarial infections in progeny of Brugia- infected female jirds was studied by inoculating 100 B. pahanqi Lj into age-matched male progeny of infected and uninfected mothers. Progeny infected at 4 weeks of age yielded mean ± sd adult worm recoveries of 14.7+10.6 and 13 . 4±10 . 2 in f ilariae-exposed and unexposed progeny, respectively. Mean numbers of intralymphatic thrombi per adult worm did not differ in progeny from infected ( 2 . 0±2 . 8 ) or uninfected females (1.512.0). Infections in 2 week old progeny also demonstrated no differences between progeny from either maternal source. Significantly lower IgG antibody titers ( p<0 . 05 ) to B. pahanqi antigens were measured by ELISA in the sera of infected, filariae- exposed progeny when infected at either 2 or 4 weeks of age. Western immunoblots indicated qualitative and quantitative reductions in serum IgG antibody recognition of B. pahanqi antigens in progeny of both ages. Reduced pulmonary granulomatous responses and antibody responses to Bruqia antigens in progeny from infected mothers suggests that some degree of maternal immunoregulation of offspring immune responses occurs. Supported by WHO grant #870049. 191 PATTON, SHARON, P. J. MORRIS, and DIANA PELLETIER. University of T ennessee — Activation of protective immunity to to xop I asmos i s in Australian Marsupials. Australian marsupials are among the most susceptible hosts for To xop 1 asma qond i i ■ Infection usually produces severe illness and death in these animals which, until recent geologic history, were not exposed to cats. Twice in the past 10 yrs, the marsupial colony at the Knoxville Zoo has been decimated by toxoplasmosis. The infection was apparently acquired from food contaminated with T - qond l i oocysts from stray domestic cats. This is not an isolated occurrence. Toxoplasmosis is an important issue for animal facilities and zoological collections throughout the world. In an effort to stimulate protective immunity, 3 wallabies were inoculated with a mutant of the RH strain of T ■ qond i l . The immune response was monitored. The safety of the vaccine was tested in opossums which were challenged with a virulent strain of T . go nd i i after a measurable antibody response occurred. A change in adm l n i s t r a t i ve policies at the zoo prevented inoculation of additional tachyzoites after the wallabies developed measurable antibodies. A male wallaby that developed an antibody response pos t i nocu 1 a t i o n , died several months later from toxoplasmosis ostensibly caused by oocysts ingested outside in the marsupial compound. Both bradyzoites and tachyzoites were in his tissues. (Supported by a grant from Eppley Foundation. ) 192 FAULKNER, CHARLES T., and SHARON PATTON. University of Tennessee — Recognition and Recovery of Giardia sp . Cysts in Experimentally Desiccated Fecal Samples. G i ard i a cysts were reported from a 2000 year old desiccated human fecal sample from Big Bone Cave, Van Buren County, Tennessee. The identification was confirmed using an i mmuno f 1 uor escen t antibody (IFA) test specific for G i ar d i a . This research was undertaken to investigate the effect of drying and rehydration on the recovery and recognition of G i ard i a cysts in experimentally desiccated feces. Freshly collected fecal samples containing G i ar d i a cysts were desiccated in a humid chamber at ABSTRACTS 123 4C’ C for periods of 10, 18, 35, and 52 days. The samples were rehydrated in 0.5*/. Trisodium Phosphate. G i ar d i a cysts were recovered by Zinc Sulfate flotation, and For ma 1 i n-E thy 1 Acetate sedimentation. Wet mounts were examined with bright field, Nomarski interference contrast, and immunof luorescent microscopy. Comparison of the recovery techniques indicated that Zinc Sulfate flotation was the least reliable. Sedimentation recovered cysts from all samples. Recognition of the cysts appeared to be affected by the number of days between sample collection and rehydration. Cysts from older samples were generally crumpled and lacked internal features. Recognition was enhanced with Nomarski microscopy, although all samples could not be demonstrated positive. Using the IFA, however, at least one cyst was identified from each sample. 193 NELSON, JOHN B. University of South Caro- 1 ina — Florist ic Survey of the Tom Yawkey Wildlife Center, Georgetown County, South Carolina: First year. Located in lower Georgetown County, South Carolina, the Tom Yawkey Wildlife Center was willed to the state by the late Tom Yawkey in 1976. This 20,000 acre tract of land has en¬ joyed a reputation in the past, as well as now, as one of She most significant natural areas of the east coast, in terms of wildlife diversity, especially waterfowl. The flor¬ ist ics of the Yawkey Center, until now, have not been systematically approached, in spite of the several floristic studies carried out in nearby, similar areas. A two-year study of the vascular flora and bryophytes of the Yawkey Center was begun in 1990 in order to fill in a geographical "gap" in the botanical knowledge of the South Carolina coastal plain. The Center consists of North and South Is¬ lands, representing the most northern of South Carolina's major barrier islands. Both fea¬ ture classic maritime and estuarine ecosys¬ tems, including unspoiled beaches, dune com¬ plexes, evergreen forests, and marshes. Cat Island, the other portion of the Center, is dominated by pine flatwoods, savannas, and near-xeric ridges, distributed along a pat¬ tern of ancient dune lines and swales. In addition, there is significant acreage in im¬ poundments, these intensively managed for waterfowl. Previous land use history and current burning regimes have contributed to the Yawkey Center's characteristic natural landscapes . 194 PHILLIPPE , LOY R. and JOSEPH. S. ELY. Salem College and Marshall University — A checklist of the vascular plants from the Murphy Preserve Ritchie, County, West Virginia . The 111.7 hectare Murphy Preserve is located in Ritchie Co. , W.Va. and is composed of two tracts of land separated by about 1.15 kilometers. The northern, smaller tract, is about 42.5 hectares in area while the larger tract is about 69.2 hectares. The smaller tract is located on the slope of a northwest facing ridge. The area is forested with an even-aged stand dominated by chestnut oak (Quercus prinus L. ) . The larger, southern tract boundaries are the upper reaches of southeast-facing ravines that drain into Bunnell Run. This tract, while primarily wooded, has been subject to many disturbances by man. These disturbances give the tract a greater ecological diversity than the northern tract. This study shows that the preserve contains plants predominantly associated with well-drained (dry) Oak- Pine and Chestnut Oak communities and to lesser extent Cove Hardwoods (mesic) or Mixed Mesophytic Forests. During the 1983 and 1984 growing seasons, the vascular flora of the preserve was inventoried and 464 species in 281 genera and 91 families were found. Of the species collected, 22 were ferns or fern-allies, 5 were gymnosperms, 97 were monocots and 340 dicots. One species found, Carex careyana Torr. , is apparently the first report of this species for West Virginia. However, this species is within its normal range and thus not unexpected. 195 MICKLE , JAMES E. and E. KENT SPRAGUE. North Carolina State University and University of the Earlv Tertiary of Georgia . Abundant cladophylls have been recently discovered in Paleocene strata of Washington Co., Georgia. Specimens were recovered from channel-deposited kaolinite clay uncovered by commercial mining operations near Sandersville . Specimens are well-preserved compressions. Cladophylls are up to 7 cm long. Lateral appendages are decussate, with alternating leaf pairs possessing and lacking axillary branches, resulting in cladophylls being planar with three orders of branching. At the base of the cladophyll is a distinct dehiscence zone. Stomata are abundant, randomly oriented and arranged, and haplocheilic. Immature cladophylls show a developmental series that is interpreted as sylleptic growth. These cladophylls are compared with the Recent Phvllocladus (Podocarpaceae) and Cretaceous Androvettia (?Hirmerelliaceae) ; of these, the Georgia material shows greater morpholgical and cuticular similarities to Androvettia ■ 196 KARTESZ , JOHN T. The Biota of North America Program, North Carolina Botanical Garden--A computerized floristic database for North America; an alternative approach . A computerized floristic database for the vascular plants of the North American continent (north of Mexico) is currently underway. The database incorporates nearly 100,000 entries including: currently accepted scientific names, synonyms, common names, state-level phytogeography, plant habit, and plant habitat. The state-level phytogeographic distribution summaries are complete 124 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 for each of 36,000 accepted taxa, while county-level distribution data are being mapped. Ecological summaries and phenological data for each accepted taxon are nearly completed, and computerized keys (random access keys) are underway. 197 CLARK, ROSS C. Morton Arboretum--The Morton Arboretum's 1990 expedition to northeastern China. A recent exchange of visits brought land managers and environmental administrators from Shanxi Province to the U.S., followed by the return of five Arboretum staff members to the People’s Republic of China in fall, 1990. The primary purpose of the Arboretum trip was to collect seeds and voucher specimens of woody plants of wild populations, from areas where preadaptation to upper Midwestern climate analogues might be expected. Secondary objectives included meetings with land managers, researchers and botanical garden personnel, to exchange information and explore possibilities for future cooperation. Field work occurred in several areas of persisting natural vegetation. Observa¬ tions will center on those areas, with notes on the vegetation and vascular flora, and comparisons with the vegetation and flora of eastern North America. 198 HARDIN, JAMES W. North Carolina State University— Uncommon tr ichomes on common trees. The simple and common foliar trichomes are unicellular or multicellular- uniseriate and acicular or filiform. Beyond these there is a diversity of types, most of which are best observed with SEM. Glandular trichomes may be sessile (Carya , Chionanthus , Myrica , Platanus ) or stipitate (Acer, Juglans , Ailanthus , Malus , Ostrya) . Most non-glandular trichomes have smooth walls, but some have micropapillae or microstriae ( Aesculus , Cornus , Nyssa, Oxydendrum) . Others are of unusual shapes such as moniliform (Acer) , flagelliform (Magnolia) , short subulate (Broussonetia, Morus , Celtis , Ulmus) , or dolabriform (Bumelia, Cornus ) . Multicellular trichomes may be variously branched, such as fasciculate (Carya , Juglans , Gordonia , Halesia , Quercus , Tilia) , stellate (Quercus , Tilia) , fused stellate (Quercus ) , multiradiate (Hamamelis , Liguidambar , Quercus ) , furcellate (Magnolia ) , dendritic or Abietiform ( Paulownia , Platanus) , or peltate scale (Alnus , Carya , Fraxinus ) . Some multicellular types are multiseriate and rather large and coarse (Aralia , Oxydendrum ) . Trichome morphology is very stable within a family, genus, or species; it is the relative abundance and persistence which is ecologically and seasonally variable. Note also, from the examples above having particular types, the common occurrence of convergent evolution with respect to trichome morphology. 199 EVANS, DAN K. Herbaria, Marshall University (MUHW) And Pontifico Universidad Catolica de Ecuador ( QCA ) - -Medicinal Cyperus (Cyperaceae) among the 5huar ana Achuar of Southeastern Ecuador! The Shuar and Achuar, formerly the Jivaro, are the most numerous of indigenous people living in lowland, southeastern Ecuador. Due to their isolation much of their culture remains intact including the use of plants in traditional medicine. Two distinct species of sedges, Cyperus articulatus L. and C. prol ixus H . B . K . are important medicinal plants in the culture. Herbarium collections from six widespread indigenous communities revealed 11 medicinal types referable to the two taxa. Piripri, the Jivorian classification for medicinal Cyperus , is further divided into medicinal types according to remedial use: for liver problems, snakebite, heart pain, to promote growth and muscle development in women, anemia in children, as a contraceptive, to shorten the menstrual cycle, to promote early walking in children, and given to dogs to develop good hunting skills. In all cases the fresh rhizome is grated, the juice mixed with water and taken in amounts and with frequencies according to the remedial purpose. Within the two distinct species, morphological forms corresponding to remedial use could not be readily distinguished by the author. However, women responsible for cultivating gardens, were quite capable of making the distinctions and took pride in having large clumps of each type nearby for home use. Most forms do not produce fully developed inf lorescence. Rather, the florets remain in compacted panicles of spikelets within the involucre and are infected with the fungus Fusarium. Mold is also obvious on lower leaf sheaths and on the scales of the rhizome. Considering the morphological similarity among medicinal types within a species, remedial effectiveness might be attributable to variation in the infecting fungus. 200 BOETTCHER, SUSAN E. and PAUL J. KALI SZ . University of Kentucky — Architectural analysis of Red- cockaded Woodpecker habitat . Architectural analysis has been used to describe forest communities, providing information which quanti¬ tative data may not reveal. One application of this technique is to describe a forest's suitability as habitat for an endangered species. Graphical representations of two forests occupied by red-cockaded woodpeckers (RCWs), each from a different portion of this species' range, were drawn. One site was located at the northern extreme of the species' range on the Cumberland Plateau in Kentucky, where the land¬ scape consists of cliffs, ravines, and steep slopes. The other site was located in open pine savanna on the Coastal Plain of North Carolina and represented habitat typically occupied by the RCW which nests only in living old-age pines. At each site, a cavity tree and surrounding vegetation in a 30 x 10-m area were drawn to scale. Both the number of hardwoods and den¬ sity of understory were much greater ABSTRACTS 125 at the Kentucky site. Features such as the proximity of hardwood limbs to the cavity and the degree of crown overlap could clearly be noted. Architectural analysis thus proved useful in revealing the contrast between typical and atypical forests inhabited by the RCW. 201 SMITH, ROBERT N. and LINDSAY R. BORING. University of Georgia — Pinus rigida coarse woody debris Inputs and decomposition in pine beetle gaps of the Southern Appa¬ lachians . The fate of Pinus rigida coars woody debris (CWD) was examined in gaps created by south¬ ern pine beetles (SPB) at Coweeta Hyrdrologic Laboratory, NC. By killing drought-stressed trees, the SPB impact resulted in peak CWD loading of 35.6 metric tons ha-3occurring in gaps from 1 to 3 years old. The observed decay rate for this CWD over an 18-year per¬ iod was 2.7 % yr-*-. Patterns of fungal and faunal colonization were examined. Stain fungi dominate the decomposer community in the early age classes, colonizing 77% of the available tree volume. Stable isotope analyses indicate that this CWD is an addi¬ tional source of nitrogen input to the forest floor. 202 BORING, L.R.^R. HERRMAN2, A. SANKOVSKY3 , Y. PUZACHENKO3, and W. SWANK4. University of Georgia^, National Park Service2, USSR Academy of Science3, Coweeta Hydrologic Lab4 — US/USSR bilateral research: link¬ ages between biodiversity and ecosystem function. In the summers of 1989 and 1990, US and USSR ecologists in the UNESCO Man and Biosphere program worked together with cooperative research on temperate forest diversity. Re¬ search was at the Oka Biosphere Reserve, USSR, in 1989, and in 1990 at the Coweeta Hydrologic Laboratory. Our objectives are: (1) to develop and calibrate a system of measures of biodiversity to provide for baseline measure¬ ment and to provide comparisons of our respective ecosystems; (2) to develop tech¬ niques and recommended plans for long-term measurement of ecosystem changes in Biosphere Reserves; and, (3) to develop a conceptual integration of biodiversity and whole- ecosystem perspectives. Long-term permanent plots were sampled along transects across environmental gradients at both the Oka and Coweeta sites. Correlation between the Shannon Index, type of rank distribution and shape of species - sample size curves allowed serveral independent approaches for comparison of results. Rank distribution is also a measurement for proximity to equilibrium states, and allowed an assessment of level of disturbance and rate of succession for a community or landscape. 203 CHANG, KUN-PIAO and LINDSAY R. BORING. University of Georgia — Effects of VA mycorrhizae on nitrogen fixation and growth of water and P stressed black locust. Nitrogen isotope techniques were used to de¬ termine the effects of vesicular-arbuscular mycorrhizae (VAM) on N2 fixation and growth of black locust (Robinia pseudoacac la) in relation to phosphate availability and soil moisture. Solutions with enrichments of 10 atm % (l^N^) 2SO4 were applied to seedlings in the greenhouse along with 3 levels of CaHP04 amendment (0, 50, 150 ppm). Each level was with and without VAM, and had watered versus four 7-day drying cycles treatments. After 65 days, the watered VAM and non-VAM plant and nodule biomass were increased with all P amendments. Nodulation and growth of non-VAM seedlings without P amendment were inhibited. VAM innoculation enhanced nodulation (0.08 vs. 0 g) and whole plant biomass (17.6 vs. 0.3 g) compared to non-VAM controls. Under drought stress, VAM showed increases over non-VAM biomass (16.8 vs. 11.6 g) and nodule dry weight (0.20 vs. 0.03 g) , when grown with 50 ppm P. There were no differences between VAM and non-VAM under non-water and non-p stressed condition. VAM clearly provide enhancement of black locust growth and N2 fixation under nutrient and water stress conditions. 204 BUSING, R.T. University of North Carolina--A spatial model of forest dynamics . Effects of spatial processes on temperate deciduous forest dynamics were investigated with a spatial simulator derived from a forest gap model. The multi-species neighbor¬ hood model accounted for competi¬ tive interactions and endogenous disturbance in the form of small canopy gaps. Simulated and actual spatial patterns of old-growth stands were compared. The 400 yr simulations produced a pattern scale similar to that of an actual stand; simulated pattern intensity was greater than actual intensity. Distances to canopy nearest neigh¬ bors were similar for canopy trees in simulated and actual stands. Spatial pattern changed markedly during the course of simulated succession. Pattern approached a random dispersion in early succes¬ sion. Intensity peaked at mid¬ succession with a hyperdispersed overstory and a strongly clumped understory. Pattern intensity diminished in late succession as a mixed size structure developed. Old-growth patch size was greater than the neighborhood (or gap) size, suggesting that gap-sized areas do not behave independently. 205 WOODARD, CANDACE A., C.A. NEAL, S.T. BOWDEN, AND P.M. WHITE. Aqnes Scott Col lege--A Comparative Study of the Soil Microbes of Two Plant Communiti es on Davidson/Arabia Mountain, DeKalb County, Georg i a . Because of differences in soil environments and plant cover, the soil microbes of the two plant communities should be distinctive. The diamorpha ( D ) community (Burbanck and Platt, 1969), has shall ow, organically poor, sandy soil; its only vascular plant is Sedum smaj 1 i i (Nutt.) Britt. The annua l -pc renn i a 1 herb (7\P ) community, has deeper soil with higher organic content, an array of seed 126 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 plants, and a border of S. smallii. Aerobic and facultative bacterial isolates in pure culture were obtained from soil samples. Over twenty physiological tests, membrane phospholipid fatty acid profiles, and mor¬ phologic traits provided a basis for the es¬ timation of diversity by biotypes. The soil of the two plant communities differs, with average soil moisture of 52.2%, depth of 9.1 cm, and organic content of 26.7% in the AP community and 16.9%, 2.2 cm, and A. 73%, respectively, in the D community. Rod¬ shaped isolates predominate in both, with 80% rods in AP and 97% in D; 53.5% of iso¬ lates in AP were Gram +, in D, 66% were Gram +. In AP, 20% of isolates fermented glucose, 80% used glucose oxidatively, 10% were urease positive, and 35% reduced nitrate; in D, 0% fermented glucose, 70% used glucose oxida¬ tively, 30% were urease positive, and 35% reduced nitrate. GC-MS analysis of membrane phospholipids showed significant differences in signature fatty acid profiles for microbes in the two communities, thus substantiating their distinctiveness. 206 NEAL, CYNTHIA A., C.A. WOODARD, S.T. BOWDEN, AND P.M. WHITE. Agnes Scott Col lege-~SEM Studies of Soil Microbes of Two Granite Outcrop Plant Communities in DeKalb County, Georgia. SEM studies of the rhizpsphere and rhizo- plane of Sedum sma 1 1 i i (Nutt.) Britt, in two granite outcrop plant communities provide evidence of some differences in populations of mi c roorgan i sms . Differences were pre¬ dicted on the basis of different soil envi¬ ronments in the two communities. The dia- morpha (D) community (Burbanck and Platt, 1 96 ^4 ) has shallow, sandy soil and less or¬ ganic matter than the soil of the annual- perennial herb (AP) community. Though pH is not statistically different, soil depth, organic content, and moisture are. The plant cover in the two communities differs, with only one vascular plant, S. smallii in D, whereas in AP, there are various annual and perennial herbs, pine seedlings, and a border of S. smallii. Material from the rhizosphere of S. smallii from each of the two communities appears to differ in kinds and associations of microbes, with more stalked microbes and diatoms in D and more numerous fine filaments interconnecting soil particles and microbes in AP. At the rhizo- plane of S. smallii from AP, we observed greater diversity of forms, including rods, peanut-shaped bacteria, and stalked forms. At the rhizoplane in D, there were numer¬ ous coccoid bacteria, some of the microbes were enclosed beneath a cover of matrix material produced at the root surface, but, overall, most of the bacteria were actually associated with mineral particles attached to the root. In samples from D and AP, there were bacteria with structures affixing them to a substratum, either a root surface, mineral particles, or diatoms. 207 REYNOLDS, DOUGLAS N. Eastern Kentucky University- -Population biology of clones of Saxifracja flagellaris in different habitats. Rosettes of Saxifraga flagellaris' live for several years and then simultaneously flower and produce stolons, followed immediately by the death of the parent rosette. Plants occur in a wide variety of habitats that differ in cover, moisture, ex¬ posure, and length of growing season, To see if different reproductive characteristics lead to success in different habitats, plants in 4 habi¬ tats have been monitored for 5 years, Significant differences have been found between plants in numbers and lengths of stolons, numbers of flow¬ ers, and survival of ramets and genets . 208 MCCORMICK, J. FRANK. University of Tennessee — Population _ dynamics _ of selected tree species in the Lucmillo Experimental Forest In the LEF Cecropia peltata is an r- selected early successional species characterized by high reproductive potential, good seed dispersal, long seed viability, rapid growth, early reproductive maturity, short life span and shade intolerance. The palm, Pres toea montana is a mid— successional k— selected species characterized by slow growth, long life span, shade tolerance, and large seed of limited viability which are poorly dispersed. Inga vera is also a mid- successional species with viviparous seed which are poorly dispersed. Buchenavia capi tata is a late successional , long lived shade adapted k-selected deciduous species with large poorly dispersed seed and high seedling mortality. Manilkara bidentata is also a long lived, slow growing, shade tolerant late successional species which is strongly influenced by animal activity. Life cycle models and survivorship curves reflect the successional status of each species as well as influences of past disturbances such as hurricanes, gaps, tree plantings and harvests. Results provide a basis for predicting and interpreting effects of future disturbances. Many impacts of Hurricane Hugo were predictable and explainable. In many respects, ecological impacts of Hurricane Hugo were beneficial to tree populations. As is the case for fires in temperate forests, the superficial, visual, and immediate impacts may appear undesirable when in fact less obvious long term impacts are beneficial. 209 BARDEN, L. S. University of North Carolina at Charlotte -Growth of plant populations under fluctuating and non -fluctuating light. This study tested whether induction is important in the growth of stands of Microstegium vimineum. a shade -adapted annual C4 grass. Stands of Microstegium were grown beneath a forest canopy, where induction may be important in carbon fixation by single leaves because light intensity fluctuates with large amplitude and low minima. Other stands were grown beneath shadeclolh, where induction is less likely to be important because light intensity fluctuates with smaller amplitude and higher minima. The experiment tested whether stands grown at equal integrated PAR under the two treatments ABSTRACTS 127 produce equal biomass over ihe growing season. In March, 30 pots were planted with Microstegium at natural densities in fertilized soil. Plants were kept well-watered and confined by stakes and twine to the upward projection of the pot rim. Fifteen pots were assigned to shadecloth treatments of 6-40% full-sun PAR. The remaining 15 pots received the same range of integrated PAR beneath a forest canopy. PAR was measured at 5-s intervals w'ith Hamamatsu Gil 18 diodes calibrated against LiCor quantum sensors, and then integrated over the growing season. In August, plants were harvested, dried and weighed. In each experiment the relation between seasonal growth and cumulative PAR was linear, and there was no difference in biomass of plants grown at equal cumulative PAR beneath the natural canopy and shadecloth. Thus, induction effects were not important in the growth of stands of Microstegium. Horn's (1971) model of whole plant photosynthesis helps explain the observed linear relation and apparent positive intercept of seasonal biomass production as a function of integrated PAR. 210 ADAMS, HAROLD S. and STEVEN L. STEPHENSON. Dabney S. Lancaster Community College and Fairmont State College-Composition and structure of mid-Appalachian white cedar communities. Northern white cedar ( Thuja occidentalis L.), a species with a distinctly northern distribution in North America, extends southward along the Appalachian Mountains to Tennessee and North Carolina. In West Virginia, white cedar has basn reported from eleven counties, whereas the species is known from twenty counties in Virginia. However, relatively pure stands of mature white cedar are found at only a few localities. Stands at three such localities --two in West Virginia (near Circleville in Pendleton County and at the mouth of Second Creek in Greenbrier County) and one in Virginia (along Cascades Creek in Bath County)— were sampled in the present study. White walnut ( Juglans cinerea L.) is the only other canopy species present at the Second Creek locality, but at Circleville and Cascades Creek white cedar shares dominance with nine and ten species, respectively. Density (N/ha) of trees (£10 cm dbh) ranged from 230 (Second Creek) to 620 (Circleville), whereas basal area (m^/ha) ranged from 21.6 (Cascades Creek) to 33.5 (Second Creek). Cored white cedar trees averaged 160 ± 11.5 rings at Second Creek, 137 ± 11.4 rings at Cascades Creek, and 61 ± 5.6 rings at Circleville. Patterns of growth for these trees did not display the persistent recent decline reported for certain other conifers (e.g., red spruce) in the general region. 211 CHASON, JENNIFER W. and MICHAEL A. HUSTON. Science Applications International, and Oak Ridge National Laboratory — Spatial and temporal variation in forest canopy leaf area: evaluation of an indirect estimation method. Spatial and temporal changes in the leaf area index (LAI) of an east TN hardwood forest was estimates using ( 1 ) litterfall collections, and (2) an indirect method utilizing the LICOR LAI-2000 Plant Canopy Analyzer. Litterfall was collected weekly from 9-13-89 to 1-7-90 from 21 sites representing 3 forest types on Walker Branch Watershed. Total LAI was estimated using empirically-derived area to weight ratios. Leaf area was concurrently estimated using the LAI-2000, a portable light sensor system which measures the penetration of diffuse sunlight through the canopy. Compared to litterfall data, the LAI-2000 underestimated LAI by about 45%. Agreement between the methods was improved by taking leaf clumping into account in the analysis of the LAI-2000 data. Direct and indirect methods estimated the rate of leaf fall equally well. We conclude that the LAI-2000 provides reliable information on relative temporal and spatial variation in leaf area and offers many advantages in leaf area data collection. However, scaling or calibration is required to obtain absolute LAI estimates for forest canopies with significant leaf clumping. (Research con¬ ducted on Walker Branch Watershed Facility, Oak Ridge National Environmental Research Park. Sponsored by the Ecological Research Division, Office of Health and Environmental Research, US DOE, contract DE-AC0 5-84 -R21 400 with Martin Marietta Energy Systems, Inc.) 212 MARSHALL, HAROLD G. Old Dominion University — Toxin producing phytoplankton in t he lower Chesapeake Bay . Toxin producing species represent only a small component of the dinof lagel lates . Un¬ fortunately, many of these toxin producers are also cosmopolitan, so they may be common to many locations. Of 96 dinof lage 1 lates noted in a 5 year study in the lower Chesa¬ peake Bay, 5 (<5X) have been known to pro¬ duce toxins (Taylor, 1985; Shimizur, 1987). These are Dinophysis acuminata , D. acuta , D. forti, Prorocent rura micans , and P. mini— mum (Mar iae-lebour iae ) . Another species found in the Bay that is a possible toxin producer is Noctiluca scintillans . The three Dinophysis species are not abundant in the lower Chesapeake Bay and appear only sporadically and originate from neritic waters entering the Bay. They are also very rare in the tidal reach of the local rivers. D. forti has been noted most frequently, but never in high concentrations, and is usually associated with waters at the Bay entrance and along the eastern shoreline. D. acuminata is also rare in the Bay, with D. acuta not common. A total of 105 occur¬ rences of Dinophysis spp. have been noted at 7 stations in the lower Bay during the 5 year study. These have been most common in spring and summer, least in fall, with greatest abundance in April* Noct i luca scintillans is frequently noted and has been reported as a major bloom producer in the lower Bay. In contrast, Prorocentrum minimum and P. micans are common constitu¬ ents in the lower Bay and its t idal t Ivei s These species are also abundant in the near shore and shelf waters along the United States cast coast. Supported by the Virginia State Water Control Board. 128 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 213 TIDWELL. J. LILLE. WALLACE. JAMES W. and SOEDER. ROBERT W. Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC and Appalachian State University. Boone, NC. Polvphenolics of representative tree ferns: a PKeliwinflry report;, The tree ferns represent a relatively diverse group of approximately 521 species, relationships within these plants are at best poorly understood. Historically the group has been considered as representing one to four families and one to 12 genera. C-01ycosylvlavone6 and flavonols appear to be the dominant flavonoids reported for the group; however, proanthocyanidins and a novel biflavonoid are known. The present study relates to the flavnoid components of the following species: CjboUW qlaucw, Nephaja polvstichoides, Cibotium chamissoi. Cvathea flava. Cneroidaria mutica and Gphaeropterls brunel. Preliminary results are consistent with published information in that C - glycosylf lavones and flavonol-O-glycosides appear to be the dominant flavonoids; chromatographic profiles do not support the close alliance suggested for Cvathea and Cnemidaria. 214 STEPHENSON, STEVEN L. and GARY A. LAURSEN Fairmont State College and University ot Alaska-Fair- banks-Mvxomvcetes in cold-dominated ecosystems Most studies of the distribution and ecology ot Myxomycetes (plasmodial slime molds) in terrestrial ecosystems have been carried out in temperate torests, where these organisms are particularly abundant Studies of Myxomycetes in other types of ecosystems, including those found at higher elevations and latitudes, are relatively few in number Based upon a preliminary study carried out during the 1989 field season, Myxomycetes do not appear to represent a conspicuous element of the mycoflora associated with subarctic alpine and Arctic tundra ecosystems of central and northern Alaska. However, at least a few species are not uncommon in certain types of microhabitats. For example, aethalia and active piasmodia of Mucilaao Crustacea are sometimes surprisingly abundant in Arctic tundra A number of species of Myxomycetes are characteristically found in association with melting snowbanks in alpine areas at somewhat lower latitudes. Based upon a series of collections made during the 1985 field season from an alpine basin located near timberline in the Swan Mountains ol northwestern Montana, Diderma niveum. Prototrichia metallica. Acrvna versicolor. Comatricha alum, and Lamproderma sauteri are the most conspicuous and consistently abundant of the Myxomycetes that occupy this rather special and very limited (both spatially and temporally) habitat. The “snowbank” Myxomycetes certainly constitute a distinct ecological group, since they produce fruiting bodies only during the relatively briel period of time (late spring and early summer) when the special microenvironmental conditions apparently required for their growth and fruiting do exist. During the remainder of the summer, the species of Myxomycetes found in these alpine areas are very much the same as those collected at tower elevations in the same regions. (Supported in pari by a grant from the National Geographic Society.) 215 PETERSEN, RAYMOND L. and BRENDA MOORE. Howard University -- The effect of sodium chloride on polyphenol oxidase activity in the mangrove fungus Pestalotia sp. A fungal isolate from the mangroves of Florida, Pestalotia sp., was cultured in 1% malt extract agar at various concentrations of NaCl, ranging from 0 to 4.5%. Approximately, seven days after the plates were inoculated a discoloration of the medium was observed. Under UV light, the plates fluoresced yellow-green, the intensity of which appeared to be in direct proportion to the concentration of NaCl present in the medium. Visible/UV spectra of compounds extracted from these media indicate that they are simple phenyls. Based on this, it was hypothesized that the production of these compounds was the result of the activity of polyphenol oxidase. Analysis for the activity of this enzyme, using a tyrosinase/catechol standard for comparision, were preformed. It was found that the activity of polyphenol oxidase increased from 0 to 3% NaCl. At higher salt concentrations, 3.5 to 5%, the activity decreased. 216 PETERSEN, RAYMOND L., ANTHONY CHESTANG, and MAJID RAJABIKHAMESI . Howard University--The effect of sodium chloride on calcium oxalate production in the mangrove fungus Pestalotia sp. A fungal isolate from the mangroves of Florida, Pestalotia sp. , was cultured in 1% malt extract agar at various concentrations of NaCl, rang¬ ing from 0 to 4.5%. Two weeks after the plates were inoculated they were assayed for calcium oxalate produc¬ tion based on potassium permanganate titration. The concentration of calcium oxalate produced varied in direct proportion to the amount of NaCl present in the medium. The role that calcium oxalate may play in the ability of Pestalotia to tolerate salt is being explored. 217 BOSELEY, AUGUSTUS and RAYMOND L. PETERSEN. Howard University -- Oxalic acid production in Ceratocystis ulmi ■ Calcium oxalate crystals were detected in 1% malt extract agar cultures of isolates of the Dutch elm disease pathogen, Ceratocystis ulmi . Based on the potassium permanganate titration a preliminary assessment of the amount of oxalate produced by the fungus in culture is 0.750 mg/mL of culture medium. This is enough oxalic acid to generate wilting in new growth Ulmus amer icana cuttings. Oxalate analysis of virulent and non-virulent isolates of C. ulmi is being conducted. ABSTRACTS 129 21S FRANCIS, NORMAN A. and RAYMOND L. PETERSEN. Howard University -- Bound association of myxomycetes with algae and cyanobacteria. Myxomycetes, Physarum polycephalum and Fuliqo septica , were grown on 2% agar containing either Bold's or Hoagland's medium in the presence of various algae and cyanobacteria. A broad range of plasmodia - algal associations were observed with suggested 'lichen-like' relation¬ ships. Changes in plasmodial morphology and behavior included sporophoral plasticity, strand canalization, longevity, and color¬ ation. These results suggest that algae may indeed interact with plasmodia at a physiological level, perhaps functioning in the same way, with and within plasmodia as bacteria do, and that algae can live and mul¬ tiply within a plasmodium, affecting the nutrition, habit and life cycle of the myxomycete . 219 MILLER, MACK D. and R. W. VAN DEVENDER. Appalachian State University--Analysis of fossil salamanders from Cheek Bend Cave (40MU261), Maury County, Tennessee . Approximately 2000 salamander fossils were recovered from a stratigraphically controlled excavation in the twilight area of Cheek Bend Cave in the Nashville Basin of central Tennessee. Two major depositional episodes span the Pleistocene-Holocene transition from 15000 YBP to the present. Most fossils were identified to the species level using a comparative skeleton collection housed at A.S.U. Fossil species from the cave include: Amby stoma maculatum, A. tigrinum, Cryptobranchus alleqaniensis , Eurycea bislineata, 5- longicauda, E. lucifuqa, Necturus sp., Plethodon dorsalis , P. qlutinosus , and Notophthalmus viridescens , all of which occur in the Nashville Basin today. Both aquatic and terrestrial species were preserved in the cave. Some of these may have been brought into the cave by predators. The most common fossils belonged to the cave salamander, Eurycea lucifuqa , which probably live in the cave today. Remains of several A. tigrinum were estimated to belong to animals more than 150mm in SVL, rivaling the largest of living specimens. One relatively common species, Eurycea bislineata , had not been previously reported as a fossil. 220 BART, HENRY L. , JR. Auburn University --Regional influences on stream fish diversity in the southeast. Data on local fish diversity, local habitat conditions and regional fish diversity from small streams in 13 southeastern drainage basins were used to determine whether local factors or regional factors were the most important determinants of local diversity. There was no significant relationship between local fish diversity (sample richness or H ' ) and local habitat complexity (depth, current and substrate diversity). The relationship between local diversity and disturbance was significant, but opposite from the predicted negative relationship. Local diversity was significantly related to regional diversity (drainage richness). Moreover, increased regional diversity correlated with increased evenness and decreased rarity at the local level, indicating more equitable apportion¬ ments of abundance among species. These results, though preliminary, argue against local determinism and suggest that regional factors strongly influence stream fish community structure locally in the southeast. 221 BRENNEMAN, WILLIAM M. University of Southern Mississippi-Ammocoete drift in streams of a south Mississippi watershed. As part of a larger study to determine differences in reproductive timing and development between upper and lower reach stream fishes, 84 ammocoetes, 5.8 - 1 12.8 mm TL, and putatively representing Ichthy- omyzon gagei and Lampetra aepyptera , were col¬ lected from 306 driftnet samples taken weekly from April -October 1988, and from February - October 1989, at six (three headwater and three lower reach/mainstem) stations in the Lower Little Creek watershed (Pearl River Drainage). Samples were collected with 0.5 m conical plankton nets (0.505 mm mesh) fished just below the surface from dusk to dawn. Abundance peaks and median total lengths (mm) for ammocoetes collected in 1988, were: June, n = 15, M = 7.7; July, n = 14, M = 13.4; September, n = 7, M = 27.2; October, n = 8, M = 27.0. During 1989, drifting ammocoetes reached greatest abundance in March (n = 12, M = 37.4 mm TL) and July n = 7, M = 12.5 mm TL). Sixty to 100 percent of ammocoetes collected in June and July of both years were taken at lower reach (mainstem) stations, while 62 and 75 percent of ammocoetes collected in October 1988, and March 1989, respectively, were from headwater stations. Most ammocoetes (88%) were collected in driftnet samples during static or falling stream stages. Recently hatched larvae were collected in March and again in June and July, indicating either a protracted spawning period for a single species or separate spawning peaks for two species. Because of considerable overlap in trunk myomere counts and the allometric dissolution of proportional body measures useful in separating adults of the two species, correct identification of /. gagei and L. aepyptera ammocoetes is equivocal at this time. 222 SLACK, WILLIAM T.u and NEIL It DOUGLAS.' Northeast Louisiana University’ and University of Southern Mississippi' - - An investigation of degradation in three noi tlieastern Louisiana waterways using an Index of Biotic Integrity. A study was undertaken between September and December 1489 involving three major waterways in 130 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 northeast Louisiana (Bayou Bartholomew, Bayou Macon, and the Boeuf River). Stations along each waterway were sampled once during the study and an Index of Biotic Integrity (IBI) was derived based on the ichthyofauna present The IBI values were used to assess degradative conditions that may have resulted f rom the channelization and stream diversion of Bayou Macon and the Boeuf River These waterways had lower IBI values and were characterized as being less speciose and by the presence of relatively greater numbers of highly tolerant species, such as Cyprinella lutrensis. By contrast, the relatively undisturbed Bayou Bartholomew had higher IBI values and was characterized as being more speciose with the fish assemblage containing higher proportions of percids and cyprinids. Many of these species are more specialized feeders and are considered to be less tolerant to environmental changes while their presence is often associated with ideal water conditions. Apparent faunal differences may be attributed to increased amounts of siltation, lack of diversified habitat, and the reduction of spawning-nursery areas as the result of channelization and stream diversion. 225 Martin, Tony R. and Stephen A. Bortone. The University of West Florida —Faunal development of an artificial reef in a northern Gulf of Mexico estuary. An artificial reef placed on 20 October 1987 in Choctawhatchee Bay Florida, consisted of 12 polyolefin cones at a depth of 7 m. The cones were arranged in four groups, two groups 4 m high with a base diameter of 3 nr, the second two groups 1.4 m high and base diameter of 2.3 m. The relative abundance of fish and epibenthic assemblages were sampled monthly for 14 months. The environmental factor that most significantly influenced fish and epifaunal assemblages was temperature. Each seasonal change in temperature was reflected in species composition and abundance of both the epibenthic and reef fish assemblages. The TWINSPAN cluster analysis demonstrated that temperature was the most significant factor influencing the assemblages. DECORANA ordination analysis supported this conclusion with temperature contributing 90% of the variance for each ordination component. The canonical correlation analysis of the fish and epibenthic assemblages indicated a bryozoan, Bugula sp., exhibited the greatest positive correlation with invertebrate species diversity. Invertebrates with the greatest negative canonical correlations were the echinoderms Diadema spp. and Lvtechinus spp. This influence was probably due to their extensive foraging activity. 224 Liu, Honggang and Dan K. Evans. Marshall University--A wetland vegetation study in Greenbottom Swamp . Greenbottom Swamp is located in Cabell County, West Virginia. The approximate north latitude is 38 35' with an approximate west longitude of 82°15’. It is a small wetland system connected to the Ohio River. Seven community types were recognized in this swamp from recent research. Four wetland forest community types are Sal ix niqra-Acer saccharinum community, Salix niqra-Plantanus occidentalis community, Acer saccharinum- Plantanus occidentalis community and Acer saccharinum-Sal ix nigra community. Three wetland shrubland community types are Typha latifolia-Saururus _ cernuus community, Cephalanthus occidentalis community and Leers ia virginica community. This research indicated the water depth is the main factor to determine community types. The vegetation was investigated by mean of the Braun- Blanquet approach. The clustering and ordination techniques were employed in the plant community classification. The vegetation map was made using the aerial photograph . 225 HUPP, CLIFF R.1 and David E. Bazemore2. U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia1 and U.S. Geological Survey, Nashville, Tennessee2~Forested- wetland sedimentation, hvdropenod. and vegetation patterns in the vicinity of Hiehwav Crossings. West Tennessee. Patterns of sedimentation, hydroperiod, and tree species distribution were documented at 1 1 highway crossings over forested riverine wetlands in West Tennessee. Three of the sites were located on the unchannelized Hatchie River, all others were located along channelized streams. Sedimentation, hydroperiod, and vegetation patterns varied substantially both within individual sites and between sites. These patterns correlated most closely with local elevation and topographic form. Channelized streams have shorter hydroperiods and generally lower sedimentation rates than unchannelized streams, although this pattern becomes less pronounced with time since channel work. Abandoned channels and oxbows typically had the highest rates of sedimentation, the longest hydroperiods, and species with the most hydric site requirements; sedimentation rate and length of hydroperiod varied in a negative exponential fashion with elevation. Local deposition of fine-grained sediment varied substantially and may be largely unrelated to the hydraulic effects of bridges and causeways, however downstream sand deposition may be related to flow constriction under the bridge. Vegetation analyses suggest that channelization has a effect on species patterns than bridge construction. Bottomland hardwoods appear to be more sensitive to sedimentologic and hydrologic disturbance than either baldcypress or tupelo gum. 226 ELY, JOSEPH S. and DAN K. EVANS. Marshall University — Plant community analysis of marsh herb layers in embayment sites along the mid-upper to upper Ohio River floodplain of Ohio and West Virginia . Embayment areas adjacent to the Ohio River were formed as pool elevations increased from operation of the locks and dams for river navigation. Relative cover estimates of herbaceous vegetation were determined along transect lines in marsh wetlands in four selected embayment sites in the upper to mid-upper Ohio River floodplain, Ohio and West Virginia. Decreasing marsh area and increasing slope are physiognomic parameters of Ginat Run, Chickamauga Creek, Franklin's Run and Crab Creek in descending order. Relative cover estimates were classified through two ABSTRACTS 131 interactive computer programs (COMPCLUS and TWINSPAN). These programs are based on dissimilarity of samples and on differential species, respectively. Ordination of relative cover estimates and results of the classification procedures was performed through ORDIFLEX and DECORANA. These programs complement one another in analysis of data. Preliminary results indicate notable variation in plant community types among sites. Ginat Run had the highest number of plant community types of the sites investigated. Sites with a smaller number of plant community types, in descending order, were Chickamauga Creek and Franklin's Run and Crab Creek. In conclusion, the variation of plant community types between sites is most likely due to physiognomic differences of marsh size and degree of slope. 227 KIRKMAN, L. KATHERINE and REBECCA R. SHARITZ. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory--Growth responses of three common Carolina bay wetland perenniaTs to controlled water level regimes. Community structure in Carolina bay wetlands develops in response to cyclical hydrologic fluctuations associated with season and rainfall. Species responses to these periodic shifts in hydrology are generally unknown. The carbon allocation responses of three commonly dominant perennials, Pan'icum hemi tomon , Mani suri s rugosa , and Leersia hexandra, were examined under four hydrologic regimes. Rhizomes of each species were collected from Carolina bays and grown for 1 year under controlled water level conditions. Additional rhizomes of P. hemi tomon , obtained from a site burned prior to collection, were similarly treated. Earlier senescence occurred in all species under year-round saturated or inundated conditions than under temporary inundation or moist treatments. Stem heights for all species were greatest in the inundated treatment, while no difference in root weight for any species in any treatments were found. Species specific responses to treatments were found for stem weights and flowering. An interaction effect of fire and water regime was demonstrated for £. hemi tomon . Only 64% of the pre¬ burned plants emerged in the inundated treatments, in contrast to 100% in saturated and moist conditions and in all the non- burned samples. Nutrient concentration and stomatal conductance variation may account for differences in the carbon allocation patterns. Coupled with drought tolerance data, these responses to water levels may allow predictions of community dynamics in given hydrologic and burning regimes. 228 FIG I EL , CHESTER, R., JR. UNIVERSITY OF MISSISSIPPI--Effects of compet i - t i on , nutrient levels , and hydr ic environment on growth , survival , and biomass al loca t i on of two wet- grasses ■ Pharal is arundinacea (L.) (peren¬ nial), and Echinochloa crus-ga Hi (L.) Beauv. (annual), were grown in a diallele experiment to examine the effects of competition, nutrient (low and high) and hydric environments (moist, emergent, submerged, and var¬ iable) on species growth and survival. The following questions were address¬ ed: (1) are there differences in plant growth, survival, and shoot/ root biomass allocation due to vari¬ ability in nutrient and water levels? (2) do competitive interactions regu¬ late species growth, survival, and shoot/root biomass allocation? and (3) are species life history strat¬ egies correlated with environment and competitive interactions? P. arundinacea had higher survival rates than E. crus-ga 1 1 i in all treatments, and had higher survival rates when grown with E. crus-galli than when grown alone. e. crus-gal 1 i survival rates were lower in the submerged and variable hydric levels compared to conspecifics grown in the other hydric treatments. Nutrient level affected both species shoot and root biomass, and differentially affected shoot/ root biomass ratios. The annual's shoot/root ratio increased, and the perennial's decreased with increasing nutrient level. Species response to variations in environmental regimes may reflect respective life history s t ra teg i es . 229 Keeland, Bobby D. and Rebecca R. Sharitz. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory-- Seasonal growth patterns in Taxodium distichum, Nyssa aquatica, and Nyssa sylvatica var. biflora. Seasonal growth patterns are being investi¬ gated as a preliminary step in the analysis of the effects of fluctuating hydrologic regimes on the growth of mature swamp tree species. Dendrometer bands were used to measure weekly growth of Taxodium distichum (L.) Rich., Nyssa aquatica L. , and Nyssa syl vati ca Marsh var. bi fl ora (Wal t. ) Sargent, over two growing seasons. One hundred canopy and one hundred subcanopy trees of each species were selected from habitats ranging from rarely flooded to permanently inundated. Growth curve analysis revealed a four part growth pattern consisting of: early spring fluctuations, initiation of sustained slow growth, a period of rapid growth rates, and a period of declining growth rates. The length of each phase varied among species and varied within each species with different hydrologic regimes. Each species showed highly significant correlations between length of the growth phase and total annual growth. This relationship suggests that the superior competitors are those trees that take advantage of a greater proportion of the growing season. 230 TAYLOR, KATHERINE L. and JAMES B. GRACE. Louisiana State University — The effects of herbivorv in some Louisiana coastal marshes. The effects of herbivory in three mainland marsh communities along a salinity gradient were studied. The marsh communities studied were dominated by Panicum viraatum 132 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 Spartina patens. and Spartina alternif lora . The effects of natural herbivory (no manipulation) and no vertebrate herbivory ( fenced exclosures) were studied. Changes in the abundance of some species were found between the two treatments during the first year of the experiment. 231 MATHESON, KEVIN S. East Carolina University — A comparison of soil redox potentials in two forested wetlands. The degree of soil oxidation or reduction, as indicated by redox potential, greatly affects the chemical and biological transformations that occur in a wetland. A comparative study of soil redox potentials was conducted be¬ tween two forested wetlands in Otter Creek Natural Area, Pitt County, North Carolina 1) a groundwater seepage swamp 2) a riverine floodplain swamp. Redox potentials were measured in situ at various depths along transects in each wetland and adjusted to Eh-,. The characteristic redox potential of the seepage swamp was determined to be -60 mV, and that of the dry floodplain swamp to be +430 mV. Sediment cores were also taken from each wetland to determine the response to flooding. Redox potentials in the cores taken from the Otter Creek flood- plain became reduced within 24 hours and generally reached a minimum of -90 mV after 7 days of saturation. When air was bubbled through the water column submerging the floodplain cores the change in redox poten¬ tial was retarded. Redox potentials in the seepage cores, however, varied little over time due to prior natural saturation. Once desaturated, cores from both sites became oxidized. A comparison of the vegetation composition reflected a greater percentage of wetland species in the seepage swamp than in the floodplain swamp based on FWS indicator status. 232 CONNER, W.H. 1 , J.w. DAY, JR2, I.d. HESSE2, S.E. FEAGLEY2, R. HARTMAN2 , AND J. RYBCZYK.2 Baruch Forest Science Insti- tutel, Louisiana State University2, and National Marine Fisheries2 --Ecological characterization of a Louisiana swamp forest before wastewater application. A 2-year monitoring program was conducted from December 1988 to December 1990 in a confined wetland forest near Thibodaux, LA. Permanent study plots were established in the wetland to receive wastewater, a control wetland and in an adjacent bottomland hard¬ wood forest. Parameters sampled included vegetation, sediment dynamics, hydrology, water quality, and benthic and nekton communities. Wetter areas are characterized by Acer rubrum, Fraxinus spp., Salix nigra, Taxodium distichum, and Nyssa aquat ica and the drier areas by Quercus spp., Liquidambar styraciflua, and Clet is laevigata. Soils include clay and silty clay deposited by the Mississippi River. Water levels are generally below the soil surface on the ridge, but the wetland sites are nearly continuously flooded. Dissolved oxygen levels were gen¬ erally below S ppm which is common in naturally dystrophic waters of southern Louisiana. The assimilative capacity of the wetland was calculated based on estimates of denitrification (12-110 g N m2/yr) , burial (via subsidence; 75 g N m2/yr and 8.3 g p m2/yr), and plant uptake and storage (11 g N m2/yr and 0.6-2. 2 g P m2/yr) . From these estimates all of the N and half of the P to come with wastewater addition will be removed by the wetland. This wetland was very similar in benthic population characteristics to other Louisiana forested wetlands with Oligochaetes (5827/m2), In secta (213/m2) , Crustacea (1535/m2), and Bivalvia (688/m2) the most common taxa. Paleomonetes spp., Ciambusia affinis, and crayfish species were the most common nekton in the area. 233 ATKINSON, Robert B. and John Cairns, Jr. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University — Factors controlling early vegetative colonization of two created forested wetlands irr Virginia. Nontidal forested wetlands have been created in Virginia as part of Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (1972) as amended. No quantitative studies have evaluated the success of the 20 to 40 hectares of forested wetlands created since 1972, and over 400 hectares may be created in the next three years . A 1 . 5-hectare created wetland was constructed near Petersburg, Virginia, in 1987. Seven parallel transects with a total of 106 one-m2 quadrats were established and cover estimates were taken monthly in summer of 1989 and September of 1990. Nine water table wells were installed and monitored weekly the first summer. A second site was established at a 5.7-hectare created wetland near Richmond, Virginia, in 1988. Cover estimates were taken along three parallel transects at a total of 62 quadrats in September of 1989 and 1990. Three parameters were selected for comparison with relative cover data. Elevations were determined using a laser level, soil samples were analyzed for organic matter content, and qualitative moisture was estimated at each quadrat at both sites. Wetter quadrats exhibited highest obligate wetland species cover and highest total cover. 234 MCKENNA, MARY A. and MARIA HILLE- SALGUEIRO. Howard University-- Comparison of acid sensitivity in the qametophyte and sporophyte of Aquileqia caerulea L . Research to evaluate species sensitivity to acid rain was carried out in herbaceous alpine communities at the U.S. Forest Service Glacier Lakes Ecosystems Experiments Site in the Snowy Mts. of Wyoming. Pollen from Aquileqia caerulea L. (columbine) demonstrates marked sensitivity to low pH, resulting in significantly reduced pollen germination and growth in vitro and reduced seed set. A further study was designed to evaluate the sensitivity of sporophytic tissues to simulated acid rain. Aquileqia plants were exposed to simulated ambient precipitation (pH 5.6) or simulated acid precipitation (pH 3.6) during the growing season (July-August 1990), and ABSTRACTS 133 stem heights and crown diameter measurements were taken at regular intervals. Although there was no significant difference in initial height of experimental and control plants, stem heights were significantly shorter on plants exposed to the acid rain treatment than on control plants at all subsequent measurement intervals (Final mean stem height: acid treatment = 13.77 cm, ambient treatment = 16.26 cm). No significant differences were found in soil pH in the vicinity of experimental or control plants throughout the study. The correlation of pH sensitivity in the gametophytic and sporophytic tissues of Aquileqia caerulea suggests that pollen screening techniques may prove valuable in evaluating species sensitivity to acid rain. 235 TOMAN, FRANK R. and KERRIE ELLIOTT McDANIEL. Western Kentucky University-Evidence for a post-translational control mechanism causing reduced ribulose 1.5 bisphosphate carboxylase activity during Mn toxicity in tobacco. Tobacco plants subjected to high (80 mg/L) manganese levels showed reduced levels of ribulose 1,5 bisphosphate carboxylase (Rubisco) activity after 24 h. Visual symptoms of leaf chlorosis usually appeared at about 30-36 h after treatment in young leaves. While Rubisco activity levels decreased after 24 h, concentrations of Rubisco determined by rocket immunoelec- trophoresis showed no difference between control and Mn treated plants for even as long as 7 d Mn treatment. Manganese concentrations were determined in young and old leaves. Old leaves showed a continual increase in Mn, while young leaves had a decrease after 12 h but continued to increase thereafter. It appeared that Mn could have been shuttled from young leaves to old leaves during the first few hours the plants were grown on high Mn levels. 236 BUNYARD, BRITT A. and THOMAS M. McINNIS, JR. Clemson University-Evidence for elevated phvtohormone levels in endophyte- infected tall fescue. Plants of tall fescue (Festuca arundinacea Schreb.) infected with the fungus endophyte Acremonium coenophialum Morgan-Jones and Gams exhibit increased vigor and drought tolerance. We hypothesize that the endophyte produces phytohormones in situ that alter its host's physiology. A. coenophialum produced the phytohormones indole acetic acid (IAA), as well as other auxins, and abscisic acid (ABA) in broth culture when the medium was spiked with the precursors tryptophan (for LAA) and either famesol or famesyl phosphate (for ABA). Comparisons of ABA levels in field-grown, infected and uninfected clones of F. arundinacea revealed that the phytohormone was elevated in infected plants, and that ABA enhancement was greater following periods of low rainfall. Levels of ABA were determined using HPLC and results confirmed by ELISA. ABA is known to promote stomatal closing and leaf curling, therefore, elevated levels could contribute to increased drought resistance in infected tall fescue. 237 WORKMAN, SARAH W. and LINDSAY R. BORING. University of Georgia-- Biomass and N2~fixation response of Acacia and Prosopis spp. to VA Mycorrhizal inoculation. Greenhouse trials at UGA and nursery trials in Senegal were used to investigate the effects of inoculation with VAM fungi on primary production and nitrogen fixation of four Acacia species and two Prosopis species. Seeds were germinated, inoculated with VAM and Rhizobium effective with Acac ia a lbida , then transplanted at 8 wks . Into 1 m deep tubes filled with sterile sand for greenhouse trials. Nursery trials conducted at ISRA in Dakar, Senegal, used the same VAM inoculant and Rhizobium effective for each tree species in unsterile native soil under three levels of phosphorus fertilization. In greenhouse trials, seedlings receiving VAM treatment (V) had significantly greater mean total biomass (N 80% of V) , nodule number (N 33% of V) and nodule weight (N 18% of V) than non-VAM (N) seedlings. VAM VAM seedlings exhibited greater nodule turnover as indicated by mean dead nodule number (N 20% of V) and weight (N 18% of V) over nine months. Mean weights of all biomass components were significantly greater for V than N seedlings, though allocation differed by species. Acetylene reduction assays were conducted on harvested root systems of all seedlings. Nursery seedlings were labeled with 15n to quantify the amount of nitrogen fixed during four months. VAM seedlings fixed significantly more atmospheric nitrogen than N seedlings. In nursery trials fixation was influenced by the intensity of infection and the different phosphorus levels. Tri-Beta Papers Abstracts 238-248 Not Available 134 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 249 PARKER , GEOFFREY G., KUEHNEL, LAUREL and SUZANNE M. HILL. (Smithsonian Environmental Research Center and Virginia Polytechnic and State University-Changes in canopy structure and overstory gaps following hurricane damage to a Southern Appalachian forest. The sizes of forest canopy gaps form a distribution (gap size distribution, GSD), the shape of which is determined by the intensity of several distinct processes operating over a range of spatial scales. Investigation of overstory gaps (threshold less than 5 m^) in a successional mixed-oak forest in the Southern Appalachians suggested a low-intensity disturbance regime dominated by small-sized disruptions to the forest cover. After the stand was impacted by Hurrican Hugo, the GSD changed dramatically. The post-disturbance canopy had a larger mean gap size, a larger fraction of the forest floor beneath gaps, and an increased complexity of gap shape than before the event. Processes contributing to the change in canopy structure included not only death of whole stems but also loss of branches and a substantial degree of intercrown abrasion. GSD* s are potentially useful as descriptors of forest disturbance regime. ANNOUNCEMENTS MOUNTAIN LAKE BIOLOGICAL STATION SUMMER FIELD COURSES 1991 The Mountain Lake Biological Station offers a summer program of study and research in environment and evolutionary biology. Situated at an elevation of 4,000 feet in the Allegheny Mountains of southwestern Virginia, the station draws faculty and students from across the nation. Students may pursue the master’s degree in biology by summer study, a program that is particularly suitable for teachers in secondary education. Course Title FIRST TERM June 9-July 13 Instructor Home Institution Mammalogy Jack A. Cranford VPI & su Animal Behavior Assoc. Prof, of Biology Robert G. Jaeger Univ. of SW Louisiana Ecological Professor of Biology David A. West VPI & SU Genetics Assoc. Prof, of Zoology Plant Taxonomy SECOND TERM July 14-August 17 Spencer Tomb Kansas State University 1 Assoc. Prof, of Biology < Joseph Travis Archbold Biological Community I Professor of Biology Station Ecology ; Mark A. McPeek 1 Workshop in l Post-doctoral Assoc. Charles R. Werth Texas Tech University Electrophoresis Asst. Prof, of Biology July 14-27 | r Workshop in J | Michael P. Timko University of Virginia Molecular 1 I Asst. Prof, of Biology Techniques for l Daniel J. Burke University of Virginia Field Biology Asst. Prof, of Biology July 28-August 17 Scholarships Available: Service awards for students covering room and board costs. Scholarships which provide financial assistance. Post-Doctoral Research Awards (10 weeks). Further Information: Director, Mountain Lake Biological Station Gilmer Hall, University of Virginia Charlottesville, VA 22901 135 136 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 42nd AIBS Annual Meeting of Scientific Societies “Education: the Future of Biology” The American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS) will hold its 42nd Annual Meeting of Scientific Sciences 4-8 August 1991 at the San Antonio Convention Center and the Hilton Palacio Del Rio Hotel in San Antonio, Texas. This inter¬ national meeting will bring together the Botanical, Ecological, and Mycological Societies of America, the Sociedad Botanica de Mexico, and seven other scientific societies for five days of symposia, paper, and poster sessions, workshops, special lectures, field trips, and banquets. For more information or to receive a registration brochure, call the AIBS Meetings Dept. 202/628-1500 or 1-800-992-2427. 39th Annual Meeting of the North American Benthological Society 21-24 May 1991, College of Santa Fe, New Mexico, USA. For information contact: Gerald Z. Jacobi, School of Science and Technology, New Mexico Highlands University, Las Vegas, New Mexico 87701. (505) 454- 3412. Help wanted with C/eistes I would like to know the whereabouts of mountain populations of Cleistes divar- icata for a biosystematics study. I’m especially interested in their floral fragrance. If you see any this summer, would you smell them and report to Dr. Katherine Gregg, Prof. Biology, West Virginia Wesleyan College, Buckhannon, WV 26201. (304) 473-8124 (W) or 472-3812 (H). COMMITTEE FOR THE NATIONAL INSTITUTES FOR THE ENVIRONMENT The Committee for the National Institutes for the Environment has opened a Washington office to spearhead efforts to establish a National Institutes for the Environment (BioScience 40(8):567). The NIE proposal is an effort to greatly expand environmental research and education to drive environmental policy through a new funding agency. Of the $9 billion in federal extramural support for science, 1 1% goes to environmental sciences (broadly defined). This amount could be increased and the results of this research made more applicable to solving environmental problems through an interdisciplinary agency, analagous to the National Institutes of Health. The present proposal is to set up a series of problem- oriented institutes that would support competitively-awarded mission-oriented environmental research. Legislation to have the National Academy of Sciences study the NIE concept is presently moving through Congress. The plan for the NIE is still in an early conceptual stage. Environmental scientists who are inter¬ ested in having input in the process should contact Dr. David E. Blockstein, Director of the Washington office of the NIE Committee. The office is housed at the American Institutes for Biological Sciences building, 730 1 1th St. NW, Wash¬ ington, DC 20001-4521; phone (202) 628-4303; fax (202) 628-4311. REVIEWS Campbell , C. Lee and Laurence Madden. 1990. Introduction to Plant Disease Epidemiology. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY. $69.95. 532 p. As stated by the authors, “Introduction to Plant Disease Epidemiology” describes the principles and methods of monitoring and analyzing plant disease epidemics in such a way that the book is "simple enough to be understandable, complete enough to be useful, and dynamic enough to excite and challenge the reader.” I believe the authors have, for the most part, successfully accomplished their objectives. Campbell and Madden's book is written in a style that has a strong orientation towards mathematics and statistics. The information is presented in a logical manner that should be understandable to most readers. However, it will be easier for readers with a strong mathematical background to digest and put the information into practice. Because of its stronger ecological orientation, the 1979 book by Zadoks and Schein, "Epidemiology and Plant Disease Management,” may be better suited for students in beginning disease management and integrated pest management courses. However, as purely an introduction to the science of plant disease epidemiology, Campbell and Madden's book is far superior to the textbook by Zadoks and Schein. Although plant disease epidemiology is a relatively young science, a great deal of information has been published since Vanderplank’s 1963 book entitled “Plant Diseases: Epidemics and Control.” In terms of completeness, the authors do a commendable job in presenting the principles and methods involved in monitoring and analyzing plant disease epidemics. The authors often provide a historical perspective by describing the early application of epidemiological principles and methods within a subject area; they then provide the reader with the latest principles and methods currently employed within the discipline. The book is well-illustrated with excellent tables and graphs, although the quality of black and white photographs is only fair. The suggested readings provided at the conclusion of each chapter are carefully chosen and are very appropriate for readers who want more “howto” information. A 56-page bibliography and separate author and subject indices make this an excellent resource for students and professionals alike. As far as serving as a vehicle to excite and challenge the reader, the book could be improved in this respect by adding challenging and interesting problem sets for the students to analyze. The book contains 1 5 chapters that cover four main topic areas. The first two chapters serve as an introduction to the book and to the science of plant disease epidemiology. Chapter 1 introduces the reader to the contents and organization of the text, while Chapter 2 introduces terminology and also provides a historical account of the socioeconomic impact plant disease epidemics have had on mankind. Chapter 2 concludes with a valuable listing of collective works published in the area of plant disease epidemiology as well as a chronological history of the development of plant disease epidemiology as a science. The second topic area is covered in Chapters 3-6. These chapters describe methods and procedures for monitoring host populations, the environment, pathogen populations, and disease. The authors emphasize criteria for selecting and utilizing the appropriate monitoring devices and methods to obtain the best possible information. Chapter 3, which emphasizes the importance of the host in epidemic development, is a welcome and excellent necessary addition to the subject area. Chapter 4 on mon¬ itoring the environment is essentially a show and tell chapter with some theory added. The authors do an adequate job of informing the reader what types of environmental measurements and sensors are useful, but many of the instruments depicted in the black and white photographs are outdated and the authors do not inform the readers which of the methods and instruments are considered state of the art. Chapters 5 and 6 address the monitoring of pathogen and disease populations, respectively. These chapters are extremely well written and provide pertinent and more complete information than that found in previous textbooks on the subject. The third section of the book is truly the backbone, as it deals with temporal and spatial analyses of plant disease epidemics. Chapter 7 is a much needed introduction to modeling and data analysis. The authors did well to include this chapter before addressing temporal and spatial aspects of disease epidemics. Chapters 8 and 9 concern the analysis of disease progress in time while Chapters 10 and 1 1 present information on methods to quantify spatial aspects of disease epidemics. The latter two 137 138 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 chapters alone are worth the price of the book, as they provide up-to-date and extensive information concerning spatial analyses. The fourth section consists of four chapters that deal with the application of epidemiological data that has already been collected and analyzed. Chapter 12 introduces simulation modeling of plant disease epidemics while Chapter 13 provides practical information concerning sampling techniques and experimental design. Chapters 14 and 1 5 concern crop loss assessment and modeling and disease forecasting, respectively. This book is highly recommended for those just entering the science of plant disease epidemiology. It is more comprehensive than previously published texts and therefore will serve as a valuable reference book for practicing epidemiologists as well as an excellent text for beginning students. Forrest W. Nutter, Jr., Department of Plant Pathology’, Iowa State University, Ames, IA 5001 1. Narain, Prem. 1990. Statistical Genetics. Wiley Eastern Limited, New Delhi and John Wiley, NY. $31.95. 599 p. The author has produced a comprehensive treatment of population and quantitative genetics as it existed in the 1 970’s. As such, it replaces out-of-print books such as O. Kempthorne’s “An Introduction to Genetic Statistics,” also published by Wiley. For this reason it is of value, and benefits from the author’s own work. The text confirms the statement in the preface that questions of evolution and human genetics are not addressed. Narain has written a book that is substantially concerned with quantitative genetics— concentrating on the statistical analysis of measurements on continuous heritable traits. While he has collected much of value, he is not describing the field as it exists today. Only two of the papers presented at the International Conference in Quantitative Genetics, held in 1 976, are referenced, while the 1 987 Second conference is not mentioned. Quantitative genetics is a field in which advances in statistical meth¬ odology are being applied, but Narain has chosen to ignore them. Only one paper published since 1980, other than those written by Narain or his colleagues, appears among the 300 references. In one sense, this may not matter as students need to have ready access to the material in Kemp¬ thorne’s book, or C. C. Li’s “Population Genetics.” In another sense, however, readers of this book are being denied knowledge of such powerful and unifying techniques as the use of descent measures in expressing variances of quantitative traits or the covariances between relatives. In recent years, C. C. Cockerham has written extensively in this area, and demonstrated how easily the classic two-allele results can be generalized. The descent measure formulation gives a simple way of describing the behavior of the five components of genetic variance, mentioned by Narain in Chapter 7, and appearing in many of Cockerham’s recent papers. The current debate, involving Cockerham, W. G. Hill, M. Turelli, R. Lande and others, on the role of mutation in long-term selection, is also ignored. Our students need to be at least introduced to this literature. Having the book printed in India has resulted in a welcome modest price. There are relatively few errors, and only occasional awkward phrases. The explanations are generally clear, and the inclusion of a section on diffusion processes is ambitious. B. S. Weir, Department of Statistics, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695. Rieley, J. and S. Page. 1990. Ecology of Plant Communities. Longman Sci. and Tech., Essex, England. $98.00. 178 p. This book was written not only as an undergraduate ecology textbook but also as a reference book on British vegetation. Although a modest size (only 10 chapters), it represents the first application of the Zurich- Montpellier (Braun- Blanquet) phytosociological system to the vegetation types of the British Isles. In this classification system, data are collected by means of releves; subsequent analysis is directed primarily at differentiating and characterizing associations although the association is only one rank in the hierarchial system. Each rank (Circle, Class, Order, Alliance, Association, Sub-association and Variant) has it own specific suffix. Chapter 1 lightly touches upon a range of abiotic and biotic factors; a concluding section on succession seems a little out of place and perhaps would be more appropriate in Chapter 3 which describes the Z-M system of phytosociology. Soil is discussed in Chapter 2 although the effect of pH on nutrient REVIEWS 139 availability is included in Chapter 1. Chapter 4 is a review of world vegetation types so that the associations of the British Isles may be placed in a broad context. Chapters 5 through 8 describe the woodlands, grasslands and heaths, freshwater aquatic and swamp vegetation, ombrotrophic mires, and salt marshes and dunes. In Chapter 5. the authors provide an excellent review of the vegetational history, which centers around environmental, mostly climatic, changes and the activity of early to recent cultures. Of interest is the fact that by 1700, little natural British vegetation remained; woodland had been mostly replaced by crop or pasture land and wetlands had been drained. It is not common knowledge that the British Isles are sufficiently north or that highlands exceeding 600 m may support both arctic and alpine species whose main center of distribution is either in the arctic or European Alps. Chapter 9 provides an overview of the environmental factors affecting high altitude and latitude vegetation as well as a description of the plant associations. A similar approach is used in Chapter 10 on the urban ecosystem. (What? I guess since Tansley coined the term ecosystem the British use it, but what happened to biogeocoenose?) Although relatively simplistic in their approach, the authors do a credible job of describing British Isle vegetation. Most chapters contain a variety of landscape/vegetation or species pictures and an occasional graph so that descriptive images are substantially enhanced. Good geologic and soil maps of Great Britain are included. Unfortunately, for all the description, no vegetation map is provided, but then perhaps there is little natural vegetation left to map. Still, the location of the releves for each association on the elevation map might have been helpful; one has to wait until Chapter 9 to see the elevation map. I was pleased the authors elected to use common names for associations as well as the more cumbersome Latin. The price of this book is likely to preclude its wide distribution here but a student of world vegetation or a scientist traveling to the British Isles would likely find it worth the money. James S. Fralish, Forestry Department, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901. Eschmeyer, W. N. 1990. Catalogue of the Genera of Recent Fishes. Calif. Acad. Sci., San Francisco, CA. $55. 695 p. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman— News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES FLORIDA Archbold Biological Station, Lake Placid. The first MAERC Graduate Assistantship was awarded to Mr. Rcuven Yosef, a doctoral candidate at Ohio State University, who is studying the ecology of Loggerhead Shrikes in relation to pasture configuration and composition. Research Associate Thomas Eisner and his long-time colleague, chemist Jerrold Meinwald, both Cornell University faculty mem¬ bers, recently were jointly awarded the prestigious $150,000 Tyler Prize for Environmental Achieve¬ ment. The two men, described as the "founding fathers of chemical ecology,” were honored for their discoveries on how insects use chemistry to repel predators and attract mates. Most of the research for which Eisner is being recognized was conducted at field stations with well over half carried out at Archbold. Steve K. Friedman was hired in June 1990 to direct the development of and to coordinate project activities using a Geographic Information System (GIS). Fie is a native of New Jersey, and he has lived in the west for about 18 yr. He has a B.S. degree from Washington State University and a Master's in Landscape Architecture from the University of Arizona. Steve’s research interests focus upon regional conservation questions, integrating diverse fields such as regional planning, human envirnonmental perception, endangered species, and threats to parks and other protected landscapes. Mark A. Deyrup was promoted to the rank of Associate Research Biologist. Mark joined the staff in 1982 as the Station's first insect ecologist. Mark has had a regular program to inventory the vast arthropod fauna of the station and has become Florida's recognized authority on scrub arthropods. The Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota. Fritz Hamer has been honored with an appointment as Associate of the Harvard University Herbaria for one year, beginning 1 January 1 990. He is Curator of Central America Orchids at Selby Gardens. Ms. Zoe Anderson, recently appointed Volunteer Coordinator, has a varied and colorful background that ranges from real estate to beauty consultant, and, most recently, her first appearance as a soloist, in a local production of “The Spoon River Anthology.” She coordinates all volunteer activities and assignments at the Gardens, which is so vital to the day-to-day operation, as well as for plant fairs and other special events. GEORGIA Ichauway, Inc., Atlanta, Georgia. Dr. Lindsay R. Boring, currently an associate professor in the School of Forest Resources at the University of Georgia, has been named the first Director of the Joseph W. Jones Ecological Research Center, an independent ecological research institute located at Ichauway, a 28,000 acre reserve in southwest Georgia. The Jones Center is a project of Ichauway, Inc., a private operating foundation funded principally by the Robert W. Woodruff Foundation. The scientific research will combine basic ecological research with applied research in areas such as forest and wildlife management and sustainable agriculture. Dr. Boring is known for his research in the general atea of forest ecology and for the integration of basic ecological approaches with natural resource management problems. Dr. Boring received his doctorate from the University of Georgia, and will assume his full-time responsibilities at the Center on 1 March 1991. Georgia Southern University, Department of Biology. The following were some of the participants in the CLEC Seminar Series: Dr. Norbert Heisler, Department of Physiology, Max-Planck-Institute for Experimental Medicine, Gottingen, Germany; Dr. William O. Caster, University of Georgia; Dr. Steve E. Wright, President, Sterling College Craftsbury Common, Vermont; Dr. Fredrick Rich, De¬ partment of Geology, Georgia. Southern; Mr. Hans N. Neuhauser, Senior Vice President, Georgia Conservancy, and Dr. Joseph A. Lee, Crop Science at North Carolina State University. Georgia College, Department of Biological and Environmental Science. Dr. Catherine Letter (Ph.D. University of Alabama) has been named temporary Assistant Professor of Biology. 140 NEWS 141 LOUISIANA Lafayette Natural History’ Museum, Planetarium and Nature Station, Lafayette. On 24 January 1990, the Museum opened “The Louisiana Creoles of Color,” which focused on the shared identity and culture of the people called Creoles of color. Historical and contemporary artifacts and images illustrated this generally misunderstood heritage. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Station, Ocean Springs. GCRL has been awarded a $384,068 grant for the first year of a study on the impact of carcinogens at low levels of exposure. The program will be supervised by Dr. William W. Walker, head of the toxicology section. A $39,000 contract from the Bureau of Marine Resources has been awarded to analyze water and oyster samples to support Mis¬ sissippi's shellfish sanitation program. Delta State University, Department of Biological Sciences. With generous help from an Alumnus, the University is acquiring an outdoor laboratory and protecting an important ecological site. The center piece of the 30 acre site in the loess bluffs region of Tallahatchie County is a perennial spring with an output conservatively estimated at several hundred gallons per hour. In the water, as it spreads over a bed of sand and gravel, are seemingly stable populations of planaria, amphipods, and liverworts. Overhead the canopy is dominated by large bald cypresses. On the remainder of the site, steep slopes and ridges in various stages of succession surround a former gravel pit with exposures of Pleistocene loess overlying sands and gravels of Tertiary age. The site which overlooks the Mississippi Delta alluvial plain will be used for field trips and research projects by students and faculty. NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina State University, Zoology’. Dr. James F. Gilliam was appointed Associate Professor of Zoology on 1 July 1990. Dr. Peter T. Bromley was appointed Associate Professor and Extension Specialist-in-Charge of Fisheries, Wildlife, and Aquaculture on 1 August 1990. St. Mary’s College, Science Department. Dr. Janice Coffey Swab is presently teaching in Khartoum, Sudan. She received a Fulbright scholarship, and will be teaching and designing an environmental education curriculum during the 1990-91 school year. TENNESSEE University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, Department of Biology. Dr. Joseph DePari (Ph.D. Rutgers University) joined the faculty as a geneticist and molecular biologist. He had previously been a Charles and Johanna Busch Postdoctoral Fellow at the Rutgers University Busch Campus. Dr. Richard Garth retired last year after 20 yr on the faculty. ABOUT MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Alabama Natural History Society, Tuscaloosa. In an answer to the growing demand for more information about the natural world and in light of increasing environmental awareness, the Museum is launching the Alabama Natural History Society with Nature/South, a 1 2-page four-color magazine, that will give members an inside look at Alabama’s natural history by exploring topics such as archaeology, anthropology, history, geology, paleontology, botany, zoology, and other areas of natural science. Contributing to the magazine will be members of the stall', as well as science professionals from around the region. November 1990 was the first issue. Anniston Museum of Natural History, Anniston. “Pioneers of Bird Illustration” will be exhibited from 29 March to 19 May 1991. This is an exhibition of original works by Mark Catesbx. 142 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 2, 1991 GEORGIA Emory University Museum of Art and Archaeology. Atlanta. The following exhibitions will be on display during the Spring and Summer months at the Emory University Museum. From 3 April 1 99 1 through 26 May 1991, “Gold of Africa: Jewelry and Ornaments from Ghana, Cote d’Ivoire, Mali and Senegal” will be on display. It will include more than 140 superb examples of objects of adornment of West African gold jewelry and ornaments, drawn from the well-known African collection of the Barbier-Mueller Museum in Geneva, Switzerland. “Islamic Art and Patronage: Masterpieces from the Kuwait National Museum” will be shown 19 June 1991 through 22 September 1991. This is the first loan exhibition to travel from the Emirate of Kuwait to the United States. It features some hundred pieces from one of the foremost collections of Islamic art in the world. The exhibition includes art from the entire Islamic world at the height of its influence, from Afghanistan to the northern coast of Africa. MAP OF BOONE, NO PARKING 1 (s') Sheraton APPLICATION FOR ASB MEMBERSHIP Give copies of this to your students, colleagues, and your school librarian. Fill out blanks and enclose check or money order for one year’s dues and mail to Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Please include phone number on application _ Name in full _ Date _ Title _ Department _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip _ Degrees (institutions and dates) _ Recommended by member _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15.00 _ Graduate Student $8.00 _ Contributing $50.00 _ Sustaining $100.00 _ Family $20.00 _ Library Subscription $25.00 _ Patron $300.00 _ Business Affiliate $100.00 _ Emeritus $10.00 Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 38, Number 2, April 1991 Program of the 52nd Annual Meeting . . . 29 General Information . . 32 ASB Candidates for Office— 1991 . . 35 Program Summary . . 39 ASB Paper, Poster, and Symposium Sessions . . 45 Exhibitors . 71 Author Index for Paper, Poster, and Symposium Sessions ... 72 Map of Broyhill Inn . 75 Spread Sheets of Meeting Rooms and Sessions . 76-77 ABSTRACTS . . . 78 Announcements . . 135 Reviews . 137 News of Biology in the Southeast .... . 140 \feo\, klZ Thc.ASB BULLETIN jlume 38, Number 3 ALL FOR PAPERS July 1991 Pity the Sea Turtle The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) * •#> >,• The A$B BSflletin (ISSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597, 404/864-1957 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 3783 1 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 President-elect — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Vice-President — Diane R. Nelson, East Tenn. Tech. Univ., Johnson City, TN 37614 Retiring President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1992 April 8-1 1 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Norfolk or Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. ummm CALL FOR PAPERS, IMPORTANT DEADLINES’, AND ANNOUNCEMENTS The 53rd Annual Meeting Host: University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa Tuscaloosa, Alabama Date: 8-11 April 1992 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 53rd Annual Meeting hosted by the University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, Alabama. December 1 —Titles and abstracts of papers and posters (use blue abstract form). This will be the only call for papers. They should reach the program chairman by this date. October 30 —Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee (p. 147). February 1 —Application for graduate student “travel awards” (p. 148). December //—Notice of research awards (p. 149). 1 February Anytime —Membership application (see the October issues of the ASB Bul¬ letin). Please encourage your graduate students, colleagues on the faculty, and your institutional librarian to join. ASB MEETING CALL FOR PAPERS & POSTERS FOR THE 1992 UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA-TUSCALOOSA MEETING DEADLINE: 1 DECEMBER 1991 Individuals presenting papers or posters are expected to be members of ASB! This form, with the original (blue) and one photocopy of the abstract must be addressed to the Chairman of the Program Committee, Dr. Richard Mayden, Department of Biology, University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205 348- 9166) and received no later than 1 December 1991, if the title is to appear on the program and the abstract published in the April 1992 ASB Bulletin. All papers and posters should be presented. In the event of emergency absence, notify the Program Chairman before the meeting. 145 146 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 TYPE OR PRINT CAREFULLY 1. AUTHOR(S): _ 2. INSTITUTION(S): _ 3. CHECK: _ PAPER or _ POSTER (see guidelines in January 1991 ASB Bulletin) 4. TITLE (Keep short and concise; omit higher taxa — see No. 6 below): ADDRESS: _ PHONE NUMBER: _ 5. PROJECTION EQUIPMENT, unless specifically requested, is a 35 mm projector provided by the host institution. [ ] 35 mm [ ] Other _ TIME LIMIT for presentations and questions is 15 minutes. 6. RECOMMENDED SECTION to which paper should be assigned. Check appropriate one(s). RANK sections as to your preference (with “ 1 ” being first preferred) if you check more than one. Indicate Higher Taxon to help program committee in arranging papers (omit these from the titles unless necessary): _ Aquatic ecology _ Plant ecology _ Animal ecology _ Plant physiology _ cell/Molecular biol. _ Other: _ Animal physiology Cytology/Genetics Plant systematics Cryptogamic botany Developmental biol. _ Microbiology _ Parasitology _ Ichthyology/Herpetology _ Invertebrate zoology _ Teaching biology Sections will be established based on needs. 7. ABSTRACT: Since abstracts will be printed in the April ASB Bulletin by photo-offset, it is critical that the abstract be typed carefully, with a good black ribbon, in the box on the blue form, following the directions there in detail. Do not use a dot-matrix printer. Additional copies of the form may be obtained from the Editor (Dr. Frank Schwartz, 919/726-6841). Do not 8. 9. 10. REPRINTS OF ABSTRACTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE. You may duplicate the printed abstracts from the ASB Bulletin. photocopy the blue form for an original. Poorly prepared abstracts will be rejected and returned to the author. AWARDS: I intend to submit an abstract and manuscript, if appropriate, for the following: (see January ASB Bulletin for instructions) [ ] Student Research Award ($500) [ ] Odum Award ($250) [ ] Faculty Research Award ($500) [ ] NC Botanical Garden Award ($100) NOTE — If you wish to be notified of the day and time of your presentation, please include a self-addressed, stamped postal card. Indicate title, your name, and leave a blank for day and time. 11. IMPORTANT: In case of error in your name or title when printed, or question about your presentation, please notify PROGRAM CHAIRMAN as soon as possible, not the moderator of your paper session. CALL FOR PAPERS 147 NOMINATION FOR ASB OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS DEADLINE: 30 OCTOBER 1991 To members of the Nominating Committee: I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB member(s) in selecting nominees for officers and executive committee positions. (Please include the institutional address of each nominee.) PRESIDENT-ELECT _ VICE-PRESIDENT EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (3-yr. terms) MAIL TO: Dr. Joe E. Winstead, Biology Department, Western Kentucky Uni¬ versity, Bowling Green, KY 42101 (502/745-6004) NAME & ADDRESS OF NOMINATOR: _ MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD NOMINATION DEADLINE: 1 FEBRUARY 1992 Each year, the ASB recognizes one of its members for especially meritorious teaching. This award of $1,000 is sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Com¬ pany, Burlington, North Carolina. The recipient is announced at the Annual Banquet and in the July ASB Bulletin. The recipient must be a member of ASB who is active or recently retired and who has taught biology in a southeastern institution for at least ten years, and must not have administrative duties beyond the departmental level. Among ev¬ idence of the qualifications of the candidate are the recognition in his or her institution (important assignments and other contributions specifically related to effective teaching, and teaching awards) and the number and quality of students for whom he or she provided the primary inspiration to continue in biology, especially those who later received advanced degrees. Members are urged to nominate outstanding teachers for this award, using the form in the ASB Bulletin 37:127, 1990, and including supporting documentation (biographical sketch or CV, supporting letters, photograph of candidate, etc.). Send all of this, once compiled, to: Dr. John Herr, Biology Dept., University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 (803/777-8110). NOTE: Supporting letters for nominees should be sent to the nominator, not to the selection committee. Past unsuccessful nominees will not be reconsidered 148 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 unless they are re-nominated. Nomination materials of unsuccessful nominees will be returned to nominator. “TRAVEL” SUPPORT AWARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDENT MEMBERS OF ASB DEADLINE: 1 FEBRUARY 1992 Limited funds are available to defray partially the expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. De¬ partments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recip¬ ients must be members of ASB. Preference will be given to those students giving a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting. The guidelines for application are as follows: 1. Give information as to whether you submitted a title and abstract for a paper or poster. 2. Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses including trans¬ portation. 3. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been, and expect to be, in graduate school, your major field of interest, publications which have appeared or in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor, and any other pertinent professional details. 4. Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g., NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., etc. 5. Have your major professor or department head provide a letter supporting your application, and enclose this letter with your application. 6. Send application, with supporting letter, alt in triplicate, to: Dr. Larry P. Elliott, Biology Department, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101 (502/745-3696). 7. Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as possible. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the time of registration at the meeting. RESEARCH AWARDS DEADLINES: 1 DECEMBER 1991 AND/OR 1 FEBRUARY 1992 If you intend to present a paper at the Annual Meeting, you are encouraged to submit your manuscript, or abstract, in competition for one or more of four Research Awards. These cash awards are indicated below. Specific details will be in the January ASB Bulletin. 1. Eugene P. Odum Award ($250 and a plaque)— for the best ecological paper given by a student. Submit title and abstract to program chairman by 1 December. A second copy should be sent to: Dr. Andy Ash, Dept. Biology, Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372 (919/521-4214, ext 418). 2. North Carolina Botanical Garden Award ($100)— for the best paper (by a student or faculty member) on systematics, species biology, evolution, or con¬ servation of vascular plants native or naturalized in the southeastern United CALL FOR PAPERS 149 States. Submit title and abstract by 1 December to: Dr. L. Mellichamp, Dept. Biology, UNC-Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704) 547-4055. 3 & 4. ASB Student Research Award ($500) and ASB Faculty Research Award ($500). Rules are as follows: (a) Given for especially meritorious paper presented orally by the author(s) at the annual meeting. In order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author(s) must submit an abstract by the 1 December deadline. Papers submitted for the competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by 1 February and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publi¬ cation. A short biographical sketch of each author must accompany the manuscript at the time of submission, (b) Only ASB members are eligible (this applies to all author(s). The student award is given to the senior author if he/she is a graduate or undergraduate student at the time of presentation, (c) Papers may be in press but not published prior to the previous annual meeting, (d) Papers are judged by eminent scientists, selected by the committee from institutions either within or beyond the southeast. Every effort is made to keep authors of submitted papers, as well as the reviewers, anonymous. Judges will use a standard evaluation form that includes the following criteria: significance of ideas, soundness of hypotheses or objectives, originality (creativity), quality of methodology, validity of results, soundness of conclusions, clarity, completeness, organization, and contribution to the field. At the discretion of the Research Award Committee, the award may be withheld or it may be split in case of a tie. (e) Winners will be announced at the annual banquet. The original copy will be sent to the sponsor, and the title, names and affiliations of all authors, abstract, and biographical information will be published with an announcement in the July ASB Bulletin. Send to: Faculty— Dr. Gary Shaffer, Dept. Biological Science, SE Louisiana University, P.O. Box 814, Hammond, LA 70402 (504/549-2174). Student- Dr. S. K. Ballal, Biology Dept., Tennessee Technical University, Cookeville, TN 38501 (615/372-3101). Check here _ if abstract has been submitted. Faculty intending to apply for the faculty research award check here _ NEW PUBLICATION POLICY AND PAGE CHARGE REDUCTIONS CALL FOR PAPERS One conclusion of the 1989 questionaire survey regarding the Bulletin, see ASB Bulletin 36, No. 4, was that more primary research articles should be encouraged and published in the Bulletin. Thus, the publications committee has instituted the following changes in the Bulletin. Members can now publish, each year, up to 10 pages of a major peer reviewed paper free of page charges. Charges for research notes and articles other than primary research papers will be reduced from $50 to $35 per page. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 1991 MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD Dr. James Hardin “He was a natural teacher, not just in the classroom, but all along one’s ca¬ reer. . . . a wonderful, dry sense of humor. ...” “He was a quiet, dedicated professional who made learning a lot of fun. . . .” “He is truly interested in his students. . . .” “He allowed me to think and grow. . . .” “I have always been proud to say I was one of his students. . . .” These were only a few of the multitude of comments that could be extracted from the letters of support in the nomination of the 1991 Meritorious Teaching Award recipient, Dr. James Walker Hardin. This award, sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Company and accom¬ panied by a check for $1,000, represents the highest honor the Association of Southeastern Biologists can bestow upon one of its members. Dr. Hardin was born in Charlotte, North Carolina, and received a B.S. in biology from Florida Southern College, a M.S. in botany from the University of Tennessee, and a Ph.D. in Botany from the University of Michigan. He joined the faculty of North Carolina State University in 1957 where he has served as professor of botany and forestry and as curator of the herbarium. He presently teaches un¬ dergraduate dendrology, general morphology, plant diversity and systematic bot¬ any and at the graduate level advanced morphology and phylogeny of seed plants 150 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 151 and advanced taxonomy. He twice received the “Outstanding Teaching Award” from North Carolina State University. Along with meritorious teaching. Dr. Hardin’s career continues to be productive in the areas of professional activities throughout the Southeast and research which has generated over 80 publications to date! His research interests include variation and taxonomy of woody plants, flora of the Southeastern United States, SEM of plant structures, poisonous plants, and endangered species. In the words of one of his support letters from students and colleagues, “[Dr. Hardin] has clearly not only met but far exceeded the criteria for the meritorious teaching award!” 1991 RESEARCH AWARDS The ASB Faculty Research Aw ard was presented by Dr. Courtney Hackney to Dr. Dwayne A. Wise of Mississippi State University (see abstract 15 in ASB Bull. 38, No. 2, 1991) who coauthored a paper with L. Battacharjee entitled: Microinjected anti-kinetochore antibodies inhibit prometaphase but not anaphase chromosome movement in living cells. The award consisted of a plaque and a check for $500. Dr. C. Hackney and Dr. D. A. Wise 152 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 Student Research Award supported by the Martin Microscope Company of Easley, SC was presented by Dr. S. K. Ballal to Darell Ellsworth of Texas A&M University (see abstract 12 in ASB Bull. 38, No. 2, 1991) for Mitochondrial DNA phylogeography of white-tailed deer populations in the southeastern United States. The award consisted of a plaque and a check for $500. Dr. Frank Day and Darell Ellsworth The Eugene P. Odum Award. The 1991 Eugene P. Odum award, consisting of a plaque and a check for $250 from the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, was presented to Scott Franklin of Southern Illinois Univer¬ sity, Carbondale, Ill. His paper, co-authored with James Fralish and Philip Rob¬ ertson, (see abstract 164 in ASB Bull. 38, No. 2, 1991) treated: Ordination of compositionally-stable communities of Land Between the Lakes, Kentucky and Tennessee. The selection committee consisted of Dean Cocking (chair), James Madison Univ., Andrew Ash, Pembroke St. Univ., and Stewart Ware, Coll. Wil¬ liam & Mary. Dr. D. Cocking and Scott Franklin ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 153 Southern Appalachian Botanical Club-Elizabeth A. Bartholomew Ser¬ vice Award was presented by Nancy Code to Dr. Albert E. Radford of the University of North Carolina. Dr. Nancy Coile and Dr. Albert E. Radford Southern Appalachian Botanical Club R. & M. Windler Award was presented to M. C. Easley and his paper was published in Castanea for 1990. N.C. Botanical Award was presented by Frank Day to Susan K. Wiser of the University of North Carolina (see abstract 31 ASB Bull. 38, no. 2, 1991). Dr. Frank Day and Susan K. Wiser Southeastern Society of Parasitologists-Byrd Award was presented b\ Sharon Patton to Sara R. Davis (see abstract 88 ASB Bull. 38. No. 2, 1991). Southeastern Division, American Society Ichthyologists vnd 11 1 RIM - tologists Awards in: Ichthyology were presented by Dr. D. Forester to 1 isa Pike, Univ. North Carolina-Wilmington (see abstract 77 ASB Bull. 38. No. 2. 154 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 1991) and in Herpetology to Patrick M. Cook of Appalachia St. Univ. (see abstract 23 ASB Bull. 38, No. 2, 1991). Dr. D. Forester and Lisa Pike Dr. D. Forester and Patrick M. Cook Officers of the ASB for 1991-92 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 155 Graduate Student Support Awards were presented to 3 1 applicants to help them with costs associated in attending the annual meeting. The number following each name refers to the abstract number as found in the ASB Bull. 38, No. 2, 1991. Audo, Michele, 82 Baker-Brosh. Kathleen, 35 Bertram, Tracy, 1 76 Brenneman, William, 221 Britson. Carol. 26 Bunyard. Britt, 236 Canterbury, Ronald, 157 Carstensen, Susan. 120 Davis, Jennifer, 18 Eubanks. Micky. 171 Figiel, Chester, 228 Flowers, James, 97 Franklin, Scott, 164 Furtak, Kathleen, 181 Heikens, Alice, 101 Jewell, Ronnie, 1 58 Jones, Tom, 66 Mcguire, William, 52 McLetchie, D. N„ late Pike, Lisa, 77 Reitcheck, Becky, 1 7 Sabaj, Mark, 20 Sewell, Mitchell, 45 Taylor, Cindy, 8 1 Tyler, Stacie, 16 Veara, Theresa, 106 Wilczynski, Carolyn, 1 13 Wiser, Susan, 31 Yeager, Mindy, 66 Zettler, Lawrence, 1 1 6 NECROLOGY James F. Landt T. E. Powell Jr. Harwell Sturdevant, Past Pres. Dan R. Varney James Tanner Kirby H. Walker William Odum Col. George Hunter EDITOR’S REPORT FOR 1990 A total of 212 pages were published in the ASB Bulletin in 1990. This was a 29-page increase over the 183 pages published in 1989. Thirty-eight pages were devoted to the Biodiversity Workshop, 21 to 24 book reviews, 15 to news of biology in the Southeast, two major papers, with 126 being devoted to details of society material, abstracts, meeting and other activities. The Biodiversity Work¬ shop contained a 1 5-page keynote address by A. Cooper, 1 9 pages for 1 5 abstracts, and four were introductory pages. Margaret Devall and Joe Winstead played key roles in moving events along while E. Clebsch prepared the workshop proceedings. Members are reminded and encouraged to submit papers, notes, and other in¬ formation for publication. Submission deadline dates are: 1 April, 1 July, 1 Oc¬ tober and 5 December of each year for the following quarterly issue. LATE ABSTRACTS A1 MCLETCHIE, D. NICHOLAS. The Univer¬ sity of Tennessee— Infertility in the dioecious liverwort Sphaerocarpos texanus. Sphaerocarpos texanus is a dioecious ephemeral liverwort that grows in patches (ca. 5 mm to 12 mm in dia). A patch can be pure male, pure female or mixed sex. In a previous study of reproductive success, I found that 20% of mixed sex patches produced no sporophytes. This led me to hy¬ pothesize that the lack of sporophytes was due to the occurrence of some genetic combinations of males and females having higher reproductive output than others (complementarity). To test this hypothesis three males and three females were mated in a factorial design (nine different crosses with 3 replicates). I found one infertile pair which implies the existence of complementarity. This infertility must have an underlying genetic mech¬ anism since the male and female involved are fertile with other mates. This pattern of infertility (consisting of a pair of mates in a dioecious spe¬ cies) has never been reported in the bryophytes nor to my knowledge any other dioecious organ¬ ism. A2 SISSOM, W. DAVID. Elon CoWege- Studies on the genus Diplocentrus in the Valley of Oa¬ xaca, Mexico: A taxonomic conundrum. The scorpion genus Diplocentrus Peters is unusu¬ ally diverse in the Valley of Oaxaca, with five species occurring in an area of about 3,600 square kilometers. Three of these species (D. rectimanus Pocock, D. reticulatus Francke, and D. hoffmanni Francke) are very closely related, as evidenced by similarities in cheliceral morphometries, pedipalp femur shape, and tarsomere II spine formulae. In 1981, Stahnke studied the syntypes of D. keyser- lingii Karsch, originally described from “Oaxa¬ ca”; therein, he recognized that the type series comprised two species, D. keyserlingii and D. moritzi Stahnke. These taxa are very similar to the three above, and the comparisons (primarily morphometric ones) provided by Stahnke to sep¬ arate them were not particularly convincing. This led me to reexamine the types and additional ma¬ terial of all five taxa. To ensure consistency, all specimens were remeasured and qualitatively compared. Some of the differences cited by Stahnke to distinguish species are clearly attributable to mtraspecific variation; others appear to result from errors in measurements; and a few appear useful as specific characters. Qualitative characters were also found to vary more than previously thought. Based on my studies, I propose the following syn¬ onymies: D. reticulatus Francke, 1977 = D. key- serlingii Karsch, 1880 and D. moritzi Stahnke, 1981 = D. rectimanus Pocock, 1898. I tentatively consider three species in this complex to be valid: D. keyserlingii, D. rectimanus, and D. hoffmanni. The collection of more material will facilitate a better understanding of their relationships. A3 TWARDOKUS, CYNTHIA T. and A. JO¬ SEPH POLLARD. Department of Biology, Furman University— Vascular plant commu¬ nities of Peachtree Rock nature preserve. Peachtree Rock is a Nature Conservancy preserve located in Lexington County, in central South Carolina. The flora of the preserve is an unusual juxtaposition of piedmont and sandhill species over a relatively small (300 acre) area. Several species that are rare or of special concern occur in the preserve, including Chrysoma pauciflos- culosa, Ceratiola ericoides, and Vaccinium sem- pervirens. This study identified and mapped the distribution of seven community types: (1) xeric sandhill scrub, (2) pine/scrub oak sandhill, (3) up¬ land pine/wiregrass woodland, (4) oak/hickory forest, (5) mesic mixed hardwood forest, (6) seep¬ age pocosin, and (7) streamhead pocosin. Per¬ manent plots were established in each commu¬ nity; percent cover for all species and DBH for trees were recorded in order to quantitatively characterize each community. The most impor¬ tant environmental variable explaining commu¬ nity distributions appears to be water table depth. Fire is also of importance in such ecosystems; however, fire has been suppressed at Peachtree Rock in historical times. This study will provide baseline data for future prescribed burning pro¬ grams at the site. A4 VAN DEVENDER, R. WAYNE, ANN B. SOMERS, LAWRENCE R. SETTLE, and DA¬ VID K. WOODWARD. Appalachian State University, University of North Carolina at Greensboro, National Oceanic and Atmo¬ spheric Administration, and North Carolina State University— Venomous snakes of North Carolina. This 25 minute educational video features color photographs of native North Carolina venomous snakes and commonly mistaken species. The sci¬ entifically accurate account dispells widespread misconceptions and includes information about identification, habits, and distribution of these an¬ imals. Extreme closeups and skull shots illustrate how snakes bite. The balanced, factual presen¬ tation reviews such diverse information as snake bite prevalence in North Carolina, how to avoid being bitten, and the ecological importance of these 156 LATE ABSTRACTS 157 vertebrates as rodent predators. The video is a production of the North Carolina Herpetological Society. A 5 JOHNSON, G. B. Washington University— Using the challenge of current problems to teach biology’. Biology courses for nonmajors are often modeled on majors courses, leading the students on an or¬ ganized journey through the basic principles of biology. Students with little science background tend not to like the courses and to learn little from them, fearing “science courses" and frustrated be¬ cause they cannot see the relevance of what they are being force-fed. I teach biology to a large non¬ majors course by focusing instead on six major issues, ones that affect the public and about which stores currently appear in the newspapers. The first lecture of each of the six units is devoted to that issue, and the following five lectures focus on the biology that an informed person needs to know in order to understand that particular issue. The first unit, for example, is devoted to AIDS. The initial lecture covers the outbreak and what we know about the HIV virus and how it is trans¬ mitted. This is followed by three “science" lec¬ tures: viruses, our immune defenses, and infec¬ tious diseases. The fifth class period of the unit is devoted to a classroom forum in which invited specialists address the class about their perspec¬ tive of the issue and answer questions from the class. In the first unit, this forum includes an AIDS patient, a doctor running an AIDS clinic, and a researcher seeking a cure. At the completion of the unit, the class takes a short exam and turns in a short 1-page essay. Students like this format very much — voting with their feet, Washington University students have increased the course’s enrollment from 45 to 375 in the three years the course has followed this format. A6 SCHUPP, EUGENE W. Savannah River Ecol¬ ogy Laboratory — Postdispersal seed predation in swamps and adjacent bottomland forests. While flooding is an obvious stress for trees in swamp forests, biotic interactions are subtle. As a consequence, the role of seed predation in these forests has been virtually ignored. As a first step, I conducted a factorial experiment to evaluate the effects of site, habitat, microsite and seed species on survival. Sites differed significantly, with high¬ er survival in deeper swamps where seeds were exposed to predators infrequently. Survival was greater in swamps than in adjacent bottomlands, and, in the swamp, greater adjacent to tree trunks than 1 m away. Survival of the dominant swamp species (Nyssa aquatica) was greater than survival of two abundant non-swamp oak species ( Qucrcus nigra and Q. laevis). Both the lower predation in swamps and the lower preference for N. aquatica suggest that seed predation may be less important in swamps than in adjacent bottomlands. How¬ ever, although submerged seeds are protected from predators, they are unable to germinate. The only seeds which can germinate and contribute to the population are those exposed to air. and as a con¬ sequence to predators, so seed predation may have a greater impact on seedling recruitment than would be predicted by the number of seeds eaten. A7 ABDEL-MEGUID, M. Wake Forest Univer¬ sity— Histopathological studies on Stenopha- ryngodon idella (grass carp) and Tilapia zillil infected with Chilodonella hexassica. Chilodonella sp. has been found to cause high mortality in fish hatcheries. The present study was undertaken to determine whether or not grass carp and tilapia are susceptible to C. hexassica , to study the histopathological changes on these infected fishes, and to assess potential therapeutic agents. It was found that both fishes were susceptible to infection by C. hexassica. The infected tilapia died one week after infection while the grass carp died two weeks after infection. Histopathological ex¬ amination of the gills of heavily infected fishes, just before death, showed greater damage in grass carp than in tilapia, i.e. hyperplastic proliferation, fusion of gill filament, vacuolar degeneration, ede¬ ma and necrosis; C. hexassica was also found to invade deep structures of both fishes, including gill rakers and hyoid region of the throat just above site filaments and branchiosleeper rays, causing serious histopathological changes. It was found that both formalin and copper sulphate were ther¬ apeutic and prophylactic for this protozoan par¬ asite. A8 DOYLE, LESTER R. and LARRY N. GLEA¬ SON. Western Kentucky LIniversity — Evi¬ dence for indiscriminate copulation by male Pomphorhynchus bulbocolli. A parental investment model for the phylum Acanthocephala, based on investigations with Moniliformis dubias. has been proposed to ex¬ plain the presence of copulatory cement caps on males. Within infrapopulations of Pomphorhyn¬ chus bulbocolli in hogsuckers. Hyperselium nigri¬ cans. cement caps have been observed on males, gravid females and the sides of members of both sexes. These observations suggest that indiscrim¬ inate copulation occurs in P. bulbocolli as SEM studies of capped males indicated that capping of the male does not prevent eversion of the bursa and subsequent copulation. The presence of caps on gravid females is probably a result of indis¬ criminate copulation rather than multiple insem¬ ination. The caps on the sides of worms also result from indiscriminate copulation but, in addition, there is also the probabilitx of In podermic insem¬ ination. A large number of young female worms 158 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 within an infrapopulation during major recruit¬ ment periods enhances indiscriminate copulation and increases the number of copulatory cement caps present at abnormal sites. A9 BRISCOE, NANCY J. and JAMES E. JOY, Marshall University — Population dynamics of Orchopeas leucopus (Siphonapteras Cerato- phyllida) and Epitedia wenmanm (Siphonap- tera: Hystrichopsyllidae) from the white-footed mouse, Peromyscus leucopus, in Mason Co., WV. Two flea species, Orchopeas leucopus (Baker) and Epitedia wenmanm (Rothschild), were collected from a sample of 83 Peromyscus leucopus indi¬ viduals live trapped at the McClintic Wildlife Sta¬ tion, W V over a nine month period (March through November) in 1990. Orchopeas leucopus consti¬ tuted 80.2% (89 of 1 1 1 ) of the total fleas recovered with mean intensity levels of 1.71 and 3.10 for infested female and male hosts, respectively. Dif¬ ferences in mean intensity levels (i.e., H0: Xv = XJ were not statistically significant since t 0533 = 1.861. Flea populations were highest in spring and fall. Only three Ilea individuals were found in the summer months (June through August). Flea populations were female biased with a male to female ratio of 1:1.20 for E. wenmanni and 1: 1.78 for O. leucopus. Prevalence rates (based on the presence of both flea species) of 5 5. 3% on male hosts and 40.0% on female hosts were not signif¬ icantly different at the P < 0.05 level (x2 = 1.363). Prevalence rates (based on the presence of O. leu¬ copus only) of 55.3% on male hosts and 31.1% on female hosts were significantly different at the P < 0.05 level (x2 = 3.987). Regression analyses showed no correlation between size (length) of either host sex and the number of primary ecto¬ parasite ( O . leucopus) individuals present. A10 FERNANDEZ, J. and G. W. ESCH, Wake Forest Uni versity — Impact of parasitism on the growth rate of the pulmonate snail Helisoma anceps: field study. The effect of trematode parasitism on the growth rate of the annual pulmonate Helisoma anceps was investigated using a field approach. A mul¬ tiple mark-recapture protocol was used to collect data on growth rate at 3 different times during the life of the snail cohort. Growth increments (spe¬ cific growth rate) were analyzed following the method suggested by Kauffman (1981). Snails above 4 mm in shell diameter grew according to a logistic growth model. In uninfected snails the growth pattern differed significantly with the co¬ hort age. In the summer, growth rates of prere- productive snails were bigger than those of repro¬ ductive snails. During fall and spring, when snails were sexually mature, all snails grew at a similar but very slow rate. In parasitized snails, the growth rate was similar or lower than in uninfected snails. Moreover, growth rate of infected snails was very low at all times and was similar to the growth rate of uninfected snails during fall and winter. There was no indication of gigantism in H. anceps fol¬ lowing parasitic castration. This finding contrasts with previous experimental studies in short-lived semelparous species that predicted that gigantic growth will occur following parasitic castration. It agrees, however, with field studies on growth rate of long-lived iteroparous species where the parasites either stunted or had no effect on the snail growth. It is argued that the phenomenon of gigantism as seen in laboratory studies might be a conse¬ quence of the ad libitum feeding protocols nor¬ mally used in laboratory experiments. Under field conditions, however (mark-recapture proce¬ dures), food resources are limited most of the time and thus become an important factor in the life history of the snails. Snails and parasites have to share a pool of energy acquired only by the snail and, more than likely, there is a fine equilibrium in the way this energy is partitioned. Environ¬ mental variability and food availability plays a significant role in maintaining this equilibrium. Laboratory conditions, where ad libitum feeding and constant environments are the rule, probably do not constrain such energetic equilibrium. A1 1 GERMISHULSEN, STEVEN and LARRY N. GLEASON, Western Kentucky University — Laboratory recruitment of Pomphorhynchus bulbocolli 7>y Gammarus pseudolimnaeus on a natural substrate. The acanthocephalan Pomphorhynchus bulbocolli uses amphipods as intermediate hosts and fish as definitive hosts. In the West Fork of Drake’s Creek, Simpson Co., KY, prevalence of and infection in Gammarus pseudolimnaeus is unusually high. To investigate this phenomenon, laboratory reared G. pseudolimnaeus were placed in containers with substrate collected from a riffle at the stream and maintained at 1 5° C with 9 h dark and 1 5 h light. Eggs freed from gravid female P. bulbocolli were introduced into one container, while a second container received eggs mixed with feces from the definitive host, H. nigricans. A third container served as the natural control. The amphipods were maintained with material available in the con¬ tainers as the only food source. Prevalence of in¬ fection of amphipods from the control container was 45.5% and 100% for the two experimental groups. The intensity of infection in the control group ranged from 1 to 4; eggs only, 27 to 98; and eggs + feces, 10 to 122. A12 F. J. HERNDON AND S. C. KAYES. Uni¬ versity of South Alabama — Trichinella spiralis infection in mice depleted of eosinophils by mAb TRFK-5. LATE ABSTRACTS 159 The eosinophil as an anti-parasite effector cell is suggested by a several in vitro studies in which eosinophils have been shown to damage or kill parasites. In vivo evidence that eosinophils are helminthotoxic is both scarce and equivocal. Ear¬ ly experiments using anti-eosinophil sera (AES) to deplete eosinophils from parasitized hosts re¬ sulted in apparent increases in worm burdens. The inability of researchers to raise monoclonal an¬ tibodies (mAb) which react only with eosinophils has led to questions concerning the specificity of AES. Recent reports have indicated that mAb TRFK-5 (which is specific for mouse interleukin 5 (IL-5)) prevents the eosinophil response in mice infected with Nippostrongylus brasiliensis or Tox- ocara canis. To determine if the eosinophil can limit a helminthic infection, we injected T. spir- tf//j-infected mice with TRFD-5 mAb. This treat¬ ment reduced eosinophil levels in both bone mar¬ row and peripheral blood to essentially zero. Intestinal adult worm burdens at 7 days postin¬ fection were unaffected by mAb treatments. Re¬ covery of muscle stage larvae following pepsin digestion of the mouse carcass at 21 and 28 days PI will be reported. If eosinophils eliminate new¬ born larvae as they migrate to the muscles, mAb- treated mice should have significantly more worms than untreated mice or sham injected mice. (Sup¬ ported by AI 19968 from NIH) A13 GLEASON, LARRY N. and LESTER R. DOYLE. Western Kentucky University — Nat¬ ural concurrent infections in the amphipod, Gammarus pseudolimnaeus. Amphipods, Gammarus pseudolimnaeus, collect¬ ed from the West Fork of Drake’s Creek in Simp¬ son Co., KY in October, 1990 were infected concurrently with the acanthocephalan, Pom- phorhynchus bulbocolli and an unidentified larval nematomorphan. The prevalence of P. bulbocolli in G. pseudolinaeus for the October 1 990 collec- REVISED 130 PYNE, MILO. North Carolina State Univer¬ sity— A new species of Physalis (Solanaceae- Solanoideae) from deep Eocene sands of Texas, Arkansas, and Louisiana. Recent collections of a large calyced Physalis (up to 5 cm long) from deep Eocene sands of Loui¬ siana and Arkansas have led to the re-examina¬ tion of similar material from the Carizzo sands of east and south-central Texas. This plant has been mis-identified as P. hederifolia, P. hetero- phylla, P. virginiana, or confused with largc-ca- lyced forms of P. longifolia, but it constitutes a separate species. It is most easily recognized by its large pyramidal fruiting calyx and by its large seeds, which are 3—4 mm wide (twice as large as those of any other species in the genus). Flowering material is more difficult to identify. Principal tion was 1 00% in contrast to a previously reported prevalence of 88. 1% for October. Encysted, larval nematomorphans occurred in 76.0% of these am¬ phipods infected with P. bulbocolli and were found occupying many of the sites utilized by the larval P. bulbocolli. There was a positive correlation be¬ tween the mean intensity of infection with P. bul¬ bocolli and the mean intensity of infection with the unidentified nematomorphan larva. A14 JETTON, THOMAS L. and BURTON J. BOGITSH. Vanderbilt University — Surface characteristics of trematode sperm as revealed by lectin staining with fluorescence and electron microscopy. The use of lectins to characterize carbohydrates on sperm surfaces in a number of invertebrate and vertebrate species has been valuable for gain¬ ing insight into changes during sperm maturation and the importance of carbohydrates during fer¬ tilization. Con A-binding of testicular sperm of Haematoloethus medioplexus is associated with the anterior tip and the tapered ornament. Sperm from the seminal receptacle display only a single, elongate band of fluorescence associated with the anterior ornament. Ultrastructural examination of the Con A-binding ornament reveals regularly- spaced rings surrounding an asymmetrical region of the biaxonemal sperm shaft. The ornament is probably assembled by the condensation of the bristle glycocalyx of the anterior "ditferentiation zone” of the late spermatid. The ornament oiHer- matoloechus may be crucial in recognition and binding to egg surfaces during fertilization. Re¬ gional surface specializations along the length of filiform sperm are likely adaptations for internal fertilization. Surfaces of schistosome sperm have no ornamentation or prominent glycocalyx and their lectin-binding patterns differ significantly from Hermatoloechus. ABSTRACT Components Analysis (PCA) of separate flower¬ ing and fruiting data sets shows the new species to be distinct from all other entities tested. Gen¬ erally more distance is shown from P. longifolia and P. virginiana (including largc-calyced forms), but some affinity with P. heterophvlla is possible. The analysis does not point to a consistent aflinits with any varieties of P. hederifolia. The new spe¬ cies is apparently an obligate inhabitant of deep sands, and is most common W and N of the Sa¬ bine Uplift. Its known range extends from south- central Texas (Bexar Co.) East and North to S\\ Arkansas (Miller Co.) and W Louisiana (Caddo and Beauregard Parishes). This West GulfCoastal Plain sandhill endemic is apparenth rare in the latter two states and should be monitored there. It should be sought in similar deep sand habitats in adjacent areas of Oklahoma, Arkansas, and Louisiana. THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS TREASURER’S REPORT 1 JANUARY 1990-31 DECEMBER 1991 I. BEGINNING BALANCE Checking (First Federal of Raleigh) Savings (Merrill-Lynch Ready Assets) II. RECEIPTS Regular Dues/Subscriptions Patron Memberships Bulletin Page Charges Botanical Society Reimbursement Annual Meeting (Baltimore) N.C. Botanical Garden Interest III. TOTAL RECEIPTS & BEGINNING BALANCE $ 1,214.13 14,949,92 $16,164.05 $14,632.01 500.00 55.00 150.00 7,050.90 100.00 813.26 $23,301.17 $39,465.22 IV. DISBURSEMENTS 1. Membership Cultivation 407,42 2. Publication Vol. 38 18,418.81 3. Office Expenses Editor Other Officers’ Expenses (Includes Interim Meeting 196.96 Travel) 860.72 Bank Charges 20.01 Interim Meeting 1 22.50 4. Awards Plenary Speaker 575.00 Student Travel Awards 1 ,8 1 5.00 N.C. Botanical Garden Award 100.00 Research Awards 1,000.00 Plaques 102.70 5. Miscellaneous American Institute for Biological Sciences 240.00 Alliance for Environmental Education 300.00 Transfer to Enrichment Fund 339.00 Tax Preparation 1989 145.00 EBSCO Refund 25.00 407.42 18,418.81 1,200.19 3,592.70 1,049.00 TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS V. ENDING BALANCE ENRICHMENT FUND $24,668.12 $14,797.10 $ 9,994.05 160 TREASURER'S REPORT 161 OTHER BANQUET ACTIVITIES A total of 669 members attended the ASB meeting in Boone, NC. Seventeen past presidents were in attendance including founding member Dr. W. Duncan. Retiring President Joe Winstead’s banquest address was entitled: En = Ecology. CONTRIBUTORS TO ASB ENRICHMENT FUND NOT PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED IN ASB BULLETIN FOR 1990 Steve Dial Mary C. Mayhew Joseph C. O'Kelley Paul Schmalzer Katherine Seaton Sarah W. Workman Herbert E. Shadowen— deceased ASB OFFICERS, COMMITTEES AND REPRESENTATIVES 1991-92 AAAS Representative (Section G)— Jerry Ritchie, USDA-ARS Hydrology Lab¬ oratory, BARC-W Bldg. 007, Beltsville, MD 20705 (301/344-1717). AIBS Representative —Geraldine Twitty, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806-6953). AEE Representative — Dean Cocking, Biol. Dept., James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 (703/568-6225). Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees— Chair: Michael W. Dennis (1993), Breed¬ love, Dennis and Associates, Inc., 4301 Metric Drive, Winter Park, FL 32792 (407/677-1882); Patricia D. Parr (ex officio ), Bldg. 1505, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123); Joan R. Gibson (1993), 310 Ford St., Morgantown, WV 26505 (304/292-9772); Tim Atkinson ( 1994), Botany Dept., Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC 27215 (919/584- 0381); Michael J. Baranski (1994), Biol. Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144 (704/637-4442); William H. Martin, III (1994), Division of Natural Areas, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40775 (606/622-1476). Auditing Committee — Chair: Stephen C. Nodvin, Dept, of Forestry NPS-CPSU, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37901-1071 (615/974-0739); Hal DeSelm, Botany Dept., University of Tennessee at Knoxville, Knoxville, TN 37996-1 100 (615/974-2256); Virginia Tolbert, P.O. Box 2008, Bldg. 1505- MS6036, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6036 (615 574-7288). Conservation Committee — Chair: T.E. Weiss, Jr., Christopher Newport College. Newport News, VA 23606 (804/599-7044); Cliff Hupp, LJ.S. Geological Survey, 430 National Center, Reston VA 22092 (703/648-5206); Donald J. Drapalik. Biol. Dept., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460-8042 (912 681-5494). Education Committee (ad hoc ) Chair: W. Dean Cocking, Biology, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 (703/568-6225); Lucrecia Herr, Biol.. Spring Valley High School, Columbia, SC 29223 (803/788-3350); Andrew N. 162 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 Ash, Biol. Dept., Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372 (919/521- 4214; Frank Golley, Institute for Ecology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602 (404/542-2968); Charles N. Horn, Biol. Dept., Newberry College, New¬ berry, SC 29108 (803/321-5257); Douglas N. Reynolds, Dept. Nat. Res., East Ky. Univ., Richmond, KY. Finance Committee— Chair: Patricia D. Parr, Bldg. 1505, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123); Frank P. Day, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683- 3595); William H. Martin, III, Division of Natural Areas, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40775 (606/622-1476); Ron C. Hinkle, Bionetics, Kennedy Space Ctr., FL 32899 (407/853-3281). Graduate Student Support Award Committee— Chair: Larry P. Elliott, Biol. Dept., Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101 (502/745-3696); Har¬ old G. Marshall, Biol. Dept., Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3594); Frances G.R. Kennedy, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott College, De¬ catur, GA 30030 (404/371-6267). Local Arrangements Committee for 1992 — Chair: Robert R. Haynes, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205/348-1826); Program Chair: Richard Mayden, Biol. Dept., University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205/348-1826). Meritorious Teaching Award Committee — Chair: John Herr, Biol. Dept., Uni¬ versity of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 (803/777-81 10); Mac A. Cal- laham, Biol. Dept., North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 (404/864- 1953; Patricia McGuire White, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371-6270). Nominating Committee for 1992— Chair: Joe E. Winstead, Biol. Dept., Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101 (502/745-6004); Lawrence J. Davenport, Biol. Dept., Sanford University, Birmingham, AL 35229 (205/870- 2584); Ken Shull, Biol. Dept., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704/262-3025). Past-President’s Council — Chair: Frank P. Day, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595). Place of Meeting Committee— Chair: John Harley, Biol. Dept., Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40745 (606/622-1542); James Hull, Biol. Dept., Towson State University, Towson, MD 21204 (301/830-4117); Howard Neu- feld, Biol. Dept., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704/262- 3025). Priorities in Public Affairs— Chair: G. R. Best, Center for Wetlands, Phelps Lab¬ oratory, University of Florida, Gainesville, FL 3261 1 (904/392-2424); George A. Middendorf, III, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, D.C. 20059 (202/636-6933); Doug Rayner, Dept. Biol. Wofford Coll., Spartenburg, SC 29303 (803/585-4821). Publications Committee— Chair: James S. Fralish, Dept, of Forestry, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901 (618/453-3341); James W. Wallace, Jr., Biol. Dept., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 (704/227- 7244); Stewart Ware, Coll. William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 (804/ 253-4458). Research Awards Committee — Faculty— Chair: Gary Shaffer, Dept, of Biological Science, P.O. 814, Southeastern Louisiana University, Hammond, LA 70402 (504/549-2174); Edward E. C. Clebsch, Dept, of Botany, University of Ten- ASB OFFICERS, COMMITTEES, REPRESENTATIVES 163 nessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 (615/974-6209); Robert N. Muller, Dept, of For¬ estry, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40546-0073 (606/257-7596. Research Awards Committee — Student —Chair: S. K. Ballal, Biol. Dept., Ten¬ nessee Technology University, Cookeville, TN 38501 (615/372-3101); Donald R. Young, Biol. Dept., Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA 23284 (804/367-1562); Miriam P. Perry, Biol. Dept., Clayton State University, Morrow, GA 30260 (404/961-3622). Resolutions Committee — Chair: Frank P. Day, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595); James W. Wallace, Jr., Biol. Dept., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 287232 (704/ 227-7244); Michael McRander, Biol. Dept., Box 870344, University of Ala¬ bama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35487 (205/348-9166). Committee on Women, Minorities, and Handicapped ( ad hoc)— Chair: Lafayette Frederick, Dept, of Botany, Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/ 806-6929); Margaret L. Gilbert, Biol. Dept., Florida Southern College, Lake¬ land, FL 33801 (813/680-4317); Elizabeth Blood, Dept. Env. Health Sci., Univ. So. Car., Columbia, SC 29308 (803/777-6994); Beverly Collins, Biol. Dept., Memphis State University, Memphis, TN 31852 (901/678-3520); Geraldine Twitty, Zool. Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806- 6953). RESOLUTIONS RESOLUTION OF APPRECIATION TO APPALACHIAN STATE UNIVERSITY, FACULTY, STAFF, STUDENTS AND LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE WHEREAS, Appalachian State University and its Chancellor, Dr. John Thomas and Dean of the college of Arts and Sciences, Dr. Don Sink graciously invited the Association of Southeastern Biologists to hold its 1991 and 52nd Annual meeting in Boone, North Carolina and; WHEREAS, The University and immediate community has extended to the membership of the Association tremendous cooperation and planning in addition to the warmest hospitality and friend¬ ship and; WHEREAS, The Local Arrangements Committee Chair, Dr. Kenneth Shull and Program Chair, Dr. Howard Neufeld of the Department of Biology and their able co-workers have given generously of their time, expertise, and enthusiasm to organization and conducting a most enjoyable and pro¬ ductive meeting; THEREFORE IT IS RESOLVED THAT the membership of the Association of Southeastern Biol¬ ogists express their utmost gratitude, appreciation and respect to Appalachian State University and the Department of Biology for contributing to the continued success of our organization. A RESOLUTION OF HONORING DISTINCTIVE SERVICE TO THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS BY DR. MADELINE P. BURBANCK WHEREAS, since 1971 Dr. Madeline P. Burbanck has diligently served the Association of South¬ eastern Biologists in the capacity of first official Archivist of the Association and; WHEREAS, her dedicated efforts in that capacity have significantly enhanced the legacy of the Association in addition to providing access to important materials and data of both a scientific and historical nature contributing to the advancement of knowledge for the field of biology and science in general and; WHEREAS, Dr. Madeline P. Burbanck, after 20 years of service in this important role of the As¬ sociation, is relinquishing this post with the materials and functions of the office in the utmost organization and condition; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED THAT the membership of the Association of Southeastern Bi¬ ologists commends Dr. Madeline P. Burbanck for her long tenure of service and for the excellent execution of her duties. 164 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 A RESOLUTION IN SUPPORT OF THE NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT WHEREAS, the health of the total environment comprising man and nature must be regarded as seriously as human health; WHEREAS, a solid and sound scientific basis is essential for effective programs to protect the en¬ vironment; WHEREAS, there is a need in the United States for a coordinated national program to support fundamental and applied environmental research encompassing a wide variety of disciplines aimed at understanding, preventing, and solving environmental problems; WHEREAS, such research is presently lacking in nationwide coordination and generally underfunded; WHEREAS, a consensus has emerged in the scientific community that the most appropriate way to encourage, promote and support environmental research would be to develop a government agency analogous to the way the National Institutes of Health (N1H) supports biomedical research; THEREFORE, The Association of Southeastern Biologists strongly supports the concept of creating a National Institute for the Environment. RESOLUTION IN SUPPORT OF A COMMISSION TO EXAMINE FUNDING MECHANISMS AND DEVELOP A STRATEGIC PLAN FOR ACADEMIC RESEARCH FUNDING WHEREAS, continued economic development cannot be sustained without research to create tech¬ nologies and solutions to a vast array of health, energy, and environmental problems; WHEREAS, basic research necessary to address these issues often occurs in the academic sector; WHEREAS, strong efforts must be made to strengthen federal funding through increased appropri¬ ations to NSF, NIH, DOE, and other federal agencies that support academic research; WHEREAS, the recent AAAS report, "Science: The End of the Frontier," has provided a persuasive rationale for the establishment of a review panel to address these concerns; THEREFORE, The Association of Southeastern Biologists strongly supports the concept of creating a Commission to examine funding mechanisms and to develop a strategic plan for academic research funding. RESOLUTION IN SUPPORT OF INTRODUCED LEGISLATION RELATING TO A WORLD ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY, PRESERVATION OF FISH AND WILDLIFE WITHIN FEDERAL LANDS AND A NATIONAL BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY CONSERVATION AND RESEARCH ACT WHEREAS, in 1989 and 1990, and in previous years the Association of Southeastern Biologists has passed resolutions in support of legislation and other activities designed to promote preservation of the world's biota and natural habitats; and WHEREAS, legislation introduced before Congress in the form of H.R. 4988, a bill to amend the Refuge System Administration Act of 1966 to promote the preservation, restoration and manage¬ ment offish and wildlife and their habitats within National Wildlife Refuges; and H.R. 1268, a bill to create a National Center for Biological Diversity and Conservation Research; and S201, a bill to support the development of a world environmental policy act; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED THAT the Association of Southeastern Biologists reaffirms its support for legislation and other activities designed to preserve, protect, and enhance our nation's and the world’s natural biotic diversity and asks the Congress of the United States to enact the appropriate legislation to promote the goals and aims of the above mentioned House and Senate Bills. NOTICE OF RESEARCH AWARDS FOR 1992 ASB Faculty and Student Research Awards ($500 each). Rules are as follows: (a) Given for especially meritorious paper presented orally by the author(s) at the annual meeting; in order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author(s) must submit an abstract by the 1 December deadline. Papers submitted for the competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by 1 January and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publication. A short biographical sketch of each author RESEARCH AWARDS 165 must accompany the manuscript at the time of submission, (b) Only ASB members are eligible (this applies to all authors), (c) Papers may be in press but not published prior to the previous annual meeting, (d) Papers are judged by eminent scientists selected by the committee from institutions either within or beyond the southeast. Every effort is made to keep authors of submitted papers, as well as the reviewers, anonymous. Judges will use a standard evaluation form that includes the following criteria: significance of ideas, soundness of hypotheses, originality (creativity), quality of methodology, validity of results, soundness of conclusions, clarity, completeness, organization, and contribution to the field. At the discretion of the Faculty and Student Research Award Committees, the award may be withheld or it may be split in case of a tie. (f) Winners will be announced at the annual banquet. The original copy will be sent to the sponsor, and the title, names and affiliations of all authors, abstract, and biographical information will be published with an announcement in the July ASB Bulletin. Members who anticipate submitting a paper for the ASB Faculty Research Award should submit a copy of the abstract by 1 December. In any event the completed manuscript should be sent to Dr. Gary Shaffer, Dept. Biol. Sci., SE Louisiana Univ., P.O. Box 814, Hammond, LA 70402. Student research award - Dr. S. K. Ballal, Biol. Dept., Tenn. Tech. Univ., Cookeville, TN 38501. Eugene P. Odum Award — $250 and a plaque given by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for the best ecological paper presented by a student. The paper will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation on the following points: (a) Significance of Ideas; (b) Creativity; (c) Quality of Methodology; (d) Validity of Results; (e) Clarity of Presentation. Eligibility Requirements; (a) Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible; (b) The student must be the sole or senior author; (c) The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of the following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology; (d) The paper must be presented in a regular contributed session; papers presented in poster sessions or symposia are ineligible; (e) The student does not have to be a member of SE/ESA; (0 The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator by 1 February. This can be a copy of the abstract submitted to ASB 1 December. Submit to Dr. A. Ash, Dept. Biol. Pembroke St. Univ., Pembroke, NE 28372. The North Carolina Botanical Garden Award — $100 given by NCBG (through the South¬ eastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club). This is awarded for a presented paper at the annual ASB meetings that best advances our understanding of the biology and conservation of southeastern plants and thus contributes to the mission of the North Carolina Botanical Garden. Of special interest to the Garden are the rare plant species of the Southeast; why they are rare; how they interact with plants, animals, and their environment; and what can be done to ensure their survival. As noted below, the paper may deal with a broad area including systematics, ecology, and conservation. The presentation will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation on the following points: (a) significance of ideas; (b) quality of methodology; and (c) clarity of presentation. The actual prize will be presented at the annual ASB Banquet. Eligibility Requirements: (a) All individuals eligible to present a paper at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. They may be students, faculty or others. (b) The paper must deal with systematics, ecology, evolution, species biology (including population biology, pollination, dispersal, establishment, and maintenance), propagation, or conservation of vascular plants that are native in the southeastern United States. (c) The paper must be presented in a regular Plant Systematics or Plant Ecology contributed paper session; papers presented in poster sessions or in symposia are not eligible. (d) The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Co-ordinator at the time of submission to ASB; this may be a copy of the same abstract submitted to ASB by 1 December. The appropriate box should be checked on the ASB Title Form. Individuals interested in entering a paper for this award should submit the title and abstract to: Dr. Lawrence Mellichamp. Biolog\ Dept., UNC Charlotte, Charlotte, NC 28223. REVIEWS Wootton, Robert J. 1 990. Ecology of Teleost Fishes. Fish and Fisheries Series 1. Chapman and Hall, London and New York. $42.50. 404 p. This volume is the latest in a series of texts on fish and fisheries ecology and behavior produced by Chapman and Hall. Several other volumes on fishes are in press or various stages of development. Wootton’s book is designed and written to complement the other volumes in the Chapman and Hall series. Admittedly, attempting an “ecology of teleost fishes” is intimidating to anyone familiar with the incredible diversity of fishes and the voluminous literature that increases several-fold each year. As a consequence of these factors much of this text is biased toward freshwater fishes of the Northern Hemisphere (the author acknowledges this on p. xii), with an additional bias towards medium to large- size fishes (excepting the numerous references to the threespine stickleback, Gasterosteus aculeatus, the author’s favored research animal). The over 900 references, most of which represent research completed in the last two decades, are largely from journals published in English and from studies conducted in North America and the United Kingdom. To my knowledge, there is no other modem text available that purports to review the ecology of teleost fishes. This fact alone makes the book an invaluable reference source for anyone interested in fish biology, ecology, aquaculture, fisheries, and natural history. The book is divided into 12 chapters, each with from four to 13 sections. One particularly pleasing aspect of this book is that each chapter has a section at the end entitled “Summary and Conclusions,” where the author provides a numbered set of remarks summarizing major points of the chapter and occasionally suggesting future avenues of research to answer specific ecological questions. The intro¬ ductory chapter briefly outlines fish diversity, provides an explanation of how the text is organized, and cites examples of adaptive responses of teleosts to environmental changes. In addition, Wootton defines his approach to fish ecology as having an understanding of “a knowledge of how individual fish allocate resources and time among activities related to maintenance, growth, and reproduction in the face of a changing environment (p. 14).” Chapter 2 is a basic overview of “Environmental and Organismic Constraints,” with sections dealing with body form and locomotion, respiration and gill structure, and sensory capacities. Coverage of these topics is adequate, and goes beyond the descriptions included in standard ichthyology texts (e.g., Moyle and Cech 1988) by emphasizing the costs and benefits associated, for example, with aerial versus aquatic respiration. Wootton points out that a knowledge of individual morphology and phys¬ iology allows one to predict the general mode of life of a given fish species, an axiom familiar to many fish biologists. “Feeding” in fishes is covered in Chapter 3 where we are told that ecological analyses of feeding should answer three basic questions: “what is eaten, when is it eaten, and how much is eaten (p. 32)?” It seems to me that where food is eaten is also an important aspect in understanding the trophic ecology of fish assemblages. Individual sections cover trophic categories, morphological adaptations for feeding (I note in this section that there are two figures labeled 3.3; the first one which should be labeled Fig. 3.1 has an incorrect legend), diet composition, temporal changes in diet composition, factors that determine the rate of food consumption, and flexibility in the feeding ecology of fishes. As indicated, this chapter covers nearly all the topics one would expect in a fish ecology text and sets the stage for the next four chapters dealing with patterns of allocation of energy derived from feeding. Chapter 4 covers “Bioenergetics,” including sections on energy budgets, effects of environmental factors on metabolism, and examples of energy budgets derived from studies of the biology of Perea Jluviatilis, the brown trout, and the threespine stickleback. I found this chapter especially informative, although the sections on oxygen and salinity as environmental factors are rather brief and provide relatively few examples. Chapter 5 reviews the “Use of Time and Space,” with sections on methods of studying use of time and space, temporal patterns of fish movement, and patterns of movement and the use of space. There is no discussion of how northern temperate fishes react to winter conditions or where they go during prolonged periods of cold (see Emery 1978). Much of the chapter is spent on migration, primarily using examples of salmonids and the energy costs of diadromy. “Growth” is discussed in Chapter 6, including a lengthy section on the definition and measurement of growth, and shorter sections on patterns of growth, factors affecting growth rates, endogenous control 166 REVIEWS 167 of growth rates, and modelling the growth of fish. Rather than having to refer back to chapter 4 (p. 74), I would have preferred that the units in the bioenergetic growth equation be briefly expressed here (p. 1 17) also, although the equation is again explained on p. 153 and elsewhere. A considerable amount of space is used to cover the topics of fish ageing (Fig. 6.4, purporting to show scale circuli and annuli, could be much clearer) and methods of estimating growth rates. This chapter is clearly written and makes somewhat complicated material understandable to individuals unfamiliar with the literature on fish growth. One of the most inherently interesting topics in biology, “Reproduction,” is covered in Chapter 7. Under strategies and tactics of reproduction, Wootton uses the term ovoviviparity (p. 159), even though Wourms (1981) has presented cogent arguments for using only the term viviparity when referring to live-bearing fishes. Well developed sections include timing of reproduction, the site of reproduction (Wootton follows Balon’s (1975) classification of reproductive guilds), allocation of resources to reproduction (here he provides a partial classification of breeding systems), and allocation to individual progeny. In this latter section we are told that the largest teleost eggs measure about 7 mm (p. 186). According to literature reviewed in Breder and Rosen (1966), oral-incubating ariid catfishes have eggs that vary in diameter from 15 to 25 mm. In the last section on reproduction, Wootton reviews briefly some unusual reproductive strategies in fishes including the sneaker-satellite system in, for example, bluegills, and hermaphroditism, parthenogenesis, and hybridogenesis. Overall this chapter admirably covers major aspects of reproduction in teleosts, but the incredible diversity in the reproductive biology of fishes precludes a comprehensive review of the topic in a book of this nature. Chapters 8 and 9 cover “Predation and Parasitism,” and “Competition and Mutualism,” respec¬ tively. The development of topics in these chapters goes beyond what can be found in standard ecology texts. As Wootton demonstrates time and again, studies on fishes have been instrumental in furthering our knowledge of evolutionary biology where predation has been shown to lead to changes in coloration, behavior, and morphology of prey populations. Studies of fish pathogens also have provided spectacular examples of mortality among animals. It is clear that more research is needed on parasitism and its effect on fishes, and on mutualism, a fascinating topic that has not gone much beyond the descriptive stage. The "Dynamics of Population Abundance and Production” are reviewed in Chapter 10. Sections here include definitions of a population, estimation of fish abundance, measures of the rate of pop¬ ulation change, measurement of mortality rates, patterns of mortality in fish populations, regulation of fish populations and the stock-recruitment relationship, models of population growth, concept of production, measurement of production, bioenergetic basis of production, and magnitude of population production. Because of the nature of the topics covered here, most of the literature and examples are of sport or commercially-important fishes. Much of the information in this chapter seems to fall into the arena of fisheries ecology, but that is, in part, a constraint of the literature and studies completed to date in this area. “Life-history Strategies” are covered in Chapter 1 1 , including sections on the evolution of life- history patterns, cost of reproduction and the consequences, bioenergetics of life-history patterns, phenotypic plasticity of life-history traits, and life-history patterns and exploitation. This chapter reviews these topics very well and provides stimulating insights into life history phenomena and points out shortcomings or disadvantages of various aspects of life history theory. A fair variety of fish examples are noted. Chapter 12 deals with the topic of “Fish Assemblages” with sections developed on general patterns, historical factors, and contemporary determinants of species diversity, examples offish assemblages, characteristics of fish assemblages, and community-wide properties. In general this chapter covers the major controversies regarding theories of species richness and the structure of stream fish assemblages. A number of examples from the North American fauna are included, although little attention is given to the papers on these topics that appear in the recent volume edited by Matthews and Heins (1987). As someone familiar with the diverse fish fauna of eastern North America I was disappointed to find very few examples in this text that use darters, minnows, catfishes, or suckers (the bulk of North American teleost diversity), and virtually no literature citations to these groups, including very few (less than 1 5) citations from the journal Copcia. Perhaps this will provoke a North American ecologist to write a comprehensive account of the ecology of fishes on this continent. It is nowhere stated whose nomenclature for common or scientific names of fishes Wootton is following. As an example of the confusion this can cause to a non-fish person, Salma trutta is referred to as either the brown trout (p. 94), European trout (p. 97), or sea trout (p. 1 23). The "Species Index" at the back of the book does provide common names for some species but many do not agree with 168 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 names already established for United States/Canadian fishes (Robins et al. 1980) and others are misleading (e.g., Mola mola is called “sunhsh” rather than the more appropriate “ocean sunfish”). Wootton does a fine job of explaining the various methods used to describe aspects of fish ecology and points out their strengths or limitations. He also makes the reader aware throughout the text of the many areas of fish ecology that need additional research. I recommend that in future editions, the author develop a chapter on historical ecology (sensu Brooks 1985, Brooks and McLennan 1991), especially since provocative examples of research on the origins of stream hsh communities (Mayden 1987) and the evolution of life history parameters in salmomds (Smith and Stearley 1989) are beginning to appear. The “Ecology of Teleost Fishes” is informative, clearly written, well illustrated (I count 1 36 figures), and serves a useful purpose. This book should be particularly popular among graduate students and researchers interested in a solid introduction to fish ecology in the Northern Hemisphere, or who are looking for thesis or dissertation topics. It is filled with many unanswered questions and fruitful areas for future research. Wootton's book is the best choice available for a required text in hsh ecology courses, and should be adopted as a supplemental text in fisheries ecology courses as well. This review was written while 1 was on sabbatical leave at the University of New Mexico’s (UNM) Department of Biology. Financial support was provided through the UNM ichthyofaunal studies program. I thank Steven P. Platania for this gracious hospitality during my leave to UNM. Literature Cited Balon, E. K. 1975. Reproductive guilds of fishes: a proposal and definition. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Can. 32:821-864. Breder, C. M. and D. E. Rosen. 1966. Modes of reproduction in fishes. Natural History Press, New York. Brooks, D. R. 1985. Historical ecology: a new approach to studying the evolution of ecological associations. Ann. Mo. Bot. Gard. 72:660-680. Brooks, D. R. and D. A. McLennan. 1991. Phylogeny, ecology, and behavior: a research program in comparative biology. University of Chicago Press, Chicago. Emery, A. R. 1978. The basis of hsh community structure: marine and freshwater comparisons. Env. Biol. Fishes 3:33-47. Matthews, W. J. and D. C. Heins (eds.). 1987. Community and evolutionary ecology of North American stream fishes. University of Oklahoma Press, Norman. Mayden, R. L. 1987. Historical ecology and North American highland hshes: a research program in community ecology, pp. 210-222. In Community and evolutionary ecology of North American stream hshes, Matthews, W. J., and D. C. Heins, (eds.). University of Oklahoma Press, Norman. Moyle, P. B. and J. J. Cech. 1988. Fishes: an introduction to ichthyology, 2nd edition. Prentice- Hall, Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey. Robins, C. R.. R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1 980. A list of common and scientihc names of hshes from the United States and Canada. Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 12. Smith, G. R. and R. F. Stearley. 1 989. The classihcation and scientihc names of rainbow and cutthroat trouts. Fisheries 14:4-10. Wourms, J. P. 1981. Viviparity: the maternal-fetal relationship in hshes. Amer. Zool. 21:473-515. Brooks M. Burr, Department of Zoology’, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901-6501. Iqbal, M. (ed.). 1990. The Vascular Cambium. Research Studies Press Ltd., Taunton, Somerset, England. $98.00. 246 pp. There has not been an English-language review of the important botanical subject of the vascular cambium since the contributions of W.R. Philipson and associates some 20 yr ago. Obviously, during the intervening years much new factual information has been obtained that has been responsible for the formation of many new anatomical concepts as well as modiheation of numerous existing theories. This book, dedicated to the late Professor K. A. Chowdhury (Aligarh Muslim University), is an attempt to rectify this situation, and is intended as a comprehensive reference volume for advanced students and research workers. The volume is composed of a collection of nine reviews contributed by an international array of REVIEWS 169 authors. The topics covered are concerned with the cellular, functional, and evolutionary aspects of the vascular cambium. Chapter titles, in sequence, are: Cambial concept and organization (by M. Iqbal and A. K. M. Ghouse), Origin and development of cambial cells (by W. Y. Soh), Cambial cytology and biochemistry (by A. M. Catesson), The parental cell walls (by A. Mahmood), Phenomena of orientation in the cambium (by Z. Hejnowicz), Seasonal cambial activity (by A. Fahn and E. Werker). Environmental influences on cambial activity (by G. T. Creber and W. G. Chaloner), Anom¬ alous cambia (by W. R. Philipson), and Evolution of cambium in geologic time— a reappraisal (by M. A. Cichan and T. N. Taylor). Each chapter includes an extensive up-to-date bibliography. Con¬ tributions range from being well-illustrated to the total absence of illustrative material. These reviews not only discuss current ideas, but present challenging new avenues for future research. Unfortunately, no mention is made of the interesting recent work of the American workers D. Dobbins and J. Fisher, that documents for the first time the histological effects of experimentally induced injuries to woody, dicotyledonous vines. These workers have suggested that anomalies such as wide unlignified rays, much xylem parenchyma, included phloem, lobed xylem, disjunct cambium, supernumerary cambia and multiple vascular cylinders participated in extensive callus formation and rapid healing of damaged vascular tissues before the crown dies. Anomalies also permitted orderly longitudinal splitting along defined rupture planes that served to limit vascular dysfunction. The limiting of injury and the promotion of healing are thus viewed as one important adaptive significance of anomalous stem structure so common in lianas. Overall, this is an excellent volume that is nicely put together and which should prove to be an important reference work for all professional botanists interested in plant structure and evolution. William C. Dickison. Department of Biology’. University of North Carolina. Chapel Hill. NC 27599. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA Tuskegee University, Department of Biology. The University will host a NSF sponsored Plant Workshop entitled "Understanding and Manipulating Plant Responses to Environmental Stress” 1 5- 1 7 September 1991. Four environmental factors will be discussed: water/ salt and temperature, insects, and disease. The primary goal of the Workshop is to bring together specialists in these fields to share their expertise with plant scientists in the historically black colleges and universities who are doing research in these areas or who would like to initiate research in these areas. Additional information may be obtained from Dr. James H. M. fJenderson, Department of Biology, Tuskegee University. FLORIDA Rollins College, Department of Biology. Eileen Gregory, Associate Professor of Biology, received the OHAUS-NSTA Award for Innovations in Four-Year College Science Teaching at the NSTA National Convention in Houston, March 1991. Professor Gregory's entry, “The Redesign of a College Level Introductory Biology Course,” was selected by the Awards and Recognition Committee to receive the award sponsored by Ohaus Corporation. Her entry describes a multifaceted approach in which students not only learn the material of the course, but have the opportunity to utilize the information in exercises that develop their analytical and synthetic skills. GEORGIA Armstrong State College, Department of Biology. Dr. Kenneth Relyea assumed the position of Biology Department Head, replacing Acting Head, Dr. Francis Thorne. Dr. Thorne is continuing his studies of the Georgia Coastal and Wetlands Flora, and on pollination biology of Asclepias. Dr. Marva Carter has also joined the department and is teaching in the Health Professions area. Dr. Laurent Guillou continues to serve as consultant for the Armstrong Research Institute, and he and Dr. Ronald Beumer have been especially active in local Science Fair activity. Dr. Beumer participated in a faculty fellowship program at the Johnson Space Center and published his studies of Thermal Homeostasis in a Johnson Space Center report. Dr. Beumer has joined the Graduate faculty of the new Regional University which includes Georgia Southern, Savannah State and Armstrong State College. Mrs. Moonyean Brower has continued her studies on local flora and her environmental work. She has been especially active in lecturing on edible and medicinal plants in the coastal Georgia area. Dr. Al Pingel’s work has focused on surveys of the local estuarine invertebrate fauna. Dr. Nancy Pencoe’s work dealt with developing a stronger internal departmental identity for students via increased emphasis on Beta-Beta Beta and a newly organized Biology Club, and trips to regional medical facilities. Mrs. Pam Smith has completed work on the departmental^ published Anatomy and Physiology lab manuals. Similar manuals for introductory Biology courses have been done via collaborative efforts of Mrs. Brower, Dr. Pingel and Dr. Pencoe. Mrs. Donna Antonucci, instructor, is completing her thesis work on Dietary Selenium and the Immune Response. LOUISIANA University of Southwestern Louisiana, Crawfish Research Center. The University has just concluded an Agreement of Academic Collaboration with the University of Kuopio, Kuopio, Finland. The agreement was entered into in recognition of the past and the ongoing program of scientific cooperation 170 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 171 and exchange that has generated a number of beneficial scientific reports addressing problems of mutual concern. The current areas of inter change are as follows: (a) Fisheries Management and Aquaculture, (b) Crawfish Biology, Cultivation, and Exploitation. The Crawfish Center has expanded its research staff through the development of an Adjunct Scientist Program. The Adjunct Scientists include: Dr. Mark Konikoff, an Associate Professor of Biology at Southwestern. He is a noted Finfish aquaculturist and has much experience in the area of marine shrimp aquaculture. Dr. Ronald Malone, an Associate Professor of Civil Engineering at LSU. He specializes in the design and development of closed, recirculating aquaculture systems. Dr. Robert P. Romaire, an Associate Professor of Fisheries at LSU, specializes in crustacean aquaculture with emphasis on crawfish production problems in ponds. Dr. James W. Avault, Jr., a Professor of Aquaculture at LSU, has worked with most of the fish and shellfish cultured in the southeastern USA. Dr. Milton Fingerman, Professor of Biology and Chairman of the Dept, of Biology at Tulane University, is one of the foremost international specialists in crustacean endocrinology. Dr. Ossi V. Lindgvist, Professor of Applied Zoology and Chairman of the Department, at the University of Kuopio. He is an internationally prominent fisheries biologist and crawfish specialist. Dr. Tuula K. Paha, Senior Research Scientist in the Department of Molecular Genetics at the Swedish University of Agricultural Sciences, is a biotechnologist who studies molecular genetics and gene transfer in fishes. Dr. Hans Ackefors, Professor of Zoology at the University of Stockholm, Sweden, is a senior aquaculturist involved in the development of the commercial aqua¬ culture industry in Sweden. Dr. Magnus Furst, Senior Fisheries Scientist in the Institute for Freshwater Research, Drottningholm, Sweden, directs freshwater crawfish restoration projects. Mr. Arne Fjalling, a Crawfish Research Specialist in the Institute for Freshwater Research, Drottningholm, Sweden, specializing in crawfish population dynamics, exploitation, and harvesting methods. University of Southwestern Louisiana, International Association of Astacology. The Association wishes to announce the publication of its biennial Directory of Astacologists. It lists over 240 crayfish specialists from around the world. The Directory is disseminated to all members as a part of their memberships fees. Categories of membership include: student — $12.50, regular— $25.00, business/ institutional — $50.00. For further information contact: Secretariat, P.O. Box 446560, Univ. of South¬ western Louisiana, Lafayette, LA 70504 or call 3 1 8-23 1 -5238/23 1 -6640. The Association will celebrate its 20th year at its 9th international symposium in Reading, England, 5-10 April 1992. MISSISSIPPI The University of Mississippi, Department of Biology. Three new faculty have been added. Gary Gaston has been appointed Associate Professor, and is a benthic ecologist who most recently was on the faculty at McNeese University. Al Mikell is an Assistant Professor, and worked at the LIniversity of Alabama, Huntsville, where he was involved in space station microbiology. His field is microbial physiology, groundwater, and microbial biodegradation. Scott Hooper, from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology, Switzerland, is also an environmental microbiologist working in biodegradation pro¬ cesses. The department continues to develop the University of Mississippi Biological Field Station housing over 200 artificial ponds, streams, and wetlands. For information contact Jim Kushlan, Chair, Department of Biology, University of Mississippi, University, MS 38677 (601) 232-7204. The department announces the pending retirement of three faculty: Luther Knight, Jr., Lyman .L Magee, and W. D. Longest. NORTH CAROLINA East Carolina University, Department of Biology’. ECLI is now offering a new Masters of Science Degree in Molecular Biology/Biotechnology. For more information contact the Director of Graduate Studies, Dept, of Biology, ECU, Greenville, NC 27858-4353. William fm/>n>.v<'(Ph.D. Univ. of North Carolina, Chapel Hill) has been promoted from Visiting Assistant Professor to Assistant Professor. His area of expertise is Marine Community Ecology. Robert Chapman (Ph.D. Univ. of Georgia) has recently joined the department. His area of expertise is Population Genetics/Fisheries Biology. 1 ( "Trip" Lamb also recently joined the department. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Georgia, and works in the area of Population Genetics and Herpetology. Joseph I.uezkovieh joined in 1990 as a Lecturer and Assistant Scientist for the Institute for Coastal and Marine Resources. His Ph.D. is from Florida State University, and his research area is Fish Community Ecology Thomas McConnell, a molecular immunologist, has joined the department as Assistant Professor. Mis terminal 172 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 3, 1991 degree is from the University of Florida. Dr. Charles Singhas joined the department in 1987. His Ph.D. is from the University of Virginia. His area of expertise is endocrinology. Edmund Stellwag (Ph.D. Medical College of Virginia) is a relatively new member of the department, who works in the area of Prokaryotic Molecular Genetics. Claudia Jolts (Ph.D. Univ. of Colorado) has received tenure. Her area of expertise is Plant Ecology. Also receiving tenure is Roger Rulifson. Dr. Rulifson received his Ph.D. from North Carolina State Univ. and is a Fisheries Biologist. He is an Associate Professor. Donald Stanley, an Associate Professor was granted tenure in 1991. His Ph.D. is from North Carolina State Univ., and his area of expertise is Estuarine Ecology/Nutrient Cycling. Vincent Beilis has completed a review of the literature dealing with maritime forests of the southern Atlantic coast of the United States. It is now in press (May 1991). The publication is entitled “The Ecology of Maritime Forests of the Southern Atlantic Coast of the United States: A community profile." This is published by the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 1010 Gause Boulevard, Slidell, LA 70458. Robert Christian is studying the exchanges of nutrients and dissolved oxygen between sediments and water in a coastal lagoon at the mouth of the Po River, Italy. Claudia Jolls continues her study of Sicklepod, a pernicious weedy bean of North Carolina and the southeast related to an Asian species reportedly cultivated for food oils. Senna oil is most similar to peanut or sesame oil. TENNESSEE Middle Tennessee State University. Biology Department. Under the direction of Dr. Marion Wells, the department’s electron microscopy capabilities have been upgraded with the addition of a ISI-ABT- 55 SEM with wet-SEM and image processor. Sarah Barlow recently completed her doctorate work at Vanderbilt-Peabody University. A scholarship has been named in honor of Phillip M. Mathis. Professor of Biology. Dr. Mathis has been at MTSU since 1967, and teaches introductory biology, genetics and biostatistics. Dr. Thomas Hemmerly, Professor of Biology, has been honored by having a Scholarship named for him. He teaches economic botany, nature studies, and plant autecology. He has been a member of the department since 1979. Dr. Marion Wells has been a member of the department since 1964, taught 20 different courses, and directed the thesis work of 25 graduate students. He has written a textbook, lab manual, and published extensively. Because of his achievements and contributions to the University, The Marion Wells Scholarship has been named in his honor. VIRGINIA Virginia Tech University, Center for Environmental and Hazardous Materials Studies. Dr. John Cairns Jr., Virginia Tech University Distinguished Professor, was named a winner in the 1991 Out¬ standing Scientists and Industrialists Award by Governor L. Douglas Wilder and the Science Museum of Virginia. Other winners were Dr. Roger Alan Chevalier, Chairman of the Department of Astronomy at the University of Virginia, and Dr. Phdhp B. Hylemon, Professor of Microbiology/immunology and Medicine at Virginia Commonwealth University, Medical College of Virginia. Dr. Cairns has focused his scientific career on improving the quality of information used in making environmental decisions. He is a pioneer and major contributor to several areas of environmental studies and has introduced new methodologies for environmental research. Cairns has been called the “father of restoration ecology in North America.” A futurist, he has had a major role in enhancing the awareness, recognition, and appreciation of the environment today through his investigation of the recovery process of damaged ecosystems. His important research is the basis on ongoing work in the fields of toxicity, ecology, engineering, and geosciences. In the last five years, Cairns has produced more than 200 publications, including eight books, 50 book chapters and 1 1 5 journal articles, and has received numerous invitations to speak. During his professional career, he has published 33 books (with two more due out soon) and more than 1,000 articles in 1 13 professional publications. Randolph- Macon Womans College, Department of Biology. Dr. Franklin Ford Flint, Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology, will retire this spring, after 40 years of service to the College. Dr. Flint was chair of the department of Biology from 1960-1984. He is past-president of ASB, the Virginia Academy of Science, and the Conservation Council of Virginia. Dr. Flint is currently on the National Board of Directors for the Izaak Walton League of America, and is active in many other conservation activities. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 173 WEST VIRGINIA West Virginia University, Department of Biology. Dr. K. Garbutt received a two year, $60,000 NSF grant to study “The Effects of Differential Photosynthetic Capacity on Fitness.” Roy Clarkson has recently published a book entitled “On Beyond Leatherbark- The Cass Saga.” The book includes 210 full-page photographs, and is 625 pages in length. James B. McGraw and T. Scott Byington presented “Environmental variability and the effects of defoliation on red oak seedlings” at the Gypsy Moth Research Review in Annapolis, Maryland. ABOUT MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History’. More than 500 American Indian leaders, representing 36 tribes, attended the 1898-Trans-Mississippi Exposition in Omaha, Nebraska. That Indian congress is now the subject of a Mid-American Arts Alliance touring exhibit, on display at the Museum from 9 June-21 August 1991. MISSISSIPPI The Crosby Arboretum, Picayune. The Arboretum recently received the 1 990 Environmental Aware¬ ness Award for excellence in design, development, and management of landscape from the Mississippi Chapter of the American Society of Landscape Architects. The new hours for the Arboretum will be from 10 am to 5 pm Tuesday through Saturday and from 2 pm to 5 pm on Sunday. The Arboretum is closed on Monday. A trail guide will allow visitors to take a better informed nature tour around the pond area. Nat Phillips III, a senior at Salisbury School, Connecticut, will be the first intern at the Arboretum. FLORIDA The Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota. The annual Orchid Festival was held on 7-10 April 1991. The Center was filled with a dazzling display of color in exhibits by participating orchid societies and from the Gardens’ own collections. Many rare and unusual specimens were on hand. The Inter¬ national Symposium on the Biology and Conservation of Epiphytes was held on 5-8 May 1991. Dr. W. John Kress, Associate Curator of Botany at the Smithsonian Institution, made a presentation on “Tropical Rainforests: Prospects and Politics.” Also, Dr. Mark Moffett, National Geographic pho¬ tographer, gave a lecture/slide presentation entitled “Climbing to a New Frontier: Accessing the Rainforest Canopy.” The summer plant fair is scheduled to be held on 27 July. This is an annual one day benefit sale for Selby’s education and research programs. NEWS FROM AFFILIATE SOCIETIES OF ASB NEWS FROM THE SOUTHEASTERN CHAPTER OF THE ECOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA The Southeastern Chapter is pleased to announce the election of Dr. Jeffrey C. Luvall as its new Vice-Chairperson. Jeff will begin his term following the Annual ESA Meeting in San Antonio and can be contacted at the Earth Science and Application Division, Marshall Space Flight Center, NASA, Huntsville, AL 35805, (205) 544-2809. Until that time, Ken McLeod will continue to perform the functions of Vice-Chair, especially in solicting proposals for symposia for the 1992 ASB Meeting to be held in Tuscaloosa, AL. Continuing officers are Dr. Courtney Hackney, University of North Car- olina-Wilmington, as Chair and Dr. Liz Blood, University of South Carolina, as secretary. Our annual fall field trip will be held on 25-27 October 1991, hosted by the Southern Hardwoods Laboratory, USFS, in Stoneville, MS. Further information on the field trip is found below. ECOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA SOUTHEASTERN CHAPTER FALL FIELD TRIP 25-27 OCTOBER 1991 HOSTED BY THE SOUTHERN HARDWOODS LABORATORY OF THE UNITED STATES FOREST SERVICE, STONEVILLE, MISSISSIPPI Tentative itinerary — Arrive Friday night in Greenville, MS. Presentations on past and current research in bottomland hardwood forests. — On Saturday, we will tour artifically regenerated hardwood forests in the Delta Experimental Forest in Stoneville and in the Yazoo National Wildlife Refuge and old-growth research natural areas in the Delta National Forest. — Saturday night will be spent in Vicksburg. — On Sunday, we will explore the loessal bluff hardwood forests in the Bluff Experimental Forest. — An option on Sunday afternoon might be to explore Cat Island Swamp, south of Vicksburg. Other Sunday afternoon activities are presently being considered. For further information and registration forms, please contact: Dr. Winston Paul Smith Southern Hardwood Laboratory Southern Forest Experiment Station U.S. Forest Service Stoneville, Mississippi 38776 (601) 686-7218 174 Call For Dues ASB Members Please check you mailing label for status of your membership (current throught the year indicated). 1991 renewals were due January 1991. Payment of 1992 renewals now will save your Association the costs of printing/mailing /handling dues notices Please consider early renewal! ASB MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL (Please use this form for renewals only) Attach mailing label. If not possible, PLEASE PRINT. Enclose check or money order to ASB for dues and mail to: Patricia D. Parr P. O. Box 2008 Oak Ridge National Laboratory Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Name Date Address Address City State Zip Annual Dues: □ Regular ($15.09) □ Contributing ($50.00) □ Family ($20.00) □ Patron ($300.Q0) □ Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ □ Graduate student ($8.00) □ Sustaining ($100.Q0) □ Library subscription ($25. Q0) □ Business affiliate ($100.Q0) □ Emeritus ($10.Q0) APPLICATION FOR ASB MEMBERSHIP Give copies of this to your students, colleagues, and your school librarian. Fill out blanks and enclose check or money order for one year’s dues and mail to Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Please include phone number on application _ Name in full _ Date _ Title _ Department _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip _ Degrees (institutions and dates) _ Recommended by member _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15.00 _ Graduate Student $8.00 _ Contributing $50.00 _ Sustaining $ 1 00.00 _ Family $20.00 _ Library Subscription $25.00 _ Patron $300.00 _ Business Affiliate $ 100.00 _ Emeritus $ 1 0.00 Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 38, Number 3, July 1991 CALL FOR PAPERS-IMPORTANT DEADLINES 145 New Publication Policy and Page Charge Reductions— Call for Papers . 149 BLUE ABSTRACT FORM (Detach) Between 150 & 151 Association Affairs . 150 Reviews . 166 News of Biology in the Southeast . 170 News from Affiliate Societies of ASB . 174 CALL FOR ANNUAL DUES PAYMENT . 175 Cover photo by Claude Rogers, Virginia Beach, Va. The ASB BULLETIN )lume 38, Number 4 October 1991 ALL FOR PAPERS -Deadline December 1 Look but don’t touch — Both Poisonous See p. 181 The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-000 1-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 1 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597, 404/864-1957 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 President-elect — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Vice-President — Diane R. Nelson, East Tenn. Tech. Univ., Johnson City, TN 37614 Retiring President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1992 April 8-1 1 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Norfolk or Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. PRESIDENT’S CORNER A VIEW FROM HERE LIBRARY OCT 0 9 1991 A. iti. m. h. First, I want to express gratitude on behalf of the Association to colleagues who have made substantial contributions to ASB in recent months. Last year during his term as President, Frank Day provided superb leadership to the Association, and to him I extend very special thanks. Also, Ross Hinkle’s term of excellent service is truly praiseworthy. The keeping of comprehensive records for the As¬ sociation is critically important and increasingly demanding on one’s time. Ross performed with grace under pressure, and we owe him a tremendous debt of gratitude. Also, the efforts of Pat Parr, who had to suddenly assume the Treasurer’s office following Bob Beckmann being called to active duty, saved the day in many ways. She ably transferred the membership files to Oak Ridge, sent out dues notices, and transferred the society’s funds from North Carolina so all bills were paid without missing a beat, thereby keeping the society on a sound operating basis. Our society has been extraordinarily well served by its all-volunteer staff and by committees, but the time-consuming service of these three colleagues merits special, heartfelt appreciation. In addition, I express sincere appreciation to the 1990 host committee led by Kenneth Shull and Howard Neufeld at Ap¬ palachian State University. Kudos to them, to their colleagues, and to committee chairs and members for excellent support of the Association during the past year. ASB members and membership are very much on my mind as I begin my term of office. As members, we are constituents of a body of active and diverse teachers, researchers, and professional biologists in business and industry in the Southeast. We look to the Association to meet a variety of important professional needs, including the provision of a forum for the presentation of research, the exchange of ideas, and the discussion of issues; opportunities for service; the support of biological education; and professional fellowship. One of my goals is to assist with the assessment of our success in identifying and meeting the needs of biology and biologists in our region. Several initiatives are under way. For example, we are working on the development of a new membership brochure, the updating of membership lists, and on the recruitment of new members. Also, we expect to develop membership resource information that will enable the Association and outside agencies to tap the store of expertise of our members in service to our science and to society. Ties with other societies in the region are being strengthened and new ones are being sought. We solicit information from you regarding ways the Association can better meet its objectives in research, education, and service, thereby moving ASB closer to reaching its full potential as a vita! organization in the region. 177 178 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 4, 1991 At a time when attendance at national meetings is being less fully subsidized, it is particularly important that we become a highly visible and truly excellent regional society. If we are timely in our efforts and if we provide opportunities that meet professional needs in substantive and rewarding ways, the Association can look forward to a period of unprecedented growth and prosperity in terms of its mission and purpose. Let us take advantage of all that is going for us right now, including signs of invigoration among our diverse membership and an es¬ pecially auspicious moment for meeting the needs of our science, of education, and of professionals in the region. Some areas of service for members of the Association include volunteering for committees or other work, offering sugges¬ tions to the Executive Committee, submitting an article or a photograph for the Bulletin, nominating someone for the Meritorious Teaching Award, recruiting members among colleagues, encouraging students to attend the annual meeting, and making contributions to the Enrichment Fund. Please contact ASB officers, members of the Executive Committee, or committee chairs to make your con¬ tribution to the growth of ASB during the coming year. REVIEWS Myers, Ronald L. and John J. Ewel (eds.). 1990. Ecosystems of Florida. University of Central Florida Press, Orlando, FL. $75.00 cloth, $29.95 paper. 765 p. At mid-century, when I first witnessed the grandeur of the Florida landscape with its abundant and diverse biota, little did I envision that within four decades the human population would increase sixfold, massive destruction of habitats would reduce numerous plant and animal species to rare, threatened, or endangered status or even extinction, and that a small army of dedicated environmen¬ talists would battle to preserve what scarce, unspoiled territory remains. This book presents a vivid description and valuable information on the past, present, and future of the ecosystems found in this unique state. In the Foreword, Maijorie Carr, one of Florida’s most respected conservationists, de¬ scribes her 70-yr involvement with the growth of the ecological movement and reviews the significant contributions made by pioneers in this field. Every Floridian should share the hope that her statement— "This book has come just in time to save the landscapes of Florida”— is a clairvoyant prediction and not merely wishful thinking. The objective of this book is to introduce the reader to the ecology of Florida’s landscape, a task to which 29 research scientists contributed. Part I, Introduction, consists of four chapters on topics fundamental to all ecosystems: Introduction, Climate, Soils, and Historical Biogeography. Parts II- IV pertain to the 1 3 ecosystems identified by the editors. Part II, Upland Systems, consists of chapters 5-8: Pine Flatwoods and Dry Prairies, Scrub and High Pine, Temperate Hardwood Forests, and South Florida Rockland. Part III, Freshwater Wetlands and Aquatic Ecosystems, includes chapters 9-12: Swamps, Freshwater Marshes, Lakes, and Rivers and Springs. Part IV, Coastal Ecosystems, consists of chapters 13-17: Dunes and Maritime Forests, Salt Marshes, Mangroves, Inshore Marine Habitats, and Coral Reefs. Part V, Conclusion, describes problems, prospects, and strategies for conservation. The chapters do not follow a uniform format, but each generally provides a description of the structure, species composition, area coverage and distribution (within Florida), dynamics, role of fire, management practices, and specialized topics pertaining to the ecosystem under consideration. Space limitations preclude a chapter-by-chapter review, but it is evident that a common set of events have played a role in the partial destruction of all ecosystems. This degradation began to a limited extent 10,000 yr ago when native Indians began cutting the forests. The exploitation of Florida’s natural resources continued with the settling of Florida by Europeans, accelerated with the immigration of northerners in the present century, and has progressed exponentially since the end of World War II. Deforestation and the development of agriculture were the first notable changes, followed by the growth of a burgeoning citrus industry. Dewatering, canal and dike construction, water management, and mosquito control in central and south Florida forever altered the landscape, especially the Ev¬ erglades. These activities had a tremendous impact on fire regimens, vegetation patterns, and salini¬ zation of fresh waters. The explosive growth of the human population and urban development encroached on terrestrial and coastal ecosystems, while the disposal of industrial wastes, garbage, sewage, and pollutants con¬ taminated and degraded extensive areas. The indigenous biota of Florida has been dramatically altered by the invasion of numerous exotic plants and animals. This sequence of events is common knowledge among many Florida residents, but it has been the goal of the editors and authors of this book to document the history of change with in-depth scientific studies and to formulate recommendations for future action. We can take small comfort in the fact that new efforts at conservation and effective management practices are now in vogue— national and state parks and preserves, wildlife refuges, water conservation areas, growth management laws, and even serious attempts at undoing the boondoggles of the past (c.g. restoration of the meandering Kissimmee River and elimination of structures along the defunct Cross- Florida Barge Canal). But the task is formidable. For example, the responsibility for fisheries and environmental management of coral reefs is divided among 12 different state and federal agencies! What sort of plan will it take to eliminate such an inept bureaucracy? This volume represents a one-of-a-kind source book of ecological information on Florida, which will be extremely useful to research scientists, ecologists, resource managers, environmental consult- 179 180 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 4, 1991 ants, and many others. A list of nearly 2,000 references by workers in many branches of science is a valuable asset, as are the indices to common and scientific names for the hundreds of plants and animals mentioned in the book. As is the case with virtually all multi-authored publications, the quality and readability of individual chapters are quite diverse. Some chapters include informative summaries; others, with voluminous specific details, would have benefitted by the addition of a summary. The lack of contrast (muddy appearance) in many of the smaller black-and-white photo¬ graphs detracts from an otherwise well-crafted book. Many readers may wonder why more attention was not given to the story of Lake Okeechobee. One final note. Except for the chapter summaries, the style of writing in this book will not provide easy reading for the general public who may wish to acquire a better understanding of the ecosystems in Florida. An abridged, paperback version would offer a much larger audience the opportunity to digest the interesting and valuable information contained in this extraordinary treatise. Ralph W. Yerger, Professor Emeritus, Department of Biological Science, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL 32306. Lowe, David W., John R. Matthews, and Charles J. Moseley (eds.). 1990. The Official World Wildlife Fund Guide to Endangered Species of North America. Beacham Publishing, Inc., Washington, DC. 2 Volumes. $195.00. 1180 p. Teaching conservation biology requires that a host of up-to-date literature be available as source material. This is especially true if one requires students to prepare research papers on endangered species. This two-volume set offers an entry into the literature and access to ongoing programs on each of the endangered and threatened species listed by the United States Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS) as of August 1989. This is the only compendium available that includes information on the behavior, ecology, status, and recovery plans for each of these species. A Foreword by Russell Train, Chairman of the World Wildlife Fund (WWF), sets the stage for the information to follow. In a moving description of the extinction of the passenger pigeon, he dedicates the book to Martha, the last one who died on 1 September 1914. Michael J. Bean provides a brief history of endangered species legislation, and the editors outline their problems and decisions in constructing the species accounts. A ready reference index by common name allows a quick search of the species covered in each volume. The species accounts contain short but informative sections on description, habitat, historic range, current distribution, conservation and recovery, bibliography, and contact agencies. A small line map, 51-60 x 70-75 mm black and white photograph, and a summary list of status, date listed, taxonomic family, concise description, habitat, threats, and USFWS jurisdictional region accompany the text. Each species account occupies two to three pages. The bibliographies contain one to eight (usually 3—4) selected references, ranging from all technical reports to all peer-review literature. Most accounts contain a mixture of the two. Addresses of the Regional Office of Endangered Species and other appropriate agencies are provided for those interested in additional information. Each volume contains the same list of state by state occurrences of listed species and the same glossaries, but separate indices. A signature of 12 pages of beautiful color plates (60 photographs in Vol. 1 and 57 in Vol. 2) in each volume provide the reader with a much welcomed change from the otherwise black and white format. These, along with the black and white photos, provide the only complete source of illustrations for all the federally listed species, except those added after mid- 1989. Except for the rare misspelling (e.g. Montanna for Montana, p. 444) or misplaced colon (e.g. Copeia (1)219: 220, p. 740), the book is well edited. The print size allows easy reading, especially important for students. The binding quality will allow considerable wear. It is clear that the editors and publisher gave a great deal of forethought to the information content, layout, and production of this book. One of the most important features is the lists of addresses and phone numbers for various contact agencies. These are offices of the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, offices of the National Marine Fisheries Service, State Natural Heritage Programs, Bureau of Land Management Offices, National Forest Service offices. National Wildlife Refuges, and Canadian Agencies. I wish our library had had this book on its shelves when students in my recent conservation biology class were searching for information on their selected endangered species. The summarized information and bibliographies alone would have saved much research time. The agency addresses and phone numbers could have reduced the cost of their efforts to obtain up-to-date information on current status, problems, and recovery plans. REVIEWS 181 The WWF guide book is not only for students and teachers of conservation biology. It should be a reference used by everyone seeking information about endangered species in the United States. The frequency of news items on endangered species and the impact of their conservation on society is slowly awakening the general public. How will these people understand the issues at stake unless they can hnd accurate information about the plight of these species? This book provides a window into the vast literature on this topic. Librarians take heed— display these volumes prominently. I hope that the number of species covered will make more people aware of the extinction crisis. But as most of you know, this small number is only the tip of the proverbial iceberg. I find it difficult to recommend the WWF guide book to individuals because of the price. However, every library in the United States should have one or two. Additional species will continue to be added to the USFWS endangered and threatened lists, but despite this problem, the book will be an important source of information on the first 525 species for years to come. Updated editions will only increase its usefulness. Those of you teaching any aspect of conservation biology or concerned about public education in science should insist that your library purchase a copy. Joseph C. Mitchell, Department of Biology’, University of Richmond, Richmond, VA 23173. Gibbons, J. Whitfield, Robert R. Haynes, and Joab L. Thomas. 1990. Poi¬ sonous Plants and Venomous Animals of Alabama and Adjoining States. The University of Alabama Press, Tuscaloosa, AL. 345 p. Unlike many books written about organisms that are potentially harmful to humans. Poisonous Plants and Venomous Animals of Alabama and Adjoining States considers both plants and animals. Although the precise area covered by this book is Alabama, its adjoining states, and its nearshore coastal areas, this book has a much broader use since many of the plants and animals discussed have widespread geographic ranges. A series of 24 colored plates grouped in the middle of the book illustrates 69 plants and 8 animals. The first chapter presents an overview of the poisonous plants and venomous animals of Alabama, including brief discussions of the reasons plants and animals produce toxins. This is followed by a brief account of classification of organisms covered in the book. Next is a list of Alabama's most dangerous plants and animals, and a list of nondeadly poisonous plants and venomous animals. Chapter 2 is devoted to different categories of biological toxins, divided into mushroom toxins, vascular plants toxins, and animal venoms. A section on the treatment for the various kinds of toxins and venoms follows. The first group of poisonous organisms treated is mushrooms in Chapter 3. For each species, there is a statement describing the distinguishing features, a discussion of the toxic properties, and geographic distribution. Twenty species of mushrooms are treated in some detail. Chapter 4 discusses vascular plants that cause systemic poisoning, while Chapter 5 deals with vascular plants that cause dermatitis or other forms of irritations. The only difference in the presentation of species between the mushrooms and the vascular plants is that each vascular plant is accompanied by two range maps. One map shows the range in Alabama by county, the other map shows the general range of the species in North America. Although the latter maps are only general in nature, they should not be relied upon too heavily because they do contain a number of errors. Chapters 6 and 7 cover the venomous invertebrates and vertebrates, respectively. The last chapter, 8, covers harmless animals that often appear dangerous. The inclusion of Heterodon in this chapter may be deceiving inasmuch as there are several reports of reaction to Heterodon bites. Robert H. Mohlenbrock, Department of Plant Biology, and Donald M. Miller. School of Medicine, Southern Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901. Page, L. M. and B. M. Burr. 1991. A Field Guide to Freshwater Fishes, North America, North of Mexico. Houghton Mifflin Co., Boston, MA. $16.95 paper. 432 p. Periodically, guides have been published on the freshwater fishes of North America, north of Mexico, as knowledge was refined and expanded (Schrenkeisen 1938; Moore 1957; and Eddy 1^64). Now a new and more complete guide to the freshwater fishes of North America has been published as the 182 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 4, 1991 42nd guide in the continuing Peterson field guide series. Important aspects are: how to use the guide, identification accounts, remarks, identifying features, range maps as well as comments on abundance aspects (common to rare to endangered), similar species, and habitat use by each species. Page and Burr’s guide covers 790 species of freshwater fishes, within 36 families, along with 10 marine families that have representatives that occasionally enter freshwater and are known to occur in the United States and Canada. Four additional families deal with introduced (Exotic) species. The scientific names, generally, follow the recommended List of Common and Scientific names of fishes, as published by the Common Names Committee (Robins et al. 1980). Recent name changes suggested by Lundberg( 1982) and Mayden (1989) are used for the catfishes and minnows. The guide also covers many subspecies and their ranges. Black and white as well as color species illustrations are placed in 48 plates, 15 in black and white, 33 in color and represent 722 species. Both sexes are depicted for many species where color differences occur between males and females. The short but authoritative comments on each family and species are well written and include features that relate similarities or differences, such as mouth structure, papillation, scale counts, etc., between similar species. Contrary to p. 1, the editors removed family outlines that contained marine or brackish water inhabiting species most likely to be encountered in fresh water. Slight inconsistencies occur throughout in regard to using both metric and English size conversions. The only family name change is Moronidae for the temperate basses, Percichthyidae. The authors note one recent record for the white perch, Morone americana ( Americana is capitalized in the index), from the Lake Erie drainage, p. 255, when it has been known there since 1953 (Larsen 1954). I agree with the authors that range maps are hard to keep current, for in North Carolina alone the redbelly Tilapia occurs in Carolina Power and Light's Harris Lake, threadfin shad and blue and channel catfishes are known from the Cape Fear River (Schwartz 1989; Schwartz et al. 1982), and bluegills and many other freshwater species inhabit ponds located on the Outer Banks. Some comments should have been included on the golden trout color strains being stocked in Pennsylvania and West Virginia. Species, within a family, are grouped by important features, not alphabetically, i.e. next 15 species possess (Snubnose darters): extremely blunt snout; broadly joined brachiostegal membranes, etc., as a sort of running written key. This approach may cause problems for the neophyte ichthyologist not familiar with related species and their key identification features. A list of species within the family would have alleviated the problem. One may experience slight confusion when using the plate designations in the index, for one could easily assume the maps are also plates. It would have expedited one’s search for a particular species map to note the map page in the index, rather than sending the reader to the species account to there note the species’ range map number. I find notations to at least 25 hybrids throughout the text, yet they are not listed in the index; I wonder why, especially since the cover plate depicts the hybrid sunfish, Lepomis cyanellus x Lepomis gibbosus. Likewise, why is dace listed in the index but not goby? The only generic changes that have not been updated are for the freshwater goby and darter goby, p. 2, which should be Ctenogobius shufeldti and Ctenogobius boleosoma instead of Gobionellus (Pezold 1989). Page and Burr’s field guide is an excellent and thorough treatise on North American freshwater fishes. It’s well done, is a handy pocket-sized publication, easy to read and use, and commands a price that all can afford. It will be the standard for many years and will be used by professional as well as interested students, and by laymen when trying to determine what freshwater fishes they have caught, seen, or are studying. Literature Cited Eddy, S. 1969. How to Know the Freshwater Fishes. 2nd ed. W. C. Brown Co. Larsen, A. 1954. First record of the white perch (Morone americana) in Lake Erie. Copeia 1954(2): 154. Lundberg, J. G. 1982. The comparative anatomy of toothless blindcat, Trogloglanis pattersoni Eigenmann, with a phylogenetic analysis of the Ictalurid catfishes. Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. No. 163. 85 p. Mayden, R. L. 1989. Phylogenetic studies of North American minnows, with emphasis in the genus Cyprinella (Teleostei: Cypriniformes). Univ. Kansas Mus. Nat. Hist. Publ. 80. 189 p. Moore, G. 1957. Fishes, pp. 33-210. In W. T. Blair, A. P. Blair, P. Bradkorb, F. R. Cagle, and G. A. Moore (eds.). Vertebrates of the United States. McGraw Hill Co., New York. Pezold, F. L. 1989. A phylogenetic revision of the genus Gobionellus. ASB Bull. 36(2): 95, abstr. REVIEWS 183 Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lackner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1980. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada. 4th ed. Am. Fish. Soc. Spec. Publ. No. 12. 174 p. Schrenkeisen, R. 1983. Field Book of Freshwater Fishes of North America. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley, California. 32 1 p. Schwartz, F. J. 1 989. Zoogeography and ecology of fishes inhabiting North Carolina’s marine waters to depths of 600 meters. NOAA-NURP 89-2, p. 335-374. In R. Y. George and A. W. Hulbert (eds.). N.C. Coastal Oceanography Symp. Wilmington, North Carolina. Schwartz, F. J., W. T. Hogarth, and M. P. Weinstein. 1982. Marine and freshwater fishes of the Cape Fear estuary. North Carolina, and their distribution in relation to environmental factors. Brimleyana No. 7, pp. 17-37. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. Price, Peter W., Thomas W. Lewinsohn, G. Wilson Fernandes, and Woodruff W. Benson (eds.). 1991. Plant- Animal Interactions: Evolutionary Ecology in Trop¬ ical and Temperate Regions. John Wiley, New York, NY. $125 hard cover, v- xiv + 639 p. This book is a major contribution to our understanding of plant-animal interactions. It is a com¬ pilation of ideas expressed during a major international symposium on the Evolutionary Ecology of Tropical Herbivores that was presented at the Campinas State University (UNICAMP), Brasil, in 1988. The 27 papers are divided into an introduction and six general themes, and I shall consider each of these separately here. The editors offer the introductory chapter with an overview of the historical perspectives and current issues in tropical ecology. Especially stressed are the rather new collaborative research efforts between workers from the northern and southern hemispheres, and those studies that are being carried out without any input whatsoever from the North. In point of fact, what everyone is trying to explain is the incredible biodiversity of the tropics, not merely to document it. The first major part is four papers grouped loosely under “tropical vs. temperate region compari¬ sons.” Especially enlightening was the work of Price on patterns in communities at various latitudinal gradients. Most earlier workers had estimated the diversity to be greatest near the equator, but in at least some groups. Price shows that there may be even greater diversity in temperate regions, especially of gall-making herbivores and parasitoids; furthermore, insects tend to be no more host-specific in the tropics than they do in temperate climes. Three very interesting papers explore mutualism between plants and animals. Fleming explores relationships between frugivores and angiosperms, while Davidson et al. document cases of plants providing food and/or housing for ants which, in turn, protect the foliage against attack from herbivores. Oliviero and Oliviero-Filho demonstrate much the same mutualism for plants with extra-floral nec¬ taries compared with plants without these structures. The entire section proves its points well. The next five papers form the third section, exploring antagonisms between plants and herbivores. Clark and Clark present a study of cycads and the lycaenid butterfly, Eumaeus minijas (misspelled “ minyas ”) and beetle herbivores: the butterfly is a more important defoliant on Zanua skinneri than beetles. Butterfly larvae were observed killing some Zamia plants by eating not only leaves, but also cones and even stems, while the beetles only ate the leaves. Whitham et al. present both the negative and the positive effects of herbivory and discuss some of the physiological mechanisms that affect these variable responses to herbivory. Even closely related plant species can elicit very different responses, so taxonomic closeness is not a determinant. Dir/.o and Miranda present the results of studies conducted on defaunation and diversity in two Mexican sites; not surprisingly, there was much more leaf damage to understory plants where there were more herbivore species, but there were more plants species present in the area that had not been defaunated. Close to my heart were the five papers that discussed plant-butterfly interactions, and the papers in this fourth section were uniformly excellent. Vasconcelios Neto discusses Ithomiines and their solanaceous foodplants: the battle is the timing of new leaf formation and presence of eggs or larvae on them. Mechanitis lysimnia, for example, attacks Solatium jatrophifolium and reaches peaks of abundance in the moist season when the new leaves are forming. Specialist insects tend to attack plants of high density, whereas generalists often feed on a variety of rare plants. Feeny next presents 184 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 4, 1991 his data on the chemical coevolution of butterflies and their hostplants and shows that after mating, there must be chemical stimuli that constrain oviposition, larval acceptance of the hostplant, larval toleration of the plant’s defensive chemicals and finally the use of these chemicals for insect defense. He argues how probably coevolution, sensu Ehrlich and Raven, probably has not influenced the evolution of chemical resistance in plants. Scriber et al. further explore coevolution within a group of lauraceous-feeding swallowtails and present (p. 365) a most plausible phylogeny for the group em¬ ploying only three hostplant shifts from the primitive lauraceous host to the situation we see today. The shifts involve accomodation to Magnoliaceae and Salicaceae, plants that will not support other members of the group. Brown el al., using Ithonninae and Heliconiinae along with their hostplants, are less certain about the lack of demonstrable coevolution between butterflies and their hosts. They postulate a new coevolutionary preadaptation of butterflies to the new chemicals being adopted by their hosts to prevent the butterflies from feeding on them (Syndrome B), or even completely and rapidly switching hosts. This is indeed a seminal paper; I only wish that the illustrations (especially the one on p. 391) were not so cluttered and nearly impossible to read. Taxonomic affinity does not necessarily mean that all species are eaten or rejected, as Gilbert shows with the Heliconiinae. A surprise to me was the relative palatability of Dryas iulia and Agraulis vanillae, supposedly models for Batesian mimics in the Antilles; 92% of the former and 75% of the latter offered to rufous-tailed jacamars were eaten. Perhaps iulia and vanillae are the best of a number of unpalatable alternatives in Cost Rica, and thus the Antillean model could still hold. Passiflora has evolved some intriguing defenses against Heliconius predation, including egg mimicry whereby the plant has evolved small egglike structures on its leaves, the sight of which inhibits females from ovipositing. Four papers comprise the next section on hostplant specificity. Futuyma discusses especially the genetics and phylogenetics of hostplant specificity and details some elegant experiments with the fall cankerworm. The species breaks into two distinctive genotypes, one of which does better on maple (type A), and the other on oak (type B). Survival of type A larvae was better under moist conditions (where the maple is dominant), whereas the opposite obtained for type B individuals that are adapted to drier habitats. Equally impressive were the hostplant choice data gathered for weevils of the genus Ophraelle and the composites they feed on in all stages. Futuyma resists the temptation to ascribe this specificity solely to genetic bases, though he does suggest it rather strongly. Heyneman et al. and Zwoelfer and Romstoeck-Voelkl examine two other systems of specificity employing mites and beetles, respectively, to demonstrate specificty (or lack thereof). McNaughton’s contribution, brief as it is, elegantly demonstrates the evolution of herbivory in African mammals, and shows that it is a much more complicated pattern than previously suspected. The mammals’ niche partitioning has been modified by the distributions of minerals and a complex social system. The last section on community patterns in natural and human-controlled systems is rather more heterogeneous than the others, and as such, perhaps the least satisfying of the book. The fine study by Lewinsohn of insects in flower heads of Asteraceae was one of the high points. The general and most persistent conclusion reached was that plant range is better correlated with the ranges of generalist, rather than specialist, herbivores. The final couple of papers regarding agricultural pests are almost self-explanatory. One would expect that the number of insects present in a com field would be greater if there were weeds than without them. Notwithstanding these occasional minor complaints, this is a very good book and one that will be a standard for many years to come. There are remarkably few typographical errors, and most of these involve taxonomic names, as mentioned above. The figures are quite clear, when they are not overly cluttered, and the scholarship is exquisite. The editors are to be congratulated on a fine job, and the publisher has put together a lasting book. I recommend this volume as a must to anyone with an interest in understanding plant-herbivore relationships, and that should include the majority of bi¬ ologists. Lee D. Miller, Allyn Museum of Entomology of the Florida Museum of Natural History, 3621 Bay Shore Road, Sarasota, FL 34234. Dennis, David T. and David M. Turpin, (eds.). 1990. Plant Physiology, Bio¬ chemistry and Molecular Biology. Longman Scientific & Technical., Essex, En¬ gland. $49.95. 529 p. A tremendous expansion in our knowledge in the plant sciences has occurred in the last decade. The motivation for the preparation of this text according to the authors was to design a book which REVIEWS 185 could provide an overview of carbon and nitrogen metabolism biochemistry, physiology, and molecular biology. The authors, in my opinion, have largely succeeded in achieving their stated objectives. The book does indeed provide a clear overview of the primary processes in plant metabolism and the regulation of carbon and nitrogen metabolism. This success was attained by the contributions of some 47 authors, each of whom is a specialist in some area of botanical science. This approach is inevitable in today’s surfeit of information contributed in large measure by the sophistication of molecular biological techniques. The text covers diverse areas of metabolism, organelle structure, and function, such as mitochondrion and chloroplast and, in my opinion, this text can be profitably used by both undergraduate and graduate students. The book is divided into IX sections, each of which is devoted to a particular aspect of plant science, such as photosynthesis, or nitrogen metabolism. These divisions make it easy for an instructor to select the desired topics and to insert them into a course outline. Each section is divided into chapters; for example: Chapter 1 3, Plastid structure and development, and each chapter usually terminates with a summary or concluding remarks. A useful short list of important references is always included. This reviewer was particularly pleased with the integration of plant structure, physiology, and biochemistry in the various sections because all too often many specialists in plant science tend to emphasize their own research interest to the detriment of another, i.e. structure in preference to biochemistry. The reviewer was impressed with exposure of the gene expression in development which was introduced very early in the book and is very appropriate to the further utilization of many subsequent chapter treatments. Cytosolic carbon metabolism was well treated but no attempt was made to detail aspects of cellulose synthesis and the associated substances such as lignins. A more detailed presentation of the extremely important synthesis of complex carbohydrates such as cellulose would have been useful. Nitrogen metabolism was well developed and much of the information was up to date, particularly in the important field of nitrogen fixation. Symbiotic nitrogen fixation was well presented with data on genetic regulation and a short but very interesting discussion on the symbiotic nod genes. As far as the reviewer could judge, the information on the nitrate reductase and the associated ammonia assimilation enzymes, such as the GOGAT system, was well discussed. A brief discussion was also presented on the plant genes involved in symbiosis. Section VII, which deals with plant lipids, could have benefited from a more expanded development of sterols and similar compounds. The industrial importance of plant oils was not touched upon nor were there any data on some of the molecular biology of lipid synthesis. I personally found the last section of the book very useful since it delineates likely lines of future research in the plant sciences. The powerful tools of molecular biology are now being wielded with some extraordinary results. Despite these rather small shortcomings this reviewer is quite pleased with this text and plans to use it for his own course of Plant Biochemistry. There is no doubt that subsequent editions will improve the already high quality found in this edition. A. Domnas, Biology Department, University of North Carolina, Chape I Hill, AC 27599. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Science and Math Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES FLORIDA University of Florida, Department of Botany. Dr. ,/. J. Ewel has been chosen as the teacher-scholar of the year ( 1 990-9 1 ). A single award is made each year on a University-wide basis and this is a major event recognizing Jack’s ability and achievements both in teaching and in research and, of course, it reflects very well on the department. The University statistics have recently revealed that during the 1989-90 school year, the department recruited arguably the best qualified cohort of graduate students in the whole university. The 10 students had mean GPA scores of 3.54 and GRE scores of 1,296. It appears likely that the means for those arriving during 1991-92 will be even better, half of them having 700+ on the Analytical Test. Dr. Kimberlyn Williams, who joined us as Assistant Professor in Physiological Ecology has just been awarded her first research grant. Dr. Walter Judd has been promoted from Associate to Full Professor. He and his former graduate student, Caroline Easley, have been chosen for the Richard and Minnie Windier Award; this is recognition of the best paper in systematic botany published in Volume 55 of Castanea. GEORGIA Georgia College, Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences. Dr. Thomas Toney (Ph.D. University of Illinois) will join the faculty in September 1991 as an Assistant Professor. He comes to the College from post-doctoral assignments at Vanderbilt Univ. and Michigan State University. His research interest is in the area of endocrine physiology. Oxford College of Emory University, Department of Biology’. Dr. Steve Baker joined the faculty this past fall. Dr. Baker is an aquatic ecologist and received his Ph D. from Southern Illinois Univ. KENTUCKY Western Kentucky University, Department of Biology. The National Science Foundation has awarded a grant entitled “Research Experiences in Molecular Biology for Young Scholars” to members of the department. The grant brings 20 outstanding Kentucky high school students per year to the department to do research with faculty. Funded for $1 17,400 over a two-year period, the grant includes Dr. Val Dunham, director, and Drs. Ken Balak, Martin Houston, Claire Rinehart and Frank Toman. This is the second two-year program to be funded by NSF under this program at Western. Dr. Dunham has also received funding for the fifth year of a five-year grant entitled “DNA Replication in Plants.” Three new faculty join the department as Assistant Professors. Dr. Nancy A. Dawson (Ph.D. Univ. of Tennessee at Knoxville) to fill the Cell Biology position; Dr. Cheryl Davis (Ph.D. Wake Forest Uni¬ versity) to assume the Immunobiology position and Dr. Jeffrey Kent ( Ph.D. Univ. of Illinois) to assume the new position in Comparative Physiology. Dr. James D. Skean, who joined the biology department in 1966, is retiring effective in July 1991. LOUISIANA Louisiana State University, Department of Botany. Florence Montgomery Givens died 15 November 1990. She was the Assistant Herbarium Curator, Dept, of Botany, from 1980 to 1990. She had an M.S. degree from the University of Georgia, where she studied the flora of granite outcrops under the 186 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 187 direction of Wilbur Duncan. She had also worked in the Herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Laboratory’, Ocean Springs. The laboratory has been able to avert a workforce reduction by deleting 13 state-funded positions from the 1991 fiscal year budget. This plus other cost reduction measures enabled the Laboratory to absorb a 13.1 percent cut in state funding. This will also mean no pay raises for employees for the third year. Dr. Thomas Mcllwain, Director of the Laboratory, said that it is increasingly difficult to retain highly trained professionals and maintain quality and productivity when employees cannot received the financial benefits they merit. GCRL Director, Dr. Mcllwain, has been reappointed to a two-year term on the U.S. Dept, of the Interior Outer Continental Shelf Advisory Board scientific committee. Dr. Stuart G. Poss, head of the systematic zoology section, has completed a one-month visiting professorship at the Museum National d’Histoire Naturelle in Paris where he assisted the staff in setting up their image analysis system. At least 23 states and Canada were represented by the 1,300 participants in the Project Marine Discovery Sea Camp, which began on 3 June 1991. Now in its fourth year. Sea Camp is co-sponsored by GCRL and the Mississippi-Alabama Sea Grant Consortium in Biloxi. Classes and week-long sessions have been added each year since 1988, when enrollment began with 470 youngsters. The Laboratory also wel¬ comed 84 students from 24 schools to its 1991 two-term summer session. A total of eight marine courses were offered to undergraduates from 1 3 states. Sharon Wilson, a technician in the fisheries section, died on 22 April 1991. She was an Ocean Springs native and raised two daughters as a single parent while earning a degree at the University of Southern Mississippi. She was diagnosed with a brain tumor last fall. She will be greatly missed by all the Laboratory staff. NORTH CAROLINA Western Carolina University, Department of Biology. The Board of Governors presented the O. Max Gardner Award for 1991 to Frederick W. Harrison “to honor his outstanding accomplishments as scientist, teacher, and author.” The O. Max Gardner Award is presented to “that member of the faculty of the Consolidated University of North Carolina, who, during the current scholastic year, has made the greatest contribution to the welfare of the human race.” North Carolina State University, Department of Botany. The first presentation of the Larry A. Whitford Botany Scholarship/Fellowship Award was made to Milo Pyne, a graduating senior. Milo had an overall GPA of over 3.9, gave papers at The North Carolina Academy of Science and ASB, and published two papers in SIDA. He plans to pursue a Ph.D. degree under the direction of Dr. Thomas R. Wentworth. Dr. Whitford, Professor Emeritus in Botany, and family members, were among the over one hundred persons present at the Banquet on 17 April 1991. Dr. Whitford, now 89 years of age, was a former member of ASB, and one of the foremost phycologists of his day. 188 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 38, NO. 4, 1991 TENNESSEE Belmont College, Department of Biology. Dr. Steven C. Murphree has recently joined the faculty. His specialty is entomology. The University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Department of Botany. Dr. A. J. Sharp has received the prestigious “Order of the Rising Sun” from the Government of Japan during a ceremony at the Univ. of Tennessee. The award consists of a gold medallion on a neck ribbon with accompanying certificate. The presentation was made by Dr. Yu Takahashi of the Consulate-General of Japan in New Orleans. This merit award, instituted in 1875, is conferred on those who have contributed to the education of researchers in Japanese studies, and to the improvement of academic exchange between Japan and the United States. A Japanese lichenologist and former student of Dr. Sharp, Dr. Isao Yoshimura, nominated Dr. Sharp for the award with the collaboration of the Japan Center of Tennessee at Middle Tennessee State University. VIRGINIA University of Richmond, Department of Biology. Dr. Wilton R. Tenney retired in May 1991 after 34 years of service. Dr. Gary R. Radice (Ph.D. Yale University) joined the faculty as a microanatomist and developmental biologist. Dr. Lisa K Muehlstein (Ph.D. University of Georgia) joined the faculty as a microbiologist. Maren K. Reiner l M.S. New York University) was appointed coordinator of non¬ majors biology laboratories. Dr. Herschell S. Emery received a $75,000 NIH grant to study “Melanin and Oxidative Stress in Cryptococcal virulence.” Dr. John W. Hayden received the Virginia Academy of Science 1991 J. Shelton Horsley Research Award for his study notes on neotropical Amanoa (Euphorbiaceae) published in Brittonia. Dr. R. Dean Decker received the Virginia Academy of Science 1991 Ivey F. Lewis Distinguished Service Award for his dedication and years of service as Director of the Virginia Junior Academy of Science. Dr. John W. Bishop will be on sabbatical leave during the 1991-92 session. He plans to study nutritional cycles in the Great Barrier Reef of Australia. WEST VIRGINIA West Virginia University, Department of Biology. Edward C. Keller, Jr. was presented the Social Justice Award from the University by President Neil Bucklew. Dr. Keller also presided over the annual meeting of the Foundation for Science and the Handicapped at the recent meeting in Washington, D.C. Two cash awards were made to outstanding disabled graduate students in science and engineering. Ethel C. Montiegel was voted the Outstanding Teacher by graduating senior biology majors for the fifth year. G. J. Siko received the E. I. duPont Award for the Best Student paper at the 66th annual meeting of the W V. Academy of Science. Philip E. Keeting was awarded a grant from the American Otological Society Research Fund for “Human Osteoblast-like cell eicosanoid metabolism.” James B. McGraw received a USDA Forest Service grant for “Interaction of natural levels of environmental stress and defoliation on oak survival, photosynthesis, and growth.” Edward C. Keller, Jr. presented two papers at the AAAS meeting in Washington on the distribution and environmental associations of Spina Bifida in West Virginia counties, and the distribution and genetics of Bdellovibrio sp. in the waters of the southern Monongahela River. James McGraw presented a paper at Harvard University Earthwatch Conference on the search for Ice Age seeds. ABOUT MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA State Museum of Natural History, Tuscaloosa. “One of the most intriguing historic mysteries of our time is the question of the disappearance of the Moundville Indians,” according to Dr. Doug Phillips, host to a new show on Alabama Public Television called “Discovering Alabama.” A production of the Alabama Museum of Natural History, the show will explore one of the nation’s prime archaeological sites, Moundville, Alabama. The "Discovering Alabama” series, developed by Doug Phillips, Coor¬ dinator for Environmental Education for the Museum, consists of more than a dozen TV programs about the natural history and environment of Alabama. Whit Gibbons, author of Their Blood Runs Cold, gave a talk about venomous animals found in Alabama at the 7th annual Tuomey lecture NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 189 sponsored by the Museum. Gibbons is Professor of Zoology at the University of Georgia, and head of the Environmental Outreach and Education Division at the Savannah River Ecology Laboratory. He is the author of four books on herpetology, and more than 100 articles in scientific journals. He also has published a number of books on ecology. MISSISSIPPI The Crosby Arboretum, Picayune. The Mayor of Picayune, Mr. Woody Spiers, has joined the board as an ex officio member. New Board members include Christian T. Brown, Nancy Gilbert, Joanne Palmer, Yvette Rosen, Dr. Thad Waites, and Dr. Julian Wiener. Christy Brown, an attorney from New Orleans, is the new treasurer. Courtney Blossman, Howell Crosby, and Mary Hough have agreed to serve another term on the board and the past president Lynn Gammill has agreed to serve as chairman of the advisory board. Officers for the year are: Anne S. Bradburn, president; Marcia M. Conery, vice- president; Howell Crosby, secretary; and Christian Brown, treasurer. GEORGIA Emory University Museum of Art and Archaeology, Atlanta. On 19 June 1991, “Islamic Art and Patronage: Treasures from Kuwait” opened at the Museum. The three-month exhibit was drawn from the al-Sabah collection of Islamic art housed in the Kuwait National Museum, the depth, breadth and quality of which were said to be rivaled only by the collections in the Louvre, the British Museum, and the Hermitage. By coincidence, the exhibition was shipped only hours before the invasion of Kuwait City to the Hermitage Museum in Leningrad, the first stop in a worldwide exhibition tour organized three years before. All remaining artwork was removed from Kuwait to Baghdad. NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina State Museum of Natural Science, Raleigh. Rowland M. Shelley, curator of inver¬ tebrates has received a National Geographic Society Research and Exploration grant to further his studies of North American millipedes. Although internationally recognized as an authority on milli¬ pedes, he has also made major contributions to the literature on centipedes, scorpions, leeches, and freshwater mollusks in the Southeast. He has described more than 60 new species, including the second Terrestrial leech ever recorded from North America. FLORIDA The Marie Selby Botanical Gardens, Sarasota. During the summer months, the Gardens had a program display entitled, “Plants and Insects: Their Associations and Interactions,” and a fireworks viewing from the Gardens’ bayfront and a summer plant fair. Rounding out the summer was a special children’s weekend program with many “hands-on” activities for kids. During the fall months, the Gardens was host to the State Horticultural Therapy Conference, the Annual Bromeliad show and sale in October, and the Annual “Fall Safari.” In December, a holiday celebration at the Gardens will exhibit massive floral displays, festive lighting, and the Museum of Botany and the Arts decorated in seasonal splendor. ASB MEMBERSHIP RENEWAL (Please use this form for renewals only) Attach mailing label. If not possible, PLEASE PRINT. Enclose check or money order to ASB for dues and mail to: Patricia D. Parr P. O. Box 2008 Oak Ridge National Laboratory Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Name Date Address Address Annual Dues: □ Regular ($15.00) □ Contributing ($50. QP) □ Family ($20.00) □ Patron ($300. QP) □ Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ State Zip □ Graduate student ($8.QP) □ Sustaining ($100. OP) □ Library subscription ($25.QP) □ Business affiliate ($100.QP) □ Emeritus ($ 10.Q0) Payment of 1992 renewals now will save your Association the costs of printing/mailing/handling dues notices. Please consider early renewal! CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 38, Number 4, October 1991 President’s Corner . 177 Reviews . 179 News of Biology in the southeast . 186 Cover Photo Courtesy of University of Alabama Press L ;ASB BULLETIN tlume 39, Number 1 January 1992 Peacock Feather — Barbule Transverse Ridges — ca. 125X The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Elampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614, 904/372-3505 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 President-elect — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Vice-President — Diane R. Nelson, East Tenn. Tech. Univ., Johnson City, TN 37614 Retiring President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1992 April 8-1 1 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. Myomere Counts in Larvae of Three Species of Nocomis (Pisces: Cyprinidae) Eugene G. Maurakis, William S. Woolcott, Gary P. Radice, and William R. McGuire Biology Department University of Richmond, VA 23173 ABSTRACT Myomere counts of larvae of three sympatric species of Nocomis (Nocomis leptocephalus, Nocomis micropogon, and Nocomis raneyi) in the James River drainage, Virginia were compared using three methods of microscopy. With each method, average preanal myomere counts were significantly greater for N. raneyi (28.7 versus 26.0 for N. micropogon and 25.9 for N. leptocephalus). With each technique postanal myomere counts did not vary significantly among species. Postanal myomere counts made with scanning electron microscopy (and compound light microscopy for N. micropogon and N. raneyi) were greater than those observed with dissecting light microscopy, and matched numbers of myotomes in adults of each species. Although the undercount of myomeres using a dissecting microscope does not alter the relationship of the three species, it could have an adverse influence in more extensive phylogenetic analyses. INTRODUCTION Nocomis raneyi, Nocomis micropogon, and Nocomis leptocephalus are sympatric in the James River drainage of Virginia. Both N. leptocephalus and N. raneyi are in the Roanoke River drainage of Virginia and North Carolina, and in the Tar and Neuse River drainages of North Carolina (R. E. Jenkins, pers. commun.). Nocomis leptocephalus and N. micropogon occur together north to tributaries of the Shenandoah River system (Potomac River drainage) (R. E. Jenkins, pers. commun.), and in headwater streams of the Cullasaja River (upper Tennessee River drainage). Although characteristics for distinguishing adults of the species are well doc¬ umented by Lachner and Jenkins (1971), no criteria have been published for separating their larvae. Species accounts for N. micropogon consists largely of descriptive information by Buynak and Mohr (1980), Cooper (1980), Heufelder and Fuiman (1982), and illustrations by Loos et al. (1979). Except for illustrations of a N. leptocephalus larva by Loos et al. (1979) and an unillustrated description of larvae that Potter et al. ( 1 980) presumed to be N. raneyi (with some comparative data for larvae of N. micropogon and N. leptocephalus ), no comparable descriptive information has been published for the other two species. Robert E. Jenkins questioned the identity of the adults from which Potter et al. artificially spawned and reared their N. “ raneyi ” larvae. The adults were collected from Elliot Creek (Roanoke River drainage, Virginia) where the species has not otherwise been reported and the preserved adults are not available for verification (Potter 1982; Jenkins, pers. commun.). Our objective was to determine the diagnostic value of myomere counts for l 2 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 distinguishing the three Nocomis species. We also compared counts using three methods of specimen preparation and microscopy. MATERIALS EXAMINED The state, drainage, larvae (L) or adult (A), collection number (ANSP, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia; EGM, Eugene G. Maurakis; UR, University of Richmond; and VISR, Virginia Institute for Scientific Research), locality, and collection date for N. leptocephalus, N. micropogon and N. raneyi are: Nocomis leptocephalus. Georgia: Savannah, (L), ANSP 140977, Columbia Co., Reed Cr., Rt. 28, 3.4 km N ofjet. with Co. Rt. 26 near Martinez, 26 June 1976. North Carolina: Peedee, (A), UR 4593, Alexandria Co., Third Cr. at bridge on Co. Rt. 1637, 2.4 km S of Stony Point, 2 January 1970; Savannah, (L), EGM-NC-210, Jackson Co., Horsepasture R., U.S. Rt. 64, 2.2 km NE of Cashiers, 10 June 1988. Virginia: Roanoke, (L), ANSP 134421, Montgomery Co., Roanoke R. at Elliston, 13 June 1975; James, (A), UR 4671, Campbell Co., Opossum Cr., Co. Rt. 669, 0.16 km N of Co. Rt. 680, 9 May 1988; James, (A), UR 5079, Craig Co., Johns Cr., Co. Rt. 632 at Maggie, 13 June 1990. Nocomis micropogon. Maryland: Potomac, (A), UR 5104, uncataloged and UR 5105, Montgomery Co., Potomac R., 1.2 km downstream of confluence with Monocacy R., 4 November 1981, 10 Sep¬ tember 1981 and 30 June 1982, respectively. North Carolina: Tennessee, (A), UR 4660, Jackson Co., Cowey Cr., Co. Rt. 1737, 1.3 km NEofSt. Rt. 107 at East Laporre, 10 June 1988. Virginia: Potomac, (L), EGM-VA-254, Loudoun Co., Catoctin Cr., Co. Rt. 633, 0.2 km from Co. Rt. 665 jet. near Lovettsville, 25 May 1990; James, (A), UR 5097, Bath Co., Jackson R., 1 km N of St. Rt. 39 bridge, about 8 km W of Warm Springs, 22 May 1990. Nocomis raneyi. Virginia: James, (L), EGM-VA-260, Craig Co., Johns Cr., Co. Rt. 632 at Maggie, 13 June 1990; James, (A), UR 1796, Craig Co., Johns Cr., Co. Rt. 632 bridge, 3.2 km NE jet. Co. Rt. 632 and 658, 27 June 1963; James, (A), UR 3829, Amherst Co., Partridge Cr., Co. Rt. 624, 0.8 km N of James R., 9 September 1983; James, (A), VISR VCC-47, Buckingham Co., James R., 0.8 km downstream of U.S. Rt 1 5 bridge, 1 7 August 1972; Roanoke, (A), UR 2273 and UR 2840, Sussex Co., Stony Cr. at U.S. Rt. 301 bridge, 13 November 1964 and 7 November 1969, respectively. METHODS Naturally-spawned eggs, collected with an aquarium dipnet from active nests of each of the three Nocomis species, were transported in tagged plastic jars to the laboratory where they were reared at room temperature (22°C) to fully scaled juveniles. They were sampled at each of the three larval stages and preserved in Bouin’s fixative as preparation for scanning electron microscopy. Larvae examined from the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia were collected as eggs from nests, reared and identified by J. J. Loos (pers. commun.). Myomeres were counted on larvae (posthatch-metalarvae) with dissecting and compound light microscopes, and a scanning electron microscope. Terminology and methods for determination of preanal and postanal myomeres (total myo¬ meres) follow those in Fuiman (1982). Neuromasts, associated with myomeres, were distinguished from surrounding epithelial cells by the presence of stalk-like cupulae and basal sensory cells (Fig. 1). Dissecting Light Microscopy (DLM)— Preanal and postanal myomeres of larvae were counted with a dissecting light microscope equipped with polarizing filters. Myotomes, counted from preserved adult specimens (skin removed from the occipital bone of the skull to the caudal fin rays), were expressed as either preanal or postanal to conform to larval terminology of Fuiman (1982). The interradialis, derived from body musculature (Winterbottom 1974), was counted as the last myotome (Fig. 2). MAURAKIS ET AL.: MYOMERE COUNTS OF LARVAL MINNOWS 3 Fig. 1 . Scanning electron micrograph of a neuromast on postanal myomere 1 8 of protolarval Nocomis micropogon (EGM-VA-254) ( 1,000 x). Top left is anterior. Fig 2. Postanal myotomes of N. micropogon (UR 3104). (Intcrradialis = number 17.) 4 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 Table 1 . Myomere counts of larval Nocomis leptocephalus, Nocomis micropogon and Nocomis raneyi made with dissecting light microscopy (DLM) and scanning electron microscopy (SEM); and compound light microscopy (CLM) of N. micropogon and N. raneyi. Means with an asterisk do not differ sig¬ nificantly (P > 0.05). Myomere count Parameter Mean s.d. (range) Method leptocephalus micropogon raneyi F value DLM Preanal (n = 21) 25.9* 1.0 (24-28) (n = 24) 26.0* 0.9 (24-28) (n = 25) 28.7 1.1 (27-31) 56.9 Postanal 12.2* 0.7 (1 1-13) 12.5*0.9(11-14) 13.0* 1.0(11-15) 4.4 Total 38.1* 1.4 (36—4 1 ) 38.5* 1.3 (36^11) 41.7 1.2 (39—14) 53.5 SEM Preanal (n = 6) 25.8* 1.5 (24-28) (n = 6) 25.8* 1.2 (24-27) (n = 5) 29.0 0.7 (28-30) 12.6 Postanal 16.7*0.8(16-18) 16.8*0.8(16-18) 17.6* 1.1 (16-19) 1.6 Total 42.5* 2.3(40-46) 42.7* 1.5 (40-44) 46.6 0.9 (46 — 48) 10.0 CLM Preanal (n = 5) 26.0 0 (26.0) (n = 5) 28.1 0.3 (28-29) t value 121.0 Postanal — 17.2* 0.8(16-18) 17.3* 1.0(16-19) 0 Total - 43.2 0.8(42-14) 45.3 1.0(44-47) 9.7 Compound Light Microscopy (CLM)— Preserved larvae of N. micropogon and N. raneyi, treated with lithium carbonate (in 70% ethanol) to remove Bouin’s fixative, were dehydrated in increasing concentrations of ethanol (75-100%). Specimens were cleared in xylene, embedded in Paraplast II, and sectioned saggitally. Ten micrometer sections of each specimen, mounted on glass slides with a gelatin fixative, were stained with Alcian blue, and haemotoxylin and eosin, and examined with CLM. Scanning Electron Microscopy (SEM)— Preserved larvae of all three species, de¬ hydrated in increasing concentrations of ethanol (25-100%), were lyophilized (freeze-dried) at — 50°C overnight. Specimens, sputter coated with 16 nm gold- palladium, were examined with a Hitachi Model 7300 SEM. Differences in average numbers of preanal, postanal, and total myomeres of larvae and those in myotomes of adults were determined among the three species with analysis of variance (ANOVA) and Duncan’s Multiple Range Test (SAS 1985). Student’s t-test was used to determine if differences in average numbers of myomeres were significant between N. micropogon and N. raneyi that were examined with CLM. RESULTS With all three methods of microscopy, preanal myomere counts of larval N. raneyi (x = 28.7) were significantly higher than those of N. leptocephalus ( x = 25.9) and N. micropogon (x = 26.0) (Table 1). With DLM, average number of postanal myomeres did not differ significantly among species (Table 1). With SEM, larvae of all three species had 3-5 additional myomeres that could be seen posterior to the last myomere identified with a dissecting microscope (Figs. 3, 4). There were no significant differences in number of postanal myomeres among the three species (Table 1). A single neuromast in the anterodorsal hypaxial muscu¬ lature of each myomere was posterior to the myoseptum that separated that myomere from the preceding myomere (Fig. 4b). MAURAKIS ET AL.: MYOMERE COUNTS OF LARVAL MINNOWS 5 Fig. 3. Scanning electron micrographs of protolarval Nocomis micropogon (ECiM-VA-254), a. post- anal myomeres (60 x), b. last nine postanal myomeres (15-18 labeled, 150x, top is anterior). 6 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 Fig. 4. Scanning electron micrographs of metalarval Nocomis raneyi (EGM-VA-260), a. postanal myomeres (60 x), b. last six postanal myomeres and neuromasts (150x). Average number of postanal myomeres (17.2; 17.3) of sectioned proto- and metalarvae of N. micropogon and N. raneyi under CLM, were similar to numbers of myomeres (16.8; 17.6) identified in the same species with SEM (Table 1). Preanal and postanal myotome counts of adults corresponded to myomere counts MAURA KJS ET AL.: MYOMERE COUNTS OF LARVAL MINNOWS 7 Table 2. Myotome counts of adults of Nocomis leptocephalus, Nocomis micropogon and Nocomis ranevi made with dissecting light microscopy. Means with an asterisk do not differ significantly (P > 0.05). Myotome count Mean s.d. (range) leptocephalus micropogon raneyi F value (n = 10) (n = 10) (n = 10) Preanal 25.1* 0.9 (24-26) 25.6* 0.5 (25-26) 28.1 0.9 (27-30) 38.3 Postanal 17.5* 0.8 (16-19) 17.9*0.7(17-19) 17.6* 0.7 (16-18) 0.7 Total 42.6 0.5 (42-43) 43.5 0.7 (42-44) 45.7 1.3 (43 — 47) 32.7 of larvae examined with SEM (all three species) and CLM (N. micropogon and N. raneyi ) (Tables 1 and 2). DISCUSSION Preanal myomere counts greater than 28 are diagnostic for larvae of N. raneyi ft = 28.7, range 27-31), but do not distinguish larvae of N. leptocephalus from N. micropogon ( X = 25.9 and 26.0, respectively; range 24-28 each). Preanal counts reported here are consistent with those reported for N. micropogon by Buynak and Mohr (1980; mode 25-26, range 24-28), Potter et al. (1980; X = 27.0), and Snyder (1979; range 25-27) and for N. leptocephalus by Potter et al. (X = 25.4- 27.2). Whereas postanal myomere counts also tended to be higher for N. raneyi, differences among species were not significant and the character is not considered diagnostic. Total myomere counts reflected largely the differences observed in preanal myomere counts. Total DLM myomere counts greater than 41 are diagnostic for N. raneyi (X = 41.7, range 39-44), but do not separate larvae of N. leptocephalus from N. micropogon (X = 38.1 and 38.5, respectively; range 36 — 4 1 each). Total DLM myomere counts reported here are consistent with those reported for N. micropogon by Buynak and Mohr (1980; mode 37-39, range 36-42), and Snyder (1979; range 37 — 40), but lower than those reported by Potter et al. (1980) for N. micropogon (X = 41.5-42.0) and N. leptocephalus (X = 39.4-42.0). The latter discrepancy may reflect differences in technique or identification of the very first and last units counted as myomeres. Fuiman (1982) included units before the first visible myoseptum and after the last visible myoseptum; others fail to include one or both of these units in their myomere counts. Our DLM total myomere counts for N. raneyi also are consistent with the total numbers of vertebrae reported by Jenkins and Lachner (1971; X = 41.3, range 40-44) and Lachner and Jenkins (1971; for various populations, X = 40.9-41.6, range 40—44). Our counts are somewhat lower than their vertebrae counts for N. micropogon (X = 39.0-40.4, range 37-41; and X = 40.8, range 38-42, respectively) and N. leptocephalus (X = 38.9-39.8, range 38^4 1 ; and X = 39.4, range 38-41, respectively). Our DLM counts, especially for N. raneyi, are consistent with the statement of Snyder (1979) that nearly a direct correlation exists between total myomeres and total vertebrae of North American cyprinids. Numbers of total and postanal myomeres for all three species (SEM and also CLM for N. micropogon and N. raneyi) in our study correlate with total and postanal myotonies for adults of each species; however, they are greater in number than are the numbers of vertebrae in adults reported by Lachner and Jenkins (1971). 8 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 Increased resolution of SEM and CLM is superior to DLM for identification and enumeration of actual numbers of myomeres in larvae. With SEM, numbers of neuromasts, which correspond to numbers of myomeres, may be useful sub¬ stitutes for myomere counts in all larval stages. We propose that myomere counts made with DLM alone are not accurate where the actual number of myomeres is required, and therefore may not always be applicable in phylogenetic analyses of North American cyprinid clades. Acknowledgments We thank R. E. Jenkins, E. A. Lachner, and J. J. Loos for their critical reviews of the manuscript, and W. R. Tenney who assisted with photography. Contri¬ butions by D. E. Snyder improved the final manuscript immeasurably. The project was funded in part by University of Richmond Faculty Research and Graduate Student grants, and research grants by Highlands Biological Station. Literature Cited Buynak, G. L. and H. W. Mohr, Jr. 1980. Larval development of stoneroller, cutlips minnow, and river chub with diagnostic keys, including four additional cyprinids. Prog. Fish-Cult. 42: 127- 135. Cooper, J. E. 1980. Egg, larval, and juvenile development of the longnose dace, Rhinichthys catar- actae, and the river chub, Nocomis micropogon, with notes on their hybridization. Copeia 1 980(3): 469^78. Fuiman, L. A. 1 982. Correspondence of myomeres and vertebrae and their natural variability during the first year of life in yellow perch, pp. 56-59. In C. F. Bryan, J. V. Conner, and F. M. Truesdale (eds.). The 5th Ann. Larval Fish Conf. La. Coop. Fish. Res. Unit and School of Forestry and Wildl. Mgt. La. St. Univ., Baton Rouge, LA. Heufelder, G. R. and L. A. Fuiman. 1982. Cyprinids, pp. 1 74—344. In N. A. Auer (ed.). Identification of larval fishes of the Great Lakes basin with emphasis on the Lake Michigan drainage. Grt. Lakes Fish. Comm., Ann Arbor, MI. 744 p. Jenkins, R. E. and E. A. Lachner. 1971. Criteria for analysis and interpretation of the American fish genera Nocomis Girard and Hybopsis Agassiz. Smiths. Contr. Zool. 90: 1-15. Lachner, E. A. and R. E. Jenkins. 1971. Systematics, distribution, and evolution of the chub genus Nocomis Girard (Pisces, Cyprinidae) of eastern United States, with descriptions of new species. Smiths. Contr. Zool. 85: 1-97. Loos, J. J., L. A. Fuiman, N. R. Foster, and E. K. Jankowski. 1979. Notes on early life histories of cyprinoid fishes on the upper Potomac River, pp. 93-139. In R. Wallace and C. W. Voigtlander (eds.). 1979: Proc. workshop freshw. larval fish., Tenn. Valley Author., Norris, TN. Potter, W. A., J. J. Loos, and J. M. Potter. 1980. Development of larval bull chub, Nocomis raneyi, pp. 20-24. In L. A. Fuiman (ed.). Proc. 4th Ann. larval fish conf., Oxford, Mississippi. Potter, W. A. 1982. Note of clarification; identification of Nocomis raneyi questioned. Am. Fish. Soc. Early Life Hist. Sect. Newsl. 3(1): 7. SAS Institute, Inc. 1985. SAS User’s Guide: statistics. Version 5. SAS Institute, Cary, NC. 956 p. Snyder, D. E. 1 979. Myomere and vertebrae counts of the North American cyprinids and catostomids. Proc. 3rd symp. larval fish. West. Ky. Univ.: 53-69. Winterbottom, R. 1974. A descriptive synonymy of the striated muscles of the Teleostei. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 12: 225-317. NEWS 53rd ANNUAL MEETING in TUSCALOOSA, ALABAMA The University of Alabama and the Department of Biological Sciences welcome the 53rd annual meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists to our campus and to Tuscaloosa, Alabama. All activities except the Thursday evening social and field trips will be held at the Paul W. Bryant Conference Center and Hotel, which is on the campus of The University of Alabama. SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN TUSCALOOSA Beta Beta Beta Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Southeastern Division, American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Society of Wetlands Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Fishes Council Southern Appalachian Botanical Club Tuscaloosa, Alabama, with a population of 75,000 people, is located at the southern end of the Appalachian Mountains. Weather in Tuscaloosa during April is likely to be warm and possibly rainy. Average high temperatures for April are 77 and average lows are in the lower 50's. The chances of afternoon thunderstorms are always good during this time of year. Tuscaloosa is derived from two Choctaw words, "Tushka" meaning Warrior and "Lusa" meaning Black. A large, dark colored Choctaw chief called Tuskaloosa reportedly lived near the present site of the city. The University of Alabama is a comprehensive university. There are 19,300 students, 13 schools and colleges, and 89 departments in the University. Numerous bachelor, masters, and doctoral degrees are offered. The Department of Biological Sciences has a faculty of thirty-five, with six support staff. It is currently housed in two buildings, has an aquatic facility in a third building, and within two years will be moving the scientific collections into a new collections facility. Three tracks are available to our majors, as well as undergraduate degree in Marine Science. In addition, the department has an M.S. and Ph. D. graduate program. Special facilities include a modem electron microscope laboratory, an herbarium, a fish collection, an aquatic invertebrate collection, animal care facility, wet laboratory, etc. The Paul W. Bryant Conference Center and Hotel is located on the Campus of The University of Alabama and has excellent hotel and dining facilities as well as facilities for meetings. The hotel is also known as the Sheraton Capstone Hotel. There are 130 hotel rooms with ample parking and within live minutes walking distance to the Conference Center. 9 10 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 POINTS OF INTEREST IN THE TUSCALOOSA AREA Gulf State Paper Corporation National Headquarters. The national headquarters complex in Tuscaloosa has become one of the show places in Alabama. In addition to being the nerve center for a nationwide company, the dramatic oriental buildings house an outstanding collection of art -- historic Americana, primitive sculpture from Africa and South Pacific, oriental masterpieces, and classical and modem painting. Open Monday through Friday 5-7 p.m., Saturday from 10 a.m. to 7 p.m. Admission is free. Mound State Monument. Mound State Monument located in Moundville, Alabama, about 20 miles south of Tuscaloosa is nationally known as the most important prehistoric Indian settlement and ceremonial center of the South. The Archaeological Museum, a reconstructed Indian Village, and Temple Restoration are included in the park. In addition to these are a gift shop, nature trails, picnic area, and campsites. An admission fee is charged. The park is open 9 a.m. to 5 p.m. daily. Gorgas House. Built in 1828, this house was one of the first buildings erected on the campus of the University of Alabama. It was one of three buildings to survive the 1865 burning of the campus during the Civil War. Battle-Friedman Home. Located at 1010 Greensboro Avenue, this home was built in 1835 by Alfred Battle and features brick walls 18 inches thick. It is currently operated as a civic and social center by the Tuscaloosa County Preservation Society. President's Mansion. This house, located on the University of Alabama campus, is an outstanding example of Greek Revival architecture. It has been the home of University Presidents since 1841. Tannehill Historical State Park. This is a memorial to the Iron and Steel industry, featuring ruins of pre-Civil War furnaces, an old country church, water wheel, an operated grist mill, museum, gift shop, and restaurant. The park is open daily 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. An admission fee is charged. Greenetrack. A dog racing track located 25 miles west of Tuscaloosa on 1-59/20, Greenetrack has racing Monday to Saturday at 8 p.m. Matinees are at 4 p.m. on Wednesday and Friday and at 1:30 p.m. Saturday. General admission is 50 cents. ENTERTAINMENT IN TUSCALOOSA Much of the entertainment centers around the University of Alabama. During our meeting times, there will be two such events. On Thursday, 9 April, at 8 PM, the Alabama Jazz Ensemble will perform in our beautiful new Moody Music Hall, adjacent to the Bryant Conference Center. Saturday afternoon, the football team will hold its annual A-day game. The ASB will have its annual Thursday evening social at Mound State Park on 9 April. Transportation will be provided. Busses will depart from the Bryant NEWS 11 Conference Center at 5:30 PM and 6:30 PM for Moundville. Mound State Park is discussed earlier in this document. Dinner will be southern barbecue ribs, catered by Dreamland, a well-known barbecue establishment. In addition, Whats For Supper will cater vegetables, including enough variety for a complete meal for anyone not desiring to indulge in ribs. Entertainment will be by Three On A String, a group who has performed with such national stars as Barbara Mandrell, Hank Williams, Jr., and Lee Greenwood to name just a few. Music will be a combination of blue grass, country, and popular styles. TRAVEL TO TUSCALOOSA Tuscaloosa is located in west central Alabama 55 miles southwest of Birmingham. The city can be reached by automobile along 1-59/20 from either the east or west. U. S. highways 11, 43, and 82 pass through Tuscaloosa, all within a mile of campus. The Tuscaloosa Municipal Airport, located just minutes from downtown, is served by the commuter lines Atlantic Southeast Airlines and American Eagle Airlines. The Birmingham regional airport is the closest airport with jet service. It is located about one hour from Tuscaloosa, and rental cars are available. The Birmingham airport is serviced by Delta Airlines, United Airlines, Southwest Airlines, Northwest Airlines, US Air Airlines, and several commuter lines. Tuscaloosa is also served by Amtrak and Greyhound Bus Lines. ACCOMMODATIONS One hundred fifty rooms are available at the Paul W. Bryant Conference Center and Hotel. There are well over 1000 hotel and motel rooms available in the cities limit of Tuscaloosa and Northport, its sister city. Dill’s Motor Court is the only motel, other than the Sheraton Capstone Hotel, within walking distance of the Conference Center. Ample free parking is available in the Coleman Coliseum parking lot directly across Paul W. Bryant Drive from the Conference Center. The University of Alabama will be in session and traffic can get rather congested. It is advisable for persons attending ASB to park in the Coliseum lot and to walk to other parts of campus they may wish to visit. Following is a list of motels and hotels that have reserved rooms for ASB members at special rates. Be sure to tell these motels that you are with ASB. The University of Alabama will have its annual A-day game on Saturday, 1 1 April. It is advisable to reserve your room as early as possible. Paul W. Bryant Conference Center and Hotel (205) 752-3200 On the University of Alabama Campus Meeting Headquarters Restaurant Single Double $70 $75 Holiday Inn (205) 553-1550 1-59 and MacFarland Boulevard Restaurant All Rooms $46-70 12 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 La Quinta Inn (205) 349-3270 1-59 and MacFarland Boulevard Single $35 Double $39 3/4 persons $44 50 rooms held until 15 March Shoney's Inn (205) 556-7950 MacFarland Boulevard Restaurant All Rooms $53 Quality Inn (205) 556-7950 1-59 and MacFarland Boulevard Restaurant Single $39 Double $50 50 rooms held Ramada Inn (205) 759-4431 MacFarland Boulevard and Skyland Boulevard Restaurant All rooms $46 Sleep Inn (205) 556-5696 4300 Skyland Blvd. All rooms $35 40 rooms held Econo Lodge Skyland Blvd E. Restaurant Single 2-4 $25.95 $29.95 40 rooms held until 3 1 March Dill's Motor Court University Blvd. Single Double $36.50 $41.75 20 rooms PRE-REGISTRATION AND REGISTRATION A pre-registration form is provided with this copy of the Bulletin. THE DEADLINE FOR RECEIVING PRE-REGISTRATION MATERIALS IS 30 MARCH 1992. Your pre-registration will allow us to plan facility needs and services for the meeting. Pre-registration packets and late registration will be at the Bryant Conference Center on Wednesday from 12:00 noon until 10:00 p.m. and on Thursday from 8:00 a.m. until 5:00 p.m. and on Friday from 8:00 a.m. until 12:00 noon. NEWS 13 PRE-REGISTRATION IS NECESSARY TO ENSURE THE MOST EFFECTIVE PLANNING FOR FIELD TRIPS, SPECIAL MEALS, AND SOCIAL EVENTS. Late tickets for social events and special meals may not be available at the registration desk. Pre -registration fees are fully refundable PROVIDED we receive notification of cancellation by 5:00 p.m. on Monday, 30 March 1992. The Department of Biological Sciences FAX number is (205) 348-1786. Please bring to the meeting your April, 1992 ASB Bulletin containing the detailed program and abstracts. Copies will be sold at the registration desk for $3.50. GENERAL SCHEDULE ALL EVENTS AT THE BRYANT CONFERENCE CENTER AND HOTEL EXCEPT WHERE NOTED WEDNESDAY, 8 APRIL Registration ASB Executive Committee Meeting Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessary) SABC Council Meeting ASB Social Hour with Cash Bar THURSDAY, 9 APRIL Past Presidents' Breakfast 12:Noon-10:00 PM 3:00-7:00 PM 8:00-10:00 PM 7:30- 10:00 PM 7:30-10:00 PM 7:00-8:00 AM Registration 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Placement Service 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM General Plenary Session: Sellers Auditorium 8:30-9:45 AM Welcome by Dr. Rogers Sayers, President, The University of Alabama Announcements by the Local Committee Featured Speaker and Title to be Announced Exhibits: Sellers Auditorium 9:45 AM - 5:00 PM 14 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 Paper and Poster Sessions 10:00 AM - 5:00 PM Society of Wetland Scientists, 12:15-1:45 PM Luncheon Meeting Beta Beta Beta Luncheon Meeting 12: 15-1:45 PM Tri-Beta Field Trip to Moundville State Park 2:00-5:00 PM Symposium -- Ecology Education Organized by Dr. William Martin. Sponsored by the Southeastern Section of Ecological Society of America. Herbarium Curator's Meeting 4:00-6:00 PM Business Meeting: Southeastern Chapter of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists 5:00-6:00 PM Barbecue and Music at Mound State Park 6:30-10:00 PM (Buffet Style) FRIDAY, 10 APRIL Registration 8:00 AM - 12:00 Noon Breakfast and Business Meeting: Southern 7:00-8:30 AM Appalachian Botanical Club and Southeastern Section, Botanical Society of America Placement Service 8:00 AM - 5:00 PM Paper and Poster Sessions 8:30 AM - 5 PM Workshop — Techniques for Studying Plant 9:00-10:30 AM Reproductive Biology. Presented by Dr. Jennifer H. Richards, Florida International University, Miami, FL. Sponsored by the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America. Biology Building. Business Meeting: Beta Beta Beta 10:30-11:30 AM Business Meeting: ASB 11:00 AM - 12:30 PM Ecological Society of America, Southeastern 12:30-2:00 PM Chapter, Luncheon Meeting NEWS 15 Beta Beta Beta Paper Sessions 2:00-5:00 PM Business Meeting: Southeastern Fishes Council 4:00-6:00 PM Social Hour (Cash Bar): Rast 6:00-7:30 PM ASB Banquet: Sellers Auditorium 7:30 PM - SATURDAY, 13 APRIL ASB Executive Committee Meeting 8:00 AM Field Trips: Departure from the Sheraton Hotel 8:00 AM FIELD TRIPS Transportation is provided for all field trips. All trips of more than four hours duration will stop for lunch. Departures will be from the main lobby of the Sheraton Hotel. Please note the times of departure. 1. BETA BETA BETA TRIP TO MOUND VILLE STATE PARK Thursday, 8 April 2:00-10:00 PM Mound State Park is owned by the Alabama State Museum of Natural History. It is situated on the banks of the Black Warrior River, has many large ceremonial mounds, and was a center of trade and culture prior to settlement by European man. Participates of this trip will remain at the State Park for the ASB Thursday Evening Social, which will feature music and southern barbecue. Lead by Dr. Tom Rogers. Cost: $2.00 2. LITTLE RIVER CANYON Saturday, 11 April 8:00 AM - 4:00 PM Co-sponsored by Southern Appalachian Botanical Club The Little River makes a beautiful falls as it enters a nice canyon. The canyon is rimmed by pine forests, but has mountain laurel and Rhododendron abundant along the walls and in the canyon. The Little River is supposedly unique in North America as the entire river is on top of a mountain. Lookout Mountain. This area is under consideration by the United States government for incorporation into the National Park Service. Limit 12. Leader: Dr. Steve Harris Cost: $4:(X) 16 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 3. BRYOLOGICAL FIELD TRIP Saturday, 11 April 8:00 AM - 4:00 PM Co-sponsored by Southern Appalachian Botanical Club Dismals Wonder Gardens: The Dismals are located in Franklin County near Phil Campbell off highway 43. The area is a deep, cool ravine scattered with large sandstone cliffs and boulders. The vegetation is characterized by the presence of hemlock, beech, maple, and magnolia. The bryophytes represent a predominant and conspicuous part of the vegetation with more than 100 taxa recorded from the area. A checklist of the bryophytes will be provided. Limit 12. Leader: Dr. Frank Bowers, University of Wisconsin, Stevens Point. Cost: $7:00 4. Cahaba River Saturday, 11 April 8:00 AM - 12:00 Noon Co-sponsored by Southern Appalachian Botanical Club The Cahaba River flows over the fall line 30 or so miles down stream from Birmingham. As a result, numerous boulders are exposed in the river. Among the boulders and along the shore are several species of plants that have been placed on the list of threatened and endangered species or are under consideration by the Fish and Wildlife Service for the list. Limit 12. Leaden Dr. Lawrence J. Davenport, Samford University, Birmingham, AL. Cost: $4.00 5. Bankhead National Forest Saturday, 11 April 8:00 AM - 4:00 PM Co-sponsored by Southern Appalachian Botanical Club A large portion of the Bankhead National Forest has been designated by the federal government as a wilderness area, including the well-known Bee Branch Recreational Area. The wilderness area is a series of deep, cool ravines scattered with large sandstone cliffs that is surrounded by a large buffer area. The buffer zone is so large that it is a several mile hike into the most beautiful areas. Many cool ravines are along the outer portions of the buffer zone and can be easily reached by car. The vegetation is characterized by the presence of hemlock, beech, maple, and magnolia. Limit 12. Leader: Dr. Richard L. Mayden. Cost $4.00 NOTICE OF AWARDS FOR 1992 Meritorious Teaching Award Nomination — Each year the ASB recognizes one of its members for especially meritorious teaching. This award of $1000 is sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina. The recipient is announced at the Annual Banquet and in the July ASB Bulletin. The recipient must be a member of ASB who is active or recently retired and who has taught biology in a Southeastern institution for at least ten years, and must not have administrative duties beyond the departmental level. Among evidence of the qualifications of the candidate are the recognition in his or her institution (important assignments and other contributions specifically related to effective teaching, and teaching awards) and the number and quality of students for whom he or she provided the primary inspiration to continue in biology, especially who later NEWS 17 received advanced degrees. Members are urged to nominate outstanding teachers for this award, using the form in the ASB Bulletin 32: 122, 1985, and include supporting documentation (biographical sketch or CV, supporting letters, photograph of candidate, etc.). Send all of this, once compiled, to: Dr. John Herr, Department of Biology, University of South Carolina, Columbia, SC 29208 (803) 777-8110. ASB Faculty and Student Research Awards ($500 each). Rules are as follows: (a) Given for especially meritorious paper presented orally by the author(s) at the annual meeting. In order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author(s) must submit the abstract by the 1 December deadline. Papers submitted for the competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by 1 February and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publication. A short biographical sketch of each author must accompany the manuscript at the time of submission. (b) Only ASB members are eligible (this applies to all authors). The student award is given to the senior author if he/she is a graduate or undergraduate student at the time of presentation. (c) Papers may be in press but not published prior to the previous annual meeting. (d) Papers are judged by eminent scientists selected by the committee from institutions either within or beyond the southeast. Every effort is made to keep authors of submitted papers, as well as the reviewers, anonymous. Judges will use a standard evaluation form that includes the following criteria: significance of ideas, soundness of hypotheses or objectives, originality (creativity), quality of methodology, validity of results, soundness of conclusions, clarity, completeness, organization, and contribution to the field. At the discretion of the Research Award Committee, the award may be withheld or it may be split in case of a tie. (e) Winners will be announced at the annual banquet. The original copy will be sent to the sponsor, and the title, names, and affiliations of all authors, abstract, and biographical information will be published with an announcement in the July ASB Bulletin. Send to: Faculty — Dr. Gary Shaffer, Department of Biological Science, P. O. Box 814, Southeastern Louisiana University, Hammond, LA 70402 (504) 549-2174. Student — Dr. S. K. Ballal, Department of Biology, Tennessee Technology University, Cookeville, TN 3850 1 (6 1 5) 373-3101. Eugene P. Odum Award — $250 and a plaque given by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for the best ecological paper presented by a student. The paper will be evaluated on the following points by a panel of judges at the time of presentation: (a) significance of ideas; (b) creativity; (c) quality of methodology; (d) validity of results; (c) clarity of presentation. Eligibility Requirements. (a) Undergraduate and graduate students arc eligible (b) The student must be the sole or senior author 18 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 (c) The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of the following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology. (d) The paper must be presented in a regular contributed session; papers presented in poster sessions or symposia are ineligible (e) The student does not have to be a member of SE/ESA (0 The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator by 1 December. This can be a copy of the abstract submitted to ASB by 1 December. Submit to: Dr. A. Ash, Department of Biology, Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NE 28372. North Carolina Botanical Garden Award — $100 given by the North Carolina Botanical Garden (through the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club). This is given for an especially meritorious paper presented in the areas of plant systematics, evolution, or conservation. The paper will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation, on the following points: (a) significance of ideas; (b) creativity; (c) quality of methodology; (d) validity of results; and (e) clarity of presentation. The actual prize will be presented at the ASB Banquet. Eligibility Requirements: (a) All individuals eligible to present a paper at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. (b) The paper must deal with the systematics, evolution, species biology (including population biology), or conservation of vascular plants that are native or naturalized to the Southeastern United States. (c) The paper must be presented in a regular Plant Systematics contributed paper session; papers presented in poster sessions or in symposia are not eligible. (d) The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator by 1 February 1992. This may be a copy of the abstract submitted to ASB by 1 December. Individuals interested in entering a paper for this award should submit the title and abstract to: Dr. Lawrence Mellichamp, Department of Biology, University of North Carolina, Charlotte, NC 28223 (704) 547-4055. "Travel" Support Awards for Graduate Student Members of ASB — Limited funds are available to defray partially the expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. Departments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recipients must be members of ASB. Preference will be given to those students giving a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting. The guidelines for application are as follows: (a) Give information as to whether you submitted a title and abstract for a paper or poster. (b) Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses excluding transportation. NEWS 19 (c) In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been, and expect to be, in graduate school, you major field of interest, publications that have appeared or are in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor, and any other pertinent professional details. (d) Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g. NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., Fellowship, etc. (e) Have your major professor or department head provide a letter supporting your application, and enclose this letter with your application. (f) Deadline: 1 February 1991. Send application, with supporting letter, all in triplicate, to : Dr. Larry P. Elliot, Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101 (502) 745-3696. (g) Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as possible. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the time of registration at the meeting. Guidelines for Poster Sessions Poster sessions have been incorporated as a regular means of scientific presentation at the annual ASB meetings. This type of presentation provides a more informal environment that encourages a direct interchange of ideas and discussion between presenter and audience. Adherence to the following guidelines will help ensure the effectiveness of poster sessions. Posters will be organized by subject matter and number sequentially in accord with abstract listings in the ASB Bulletin. All posters will be on display for a half day, although authors or co-authors are required to be their posters only during a specified session. Thumb tacks, tape, backing paper, scissors, and other special display material will not be provided and should be supplied by each presenter. Posters should be carefully planned to maximize clarity and simplicity in conveying information. Poster boards four feet in width and eight feet in height will be available for each paper. Arrange for a heading including title, author(s) name, and author(s) institution(s) to be placed at the top in letters no less that three cm high. The body of the poster should be self-explanatory and should include figures, tables, graphs, maps, or photographs displayed in a well organized and coherent sequence from top to bottom. Do not crowd the display. All materials including text legends and captions on figures or tables should be legible from a distance of about two meters. Each illustration should be captioned. A limited degree of text can be included, but care should be taken not to overwhelm the audience. Authors may choose to post a large typeset copy of the abstract at the top of the poster and include a clear listing of specific conclusions at the bottom. 20 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 ASB ANNUAL MEETING 8-11 APRIL 1992 PRE-REGISTRATION FORM Program # 7A-600-92 (Type or print; one form per registrant; duplicate as needed) Name _ Social Security Number (Office Use Only) _ Mailing Address _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip _ Office Phone( _ ) _ Name Tag Information (if different from above) Name _ Institution _ Pre-registration deadline is 30 March 1991 Affiliation (Check where appropriate): ASB _ BBB BSA _ ESA _ SWS _ SABC _ SFC _ ASI&H _ Registration: Regular: $35.00 . $ _ Student: $14.00 . $ _ (Late registration: Regular $45.00; Student $18.00) Thursday Night Barbecue and Music Regular: $25.00x Tickets. . . . $ Student: $20.00x Tickets . . . . $ ASB Banquet (Friday) Regular: $25.00x Tickets . . . . $ Student: $20.00x Tickets . . . . $ NEWS 21 Name: Breakfasts ASB Past Presidents: $9.00x Tickets .... $ SABC/SE-BSA: $9.00x _ Tickets. . . . $ Executive Committee: $9.00x Tickets .... $ Luncheons Beta Beta Beta: $8.95x Tickets .... $ Wetland Scientists: $13.00x Tickets. . . . $ ESA/SE Chapter: $10.00x Tickets. . . . $ Field Trips No. 1 $2.00x Tickets. . . . $ No. 2 $4.00x Tickets .... $ No. 3 $7.00x _ Tickets .... $ No. 4 $4.00x Tickets .... $ No. 5 $4.00x Tickets .... $ OPTIONAL PAYMENTS Optional Contribution to ASB Enrichment Fund $ _ ASB Membership (enclose application form) $ _ TOTAL AMOUNT ENCLOSED $ _ Make checks payable to The University of Alabama CREDIT CARD # _ VISA MASTER CARD DISCOVER (Circle appropriate name) (If you wish to use American Express, please call the number below. We may accept it by the time of registration.) Expiration Date_ _ Signature _ Mail form and fee to: Registration Services College of Continuing Studies The University of Alabama Box 870388 Tuscaloosa, AL 35487-0388 Or phone in registration to: (205) 348-3000 or FAX (205) 348-6014 ANNOUNCEMENTS ASB OFFICERS, 1991-1992 President — Sandra T. Bowden, Dept, of Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371 -6268). Fax 404/3 17-6177. President-Elect— C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32819 (407/853-3281). Vice-President — Diane R. Nelson, Biological Sciences, East Tennessee State Uni¬ versity, Johnson City, TN 37614 (615/929-4329). Past President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion University, Nor¬ folk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595). Secretary — Nancy C. Code, (1994), Dept, of Biology, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 (404/864-1957). Treasurer— Patricia D. Parr (1993), Bldg. 1 505, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123). Executive Committee Members-at-Large — 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept., So. Illinois University, Carbondale, IL 62901 (618-453-3341). Ken R. Marion, Biology Dept., University of Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 (205/934-3582). 1993: Eloise B. Carter, Biology, Oxford College, Oxford, GA 30267 (404/784- 8343). James W. Wallace, Jr., Biology, Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 (704/227-7244). 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, The Nature Conservancy SE Office, P.O. Box 2267, Chapel Hill, NC 27515 (919/967-5493). Stewart A. Ware, Dept, of Biology, William and Mary College, Williams¬ burg, VA 23185 (804/253-4458). Editor, ASB Bulletin — Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3407 Arendell St., Morehead City, NC 28557 (919/726- 6841). Fax 919/726-2426. News Editor— Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Math., Mississippi Univer¬ sity for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (816/373-3668). Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Biology, Emory University, Atlanta, GA 30322 (404/ 727-4209). RESEARCH AND EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITIES UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA BIOLOGICAL STATION The University of Oklahoma Biological Station is located on Lake Texoma, a 37,800 surface-ha reservoir in south/central Oklahoma. In addition to immediate access to the lake, adjacent to the station grounds is a large (ca. 5-km2) natural area where studies of/in terrestrial ecology, or land-water interactions are possible. Within this area are three large coves of the reservoir, and a large marsh. The 22 ANNOUNCEMENTS 23 station is also 1-2 hours drive from a variety of streams and rivers ranging from clear, spring-fed upland brooks to sandy-bottom prairie rivers. The Station announces the availability of summer research support for Visiting Faculty for June-July 1992. Applications are invited from persons with a com¬ pleted Ph.D. degree, who presently hold tenured or tenure-tracked faculty ap¬ pointments at a college or university. The awards are designed to provide support for persons seeking access to field sites for ecological studies. Individuals planning pilot studies in anticipation of developing ongoing research programs are partic¬ ularly encouraged to apply. The Station will also be offering field courses during its forty-third annual summer session. Courses lasting 2-A weeks will be offered and include: Reservoir Limnology, Invertebrate Zoology, Terrestrial Sampling Techniques, Aquatic En¬ tomology, Stream Ecology, Ecology of Stream Fishes, Molecular Techniques in Field Biology, Microbial Ecology, Aquatic Botany, Fisheries and Pond Manage¬ ment, and Field Ornithology. The teaching program is supported by well equipped laboratories; a library with many journals, books, and close link with the main university library; and a variety of boats and vehicles for access to field sites. Most courses are offered at the advanced undergraduate and graduate level. For further information contact the Director, Dr. Loren G. Hill, OU Biological Station, HC-71 Box 205, Kingston OK 73439, or telephone (405) 564-2463. ANNOUNCEMENT The North American Benthological Society announces its 40th Annual Meeting, to be held in Louisville, Kentucky on 26-29 May 1992. A number of workshops, invited symposia, and contributed sessions are planned to cover topic areas such as: “Biological Assessment of Lange Rivers,” “Current Efforts in Freshwater Conservation Policy,” “Taxonomy of Water Mites,” “Federal Agency Support for Freshwater Research,” “GIS Workshop,” “Design and Use of Artificial Streams,” and “Ecology and Control of Exotic Species.” The deadline for abstract submission is 10 January 1992. Guidelines for abstract preparation can be ob¬ tained by contacting: Dr. James H. Thorp, Program Chair, Water Resources Laboratory, 151 Chemistry Building, University of Louisville, Louisville, KY 40292. Telephone: (502) 588-6731; FAX: (502) 588-0725. ANNOUNCING A SYSTEMATICS PRIORITIES INITIATIVE The American Society of Plant Taxonomists, the Society of Systematic Biol¬ ogists, and the Willi Hennig Society have formed a steering committee to organize an initiative to document research trends and priorities within systcmatics, to be called SYSTEMATICS AGENDA 2000: INTEGRATING BIOLOGICAL DI¬ VERSITY AND SOCIETAL NEEDS. SYSTEMATICS AGENDA 2000 will have as its major themes the role of systematics in the analysis of biodiversity, the integrative role of systematics in comparative biology, and the importance of systematics in human affairs. The initiative is charged with (1) identifying im¬ portant research trends and questions and with establishing priorities among them, (2) assessing the status of current infrastructures supporting systematics research and evaluating future needs, (3) documenting the broad role that systematics plays in human affairs and evaluating its future contributions and needs in those on- 24 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 deavors. SYSTEMATICS AGENDA 2000 has established 28 committees to un¬ dertake this initiative. A detailed description of SYSTEMATICS AGENDA 2000, including a list of the members of the Steering Committee and the co-chairs of all Standing Com¬ mittees, can be found in the last issue (no. 4, 1991) of “Cladistics, Systematic Botany, and Systematic Zoology.” All systematists, and nonsystematists interested in the role that systematics plays in their discipline, are invited to contact the appropriate committee co-chairs to discuss how each might contribute to this effort. Errata The Bulletin regrets the error in Volume 38(3): 161. Dr. Herbert E. Shadowen is very much alive. The donation to The Enrichment Fund was made in his honor by his sons. REVIEWS Feduccia, Alan and Edward McGrady. 1991. Torrey’s Morphogenesis of the Vertebrates. Fifth Edition, John Wiley and Sons, NY. $54.95. 517 p. The fifth edition of Torrey’s Morphogenesis of the Vertebrates represents an excellent introduction to comparative embryology which is firmly rooted in the von Baerian school. Embryology of repre¬ sentative vertebrates is very clearly described to demonstrate how morphogenesis can contribute in establishing homology of the various organ systems. Much of the book is devoted to the description of ontogenetic patterns to show descent with structural modification during vertebrate evolution. The first eight chapters are devoted to topics ordinarily well presented in modem introductory biology textbooks, i.e., history of the human body, ancestry and history of vertebrates, a preview ofembryogeny, gametes, fertilization, cleavage, and germ layer formation. The chapter on early human development and placentation is exceptionally well illustrated and represents an exemplary effort in clear and concise scientific writing. However, it is puzzling why the extraembryonic membranes of the chick are included in this chapter and not the extraembryonic membranes of a reptile from which mammals have undoubtedly evolved. Most of the textbook is devoted to classical organogenesis of the skin and its derivatives, the skeleton and muscular system, the alimentary canal and its derivatives, coelom and mesenteries, the urogenital system, circulatory systems, and the nervous system and sense organs. Function is included rather unevenly among the chapters. For example, the skeleton is presented in a strictly non-functional context, while the biomechanical effects on osteogenesis are omitted altogether. Likewise the muscular system is considered in isolation from the skeleton. As a result, important new research results from current investigators, the architects of the renaissance of vertebrate morphology, are not mentioned, giving the students the false impression that the study of form is a past science without new problems or avenues of investigation. The authors do include basic functional considerations of the alimentary tract and its derivatives and the gills. In the final chapter one finds an outstanding introduction to the developmental stages of the nervous system and sense organs of the vertebrates from evolutionary as well as ontogenetic perspectives. The original illustrations of the membranous labyrinth and the human ear and the comparative anatomy of the vertebrate brain are especially noteworthy. Torrey’s morphogenesis was originally intended as an introduction to comparative vertebrate anat¬ omy with an emphasis on ontogenetic patterns. As such, the book has been successful as it enters its fifth edition. One could argue that it represents an atavism of the Golden Age of morphology dominated by Gegenbaur, von Baer, and Haeckel. It does not represent modem aspects of morphogenesis since concepts such as heterochrony (paedomorphosis and peramorphosis), epigenesis, allometry, and pro¬ grammatic internal factors are not included in the discussion. One could also question the wisdom of devoting nearly one fourth of the book to topics that are covered in introductory biology which is a reasonable prerequisite for a course in comparative embryology and anatomy. The space could have been better used to introduce current approaches in the emerging field of developmental morphology from an evolutionary perspective. However, these criticisms and suggestions should in no way detract from the fact that this fifth edition of this classic textbook is a very readable, non-complicated outline of a very complex discipline which will be greatly appreciated by beginning students. Karel F. Liem, Museum of Comparative Zoology. Harvard University, Cambridge, MA 02138. Barbosa, P., V. A. Kirschik, and C. G. Jones (eds.). 1991. Microbial Mediation of Plant-Herbivore Interactions. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $95.00. 530 p. During the past 15 years or so, the attention of ecologists interested in herbivory has shifted from the narrow view of plants fighting a constant evolutionary “war” with their consumers. The shift has accommodated the idea that such interactions often involve both plus and minus clfccts on both plants and their herbivores and that what was once seen as a game of selection on two simple processes, defense and herbivory, is far more complex in reality. What has received far less attention during this shift in view is the cflecl(s) of microbial populations in mediating these complex plant-herbivore interactions. That is the subject of the volume edited b> 25 26 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 Barbosa, Karschik and Jones, comprising introductory and summary comments by the editors and 18 contributed chapters on a wide range of microbial organisms and processes affecting plants and herbivores. The topics range from consideration of nitrogen-fixers, through several types of mycorrhizal associations to treatments of free-living microbes and pathogens of plants and insects. The scale of treatments similarly ranges widely, from single species interactions to ecosystem-level interactions. The book is heavily oriented towards the plant-arthropod microbial associations, perhaps to be expected given the professional orientations of the editors. Seldom is the effect of vertebrate consumers of plants mentioned. Since there is a modest amount of overlap in some of the chapters included, there was scope for some pruning of the present text with the addition of one or two contributions devoted to plant-vertebrate-microbe interactions. Apart from the arthropod overemphasis, I found little to criticize in the volume. The editors and authors are experts in the topics presented and the presentations themselves are clear and informative. As a non-microbiologist, I learned a great deal of useful information from reading this volume. Two of the editors, Kirschik and Jones, do a very nice job of introducing each of the five parts of the book, concisely summarizing the contributions to follow and synthesizing the message(s) imparted. The most innovative feature of the book is the development, by Clive Jones, of the concept of net effects diagrams (NEDS). Essentially, this takes the idea of plus and minus interactions and creates a formal modelling approach. It has the capability of presenting the net effect vector of insect performance (why not herbivore performance?) in a graphical manner. I found this first chapter to be a great help in evaluating the data provided in the subsequent sections of the book. Although NEDS, if complete, require massive amounts of data, they can, at least in their qualitative form, provide an extremely useful tool for preliminary analysis of what is known and, more to the point, of how much is unknown about a given plant-animal-microbe system. Although Jones says he is developing a quantitative version of the net effects diagram, I suspect the more useful tool will be what he has already given us. The NED is, after all, a model. Its forte is ability to quickly synthesize from a mass of qualitative data. As more quantitative data become available, the more traditional mechanistic simulation models will probably prove more useful. The book is an informative and important contribution to an interdisciplinary area that has had too little attention. I recommend it to anyone with an interest in plant-consumer interactions. Richard G. Wiegert, Department of Zoology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602. Weyers, Jonathan and Hans Meidner. 1990. Methods in Stomatal Research. Longman Sci. & Tech, and J. Wiley & Sons, New York, NY. $84.95. 233 p. Stomata are among the most widely studied organs of higher plants, not only because of their important role in the exchange of gases in leaves, but, as Weyers and Meidner point out in their new book “Methods in Stomatal Research,” because they also serve as model systems for the study of physiology, biochemistry, morphology, and anatomy. This book succinctly and clearly fills a niche in the literature on stomata that heretofore has been neglected, i.e., a detailed and comprehensive ex¬ position on methods of working with stomata. Far too often, the details necessary for an experiment to succeed are left out of journal publications, and these omissions may, as the authors emphasize, mark the difference between success and failure. The book is divided into three main sections. The first concentrates on the anatomy and morphology of stomata, covering such topics as stomatal structure, distribution, and biomechanics. Following these sections the authors provide a short, but surprisingly complete and lucid account of stomatal physiology and biochemistry. The concise writing style, without excessive verbage, conveys the com¬ plexity of stomatal physiology, yet does not overwhelm the reader with side issues or trivial detail. The accompanying figures are well thought out and well reproduced. There is a several page discussion of patchiness of stomatal aperture, a feature now gaining much attention by physiologists, but virtually ignored in the past. Finally, the authors provide a checklist for selecting the appropriate organism for stomatal research, based on a set of research objectives. They also go through a list of environmental variables likely to affect stomatal functioning, as well as what pretreatment conditions to use to achieve specific effects. Chapter 3 completes the introductory section by covering the theoretical aspects of gas exchange, including discussions of mass transfer and diffusion. The concept of conductance and resistance is thoroughly gone over, while canopy phenomena receive cursory attention. Starting with Chapter 4, the authors begin their expositions on methodologies, starting first with REVIEWS 27 gravimetric and porometric methods. Of particular utility are the flow charts for determining the appropriate sequence of events to successfully perform certain experiments. These are found throughout the book, usually at the conclusion of a major section. The authors opted to go with pen and ink illustrations, rather than photos of instruments, in order to highlight specific parts of instruments used to measure water uptake or loss. This objective they have achieved quite successfully. The sections on both mass and diffusive flow porometry are particularly useful. One feature I found interesting was that the authors went into the technical aspects of older methods, providing the reader with a historical perspective regarding stomatal research. This was particularly well done in the chapter on porometry. One of the most interesting chapters was the one on measuring stomatal apertures. Not until you read this chapter will you realize the problems that abound in what a priori seems like a simple procedure. Likewise, Chapters 8 and 9 detail procedures for work on stomata from leaf pieces and isolated epidermal strips. The chapter on isolated epidermal strips is made all the more useful because the authors provide a list of plants from which suitable strips can be made. Although it is not as widely appreciated as it should be, the way in which the epidermis is peeled greatly affects the survivability of the guard cells surrounding the stomatal complex. Weyers and Meidner show, via photos, just how to peel to maximize cell viability. The last two chapters deal with guard cell protoplast techniques and those involving the biochemistry and physiology of isolated guard cells and associated fractions. Although it would be difficult to simply use this book as a cookbook for these techniques, and it is not meant to be one, the chapters still contain a wealth of background information, as well a sufficient detail to prepare anyone to delve into this most difficult area of research. The final chapter contains appendices, recipes for various osmotica, cleaning procedures, a brief list of suppliers of compounds and instruments, and tables of humidity and vapor pressure. The literature cited is up to date, with papers from as late as 1 989, and the index is quite satisfactory. The book is printed on high quality paper and has almost no errors. One drawback though, is the high cost. An excellent reference text, it would make a useful addition to the libraries of all botanists. At the least, it should be in your university library. Howard S. Neufeld. Department of Biology, Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608. Crawford, D. J. 1990. Plant Molecular Systematics: Macromolecular Ap¬ proaches. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $49.95. 388 p. This text did not pretend to be comprehensive, and it was not; but, it did a thorough job of reviewing the discipline of macromolecular approaches to plant systematics. In the examples given, the author evaluates both the strengths and weaknesses of macromolecular systematic information. After reading the text one is left with the impression that, like morphology or secondary metabolite profiles, mac¬ romolecular data by itself will not provide all of the answers. After a brief but relatively thorough introduction to the structure of proteins, RNA and DNA, Crawford discusses techniques of and data analyses for enzyme electrophoresis. He elaborates on protein data and its application to systematics for 1 1 chapters. Many specific examples were discussed, and shortcomings of many studies (e.g., “The Rubisco Story”) were elaborated upon. Much of the information was related to phenetic and cladistic interpretations. The final five chapters dealt with techniques and associated data analysis relative to nucleic acids. Considerable effort was given to both the nuclear and the chloroplast genomes. One feature that was most welcome was that Crawford elaborated the weaknesses of many of the newer macromolecular techniques; this should be very informative (and consoling) to “alpha” tax¬ onomists and microchemical chcmosystcmatists. James W. Wallace, Department of Biology, Western Carolina University. Cullowhee, NC 28723. Mooney, Harold A. and Giorgia Bernardi (eds.). 1990. Introduction of Ge¬ netically Modified Organisms into The Environment— Scope 44. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $110.00. 201 p. The birth of this book stemmed from an international conference between International Council of Scientific Unions (ISCU)and Scientific Committee on Problems of the Environment (SCOPE). SCOP! was established in 1969 and its first task was to prepare a report on Global Environmental Monitoring 28 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 (SCOPE 1, 1971) for the UN Stockholm Conference on the Human Environment. The mandate of SCOPE is to assemble, review, and assess the information available on man-made environmental changes and the effects of these changes on man: to assess and evaluate the methodologies of mea¬ surement of environmental parameters; to provide an intelligence service on current research; and by the recruitment of the best available scientific information and constructive thinking to establish itself as a corpus of informed advice for the benefit of centers of fundamental research and organizations and agencies operationally engaged in studies of the environment. This book is composed of three very pertinent sections: I. History of Concerns Regarding Genetic Manipulation (Chapters 1 and 2); II. Genetic Transfer and the Environment (Chapters 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, and 10), and III. Assessment and Regulation (Chapters 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15). Per my thorough review of the three sections, I found this book to represent an excellent body of informative material regarding the aforementioned subject, e.g.. Introduction of Genetically Modified Organisms into the Environment. Specifically, the content of each section is arranged in such a meaningful chronological sequence relative to its objective. The introduction section of this book serves well to focus the reader referencing the acquisition of conceptual knowledge of the subject matter. Section 02 summarizes numerous landmark findings pertaining to the construction, manipulation, and application of genet¬ ically modified organisms. Moreover, this section devotes special emphasis to horizontal transfer as the major mode of transmission of genetically modified organisms. Section 03 offers current recom¬ mendations regarding certain algorithms of evaluation and regulation of GEMs (Genetically Engineered Microbes). Finally, this book elicits the major advantages and disadvantages of GEMs as uncertainties still remain about the fate of releasing GEMs into the environment. Overall, this is a well-written and timely manuscript which warrants adoption. Arthur L. Williams, Department of Botany/ Microbiology, Howard University, Washington, DC 20059. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Math and Science Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA University of North Alabama, Department of Biology. Dr. Jack S. Brown, Professor of Biology, retired at the end of the 1991 summer term. New faculty include Professor Mary Ann Allan and Dr. Terry Richardson. Samford University, Department of Biology. Dr. Larry Davenport received the school’s 1991 John H. Buchanan Award for Excellence in Classroom Teaching. The award was presented on 20 August 1991. The Buchanan Award recognizes the faculty member who exemplifies the best in classroom teaching. The honoree, chosen by a poll of last spring’s graduating seniors, receives a silver tray and $1,000 cash prize. Dr. Davenport has been a faculty member since 1985 and has his Ph.D. degree from the University of Alabama at Tuscaloosa. He is an authority on the Cahaba Lily and active in environmental efforts. GEORGIA Agnes Scott College, Department of Biology. Theodosia Wade has been named Part-time Instructor in Biology for Fall 1991. Theodosia has been associated most recently with Oxford College of Emory University. She will teach Introductory Biology. Dr. Lynn Mahjfy has been named Visiting Assistant Professor in Biology for Spring 1992. Her Ph.D. is from Cornell University and she will teach courses in Vertebrate Biology and Animal Behavior. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 29 LOUISIANA McNeese State University, Department of Biological and Environmental Sciences. Joining the De¬ partment is Mark Paulissen (Ph.D. University of Oklahoma), Assistant Professor of Biology, who specializes in behavioral ecology with research interests in the ecology of parthenogenetic colonal complexes of Cnemidophorus laredoensis in Texas and Mexico. Harry Meyer (Ph.D. University of South Florida) has also joined the staff as an invertebrate zoologist with research interests in the ecology of harpacticoid copepods of Gulf coast estuaries. NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina State University, Botany Department. Dr. James W. Hardin, Professor of Botany and Curator of the NCSU Herbarium, has been elected President-Elect of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists. He will assume this office on 1 Sept. 1991 and will be President in 1992-93. The ASPT promotes teaching and research in the taxonomy, systematics, and phylogeny of vascular and nonvascular plants. Organized in 1935, the society has a membership of about 1300 and publishes the quarterly journal Systematic Botany. Dr. Hardin was Editor-in-Chief of this journal for the past six years. East Carolina University, Department of Biology. Dr. John S. Laurie (Sc.D. Johns Hopkins Univ.), a physiological parasitologist has retired and is living in Washington State. The department has acquired the Renate Wittig Skinner Exotic Seashell Collection (30,000 specimens). Dr. Claudia L. Jolls just returned from teaching Ecology at the University of Michigan Biological Station at Douglas Lake. Dr. William M. Rizzo has left for employment at U.S.F.W.S. Lafayette Field Office in Louisiana. Dr. Carolyn Hampton has joined the department transferring from Science Education. Dr. Edmund J. Stellwag was awarded a $ 1 25,000 grant to study Biotechnology Educational Enhancement at East Carolina University. He has also been appointed as newsletter editor for the North Carolina Branch of the American Society for Microbiology. Dr. William G. Ambrose, Jr. has been awarded a V* million dollar grant from National Science Foundation for a study of the Benthic Communities on the Northeast Greenland Shelf plus a renewed grant from NOAA to continue his studies on seagrass beds. Dr. Robert Christian returned after three months at the University of Ferrara, Italy. He collaborated with Italian ecologists in the Department of Evolutionary Biology on the dystrophic conditions in the Sacca di Goro, a coastal lagoon near the Po River. Dr. Thomas J. McConnell received a North Carolina Biotechnology grant of $36,806 to investigate the major Histocompatibility complex (MHC) genes of striped bass (Morone saxatilis) as markers for distinct populations. Dr. Mark Brinson testified before the U.S. Senate Subcommittee on Environmental Protection earlier this year on the status of Wetland Science, including functions and values of the drier wetlands as well as problems with ranking wetlands according to their relative value. Duke University, Department of Botany. During the week of 4-10 August over 600 phycologists from 40 countries were hosted by the department, where they met at the I Vth International Phycological Congress. The congress, sponsored by the International Phycological Society, was held in conjunction with the annual meeting of the Phycological Society of America. Professor Emeritus W. Dwight Billings has recently been honored by the Ecological Society of America who presented him with their Eminent Ecologist Award at their 1991 meeting. The award is made for “outstanding contributions to the science of Ecology.” Professor William Louis Culberson has been elected President of the Botanical Society of America. His term of office runs from 1991 to 1992. Dr. Janis Antonovics has been named a Fellow of the John Simon Guggenheim Memorial Foundation. He will be on leave for all of 1992 to study at Imperial College in London. At the A1BS meetings this summer, two Duke graduate students were honored. John S. Hopple received the Mycological Society of America’s Graduate Student Fellowship. Paula DePriest was awarded the America Bryological and Lichenological Society’s Sharp Prize for her presentation “Multiple insertions in the small subunit ribosomal DNA of the Cladonia chlorophaea complex (lichen-forming Ascomytina).” The Sharp Prize is presented for the best student paper at the meeting. The Highlands Biological Station, Highlands. The Biological Station will offer three courses in field biology in 1992: Biology of Plethodontid Salamanders, 4-27 June. Dr. Stephen G. 7Y//n,(Smith College); Ecological Research Techniques, 29 Junc-24 July, team taught by Drs. Alan Stiven (Univ. of North Carolina at Chapel Hill), Andrew Sheldon (Univ. of Montana), and Thomas Wentworth (North Carolina State University); Biology of Spiders, 27 July-7 August, team taught by Drs Frederick I ( oy/r (Western Carolina University) and William A. Shear (Hampden-Sydney College). The Station is ottering grants 30 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 1, 1992 in-aid and research scholarships in 1992 to support research in field biology in the southern Appa¬ lachians by graduate students and postdoctoral investigators. A conference on the “Biology of Pleth- odontid Salamanders” will be held at the Station, 31 May-2 June 1992. This is the third such conference, which have been held at 10-year intervals. Further information about these and other programs of the Station can be obtained from the Highlands Biological Station, P.O. Box 580, High¬ lands, NC 28741. KENTUCKY Georgetown College, Department of Biology Dr. Thomas N. Seay retired after 25 years on the faculty. During his tenure he taught in the department and for 17 years served as Director of the Environmental Sciences Program. Dr. Rick Kopp has been appointed to a one year appointment to fill this position while a search is being conducted for a permanent replacement. Dr. Julie Sparrow Mann has been appointed to a three-fourths time position in biology. Mrs. Mann received her Ph.D. in Anatomy and Physiology from the University of Kentucky. Dr. Charles N. Boehms has been elected Vice President of the Kentucky Academy of Sciences. MISSISSIPPI Mississippi College, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Robert G. Hamilton has joined the faculty as an Assistant Professor. Dr. Hamilton is interested in population genetics of ferns and will develop a program in molecular biology with special emphasis in fern systematics. Dr. Prentiss G. Cox, Department Chairman, will serve as President of the Mississippi Science Teachers Association for 1991-92. TENNESSEE University of Tennessee at Chattanooga, Department of Biology’. Dr. Gene S. Van Horn has been named University of Chattanooga Foundation Professor of Biology. Foundation professorships are awarded to faculty members for their academic talents and potential for leadership. Dr. N. Gene Vredeveld has been named Distinguished Teaching Professor of Biology. The professorships are award¬ ed to faculty in recognition of their commitment to teaching excellence. Each Distinguished Teaching Professorship lasts three years and carries an annual stipend to support teaching, scholarly, and professional activities. Middle Tennessee State University, Department of Biology. Three new faculty have been added to the staff. Dr. J. Padgett Kelly (Ph.D. Mississippi State University), formerly Director of Conservation Education for the State of Tennessee, will teach a new course. Life Science for Elementary Teachers, designed to cover State mandated objectives for biology and environmental education. He will also direct the TVA/MTSU Center for Environmental/Energy Education. Dr. Kelly was named the En¬ vironmental Educator of the Year in Tennessee in both 1972 and 1982, and received the Director’s Award for Service in Project Wild in 1991. Dr. Dennis Michael Mullen (Ph.D. Zoology, University of Maine) has joined the faculty as an Assistant Professor. Dr. Mullen research interests are in the area of aquatic ecology. Joyce Lynn Miller is a new member and has the responsibility of Coordinator for Freshman Biology Laboratories. She has an M.S. in Plant Pathology from Washington State University. She has also authored and co-authored several publications on plant pathology and her¬ petology and has provided technical assistance for numerous publications in such diverse disciplines as botany, engineering, food science, geology, materials science, and zoology. University of Tennessee at Martin, Department of Biology. Wintfred L. Smith has been granted academic leave for two consecutive semesters. During the fall semester, he will organize historical material dealing with Reelfoot Lake for the preparation of a database and the assessment of photo¬ graphic collections relating to the lake in Tennessee and Kentucky. In the Spring of 1992, he will devote his time to reducing this large volume of material to a manageable form, and prepare a manuscript describing changes and conditions in the Reelfoot Lake area from prehistoric times to about 1942. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 31 MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA State Museum of Natural History, Tuscaloosa. Dinosaurs in Alabama was the feature article in NatureSouth. the magazine of the Alabama Natural History Society, the membership organization of the Alabama Museum of Natural History. The Society has also picked the state’s oldest resident as its mascot. Old Brer Possum saw the dinosaurs become extinct and watched the mastodons come and go. The possum is Alabama’s oldest mammal which survived whatever killed off the dinosaurs, and is as much at home in today’s towns as it is in the woods. STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP. MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION Required by 39 U S C 3685) IA. title of publication THE ASB BULLETIN (ISSN 0001 2386) IB. PUBLICATION NO 2 DATE OF FILING 24 Sept. 1991 l |o3j2o| 3 FREQUENCY OF ISSUE Quarterly (January, April, July, October) 3A NO OF ISSUES PUBLISHED ANNUALLY 4 3B ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION PRICE $15.00 4 COMPLETE MAILING ADDRESS OF KNOWN OFFICE OF PUBLICATION ( Street . City. County. State and ZIP*4 Code) (Not printers) ASB Bulletin, Frank J. Schwartz, 3407 Arendell St. Morehead City, NC 28557 5 COMPLETE MAILING ADDRESS OF THE HEADOUARTERS OF GENERAL BUSINESS OFFICES OF THE PUBLISHER (Not printer) Pat Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 6 FULL NAMES AND COMPLETE MAILING AODRESS OF PUBLISHER. EDITOR, AND MANAGING EDITOR (This item MUST NOT be blank) PUBLISHER (Name and Complete Mailing Address) Association of Southeastern Biologists Inc. University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 EDITOR (Name and Complete Mailing Address ) Dr. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina Morehead City, NC 28557 MANAGING EDITOR ( Name and Complete Mailing Address ) None 7 OWNER Ilf owned by a corporation, ns name and address must be stated and also Immediately thereunder the names and addresses of stockholders FULL NAME COMPLETE MAILING ADDRESS Association of Southeastern Biologists Inc. Chapel Hill, NC (Dr. William J . Koch 8 KNOWN BONDHOLDERS. MORTGAGEES. AND OTHER SECURITY HOLDERS OWNING OR HOLDING 1 PERCENT OR MORE OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF BONDS, MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If there are none, so state) FULL NAME COMPLETE MAILING ADDRESS Hu uc 9 FOR COMPLETION BY NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AUTHORIZED TO MAIL AT SPECIAL RATES (Section 423 12 DMMonly) The purpose, function, and nonprofit status of this organization and the eiiempt status for Federal income ta* purposes /Check one ) i 1 HAS NOT CHANGED DURING i — i HAS CHANGEO DURING (If changed, publisher must submit explanation of 1 y_\ PRECEDING 12 MONTHS 1 | PRECEDING 12 MONTHS change with this statement ) 10 EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION AVERAGE NO COPIES EACH ISSUE DURING PRECEDING 12 MONTHS ACTUAL NO COPIES OF SINGLE ISSUE PUBLISHED NEAREST TO FILING DATE A TOTAL NO COPIES (Net Press Run) 1400 1400 B PAID AND/OR REQUESTED CIRCULATION 1 Sales through dealers and carriers, street vendors and counter sales None None 2 Mail Subscription (Paid and/or requested) 1315 1315 C TOTAL PAID AND/OR REQUESTED CIRCULATION (Sum of I0BI and IOB2) 1315 1315 O FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR OTHER MEANS SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY, AND OTHER FREE COPIES 34 25 E TOTAL DISTRIBUTION (Sum of C and D) 1349 1340 F COPIES NOT OISTRIBUTEO 1 Office use, left over, unaccounted, spoiled after printing 51 60 2 Return from News Agents None None G TOTAL (Sum of E. F, and 2- shout d equal ne, press run shown ,n A, 1400 1400 11 \ SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF EDITOR, PUBLISHER, BUSINESS MANAGER, OR OWNER 1 certify that the statements made by \ me above are correct and complete / 'Jv.nZ-/ JL&wn**! Zrw"' - K - l - - 1 PS Form 3526, July 1984 (See instruclionjun reverse) APPLICATION FOR ASB MEMBERSHIP Give copies of this to your students, colleagues, and your school librarian. Fill out blanks and enclose check or money order for one year’s dues and mail to Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Please include phone number on application _ Name in full _ Date _ Title _ Department _ Institution _ City _ State _ Zip _ Degrees (institutions and dates) _ Recommended by member _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15.00 _ Graduate Student $8.00 _ Contributing $50.00 _ Sustaining $ 1 00.00 _ Family $20.00 _ Library Subscription $25.00 _ Patron $300.00 _ Business Affiliate $100.00 _ Emeritus $10.00 Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ The ASB bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 01-07-92 59. 06 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 39, Number 1, January 1992 Myomere Counts in Larvae of Three Species of Nocomis (Pis¬ ces: Cyprinidae) by E.G. Maurakis, W.S. Woolcott, G.P. Radice, and W.R. McGuire . 1 News . 9 Announcements . 22 Reviews . 25 News of Biology in the Southeast . 28 Cover photo by Roger Boettcher, LSU, Baton Rouge, LA illustrating SEM of Peacock, Pavo cristatus, feather barbule transverse ridges. L ASB BULLETIN Number 2 April 1992 3rd Annual Meeting Site, Tuscaloosa, AL The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (1SSN-0001-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614, 904/372-3505 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 3783 1 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 President-elect — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 Vice-President — Diane R. Nelson, East Tenn. Tech. Univ., Johnson City, TN 37614 Retiring President — Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1992: James S. Fralish, Forestry Dept. So. Illinois Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, Birmingham, AL 35294 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1992 April 8-11 University Alabama-Tuscaloosa, Tuscaloosa, AL 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. Program of the 53rd ANNUAL MEETING of the ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS Hosted by THE UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA at the Bryant Conference Center and Hotel Tuscaloosa, Alabama SOCIETIES MEETING WITH ASB IN TUSCALOOSA American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Division Beta Beta Beta Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Section Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Fishes Council Southern Appalachian Botanical Club MEETING HEADQUARTERS BRYANT CONFERENCE CENTER AND HOTEL 33 34 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Bryant Conference Center University-President’s Mansion GENERAL INFORMATION Registration - Registration for the 53rd annual meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists, purchase of tickets for the banquet, BBQ, breakfasts, luncheons, and field trips have been arranged through registration with the Office of Continuing Studies, The University of Alabama. For information on these and other activities, please call (205) 348-1826. Pre-registrants may pick up their registration packet with tickets and other information at the ASB Registration Desk in the Registration Lobby of the Bryant Conference Center. The desk will be open from 12:00 to 22:00 on Wednesday, 8 April, from 08:00 to 17:00 on Thursday, 9 April, and from 08:00 to 12:00 on Friday, 10 April. Late registration will be possible at these times; however, tickets for special events will be limited and may not be available. See the January 1992 issue of the ASB Bulletin for pre-registration information. Please bring your April 1992 ASB Bulletin to the meeting, as no free copies will be available. Extra copies may be purchased at the ASB Registration desk for $3.50. Ground Transportation - If approaching Tuscaloosa either from the east or west via 1-59/20, exit at the McFarland Boulevard (U.S. 82) Exit and go to the north (U.S. 82 is oriented north and south at this point - follow U.S. 82 to the west) for 2-3 miles and exit onto University Blvd. This is a cloverleaf type interchange in which you will loop around to the right and approach University Blvd. at a traffic light; take University to the west (right) and cross U.S. 82. There is a light traffic light on University Blvd. immediately to the west of U.S. 82. The road at that light is an entrance into the large DCH hospital. Continue west on University Blvd. about 200 yards and turn left onto Paul W. Bryant Drive at the next traffic fight. Follow Bryant Drive to the second traffic light where the University baseball field is located. Turn left into the baseball/coliseum parking lot and park free of charge. Walk across Bryant drive to the Conference Center. If you are coming from the northwest, you have two choices in Memphis. Either follow 1-55 south in Mississippi to the U.S. 82 exit and follow U.S. 82 east to Tuscaloosa or follow U.S. 78 southeast from Memphis through Tupelo, MS to Hamilton, AL, where you will join with U.S. 43. Follow U.S. 43 south to Northport, AL where it intersects with U.S. 82. Either way, once in Northport on U.S. 82, continue to the east until you cross the Black Warrior River. Shortly after crossing the river, exit onto University Blvd. and follow the directions above. If you are approaching Tuscaloosa from the southeast, follow U.S. 82 through Montgomery to Tuscaloosa and follow the directions above. 35 36 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Air Transportation - The Tuscaloosa Airport is served by two commuter lines, Atlantic Southeast Airlines, which is a Delta Connection from Atlanta, and by American Eagle, which is an American Airlines commuter service from Nashville. Birmingham Regional Airport is the nearest airport with jet service. It is served by Delta, American, Northwest, United, U. S. Air, Southwest, and a few commuter airlines. We recommend if you fly into either airport, that you rent a car for the trip to and from the airport. We do this because there is essentially no public transportation in Tuscaloosa and most hotels are several miles from campus. The only exceptions to this recommendation is if you are staying at either the Sheraton Inn on campus or Dill's Motor Court. Both of these hotels are within walking distance of the Conference Center. Parking - As stated above, parking is free in the baseball/coliseum parking lot. It also is free at all hotels. Should you need to go to other parts of campus, it is advisable to walk since classes will be in session and parking will not be available elsewhere. You can walk to any part of campus in 15-20 minutes from the Conference Center Job Placement Message Board - A job placement message board will be made available in the Auditorium Lobby. Dining Facilities - Meals and cocktails are available in the Sheraton Inn. Tuscaloosa has many fine restaurants, ranging from fast food to formal. There are several lunch spots along The Strip, which is on University Blvd. just west of campus. Your registration packet will have a list of many of these restaurants in Tuscaloosa. Thursday Evening Barbecue - The Thursday evening dinner will be held at Mound State Monument, located in Moundville about 15 miles south of Tuscaloosa. This will be an all you can eat meal, the main portion of which will be Dreamland Barbecue spare ribs. Ample vegetables will be available for those desiring not to eat barbecue. There will be a mixture of popular, country, and bluegrass music. We must let the caters know the number of persons expected in advance. Therefore, we strongly recommend purchasing tickets during pre-registration. Shuttle buses will run at 17:00 and 18:00 hours to Moundville and will return at 21:00 and 22:00 hours. They will depart from and return to the Conference Center. Friday Evening Banquet - The Friday banquet will be held in the Sellers Auditorium of the Conference Center. ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE - 1992 The Nominating Committee, composed of L.J. Davenport, K. Shull, and J.E. Winstead, Chairman, has selected the following slate of nominees for the ASB offices to be filled in 1992. Additional nominations will be received from the floor. Voting will take place at the Annual Business Meeting at 1100 hr, Friday 10 April 1992. Please plan to attend. President-Elect: Ken R. Marion, University of Alabama-Birmingham, AL Donald R. Windier, Towson State University, Towson, MD Vice-President: James W. Ross, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY R. David Whetstone, Jacksonville State University, Jack¬ sonville, AL Executive Committee: Jeffrey A. Butts, Appalachian State University, Boone, (Two positions) NC Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, Reston, VA Geraldine W, Twitty, Howard University, Washington, DC Dwayne A. Wise, Mississippi State University, Missis¬ sippi St., MS PRESIDENT-ELECT Ken R. Marion Donald R. Windier 37 38 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Ken R. Marion — Dr. Marion is Professor of Biology at the University of Alabama at Birmingham. He received both the B.S. and Ph.D. degrees from Washington University in St. Louis, Missouri. After teaching one year at the Llmversity of Missouri-St. Louis, he has been at UAB for 19 years. His research interests and publications are in the areas of reproductive and population biology, with emphasis on reptiles and aquatic organisms. He teaches Ecology and Natural History of the Vertebrates and has graduated 14 M.S. and Ph.D. students. He received the Most Outstanding Faculty Award in the School of Natural Sciences and Mathematics in 1986. Dr. Marion is a member of 13 professional societies and is currently serving as President of the Alabama Academy of Science. He is a past President of the Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists (ASIH) and for the past several years has served as the Chairman of the Student Research Award Committee for the Society for the Study of Amphibians and Reptiles (SSAR). A member of ASB since 1972, Dr. Marion has served as a member and Chairman of the Student Research Award Committee (1987-89) and is currently finishing a term on the Executive Committee (1990-92). Donald R. Windier — Dr. Windier is Professor and Chair of the Biology Department at Towson State University in Towson, Maryland. He is a native of Nashville, Illinois. He took his Bachelors Degree in Biology and his Masters Degree in Botany with Dr. Robert H. Mohlenbrock at Southern Illinois University in Carbondale. His Masters thesis was a revision of the Legume genus Neptunia Lour. After leaving Illinois, he completed the requirements for the Ph D. under the direction of Dr. C. R. Bell at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. His dissertation was an experimental study of the simple leaved members of the Legume genus Crotalaria L. in North America. His research interests have concentrated on the systematics of genera of the Leguminosae and floristic studies in Maryland. He has 30 publications and several more in preparation. At Towson, Dr. Windier has been involved with the Masters program, serving on the committee which established the Biology Masters in 1970, serving on the campus Graduate Studies body, and directing the work of students. From 1984 to 1987, he served as Chair of the Biology Department, following which he served as Acting Dean of the College of Natural and Mathematical Sciences (CONAMS) for a period of three years. Since leaving the Deanship. he has returned to the Departmental Chair. In the Spring of 1991, he received the CONAMS Outstanding Faculty Award. Dr. Windier is a member of nine professional associations, including ASB and SABC. He was a founding member of the Towson State Sigma Xi group and served a term as its president. He initiated the invitation for Towson State to host the 1990 ASB meetings and while Dean, carried out several major responsibilities for the Towson Local Com¬ mittee. He has been a supporter and served on the SABC Endowment Committee. In 1990, he established an endowment to fund the Richard and Minnie Windier Award in the SABC as a memorial to his parents. The Award, presented for the first time in 1991, will be presented annually to the best systematic botany paper published during the preceding year in the journal CASTANEA. VICE-PRESIDENT James W. Ross — Dr. Jim Ross is an Associate Professor of Biology at Cumberland College, Williamsburg, Kentucky. He earned his B.S. and M.S. in Biology from Murray State University, Murray, Kentucky, and his Ph.D. in Biology from the University of Alabama. He was a post-doctoral associate at the University of Hawaii. His teaching interest is in Cell Biology and his research interest is concerned with the role of monogalactosyldiacylglycerol in the chloroplast membrane. He holds memberships in the American Society of Plant Physiologists, the American Society for Photobiology, as well as other regional societies. He has been an active member of the ASB since 1978. He has participated in the annual meetings in paper and poster presentations. He has served the society as an at-large member of the Executive Committee, as a member and chair of the Faculty Research Committee, member and chair of the Publications Committee, and as a member of the ad hoc Membership Committee. Dr. Ross received the ASB Faculty Research Award in 1984. R. David Whetstone — Dr. Whetstone is Professor of Biology and Curator of the Herbarium at Jacksonville State University. He earned his B.S. and M.A. in Biology at Jacksonville State University, and Ph.D. at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. His research interests are in Nearctic Sapotaceae, fioristics of the southeastern U.S., and threatened and endangered species of plants. David has received funding from several sources including the JSU Faculty Research Committee and the ASB CANDIDATES FOR OFFICE - 1992 39 NSF. In addition, he has served as consultant for the U.S. Forest Service, the Fish and Wildlife Service, the Army Corps, and the Bureau of Land Management. He has been a long-standing member of the American Society of Plant Taxonomists, the Association of Southeastern Biologists, and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club. He has served on the editorial board of CASTANEA for three years (one year as chair), and on the Editorial Committee of the Flora of North America Project since 1984. He currently serv es as Chair of the Windier Award Committee and on the SABC Council. At JSU, David has served as President of the JSU Education Association, faculty advisor of the Mu Phi chapter of Tri-Beta, and Co-director of Little River Canyon Environmental Education Center. EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE Jeffrey A. Butts — Dr. Butts received his A.B. in 1969 from Albion College, M.A. in 1971 and Ph.D. in 1973 from Bowling Green State University. From 1973-81 he was Assistant and Associate Professor at University of North Carolina at Charlotte. Since 1981 he has been at Appalachian State University where he has been chairman of the biology department since 1981. Scholarly interests are parasitology and invertebrate zoology. Dr. Butts has been a member of ASB since 1975 and served on local arrangement committee for the ASB meeting in Boone. Cliff R. Hupp — Cliff R. Hupp is a research botanist in the National Research Program of the U.S. Geological Survey, Water Resources Division, Reston, Virginia. In addition to his government work, he has taught undergraduate and graduate plant ecology at George Mason University since 1979. He received his Ph.D. in Plant Ecology and Geomorphology from The George Washington University in 1983. Presently, he is Chief of the Vegetation and Hydrogeomorphic Relations Project and Director of the U.S.G.S. Tree-Ring Laboratory. His areas of research include plant ecological and tree-ring studies related to the hydrology and fluvial geomorphology of riparian and wetland systems; he has authored numerous journal articles, book chapters, and government publications on both geomor¬ phology and ecology. His most recent work is in wetland sedimentation and the documentation and effects of saltwater intrusion. He has previously served on the Nominations and Conservation Com¬ mittees of ASB and is an active member of the Southeastern Chapter of ESA, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Society of Wetland Scientists, and several other professional organizations. Geraldine W. Twitty — Dr. Twitty is a professor in the Department of Zoology at Howard University, Washington, D.C. Her M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Parasitology and Biochemical Genetics were awarded by Howard University. She has engaged in post-doctoral activities in Molecular Biology and Morphometry at UCLA, University of Pennsylvania, and the Bermuda Biological Station. At present, she directs the General Zoology program and devotes much of her time and energy to Curriculum Re-development at both University and Departmental levels. A classroom enthusiast. Dr. Twitty also has research interest in phylogenetic relationship among invertebrates. Her professional memberships include AAAS, Minority Women in Science, and Sigma Xi where she is the Secretary of the Howard Chapter. As the ASB representative to AIBS, she has been responsible for furthering the ASB agenda at the national level and is a member of the Committee on Minorities, Women, and the Handicapped. At AIBS, she chairs the Committee on Women, Minorities, and Disabled, is a member of the Nominations Committee and was recently elected to the Board of Directors, representing the AIBS Council. She is a member of the Association of American Colleges Task Force for Liberal Education: Study in Depth that has reported on the State of the Biology Major. Dwayne A. Wise — Dr. Wise is Associate Professor in the Department of Biological Sciences at Mississippi State University. He received the B.A. in Biology from David Lipscomb College, Nash\ ille, Tennessee and the M.S. and Ph.D. degrees in Genetics from Florida State LJniversity under the direction of Dr. Margaret Menzel. He did postdoctoral research at the Southwestern Medical School, Dallas, Texas and was a Temporary Instructor and postdoctoral fellow in the Department of Zoology at Duke University. Dr. Wise’s research centers around the mechanism of mitosis and meiosis, particularly the mode of chromosome movement on the spindle and segregation of homologues at meiosis lie has received the ASB Faculty Research Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award from the MSI 1 Student Association, and has been the Margaret Y. Menzel Memorial Lecturer at the Boone Chromosome Conference, the Goodman Visiting Scholar at Peace College, Raleigh, North Carolina, and he was an invited symposium speaker at the AAAS meeting in 1990. His research Ikis been funded In NHL 40 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 NIEHS, USDA, and NATO. He is a member of the American Society for Cell Biology, the Genetics Society of America and has been a member of ASB since 1970, where he has presented several papers and has served as session chairman. He was a founder of the Boone Chromosome Conference, which attracts cytogeneticists from around the world. Photo — Courtesy NASA Speaker for the 1992 Plenary Session LT. COL. JAMES S. VOSS -NASA Astronaut Lt. Col. Voss was born in Cordova, Alabama and received his B.S. in Aerospace engineering front Auburn University and a M.S. in Aerospace Engineering Science from the University of Colorado in 1974. He received the outstanding student award at the USN Test Pilot School, William Clements Jr. award for excellence as an education outstanding Professor at the U.C. Military Academy 1982. He has received the meritorious service award, and several other awards. Lt. Col. Voss has served with the 2nd Battalion 48th Infantry in Germany as staff officer and company commander. Voss has been at the Johnson Space Center since November 1984 as Vehicle Integration Test Engineer. He was selected as Astro¬ naut Candidate in 1987. He was mission specialist for the STS-44 crew 1991 mission that took place in November-December 1991. He is also assigned to be a crew member of STS-53 scheduled for launch in the fall of 1992. Program Summary All events at the Bryant Conference Center and Hotel except where noted. WEDNESDAY, 8 APRIL 1992 12:00 - 22:00 REGISTRATION. Registration Lobbv 15:00 - 19:00 ASB Executive Committee Meeting, Morgan Board Room 19:30 - 22:00 Council Meeting, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club. Smith Board Room 19:30 - 22:00 ASB Social with Cash Bar. Fitz (Hotel) 20:00 - 22:00 Continuation of ASB Executive Committee Meeting (if necessarv) Morgan Board Room THURSDAY, 9 APRIL 1992 07:00 - 08:00 Past President’s Breakfast. President's (Hotel) 08:00 - 17:00 Slide Review. Logan Young 08:00 - 09:30 Poster Session set-up. Auditorium Lobbv 08:00 - 17:00 LATE REGISTRATION. Registration Lobbv 08:00 - 17:00 Placement Service. Auditorium Lobbv 08:30 - 09:45 Plenary Session. Sellers Auditorium 09:45 - 17:00 Exhibits. Sellers Auditorium POSTER AND MORNING PAPER SESSIONS 10:00 - 17:00 Poster Session. Auditorium Lobbv 14:00 - 15:00 Presenters with Posters 10:00 - 12:00 Plant Ecologv. Session 1 . Rast A 10:00 - 12:00 Plant Svstematics. Session 1. Rast B 10:00 - 12:00 Ichthvologv. Session 1. Wilson 10:00 - 12:00 Cell and Molecular Biologv. Birmingham 10:00- 12:00 Symposium: Ecology Education. Lackey BUSINESS AND LUNCHEON MEETINGS 12:15 - 13:45 Luncheon: Society of Welland Scientists, Fitz (Hotel) 12:15 - 13:45 Luncheon: Beta Beta Beta 41 42 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 SPECIAL EVENTS 14:00 -6:00 Beta Beta Beta Field Trip to Mound State Monument, Moundville. Bus departs from Bryant Conference Center AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS 14:00 - 17:00 Plant Ecology. Session 2. Rast A 14:00 - 17:00 Plant Ecology. Session 3. Rast B 14:00 - 17:00 Ichthyology and Herpetology, Session 2, Wilson 14:00 - 17:00 Animal Ecology and Physiology, Birmingham 14:00 - 16:00 Plant Systematics, Session 2, Central Bank 16:00 - 18:00 Herbarium Curator's Meeting. Central Bank BUSINESS MEETINGS 17:00 - 18:00 Southeastern Chapter of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists. Wilson SPECIAL EVENT 18:30- 22:00 Southern Barbecue and Music at Mound State Monument, Buffet Style, Sponsored by ASB. Buses depart at 17:00 and 18:00 from Brvant Conference Center FRIDAY, 10 APRIL 1992 07:00 - 8:30 Breakfast and Business Meeting, Southern Appalachian Botanical Club and SE Section, Botanical Society of America. Fitz/Bagbv (Hotel) 08:00 - 17:00 Slide Review. Logan Young 08:00 - 17:00 Placement Service. Auditorium Lobby 08:00 - 12:00 LATE REGISTRATION. Registration Lobby 08:00- 11:00 Exhibits. Sellers Auditorium MORNING PAPER SESSIONS 08:00- 11:00 Aquatic Ecology. Rast A 08:30- 11:00 Plant Ecology. Session 4. Rast B 09:00- 11:00 Parasitology and Invertebrate Zoology, Wilson PROGRAM SUMMARY 09:00 - 10:30 Cell Biology and Genetics. Birmingham 09:00 - 10:30 Workshop: Techniques for Studying Plant Reproductive Biology. Biology 219 BUSINESS AND LUNCHEON MEETINGS 10:30-11:30 Business Meeting: Beta Beta Beta. Central Bank 11:00-12:30 Business Meeting: ASB. Sellers Auditorium 12:30- 13:45 Luncheon Meeting: Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Fitz ('Hotel') AFTERNOON PAPER SESSIONS 14:00-15:00 Cryptogamic Botany and Microbiology, Rast A 14:00 - 16:00 Plant Ecology. Session 5. Rast B 13:00- 13:30 Teaching Biology. Wilson 13:30- 15:00 Open Meeting and Forum, ASB Education Committee. Wilson 14:00 - 16:00 Beta Beta Beta, District 1 . Birmingham 14:00 - 16:00 Beta Beta Beta. District 2. Central Bank BUSINESS MEETINGS 16:00 - 18:00 Southeastern Fishes Council. Birmingham SPECIAL EVENTS 18:00-19:30 Mixer. (Cash Bark Rast A 18:00-19:30 Beta Beta Beta Social. Rast B 19:30 - 22:00 ASB Banquet. Sellers Auditorum SATURDAY, 11 APRIL 1992 08:00 - 10:00 ASB Executive Committee Breakfast and Meeting, President’s (Hotel) 08:00 Field Trips Depart from Hotel Parking Lot 43 44 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 PROGRAM SUMMARY 45 Meeting Rooms at the Paul W. Bryant Conference Center 46 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Meeting Rooms at the Paul W* Bryant Conference Center VENDING MACHINES CENTRAL HANK CONI' THENCE ROOM BIRMINGHAM CONEEIUNCE ROOM SMITH EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM WILSON CONFERENCE ROOM CENTRAL CONTROL ROOM it TELEPHONE REST ROOM OETTCES XEROX ROOM MOBILE CONE. ROOM MASON CONE. ROOM MORGAN EXECUTIVE BOARDROOM SECOND FLOOR I REST ROOM LACKEY CONFERENCE ROOM PROGRAM SUMMARY 47 CONCURRENT MEETINGS & SESSIONS Wednesday April 8. 1992 Sellers Aud Rast A Rasl B Wilson Central B'ham Bank Morgan Logan Young Lackey Smith Aud. Lobby Regis Lobby Biology 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18:30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21:30 22:00 ASB Exec. Comm. Meeting SABC Council ASB Exec. Comm Meeting CONCURRENT MEETINGS & SESSIONS Thursday April 9, 1992 Sellers Central Logan Aud Regis. Aud. Rasl A Rasl B Wilson B'ham Bank Morgan Young Lackey Smith Lobby Lobby Biology , 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 11:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18 00 Plenary Session S R 1 e Plant Plant Icthyol. Cell i g Ecology Syst. and d ESA E Session Session Session Molecular e Symp. s X #1 #1 Biology t V P i i o a b e s t w t t Plant Icthyol & Herpt Animal Ecology Plant i e Q 0 Plant Syst. n ESA Symp r n r Ecology Ecology Session s s Session Session & #2 #2 #3 Session Physiol #2 Curator's SE ASIH Meeting Meeting -1^ o 48 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 CONCURRENT MEETINGS & SESSIONS Friday April 10. 1992 Rast B Wilson B'ham Central Bank Morgan Logan Young Lackey Smith Aud. Lobby Regis. Lobby Biology 8:00 8:30 9:00 9:30 10:00 10:30 1 1:00 11:30 12:00 12:30 13:00 13:30 14:00 14:30 15:00 15:30 16:00 16:30 17:00 17:30 18:00 18 30 19:00 19:30 20:00 20:30 21:00 21 :30 22:00 E Aquat Ecology Plant S Ecology Session Paraslt. Cell 1 R BSA & & 1 e Work b. *4 Invert. d 9- Shoo Zoology BBB e ASB Business Business Meeting V Cpen Meeting 1 e House w Teaching 1 Crypt Plant Biology BBB BBB n Botany Ecology District District g Mlcrob. Session # 1 #2 #5 BBB Reception POSSIBLE ADDITIONAL WORKSHOP THURSDAY, 9 APRIL 1992 Ecology in Education: Southeast Region¬ al Workshop Place: To be arranged; see registration packet Sponsored by The Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter of ESA, and ASB Education Committee FRIDAY, 10 APRIL 1992 9:00-12:00 Ecology in Education Workshop (contin¬ ued) Place: To be arranged; see registration packet Sponsored by The Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Chapter of ESA, and ASB Education Committee :00-l 2:00 :00— 1 7:30 NOTE: This workshop subject to NSF funding. ASB PAPER AND POSTER SESSIONS 08:30 THURSDAY MORNING, 9 APRIL PLENARY SESSION - Sellers Auditorium E. Roger Sayers, President of The University of Alabama. Welcoming remarks. Sandra T. Bowden, ASB President, Response Lt. Col. James S. Voss, NASA Astronaut. Title to be announced. POSTERS - Auditorium Lobby 1 Bauman, Thomas R. and Perry F. Churchill. (University of Alabama) Temperature limited oxidative phosphorylation in wasp flight muscle. 2 Adams, Harold S. and Steven L. Stevenson. (Dabney S. Lancaster Community College and Fairmont State College) An analysis of recent growth-trend patterns in red spruce. 3 Herr, J. M., Jr. (University of South Carolina) A summary of the 1991 teaching update workshop on clearing techniques. 4 McClintock, J. B., T. S. Hopkins, K. Marion, S. Watts, and G. Schinner. (University of Alabama at Birmingham and University of Alabama, Marine Environmental Science Consortium, Dauphin Island, Alabama) Population biology and reproduction in the Brittlestar Astroporpa annulata. 49 50 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Presiding: 10:00 5 Day, Frank P. and Everett P. Weber. (Old Dominion University) A minirhizotron system designed for the Virginia Coast Reserve Long Term Ecological Research Site. 6 Lee, Donald W. and Hugh A. Miller, HI. (East Tennessee State University). Identifying the proportion of the atrial natriuretic peptide releasing cardiomyocytes in the rat atrial populations. 7 Edwards, M. Boyd. (Southeastern Forest Experiment Station) Diversity relationships between two levels of vegetation management at 1-year after silvicultural treatment. 8 Ritchie, Jerry C., C. M. Cooper, and F. R. Schiebe. (USDA ARS) MSS remote sensing of chlorophyll in sediment dominated lakes. 9 Allan, Roger S., Natalie M. Runyan, and Wayne T. Swank. (Furman University and Coweeta Hydrologic Laboratory) Cumulative effects of land use practices on water quality. 10 Plyler, Daniel B. and Kevin M. Carrick. (The University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Surgical induction of germination in dormant seeds of Spartina alterniflora. 1 1 Plyler, Daniel B. and Wendy Cox. (The University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Complete plant regeneration from nodal explants of Sea Kale stems. 12 Thomson, M. Sue and Angela C. Morrow. (Auburn University at Montgomery) Examination of Hemophilus somnus for a capsule or pili. PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 1 Rast A Carol Baskin , University of Kentucky 13 Yu, Xiaoming and Frank McCormick. (University of Tennessee) A model for improved coordination of environmental and economic policies. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 51 10:15 10:30 11:00 11:15 11:30 11:45 Presiding: 10:00 10:15 10:30 14 Pauly, E. F. and E. E. C. Clebsch. (University of Tennessee) Decline characteristics of red spruce ( Picea rubens Sarg.) in West Virginia. 15 Patwari, Anurradha and Frank P. Day. (Old Dominion University) Fine root biomass distribution along a barrier island dune chronosequence. 16 Conn, Christine E. and Frank P. Day. (Old Dominion University) Root decomposition in ridge and swale formations on a barrier island chronosequence. 17 Day, Frank P. (Old Dominion University) Decomposition patterns determined by cotton strip assay in a barrier island dune chronosequence. 18 Snyder, Kristin M., Jerry M. Baskin, and Carol C. Baskin. (University of Kentucky) Comparati ve ecology of the narrow endemic Echinacea tennesseensis and two geographically widespread congeners. 19 Baskin, Carol C., Edward W. Chester, and Jerry M. Baskin. (University of Kentucky and Austin Peay State University) Deep complex morphophysiological dormancy in seeds of Thaspium pinnatifidum (Apiaceae). PLANT SYSTEMATICS, Session 1 - Rast B Donald Windier, Towson State University 20 Horn, Charles N. (Newberry College) Taxonomic confusion of Eichhornia crassipes (floating water-hyacinth) with Eichhornia azurea (rooted water-hyacinth). 21 Matthews, James F. and Donna W. Ketron. (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) The reevaluation of Portulaca pilosa L. and P. mundula Johnston. 22 Bounds, Richard R. (Mount Olive College) Morphological comparisons of Iliamna populations in Virginia. 52 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 10:45 23 Ware, Donna M. E. (College of William and Mary) Biogeographically significant vascular plant species in a calcareous ravine in the coastal plain of Virginia. 11:00 24 Crady, Edwina L., Gerald L. Smith, and Walter S. Flory. (High Point University and Wake Forest University) Distinctions between Zephyranthes atamasco (L.) Herb, and Zephyranthes treatiae S. Wats. 11:15 25 Pittman, Albert B. (South Carolina Heritage Trust) Two problematic species determinations from the sandhills of South Carolina. 11:30 26 Burckhalter, Robert E. (University of Alabama) A phylogenetic analysis of the genus Nyssa in North America using traditional morphological flavonoids. 11:45 27 Nelson, John B. (University of South Carolina) Distributional history of Stachys floridana (Lamiaceae) in the United States. ICHTHYOLOGY. Session 1 - Wilson Presiding: Stephen T. Ross, University of Southern Mississippi 10:00 28 Mettee, Maurice, F., J. Malcolm Pierson, T. S. Shepard, W. C. Reeves, P. L. Kilpatrick, P. E. O'Neil, W. H. Tucker, and F. M. Parauka. (Geological Survey of Alabama, Alabama Power Company, Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, and U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service) Notes on recent collections of several little known fish species in Alabama. 10:15 29 Timmons, Tom J. (Murray State University) Movement and exploitation of catfishes and smallmouth buffalo in Kentucky Lake, Kentucky and Tennessee. 10:30 30 Sabaj, Mark H., Eugene G. Maurakis, and William S. Woolcott. (University of Richmond) Water currents in spawning areas of pebble nests of Nocomis leptocephalus (Pisces: Cyprinidae). PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 53 10:45 31 Maurakis, Eugene G. and William S. Woolcott. (University of Richmond) An intergeneric cyprinid hybrid, Phoxinus oreas X Semotilus atromaculatus , from the James River drainage, Virginia. 11:00 32 Thompson, Bruce A. (Coastal Fisheries Institute, Louisiana State University) Sympatry in two undescribed logperches from the Alabama River system. 11:15 33 Shonhiwa, Fortune and James H. Howard. (Frostburg State University) The validity of the Kariba Tilapia ( Oreochromis mortimeri). 11:30 34 Lienesch, Philip W., Cletus M. Sellers, Jr., Norman E. Garrison, and Reid N. Harris. (James Madison University) Effect of feeding method on size variability in rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss. 11:45 35 Heins, D. C., J. A. Baker, and W. P. Dunlap. (Tulane University and University of Arkansas) Yolk loading in oocytes of darters and its consequences for life-history study. CELL AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY - Birmingham Room Presiding: Patricia L. Walne, University of Tennessee 10:00 36 Dawson, Nancy S. and Patricia L. Walne. (Western Kentucky University and The University of Tennessee) Paraxial rod structure: A criterion for establishing homology in euglenoid flagella. 10:15 37 Ballal, S. K. (Tennessee Technological University). N- Methylpurine glycosylase (MPG) in DNA repair. 10:30 38 Madigosky, Stephen R., Xavier Alvarez, and Jonathan Glass. (Widener University and Louisiana State University Medical Center). Aluminum transport across intestinal epithelia. 54 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 10:45 11:00 11:15 11:30 Presiding: 14:00 14:15 39 Mills, Richard R., T. Daniel Kimbrough, and Samuel S. Perdue. (Virginia Commonwealth University and The University of Virginia). Protein carriers of N-Acetyldopamine in the Haemolymph of the American cockroach. 40 Kimbrough, T. Daniel, Richard R. Mills, and Cathy Mansfield. (Virginia Commonwealth University and The University of Virginia College of Medicine). Competitive ligand action of cyanoimipramine in the American cockroach. 41 Miller, Hugh A., Ill, Crystal M. Southerland, and Donald W. Lee. (East Tennessee State University). Aspirin influences the release of atrial natriuretic peptide in vitro. 42 Miller, Christopher and William E. Gardiner. (Mississippi State University). A geminiviral vector for expression of Antisense RNA. THURSDAY AFTERNOON, 9 APRIL PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 2 - Rast A Joe E. Winstead , Western Kentucky University 43 Robertson, Philip A. (Southern Illinois University-Carbondale and USDA Forest service Forest and Range Experiment Station, Ft. Collins, Colorado) Characteristics of old-growth stands in the Arapaho-Roosevelt National Forest, Colorado. 44 Schmalzer, Paul A. and C. Ross Hinkle. (The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center) Detrended canonical correspondence analysis of oak-saw palmetto scrub vegetation: environmental gradients and time since fire. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 55 14:30 45 Bailey, Donald R. and Brian C. McCarthy. (Frostburg Slate University) Population ecology of Larix laricina (DuRoi) K. Koch at Cranberry Swamp (Finzel, Maryland). 14:45 46 Deselm, H. R. (Department of Botany, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville) Barrens of the Central Basin of Tennessee. 15:00 47 McCarthy, Brian C. (Frostburg State University) Seed germination and seedling establishment of Carya floridana (Sarg.) Small. (Juglandaceae). 15:15 48 Finder, J. E., in. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory) Measuring habitat diversity on the Savannah River site and surrounding area using satellite images. 15:30 BREAK 15:45 49 Winstead, Joe E. (Western Kentucky University) Natural succession of vegetation and soil changes on an unreclaimed Ohio strip mine at three, thirteen, twenty-tree and thirty-three year intervals. 16:00 50 Kroh, G. C. and J. E. Pinder, III. (Texas Christian University and Savannah River Ecology Laboratory) Remote sensing of basal area development in forest succession on a volcanic mudflow. 16:15 51 Jolls, Claudia L., Jane H. Bock and Thomas C. Chenier. (East Carolina University and University of Colorado) Effects of clipping on two alpine grass populations with different grazing histories. 16:30 52 Gibson, Joan R. (Morgantown, West Virginia) Relationship of shrub and herbaceous vegetation to diabase of the Gettysburg basin, Pennsylvania. 16:45 53 Huang, Songquiao, Howard Neufeld, W. David Hacker, and Jim Renfro. (Appalachian State University and Great Smoky Mountains National Park) Responses of growth and gas exchange of tulip poplar ( Liriodendron tulipifera L.) seedlings to different levels of ozone. 56 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Presiding: 13:00 13:15 13:30 13:45 14:00 14:15 14:30 14:45 15:00 15:15 PLANT SYSTEMATICS, Session 2 - Central Bank Ted R. Bradley , George Mason University 54 Stucky, Jon M. (North Carolina State University) The correct name of the grass-leaved gayfeather of the southeastern United States. 55 Ramseur, George S. and L. W. Davis. (University of the South and Tennessee Native Plant Society) Phyllitis scolopendrium (L.) Newm var. americana Femald, the American hartstongue fern: a status report on Tennessee's rarest plant. 56 Luna, Elaine, David J. Gibson, and Charles R. Werth. (Florida Department of Natural Resources, University of West Florida, and Texas Tech University) Patterns of genetic diversity in the rare mint Conradina glabra and its nearest relative C. canescens. 57 Bradley, Ted R. and Gary P. Fleming. (George Mason University and Takoma Park, Maryland) Additions to the flora of Virginia. 58 Jones, Ronald L. and Landon E. McKinney. (Eastern Kentucky University and Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission) The strange case of Arabis perstellata. BREAK 59 Werth, Charles and David E. Lellinger. (Texas Tech University and Smithsonian Institution) Genomically preserved plants and their nomenclature. 60 Mickle, James E. (North Carolina State University) Cuticular micromorphology of Phyllocladus. 61 Duff, Robert J. and A. Murray Evans. (University of Tennessee) Allozyme electrophoresis and the taxonomy of two taxa of Isoetes in the Southeastern Appalachians. 62 Cox, Patricia B. and Edward E. Schilling. (University of Tennessee) Use of rDNA data to characterize populations of Rudbeckia laciniata L. in the Southern Appalachian region. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 57 15:30 63 Barfield, Jon A. (University of Alabama) Seed morphology of the Limnocharitaceae. 15:45 151 Fairey, John E., m. (Clemson University) A proposal to conserve the name Scleria pauciflora Muhl. ex Willd. ICHTHYOLOGY AND HERPETOLOGY, Session 2 - Wilson Presiding: David C. Heins , Tulane University 13:45 153 Rohde, Fred C. and Rudolf G. Arndt. (North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries and Stockton State College) Distribution and status of Etheostoma acuticeps in North Carolina 14:00 64 Gregg, Ronald E., James H. Howard, and Richard L. Raesly. (Frostburg State University) Electrophoretic evidence for an undescribed sculpin ( Cottus ) in Maryland. 14:15 65 Ross, Stephen T. and William M. Brenneman. (University of Southern Mississippi) A history of ichthyological collections in Mississippi. 14:30 66 Layman, Steven R., Andrew M. Simons, and Robert M. Wood. (University of Alabama) Distributional status of the dirty darter, Etheostoma olivaceum , and bluemask darter, Etheostoma sp. cf. stigmaeum, two rare darters from Caney Fork River, Tennessee. 14:45 67 Wood, Robert M. (University of Alabama) A phylogenetic reevaluation of the Nanostoma/Ulocentra subgeneric controversy within the genus Etheostoma (Teleostei: Percidae) in light of morphological and allozymic variation. 15:00 68 Angus, Robert A. and W. Mike Howell. (University of Alabama at Birmingham and Samford University) Geographic distributions of eastern ( Gambusia holbrooki) and western (G. affinis) mosquitofish. 15:15 69 Fischer, Robert U., Jr. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and University of Georgia) The effects of acute and chronic pertubation from a nuclear production reactcr on blucgill morphology. 58 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 15:30 BREAK 15:45 70 Dodd, C. Kenneth, Jr. (U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service) Striped newt reproduction and population structure during a severe drought in north-central Florida. 16:00 71 Frlsbie, Malcolm Pratt and Richard L. Wyman. (Eastern Kentucky University and The Edmund Niles Huyck Preserve and Biological Research Station) The effect of soil chemistry on sodium balance in the red-backed salamander: a comparison of two forest types. 16:15 72 Miller, Lynda R. and William H. N. Gutzke. (Memphis State University) Role of the crotaline vomeronasal gland in detection of kingsnakes. 16:30 73 Wade, Julia K. and A. C. Echternacht. (Milligan College and University of Tennessee) Genetic variation in the lizard, Anolis carolinensis. 16:45 74 Scott, A. F. (Austin Peay State University) Community structure and seasonal activity of reptiles around woodland and old-field ponds in Land Between The Lakes. ANIMAL ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY - Birmingham Presiding: Ken R. Marion, University of Alabama at Birmingham 14:00 75 Dindo, John J. and Ken R. Marion. (Marine Environmental Sciences Consortium and University of Alabama at Birmingham) Population dynamics of a mixed-species heronry on a coastal Alabama island. 14:15 76 Appelget, Jeanne and Wayne Van Devender. (Appalachian State University) Preliminary studies of small mammal communities in northwestern North Carolina. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 59 14:30 77 Pechmann, Joseph H. K., Ruth A. Estes, David E. Scott, and J. Whitfield Gibbons. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and Duke University) Experimental mitigation of the loss of an amphibian breeding site. 14:45 78 Langford, T. Dianne and Thomas S. Hopkins. (Troy State University, Dauphin Island Sea Lab, and University of Alabama) Morphological dissimilarity among morphs of species of the sea star genus Echinaster in the eastern Gulf of Mexico. 15:00 79 Delfino, John C. (University of Kentucky) Runway selection by Microtus ochrogaster. 15:15 BREAK 15:30 80 Figiel, Chester R., Jr., and Gary L. Miller. (University of Mississippi). The effects of nonlethal injury on growth, survival, and behavior of crayfish, Procambarus clarkii. 15:45 81 Grater, W. D., C. T. Hackney and D. L. Covington. (University of North Carolina at Wilmington) Electromorphic variability along environmental and geographic gradients in the Carolina marsh clam, Polymesoda caroliniana (Bose). 16:00 82 Morton, David, Ralph Thomas, and John H. Youson. (Frostburg State University and University of Toronto) Correlations between body iron, calcium, sulfur, and trace elements in Peromyscus spp. 16:15 83 Webb, Jeffery A. and David S. Mallory. (Marshall University) Running reduced fertility in female rats. PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 3 - Rast B Presiding: Frank Gilliam , Marshall University 14:00 84 Kirkman, L. Katherine and Rebecca R. Sharitz. (SREL, University of Georgia) Revegetation following disturbance during dry down in Carolina bay wetlands: the role of the seed bank. 60 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 14:15 14:30 14:45 15:00 15:15 15:45 16:00 16:15 16:30 16:45 85 White, David A. (Loyola University) Plant community development over 7 years on mudlfats within the Mississippi River delta. 86 McArdle, Thomas and James Fralish. (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) A comparison of presettlement and second-growth forest with regeneration on six site types in Ozark Hills region of southern Illinois. 87 Kobe, J. M„ J. A. Fralish, and J. W. Van Sambeek. (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale) The effect of allelochemicals produced by sugar maple, white oak, flowering dogwood and pawpaw on growth of dittany, Cunila origanoides (L.) Britton. 88 Turrill, Nicole L. and Frank S. Gilliam. (Marshall University) Herbaceous layer cover and biomass in a southern Appalachian hardwood forest. BREAK 89 Gilliam, Frank S. and Nicole L. Turrill. (Marshall University) Species composition and diversity of the herbaceous layer of a southern Appalachian hardwood forest. 90 Stalter, Richard and Eric E. Lamont. (St. John's University and New York Botanical Garden) The vascular flora of Fort Sumter and Fort Moultrie, South Carolina one year after Hurricane Hugo. 91 Collins, It. S. and G. R. Wein. (Memphis State University) Biomass allocation and seed packaging strategies in Aristida tuberculosa. 92 Hinkle, C. Ross, P. A. Schmalzer, and T. H. Englert (The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center) Soil nutrient dynamics after fire in coastal strand vegetation occurring on high pH entisols in east Central Florida. 93 Stevens, Richard D. and Charles R. Werth. (Texas Tech University) Comparison of response to the pheromone antheridiogen among populations of Onoclea sensibilis. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 61 Presiding: 08:00 08:15 08:30 08:45 09:00 09:15 FRIDAY MORNING, 10 APRIL AQUATIC ECOLOGY - Rast A Donald Tarter, Marshall University 94 Marshall, Harold G. (Old Dominion University) Phytoplankton assemblages within the lower Chesapeake Bay. 95 McGinn, Katie, Tim Hayes, Tom Jones, John Wirts, and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Ichthyofauna of the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, with preliminary observations on the spawning activities of the bowfin, Amia calva Linnaeus. 96 Wirts, John and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Food habits of the bowfin, Amia calva Linnaeus, in relation to age and seasonal changes in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. 97 Hayes, Tim P. and Donald C. Tarter. (Marshall University) Preliminary observations on the fall season food habits of a disjunct population of the central mudminnow. Umbra limi (Kirtland), in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. 98 Jones, Tom and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Spring season foraging patterns of fishes in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, West Virginia, in relationship to macrobenthos and planktonic community structures. 99 Hendrix, Jerald D. (Kennesaw State College) Distribution of sulfate-reducing bacteria in a Georgia barrier island salt marsh. 09:30 BREAK 62 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 09:45 100 Hale, Trent and Raymond Grizzle. (Livingston University) Seasonal dynamics in macrofaunal benthos in the Great Bay estuarine system. New Hampshire. 10:00 101 Benson, Kari E. and Gary L. Miller. (The University of Mississippi) Use of floodplain habitats by larval fishes. 10:15 102 Atkinson, Robert B. and John Cairns, Jr. (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University) Indicators of water quality enhancement functions in a compensation wetland in Virginia. 10:30 103 Awl, Deborah (University of Tennessee) Assessment of wetlands on private property in East Tennessee. 10:45 152 Ross, Steve W. and Mary L. Moser. (North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences) Passage of sonically-tagged striped bass through John H. Kerr dam. PLANT ECOLOGY, Session 4 - Rast B Presiding: Cliff R. Hupp , U.S. Geological Survey 08:30 104 Hupp, Cliff R., Michael D. Woodside, and Thomas M. Yanosky. (U. S. Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia and U. S. Geological Survey, Richmond, Virginia) Sediment and trace- element deposition in forested wetlands along the Chickahominy River, Virginia. 08:45 105 Bailey, Ronald R. and Brian C. McCarthy. (Frostburg State University) Distribution and abundance of coarse woody debris in managed hardwood forests of western Maryland. 09:00 106 Allard, Dorothy J. and Colin N. Brooks. (The Nature Conservancy, Southeast Regional Office) A natural community and rare plant inventory of the ACE Basin, South Carolina. 09:15 107 Ware, Donna M. E. and Stewart Ware. (College of William and Mary) An Acer barbatum- rich ravine forest in the Virginia Coastal Plain. PAPER. POSTER, AND SYMPOSIUM 63 09:30 108 Llewellyn, Daniel W. and Gary P. Shaffer. (Southeastern Louisiana University) Marsh restoration in the presence of intense nutria herbivory: the role of Justicia ovata. 09:45 109 Neal, Kelly and Philip Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Woody understory regeneration after a prescribed bum at Pine Hills Ecological Area II. 10:00 110 Wieringa, Shanda S. and Philip Robertson. (Southern Illinois University) Regrowth in a Quercus prinus stand 18 years after clear-cutting. 10:15 111 Franklin, Scott B. (Southern Illinois University) A vegetation history of Land Between The Lakes, Kentucky and Tennessee. 10:30 112 Stout, J. P. and J. Cook. (University of South Alabama and Dauphin Island Sea Lab). Environmentally induced height ecophenes of black needlerush ( Juncus roemerianus): Evidence from reciprocal transplant studies. PARASITOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY - Wilson Presiding: Diane R. Nelson, East Tennessee State University 09:00 113 Flowers, James R. and Grover C. Miller. (North Carolina State University) Cercariae (Trematoda) collected from the Neuse River basin in eastern North Carolina. 09:15 114 Knott, Karelyn Emily, Harold D. Murray, and Pulin Kothari. (University of Alabama and Trinity University) Mystery fluke in Melanoides tuberculata (Gastropoda: Thiaridac) in the San Antonio Zoo, San Antonio, Texas. 09:30 115 Nelson, Diane R. (East Tennessee State University) Tardi grades from Land Between the Lakes, Kcntucky-Tenncsscc. 64 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 09:45 1 16 Tarter, Donald C. and Diane R. Nelson. (Marshall University and East Tennessee State University) First records of tardigrades (Phylum: Tardigrada) from mosses on Dolly Sods Wilderness Area in the Monongahela National Forest, Tucker County, West Virginia. 10:00 BREAK 10: 15: 1 17 Powers, Nancy, Erich Emery, Tim Hayes, Tom Jones, and Donald Tarter. (Marshall University) Low pH tolerance, under static bioassay conditions, of the crayfishes Fallicambarus fodiens (Cottle) and Cambarus diogenes Girard from the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. 10:30 118 Kendall-Fite, Karen L., Clay M. Chandler, and Diane R. Nelson. (Middle Tennessee State University and East Tennessee State University) Preliminary report on tardigrades from Short Mountain seepage springs. Cannon County, Tennessee. 10:45 1 19 Poindexter, Brian J. and Victor Fet. (Loyola University of the South) PCR amplification of mitochondrial DNA provides molecular markers for biogeographic study of desert scorpions. CYTOLOGY AND GENETICS - Birmingham Presiding: Perry F. Churchill , University of Alabama 09:00 120 Reitcheck, Becky G. and Dwayne A. Wise. (Mississippi State University) Nonrandom sex chromosome segregation in a fleabeetle. 09:15 121 Tyler, Stacie and Dwayne A. Wise. (Mississippi State University) Distribution of chiasmata in multivalents. 09:30 122 Wise, Dwayne A. (Mississippi State University) The mechanism of chromosome pairing in meiosis of spider spermatocytes. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 65 09:45 123 Davis, Jennifer and Dwayne A. Wise. (Shorter College and Mississippi State University) Factors influencing chromosome abnormalities in spermatocytes of laboratory stocks of the crane fly Nephrotoma suturalis. 10:00 124 Jump, Jeffrey J. and Charles R. Werth. (Texas Tech University) Studies of inheritance at isozyme loci in the fern Dryopteris marginalis. FRIDAY AFTERNOON, 10 APRIL PLANT ECOLOGY AND PHYSIOLOGY, Session 5 - Rast B Presiding: J. Dan Piltillo , Western Carolina University 14:00 125 Pittillo, J. Dan, Thomas R. Wentworth, Karen D. Patterson, Robert Dellinger, and Richard C. Bruce. (Western Carolina University, North Carolina State University, and Highlands Biological Station). Long-term ecological monitoring plots in Ellicott Rock Wilderness. 14:15 126 McLeod, Kenneth W. and Thomas G. Ciravolo. (Savannah River Ecology Laboratory). Restoration of bottomland forests. 14:30 127 Imm, Donald W., Sarah W. Workman, and Kenneth W. McLeod. (Savannah River Ecology Lab). Compostional and structural patterns in a sandhill community following 1 1 years of post fire change. 14:45 128 Garrison, Wendy J. and Gary L. Miller. (University of Mississippi) Ballistic seed dispersal in two legumes. Cassia fasciculata and C. nititans. ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 199 15:00 129 Neufeld, Howard S., David A. Grantz, Frederick C. Meinzer, Guillermo Goldstein, Gayle M. Crisosto, and Carlos Crisosto. (Appalachian State University, University of California, Hawaiian Sugar Planter's Association, University of Hawaii) Vulnerability of the xylem in leaves of sugarcane to water-stress-induced cavitation. CRYPTOGAMIC BOTANY AND MICROBIOLOGY - Rast A Presiding '.Frank D. Bowers , University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point 14:00 130 Davison, Paul G., David K. Smith, and Kenneth D. McFarland. (The University of Tennessee, Knoxville) Little known liverworts of occurrence in the Southern Appalachians. 14:15 131 Nussbaum, Francis E. (Kent State University) Effect of moderate rain during summer drought on fungal airspora. 14:30 132 Perry, James W. (Frostburg State University) Anatomy of the psilophyte Tmesipteris billardieri: a correlated light and electron microscopy study. 14:45 133 Bowers, Frank D. and Stephen L. Timme. (University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point and Pittsburg State University) Mosses of Alabama. 15:00 134 Bumgardner, Cloyd J. and David Mardon. (Pulaski County High School and Eastern Kentucky University) Types and numbers of associative nitrogen fixing bacteria and non-nitrogen fixing bacteria and fungi established in bell pepper (Capsicum annum) rhizosphere growth substrates. 15:15 135 Bumgardner, Cloyd J. and David Mardon. (Pulaski County High School and Eastern Kentucky University) Increased numbers of lateral roots, leaves and elongated taproot length in bell pepper ( Capsicum annum) plants grown in association with Azospirillum lipoferum. PAPER. POSTER. AND SYMPOSIUM 67 TEACHING BIOLOGY - Wilson Presiding: W. Dean Cocking, James Madison University 13:00 136 Prins, Rudolph. (Western Kentucky University) A Biology Course for Elementary Education Majors. 13:15 137 McGuire, Robert F. (University of Montevallo) Cyanobacteria for General Biology Classes. 13:30 Open meeting and forum, ASB Education Committee BETA BETA BETA DISTRICT I Birmingham 14:00 138 Lundy, Anita. (Eta Psi, Georgia State University) Photoperiodic control of hoarding in Siberian Hamsters 14:15 139 Syribeys, Paul J. (Tau Nu, The Citadel) The effects of various wavelenghts of light on the oviposition behavior of the salt marsh mosquito, Aedes taeniorhynchus. 14:30 140 Konstantopoulos, Joanne. (Beta Psi, Appalachian State University) A comparison study on the number of parasites per crayfish in polluted and clean waters in the same water shed. 14:45 141 McCraw, Andrew. (Tau Psi, Presbyterian College) The shark rectal gland as a phenotypic model system to study cystic fibrosis: preliminary finds. 15:00 142 Nelson, David. (Tau Psi, Presbyterian College) C-Typc natriuretic peptide - a potent secretogogue for the cultured shark rectal gland. 68 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 14:00 14:15 14:30 14:45 15:00 15:15 15:30 1545: BETA BETA BETA DISTRICT 2 - Central Bank 143 Qualls, Rachel L. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) Effects of hydergine on the brain of toxin-exposed animals. 144 Haste, Jeff. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) Dexamethasome recruits secreting cells into the atrial natriuretic peptide releasing population of the rat left atria. 145 Torrence, J. Madison. (Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University) Endothelin: a potent secretogogue of atrial natriuret peptide release in vitro. 146 Davis, Stephen E. in. (Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College) Spatial variability of nutrients and particle size in the tidal creeks of the north inlet estuary system. 147 Loberger, Leslie L. (Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College) Maternal recognitions of pregnancy and the effects of R59022 and LiCl on this recognition. 148 Bafford, Rich. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University/New Orleans) Intra-cellular localization of photosynthetic enzymes and off- flavor metabolites in Oscillatoria limosa. 149 Smith, James. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University/New Orleans) Production of the taste and odor causing compound trans-2, cis-6 nonadienal in the chromophyte genus Svnura. 1 50 Dozier, Timothy James. (Eta Lambda, Loyola University/New Orleans) Quantitative analysis of nectar production in the cultivated banana, Musa sapientum. Author Index for Paper, Poster, and Abstract Number Adams, Harold S. - 2 Allan, Roger S. - 9 Allard, Dorothy J. - 106 Alvarez, Xavier - 38 Angus, Robert A. - 68 Appleget, Jeanne - 76 Arndt, Rudolf G. - 153 Atkinson, Robert B. - 102 Awl, Deborah - 103 Bafford, Rich - 148 Bailey, Donald R. - 45 Bailey, Ronald R, - 105 Baker, J. A. - 35 Ballal, S. K. - 37 Barfield, Jon A. - 63 Baskin, Carol C. - 18, 19 Baskin, Jerry M. - 18, 19 Bauman, Thomas R. - 1 Benson, Kari E. - 101 Bock, Jane H. - 51 Bounds, Richard R. - 22 Bowers, Frank D. - 133 Bradley, Ted R. - 57 Brenneman, William M. - 65 Brooks, Colin N. - 106 Bruce, Richard C. - 125 Bumgardner, Cloyd J. - 134, 135 Burckhalter, Robert E. - 26 Cairns, Jr., John - 102 Carrick, Kevin M. - 10 Chandler, Clay M.- 118 Chenier, Thomas C. - 5 1 Chester, Edward W. - 19 Churchill, Perry F. - 1 Ciravolo, Thomas G. - 126 Clebsch, E. E. C. - 14 Collins, B. S. -91 Conn, Christine E. - 16 Cook,J. - 112 Cooper, CM. - 8 Covington, D. L. - 81 Cox, Patricia B. - 62 Cox, Wendy - 11 Crady, Edwina L. - 24 Crisosto, Carlos - 129 Crisosto, Gayle M. - 129 Davis, Jennifer - 123 Davis, L. W. - 55 Davis, Stephen E., Ill - 146 Davison, Paul G. - 130 Dawson, Nancy S. - 36 Day, Frank P. - 5, 15, 16, 17 Delfino, John C. - 79 Dellinger, Robert - 125 Deselm, H. R. - 46 Dindo, John J. - 75 Dodd, C. Kenneth, Jr. - 70 Dozier, Timothy James - 150 Duff, Robert J. - 61 Dunlap, W. P. - 35 Echtemacht, A. C. - 73 Edwards, M. Boyd - 7 Emery, Erich - 1 17 Englert, T. H. - 92 Estes, Ruth A. - 77 Evans, A Murray - 6 1 Fairey, John E„ III - 151 Fet, Victor - 119 Figiel, Chester R„ Jr. - 80 Fischer, Robert U., Jr. - 69 Fleming, Gary P. - 57 Flory, Walter S. - 24 Flowers, James R. - 1 13 Fralish, James - 86, 87 Franklin, Scott B. - 111 Frisbie, Malcolm Pratt - 71 Gardiner, William E. - 42 Garrison, Norman E. - 34 Garrison, Wendy J. - 128 Gibbons, J. Whitfield - 77 Gibson, David J. - 56 Gibson, Joan R. - 52 Gilliam, Frank S. - 88, 89 Glass, Jonathan - 38 Goldstein, Guillermo - 129 Grantz, David A. - 129 Grater, W. D. - 81 Gregg, Ronald E. - 64 Grizzle, Raymond - 100 Gutzke, William H. N. - 72 Hacker, W. David - 53 Hackney, C. T. - 81 Hale, Trent - 100 Harris, Reid N. - 34 Haste, Jeff - 144 Hayes, Tim P. - 95, 97, 117 Heins, D. C. - 35 Hendrix, Jerald D. - 99 69 70 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 Herr, J. M., Jr. - 3 Hinkle, C. Ross - 44, 92 Hopkins, Thomas S. - 4, 78 Horn, Charles N. - 20 Howard, James - 33, 64 Howell, W. Mike -68 Huang, Songquiao - 53 Hupp, Cliff R. - 104 Imm, Donald W. - 127 Jolls, Claudia L. - 51 Jones, Ronald L. - 58 Jones, Tom - 95, 98, 1 17 Jump, Jeffrey J. - 124 Kendall-Fite, Karen L. - 118 Ketron, Donna W. - 21 Kilpatrick, Phillip L. - 28 Kimbrough, T. Daniel - 39,40 Kirkman, L. Katherine - 84 Knott, Karelyn Emily - 114 Kobe, J. M. - 87 Konstantopoulos, Joanne - 140 Kothari, Pulin - 1 14 Kroh,G.C. -50 Lamont, Eric E. - 90 Langford, T. Dianne - 78 Layman, Steven R. - 66 Lee, Donald W. - 6, 41 Lellinger, David E. - 59 Lienesch, Philip W. - 34 Llewellyn, Daniel W. - 108 Loberger, Leslie L. - 147 Luna, Elaine - 56 Lundy, Anita - 138 Madigosky, Stephen R. - 38 Mallory, David S. - 83 Mansfield, Cathy - 40 Mardon, David - 134, 135 Marion, Ken R. - 4, 75 Marshall, Harold G. - 94 Matthews, James F. - 21 Maurakis, Eugene G. - 30, 31 McArdle, Thomas - 86 McCarthy, Brian C. - 45, 47, 105 McClintock, J. B. - 4 McCormick, Frank - 13 McCraw, Andrew - 141 McFarland, Kenneth D. - 130 McGinn, Katie - 95 McGuire, Robert F. - 137 McKinney, Landon E. - 58 McLeod, Kenneth W. - 126, 127 Meinzer, Frederick C. - 129 Mettee, Maurice, F. - 28 Mickle, James E. - 60 Miller, Christopher - 42 Miller, Gary L. - 80, 101, 128 Miller, Grover C. - 113 Miller, Hugh A., Ill - 6, 41 Miller, Lynda R. - 72 Mills, Richard R. - 39, 40 Morrow, Angela C. - 12 Morton, David - 82 Moser, Mary L. - 152 Murray, Harold D. - 1 14 Neal, Kelly - 109 Nelson, David - 142 Nelson, Diane R. - 115, 116, 118 Nelson, John B. - 27 Neufeld, Howard S. - 53, 129 Nussbaum, Francis E - 131 O'Neil, Patrick E. - 28 Parauka, Frank M. - 28 Patterson, Karen D. - 125 Patwari, Anurradha - 15 Pauley, E. F. - 14 Pechmann, Joseph H. K. - 77 Perdue, Samuel S. - 39 Perry, James W. - 132 Pierson, J. Malcolm - 28 Pinder, J. E„ III - 48, 50 Pittillo, J. Dan - 125 Pittman, Albert B. - 25 Plyler, Daniel B. - 10, 11 Poindexter, Brian J. - 119 Powers, Nancy - 1 17 Prins, Rudolph - 136 Qualls, Rachel L. - 143 Raesly, Richard L. - 64 Ramseur, George S. - 55 Reeves, William C. - 28 Reitcheck, Becky G. - 120 Renfro, Jim - 53 Rhode, Fred C. - 153 Ritchie, Jerry C - 8 Robertson, Philip - 109, 110 Robertson, Philip A. - 43 Ross, Stephen T. - 65 Ross, Steve W. - 152 Runyan, Natalie M. - 9 Sabaj, Mark H. - 30 Schiebe, F.R. - 8 Schilling, Edward E. - 62 Schinner, G. - 4 Schmalser, P. A. - 92 Schmalzer, Paul A. - 44 Scott, A. F. - 74 Scott, David E. - 77 Sellers, Cletus M„ Jr. - 34 Shaffer, Gary P. - 108 Sharitz, Rebecca R. - 84 Shepard, Tom S. - 28 Shonhiwa, Fortune - 33 Simons, Andrew M. - 66 Smith, David K. - 130 Smith, Gerald L. - 24 Smith, James - 149 AUTHOR INDEX 71 Snyder, Kristin M. - 18 Southerland, Crystal M. - 41 Stalter, Richard - 90 Stephenson, Steven L. - 2 Stevens, Richard D. - 93 Stout, J. P. - 112 Stucky, Jon M. - 54 Swank, Wayne T. - 9 Syribeys, Paul J. - 139 Tarter, Donald C. - 95, 96, 97,98, 116, 117 Thomas, Ralph - 82 Thompson, Bruce A. - 32 Thomson, M. Sue - 12 Timme, Stephen L. - 133 Timmons, Tom J. - 29 Torrence, J. Madison - 145 Tucker, William H. - 28 Turn 11, Nicole L. - 88, 89 Tyler, Stacie - 121 Van Devender, Wayne - 76 Van Sambeek, J. W. - 87 Wade, Julia K. - 73 Walne, Patricia L. - 36 Ware, Donna M. E. - 23, 107 Ware, Stewart - 107 Watts, S. - 4 Webb, Jeffery A. - 83 Weber, Everett P. - 5 Wein, G. R. - 91 Wentworth, Thomas R. - 125 Werth, Charles R. - 56, 59,93, 124 White, David A. - 85 Wieringa, Shanda S. - 1 10 Winstead, Joe E. - 49 Wirts, John - 95, 96 Wise, Dwayne A. - 120, 121, 122, 123 Wood, Robert M. - 66, 67 Woodside, Michael D. - 104 Woolcott, William S. - 30, 31 Workman, Sarah W. - 127 Wyman, Richard L. - 71 Yanosky, Thomas M. - 104 Youson, John H. - 82 Yu, Xiaoming - 13 EXHIBITORS ASB PATRONS Breedlove, Dennis and Associates Carolina Biological Supply Company Martin Microscope MEETINGS EXHIBITORS Associated Microscope, Inc. The Baker Company Ben Meadows Company The Benjamin/Cummings Publishing Company Forestry Suppliers, Inc. GIBCO BRL University Presses Wadsworth, Inc. Wildlife Supply Company Worth Publishers 72 ABSTRACTS 1 BAUMAN, THOMAS R. and PERRY F. CHURCHILL. University of Alabama — Temperature limited oxidative phosphorylation in wasp flight muscle. Previous studies have shown that the organ pipe mud-dauber wasp (T. poli turn) cannot fly, nor will fully developed adults eclose at temperatures of 18 C of below. Alpha glycerol phosphate (*tCP) and pyruvate are the glycolytic products oxidized in their flight muscle mitochondria. These provide the energy for oxidative phosphorylation (OP) supplying ATP for f light. O2 electrode measurements of respiration in coupled flight muscle mitochondria were conducted using ^GP and pyruvate as substrate at temp¬ eratures from 10 to 30 C. Pyruvate metabolism is tightly coupled to OP, but *150 yr). Based on a comparison of average radial growth during each ten-year period (i.e., 1901-1910 through 1981-1990), trees at all three localities and in all three age classes have exhibited declining growth since I960, but this is most apparent for the oldest trees and for trees at the two sites in southwestern Virginia. In only two instances (in western Virginia for the decade of 1961-1970 and in southwestern Virginia for the decade of 1971-1980) was the decline statistically significant. The percentage of trees showing reduced growth in each decade when compared with the preceding decade ranged from 18.8 to 93.3 for all sites in all decades. The overall mean value for percentage of trees showing reduced growth was appreciably higher (64.7) for southwestern Virginia than for either western Virginia (53.3) or Tennessee/Norlh Carolina (53.1). Our data indicate that the growth-trend pattern of red spruce has remained essentially the same during the two most recent decades. 3 HERR, J. M. , JR. University of South Carolina — A Summary of the 1991 Teaching Update Workshop on Clearing Techniques. Last year's workshop introduced the use of clearing technique as a simpler, less expensive alternative to traditional approaches to the study of microscopic st.ucture in plants. The specific methods presented were limited to those applicable to bright-field optics and were directed to whole structures (e.g., strobili and leaves) and to stem and root sections, 120 to 500 micrometers thick. Sample preparations from the workshop to be demonstrated here will include cleared sections mounted in calcium chloride solution, a mounting medium from the 19th century that has renewed and unique value today. For example, cleared thick sections stained with aqueous toluidine blue 0 and mounted in 20% calcium chloride solution retain the blue stain only in lignified cell walls. Toluidine blue 0 thus becomes a kinder and gentler test for lignin than is the standard hydrochloric acid- phloroglucin method. Copies of the procedures for all preparations demonstrated will be available. 4 McCLINTOCK, J.B.1, T.S. HOPKINS2, K. MARION1, S. WATTS1, and G. SCH1NNER1 , University of Alabama at Birmingham^- and University of Alabama, Marine Environmental Science Consortium, Dauphin Island, Alabama^ - -Populat ion Biology and Reproduction in the Brittlestar Astroporpa Annulate . As t roporpa annulate were sampled in 90 m water on a rhodolith substrate 48 km south southeast of Pensacola Bay, Florida. Nine¬ teen collections were conducted by trawl spanning a period from Oct, 1988 to April, 1991. Cumulative population size frequency analysis revealed a unimodal distribution with a mean disc diameter of 18.8 mm and wet weight of 9.6 g. Allometric growth over the size range of individuals collected was hyperbolic, with a quadratic function describing the relationship between disc diameter and wet wt . Histological examinations of the gonads suggested an annual cycle of reproduction, with a breeding season occurring in the fall and winter. The energy content of mature ovaries and testes (kJ g"l dry wt) was 24.6 and 21.4, respectively. Greater levels of energy in the ovaries was attributable to higher levels of lipid (22.6 vs 9.3% dry wt). Given the intermediate size of mature eggs it is likely this species has a broadcasting mode of reproduction with abbreviated development. Nonetheless, of the 173 individuals sampled over the course of the study, 2 . 37o were found to be carrying a single juvenile on the aboral disc. 5 DAY, FRANK P. and EVERETT P. WEBER. Old Dominion University — A mi n i rhizotron system designed for the Virginia Coast Reserve Long Term Ecological Research Site. The greatest challenge in observing and quan¬ tifying structural and functional features ot root systems is to do so without disrupting the root microenvironment. Mi n i rh i zot rons provide a means of examining roots in a precise manner with minimal disturbance. We have employed a mini rhizotron approach to measure root elongation rates and vertical distribution patterns in dune communities on Hog Island, part of the Virginia Coast Reserve LTER site. The observation tubes consist of about 1.8 m lengths ol 5.08 cm diameter butyrate tubes installed at a AS angle in the soil. A specially constructed color video camera is inserted into the observation tube at prescribed time inter va l s , and vi sable roots are recorded. A software system (OMAR and ROOTS) is then 73 74 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 used to quantify the video images. This system is capable of observing and measuring root characteristics at a high level of resolut ion . 6 LEE, DONALD W. , HUGH A. MILLER, III. East Tennessee State University-- Identi fyi nq the proportion of the atrial natriuretic pepti de releasing cardiomyocytes i n the rat a t ri al populations. Atrial Nastriuretic Peptide (ANP), which acts on the kidney to regulate blood pressure and volume, is released from the heart of most vertebrates. ANP is thought to be synthesized, stored, and released by cardiac muscle cells. Therefore, we wanted to identify the size of the population of cardiomyocytes that release ANP from rat atrial cells jm vitro. A recently developed reverse hemolytic plaque assay allows the measurement of ANP release from individual rat cardiocytes. This technique, used in conjunction with immunocytochemi stry for cardiac myosin, allowed the identification of single ANP releasing cardiomyocytes. We determined that a minimum of 13.5% of the rat atrial cells are myosin positive cells which release ANP (13.5 +/- 0.9; % plaque forming, myosin positive cells +/- SE). In addition, we discovered a larger population of cells that release ANP but do not exhibit a positive signal for cardiac myosin (26.2 +/- 1.1; % plaque forming, myosin negative cells +/- SE). This indicates that at least one more cell type, other than the cardiomyocytes, is involved in the release of ANP. These results suggest that the secretion of ANP from the heart may involve some interaction between various types of atrial cardiocytes. This work was supported by an ETSU Research and Development Committee grant to HAM and a Sigma Xi Grant-in-Aid of Research to DWL. 7 EDWARDS, M. BOYD. Southeastern Forest Experiment Station — Diversity relationships between two levels of vegetation management at 1-year after silvicultural treatment. In May 1990, a test of two levels of site preparation were implemented on a lower Piedmont site. The two silvicultural treatments were: 1) a spotgun application of the herbicide Velpar L and 2) brown and burn procedure. Seven 100 ft. x 2 ft. transects were located within each treatment area and all hardwood stems counted by species with heights and diameters recorded. Diversity analysis was computed by two of the most commonly used indices in ecology, Shannon and Brillouin. Since number of species present is the oldest and most fundamental concept of diversity, and it was observed that there were decreases in species number after treatment, one can conclude that the herbicide in combination with fire reduced the diversity and perhaps the herbicide only treatment is a better silvicultural tool if one wishes to maintain the diversity while enhancing the chance of es tablishing a pine forest. This hypothesis was tested using the formulae of Shannon and Brillouin. The mean general diversity decreases when analyzed with Shannon's index as follows: pre-treatment vs 1YAT for brown and burn (0.94 vs 0.71) and for the herbicide only treatment (1.02 vs 0.97). The same general trend of decrease in diversity mean is evident with Brillouin's index: pre-treatment (0.84 vs 0.53) for brown and burn and at 1 YAT (0.95 vs .85) for the herbicide only treatment. If the objective is to maintain the hardwood diversity within young pine stands, it would be wise to utilize the herbicide only treatment. This situation would also benefit the wildlife and aesthetic objectives as well. 8 RITCHIE, JERRY C. , C.M. COOPER, AND F.R. SCHIEBE . USDA ARS — MSS remote sensing of chlorophyll in sediment dominated lakes. While remote sensing technique using Landsat MSS can provide valuable data on surface suspended sediments, remote sensing for chlorophyll estimation is difficult. MSS digital data for 3 lakes in agricultural watersheds in the Lower Mississippi Valley were analyzed for 107 dates between July 1977 and August 1988 and compared with measurements of chlorophyll in the surface water. Chlorophyll-a concentrations ranged from 1 to 211 mg/m^ for 452 measurements. Suspended sediment concentrations ranged from 1 to 867 mg/1. Chlorophyll concentration decreases exponentially as suspended sediment concentration increases. Reflectance measured by MSS increased as a quadratic function of increasing suspended sediment concentration. In general, radiance measured by MSS decreased as chlorophyll-a concentration increases, however the pattern of decrease was not uniform. The measurement of decreased radiance due to increasing chlorophyll using MSS broad band (0.1 /xm) data in sediment laden waters is masked by the reflectance due to suspended sediments. Broad band MSS data can provide only limited data on chlorophyll in sediment dominated lakes. Satellite remote sensing of chlorophyll in sediment dominated lakes will require high spectral resolution data for the chlorophyll absorption areas. 9 ALLAN, ROGER S.,1 NATALIE M. RUNYAN,1 and WAYNE T. SWANK . Furman University1 and Coweeta Hydrologic Laboratory -- Cumulative effects of land use practices on water quality. Stream water quality as affected by land use practices was assessed from June to August 1991 in a western North Carolina watershed. Samples were taken from Coweeta Creek, a fifth order stream which drains a forested watershed and subsequently flows through agricultural, residential, and recreational lands. The assessment was based on physical, chemical, and biological parameters measured at six sites along the stream gradient. Several trends were apparent from the data. Turbidity, conductivity, ABSTRACTS 75 temperature, pH, fecal roliform levels, and concentrations of S04^', Si02, Cl', Ca^+, Na+, HCOo', and K+ increased downstream; no spatial trends were evident for DQC, concentrations of NOg' and PO4 ', or total coliform and fecal Streptococcus levels. Only temperature varied temporally. Turbidity, DOC, SO4 , and bacterial levels increased during stormflow, temperature decreased, and no other trends were evident. Dissolved oxygen remained saturated. It appears that during baseflow conditions, concentrations of inorganic nutrients are primarily regulated by forest land use and groundwater contributions. Other land uses lower in the watershed appear to affect some physical and biological parameters of water quality during both baseflow and stormflow conditions. 10 PLYLER, DANIEL B. and KEVIN M. CARRICK. The University of North Carolina at Wilmington — Surgical induction of germination in dormant seeds of Spartina alterni flora . Seeds of Spartina alternif lora are dispersed in the fall (September- October) but remain dormant until early spring (February-March) . In the laboratory they must be kept in refrigerated water during the dormant period, after which they germinate readily. Observations that abnormal seeds which lack an endosperm and normal seeds which have been accidently broken germ¬ inated immediately after collecting, prompted a study involving various surgical manipulations of seeds early in their dormancy period. The removal of all or part of the endosperm did not break dormancy appreciably, but the removal of a portion of the scutellum (cotyledon) along with all or part of the endo¬ sperm broke dormancy dramatically. Similarly, cutting or puncturing the scutellum with the endosperm left intact broke dormancy significantly. When the latter procedure was followed by thorough rinsing germ¬ ination was further enhanced. These results suggest the presence of a chemical germination inhibitor in the scutellum, possibly of endosperm origin, that is normally dissipated or deactivated by the end of the dormancy period, but that 'leaks' out of a punctured scutellum, permitting germination to occur prematurely . 11 PLYLER, DANIEL B. and WENDY Cox, The University of North Carolina at Wilmington--Complete plant regeneration from nodal explants of Sea Kale stems. Nodal explants from young stems of Sea Kale, Cakile edentule (Bigelow) Hooker, were cultured under aseptic conditions on modified Murashige and Skoog (MS) agar-based media supple¬ mented with indoleacetic acid (IAA) and kinetin (K) each at a concen¬ tration of 2 . Omg/1 . Shoots that formed by direct organogenesis with¬ in two weeks began branching within four weeks. Fully developed shoots, without roots, were maintained for one year by periodically culturing new shoot branches on fresh media. When cultured on MS media made with 1/4 strength synthetic sea water (SSW) and supplemented with IAA and K at concentrations of 10. Omg/1 and 1. Omg/1, shoots not only assumed a more natural succulent form, they also produced flowers and fruits. Profuse rooting of shoots was obtained in MS media made with 1/4 strength SSW supplemented with IAA, MS vitamins and coconut milk. Rooted plants were first transferred to vermiculite containing the same media, but without agar, then to septic vermiculite where they were maintained on inorganic nutrients in 1/2 strength SSW under full sun¬ light. These results are in agree¬ ment with those obtained with other species of mustards in that Sea Kale stem nodes display a high potential for regeneration. Also, they raise interesting questions regarding the role of salt in the growth and development of this halophyte. Thomson, M. Sue and Angela C. Morrow. Auburn University at Montqomerv--Examination of Hemophilus somnus for a capsule or Dili. Hemoph i lus somnus is an economically important cause of disease in cattle in North America, and has been isolated as the etiological agent in encephalitis, pneumonia, and reproductive disease. Adherence to preimplantation bovine embryos in vitro by H. somnus isolate 649 has been demonstrated but the mechanism of adherence is unknown. Bacterial attachment is often formed by capsules and pili. The objective of this study was to investigate the presence of a capsule or pili in H. somnus isolates using transmission electron microscopy. H. somnus isolates were compared with Klebsiella pneumoniae . an encapsulated bacteria, and Proteus vulgaris . a nonencapsulated bacteria. All isolates were investigated using thin section TEM and negative staining TEM. The H. somnus isolates had a typical gram¬ negative cell wall. Neither a capsule nor pili were evident. The attachment of H. somnus to preimplantation bovine embryos is probably not mediated by a capsule or pili. 13 YU, X IAOMING and FRANK MCCORMICK. University of Tennessee--A model for improved coordination of env i ronmenta 1 and rt 0110111 i t pul i c i os . Global change became a dominant and unify¬ ing concern of physical and natural scien¬ tists during the 1 980 ’ s . Political and 76 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 economic changes have resulted in signifi¬ cant revisions of interna ti onal trade policies. Global and regional environmental change has resulted in significant changes in environmental policies. Even though economic and environmental policies are interdependent, there has been little effort to coordinate these policies during this period of unprecedented change. A little noticed benefit of peace among the super¬ powers is that sustained productivity of natural resources has replaced national security as the fundamental rationale for international policy. In order to achieve better policy coordination during the period of rapid and intensive policy reform we have developed models of past and current coordi¬ nation of environmental and economic policies which govern U.S. -Japan trade in forest resources. These models will be compared with a model for improved policy coordination under rapidly changing environ¬ mental and economic conditions. 14 PAULEY, E.F. and E.E.C. CLEBSCH. University of Tennessee- -Dec line character ist ics of red spruce (Picea rubens Sarg.) in West Virginia. Reports of declines and mortality of red spruce have prompted a variety of explanations involving both natural and anthropogenic causes, such as stand dynamics and air pollution. In many cases, however, the very existence of unexpected forest behavior has not been adequately shown. We assessed three second-growth (65-70 yr old) red spruce stands in West Virginia for decline symptoms. Red spruce comprised 81% of the total live basal area and 65% of live density. The diameter distribution of live spruce was even-sized; most were 15- 30 cm diameter. Dead spruce were mostly <15 cm diameter. Most living spruce were in a codominant crown position, but most dead spruce were suppressed. Mean crown ratio (percentage of tree height with live branches) of spruce was low (36%). Only about one-third of live spruce showed >10% needle loss, mainly those in intermediate or suppressed positions. Crown charac teristics were diameter-specific, with smaller trees being in intermediate and suppressed positions, having lower crown ratios, and showing greater needle loss. Over half of live spruce showed some loss of recent needles, and nearly two-thirds showed narrowed crowns due to the presence of neighboring trees. In these stands, we find no characteristics which cannot be explained by competition expected in post-logging stand regeneration. We thank Sigma Xi, The Scientific Research Society, for support. 15 PATWAR1 , ANURRADHA and FRANK P. DAY. Old Domini on University — Fine root biomass distribution along a barrier island dune chronosequence . Root biomass distribution was quantified by depth and topographic position (dune vs. swale) along a chronosequence of communities on llog Island, a Virginia Coast Reserve LTER site. A sequential coring technique was used. The dune communities are dominated by Ammoph i la brevil igulata, Spar Lina patens, and Aristida tuberculosa. The younger swales are dominated by Spartina patens and the older one’s by Myrica cerifera. Larger live roots (>5 mm) , quantified in a previous pit excavation study, were not sampled in this study. In July, the dunes had consid¬ erably less fine root biomass than the swales. The grass dominated swale had high¬ er fine root biomass than the Myrica domi¬ nated swales. More coarse organic detritus was found in the swale cores. Moisture levels in the dunes, extent of flooding in the swales, and community age probably explain the major patterns observed. 16 CONN, CHRISTINE E. and FRANK P. DAY. Old Dominion University — Root decomposition in ridge and swale formations on a barrier island chronosequence. Root decomposition rates were studied along a chronosequence on Hog Island, part of the Virginia Coast Reserve Long Term Ecological Research site. Each site encompassed a ridge and swale formation. Ridges support perennial and annual dune grasses while swales support thick stands of Myrica cerifera at older sites and Spartina patens at the younger site. Litter bags containing roots native to each site along with recip- ricol litter bags containing S. patens roots were buried at each location. Additional bags were placed in nitrogen ammended ridge areas. Initial results indicated ridge sites experienced greater decomposition rates than swale sites iri both native and recipricol treatments. Nitrogen ammendment increased decomposition in the younger two ridge sites. Decomposition rates differed in recipricol treatments indicating possible litter quali¬ ty effects. Decomposition rates increased with depth at ridge sites arid decreased with depth at swale sites. Noticeable differ¬ ences in hydrologic regimes, soil redox potentials and soil pH levels between ridge and swale environments may be influential factors. 17 DAY, FRANK P. Old Dominion University — Decomposition patterns determined by cotton strip assay in a barrier island dune chronosequence. The dune-swale topography of an accreting coastal barrier island provides an opportuni¬ ty to quantify the influence of hydrology, nutrient levels, and age of the landscape unit on ecosystem processes. In the present study, decomposition rates were assayed by the cotton strip technique in different aged dunes and swales and in N-fertilized plots. The strips consistently decomposed faster in the fertilized plots. Decomposition rates were generally greater in the summer (0.87- 1.97% tensile strength loss per day) than the spring (0.26-0.95). At 5 cm depth in the summer, decay was progressively faster iri the swales in older landscape units but progres¬ sively slower in the older dunes. The older swales were wet but not as extensively flood¬ ed and the older dunes were drier. In the older landscape units, decay rates in the dunes became more depressed at 5 cm depth in the summer compared to the spring but increased at 15, 25, and 35 cm. In the older swales, rates became more depressed at 35 cm ABSTRACTS 77 depth in the summer but they increased near¬ er the surface. Variation in moisture, temperature, and aerobic-anaerobic interfaces can explain these patterns. 18 SNYDER, KRISTIN M. , JERRY M. BASKIN, and CAROL C. BASKIN. University of Kentucky-- Comparative ecology of the narrow endemic Echinacea tennesseensis and two geographically widespread congeners ■ Various aspects of the biology of the cedar glade endemic, Echinacea tennesseensis . and the geographically widespread E. anqustifolia and E. pallida were compared via an analysis of their growth (classical and functional growth analyses) and relative competitive ability (modified de Wit design) in a greenhouse study and via a literature review of their ecological and life history characteristics. The hierarchy of competitive ability, plant dry weight, and leaf area was E. pallida > E. tennesseensis > E. angustif ol ia ■ However, neither RGR, NAR, nor LAR differed significantly among the three species (PLSD, P>0.05). Results of the literature survey showed that the ecological requirements and tolerances of E. tennesseensis and its closest relative, E. angustifolia . are quite similar and that E. tennesseensis is not genetically depauperate. Thus, it was concluded that there are no obvious inherent differences among these two species that can account for the narrow endemism of E. tennesseensis . Consequently, historical factors were used in an attempt to explain the differences in their geographical distribution. 19 BASKIN, CAROL C.1,2, EDWARD W. CHESTER2, and JERRY M. BASKIN1,2. University of Kentucky1 and Austin Peay State University2 — Deep complex morphophvsiological dormancy in seeds of Thaspium pinnatifidum fApiaceae) . Seeds of Thaspium pinnatifidum (Buckl.) Gray are dormant at maturity in early autumn. Embryos in fresh seeds are 0.7 mm long, but by the time germination begins in February they have grown to 3.6 mm. Seventy- six percent of seeds sown in a nonheated greenhouse in autumn germinated the following late winter and early spring, with the peak occurring between 4 and 11 February, when mean daily maximum and minimum temperatures were 13.3 and 8.7 C, respectively. Embryo length increased 422, 308, 145 and 47% during 12 w of incubation in light at 5, 15/6, 20/10 and 25/15 C, respectively, and after 16 w at these temperature regimes seeds germinated to 99, 9, 5 and 0%, respectively. Seeds cold stratified at 5 C for 12 w in light (14 h photoperiod) subsequently germinated to 92, 86, 89 and 87% in light at 15/6, 20/10, 25/15 and 30/15 C, respectively. Thus, stratification both broke physiological dormancy and stimulated embryo growth; therefore, seeds have morphophysiological dormancy (MPD) . Further, since gibberellic acid did not substitute for stratification and dry laboratory storage did not reduce the length of the stratification period required to break dormancy, seeds have deep complex MPD. 20 HORN, CHARLES N. Newberry College — Taxonomic confusion of Eichhornia crassipes (floating water-hyacinth) with Eichhornia azurea (rooted water-hyacinth). In recent years, concern has developed over a possible second species of water-hyacinth, Eichhornia azurea , invading waters of the southeastern United States. This species is a native of Central and South America. Several unconfirmed reports have appeared in the literature, citing introductions into Florida, Texas, and even California. Upon further study, all but one of these reports have turned out to be false and the voucher specimens identified as Eichhornia crassipes . The latter mentioned species was introduced over 100 years ago and is now wide spread in the frost free areas of the USA. To date, I know of only one confirmed introduction of Eichhornia azurea into the continential USA. This population was cultivated in a central Florida pond for at least ten years and did not spread to other areas. Life history data show that this species is rooted, hence would be much less likely to spread vegetat ively , unlike the free floating aquatic Eichhornia crassipes . 21 MATTHEWS , JAMES F. and DONNA W. KETRON. University of North Carolina at Cha r lot te--The reevalu¬ ation of Portulaca pilosa L. and P. mundula Johnston . Previous study of P . pi losa L. using morphological characteristics and SEM's of seed surfaces has led to the conclusion that P. mundula Jtn. is conspecific with P . pi losa L. A second series of studies have pro¬ vided additional data. Chromosome numbers are 2n=8 and 2n=16, with the higher number occurring in MX, FL, and AL, and the lower number in SC, TN , AR, TX , and NM. When Johnston described P. mundula he differentiat¬ ed it solely on the artists' inter¬ pretation of the Linnaean concept of of P . pilosa. He did not mention examination of material from the Linnaean collection. We have obtain¬ ed a picture of the type, which correlates closely with the mature herbarium material of P . pilosa. Studies of morphological development in the greenhouse show that plants grown in dry conditions have more hairs, while plants grown in moist conditions have less hairs. Also, the larger, flatter leaves of the primary stem are replaced by smallei . 78 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 more narrow and rounder leaves in later growth. This latter observa¬ tion may account for the disparity in the artists' concepts and the herbarium specimens, prompting Johnston to name a new species. We therefore conclude that P. mundula Jtn. belongs in synonymy with P . pi losa . 22 BOUNDS, RICHARD R. Mount Olive Col lege --Morphological comparisons of Iliamna populations in Virgin- i a . Population census data and morpholo¬ gical measurements from random field samples were obtained from all known populations of Iliamna (Malvaceae) in Virginia during June 1988 and 1991: 1) I_. cor e i (Sherff) Sherff, Giles Co., Narrows, Peter's Mountain, 2) I_. remota Greene, Alleghany Co., Clifton Forge, 3) I_. remota , Bedford Co., James River, 4) I_. remota , Botetourt Co., Iron Gate. In addition , a cultivated population of I 1 i amna core i from the campus of Virginia Tech was sampled for morphological comparisons with 1991 population samples. Morphological measurements included total stem length, total number of flowers per plant, flowering stem length and upper stem leaf tip angle, length and width. Analysis of variance, mean comparison tests and discriminant analysis indicated statistically significant morpholog¬ ical differences between populations of I liamna corei and Iliamna remota ■ 23 I WARE, DONNA M. R. College of (Villi am arid M a r y - - B i o g p o g r a p h i c a I 1 y s i gn i f i can t va sc u 1 ar p l ari L s p e f_i e s i jj a i ■ a 1 c a re ons i ;a.v i ri e i rj t 1 l u coastal plain o f V i rg j. r> i a ■ Florist ic reconnaissance of the Grove Greek watershed, a calcareous ravine sjyst t'ln in I he Virginia coastal plain, revealed ZH species that arc disjunct from (heir primary ranges further west in Virginia. With rare exception, these species ar c' not calciph iles in l;ho major part of their ranges. Those Spec it s most strongl y disjunct are Querrjis nine h I _e nl >e rg i i , Majgriol i.t t rj pe t a l a , Co runs a 1 t< rn i_l p_l_i a , b S Lewai't i a ova fa , At liy r j urn iSycnoca rpo n , Ara 1. i a racemosa , Ca_]_t h_a pal ust.ris. Oa rex bronio ijies , Ranunculus .4 e p ten t r i ona 1 is, San i c u 1. a uia i l l and i t a , Thai i c I rum diojcurni, Ti i oslciini pe r f o 1 i a_tuni , Sol i dago lie n i < auj is, (^arnpa nu_l_a ame r i c a na , Desjnod jjurn glut i 1 1 ■ - 5 u in , and M i_t e 1 l a (ii_ph_yl_.l a . The t i. ruling of M. di]>h\lla in this water¬ shed w.is a (,'oasl.a I Plain rtroul fur | he southeastern states. K I even Species were at or near their northern limit of distribution: Ac_e r ha r ha turn (a major component of the ravine forest ), Re rc hem i a scanden s , Bujirelja 1 yt i o i des , Carex oxylepis, *Ma l ax i s M*. U* fi I /*. » J\1 e i sc: hiiiarm i a i nc a riiat a , Ron I h i e va racemosa, Scdrpus 1 iruaLus, fSpheriopho 1 i s filifprrnis, Vihuiiujm t u I i d 1 1 I i mi , and * t ' r i i o I a ses s i I i f 1 o ra . Seven spec ies in the watershed art' listed I » y 1 1 1 e Virginia Division of Natural Heritage as rare in Virginia: |llpno t pops l s odoral ;t , Scut, el lari a ,incana, u c reus shumardi L, plus those four above with asterisks. 2A Crady, Edwina L.,1 Gerald L. Smith j and . Walter S. Flory. High Paint University and Wake Forest University^ - - Distinctions between Zephyranthes atamasco (L.) Herb, and Zephyranthes treatiae S. Wats7 Zephyranthes treatiae can be distinguished from Z, atamasco on the basis of leaf and floral features and distribution. The leaf differences are readily apparent. The leaves of Z. treatiae are nearly filiform, sulcate and the edges rounded. In contrast, the leaves of 1. atamasco are linear, concave and the edges sharp. The perianth of both taxa are funnelform with spreading segments. Those of Z. treatiae are recurved, narrowly elliptic or narrowly oblanceolate and acuminate. In contrast, the perianth segments of 1. atamasco are rarely recurved and are broadly oblanceolate and primarily acute to subobtuse. Zephyranthes treatiae is restricted to the wet pine flatwoods of south Georgia to central peninsular Florida and westward in the Florida panhandle to the Apalachicola River. Zephyranthes atamasco occurs in southeastern rich mixed forests, moist meadows and pastures and on the borders of some rock outcrops. Cytolog- i ca 1 1 y , both taxa have 2n=24, but some chromosomal type differences have been noted. Plants of these taxa, that have been sent to us by Melanie Darst from the Florida panhandle and grown in the greenhouse under uniform conditions for six months, have maintained their distinctive foliage characteristics. 25 PITTMAN, ALBERT B. South Carolina Heritage Trust-Two problematic species determinations from the sandhills of South Carolina. In conducting general floristic work along acidic streams draining the sandhills of Lexington Co., S.C., three plant collections have proved to be particularly difficult as to their specific identities. First, seemingly sympatric populations of Scirpus etuherculatus (Steud.) O. Kuntze and S. subterminalis Torrey were collected from two separate drainages. Herbarium (USCH), literature, and field studies indicate that Koyama’s combination of these two taxa under the name S. subterminalis Torrey subsp. subterminalis var. cvlindricus (Torr.) T. Koyama may be justified. A second collection from one of these drainages is a creeping, rhizomatous Lobelia sp. with evergreen rosettes. Tentative evaluation places these specimens in the L. elongata Small/L. amoena Michx./L. georgiana McVaugh complex. ABSTRACTS 79 26 BURCKHALTER, ROBERT E. University of Alabam;t--A phylogenetic analysis of the uenus Nvssa in North America using traditional morphology and flavonoids. The systematics of the genus Nvssa have been troubled for more than two centuries by varying interpretations. This research has reviewed a combination of traditional taxonomic exomorphic features, foliar flavonoids, and habitat characteristics in order to establish a phylogeny of the North American Nvssa. Foliar flavonoids from 114 specimens of Nvssa and eight specimens of Cornus and Garrva were extracted through standard methods and separated by paper chromatography. Exomorphic features were examined from 1773 herbarium specimens. With the outgroup established as Cornus. the presence or absence of different combinations of flavonoids were correlated with species specificity in both Nvssa and Comus. Using 48 character states, the computer program PAUP revealed only one most parsimonious tree. Regardless of the addition of another outgroup and the various jugglings of the ingroup, a phylogenetic tree of Nvssa was provided and the tree always was indicated as monophyletic. Based upon the results, five taxa of Nvssa are shown to exist in North America. The five species include: Nvssa aquatica L., N. biflora Bartr., N. ogeche Bartr. ex Marsh., N. svlvatica Marsh., and N. ursina Small. 27 NELSON, JOHN B. University of South Carolina — Distributional history of Stachys f loridana (Lamiaceae) in the United States . Described from a collection made in northern Florida, Stachys floridana Shuttl. ex Bentham in DC. is typical of perennial species of the genus in North America in bearing elongated, fragrant rhizomes. The rhizomes and the tu¬ bers which develop from them have enabled this species to quickly colonize a wide area of the southeastern United States. The move¬ ment of this species within and outside the state of Florida is easily documented. Pres¬ ently, it occurs in ten states of the South¬ east, as well as Texas. Its rapid migration is due, in part, to human-related activities, especially those involving movement of hort¬ icultural exports, originally from Florida, and secondarily from other states. At this time, ja. floridana is a noxious lawn and garden pest in the Southeast; efforts to con¬ trol populations generally encourage its suc¬ cess, as mechanical disturbance of the soil almost invariably spreads tubers or rhizomes. Despite its ferocity as a weed, this species has potential economic value as a food plant. It may be that this plant has already reached a more or less northern limit. An unsettled question concerns its absence from other pre¬ sumably suitable "target'’ areas. 28 METTEE, MAURICE F.,'l J. MALCOLM PIERSON,2 TOM S. SHEPARD,' WILLIAM C. REEVES,3 PHILLIP L. KILPATRICK,3 PATRICK E. O'NEIL,' WILLIAM H. TUCKER,3 and FRANK M. PARAUKA." Geological Survey of Alabama ', Alabama Power Company 2, Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources 3 and U, S. Fish and Wildlife Service ,- Notes on recent collections ot several litlle known fish species in Alabama. In 1990, the Geological Survey ot Alabama, Alabama Department of Conservation and Natural Resources, and Region 4 Olfice ol the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service began a cooperative study of the fishes of Alabama. The database for this project presently contains >7,900 collections from >3,400 localities within the state of Alabama and Mobile basin tributaries in adjacent states. Intensive field sampling with large nets and boat electrofishing gear in 1990-91 confirmed the presence of several little known species in the study area and increased the ranges of others. This paper will present new information on the occurrence of a few species collected during this effort including Acipenser oxyrhynchus desotoi, Polyodon spathula, Alosa alabamae, Hiodon lergisus, Cycleplus elongalus, Moxosloma carinatum, Ammocrypia aspreila, and Perea flavescens. 29 TIMMMONS, TOM J. Murray State University- Movement and exploitation ot catfishes and smallmouth buffalo in Kentucky Lake, Kentucky and Tennessee. Past studies of fish in Kentucky Lake (Kentucky- Tennessee), the lowermost reservoir on the Tennessee River, have estimated commercial harvest, but not the rate of exploitation. Exploitation was determined from samples ot harvestable-sized fish that were tagged with anchor tags and released: 334 blue catfish flctalurus (urcatus), 356 channel catfish (I. punctatus), 109 (lathead catfish (Pvlodictis gliyarjs), and 277 smallmouth buffalo flctiobus bubalus). After three years, total exploitation was 16.8% tor blue catfish (66% commercial, 34% recreational), 9.8% lor channel catfish (71% commercial, 29% recreational), 6.4% tor fiathead catfish (100% commercial), and 4.0% for smallmouth buffalo (82% commercial, 18% recreational). The estimated rates of exploitation in Kentucky Lake are comparable to other studies and do not indicate overexploitation of smallmouth buffalo and catfishes. The mean distance traveled by tish that moved more than 1 km varied by species (greatest distance in parentheses): 23.7 km for blue catfish (79 km), 10.4 km for channel catfish (58 km), 6.9 km for (lathead cattish (14 km), and 56 km for smallmouth buffalo (228 km). All of the lagged fish were harvestable sized, and there was no significant correlation (p>0.05) between length and the miles traveled. Mean distances traveled by various species should be considered when sampling and comparing populations. Studies comparing levels ol contaminates in fish or population characteristics should consider sample sites that exclude movements between sites. 30 SABAJ , MARK H., EUGENE G. KAURAKIS, and WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT, University of Richmond--Water currents in spawning areas of pebble nests of Nocomis leptocephalus fPiscestCyprinidael . Breeding males of Nocomis leptocephalus construct pebble mound nests for spawning in slow to moderate water currents. Egg and sperm are deposited in spawning pits excavated in the upstream slope of nests where males clasp females. Reduced water current velocities in the spawning pits result from interrelated physical characteristics of nests and streams. It is hypothesized that this reduction in current is related to mound construction and is ultimately important to the survival of fertilized eggs. Physical characteristics and water current velocities were measured for 17 pebble nests in 12 streams. Backward stepwise regression associated five 80 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 factors with reduced water current velocities in spawning pits: length and angle of upstream slope of mound, water depth at nest, stream flow upstream of nest, and water depth at the midpoint of the upstream slope of mound. Reduced current velocity may optimize the retention and fertilization of gametes and prevent the fertilized eggs from being swept out of pits by the breeding activities of fishes over nests. The structural modification of streambed may thereby provide a selective advantage to the species . 31 MAURAKIS, EUGENE G. and WILLIAM S. WOOLCOTT, University of Richmond-- An Interqeneric Cyprinid Hybrid, Phoxinus oreas X Semotilus atromaculatus , from the James River drainage, Virginia . We describe a natural hybrid, Phoxinus oreas X Semotilus atromaculatus , from the James River drainage in Virginia. Empirical data illustrate a specific way that hybridization can occur between pebble nest-building cyprinid fishes and their nest associates. Thirteen characters were intermediate: numbers of lateral line scales; scales above and below lateral line; teeth in each minor row, and grinding surfaces of teeth in major row of pharyngeal arches; shape and radii distribution of scales; shape of dorsal and anal fins; proportions of eye diameter, and snout length to standard length; dorsal margin of opercle to total head length; and single barbel in groove above upper lip on left side of mouth of one specimen. Twelve characters of hybrids are like those of P. oreas; nine are like those of S. atromaculatus . In addition, one behavioral character, parallel swimming, occurred between the hybrid and an equal sized male S. atromcaulatus in an aquarium. We propose, that rather than chance, intergeneric and intrageneric hybrid crosses may be a direct result of intimate contact in spawning pits of nests of Nocomis and Semotilus species when nests associates attracted by the spawning activities move into the pit to feed on eggs. 32 THOMPSON, BRUCE A. Coastal Fisheries Institute, Louisiana State University-- Svmpatrv in two undescribed lopperches from the Alabama River system. Revision of the subgenus Perc ina . commonly called logperches, has shown that along the Gulf Coast, east of the Mississippi River, the forms with red-banded spinous dorsal fins comprise three undescribed species. The Florida form is allopatric with all other logperches, but the two major forms in the Alabama River system are sympatric. This sympatry extends from the Alabama River below the Fall Line to the Black Warrior and Tombigbee Rivers along the Fall Line. This is the only instance of two red-banded logperches occurring together. Little information is available on microhabitat differences between the two forms, but the "carbonaria" morph seems to prefer deeper, swifter waters. The two forms can be distinguished by differences in scale counts, body bars, and the width of the red band. The "carbonaria1' morph has smaller scales, and both wider body bars and red band in the spinous dorsal fin. There is concern that altered environmental conditions in the area of sympatry may extirpate one or both of these forms in the larger rivers. Neither species has been taken from the zone of sympatry in the Alabama River since the completion of a series of dams in the 1970's. 33 S110NII1WA, FORTUNE AND JAMES HOWARD. Krostburg State University — The validity of the Kariba Tilapia (Oreochromis mort imeri ) . Samples of the Kariba Tilapia from eight locations on the Zambezi River were frozen in liquid nitrogen and transported to Maryland for genetic analysis. 43 presumptive enzyme loci were resolved using starch-gel electrophoresis. 25 loci were monomorphic in all populations and 18 were polymorphic in at least one population. The allozyme variation among these samples was compared to variation from ten samples of 0. mossamhicus collected from streams throughout its range in Zimbabwe. Although frequency diferences between 0. mortimeri and O. mossambicus are significant at three loci (AAT-2, ADA, SOD), there are no fixed allelic differences between the two purported species. In addition, the Nei's genetic distance (D) between population pairs of 0. mortimeri frequently exceeds the average genetic distance (D=0.07) between the two species. These data raise serious questions about the validity of the form designated 0. mortimeri. 34 LIEN ES CM, PHILIP W. , CLETUS M. SELLERS, JR., NORMAN E. GARRISON, AND REID N. HARRIS. James Madison University — Effect of feeding method on size variability in rainbow trout, Oncorhynchus mykiss. Feeding methods have been shown to affect the size variability of many salmonid species. Increase in size variability was measured for 100 rainbow trout (Oncorhynchus mykiss) fed by hand for twelve weeks and 100 fish fed by automatic belt feeders for twelve weeks. There was no significant difference between the size variability of the two groups at high ration levels, although the trends indi¬ cated decreased variability with automatic belt feeders. The slight decrease in vari¬ ability for the fish fed high rations by the automatic belt feeders may be caused by de¬ creased aggression by dominant fish toward subordinate fish, thereby allowing subordi¬ nates to feed. Low ration levels resulted in high mortality and the trends indicated less body size variability for the fish fed by hand. Tire automatic belt feeders combined with the low ration levels strengthen the social hierarchy allowing the dominant fish to obtain a larger portion of the daily feed, thereby increasing size variability of the ABSTRACTS 81 population. The results of this study sup¬ port the use of automatic belt feeders (at regular ration levels), because they do not increase body size variability in rainbow trout and are more cost effective than feeding by hand. 33 HEINS, D.C.,' J.A. BAKER,2 and W.P. DUNLAP.' Tulane University' and University of Arkansas2 — Yolk loading in oocytes of darters and its consequences for life-history study. Yolk loading in oocytes of oviparous fishes may affect size and variation of developing eggs at different stages in the production of a clutch. Three sequential stages of clutch or ovum development are recognized: mature, ripening, and ripe. We tested four hypotheses that describe differences in size and variation of the masses of developing eggs among the three stages of development. Mean oocyte or egg mass was compared with mean oocyte or egg diameter to determine whether or not the latter measurement adequately demonstrates change in size among stages due to yolk deposition. Mean weight of developing eggs increased significantly between mature-oocyte and ripening-oocyte stages. Within- female and within-stage variances decreased significantly between stages, and skew was non-significant for all stages, which showed there was a "catch-up". Thus, yolk loading favors smaller oocytes in a clutch, allowing them to catch up in weight with larger oocytes and decreasing the standard deviation as mean weight increases. Diameters of oocytes and ova increased significantly between successive stages of development. Correlations between mean diameter and mean weight of oocytes and eggs decreased successively between stages, and the difference in correlation coefficients between mature-oocyte and ripe-egg stages was significant. Based on these data, we propose standard methods for the study of propagule size in darters. Our results may be broadly applicable to other taxa of fishes. 36 DAWSON, NANCY S. and PATRICIA L. WALNE. Western Kentucky University and The University of Tennessee- -Paraxial rod structure : A criterion for establishing homology in euglenoid flagella . Euglenoid flagella may differ in length, motion and internal structural organization. The emergent flagella are characterized by the presence of two parallel structures, an axoneme and a paraxial rod (PAR), that extend for the length of the flagella. Two different types of paraxial rods account for the differences in flagellar width, internal appearance, mastigonene (hairs) arrangement, and motion. Comparative PAR structure has been evaluated in representative genera of several orders in the Euglenophyta . In organisms with a single emergent flagellum (e.g., Euglena) , the PAR is cylindrical, with a lat tice- 1 ike , helical organization of one major type of filament. In organisms with two emergent flagella (e.g., Eutreptia) , two structural types of PAH distinguish the flagella. The PAR in the thinner, locoinotory flagellum (FI) is similar to the single locomotory flagellum in the Eugienales, for example, whereas the PAR in the thicker, less-active flagellum (F2) is a large crescent-shaped hemi- cylinder, with a paracrystalline , plate-like organization of three major types of filaments. Our data suggest the paraxial rod to be a valid marker for establishing homologies among flagella in the Euglenophyta . 37 BALLAL, S. K. Tennessee Technological Uni versi ty--N-Methyl purine qlycosylase (MPG) in DMA repair. DNA repair in cells is a continuous process. The genome in any cells is in constant exposure not only to the external physical and chemical agents, but to a variety of spontaneous endogenous factors. In the absence of an immediate response, such DNA will stay unrepaired and consequently lead to the loss of expression of genes. One such lesion is the 0®-al kyl guanine adduct formed in the genomic DNA. Results have shown that tumorigenesis occurred during the G--> A transition mutation due to the formation of O^-alkylguanine which takes the place of adenine during DNA repli¬ cation. The active MPG in both prokaryotes and eukaryotes is expressed as a 31 kD fusion protein with similar substrate range. The mRNA of MPG from human and rodents are size similar (1.1 kb), the rat cells have lower levels of MPG mRNA than human cells. We wanted to express large amounts of cloned MPG protein using the vector >-GT 11. In order to produce the correct protein, the MPG insert was cloned in >-GT 11 in the correct orientation. To generate the correct reading frame, the cloned MPG was mutated at the 5'end by deleting one nucleotide. Then the MPG was amplified by PCR. The amplification product was ligated, transformed in E. coli and expressed as a functioning protein. 38 MADIGOSKY, STEPHEN R. , 1 XAVIER ALVAREZ2 and JONATHAN GLASS.2 Widener University, ^ Louisiana State University Medical Center . 2 — Aluminum transport across intestinal epithelia. Human intestinal derived Caco-2 cells grown in bicarmel chambers were used to study the cell biology of aluminum (Al) uptake and transport in vitro. The system eliminates many of the variables that obscure the mechanisms of metal absorption studied in vivo. Al was offered on the apical surface of Caco-2 monolayers as either Al- nitrilotriacetate (AINTA), Alcitrate (Alcit), or Al-lactate (Allac) at 1:2 molar ratios in saline, 50mM HEPES pH 7.2. Cellular and basolateral chamber Al concentrations were determined by atomic absorption spectrophoto¬ metry (AAS) . The transepithelial electrical resistance was maintained during aluminum exposure at a fairly constant rate. Trans¬ port of Alcit anil AINTA was time and dose- dependent in contrast to Allac which entered cells but was not transported out. Al transport was not affected by supplement- at ion with a pot ran is f e rr t n (Tf) , Fe 2 r t , USA (All 25uM) o r 5mM glu cose in cont r a s t t o tl t rans port of i ron wh i eh i i s modi fie d by the prose nee of apo-Tf In the baso late in 1 chamb er. The el fee t o f Fe cont ont of tl' 10 82 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 cells on A1 uptake was established by 10 days of culture prior to exposure. With each chelate A1 uptake can be augmented by using Fe deficient cells, suggesting that Fe status of the cell can modulate the transport of other metals. MILLS, RICHARD R.,1 T. DANIEL KIMBROUGH,1 and SAMUEL S. PERDUE,2 Virginia Commonwealth University,1 and The University ot Vi rq i ni a 2 --Pr_otei_n Carr i ers of LP the lLi_cmo_- 1 y mph of the Ame ri_can cocjtroach . Radi olabel led 2-17*- C-di hydroxy phenyl ethyl amine (dopamine) and 3-hydroxy- 4 -O-beta-D-qlucosi do-N-acety 1 - 2- 1^C-phenylethylami ne were injected into tiie haemocoel of immature f resh 1 y-ecdy sod American cock¬ roaches. After 1 hr, the plasma proteins were extracted and sub¬ jected to P-30 and P-300 qel permeation chromatoqraphy and poly¬ acrylamide qel electrophoresis (PAGE). At least three different fractions were labelled and mild acid hydrolysis in 0.1 acetic acid ( 100°C, 2 hr) did not remove the radioactivity. Radioactivity is incorporated into the cuticle if any of the three fractions are injected into f reshly-ecdysed animals. Reinjection of the smaller proteins into f reshly-ecdysed cock¬ roaches resulted in the label being incorporated into the two larger components. The approximate molecu¬ lar weights of the labelled proteins were 7,150 and 300 kilodaltons (kb) , respectively. Paper chromatography of the scrum and the smaller mole¬ cules (from go 1 -permont i on chromato¬ graphy) using butanol-acetic acid water (4:1:1) as the solvent showed that the label was either N-acetyl- dopamine, the 4 -0-beta-D-g 1 ucosi de of NADA, or an unidentified compound. 40 KIMBROUGH, T. DANIEL1, RICHARD R. MILLS,1 and CATHY MANSFIELD2, Virginia Commonwealth University, and The University of Virginia College of Medici ne2 — Competi five Li qand AcPti_on of f^ajjoimijar a_infri_e in tjie Amer_i_c an Cockroach . A plexiglass apparatus with the cockroach crop clamped between its two chambers was used to determine the binding characteristics of 2H-cyanoi mi prami ne to the basal mem¬ brane of the crop epithelia of the American cockroach. Binding was observed at ^H-cyanoi mi prami ne concentrations of 1 X 10-2M to 1 X 10_1M. An apparent Km was determined to be 1.6 X 10_°M and the theoretical maximum velocity was 0.003 cpm/mm2/ min. The binding increased in the presence of the 5HT2 antagonist ketanserin. The 5HT]_ agonist 8-OH- DPAT and the 51IT3 antagonist meto- clopramide did not significantly alter ^H-cyanoi mi prami ne binding from that observed i n the control . The latter binding was dependent on the ketanserin concentration. Highest binding occurred in the presence of 2 X 10_-^M ketanserin. These results suggest that ketanserin' s binding to the 5 1 1 'J ’ 2 receptor on the crop epithelia causes G protein to induce conformational changes in serotonin uptake sites. These changes may in turn result in increased affinity of JII-cyanoi mi prami ne for the serotonin untake site. 4 L MILLER III, HUGH A., CRYSTAL M. SOUTHERLAND, and DONALD W. LEE. East Tennessee State University-- Aspi ri n infl lienees the release of atrial natriuretic pepti de i n vitro Atrial Natriuretic Peptide (ANP) is released from the heart and regulates blood volume and pressure. Since aspirin also affects blood volume and pressure, we decided to test whether aspirin would influence the release of ANP from rat atrial cells in vitro. Various concentrations of aspirin were tested with dissociated atrial cells by using a recently developed reverse hemolytic plaque assay to measure the release of ANP from individual cardiocytes. Exposure to 100 urn aspirin for 16 hr. produced a 74% reduction (Cont-21.5 +/- 1.4; Asp-5.7 +/-0.52, % Plaque Formation +/- SE, p<0.001) in the percentage of cells releasing ANP. When the effects of aspirin on dissociated cells from the right or left atria were examined separately, it was shown that aspirin influences the release of ANP from the right atria only. In addition, right atrial cells exposed to aspirin for a short time (<4 hr) exhibited an increase in plaque formation whereas exposure for at least 8 hr. or longer reduced the precentage of right atrial cells releasing ANP as compared to controls. This dichotomy of response to aspirin may reflect the kinetics of aspirin inhibiting cyclooxygenase and thus reducing the production of prostaglandins in the cardiocytes. These data suggest a role for prostaglandins in the release of ANP. (Supported by ETSU RDC grant to HAM). 42 MILLER, CHRISTOPHER and WILLIAM E. GARDINER. Mississippi State Universitv--A Geminiviral Vector for Expression of Antisense RNA . We have produced a vector from the "A" genome component of Tomato Golden Mosaic Virus (TGMV) for the expression of antisense RNAs in plant protoplasts. It consists of one and one-quarter copies of the A component, from which 528-bp of coat protein (CP) sequence has been deleted, cloned into pUCl 1 8 . The remaining CP sequences include all of the 5’ untranslated region (with a strong promoter) , 74 bp of 5' coding sequence, 141 bp of 3' coding sequence (with a unique Csp45I restriction site) and all of the 3 1 untranslated region (including the polyadenylation signal). The remainder of the replicon contains all other TGMV sequences necessary for ABSTRACTS 83 viral replication and maximal expression of the CP promoter. We have cloned two DNA segments into this vector to code for antisense RNAs : (1) a 542-bp fragment of the cDNA for a tomato chlorophyll a/b binding protein gene, and (2) a 591-bp fragment of the TGMV BL1 gene. The ability of these vectors to sponsor the escape and replication of TGMV replicons, capable of coding for antisense RNAs, has been verified with Southern blots. 43 ROBERTSON, PHILIP A Southern Illinois University-Carbondale and USDA Forest ervice Forest and Range Experiment Station, Ft. Collins, Colorado--Characteristics of old-growth stands in the Arapaho-Roosevelt National Forest. Colorado. During the summers of 1990 and 1991 , over 1600 Spruce-Fir, Lodgepole Pine and Douglas- Fir/Ponderosa Pine stands were inventoried for old- growth characteristics. Eighty percent of the Spruce Fir stands were rated old growth with 85% occurring in the Abies lasiocarpa/Vacciniwn scoparium habitat type. These stands were predominantly located between 2700 and 3350 m on north facing midslope positions. Stand basal area and density averaged between 40.0 and 57.3 nWha and 88.4 and 125.5 stems/ha, respectively. An excellent rating was given to 6.6% of the stands. Of the non old-growth stands, 91 % had the potential to become old growth. Only 51 % of the 559 Lodgepole Pine stands were rated old growth and 65% occurred in the Pi mis contorta/ actinium scoparium habitat type. Only 1 .6% of these stands were rated as excellent. The old-growth Lodgepole Pine stands were located on dry mid or upper slope positions between 2400 and 3200 m. Basal a[,ea and density averaged between 27.6 and 48.7 nP'/ha and 129.4 and 196.6 stems/ha, respectively. Because of extensive past timber harvesting at low elevations, there are few old-growth Douglas-Fir/Ponderosa Pine stands remaining. 44 SCHMALZER, PAUL A. and C. ROSS HINKLE. The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center--Detrended Canonical Correspondence Analysis of Oak-Saw Palmetto Scrub Vegetation: Environmental Gradients and Time Since Fire. To understand effects of fire and environmental gradients on oak-saw palmetto scrub, we sampled four stands that were 2, 4, 8, and 25 years since the previous fire. Percent cover by taxon in the 0-0.5 m and > 0.5 m height layers was recorded on 15 m permanent transects. Soils were sampled and analyzed for organic matter, pH, cation exchange capacity (CEC), conductivity, exchangeable Ca, Mg, K, Na, NO3- N, NH4-N, Al, available PO4-P, and total Kjeldahl nitrogen (TKN). We determined depth to the water table seasonally. Detrended canonical correspondence analysis of the vegetation data (> 0.5 m) and environmental data arrayed the species from scrub oaks ( Quercus chapmanii, O geminata, Q. myrtifolia) at one end to Serenoa repens, Ilex glabra, and Persea borbonia at the other end of the first axis. The species- environment correlation for the first axis was high, r = 0.978. Individual environmental variables with high positive correlations to the first axis included depth to water table-spring, Mg, PO4-P, organic matter, TKN, K, CEC, and conductivity. Stand age was negatively correlated to the first axis. However, the youngest stand occurred adjacent to the oldest; both were on the drier sites. The depth to water table gradient is the primary environmental determinant of scrub composition; it influences soil organic matter, CEC, and most soil nutrients. Time since fire is of secondary importance; it influences the relative cover of oaks and saw palmetto through their differing growth rates after burning. 45 BAILEY, DONALD R. and BRIAN C. MCCARTHY. Frostburg Stale Univeristv-Population ecology of Larix laricina fDuRol) K. Koch at Cranberry Swamp (Finzel, Maryland). Larix laricina (Eastern larch) has a northerly distribution and occurs throughout the boreal regions of Canada. Below its boreal limits are two small, disjunct, outlier populations, both of which occur in high altitude (> 800 m) swamps on the Allegheny Plateau of western Maryland. At Cranberry Swamp (Finzel, MD), studies were performed to determine the viability of the larch population We examined the distribution, abundance, and structure of the present population and experimentally manipulated microenvironments to assess seedling growth and survivorship Larch were not equitably distributed within the swamp, therefore, sampling was stratified into three sites. The population at Cranberry Swamp was determined to be even-aged, consisting mostly of small trees (10-25 cm DBH) with few seedlings, saplings, and mature trees. A significant relationship between age and dbh was observed for the entire larch population (all sites pooled); however, the relationship was only found to be significant (p < 0 05) for two of the three sites (analysis by site). Using loglinear models to assess the frequency of cone production, shoot quality, tree vigor, and size class we found that the largest proportion of trees with high quality shoots, abundant cones, and healthy bole centers were located In only one of the three sites Tho health, vigor, and reproductive potential of trees at the other sites were poor. To determine if regeneration in the swamp Is sparse due to failure of seedlings to become established, we conducted an experiment with 180 planted larch seedlings, divided evenly among 6 treatments (3 sites x 2 mound types). Neither site nor mound significantly affected seedling height growth or survivorship (ANOVA, p > 0.05). Seed collected from the swamp was observed to have a low germination success, possibly contributing to a lack of new recruits. We conclude that the population at Cranberry Swamp is declining and local extirpation is possible 46 DESELM, II. R. Department of Botany, The University of Tennessee, Knoxville-- Barrens of the Central Basin of Tennessee . Four samples of barrens (grassland) have been examined f loristically and three sites were plot sampled in the Central Basin of Tennessee. The cumulative flora of these sites is 307 native taxa. The total includes 13 Tennessee rare plants. Most, of the flora is intraneous but there is a significant southern and smaller northern element. There are small western and endemic or near endemic percentages. Quadrat sampling of three stands revealed communities dominated by little bluest em ( Srh i r.uhy 1 i um sropntiuml. cm rent Iv these stands are believed to be success ionn l - but succession is slow due to droughty sites or are maintained mowing or bushhogging. lit the preset t lenient periodic drought and tire are believed to have been t lie maintenance factors. 84 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 47 MCCARTHY, BRIAN C Frostburg State University- Seed germination and seedlino establishment ot Carva tloridana (Sara ) Small tJuglandaceae). Seeds ol Carva tloridana (Sarg ) Small , a Florida endemic and prominent constituent of the southern ridge sandhill vegetation type, were collected from Red Hill at the Archbold Biological Station in Highlands County, Florida to determine germinability and microsite requirements for successful establishment, growth, and survival. A float test revealed that only 0 03 % of the nuts were unsound (14 of 440). Of the remaining 426 nuts, 384 were selected for uniformity and returned to the greenhouse to determine germinability A total of 368 nuts (86 %) germinated within 20 days with no pretreatment Germinated nuts were subsequently used to experimentally examine the effects of soil type (pure sand, sand vermiculite, sphagnum vermiculite : perlite) and nutrient addition (20 20:20 NPK fertilizer present or absent) on seedling establishment, growth, and survival. Survival was > 90% after 12 weeks for all non-fertilized soil types and the fertilized sphagnum . vermiculite : perlite treatment Fertilization of the sand and sand vermiculite soils, however, resulted in survivorship declining to 38 and 0%, respectively. Soil, fertilizer, and the soil *fertlizer interaction had significant effects on many of the morphometric and allocation variables. In general, this species appears to be well adapted to soils with low water holding capacity, low organic matter, and minimal fertility. While fire is the primary determinant of seedling establishment and survival in this habitat, microsite heterogeneity may play a secondary role 48 PINDER, J. E . , III. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory-- Measuring habitat diversity on the Savannah River Site and surrounding area using satellite images. Landsat Thematic Mapper data from April, September and December were used to develop a land use/land cover map of the Savannah River Site ( SRS ) and surrounding 90 x 90 km area. Using data from several seasons permitted greater resolution of vegetation types and land uses on wetlands and areas of private land ownership. The major difference between the SRS and the surrounding area was the development of SRS uplands for pines. Patterns of vegetation types, patch sizes and patch connectivity were compared between the SRS and surrounding area to indicate habitat diversity and fragmentation . 49 WINSTEAD, JOE E. Western Kentucky University— Natural succession of vegetation and soil chanties on an unreclaimed Ohio strip mine at three, thirteen, twenty-three and thirty-three year intervals. An orphan coal mine spoil bank (abandoned 1958) in southeastern Ohio (Vinton Co.) has been studied at 10 year intervals from 1961 to 1991 utilizing permanent plots along a 40- m transect. Initial colonization by Solidago graminifolia. Danthonia snicata and Bidcns frondosa has given way to the development of a forest community dominated by P 1 a t a n u s occidentalism Liriodendron tulinifera and Acer rubruin with ground cover of Rubus sp., Lonicera ianonica. Rhus radicans and Viola sp. Soil pH changed from 75% of samples being below pH of 4.0 to over 90% being 5.0 or above. Soil nitrogen levels showed patterns of ranging from .06 to .24% in 1971 to almost double those values in 1991. The area of bare soil and rock declined from 60% to less than 3% over the 33 years of succession with a corresponding development of 58% vegetation ground cover and extensive litter accumulation. Herbaceous ground cover development in time was not linear as overstory development proceeded to increase with tree growth. Erosion from slopes averaging 28 degrees has limited vegetative development on most of the 13.7 ha site to the region of the transect with only a 6 degree NE aspect. 50 KROH, G. C. Texas Christian University and PINDER, J. E. , III. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory -- Remote sensing of basal area development in forest succession on a volcanic mudflow. Color infrared aerial photographs were scanned and interpreted using geographical information system software and analyzed to develop regression equations to monitor the growth and development of a mixed pine and fir forest on a volcanic mudflow in Lassen Volcanic National Park. Indices computed from ratios of infrared to red reflectance were accurate predictors of basal area on 100 square meter plots. These indices were used to analyze the spatial distribution of forest development as a function of slope and aspect. Because the indices are scaled using bare surfaces and fully-vegetated areas, they may be used to determine tree growth and distribution in subsequent aerial photography . 51 JOLLS, CLAUDIA L.1, JANE H. BOCK2 and THOMAS C. CHENIER1. East Carolina University 1 and University of Colorado2. — Effects of clipping on two alpine grass populations with different grazing histories . The alpine of the Rocky Mountains, CO and the Caucasus Mountains, Georgian SSR are very similar in their climate, soils and floras, yet differ in their grazing histories. Areas of the Rocky Mountains have not been inten¬ sively grazed since the Holocene; in contrast, the Caucasus have been used as rangelands since human settlement. To attempt to detect directional selection by herbivores, we greenhouse-reared field-collected seed of 30 USA and 15 GSSR taxa. At 16 wk, genotypes of USA Deschampsia caespitosa , and USA as well as GSSR Poa a lpina were separated into two ramets, one clipped repeatedly to simulate grazing, with the second as the control The effects of clipping were analyzed using MANCOVA in a randomized block design for Deschampsia and split-plot factorial for Poa ■ Clipping reduced leaf and tiller output, and biomass above- and belowground, equally among geno¬ types. In Poa ■ clipping similarly affected these same variables (F=20.27, df=6,10, p= ABSTRACTS 85 0.0001), although plants from the USA and GSSR responded differently (F=8.91, df=6,13, P=0.0005). No differences were observed within a population (F=0.6l, df =108 ,64 . 49 , p=0.9886). GSSR Poa were more suppressed by clipping than USA plants. No differences in digestiblity or cellular anatomy were detected between grazed and ungrazed sites. Floristic, community-level distinctions, however, may result from directional selection by domestic herbivores although population-level differ¬ ences are not those which seem obvious. 52 GIBSON, JOAN R. Morgantown, West Virginia— Relationship of shrub and herbaceous vegetation to diabase of the Gettysburg basin, Pennsylvania, Previous work examined the relationship of trees with the igneous, quartz-normative dia¬ base dikes and sills of the Gettysburg Meso¬ zoic basin in the Piedmont of southcentral Pennsylvania. Relatively narrow, well- fractured, rocky ridges are formed by the vertically emplaced dikes, whereas most of the hills on the Gettysburg plain result from the massive outcrops of the horzontially emplaced sills. As they are relatively un¬ fractured, water storage is low and drainage often impeded. Two chemically distinct popu¬ lations of diabase occur within the study area: York Haven (sill) and Rossville (sill and dike). Fifty-eight stands were sampled as 15 x 25 m plots on dikes, sills, and non¬ diabase comparison areas. This paper deals with herb and shrub distribution. Soils were analyzed and ordinations performed on the species importance values using Detrended Correspondence Analysis, Statistical analy¬ ses were made on the environmental data with the ordination scores. Both field observa¬ tions and ordination results indicated that moisture, as affected by topography, geology, and soils, was the significant controlling factor in the distribution of vegetation on diabase. Emphasis will focus on the greater variation in the distribution of shrubs and herbs among plots of similar canopy make-up and the role of the fracturing characteris¬ tics of diabase in governing soil moisture and texture. 53 HUANG, SONGQLAO', HOWARD NEUFELD', W. DAVID HACKER: and JIM RENFROL Appalachian Slate University' and Great Smoky Mountains National Park:--Responses of growth and gas exchange of tulip poplar {Linodendron lulipifera L.l seedlings to different levels of ozone. Ozone is a major air pollutant and tulip poplar is a very important hardwood tree in the Eastern United States. The objective of this project is to provide data to develop generic growth models of seedlings including ozone as an explicit parameter. In Great Smoky Mountains National Park, two year old tulip poplar seedlings have been fumigated with different ozone levels for two growing seasons. Growth, biomass, leaf phenology, chlorophyll content and specific leaf mass were measured on trees in all treatments during the past season. Diurnal gas exchange curves were measured three times during the season while light and CO; curves were measured twice on trees in the charcoal-filtered, 1.0X and 2.0X ambient treatments. Leaf age responses to ozone for gas exchange and chlorophyll content were also investigated. We saw significant reductions in height and diameter growth in the 2. OX ambient during the season, but not at the end, probably due to earlier cessation of growth in the CF and 0.5X ambient treatments because of root binding. Total chlorophyll content, chlorophyll a and specific leaf mass were significantly reduced in the 2.0X ambient treatment later in the summer. Other parameters such as biomass accumulation and allocation patterns were not significantly reduced by high ozone. There were no treatment effects for dark respiration rate, maximum photosynthetic rate, or quantum efficiency. However older leaves had greatly reduced photosynthelic rates and increased C02 compensation and CO- saturation points as compared to new leaves. In the final set of diurnal measurement, we did see a significant reduction in gas exchange in the 2. OX treatments, due primarily to reductions in photosynthesis in older leaves. 54 STUCKY, JON M. North Carolina State Universilv-The correct name of the grass-leaved gayfealher of the southeastern United States. Liatris graminifolia (Walt.) Willd. and L. pilosa (Ait.) Wiild. are among the names published by Willdenow in 1803. The former name is based on Anonvmos graminifolia Walt. 1788 and is the currently accepted name for the grass-leveled gayfealher of the southeastern United States. The latter name is based on Serratula pilosa Ait. 1789. Britton published the combination Lacinaria ( = Liatris) graminifolia var. pilosa (Ait.) Britton in 1895 indicating that Alton's plant is conspecific with Waiter’s. The International Botanical Congress of 1950 outlawed Walter's names under Anonvmos indicating that they were not to be considered for purposes of priority of the epithets concerned. This ruling dictates that L. graminifolia (Walt.) Willd. can not be the correct name for the common gayfealher. Examination of the type of Serratula pilosa Ait. corroborates the earlier opinion of Britton that Alton's plant is conspecific with Walter's. The correct name for the grass-leaved gayfealher is Liatris pilosa (Ait.) Willd. New combinations must be published under L. pilosa for all varieties currently recognized under L. graminifolia. 55 RAMSEUR, GEORGE S„ and L. W. DAVIS. University of the South, and Tennessee Native Plant Society— Phyllitis scolopetulnum (U.) Newm.var americana Femald The American hanstongue fern; a status report on Tennessee's rarest plant. The three known locations for the American Hartstongue fern south of New York were visited. These southern disjunct populations are in deep limestone sinkholes where sunlight is restricted and cool, moist conditions prevail. The single location in Tennessee was found to have only two small plants. Plants in the two known locations in Alabama were thriving. The discovery of this rare fern in the United States was reported by Pursh in 1807 from a site in New York Slate near Syracuse. Gattinger found it in Tennessee in 1849 and it was later reported from two other sites in Tennessee. By as early as 1926 the fern was reported to be extirpated from two of the three Tennessee locations with only a population in a sinkhole in Marion County surviving. Early estimates place the number of plants there at 200, but since 1963 nevermore than about 15 plants have been observed. In 1988 nine plants were observed. The decline may be due to grazing by snails. Many leaves have chewed edges and snails in the genus Helix were observed feeding on nearby leafy liverworts. Screen wire exclosures have been placed over the remaining two plants. 86 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 LUNA, ELAINE1’2, DAVID J . GIBSON2, and CHARLES R. WERTH1. Florida Department of Natural Resources1, University of Vest Florida^ and Texas Tech University -- Patterns of genetic diversity in the rare mint Conrad ina zlabra and its nearest relative C. canescens . Conradina glabra, a shrubby mint listed as threatened in Florida, is known only from two disjunct populations in northwest Florida. Due to their limited range and small population size, it was previously hypothesized that these populations would be genetically depauperate and highly inbred. To test this hypothesis, starch gel electrophoresis was employed to examine patterns of genetic diversity in C. glabra and in its putative progenitor C. canescens which has a more widespread distribution. Results from a survey of 9 enzymes coded by 11 interpre table loci revealed high levels of genetic diversity in populations of both species. Mean values for percent loci polymorphic (P), number of alleles per locus (A) , and expected heterozygosity (H) were only slightly lower in C. glabra (P=57%, A=2 . 2 , H-.201) than in C. canescens (P=64%, A=»2 . 8 , H-=.234) and, in both species, significantly exceeded mean values for angiosperms (P=37%, A=1.7, H=.141). Genotype proportions in all populations conformed to Hardy-Weinberg expectations, indicating an outcrossing system of reproduction. The two species shared most alleles and exhibited high degrees of genetic similarity (Nei's I=.968). The high levels of genetic variability encountered in C. glabra populations are more consistent with their being relicts of larger and more widespread population systems than being recent disjuncts founded by rare dispersal events. 57 BRADLEY, TED R. and GARY P. FLEMING George Mason University, and Takoma Park, Mary! and--Addi t ions to the flora of V i rgi ni a . Field work in northern Virginia for the third edition of the Atlas of the flora of Virginia has resulted in several notable collections. Many additions are changing the distribution patterns of species only sparsely reported in the previous edition. Some of the new findings are for species rare to Virginia. New state records are Arenaria lateriflora, Conioselinum chinense, Rhodotypos scandens, Leonurus inarruhiastrum and Amaranthus viridus. 58 JONES, RONALD L. and LANDON E. MCKINNEY. Eastern Kentucky University and Kentucky State Nature Preserves Commission — The strange case of Arab is perstellata. Arabis perstel 1 ata E. L. Braun (rock cress) is a rare species closely allied to the more common A_. shortii (Fern.) Gleason. It is currently under review by the USFWS for list¬ ing as threatened or endangered. In a recent status survey of the species a total of 29 sites were documented. Many of these were small and on the decline as a result of tim¬ bering and invasive species. It is endemic to two physiographic regions, the Blue Grass Section (Kentucky) and the Central Basin Section (Tennessee) of the Interior Low Plateaus Province. The species has been further differentiated as var. perstel lata in Kentucky and var. ampl a Rollins in Tennes¬ see. Recent studies indicate that there is a great deal of morphological overlap and per¬ haps varietal distinction is not warranted. In both areas the species is associated with outcrops of Ordovician limestone, usually on wooded cliffs or hillsides, and the communi¬ ties are very similar. The presence of rock cress populations in these two regions over 300 km apart and nowhere in between is puzzling from both a biological and a geological standpoint. 59 WERTH, CHARLES R. and DAVID B. LELLINGER. Texas Tech University and Smithsonian Institution- -Genomically preserved plants and their nomenclature . The formation of allopolyploid species from interspecific hybrids represents a prevalent mode of speciation in plants. The ancestors of allopolyploids may become extinct following hybridization events. However, the former existence of these ancestral species may be discovered, and a wide array of their characters (especially molecular ones) may be documented, owing to the continued existence and expression of their genomes in their allopolyploid descendants. Examples of such genomically preserved plants occur in diverse genera such as the ferns Dryopter is and Cystopteris and the angiosperms TriCicum and Gossypium . Although the status of such taxa as past elements of biological diversity is analogous to that of fossils, the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature presently does not provide a means for formal nomenclature of genomically preserved plants. Therefore, amendments to the Code that can accomodate these taxa have been proposed. These include a provision for typification of genomically preserved plants by illustrating obtainable diagnostic features, e.g. chromosomes, isozyme band patterns, and nucleotide sequences. 60 MICKLE, JAMES E. North Carolina State University--Cuticular micromorphologv of Phvllocladus. Cladode cuticles from all species of the genus Phvllocladus (Podocarpaceae) were examined by LM, TEM and SEM. Cladode specimens were obtained from herbarium specimens at the Museum fur Naturkunde der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin, and from fresh material from the UC-Santa Cruz Botanical Gardens and Christchurch (New Zealand) Botanic Gardens. Cuticles were released using 20% CrC>3 for 24-96 h. LM specimens were stained in safranin. SEM cuticles were coated with 30 nm Au-Pd alloy, TEM cuticles were fixed in FAA or glutaraldehyde, post-fixed in osmium tetroxide, and stained with lead citrate, uranyl acetate, and potassium permanganate. Cuticular micromor¬ phology is fairly uniform in all species. Cladodes are bifacial, with one surface having abundant stomata and the opposite surface having markedly fewer stomata. Stomata are arranged in irregular rows with guard cell long axes parallel to the proximal-distal cladode axis. Stomata have 4-6 subsidiary cells. The external cuticle surface is undulating with prominent Florin ABSTRACTS 87 rings present around stomatal pores. Stomatal pores are typically filled with a wax plug composed of thin, fused strands. Guard cells are sunken and have longitudinal extensions. Subsidiary cells are surrounded by a thin, irregular flange. Epidermal cells are irregular to rectangular and have slightly undulating internal cuticular flanges. Cuiicular membrane varies in thickness among species, but all species clearly display distinct regions, which from outside to inside are a poorly-developed or absent cuticle proper, a less electron-dense cuticular layer with prominent pegs extending into the walls between epidermal cells, and a more electron-dense cutinized cell wall. All regions are mainly amorphous in structure (type 6 of Holloway [1982]). Phvllocladus cuticular micromorphology shows similarities to some species of Podocarpus. but differs in internal structure from other conifers that have been described. 61 Duff, Robert J., and A. Murray Evans. University of Tennessee, Botany Dpt. 437 Hesler Biol. Bldg. Knoxville, TN 37996-1100 — Allozvme electrophoresis and the taxonomy of two taxa of Isoctes in the Southeastern Appalachians. Am electrophoretic comparison was made of Isoeies caroliniana, a southern Appalachian taxon, with I. engelmannii, its putative closest relative. /. caroliniana may be found in bogs, lakes, and ditches of the Blue Ridge Mts. of NC, VA, and TN. I. engelmannii , as currently described, has the largest range of any North American species, stretching from NE Canada to southern Georgia. Sixteen populations of presumed /. caroliniana were collected from NC, TN, and VA and compared to populations of I. engelmannii from several states in the eastern U.S. using horizontal starch electrophoresis. Electrophoretic variation among populations of I. caroliniana was very low (I = 0.954) whereas variation among populations of I. engelmannii was relatively higher (I = 0.S16). There was little or no variation within any of the populations (I > 0.990 identity). A combination of inbreeding and poor dispersal mechanisms may account for these patterns of variability. The mean identity between populations of /. caroliniana and /. engelmannii was quite low (I = 0.690) as the result of several loci exhibiting unique alleles fixed for one or the other taxon. These data suggest that /. engelmannii- is the more variable taxon and that I. caroliniana may have diverged by allopatric speciation from I. engelmannii. 62 COX, PATRICIA B. and EDWARD E. SCHILLING. University of Tennessee— Use of rDNA data to characterize populations of Rudbeckia laciniata L. in the Southern Appalachian region ■ Collections were made from twenty populations of Rudbeckia laciniata throughout the Southern Appalachians with additional data from Louisiana and Florida. Included in the study are representative populations from four of the five varieties found in Eastern North America. Total DNA was extracted from young leaves collected in the field and stored on ice. The DNA samples were digested with eleven restriction enzymes and the fragments separated by gel electrophoresis on agarose. After transfer to nylon filters, hybridization was performed with the rDNA repeat unit for Hel ianthus argophvllus . It was hoped that the RFLP (restriction fragment length polymorphisms) data obtained from rDNA analysis may prove to be a useful tool in characterizing the different taxa within the R. laciniata complex. However, preliminary data show very little variation within or among the populations that were sampled. It could be suggested that the lack of DNA variation between the taxa may be the result of relatively recent origins cf the varieties due to hybridization or polyploidy. 63 BARFIELD, JON A. University of Alabama— Seed Morphology of the Limnocharitaceae. Seeds were examined using the SEM for all eight taxa in the Limnocharitaceae in order to assess morphological characteristics that could be useful as taxonomic characters. Previous workers on the family have used trichome densities as diagnostic characters, however, other features may be more easily interpretable. 64 GREGG, RONAI.D E. , JAMES It. HOWARD , AND RICliARD L. RAESLY. Frostburg State University— Electrophoretic evidence for an undescribed sculpin (Cottus) in Maryland . Samples of Cottus were collected from four sites in the Antietam Creek drainage. Starch gel electrophoresis was utilized to resolve 25 enzyme loci from AO of the undescribed Cottus. These were compares! to allozyme patterns from C. bairdi and C. girardi. Of the 25 enzymes surveyed* li were polymorphic in at least one taxon. Two were fixed for alleles unique to the new species. The undescribed sculpin can be also dist inguished based on fixed differences from C. bairdi at three additional loci and C. girardi at one additional locus. The new species was found to be more similar to C. girardi (I) = 0.152) than C„ bairdi (D = 0.236). Together with evidence of the syrapatric distributions of all three forms, we conclude this is strong evidence for a new species of sculpin in Maryland . 65 ROSS, STEPHEN T. and WILLIAM M. BRENNEM AN. University of Southern Mississippi- A History of Ichthyological Collections in Mississippi . The completion of a computer data base of Mississippi fishes has allowed us to examine temporal as well as spatial patterns ot fish collections. The specimen linked data base now contains 83,998 records, and is based on 35 sources of material. Scientific collecting, as evidenced by existing museum specimens, began in the mid- 1 850's, but generally remained below an average of 200 lots per year until 88 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 1950. In general, collections made prior to 1950 averaged less than 10 specimens per lot; post-1950 collections average 15-32 speci¬ mens. The earliest fish collections were by B. L. C. Wailes, whose development as a naturalist was influenced by J. J. Audubon, C. Lyell, S. J. Baird and L. Agassiz, among others. Specimens collected by Wailes were sent to the USNM as early as 1852, and to Agassiz at MCZ in 1853 & 1854. Thirteen lots collected by Wailes are presently catalogued at MCZ. Agassiz also collected in Mississippi in 1853. During the Civil War and Reconstruction very little scientific collecting occurred, as evidenced by only 10 known lots from this period. In 1880 and 1881 0. P. Hay made collections from which he described 21 species, 11 of which remain as valid taxa. Other early collectors in Mississippi include B. W. Evermann (1897), L. Hussakof and D. Franklin (1910), S. F. Hildebrand and I. Towers (1925-1936) andF. Cook (1935-1959). From 1950-1990, R. D. Suttkus and his students at Tulane University were directly or indirectly responsible for the collection of over 36,500 lots of Mississippi fishes. 66 LAYMAN, STEVEN R., ANDREW M. SIMONS, and ROBERT M. WOOD. University of Alabama-- Distributional status of the dirty darter, Etheostoma olivaceum, and bluemask darter. Etheostoma sp. cf. stigmaeum, two rare darters from Caney Fork River. Tennessee. A status survey for the dirty and bluemask darters was conducted July- December 1991 to determine their present distributions, estimate relative population densities, and identify threats to populations. The dirty darter, a member of subgenus Catonotus , occurs in small creeks of at least seven tributary systems of lower Caney Fork River. The species is locally abundant in four of these systems, where it is found in slabrock and bedrock pools and slow riffles. The dirty darter also occurs in three nearby tributaries of the Cumberland River but is uncommon. The bluemask darter, an undescribed species of subgenus Doration , is known only from four large streams isolated upstream of Great Falls Reservoir (Collins River, Rocky River, Cane Creek, and upper Caney Fork River) , where it occurs in slow to moderate current over clean sand and gravel. The species is most abundant in Collins River, where it is vulner¬ able to pesticides, herbicides, and fertilizers from plant nurseries, which dominate land use within the watershed. The upper reaches of all four rivers flow underground during summer, limiting perennial habitat to the lowermost reaches. All four populations are threatened by habitat destruction resulting from instream gravel removal. 67 WOOD, ROBERT M. University of Alabama— A phvloirenetic [revaluation of the Nanostoma/Ulocentra stihgenenc controversy within the genus Etheostoma (Teleostei; Percidael in I i p 1 1 1 of morphological and allozvmic variation. The subgenera Nanostoma of Page (1981) and Ulocentra of Bailey and Gosline (1955) are concordant with the exception of one species, Etheostoma zonule. While Bailey and Gosline place E. zonule in the subgentis Etheostoma, Page asserts that it is more closely related to members of Ulocentra and consequently should be grouped with them. If we follow the conclusions of Page ( 1981), the name Ulocentra is replaced by Nanostoma. In the present study, morphological variation, as abstracted from the literature, is examined both alone and in combination with recently obtained allozyme variation. A variety of trees are analyzed based on subsets and complete sets of the available data in an attempt to resolve, or at least shed some light on the controversy and to determine which name, if either, is appropriate for the assemblage of fishes in question. 68 ANGUS, ROBERT A. and W. MIKE HOWELL. University of Alabama at Birmingham, and Samford University— Geographic distributions of eastern (Gambusia holbrooki) and western (G. affinis) mosquitofish. Dorsal and anal fin ray counts were made on preserved fish from numerous sites throughout the southeastern United States to delineate the ranges of the eastern and western mosquitofishes. These fin ray meristic counts differentiate the two forms of mosquitofish quite well, although not absolutely. Geographic patterns of fin ray variation correlate well with those previously observed in studies of biochemical variation. The area of intergradation between the eastern and western mosquitofish is quite small, being limited to the coastal plain in the vicinity of Mobile, Alabama. Inland from the coastal plain, the ranges of the two do not overlap. The eastern and western mosquitofish show little evidence of coexisting as mixed populations, even at sites where intergrade phenotypes occur. This is consistent with conclusions, based on electrophoretic evidence, that the eastern and western mosquitofish are distinct species. 69 Robert U. Fischer Jr. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory ami The University of South Carolina--The effects of acute and chronic nertubation from a nuclear production reactor on bluegill morphology. For most of the past 35 years nuclear production reactors on the Savannah River Site have produced cooling water that was heated to more than 80 C and then released into the Par Pond Reservoir System. This heated effluent has entered Pond C at approximately 50 C causing at least 90% of the water to reach lethal limits for almost all plants and animals during long periods of reactor operation. Bluegill have survived the severe and unpredictable heating of the reservoir by occupying one of four relatively small and distinct refuge areas with cooler water, ABSTRACTS 89 reduced food availability, virtually no habitat structure, and increased interactions with predators. The conditions in Pond C over the years of reactor operation could certainly have been a period of intense natural selection. Based on the known effects of the heated effluent, the following prediction was made about the morphological changes that should occur in Pond C compared to more normolhermic environments. Hw: In response to demands of predator escape and foraging in an environment with reduced structure, body and fin dimensions should be modified by natural selection toward a more streamlined, fusiform shape that would result in increased predator escape speed. To test this hypothesis I collected approximately 150 bluegill from both Pond C (heated site) and Par Pond (normolhermic site) during both periods of reactor operations and 2 years after reactor shut-down. Twelve morphological traits (including depth, length, and fin shape) were measured for each individual fish from both ponds during the different periods Burnaby's test was used to remove the effects of size prior to comparison belweeo sites using Principle Components Analysis. Analysis revealed no significant changes in fish morphology within either based on whether sampling time was during reactor operation or during the period following reactor shutdown. Comparison between sites revealed that overall body length increased and body depth decreased in Pond C bluegill compared to those from Par Pond. In addition, both the pectoral and anal fins changed with fin bases increasing and fin lengths decreasing in Pond C fish compared to those from Par Pond. These morphological changes support the hypothesis that morphology of bluegill from Pond C had changed during the period of reactor operation Pond C fish morphology shifted in the predicted direction from the body form typical of a maneuvering specialist toward that of a cruising or accelerating specialist. 70 DODD, C. KENNETH, JR. U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service-- Striped newt reproduction and population structure during a severe drought in north-central Florida I studied a striped newt (Notophthalmus perstriatus) population from February 1985 through April 1985 and from October 1985 through September 1990 at a temporary pond in uplands habitat of north-central Florida, USA. The pond was monitored 5 days per week using a drift fence-pitfall trap system that completely encircled the breeding pond. More than 2500 newt captures were recorded immigrating to and emigrating from the pond. Most captures were in 1986 and 1987 when water occasionally filled the pond during the activity season. Hydroperiod was variable because of a severe drought affecting northern Florida. Successful reproduction only occurred during the spring of 1987 and few metamorphosed juveniles were captured. The population size- class structure was initially unimodal but as the drought increased, the structure shifted toward larger individuals. A significant decline in the breeding population occurred from 1988 through 1990 as drought severity increased . 71 FRISBIE, MALCOLM PRATT and RICHARD L. WYMAN. Eastern Kentucky University , and The Edmund Niles Huyck Preserve and Biological Research Station — The effect of soil chemistry on sodium balance in the red-backed salamander: a comparison of two forest types. At a New York study site, Plethodon cinereus was 4-5 times more abundant in beech than in hemlock forest. We evaluated the effect of soil chemistry of these two forest types on sodium balance in this salamander. Soil extracts were produced by treating samples of the soil humus and mineral layers with distilled water, artificial rain water at pH 3, or artificial rain water at pH 5. The chemistry of soil extracts varied with forest type and soil layer. Sodium efflux was measured in salamanders exposed to these extracts before and after lowering the pH to 3. Efflux rate constants were greater in salamanders confined on mineral layer derived extracts than on humus layer derived extracts, but did not vary with forest type. Differences in dissolved organic carbon in the test solutions may partially explain the observed differences in efflux rate constants. In all cases, efflux rate constants were elevated when the pH's of solutions were decreased to 3, indicating that even in solutions of complex chemical make-up, pH strongly affects the osmoregulation of this terrestrial salamander. 72 MILLER, LYNDA R. and WILLIAM H. N. GUTZKE. Memphis State University--Role ot the crotaline vomeronasal gland in detection of kingsrtakes. Kingsnakes (Lampropeltis sp.) are ophiophagous (snake-eating) snakes. Chemicals located In the skin of kingsnakes are recognized by other snakes including pit vipers. Detection of this chemical by prey snakes cause a series of defense responses including fleeing, head hiding, and body bridging, the lifting of a coil off the ground so that the snake can deliver a horizontal body blow to the attacker. All of these responses help prevent the kingsnake from grasping the head of the prey snake, constricting, and engulling it. The defense response does not include biting and pit vipers will only strike as a last resori. Kingsnakes possess antiproteases which neutralizes the venoms ol pit vipers and thus the bite only causes minimal mechanical damage while exposing the prey to attack. To determine the role of the vomeronasal organ in this behavior, a sample of pit vipers which exhibit the defense responses when exposed to the chemical of the kingsnakes were anesthetized. The vomeronasal gland In one-half of these animals was sutured with the remaining one half of the animals serving as the control. Hexane extracts of tho kingsnake skin was presented to each group. Behavior ol tho test animals was observed and recorded Alter theso tests, the sutures were removed and all animals were tested again to insure restoration ol chemical detection. 90 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 73 WADE, JULIA K. and A.C. ECHTERNACHT. Milligan College and University of Tennessee — Genetic variation in the 1 i zard , Anolis carol inens is . Genetic variation is described in 19 southeastern populations of the green anole, Anolis c aro 1 inens i s . Populations from the extreme limits of the range of the species and various points in between are compared using starch gel electrophoresis based on 21 loci. Emphasis is placed on red and gray throated populations from south Florida where genetic and morphological variation was observed. Nei's genetic similarity coefficients range lrom .846- 1.000. A phenogram is presented showing genetic similarity among popu la t ions . 74 SCOTT, A. F. Austin Peay State University-- Communitv structure and seasonal activity of reptiles around woodland and old-field ponds in Land Between The Lakes. From 1 July 1987 to 30 June 1991, reptile activity around a woodland and a nearby old- field pond in the Tennessee portion of Land Between The Lakes (LBL) was monitored on an every-other-day schedule. Drift fences and pitfall traps were used to capture animals. Individual captures totalled 239 (135 at woodland pond and 104 at old-field pond), and the number of species encountered was 16(14 at woodland pond and 13 at old-field pond). Species faithful to one environment or the other numbered five (three at woodland pond, two at old-field pond). Eleven species occurred in both environments. Lizards (primarily Sceloporus undulatus and Scincella lateralis ) predominated, constituting 80% and 79% of captures at woodland and old-field ponds, respectively. Snakes (at 12% and 16%), then turtles (at 8% and 5%), followed in order of abundance at both ponds. Monthly levels of activity peaked twice each year at both ponds, usually in late spring and late summer. Mean monthly air and soil temperatures and total monthly rainfall were significantly correlated with total monthly captures at both ponds. Movements toward and away from both ponds were equally distributed yearly and overall. Results suggest little difference in the community composition and seasonal activity of small reptiles in the two environments. 75 D1NDO, JOHN J. and KEN R. MARION. Marine Environmental Sciences Consortium, and University of Alabama at Birmingham --Population dynamics of a mixed-species heronry on a coastal Alabama island. The population dynamics (clutch size, hatching success, and fledging success) of a mixed-species heronry on Cat Island, Alabama was examined from 1985 through 1988. A total of 1,165 nests with 3,339 eggs were marked and followed over the four-year study period. During the entire study period, the modal number of eggs for each species was three. Cattle Egrets laid smaller clutch sizes than the other three species. Louisiana Herons, Snowy Egrets, and Little Blue Herons were predominately early nesters (March, April, May). Cattle Egrets established only 18 nests early and 167 nests late (June, July, August). Through the study period, Louisiana Herons, Snowy Egrets, and Little Blue Herons all hatched 75% or more of the eggs they laid. Three-egg clutches had the highest success at hatching (84.3%). During the four-year study, survivorship to day 19 (fledge) was very high, with 72.1% of all eggs laid reaching the fledged stage. One hundred fifty-eight nests with eggs were abandoned during the early nesting season of 1988. During this time, several days of rains and high winds were recorded. In 1985 a major hurricane hit after the breeding season. The storm reduced available nesting sites for 1986, causing a decline in the overall breeding population during that year. 76 APPELGET, JEANNE, and WAYNE VAN DEVENDER. Appalachian State Un i ver s i t y - -Pr e 1 iminarv Stu.d i £5 ol Sma 1 1 Mammal. Caromun 1 1 i a a In northwestern North Carol, ma • Mammal habitats are highly fragmented in the northwestern North Carolina mountains with some fragments occurring naturally (mountain wetlands, spruce-fir forests, etc), while others are man-made (road cons tr uct i on , agricultural disturbance, development, etc). Several small mammals, including rare and threatened species, are reported to be restricted to these habitat islands. It Is valuable to determine effectiveness of several sampling procedures. Four long term (28 days) trapping sessions were conducted in spruce-fir forest, a mountain wetland, an old apple orchard and a daciduous forest. Six short term (4-7 days) trapping sessions were conducted in a moist deciduous forest, boulder garden, tobacco field, a deciduous forest near agriculture, a white pine stand and an old field. Factors analyzed included: duration of trapping, trap and bait type, as well as habitat and elevation. Bottles, pitfalls, and Sherman live traps were baited with either peanut butter and rolled oats or sunflower seeds. Data were analyzed with POPAN-3, using the Jol 1 y-Seber-Dickson method to estimate population sizes. Populations and techniques were compared by ANOVA and described by several diversity indices. During 154 trapping nights, 202 animals were captured 402 times. Species found include several Sor ex sp., Peroinv sens sp., ■S.LfimodQn h l so i dus . C 1 ethr ionomys gapoe-r if Naofl.fi.0 samis ,ina ign i.a , and Mus to 1 a f renata . Since new species entered traps after seven days and as late as the fourth week of long term sites, trapping periods less than fourteen days underestimated diversity in most areas. More animals were captured with Sherman traps than pitfalls. Only insectivores and juveniles of other species were captured more frequently in pitfalls and bottles. Bait type had no apparent effect on capture success. 77 PECHMANN, JOSEPH H.K.1*2, RUTH A. ESTES1, DAVID E. SCOTT1 and J. WHITFIELD GIBBONS1. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory and 2Duke University --Experimental mitigation of the loss of an amphibian breeding site. Few data exist on faunal colonization of artificial wetlands constructed for mitigation of the loss of natural wetlands. A 1 ha temporary pond in South Carolina which provided breeding habitat for at least 13 species of amphibians was eliminated by a construction project in 1984. Four 200-m2 "refuge ponds" were dug in 1983 between 300m ABSTRACTS 91 and 600m from the original pond and left to undergo natural colonization and succession. Amphibian populations were monitored using terrestrial drift fences with pitfall traps. Some species colonized the new ponds quickly, whereas others initially continued breeding migrations to the original pond site in spite of the construction. Ten species of amphibians have produced juveniles at the refuge ponds to date. The refuge ponds provided partial mitigation, but amphibian species composition and relative abundances differ from the original pond. 78 LANGFORD, T. DIANNE 1,2 and THOMAS S. HOPKINS2,3. Troy State University1, Dauphin Island Sea Lab2 and University of morphs of species of ££a star genus Echinaster in the eastern Gulf of Mexico. Twenty-four external characteristics of six morphological forms collected from two shallow water areas (1-15 meters, Egmont Key to Port St. Joseph Bay, FL) known to contain three described species, and twenty-seven external characteristics of two morphs taken from a deep water area (85 meters, west side of the Desoto Canyon) have been examined using a modified Jaccard Index to produce values of dissimilarity among the morphs. Principal morphological dissimilarities were found in arm size, madreporite, carinal plates, no. of primary and secondary plates, glassy tubercle patches, dermal papular areas, and color schemes. The greatest dissimilarity is found between the deep water forms, and all shallow water forms (>50%). The dissimilarity between shallow water forms ranged from 17% to 35%. We have concluded that the low level of dissimilarity and character overlap interferes with accurate species recognition relative to those presently described. In summary, we propose that the present day distribution of morphs, which have a demonstrably large amount of ecological and morphological overlap, suggest that specific designations i.e. E, ttraminicola and E, paucispina should be considered with caution. On the otherhand, long standing species, i.e. E. sentus and E, spinulosus may be stock for genetic polymorphism in the eastern Gulf of Mexico. 79 DELFINO, JOHN C. University of Kentucky — Runway selection by Microtus ochrogaster. Microtus ochrogaster (prairie vole) is a species of the grassland. This work served as a generated control for a grassland/ woodland habitat tailoring experiment. As such the objective was to determine if M. ochrogaster demonstrated a habitat selec¬ tion for grassland based on the presence of conspecific runways. In the laboratory voles were tested in two-choice preference enclosures, one compartment contained grassland witli an artificially constructed runway, the other compartment contained grassland with a runway absent; runway present served as the major dependent variable. The grassland consisted of Festuca sp, liromus inermis, l’oa pratensis, and an organic mat of these grasses. Phase one and two experiments were conducted. Phase one work established that the voles cued on the variable while phase two work demonstrated that the variable influenced the side chosen in a pen similar to that used in my habitat tailoring work. For the phase one work the voles cued on grassland containing a runway. They spent more time there and had a greater number of entries there than in grassland without a runway. Over the duration they spent an increasing but similar amount of time in the grassland with a runway. For the phase two work the voles showed a habitat selection for the grassland containing a runway. They spent more time there and showed a greater level of activity and penetration there than in grassland without a runway. Over the duration they spent a similar amount of time in the grassland containing a runway. 80 FIGIEL, JR. CHESTER R. and GARY L. MILLER. University of Mississippi --The effects of nonlethal injury on growth, survival, and behavior of crayfish, Procambarus clarkii . Crayfish were monitored in field and laboratory experiments to determine the effects of nonlethal injury (loss of chelae) and environmental varia¬ bility on growth, survival, and behavior. In artifical ponds, injured and non-injured crayfish of similar size and same sex, were reared over a six week period to examine the effects of injury, conspecific density (low and high), and refuge complexity (low and high) , on crayfish growth and survival rates. In laboratory con¬ tainers, the effects of injury and conspecific presence or absence was examined to compare microhabitat use and spatial response of injured and non-injured crayfish. In the field experiment, survival rates of crayfish were lower in the high density treat¬ ment compared to crayfish in the low density treatment. Additionally, injury had an effect on survival in the high density treatment. Growth rates of injured crayfish were significantly reduced compared to growth rates of non-injured crayfish. In the lab experiments, injured crayfish used refugia significantly more often compared to non-injured crayfish, and more frequently than injured and non-injured crayfish in containers alone. Crayfish spatial responses were also influenced by injury and conspecific presence. Given the correlation between growth and reproductive success (e.g., obtaining mates, number of offspring produced) , the cost of such responses could potentially influence fitness related traits. 81 GRATER. W. D„ C. T. HACKNEY and D. L COVINGTON University ol North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC 28403--EleclromorDhio variability along environmental and geographic gradients in the Carolina marsh clam. Polymesoda carpliniana (Bose). Horizontal starch gel electrophoresis was used to detect genetic variation among 1 1 populations ot Polymesoda caroliniana, from the Gull ol Mexico and south Atlantic coasts ol the U. S. Little variability was found In tour of these populations Irom the Capo Fear Estuary, NC, 92 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 along a salinily gradient, nor was a clinal pattern observed along a norlh/south latitudinal gradient. Percent heterozygosity ranged between 8.11 and 28.0%, and the percent of polymorphic loci between 37.5 and 71.4%. Populations conformed to Hardy- Weinberg expectations at all loci except glucose dehydrogenase where only one population from Fort Myers, FL conformed to Hardy-Weinberg expectations. Dendrograms and heterogeneity analysis based on allele frequencies suggest populations from the Gulf coast of Florida are genetically diflerent from northern Gull populations and Atlantic populations. A population from Mississippi was more similar to populations from the Atlantic coast than to populations from the Gulf coast of Florida. The differentiation observed is probably a result of geographic isolation during the last glaciation. Variations of some shell morphology variables differed between populations, but did not correlate with genetic relationships, latitude or salinity. Such variation likely exists through local environmental factors, especially temperature. running on the fertility of female laboratory rats. Sixteen adult laboratory rats were randomly assigned to receive either running (R:n=8, 6 min/day for 17 days) or non-running (NR:n=8). Rats were forced to run (0.25- 0.35m/sec) on a treadmill (R) or were placed on the treadmill with the motor running, but the belt stationary (NR) to control for random vibrations. Daily vaginal smears were collect¬ ed to determine reproductive cyclicity. Rats were mated (day 1 of pregnancy) on the first available day after 17 days of running, then implantations sites were counted (day 7 of pregnancy). There were no differences in cyclicity between R and NR rats. There were, however, fewer implantation sites in the R rats (3.38 ± 0.63) than for NR (10.63 + 1.22). It is concluded that the stress of running resulted in an inability to maintain normal numbers of pups through day 7 of gestation. 84 ~ MORTON, DAVID1, RALPH THOMAS1, AND JOHN H. YOUSON2. Frostburg State University1 and University of Toronto^--Correlations between body iron, calcium, sulfur, and trace elements in Peromyscus spp. An investigation of iron metabolism in white-footed and deer mice generated the opportunity to test for possible correlations between iron and twelve other elements. Measurement was made by inductively coupled plasma atomic emission on the digested carcasses (body minus liver and spleen) of fifty animals. All means and stan¬ dard deviations are expressed in ppm of fresh tissue. Carcass iron was significantly correlated with calcium (10,400 ± 1,410), sulfur (3,590 ± 360), boron (1.8 ± 1.1), and chromium (0.6 ± 0.6) but was not significantly correlated with phosphorus (7,940 + 730), magnesium (560 ± 80) , zinc (87 ± 53) , aluminum (84 + 171) , manganese (15 + 17) , barium (5.0 ± 3.0), and nickel (0.5 ± 0.4) levels. In addition, calcium, phosphorus, and sulfur levels were all very significantly correlated with each other. There was a number of other significant correlations between the elements--phosphorus with magnesium and copper, manganese with magnesium and nickel, boron with magnesium and barium, and copper with aluminum. All correlations were positive except for the one between boron and barium, which was negative. Moreover, it may be of note that the coefficient of variation among all measured elements was greatest for aluminum . Kirkman, L. Katherine and Rebecca R. Sharitz. Savannah River Ecology Lab. , University of Georgia-- Reveqetation following disturbance during dry down in Carolina bay wetlands: the role of the seed bank. Short term vegetation responses to drought-related perturbations were examined one year following dis¬ turbance in grass-sedge dominated Carolina bay wetlands. Three treatments, burn, soil disturbance, and control, were applied to separate portions of four Carolina bays in winter 1989-1990. Vegeta¬ tion was sampled (percent cover of species) in each treatment section before and after treatments (fall 1989, fall 1990). Soil cores were obtained from control and burn plots in fall 1989 and seed banks were assayed by the greenhouse seedling emergence technique. Seed bank samples collected in each of six vegetation types did not differ in species richness, measures of evenness or diversity. The seed bank flora totaled 107 taxa, averaged 72,653 seedlings per m2 with 20 taxa per sample and did not resemble the field vegetation. No significant effect of fire on greenhouse seedling germination was detected. Percent similarity of vegetation before and after treatments varied among vegetation types. The effects of disturbance on species coexistence appear to be dependent on the life history characteristics of the dominant residual species as well as that of the seed bank taxa. 83 WEBB, JEFFERY A. and DAVID S. MALLORY. Department of Biological Sciences, Marshall Un i ve rs i t y — Running reduced _ ferti 1 ity _ in female rats. Physical stress may negatively affect repro¬ ductive cyclicity in females. Acute stress such as footshock or surgery have been shown to reduce circulating levels of gonadotropins in several species. The objective of this experiment was to assess the effects of forced 85 WHITE, DAVID A. Loyola University — Plant community development over 7 years on mudflats within the Mississippi River delta. A 7 year plant colonization and succession study on mudflats within the Mississippi River delta is presented. Three study sites on 2 developing inner delta splays were established to determine plant biomass and species composition on new and old mudflats. At the end of the growing seasons plants were ABSTRACTS 93 harvested along permanent transects. The mud¬ flats support 3 vascular plant communities based upon the species occurence, soil, and biomass data collected. A total of 68 plant species have been found on the splays. About 77% of the vegetated land becomes a community dominated by Scirpus deltarum only 3 growing seasons after mudflat emergence. The first and second growing seasons these particular mudflats are colonized by a considerable number of plant species, of which the majority are grasses and sedges. The annual vascular plant production of the Scirpus-dominated marshes is 523 g/m^. About 21% of the vegetated land supports a developing forest community of Salix nigra. This land is 11cm higher in elevation than the Scirpus marshes. Backwater areas just below the Scirpus community become a marsh dominated by Colocasia esculenta . This community occupies only 2% of the land area. From analysis of substrate grain size, each community is unique in the proportions of sand, silt, and clay. Each community differed in total soil organic material, too. These communities are maintained by depositional activity dependent upon influxes of sediment during Spring floods. There is evidence that without the continual influxes of sediment the Scirpus-dominated marshes will develop into a community dominated by Sagit taria latifolia . MCARDLE, THOMAS and JAMES FRALISH. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale--A comparison of preset¬ tlement and second-growth forest with regeneration on six site types in Ozark Hills region of southern Illinois. Witness tree data from the 1 806-7 land survey records were used to estimate species basal area and relative basal area (Importance Value) on each of six site types in the Ozark Hills. This region is deeply dissected with steep slopes, deep relatively narrow valleys, and deep lossial soil; the Mississippi River directly to the west acts as a natural fire break. Under an apparently moderated fire regime, the presettlement forest was dominated by Quercus alba on the drier high southwest, south and ridgetop sites with Q. velutma, and Fagus grandifolia secondary species; across more mesic high and low north to alluvial sites, the importance of Quercus progressively de¬ creased while the importance of Fagus and other mesophytic species increased. Data on mature forest and regeneration were collected from 48 circular plots super¬ imposed on section and quarter-section corners. Compared to presettlement forest, there was an increase in Quercus importance on 5 of the 6 site types; this increase is consistent with a high level of disturbance associated with timber har¬ vesting, fire and grazing that occurred during settlement. The region has been protected from disturbance since about 1935. If the present understory develops into mature forest, it appears likely that Acer saccharum, with a relative density of 35 to 60% on all site types, eventually will form a monoculture across the region. 87 KOBE, J. M., J. S. FRALISH and J. W. VAN SAMBEEK. Southern Illinois University, Carbondale--The effect of allelochemicals produced by sugar maple, white oak, flowering dogwood and pawpaw on growth of dittany, Cunila origanoides (L.) Britton. Many oak-hickory stands in the central hardwood region have a dense midcanopy of sugar maple and several shrub species; these stands exhibit a reduced number or an absence of understory plants. Dittany, a herbaceous plant usually found in oak-hickory stands, is absent under the sugar maple/shrub midcanopy. Interference may result either from competition for light and other resources or from allelopathy. A greenhouse experiment was conducted to test for the production of an allelochemical by sugar maple, dogwood, pawpaw and white oak seedlings through its effect on dittany transplants. A modified stair¬ step bioassay technique was used with a 2 x 5 factorial design consisted of four replications (blocks). Soil leachate from three or six donor plants/pot was dripped into receiver pots containing two dittany plants. Sand only (no donor plants) served as a control. Soil leachate was recycled semi-weekly. Leachate conduc¬ tivity and pH were monitored. Dittany height was recorded weekly throughout the 32-week experiment. Mean height of dittany ranged from a minimum of 38.3 cm when treated with white oak leachate to a maximum of 49.3 cm for sand. Few height, dry weight, leachate conductivity or pH differences were found among treatments. The absence of dittany under a sugar maple canopy probably results from competition and not allelopathy. TURRILL, NICOLE L. and FRANK S. GILLIAM. Marshall Universilv--Herhaccous layer cover and biomass in a southern Appalachian _ ImrjwQoj _ forest. The herbaceous layer is an important forest stratum, being the initial site of competition for all forest species. The objective of this study was to describe cover and biomass of herb layer vegetation of the Fernow Experimental Forest, Parsons, WV. Selected watersheds | \V S 3 - - 2 1 yrs (clcarcut); WS4--81 yrs (control); WS7-21 yrs (clearcut/hcrbicide)] spanned an 80-m elcvational gradient and were composed of mixed hardwood stands. Circular 0.04-ha sample plots were established in the watersheds (15 in WS3 and WS4; 10 in WS7). Cover (%) was determined for all species within 10 l-m^ sub¬ plots in each sample plot. Two sub-plots having greatest cover in each sample plot were harvested for biomass. Cover and biomass regressions were used to estimate biomass for non-harvested sub-plots; biomass was significantly correlated with cover for each watershed. Both cover and biomass were positively correlated with elevation. Mean cover was 39.7% for WS7, followed by 26,4 and 19.3% for WS4 and VVS3, respectively Mean biomass was 26.4, 13.0, and 11.6 g/m- for NVS7, WS3, ami WS4, respectively. These data suggest that 1) herbaceous layer cover and biomass respond sensitively to gradient conditions such 94 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 as canopy closure, and 2) ihc herbicide Ireaimcm (WS7) has caused long-term indirect (succcssional) changes in the herbaceous layer. 89 GILLIAM, FRANK S. and NICOLE L. TURRILL. Marshall University --Species composition and diversity of the herbaceous layer of a southern Appalachian hardwood forest. The herbaceous layer of a forest community represents a complex mixture of annual and perennial herbs with seedlings and sprouts of woody species. This study examined variation in herb layer composition and species diversity in watersheds of the Fernow Experimental Forest. Parsons, WV. Emphasis was placed on species responses to stand history and elevation. Watersheds had an elevation gradient of -80 m and had the following stand ages: WS4--81 yr (control); WS3--2I yr (clearcut); WS7--21 yr (cut/herbicidc). Fifteen circular 0.04-ha plots were established in each watershed (10 in WS7). Herb layer was sampled for each plot by estimating cover for each species within 10 1- m 2 circular sub-plots. Mean species diversity (ID was 1.85. 1.71. and 1.61 for WS4, WS3, and WS7, respectively. Diversity decreased significantly with increased elevation for WS3 and WS4, but not for WS7. Important species (e.g., Lanortea canadensis. Viola sp., Acer p c n s v I v a n i c u m ) were similar between WS3 and WS4, whereas the herb layer on WS7 was dominated by fern species (Drvopteris maririnalis. Polvstichum acrostichoides). Viola sp. and L.. canadensis showed a distinct affinity for higher elevations with most ferns exhibiting highest cover at middle elevations. These results suggest that 1) herb layer diversity responds to elevation via differential responses of dominant species to gradient conditions (e.g., canopy closure); and 2) indirect effects of herbicide treatments may be long¬ term in influencing herb layer succession following disturbance. 90 RICHARD STALTER and ERIC E. LAMONT St. John's University and New York Botanical Garden--The vascular flora of Fort Sumter and Fort Moultrie. South Carolina one year after Hurricane Hugo The vascular flora of Fort Moultrie and Fort Sumter Charleston County, South Carolina, one year after Hur¬ ricane Hugo, is based exclusively on collections made by the authors from March 1990 to October 1990. Alto¬ gether, 231 vascular plant species in 157 genera and 63 families are here reported. Largest families are Asteraceae (36 species) and Poaceae (31 species), and largest genus is Cyperus . Four general plant commu¬ nities: maritime beach, maritime swale, coastal salt marsh, and "man altered communities" exist here. Twelve plant species are reported for Charleston County, South Caroli¬ na for the first time. 91 COLLTNS , B.S. and G.R. WEIN. Memphis State University — Biomass a) location and seed packaging strategies in Aristida tuberculosa. Aristida tuberculosa is an annual grass common in infertile oldfields on the coastal plain of South Carolina. Its caryopses have twisted awns that can drive them into the soil. In a greenhouse experiment we hypothesized that plants grown in low nutrient sand would have lower total biomass, less relative allo¬ cation to reproduction, but shorter awns and greater allocation to seed than plants in high nutrient sand. Predic¬ tions were upheld. To determine if awn:seed weight ratios influence postdis¬ persal performance, we spread caryopses on litter or bare sand. Seed packaging significantly influenced performance as measured by proportion of seeds left unburied, partially buried, fully buried, or germinated. We conclude that biomass allocation and seed packaging strategies are responses to soil fertility in Aris¬ tida tulierculosa. 92 HINKLE, C. ROSS, P.A SCHMALZER, AND T.H. ENGLERT. The Bionetics Corporation, NASA, Biomedical Operations and Research Office, John F. Kennedy Space Center--Soil nutrient dynamics after fire in Coastal Strand Vegetation occurring on high pH Entisols in east Central Florida. In this study we evaluated the response of nutrients in a eutrophic soil to controlled burning which is used for vegetation management at Canaveral National Seashore, Florida. Composite soil samples were taken before burning, 1 week, 1,3,6, 9, and 1 2 months after fire on reference and burned sites. Repeated measures Anova was used to evaluate site differences, time differences, and site/time interactions. Fire effects were most apparent in the upper 15 cm of the soil profile. Decrease in organic matter on the burn site was correlated with decreases in CEC and TKN in the upper 5 cm. The pH of the suriace soils exceeded values prior to fire on the burn site for the duration of the study, while an increase in conductivity was noted for only three months after fire. There was a decrease in NH4-N and a significant increase in NO3-N by 12 months. Available PO4-P increased on the burn site, but returned to pre¬ burn values within one month. Base cations (Ca, Mg, K, Na) temporarily increased on the burn site. Following an immediate increase in Mn, both Fe and Mn showed an overall decrease on the burn site while Cu and Zn did not change. Fire effects on these soils were apparent for up to one year post-burn. 93 STEVENS, RICHARD D. and CHARLES R. WERTH. Texas Tech University- - Comparison of response to the pheromone anther idiogen among populations of Onoclea sens ib i 1 i s . Although fern gametophytes are potentially hermaphroditic, in nature they often ABSTRACTS 95 express only one sex. Sexuality of individual game tophytes is believed to be controlled by a pheromone, antheridiogen . Early maturing gametophytes become female and exude antheridiogen into the substrate, influencing later maturing gametophytes to become male. A study was initiated to explore for variability in antheridiogen response of Onoclea sens ibilis (Sensitive Fern) , the species standardly used for antheridiogen assays. Spores of 0. sens ibilis were obtained from six well - separated localities in the eastern United States. These were grown on agar prepared with varied concentrations (10"^ to 10’"* v/v) of aqueous filtrate from gametophyte cultures of Pteridium aquilinum (Bracken Fern) , the standard source of antheridiogen. Three-week old cultures were scored for percent male gametophytes. In most cultures the threshold for response (>0% males) was at a filtrate concentration between 10‘”> and 10” . Response was saturated (100% males) at ^r near a^filtrate concentration of 10 . At 10 ^ intermediate 1 evels of response were observed. The response was roughly consistent among all populations compared. However, slight but significant differences in response profiles of populations, combined with differences in response among individual gametophytes, suggest the existence of genetic variation for antheridiogen response in 0. sens ibilis . Further experimentation to evaluate this possibility is planned. 94 MARSHALL, HAROLD G. Old Dominion University — Phytoplankton assemblages within the lower Chesapeake Bay. Over 450 phytoplankton species have been identified for the Chesapeake Bay and in¬ clude neritic, estuarine and freshwater species. The distribution of these species are influenced by regional nutrient levels, current patterns and the formation of the seasonal pycriocline. Although seasonal successional patterns occur annually these are modified iri their initiation, duration and magnitude by local water quality condi¬ tions, wet and dry years of rainfall, the timLng of the spring freshet, and other factors. A modifying result of the inter¬ annual variations in phytoplankton composi¬ tion and abundance is the development of "warm" water arid "cold" water species that characterize the flora with the changing seasons. These species are augmented by an assemblage of ubiquitous species that in¬ clude dominant and the less abundant species. Supported by the Virginia State Water Con¬ trol Board and EPA. 95 MCGINN, KATIE, TIM HAYES, TOM JONES, JOHN WIRTS, and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Ichthyofauna of the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia, with preliminary observations on the spawning activities of the bowfin, Amia calva Linnaeus. The Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area is located along the Ohio River approximately 26 km northeast of Huntington, West Virginia. The area (ca. 338 ha) contains a valuable wetland habitat (ca. 57 ha) in southeastern West Virginia. A limited ichthyofauna exists in the wetland habitat due to fluctuating temperatures, water levels, and dissolved oxygen levels. The following fishes have been collected from the area: bowfin, central mudminnow, grass pickerel, carp, black and yellow bullheads, largemouth bass, bluegill, green sunfish, and black and white crappies. The only reproducing population of bowfin in West Virginia occurs in the wetland habitat. Preliminary observations on its spawning activities will be presented and compared with literature reports. 96 WIRTS, JOHN and DONALD TARTER. Marshall Uni vers i ty — Food habits of the bowfin, Amia calva Linnaeus, in relation to age and seasonal changes in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. The bowfin, Amia calva, is the only extant member of the Holostean family Amiidae. Only four isolated records of bowfin have been reported for West Virginia. These records are from flooded areas along the Ohio River or stocked ponds. Recently, we found the only reproducing population in West Virginia at the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area (GWMA) in Cabell County. The GWMA (38°35'35"N, 82°14'55"W) is located along the Ohio River 26 km northeast of Huntington, West Virginia. The area (ca. 338 ha) is a valuable wetland habitat (ca. 57 ha) in southeastern West Virginia. A proposed habitat modification to add marshland by building dykes has prompted this study. Information from the study will establish a baseline for food habits of the bowfin prior to habitat disturbance. Bowfin (7-17/season) were collected by hoop nets, traps, and seine. In the laboratory, age classes were determined using the gular plate, and seasonal food habits were analyzed using the following calculations: (1) percentage frequency of occurrence, (2) average of volume percentage^ and (3) percentage of total volume (by weight) . 97 HAYES, TIM P. and DONALD C. TARTER. Marshall University — Preliminary observa¬ tions on the fall season food habits of a disjunct population of the central mudminnow , Umbra .limi (Kirtland) ,~ln the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. The central mudminnow, Umbra limi, is mentioned on the Vertebrate Species of Concern List in West Virginia. The only population of the central mudminnow in West Virginia is found in the wetland habitat (ca 57 ha) of the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area. This disjunct popula¬ tion is located 110 km from the nearest population in Hocking County, Ohio, and provides a unique opportunity for a food habit study outside its normal range. Mudminnows (X=25/month) were collected from September to November 1991 by seining the vegetated, littoral zones of the wetland habitat. In the laboratory, quality and quantity of the monthly stomach contents were determined using the following calculations: (1) percentage frequency of occurrence, (2) average of volume percentage:-. 96 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 and (3) percentage of total volume by vjeight. Comparisons will be made with other food habit studies of mudminnows in the literature. 98 JONES, TOM and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Spring season foraging patterns of fishes in the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Wept Virginia, in relationship to macrobenthos and planktonic community structures! The Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area is located 16 miles northeast of Huntington, West Virginia, along the Cabell and Mason county line. Approximately 60 ha of wet¬ lands occurs on this mitigation property. A limited icthyofauna exists in this wetland due to its fluctuating temperatures and dissolved oxygen levels. Studies comparing prey community structure to predator feeding patterns in wetlands are limited in the literature. Fishes were collected monthly (February to May), and their stomach contents analyzed (percent frequency occurrence and percent total volume ) . Plankton samples were taken and macro¬ benthos were collected using a square meter sampling technique. Four weeks prior to collection, nine stations were selected and Hester-Dendy multiplates (27) were set to allow colonization of macrobenthos. Prey community structure shifts were analyzed using ANOVA. Also, prey taxon densities were compared to stomach contents. These results will be discussed in relation to species-specific foraging patterns. 99 HENDRIX, JERALD U. Kcnnesaw State Co L lege-- Distribution of s u 1 f a L e - reducing bacteria in a Georgia barrier island salt marsh . Sulfate-reducing bacteria convert sulfate to sulfide and are an essen¬ tial part of the sulfur cycle. The concentration of sulfate-reducing bacteria was determined in salt marsh soil along Dean Creek in the National Estuarine Reserve, Sapelo Island, GA. It was correlated with salinity, pH, and the concentrations of sulfate and sulfide. Among these factors, the most important influence on sulfate- reducing bacteria appears to be the total amount of sulfate plus sulfide. Data collected at Sapelo Island were compared with measurements from streams in populated areas near Brunswick, GA. Certain sites near Brunswick appear to have signifi¬ cantly higher numbers of sulfate- reducing bacteria. 100 HALE, TRENT and RAYMOND GRIZZLE. Livingston IJniversi ty--Seasona 1 dynamics in macrofaunal benthos in the Great Bay estuarine system, New Hampshire. Macrofaunal benthos, fish and water parameters were sampled monthly for 1 year at four sites in the Great Bay estuary, New Hampshire, to characterize, and provide hypothetical explanations for causes of, benthic dynamics. Five replicates of sediment samples were taken monthly at each site using a 10 cm inside diameter corer and washed on a 0.5 mm mesh sieve. An otter trawl was used to sample fish at each site, and dissolved oxygen, temperature and salin¬ ity were measured in near-bottom waters using meters. Overall trends included win¬ ter and summer minima, and spring and/or fall peaks in benthic community abundances at all sites resulting from recruitment by a few species. Numerically dominant benthic taxa included o 1 igochae tes , the polychaetes Stieblospio bened ic t i and He teromas tus filiformis, and the bivalves Mya arenaria and Gemma gemma. Preliminary analysis of the data suggests that increased predation rates by demersal fish caused the summer declines in benthos. 101 Benson, Kari E. and Gary L. Miller. The University of Mississippj--Use of floodplain habitats by larval fishes. We conducted a sampling study to compare the use and abundance of larval fishes in three types of floodplain habitats at the Tallahatchie River, Mississippi. Three characteristic ephemeral floodplain habitats (flooded forests, flooded agricultural fields, and permanent backwater channels) were sampled extensively with light traps during the peak of larval fish abundance in the spring, 1991. The abundance of four major taxa, Dorosoma spp. , Cypr inus carpio . Ictiobus spp. , and Lepomis spp. contributed to over 85% of the overall catch of 5965 specimens. The abundance and diversity of these major taxa in all habitats were compared with MANOVA. Fish abundances in the field habitats were consistently highest, while fish abundances in the forest habitat exceeded that in the channel at only one site. Further, though the sites were closely associated, there were significant differences in site use by larval fishes. On a temporal scale, the abundance of larval fishes decreased consistently for all taxa except Lepomis spp. The flow rates and the temperature regime did not differ among sites. Larval fish abundances within and among specific floodplain habitats displayed consistent variability. 102 ATKINSON, ROBERT B. and JOHN CAIRNS, JR. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State UniversLl y — Indicators of water quality enhancement functions in a compensation wetland in Virginia. Most wetlands constructed in accordance with Section 404 of the Clean Water Act (1977) have focused on replacement of pre impact vegetative structure. Recently, more concern for lost ecological services has been expressed, including water qua] Lty enhance¬ ment. A predictive study was conducted using three potential soil amendments including (1) wetland topsoil, (2) upland topsoil, and (3) upland mineral soil m laboratory microcosms. Biological activity after flooding was measured by production of C02 and CH4 wLth thermal gas chromatography using soils from ABSTRACTS 97 four SLtes in the VirgmLa coastal plain. Differences in activity were significant (p < 0.05) , with gas production decreasing in the sequence given above. The degree to which hydrophytic vegetation had become established at a 4-yr old constructed wetland was quantified using a weighted average technique (WA=1 [wetland] to WA=5 [upland]). Activity was measured using within site samples and adjacent reference areas. An adjacent wetland had greater activity than all other soil samples. Areas with WA<2 tended to have greater activity than WA>2 areas, but both were generally lower in activity than adjacent upland topsoils, confirming the predictive test results. Soil organic matter and topography appear to exert significant influence. AWL, DEBORAH. University of Tennessee — Assessment of wetlands on private property in East Tennessee. Although wetlands provide vital processes, they are rapidly being converted for other uses. In East Tennessee many ecologically important wetlands remain in private ownership. Information concerning the numbers and types of wetlands, their functions in the landscape, and the environmental impacts they experience is needed by state agencies in order to make informed decisions concerning the relative importance of a site, appropriate conservation measures, and owner compensation. National Wetland Inventory maps, soil surveys, and a rare species data base were used to locate palustrine wetlands in the Blue Ridge, the Ridge and Valley, and the Cumberland Plateau provinces of East Tennessee. Field investigations were conducted at selected sites for verification, community classification, and identification of environmental impacts. The most common types of palustrine wetlands in East Tennessee are ponds, particularly open water and unconsolidated bottom, many of which are the result of human activity (i.e., farm ponds, mine scars, quarries, dams, etc.). Forested, scrub-shrub, and emergent palustrine wetlands are less frequent, most are only temporarily flooded, and of the wetter sites (seasonally and semipermanently flooded) most are under five acres in size. 104 HUPP, Cliff R1, Michael D. Woodside2, and Thomas M. Yanosky.1 U. S, Geological Survey, Reston, Virginia1 and U. S. Geological Survey, Richmond, Viryinin-- Sedimcnt and tracc-elcmcnt deposition in forested wetlands along the Chickahonnnv River, Vimnin 1 he sediment- and contaminant-trapping functions of forested wetlands play important (though poorly understood) roles in water quality. Sediment deposition rates and soil trace-element concentrations in surficial sediments were studied along a 50-km Coastal-Plain reach of the Chickahominy River, between Richmond and Providence Forge, Virginia. Additionally, growth rings of trees at four sites within the basin were chemically analyzed to detemiine element concentrations. Sediment- deposition rates (determined dendrogeomorphically) ranged from 0.1 to 0.6 cm/yr. The highest rates were in industrialized parts of the upper basin. Along upstream reaches concentrations of aluminum, chromium, lead, and nickel were greater in sediments and in tree rings than along downstream reaches. Chemical analyses of strcamflow suggest that as much as 60 percent of the contaminant load may be trapped between Richmond and Providence Forge. Patterns of sediment, and thus trace-element burdens, apparently are related to vegetation cover, channel gradient, bottomland topography, relative elevation, and tributary discharge. Dendrogeomorphic analyses combined with chemical data from sediments and tree-rings provide quantitative information necessary to elucidate the role of forested wetlands in water quality. 105 BAILEY, RONALD R. and BRIAN C. MCCARTHY Frostburg State University-Distribution and abundance of coarse woody debris in managed hardwood forests o( western Maryland Coarse woody debris (CWD) is a dynamic component of forested ecosystems. Downed logs and standing snags have been shown to perform a variety of ecological functions; e g., they act as nurse logs for seedling establishment, long-term nutrient sources, hydrologic regulators, and habitat for a variety of wildlife Few studies of CWD have been conducted in eastern hardwood forests. Our goal was to assess the distribution and abundance of CWD throughout the managed Appalachian hardwood forests of western Maryland. Eleven stands, from four developmental stages (clearcut, young pole, mature, and overmature), were studied in the Savage River State Forest (Garrett Co ). In each stand, two 25 x 50 m permanent plots were established and mapped. In each of the 22 plots we recorded the position of ail living and dead woody stems > 2.5 cm diameter and recorded species identity where possible Dead material was also assigned to a decay class (l-V) based on various structural attributes Stem volume (m^/ha, estimated using Smalian's formula) was not equitably distributed among the four forest development stages (ANOVA, P < 0 05). Clearcuts had a greater volume of CWD (19 02 ± 2.40) relative to pole (8.00 i 1.96), mature (10.37 ± 1 96) and overmature (9.76 ± 1 96) stands. However, the clearcuts and pole stands had a greater proportion of small diameter stems (< 25 cm) compared to mature and overmature stands (G-test, P < 0.05). Most CWD was found to be from decay class IV. however, significant (ANOVA, P < 0 05) interactions between decay class and development stage were observed (e g . clearcuts had mostly decay II debris). Given the ecological importance of CWD and the observed heterogeneity throughout the Appalachian forest landscape, we suggest that the distribution and abundance of CWD be carefully considered in all long term forest management plans. 106 ALLARD, DOROTHY .1. and COHN N. BROOKS. The Nature Conservancy, Southeast Regional Office--A natural community anil rare plant inventory of the ACT Basin, South Ca rot i na . An inventory of the coastal reaches of the Ashepoo, Combahee, and lidisto (A(T) River basins was conducted during, the 1990 and 1991 Held seasons. Literature, aerial photography , and other information sources were used to identify areas within tire basin 98 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 for field survey. A total of 87 occurrences of 37 kinds of natural communities , as well as 21 occurrences of eight species of rare plants, were found within the basin. Using these field data, SPOT and LANDSAT satellite imagery, aerial photography, and a Geo¬ graphic Information System, a land cover map of the ACT was created for use in bioreserve design. Natural community maps were created for bioreserve core areas. K ARK, DUNN A M. E. , anti STEWART WAKE. Ceil logo of William A Mary — An Acre l.arliahiin-i irh ravine I'orosl i n I lie V i ri> i n i .a lavas I a I I' I a i n . Arc r I.M r b n 1 u m i son t in- r n 1 1 a r map do) w:i n r rii a u dml I > y On ail e rm n K K p p v O 1 ■Mini I. y Wo Its; t ■ . a [.Ol r nt i a 1 c) out i n an 1 i n 1 1. o M|> 1 and I.. trrl WO Ol 1 1 res 1 s of 1 1. o M 1 mii 1 i <: and ( ;u i r lo;i 1 a 1 El i ns. T ho S | It' i 1 S 1 1 r 1 ii (• r ii 1 i m i 1. i n 1 ho V i i sf i nia ( n; IS 1 a 1 J’ 1 a i n , 1 . ii 1 mini ' • r (Hi ( 1 n ,'i n l 1 i 1 Ini i v ( ' s 1 1 1 .1 i e s o f ■if i mill • in d HU. imp ( Off' s 1 s t Iip 1 ’ o ha vo (MU' nn nl o r ml li. 1 n S 1 o .1 , 1 1 a p pc*a IS 1 () I k » <■ on 1 i in'. ! 1 n s 1 c* o P- s lop o .1 ra v i n e f (III i nl i ii.. . a roo 1 1 s Y O 1 Is 1 or n i nr mn 1 i on ( IM i or on o i . W sa nip led sn . ti r\ r a v I ri fn re; I .1.. m i n a 1 e d hy •\ . bn V bn 1 i l in and 1 mi PIS w 1 lid i to 1 i. a . Trip m.i I- i c \ r cede. t i i: Il i II d ('IIS i 1 V ( » r l-MS .1 1 n ro a in O 1 ilv t Ii i o 1 F r \ on 0 . II I sa Mi|> 1 o ,> i i l s Map i w as 1* r o s o n 1 i n t tin 1 1 ml o I- s 1 or' (• , s h mb / sa P Jin Sf , arid SOOd 1 i 1 1 i ,ii p i •s i n on t V in? P 1 ol , bn t. w;i s P ro s r> nl in it ] mi S 1 O no o r tii rep ro (.• 1 1 a; , p i- s i n r i vr r P J o ts R'U> r o < 1 u ( 1 ion 1 ia? b ('rii r*[> i sod i < an d 1 ex; h l , t il l 1 si i i i <• on 1. i nn s . Poor I. if‘11 ro (In ( 1- i on 1 s Vs 1 lies 1' ro a .1 a n d or on r l M at i s 1 i a 1 a . Ol Iipi- wo ily P 1 ant S 1 1 1 1 hr' 1 or 1 1 h; i 1 a i p 1 a r u 1 > r > Il f 1 no.J 1 n . Ml 1 r- n rt p mis r; v v i IK' 1 o OS i. n III i s area inclmlo Qiicrciis nine h 1 o n Ivr r g i 1 , T i 1 in a ill o ri < ana, .Jug] alls r i nerra , anil Hngnnl in I i i i>o I a I a , though mine writ' s I ri n ■ la 1 1 a 1 1 y important. Many lie ilia i ■ eiin s plants in l I ip ravine to la - s t il r a I I he i r far northern limits in the Coastal I’l ;i i n or are disjunct, from a primary range furl. hen west,, in Virginia. LLEWELLYN, DANIEL W. and GARY P. SHAFFER Southeastern Louisiana University- -Marsh restoration in the presence of intense nutria hcrlrivorv: the role of Juslicia ovala. A decade of research on the factors controlling vegetation succession in the Atchafalaya delta indicates that Justicia ovata is a particularly promising species for habitat restoration in fresh marshes. Justicia ovata has high transplant success, is avoided by herbivores, and forms dense nearly circular stands thal arc very efficient at trapping sediments and raising marsh elevations. Expansion of J. ovala islets is accompanied by colonization anil persistence of oilier marsh species, including the Sagiltaria latifolia-Sacittaria nlatvnhvlla association, a habitat type preferred by waterfowl. Currently, little is known about the life history trails of J. ovata and the conditions that enable other marsh species to invade and persist within J. ovata islets, but not in surrounding unvcgclaled areas. In combination with field experiments, factorial greenhouse experiments arc being conducted to capture the interactive effects of hydrologic flood regime, salinity, light, and nutrients on J. ovala as well as the primary plant species that eventually outcompclc il (c.g. Colocasia csculcnta. Lccrsia orvzoidcs. Polygonum mmctalum. Sagillaria lalifolia. S. plalvnhvlla. and Tvplrj domingensist. Storm surge emulations indicate flooding duration to be initially most important in decreasing growth, while salinities greater than 5ppt swamp the flooding effect with time. Competition tor light may be the primary factor governing succession within J. ovata islets. 109 NEAL, KELLY, and PHILIP ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois Universilv--Woodv understorv regeneration after a prescribed burn al Pine Hills Ecological Area. IL, A study was established in 1991 to determine the effects of prescribed landscape burning on the regeneration of Qucrcus spp. and Finns echinata in the Pine Hills Ecological Area located in the unglaciatcd Illinois Ozarks. Preburn sampling was conducted in March of 1991 followed by a post-bum sample of 55 permanent plots after the 1991 growing season. Because of wet fuels at Hie time, only about 50% of the area was burned. Within the burned area, only about 5% was affected by a "hot" burn in which the entire understory was removed. There was no evidence of overstory mortality, but understory oaks such as Querent, velulina, Q. rubra and Q. alba were killed and vigorously rcsproulcd. Components of the understory including Sassafras albidum and Cornus florula also sprouted profusely. It is likely that prescribed fires arc too limited in intensity to create conditions necessary to enhance oak and pine regeneration. 1 10 W Hi RING A, S1IANDA S., AND PHILIP ROBERTSON. Southern Illinois University— Rcgrowth in a Qucrcus oriiuis stand 18 years after dear-cutting. A Qucrcus priniis stand in the Ozark Hills of southern Illinois was sampled 18 years ago, prior to clearcutting, 1 and 3 years after cutting, and again in 1991 using permanent plots to determine regrowth patterns. Sixty percent of the pre-cut stand was comprised of Q. alba, Q. prinus, Q. rubra, Q. velulina, and Carya glabra. Currently, Liriodendron tulipifera and Q. prinus constitute 50% of the basal area. Liriodendron tulipifera was a major component of the seedling regeneration 1 and 3 years after timber harvesting but now shows little regeneration. Following the cut, Q. prinus sprouted abundantly and now forms almost pure stands on upper slope positions. It continues to reproduce through sprout and seedling production. Associated species such as Sassafras albidum, Ulmus rubra, and Fraxinus spp., which were present in the pre-cut forest, are common associates in the present forest. It appears that while the relative abundance has changed, the species composition of this stand has remained relatively constant. This research is supported, in part, by the USDA Forest Service. FRANKLIN, SCOTT B. Southern Illinois Universitv--A vegetation history of Land Between The Lakes. Kentucky and Tennessee. Lack of a general understanding of historical influences on forest structure and dynamics may render inferior interpretations of the present vegetation structure. An understanding of the history of vegetation and the effects of past disturbance may assist land stewards with management decisions. A compilation of pollen, palynomorph, and archeological evidence have revealed elements of the boreal forest along major riparian areas during Quaternary glacial advance. The bluffs above these riparian areas created a glacial refuge for hardwood species. Migration of the boreal species north after glaciation was followed by elements of prairie, oak, and southern pine. Survey records from the early 1800's, documents and pictures from this era, and personal ABSTRACTS 99 interviews with past residents of LBL reveal the intensive use of forest for the iron industry and production of railroad ties, the conversion of forest land to agriculture and the use of fire for controlling forest structure. Current studies show a strong dominance of oak ( Quercus ) species in the canopy while analyses of the understory strata indicates a succession to more mesophytic species on mesic-xeric and mesic site types. This project funded in part by the Center for Field Biology, Austin Peay State University, Clarksville, TN. ' STOUT, J. P. and J. COOK. University of South Alabama and Dauphin Island Sea Lab.-- Environ men tally induced licitiht econhencs of black necdlertish (Juncus roemerianus): Evidence from reciprocal transplant studies.. Tall and short growth forms of the black needlerush ( Juncus roemerianus) were reciprocally transplanted, within the same population, to zones of the opposite growth form to examine the effect of environmental factors on height. Transplants and controls were established in April, 1989, in an Alabama coastal salt marsh. Leaf height and density were assessed annually and plants were destructively sampled for biomass comparisons in August, 1991. Interstitial water and sediments were routinely monitored on 38 dates over the study. After three years, all transplants became similar in height to control plants and were significantly different in height (taller for short plants and shorter for tall plants) from plants in the original height zone. Leaf density was affected only for bare root tall transplants and sod plants from the short zone which became similar in density to the receiving zone plants. Transplants produced significantly different aboveground biomass than height controls for bare root tall plants (reduced biomass) and sod short plants (increased biomass), but final standing crop was similar to the receiving zone except for bare root short plants which continued to have lower production. Differences in environmental parameters between zones were higher soil organic content and soil moisture in the tall zone and higher soil temperature and interstitial salinity in the short zone. Tidal interstitial hydrology was significantly more dynamic in the tall zone. Height forms of Juncus roemerianus may represent phenotypic plasticity and response to environmental conditions within the same genotype. 113 FLOWERS, JAMES R. and GROVER C. MILLER. North Carolina Slate University Core ariae (Tromatodal collected from the Nouso River basin in eastern North Carolina. A morphological study o( Iremalode cercariae from 23 molluscan species from the Neuse River basin in North Carolina was conducted from October 1989 to October 1990. Ten stalions were randomly selected in live counlies (Durham, Franklin, Johnston, Wake, and Wilson). Thirteen gastropod and ten pelecypod species were collected. Nine ot the gastropod species and two ol the pelecypod species were infected Thirty species ot cercariae were described: 1 mulabile, 2 microcercous, 1 cystophorous, I clinoslomoid, I brevilurcale-apharyngeate, 1 longilurcalo monostomate, 4 strigea, 1 vivax, 1 monostome, 3 amphislome, 3 ornate, 1 ophlhalmoxiphidiocercaria, 6 armalae, 1 virgulate, 3 echinostome. Seven cercarial species were found to be previously described; Iwo of which were associated with their respective adulls through life history studies. Thirteen new cercarial species were described, along with len cercariae that were considered species inquirendi. A total of 9005 molluscan specimens was collected, with 457 or 5.1% being infected with trematode larvae. 114 KNOTT, KARELYN EMILY, HAROLD D. MURRAY and PULIN KOTHARI. University of Alabama and Trinity University--Mystery fluke in Melanoides tuberculata (Gastropoda: Thiaridae) in the San Antonio Zoo, San Antonio, Texas. The introduced thiarids, Thiara granifera and Melanoides tubercula ta , are now both involved in trematode cycles in North America. Philophthalmus grail i , an Oriental Eye Fluke , was first reported in T, granifera in San Antonio, Texas in 1969 and in New Braunfels, Texas in 1975. In October 1990, Melanoides tuberculata was found to also serve as intermediate host to P. gralli in the San Antonio Zoo, as well as a very different "mystery fluke." The mystery fluke cercariae examined from M. tuberculata were first believed to be monostome, however, they disagree with monostome descriptions by having stylets in the acetabulum, by not showing prominent adhesive glands, and by not forming metacercariae . These differences have suggested that the cercariae are rather pleurolopocercous , related to the families Heterophvidae and Opisthorchiidae , which involve several species of fish as second intermediate hosts. The trematodes in these families are not highly specific for final hosts and are known to infect waterfowl and mammals. Yellow-crowned Night Herons are proposed as possible final hosts in this trematode cycle, however, within the zoo, other possible hosts are numerous and a definitive host has not been determined, Incidence of infection has been recorded throughout the zoo. At some sites infection as high as 80% of the snails in populations of 300-400 snails/m2 persists. 1 15 NELSON, DIANE R. East Tennessee State Uni versi ty--Ta rd i grades from Land Between the Lakes, Kentucky-Tennessee. Tardiqrades were collected from nine sites in TVA's Land Between the Lakes on April 20, 1991. Two sites were in Lyon County, Kentucky; one in Trigg County, Kentucky; and six in Stewart County, Tennessee. Fifty-three samples were obtained from the sites; 43 of mosses and/or lichens on the bark of live trees (38 samples) or on limestone outcrops (3 samples) or the ground (2 samples) and 10 samples of the upper substrate in aquatic habitats (pond, stream, spring). Forty-two of the terrestrial samples and one aquatic 100 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 sample contained tardigrades. Over 1000 individual specimens were mounted on slides. Genera present were Echini scus , Mi lnesium, Macrobiotus , Minibi otus , Doryphoribi us , Pi phascon , 1 taquascon , Ramazzottius, 1 sohypsi bi us , and Pseudobiotus. Unexpectedly, the genera Pseudechi ni scus , and llypsi bi us , which contain cosmopolitan species, have not been found in the samples. This research was funded by a grant from Austin Peay State University's Center for Field Biology. Matthew Padgett and Betty Davis assisted with collecting the samples; Gilbert Hale and Lynne Livesay assisted with processing, extracting, and mounting the specimens. 116 TARTER, DONALD C.1 and DIANE R. NELSONS. d Marshall University and East Tennessee State University^ — First records of tardigrades (Phylum": Tardigrade) from mosses on Dolly Sods Wilderness Area in the Monongahela National Forest, Tucker County, West Virginia. Seven species of tardigrades were collected from mosses on Dolly Sods Wilderness Area located in the Monongahela National Forest in northeastern West Virginia. Dolly Sods is a tundralike area that sits atop a ridge of the Allegheny Mountains, which form the eastern section of the 4,000-foot Allegheny Plateau. One-hundred and fifty inches of snow may fall in the winter, forming drifts that do not completely melt until May. Scattered in poorly drained depressions of the high plateau are soggy areas with continuous mounds of sphagnum and haircap mosses. The following species of tardi¬ grades, including the state record Macrobiotus tonollii Ramazzotti, were found from mosses on rocks and the ground: Hypsibius convergens (Urbanowicz) , Macrobiotus harmsworthi Murray, M. • hufelandi Schultze, M. richtersi Murray, Milnesium tardigradum Doyere, and Ramazzottius oberhaeuseri ( Doyere ) . I 1 7 POWERS , NANCY, ERICH EMERY, TIM HAYES, TOM JONES, and DONALD TARTER. Marshall University — Low pH tolerance, under static bioassay conditions, of the cray- fisher; Fallicanibarus fodiens (Cottle) and Cambarus diogenes Girard from the Green Bottom Wildlife Management Area, Cabell County, West Virginia. The burrowing crayfishes Fallicambarus fodiens and Cambarus diogenes were experi¬ mentally tested under static bioassay condi¬ tions to determine their tolerance to low pH. Crayfishes were exposed to four pH values (6.5, 5-0, 3-5, 2.0) in the laboratory investigation. The straight-line graphical interpolation method was employed to determine the pH at which 50 percent of the crayfishes survived after 96 hours. Results from this study will be compared to other low pH tolerance studies of crayfishes. " 118 KENDALL-FITE, KAREN L.,1 CLAY M. CHANDLER.1 and DIANE R. NELSON.2 Middle Tennessee State University and gast Tennessee State Univer¬ sity --Preliminary report on tardigrades from Short Mountain seepage springs. Cannon County. Tennessee . From November 1990 through November 1991, monthly samples were collected from three seepage springs at an elevation of 1900 feet on Short Mountain in Cannon County, Tennessee. Three terrestrial samples of mosses and lichens from rocks and fallen trees adjacent to the springs and three substrate samples from each spring were taken at each site. Water temperatures ranged from 7.0°C to 18.0°C and pH was generally 0.0 to 8.6. Fifteen species representing ten genera have been identified: Diphascon , Echiniscus , Hypsibius , I sohypsibius , I taguascon , Macrobiotus , Milnesium , Minibiotus , Plat icrista , and Pseudechiniscus . Only one species from the springs, Macrobiotus pullari , is strictly a freshwater dweller, all other species are terrestrial. Individuals of Milnesium and Minibiotus have appeared most frequently in the samples, whereas individuals of I taguascon and Plat icrista have appeared infrequently in the samples. 119 POINDEXTER, BRIAN J. and VICTOR FET. Loyola University of the South — PCR amplifica¬ tion of mitochondrial L)NA provides mole¬ cular markers for biogeographic study of desert scorpions. Total DNA was extracted from two species of desert scorpions: Hadrurus ar izonensis (fam. Iuridae) and Centruroides exl llcauda (fam. Buthidae) from Baja California, Mexico. 0.1 i go nucleotide primers for invertebrate mitochon¬ drial DNA (mtDNA) (Simon, 1991) were used for polymerase chain reaction (PCR). Successfully amplified region of 12S ribosomal RNA yielded ca . 1,000 base pairs (bp) of mtDNA in both species. However, considerable length poly¬ morphism was revealed in non-transcribed con¬ trol (A+T-rich) region of mtDNA, which yields ca. 1,000 bp in C. exilicauda but only 800 bp in 11. ar izonensis. From 22 restriction endo¬ nucleases applied, following yielded one to two specific sites: in H. arizonensis, Dra I, Hae III, Alu I, Eco RI ; in C. exilicauda, Dra I, Taq I, Sau 3A1, Ssp I, Hpa II, Cfo I, Bgl II, Sma I. Observed restriction fragment length polymorphism (RFLP) can be used for indirect estimation of DNA sequence diver¬ gence- in screening of numerous natural popu¬ lations. Scorpions, due to their limited 'dis¬ persal abilities, are a good model to trace differentiation within and between species, and to check general biogeographic hypotheses such as vicariance vs. dispersal, island fauna origins etc. on molecular levels, when traditional criteria of morphological taxo¬ nomy do not work. This research was supported by grants from American Heart Association, Loyola University, and Theodore Roosevelt ABSTRACTS 101 Memorial Fund (American Museum of Natural History) . 120 REITCHECK , BECKY G. and DWAYNE A. WISE. Mississippi State University- -Nonrandom sex chromosome segregation in a f leabeetle . In males of the fleabeetle, Alagoasa bicolor (L. ) , the two large sex chromosomes (X and Y) are placed on a spindle domain disjunct from that of the autosomes. X and Y always segregate in spite of the absence of any physical connection. In this paper, we present an electron microscope discription of the ultrastructure of spermatocy tes undergoing meiotic divisions. Although two spindles appear to be present, only two centriole pairs are present at the poles. No evidence of early sex chromosome association was found. X and Y appear to convert from amphitelic to syntelic orientation as prometaphase progresses, with the result that segregation always occurs. Evidence from time-lapse video microscopy of living cells is also presented. 121 TYLER, STACIE and DWAYNE A. WISE. Mississippi State University-- Distribution of chiasmata in mul t ivalents . Multivalent meiotic chromosomes were produced in spermatocy tes of the grasshopper, Romalea microptera . by gamma irradiation of nymphs. We have analyzed the distribution of chiasmata in these induced multivalents contrasted with that of unbroken bivalents in the same population of cells. We wished to test the hypothesis that the distribution of chiasmata is non-uniform and is sensitive to the nature of the structure (bivalent vs. multivalent) in which it is occurring. In one-chiasma bivalents, the chiasma was always distally located. In two-chiasma bivalents, the second chiasma was almost always terminal. The distribution of chiasmata in multivalents showed a non- random distribution relative to chromosome ends and translocation breakpoints. Chiasmata in multivalents tended to be located near chromosome ends . 122 WISE, DWAYNE A. Mississippi State University — The mechanism of chromosome pairing in meiosis of spider spermatocytes. In this study, we examine the mechanism of homologous chromosome pairing in the lycosid spiders, Lycosa rabida and Lycosa helluo. Normal pairing of homologous chromosomes in these species begins at the attachment plaques (kinetochores) anchored in the nuclear envelope, and proceeds in a zipper-like fashion distally. Pairing is accompanied by the synaptonemal complex, a ribbon-like structure sandwiched between paired homologues. In this study, we disrupted the pairing process by inducing reciprocal translocations with gamma irradiation. In a translocation, part of one chromosome is exchanged with part of a nonhomo logous chromosome. Adult male spiders were exposed to 500 rads of gamma radiation and five days later, the testes were dissected into diluted PIPES buffered saline (pH 6.8) . One of the testes was used for synaptonemal complex spreads while the other was used for chromosome squashes. We observed many multivalents in the spermatocytes of irradiated spiders, indicating that homologous chromosomal segments were able to find each other and synapse in spite of physical separation in the nucleus. In metaphase I cells, 125 of 205 scored contained multivalents and in prometaphase cells, 50 of 79 scored contained multivalents. 123 DAVIS, JENNIFER AND DWAYNE WISE. Shorter College and Mississippi State Uni versify --Factors influencing chromosome abnormalities in spermatocytes of laboratory stocks of the crane fly Nephrotoma suturalis. Two closely related stocks of the crane fly Nephrotoma suturalis exhibited elevated levels of chromosome abnormalities in meiotically active spermatocytes. The chromosome abnormalities included univalents, anaphase bridges, and chromosome fragments. To determine if the cause of these abnormalities was environmental or genetic, an experiment was designed in which two affected closely related N_. suturalis stocks and a third genetically different fh suturalis stock were cultured in two different laboratory environments. Percent chromosome abnormalities were determined for two generations in both environments . Data concerning larval survival and developmental rate were also collected. Current evidence supports the hypothesis of a genetic factor influencing the occurrence of chromosome abnormalities in the affected crane fly stocks. 124 JUMP, JEFFREY J. and CHARLES R. WERTH . Texas Tech University- - Studies of inheritance at isozyme loci in the fern Drvopceris margir.alis . Interest in the evolutionary genetics of ferns has increased dramatically in re¬ cent years. A broader comprehension of fern genetics will ultimately require identification of linkage groups, know¬ ledge of which is currently lacking. Tests for linkage versus independent assortment of enzyme - coding genes were conducted on gametophyte progeny of the diploid (n-41) fern Drvopteris marginalis (Marginal Shield Fern) . This common species is among the most genetically variable of eastern North American ferns and is heterozygous at about 12% of its genes. Spores (products of meiosis) from individuals found to be heterozygous for two or more loci were sown on mineral agar, and the resulting gametophytes subjected to starch gel electrophoresis , The use of gametophyte progeny arrays allows direct observation of proportions of haplotypes, thus simplifying and empowering statistical analysis for 102 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 linkage. Analyses have thus far been carried out on combinations including the enzymes leucine aminopeptidase (LAP) , phosphogluco-mutase (PGM), 6-phosphoglu- conate dehydrogenase (6PGD), and shikimic acid dehydrogenase (SKDH). In general, these data indicate an absence of linkage for most gene pairs. However, a few instances of statistically significant differences suggest possible linkage between certain gene pairs. Progeny sample sizes for these combinations will be increased to verify linkage and esti¬ mate map distances . 125 PITTILLO, J.DAN,1 THOMAS R . WENTWORTH, 2 KAREN D . PATTERSON, 2 ROBERT DELLINGER,! and RICHARD C. BRUCE. 3 Western Carolina University, 1 North Carolina State University2 and Highlands Biological St at ion3 Long-term ecological monitoring plots in Ellicott Rock Wilderness .. Following the procedure developed for the North Carolina Vegetational Survey, 57 permanent vegetation plots have now been established in Ellicott Rock Wilderness. The wilderness is in the tri-state area of NC-SC-GA and occurs in the Gorge Region of the Southern Appalachians. Permanent 0.1 ha plots 10 x 10 m modules were configured as 20 x 50 m plots and were staked with 1 cm rebar steel stakes. Sites were located using two different procedures: in the first year study 20 plots were chosen to represent the range of vegetation and habitats within the wilderness; during the second year a series of 37 plots were randomly stratified, providing a less biased sample. Data for woody stems and coverage values of all species were taken along with elevation, slope, aspect, topographic position, land form and soil characteristics. The short-term objectives include interpretation of the vegetation -environmental relationships in order to develop a model which can predict vegetation type based on site characteristics. The long-term objectives include assessing changes related to climate or air pollution modification; dynamics of changes related to diseases, such as dogwood anthracnos; and monitoring of protected species. We also plan to use the plots as a basis for study of other biological components of the community. 126 MCLEOD, KENNETH W. and THOMAS G. CIRAVOLO. Savannah River Ecology Laboratory- -Restoration of bottomland forests. Some bottomland forests of the Savannah River Site were severely disturbed by thermal effluents for three decades (1955-1985). Since the soil seed bank has been destroyed and the dispersal distance of heavy-seeded, latter successional species is limited, reintroduction of these species must occur if rapid return of these habitats to their former closed canopy state is desired. For potential restoration purposes, ten bottomland tree species were examined for site suitability and the effect of transplant height on survival. Only Taxodium distichum and Ouercus nigra had greater than 50% overall survival for all height classes combined. Ouercus phellos . Betula nigra and Platanus occidentalis had good survival, particularly if the transplants were between 45 and 120cm tall. Five other species had very poor survival. Survival of the smallest height class (30-45cm) was reduced for 7 of the ten species, probably due to flooding damage. There was not a consistent relationship in survival when the transplant height was between 45 and 120cm. Survival of transplants greater than 120cm tall was very poor. Therefore, we have identified 5 suitable species and a key transplant characteristic (height) which will affect survival and restoration success of bottomland areas which were formerly impacted by thermal effluents. 127 IMM, DONALD W. , SARAH W. WORKMAN, and KENNETH W. MCLEOD. Savannah River Ecology Lab--Compostional and structural patterns in a sandhill community following 11 years of post fire change. Burning and its seasonality has a prolonged impact on canopy size class structure and composition of sandhill communities. These compositional changes continue in the absence of fire. Methodologically, we divided a sandhill site into 3 treatments; w’inter burned, summer burned, and a control area. The site was sampled before burning and at three post fire intervals (1, 7, 11 years). For comparison, an additional burned and control site was also used. Oaks had decreased density 1 year following fire. After 11 years, oaks had increased densities and reduced median size in the burned plots. Further, the oaks had significantly higher basal areas in the winter burned area compared to the two other treatments. Longleaf pine recruitment is correlated with litter depth, basal area of oaks, and light availability. Recruitment was highest in the winter burned site after 11 years of post fire change. Tree, shrub, and herb diversity was highest in the winter burned site. The distribution of shrubs and herbs is related to burning treatment, time since fire, canopy cover, and spatial affinities. In conclusion, fire reduced canopy sized oak species and increased their recruitment. Winter burned plots had higher diversity and less impact on the importance of oak species . ABSTRACTS 103 128 GARRISON, WENDY J. and GARY L. MILLER University of Mississippi-Ballistic seed dispersal m two Legumes. Cassia fasciculata and C. nictitans. Ballistic seed dispersal vas studied in two closely related members of the Fabaceae. It was found that seed mass between the two species differed significantly, C. fasciculata x = 7.3 mg and C. nictitans i = 4.5 mg. (p << 00 1 ). The distribution of dispersal distance of seeds in both species was bimodal with one peak occuring near the plant (20 - 60 cm from the plant) in both species and with a large percentage of seeds being dispersed over 160 cm from the plant. In C. nictitans 68% of all seeds were dispersed over 160 cm from the parent plant In C. fasciculata. only 27% were dispersed over 160 cm from the parent despite the fact that the pod height was higher than in C nictitans Preliminary results indicate that the cost of packaging, in terms of pod mass per seed, remained fairly constant in both species with varying number of seeds per pod, although the cost of packaging was less in C. nictitans presumably because of the smaller seed mass. C. nictitans typically has fewer seeds per pod than C. fasciculata Results suggest that directional selection has taken place and that the two species have evolved different dispersal strategies. 129 NEUFEI.D, HOWARD S„ DAVID A. ORANTZ1, FREDERICK C. MEINZElU, GUILLERMO GOLDSTEIN’, GAYLE M. CRISOSTO1, AND CARLOS CRISOSTO1. Appalachian State Univ., 'Univ. of California, ’Hawaiian Sugar Planter's Assoc., ’Univ. of I lawaii— Vulnerability of the xylcni ill leaves of sugarcane to waler-strcss-inJuced cavitation. Ilierc is little information on genetic variability within a species on the ability of its xylcni to withstand cavitation due to water stress. To investigate this, we looked at the vulnerability of the xylcni in leaves of four sugarcane ( SaccUanmi spp.) clones to water stress induced cavitation, using detached segments subjected to various hydrostatic pressures in a hydraulic conductivity apparatus. Vulnerability curves were constructed by plotting percent of maximum conductivity as a function of leaf water potential, and best fits were obtained by using tile Weibull function. 'Ilic four clones used differed in their vulnerability to cavitation. Maximum conductivity was found in the clone with the largest xylcni element diameters, and all four clones lost substantial conductivity at water potentials greater (less negative) than -1.4 MPa Clone 1165-7052, a commercial variety, was the most resistant at higher water potentials, while clone 1169- 82.45 was the most vulnerable. Clone 5'. spontnneiwi was the most resistant overall, judging by the fact that it maintained a conductivity of at least 80% at a lower water potential (-1.99 MPa) than the other four clones. Vulnerability curves were used ill conjunction with diurnal measurements of water stress in irrigated and draughted plants to estimate diurnal patterns of conductivity loss. Results show that in the field, irrigated plants lost up to .40% of their conductivity, with clone 1169- 8245 losing over 60%. When severely draughted, losses increased to over 80% for clone 1169-8245, highest among the clones tested. Ilicsc diurnal losses in conductivity arc probably restored by the generation of root pressure each day. I lie variation found in hydraulic vulnerability suggests there exists genetic potential for selection of clones with xyleni characteristics that might ameliorate water stress. no DAVISON, PAUL G., DAVID K. SMITH, and KENNETH D. MCFARLAND. The University of Tennessee, Knoxvi lie- -Little known liverworts of occurrence in the Southern Appa lach ions . Recent liverwort collecting in the Southern Appalachian region has produced several noteworthy discoveries and/or state records for Kentucky, Tennessee, and North Carolina. Among these state records are four taxa, which, because of their apparent rarity, are of particular interest. Le jeunea blomquistii Schust. (known from only two collections), Porella japonica ssp. appalachiana Schust. (known only from the type locality), and Riccardia j ugata Schust. were previously known as narrow endemics of the Southern Escarpment gorges bordering Georgia, North and South Carolina. The ranges of these taxa are now extended as follows: Lejeunea blomquisti i to Sevier & Pickett Cos., Tenn.; Porella japon i ca ssp. appalachiana to Letcher Co., Ky; and Riccardia jugata to Anderson, Grainger, Blount, Sevier, 8c Polk Cos., Tenn., A Haywood & Graham Cos., N.C. In addition to these reports, Ped i nophy 11 urn interruptum (Nees) Kaal., widespread in Europe but rare in North America (Massachusetts, Connecticut and Ohio), is known to occur in Tennessee, Sevier Co. All of these liverworts are taxonomically distinct and, with the exception of R iccard ia jugata , remain rare and restricted in occurrence. 131 NUSSBAUM, FRANCIS E. Kent State Uni vers i ty--Effect of moderate rain during summer drought on fungal a i rspor a . During a drought which prevailed in the Tuscarawas Valley (Ohio) from May through August 1988, airspora within eight outdoor microenvironments were evaluated biweekly from morning, noon, afternoon and evening collections. In the two weeks prior to 2d June, 0.5 inches rain yielded a standard airspora index (SAI) of 0.27. During the two weeks prior to 8 July, 0.0 inches rain yielded an SAI of 0.29. For the two weeks prior to 22 July, 4 . Od inches rain (most within four days prior to collection) yielded an SAI of 1.58. The two weeks preceding 5 August experienced 1.97 inches rain and produced an SAI of 0.35. These data indicate that during prolonged drought, a few days of moderate rain guickly restore the airspora suppressed by hot dry conditions. Variations among collection times include: morning 0.67, noon 0.60, afternoon 0.41, and evening 0.64. Variations among outdoor microenvironments include: lawn 0.97, pine grove 0.65, sycamore grove 0.26, arborvitae windbreak 1.11, asphalt parking lot 0.25, hay field 0.54, stream bank 0.43, and soybean field 104 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 0.40. Neither drought nor rain effects the airspora of a microenvironment as a simple mathematical constant factor. Vegetation and its phenology undergird meteorological contributions. 132 PERRY, JAMES W. Frostburg State University --Anatomy of the psi lo- phy te Tmesipter is bi 1 lardieri : a correlated 1 ight and electron microscopy study . Aerial shoots of the putatively prim¬ itive psilophyte Tmesi pteris bi 1 lardieri were collected from tree fern trunks growing at Humboldt State University ( CA ) and fixed by convent¬ ional TEM techniques. Fresh sections were stained with a variety of histo- chemical stains to determine tissue composition. Outer tangential walls of epidermal cells are conspicuously lamellated and probably lignified. Depending upon their location, cortical cell walls react variously for phenolics. Previous reports indi¬ cated absence of an endodermal Casparian strip. However, berberine sulfate-induced florescence in fresh sections demonstrated the presence of wall components analogous to a Casparian strip. Sieve elements lack true nacreous walls but their protoplasts contain refractive spher¬ ules common to many vascular cryptogams. U 1 t rastructua 1 1 y , the sieve element-structure and develop¬ ment are nearly identical to that reported for Psi lotum . Mitochondrial aggregates are initially present in all cell types. Nuclear disorganizat¬ ion is pycnotic with nucleolar organ¬ izing centers remaining late in dege¬ neration. Pores are clustered in primary pit fields of steeply inclin¬ ed end wall. Structural similarities between Tmesipter is and Psi lotum , along with chemosystematic data pres¬ ented by other investigators, reaffirm their close systematic rela¬ tionship. 133 BOWERS, FRANK D. 1 and STEPHEN L„ TIMME.2 University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point-l¬ and Pittsburg State University2--Mosses of Alabama. Before 1986, the four main collectors of Alabama mosses were Charles Mohr (1301), A. M. Harvill (1948-1954), J. C. Wilkes (1960's) and W„ D, Reese (1960;s to present). The reports of these workers and others resulted in 251 taxa recorded for the state. Field studies, herbarium studies and literature searches have resulted in a number of new reports for the state and/or new county records. Some records before 1986 have been deleted because of incorrect identifications. Every county has been visited at least once. Although all have not been analyzed, 293 taxa are thus far reported for Alabama. This compares with 389 taxa reported for Tennessee and about 250 taxa for the upper Gulf Coast. 134 Bumgardner, Cloyd J. and David Mardon . Pulaski County High School and Eastern Kentucky Univer sity-- Types and numbers of associative nitrogen fixing bacteria and non- nitrogen fixing bacteria and fungi established in bell pepper (Capsicum) annum) rhizosphere growth substrates. Bell pepper (Capsicum annum) plants were grown in pre-sterilized growth systems to which Azospirillum lipoferum (ALM) was added at a concentration of approximately 5.5x108 cells per gram of growth substrate. Determination of numbers and genera of bacteria and fungi established in rhizosphere growth substrates was carried out at selected stages of bell pepper growth . At each sampling time total numbers of associa¬ tive nitrogen fixing bacteria were sub¬ stantially higher in systems receiving added A . lipoferum ( ALM+ ) than in those not receiving added A. lipoferum (ALM- ). In all ALM+ and ALM- growth substrates and at each sampling time non-nitrogen fixing, gram negative, rod shaped bacteria accounted for a higher percentage of total bacteria than did gram positive rods or gram positive cocci. At each sampling time total numbers of fungi in ALM- growth substrates were substan¬ tially higher than in ALM+ growth sub¬ strates. Although A. lipoferum per¬ sisted as the primary nitrogen fixing species present in all ALM+ growth substrates no consistent difference in genera of bacteria or fungi established in the rhizospheres of either ALM+ or ALM- pepper plants was noted over the duration of this study. 135 Bumgardner, Cloyd J. and David Mardon. Pulaski County High School and Eastern Kentucky University-- Increased numbers of lateral roots, leaves and elongated taproot length in bell pepper (Capsicum annum) plants grown in association with Azospirillum lipoferum . Bell pepper plants were grown in a controlled greenhouse environment. Surface sterile seeds were planted in pre-sterilized growth systems and an Azospirillum lipoferum (ALM) isolate added to the systems at a concentra¬ tion of 5.5 x 10® cells per gram of growth substrate. Pepper plants were removed from the growth substrate at selected stages of plant development. Numbers of lateral roots and leaves as well as taproot lengths were noted at these times. At the six leaf and first bloom stages of growth substan¬ tial gains in numbers of lateral roots and taproot lengths were noted in those plants grown with added ALM (ALM+) over control plants grown without added ALM. Upon maturation of the first fruit ALM+ plants possessed- subs tan t ia 1 ly greater numbers of leaves than control plants grown without ALM association ( ALM- ) . ABSTRACTS 105 1 36 PR1NS, RUDOLPH. Western Kentucky Universitv-A Biology Course for Elementary Education Majors. An Introduction to Biology course for Elementary Education Majors only was introduced into the Biology curriculum in the Fall of 1991 to meet increasing enrollment demands of this major and to separate these students from the biology-track students. The laboratory operation is innovative and will be discussed. Students are required to propose, design, implement, and report on 3 research projects (team), conduct a minimum of 3 mini projects (team or individual) based upon observations made of events occurring in an aquarium and terrarium that they (team) have maintained for about 10 weeks. Emphasis is placed on log keeping, and a final report based upon observations accumulated in the log is required (individual). 137 McGuire, Robert F. University of Montcvallo- Cvanohaclcria for General Biology Classes. Prokaryotic Cyanobacteria have true photosynthesis with chlorophyll a, phycocyanin, and phycocrythrin, but no chloroplasls. Like the bacteria, individual cells reproduce by fission Filaments and colonics reproduce by fragmentation. Hctcrocysts and akinetes act as spores, while hetcrocysts arc associated with nitrogen-fixation. Cyanobacteria have no known sexual reproduction nor flagellation. Based on botany texts, laboratory manuals, ease in culturing, and availability, Glococapsa. Oscillatoria. and Nos toe arc suggested Cyanobacteria for the beginning student. Glococansa is unicellular to weakly colonial and has a gelatinous sheath that may build up in layers as (he cells reproduce. Oscillnloria is filamentous with a very thin sheath and a rotaling-oscillnling motion; fragmentation into hormonogonia is common Twisted Nosloc filaments exist in heavy gelatinous sheets or spheres with small bead-like vegetative cells and larger hetcrocysts with polar nodules and dense akinetes. Working with living Cyanobacteria permits observation of natural color, odor, and movement. More advanced students may investigate forms that reproduce by endospores or cxosporcs and observe filaments that have tapering, true branching, or false branching. These three examples of Cyanobacteria illustrate unicellular and filamentous body forms, the typical blue-green color, nitrogen- fixation, the gelatinous sheath, prokaryotic cellular structure, oscillating motion, hetcrocysts, and akinetes. 151 FAIRLY, JOHN E., Ill Clemson Univcrsily--A proposal to conserve the name Selena naucillota Mttlil. ex Wtlld. Recently Rogers McVangli tit NCU brought to my attention that the name Seleria pauci flora Muhl. ex Wilkl. may be illegitimate based on a recent interpretation of the International Code of Botanical Nomenclature. When Willdcnow published the name in 1806, he referred to Muhlenberg’s TYPE but for some reason gave as a synonym Michaux’s S. oligantha. a distinctly different species. A strict interpretation of Article 7.13 and Article 63 of the Code would allow some to conclude that the name S. pauciflora is superfluous and thereby illegitimate irrespective of the TYPE. This is indeed unfortunate since this name has been known for nearly 200 years without any problems. I have seen a fragment of Muhlenberg’s TYPE at PI I and a more complete specimen in Willdenow’s herbarium at B-W. Although closely related to S. ciliala Michx., S. pauciflora can easily be retained as a distinct species. To reject the name brings up a number of problems, e.g. which specific epithet would have priority as a replacement name and typification of the name. It appears presently that the only way out of diis dilemma is to submit a proposal based on Article 69 of the Code to conserve the name S. Dauciflora as used in its traditional sense and not in the sense of S. oljgantha. Appreciation is expressed to Dan H. Nicolson at US for help with this nomenclatural problem. 152 ROSS, STEVE W. and MARY L. MOSER. North Carolina State Museum of Natural Sciences--Passage of son ica 1 l_y_- tagged striped bass through John H. Kerr dam. In 1982 and 1987 dead and dying striped bass (Moxpne saxatilis) were recovered downstream of the John H. Kerr Dam. These fish had passed through the dam turbines due to unusually high dam discharge in those years. To determine whether the bass avoid dam entry and to assess mortality resulting from dam passage, we tagged 26 large adult striped bass with ultrasonic transmitters and released them in the dam head gate on two different days. An additional 69 bass were convent i ona 1 1 y-tagged and released along with the some test fish to determine what percentage of bass mortalities were recovered by pick-up crews below the dam. We found that, although able to stem penstock currents, none of the test striped bass exited above the dam. Tracking below the dam indicated that 11-19% of the bass apparently survived dam passage and swam rapidly downstream. An additional 8% were alive immmediately after dam passage but later died. The remainder did not survive passage, either as a result of decapitation (19%) or therma 1 /pressure shock. 153 ROHDE, FRED C. and RUDOLF G. ARNDT. North Carolina Division of Marine Fisheries and Stockton State College — Distribution and status of Etheostoma acuticeps in North Ca rolina ■ The sharphead darter (subgenus Nothonotus) is restricted to the Holston and Nolichucky River systems (Tennessee River drainage) in western Virginia, western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Sampling by us was con¬ ducted from July-Sept 1991 in the North Carolina portion of its range and supplemented the earlier collections of E. Mcnhinick and W. Ilaxo. Forty-six locations wore sampled in the Nolichucky River system (Cane, North Toe and South Toe rivers). The sharphead darter is present in the lower 5.8 km of the Cane River, the lower 2.0 km of the North Toe River and in the Nolichucky River downstream of the junction of the Cane and North Toe rivers. This fish is considered threatened in North Carolina. based on numbers collected (from 2-20 specimens), populations in North Carolina appear to be healthy. Preferred habitat is in riffles and runs, 20-45 cm deep, with large gravel to medium rubble substrate. Siltation continues to be a problem in the Cane River but there are no current , serious threats to the darter's continued existence in North Carolina streams. ANNOUNCEMENTS ASB DUES AMENDMENT At its meeting in Boone, North Carolina in April, 1991, the Executive Com¬ mittee voted to recommend the amendment of ASB Bylaws to establish a new dues structure to become effective in 1993. The entire structure is included here, but the amendment to be voted upon affects only the categories named in the bylaws. The vote will be taken at the business meeting to be held on 10 April 1992 in Tuscaloosa, Alabama. Regular Members Contributing Members Sustaining Members . . Student Members . Family Members . Emeritus Members . . . Libraries . $20.00/yr. or $50.00/3 yrs. $50.00 $100.00 $10.00 $25.00 $10.00 $30.00/yr. or $85.00/3 yrs. The Association of Systematics Collections will hold its 1992 Annual Meeting in conjunction with the American Institute of Biological Sciences on 9-1 1 August 1 992, in Honolulu, Hawaii. Featured events will be a workshop on “Data Sharing and Database Ethics,” an informational session on “Systematics Agenda 2,000” (the effort to determine research needs and priorities in systematics), and a dis¬ cussion of the role of vice presidents for research at natural history institutions. A business meeting and discussion of NSF programs will be held on 9 August. For program information, contact: ASC, 730 1 1th St. NW, 2nd FI., Washington, DC 20001; (202) 347-2850. Contact AIBS for hotel information, (202) 628-1500. Abstracts 138-150 are Tri-Beta papers which will be available at the April meetings and be published in July 1992. 106 IN MEMORIAM Franklin Ford Flint Franklin Ford Flint died 13 January 1992, in Roanoke Memorial Hospital as a result of injuries suffered in an automobile accident. Bom 4 August 1925 in Lunenburg County, VA, he was the son of Lloyd Gran- vil, Sr. and Delia Hammock Flint. He is survived by his widow, Dona Cook Flint; a daughter, Kathryn Garrett; a daughter, Julie Flint Francis; a son, Roger Franklin Flint, as well as three grandchildren. He is also survived by two brothers, Lloyd G. Flint, Jr. and Glenn D. Flint of Lynchburg; two sisters, Dorothy Flint Brandon of Wilsons, VA and Martha Flint Van Buren of Elizabethtown, NC. Dr. Flint graduated from Victoria High School in Victoria, VA. He received his Bachelor’s Degree at Lynchburg College and his Master’s and Doctorate in Biology from the University of Virginia. In 1943, he joined the Navy and trained at Sampson, NY. He served in the European and Pacific Theater during W.W. II and upon discharge joined the Naval Reserve Intelligence Unit where he obtained the rank of Commander. In July of 1991, Dr. Flint retired from the faculty of Randolph-Macon Woman’s College after serving 40 years as a biology professor and 24 years as chairman. In 1957-58 he conducted postdoctoral research in California and was a Senior Fulbright-Hayes Research Fellow at Oeiras, Portugal in 1964-65. He was also on leave in 1968-69 as a research professor of biology at George Washington University. In 1981, Dr. Flint was an Extramural Associate at the National Institute of Health and in 1985 he received a Summer Faculty Research Grant at the Medical University of South Carolina. In 1975, he was named the Charles A. Dana Professor of Biology. At the time of his retirement, Dr. Flint was serving as Chief Marshall of the college, President of The ASB Society in 1980-81, Virginia Academy of Science, American Institutes of Bio¬ logical Science C.U.E.B.S. Over the years. Dr. Flint has received numerous honors and awards including being voted Soil Conservationist of the Year in 1977 by the Virginia Wildlife Federation, Past President of the Va. Association of Soil and Water Conservation Districts. In 1979, he received the Davidson Award for Distinguished Faculty Service at Randolph-Macon’s Woman's College. He was presented the Thornton Award by the Gold Key Club of Lynchburg College. He also was presented the Fellows Rosette by the American Association for the Advancement of Science for his service and distinction in science in February 1991. He was also instrumental in the founding of the Va. Science Museums. He was an active member of the Friends of the Lynchburg Stream Valleys, Keep Lynchburg Beautiful Commission, and at the time of his death, he was serving as President of the Virginia division of the Izaak Walton League of America. He served as President of the Conservation Council of Virginia in 1989-90. Lynch¬ burg Blackwater Creek Project was under his auspices. The family suggests that memorials be made to the Randolph-Macon Woman's College Scholarship Fund or the Patrick Henry Boys Plantation, Route 2. Box 25, Brookneal, VA 24528. 107 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Math and Science Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES KENTUCKY Eastern Kentucky University, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Suzanne Byrd has been ap¬ pointed to a tenure-track position. She obtained her Ph D. from the University of South Alabama in Anatomy. Dr. Byrd held postdoctoral positions at Vanderbilt University and Emory University. She has been assigned teaching in anatomy and cell biology. Her research is in the area of oxidative DNA damage and repair of cells. LOUISIANA Tulane University, Department of Ecology, Evolution and Organismal Biology’. Dr. Henry Bart of Auburn University joined the department to teach ichthyology and serve as Director of the Museum of Natural History. Dr. John Barber received funding to study, “Studies on the Accumulation and Metabolism of Chlorinated Phenols by the Aquatic Angiosperm, Lemma gibba." Dr. Milton Fingerman gave a plenary lecture at the Second Congress of the Asia and Oceania Society for Comparative Endocrinology held in Delhi, India. Loyola University. Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Victor Fet recently joined the department. He is an arachnologist from the Soviet Union with research interests which utilize molecular methods to study scorpion evolution. A new Marine Science option is available through new ties with LUMCON marine biology station at Cocodrie, Louisiana. The teaching of undergraduates and graduates is being enhanced by the establishment of a hypermedial microcomputer lab through NSF funding. Department faculty are organizers of the SE Louisiana Ecology and Evolutionary Biology Group, an informal organization of researchers and educators with common research interests. The group currently includes about 40 members from seven regional institutions. MISSISSIPPI University of Mississippi. Department of Biology. Dr. Stephen Thretkeld has joined the faculty as a Professor of Biology. He was most recently Director of the Calder Center, Fordham University, and a program director at NSF. Mississippi College, Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Robert G. Hamilton (Ph.D. The Ohio University) has joined the department as Assistant Professor of Biology. Dr. Hamilton is interested in the demography of athyrioid ferns and will develop courses in molecular biology and apply molecular techniques to fern population problems. NORTH CAROLINA North Carolina State University, Department of Zoology. New members to the department are Dr. Harold Heatwole, formerly from the University of New England in Armidale, N.S.W. Australia. He is Head of the Department. Dr. Naomie Poran came from the Department of Anatomy and Cell Biology at State University of New York (Brooklyn). She took up a postdoctoral research associateship working with Dr. Heatwole on the role of venom in predator-prey interactions between snakes and lizards. Dr. Joseph E. Hightower, formerly a Fisheries Biologist at the National Marine Fisheries Service at Tiburon Laboratory in Tiburon, California. He holds the ranks of Assistant Leader ol the Cooperative Unit, Fisheries, and an Assistant Professor of Zoology. 108 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 109 East Carolina University. Department of Biology’. Members of the Department including Dr. Robert R. Christian. Dr. Claudia L. Jolls. Dr. Mark M. Brinson and Dr. Vincent J. Beilis, plus others with the Biology Club, gathered to place boundary markers at the State Designated Otter Creek Natural Area in Falkland. North Carolina. The Pitt County site used extensively as an outdoor study laboratory for a number of Ecological and Environmental courses is close to the university campus in Greenville. This privately owned tract in the Coastal Plain contains unusual relic plant species (Mt. Laurel) from the Piedmont and the Mountains, along its slopes and seepage areas. The following Professors were recently recognized for their years of service to both the Department and University. They include Dr. Clifford B. Knight. 35 years, and the following with 25 years of service: Dr. Vincent J. Beilis. Dr. Prem P. Sehgal and Dr. IT. James Smith. SOUTH CAROLINA College of Charleston. Department of Biology’. Dr. Louis Burnett has joined the department as its new chairman, coming from the University of San Diego. Dr. Burnett's research interests focus on the comparative physiology of respiration and ion and acid-base regulation in marine organisms. Dr. Zhexi Luo has joined the department as a comparative anatomist. Dr. Luo received his Ph.D. from M.I.T. and does research on the evolutionary history and functional morphology of vertebrates, particularly with respect to the skull. VIRGINIA I ' irginia Commonwealth University. Department of Biology’. Len Smock and Greg Garman of VCU’s Aquatics Lab recently received a two year grant to study the potential impacts of acidic deposition on a naturally acidic “blackwater” stream system in the Virginia Coastal Plain. Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. Department of Zoology’. Dr. John Cairns, Jr.. University Distinguished Professor, was elected to membership in the National Academy of Sciences, along with 59 other new members and 15 foreign associates from nine countries in recognition of their distinguished and continuing achievements in original research. Dr. Cairns is the Director of the University Center for Environmental and Hazardous Materials Studies. He was also presented with the coveted gold Life Achievement Award in Science, at the 1991 Virginia Outstanding Scientist and Industrialist Awards. Lt. Governor Donald S. Beyer, Jr. presented the award. Dr. Cairns is interna¬ tionally known for his environmental research and is recognized by his peers as the “Father of Restoration Ecology.” WEST VIRGINIA West Virginia University. Department of Biology. Deborah A. Leonard received the Joe Wyatt Competition Award for "Microcomputers as Research Tools.” T.A. Day received a grant to study “Photosynthetic sensitivity to UV-B: leaf optical and structural considerations.” James B. McGraw and C.C. Bennington received funding for “Environment-dependence of selection and heritability in lmpatiens pallida." The American Cancer Society has awarded Randi B. Weiss a grant to study “Enzymatic Repair of Ring-Saturated Pyrimidines by Lymphoblasts of Patients with Basal Cell Nevus Syndrome.” West Liberty State College. Department of Biology and Chemistry. Dr. Conley K. McMullen (PhD. University of Maryland at College Park) has joined the faculty as an Associate Professor of Biology. His major areas of interest are plant systematics and plant reproductive ecology. Dr. Roger G. Seeber. Jr. (Ph.D. West Virginia University) also is a new faculty member, coming from a post-doctoral position at the University of Delaware. His major areas of interest are plant physiology, plant tissue culture, and cytokinin metabolism. ABOUT MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Alabama Museum of Natural History, Tuscaloosa. Mound State Monument, the epicenter of trade and farming for the prehistoric Indians who lived along the Black Warrior Riser between \ D 800 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 2, 1992 1 10 and 1500, has recently been renamed Moundville Archaeological Park. The 317-acre park is located in Moundville, Alabama, and is the site of 20 prehistoric Indian mounds. Thomas E. McMillan, Jr., Chairman of the Board of Regents at the Museum, announced the recent purchase of an internationally known fossil site in Dallas County near Selma. Situated in the Harrell Station area, the 130 acres of forest and eroded chalky sediments are rich in the remains of marine animals that lived some 80 million years ago during the Age of Dinosaurs. GEORGIA The Columbus Museum, Columbus. Dr. Karo! Ann Peard Lawson has been appointed to the position of Curator of Art. She will be responsible for supervising the Museum's art collection. She holds a Ph.D. in American Art History from the University of Virginia. She has been a research assistant at the National Museum of American Art, an instructor of art history at St. Mary’s College, and a teaching assistant at the University of Virginia. She has also lectured and written extensively, particularly on landscape images and landscape theory in American art prior to 1820. The Museum presented a nationwide debut of the exhibition Masterworks of American Impressionism from the Pfeil Collection. Premiering in Columbus, the exhibition will be seen in ten other U.S. cities and will subsequently tour Europe. Emory University Museum of Art and Archaeology, Atlanta. "The Aftermath of Impressionism: Selected Works from the Phillips Collection” was exhibited from 13 November 1991 to 9 February 1992. “Seeing with New Eyes: Pre-Columbian Art from the Thibadeau Collection" can be seen from 4 March 1992 until 13 October 1992. This includes approximately 100 works of sculpture, with rare works, such as one of the largest Costa Rican jade ceremonial axes known, being seen for the first time in the LInited States. ASB MEMBERSHIP AND RESOURCE DIRECTORY All members should complete and return to Patricia Parr. Last Name _ First Name _ M.I. _ Professional/Business Address _ City and State _ ZIP Bus. Telephone! ) _ FAX _ Mailing Address (If different from above) _ City and State _ ZIP Present Position(Title) _ Degrees (Institutions and Dates) _ First Year of Membership _ Membership in ASB Affiliates _ American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Division _ Beta Beta Beta, Southeastern Region _ Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region _ Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Region _ Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter _ _ Southeastern Fishes Council _ Southeastern Society of Parasitologists _ Southern Appalachian Botanical Club ASB Service Interest (ASB admin., programs, & activities) Standing Committees (List: _ ) Offices and Executive Committee (List: _ ) Session Chair (Section: _ ) Symposium Organizer (Topic: ) Other (List: _ ) Resource Registry (To be used as a service to government agencies, corporations, environmental organizations, schools, consulting firms, etc. List area(s) of expertise, skills, knowledge or interest: 1) 2) 3) _ _ 4) Professional Certification _ NO ENVELOPE NEEDED; CUT, FOLD, STAPLE OR 'PAPE & MAIL Fold Along Line Patricia D. Parr Oak Ridge National Laboratory Box 2008 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 APPLICATION FOR ASB MEMBERSHIP Give copies of this to your students , colleagues, and your school librarian. Fill out blanks and enclose check or money order for one year’s dues and mail to Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. Please include phone number on application _ Name in full _ Date _ Title _ Department _ Institution _ City _ _ State _ Zip _ Degrees (institutions and dates) _ Recommended by member _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15.00 _ Graduate Student $8.00 _ Contributing $50.00 _ Sustaining $ 1 00.00 _ Family $20.00 _ Library Subscription $25.00 _ Patron $300.00 _ Business Affiliate $100.00 _ Emeritus $10.00 Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ The 111 bWTetMST. LIBRARY Receive on: 59. ®b CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 39, Number 2, April 1992 Program of the 53rd Annual Meeting . 33 General Information . 35 ASB Candidates for Office— 1992 . 37 Plenary Speaker— Voss . 40 Program Summary . 41 Map of Tuscaloosa, AL . 44 Maps of Meeting Rooms in Bryant Center . 45 Spread Sheets of Meeting Rooms and Sessions . 47 Paper and Poster Sessions . 49 Author Index . 69 Exhibitors . 72 Abstracts . 73 Announcements . 106 In Memoriam — Franklin F. Flint . 107 News of Biology in the Southeast . 108 Cover: Denny Chimes, University of Alabama-Tuscaloosa ! e ASB BULLETIN / 1992 uiume 39, Number 3 July 1992 Radula of Campeloma sp. ca. 100X Gastropoda The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-000 1-2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614, 904/372-3505 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 3783 1 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 President-elect — Ken R. Marion, Univ. Alabama, Birmingham, AL 35294 Vice-President — James W. Ross, Dept. Biology, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40469 Retiring President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 1995: Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Serv., Reston, VA 22092 Geraldine W. Twiddy, Zool. Dept., Haward Univ., Washington, DC 20059 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL 1995 April University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS ASB Officers 1992-1993 A total of 492 members attended the ASB meetings at Tuscaloosa, AL. Thirteen past presidents were in attendance, including Dr. L. Williams, founding member. Retiring president Frank Day’s banquet address was Safe Science. 1991 AWARDS The ASB Faculty Research Award was presented by Gary ShafTer to Dr. H. Neufeld (Appalachian St. Univ.) for his coauthored paper: Vulnerability of the xylem in leaves of sugarcane to water-stress induced cavitation (Abstract 129, ASB Bull. 39(2)). Dr. Neufeld received his B.S. in forestry from Rutgers University in 1975, then went on to get a M.F. in forestry from the Yale School of Forestry in 1977. He received his Ph.D. under Dr. Bruce L. Haines in the Botany Dept, at the University of Georgia in 1984 in plant ecology, where he worked on the comparative eco- physiology of bald and pond cypress trees. After graduation he obtained a post¬ doctoral research position with Dr. Gary Cunningham at New Mexico State Uni¬ versity, and worked on salt tolerance in range grasses, as well as light interception in creosotebushes. After a year in New Mexico, he accepted an NRC fellowship to work on ozone effects on trees at the EPA Lab in Corvallis, OR with Drs. David Tingey and Bill Hogsett. In 1987 he accepted a position in the Biolog> Dept, at Appalachian State Llniversity, where he is currently an assistant professor. His research interests in air pollution effects have continued at ASU, and have involved studying effects of pollutants on mature red spruce trees on Whitetop Mt., VA and long-term ozone effects on trees in Great Smoky Mountains National Park. For the last four years he has also been the principal investigator for the ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 1 14 National Park Service on the ozone fumigation project in Great Smoky Mountains National Park. The ASB Student Research Award was presented by Dr. S. Bowden to U. D. Grater of UNC-Wilmington for his coauthored paper (Abstr. 81, Vol. 39(2)) on Electromorphic variability along environmental and geographic gradients in the Carolina marsh clam, Polymesoda caroliniana (Bose). The Odum Award, consisting of a plaque and $250 from the SE chapter of the Ecological Society of America was presented to Robert U. Fischer of the Univ. South Carolina (Abstr. 69, ASB Bull. 39(2)) by Dr. Andrew Ash, chairman of the selection committee. N.C. Botanical Garden Award of $100 was presented to Elaine Luna of the Univ. South Florida (Abstr. 56, ASB Bull. 39(2)) by Dr. L. Millichamp. The Rick and Minnie Windier Award of a certificate and $ 1 50 for the best plant systematics paper that appeared in the last volume of Castanea (Vol. 56) was presented to Douglas W. Ogle of the Virginia Highlands Community College, Spiraea virginiana Britton: 1. Delineation and distribution. The Southern Appalachian Botanical Club and Elizabeth Ann Bartholomew Service Award was presented to Dr. E. Clebsch of the Univ. Tennessee, Knoxville. Southeastern Assoc. Ichthyologists and Herpetologists Awards was presented by Dr. S. Ross: Travel, in Ichthyology to Martin Sabaj for his joint paper on Water currents in spawning areas of pebble nests of Nocomis leptocephalus (Pisces: Cy- prinidae) (Abstr. ??, ASB Bull. 39(2)). Best paper, by Robert Wood, Univ. Ala¬ bama, on A phylogenetic reevaluation of the Nanostotoma/Ulocentra subgeneric controversy within the genus Etheostoma (Teleostia: Percidae) in light of mor¬ phological and allozymic variation (Abstr. 67, ASB Bull, 39(2)). President Bowden recognized Dr. L. Frederick (Howard Univ.) who had been awarded the AAAS Mentor Award for his work with minorities, handicapped, and women. Election Results were President-Elect: Ken Marion Vice-President: James Ross Executive Board: C. Hulf Geraldine Twiddy The Meritorious Award was not awarded for 1992 for lack of nominations. A new award, the Wi/dco Student Award in Aquatic Biology, will be initiated for the 1993 meetings. More in a later Bulletin. The award will be sponsored by the WILDCO Supply Co., Mr. W. T. Phillips, president. NECROLOGY Franklin A. Flint James L. Wilson ASB GRADUATE STUDENT TRAVEL AWARDS- 1992 Jeanne Appelget Appalachian St. LIniv. Abstr. 76 Donald R. Bailey Frostburg St. LIniv. 45 Ronald R. Bailey Frostburg St. LIniv. 105 Pam Byrd Mississippi St. Univ. ?? Christine Conn Old Dominion Univ. 16 Paul Davison Univ. Tennessee 130 R. Joel Duff Univ. Tennessee 61 Chester Figiel Univ. Mississippi 80 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 115 Scott Franklin So. Illinois Umv. 1 1 1 Wendy Garrison Univ. Mississippi 34 Walter Grater UNC-Wilmington 81 Ronald Gregg Frostburg St. Univ. 64 Tim Hayes Marshall Univ. 97 Tom Jones Marshall Univ. 95 Jeffrey Jump Texas Tech Univ. 124 Jane Kobe So. Illinois Univ. 87 Donald Lee East Tenn. St. LIniv. 6 Katie McGinn Marshall Univ. 95 Chris Miller Mississippi St. Univ. 42 Kelly Neal So. Illinois LIniv. 109 Nancy Powers Marshall LIniv. 117 Becky Reitcheck Mississippi St. Univ. 120 Mark Sabaj Univ. Richmond 30 Fortune Shonhiwa Frostburg St. Univ. 33 Mark Stevenson Old Dominion Univ. ?? Nicole Turrill Marshall Univ. 88 Stacie Tyler Mississippi St. LIniv. 121 Jeff Webb Marshall Univ. 83 Shanda Wieringo So. Illinois Univ. 110 John Wirts Marshall Univ. 95 Due to a technicality beyond our control photos of others receiving awards did not come out in the developing process. RESOLUTION OF APPRECIATION TO THE UNIVERSITY OF ALABAMA, FACULTY, STAFF, STUDENTS AND LOCAL ARRANGEMENTS COMMITTEE WHEREAS, the University of Alabama and its President, Dr. Roger Sayers, and the Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences, Dr. James Yarbrough, graciously invited the Association of Southeastern Biologists to hold its 1992 and 53rd annual meeting in Tuscaloosa, Alabama; and WHEREAS, the University and immediate community have extended to the membership of the Association cooperation and assistance in addition to hos¬ pitality and friendship; and WHEREAS, the Local Arrangements Committee Chair, Dr. Robert Haynes, and Program Chair, Dr. Richard Mayden, of the Department of Biology and their coworkers have given generously of their time, expertise and enthusiasm to organize and conduct an enjoyable and productive meeting; THEREFORE BE IT RESOLVED that the members of the Association of South¬ eastern Biologists express their gratitude and respect to the University of Al¬ abama and the Department of Biology for contributing to the continued success of our organization. ASB Bulletin Staff Editor-Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557 (919/726-6841; Fax 919/726-2426). Associate Editor-Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614 (904/372-3505). Business Manager-Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123). News Editor-Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 (816/373-3668). 1 16 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 ASB OFFICERS, COMMITTEES AND REPRESENTATIVES 1992-93 President-C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, BIO-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 (407/853-3281). President-Elect-Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, AL 35294 (205/934-3582). Vice-President-James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 (606/549-2200). Past-President-Sandra T. Bowden, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371-6268). Secretary-Nancy C. Coile, FL Dept. Agr. Consumer Services, P.O. Box 47100, Gainesville, FL 32614-7100 (904/372-3505 ext. 402). Treasurer-Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge Nat. Lab., P.O. Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 (615/576-8123). Archivist-Donald J. Shure, Dept. Biol., Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 (404/727-4209). Executive Committee Members-at-Large 1993: Eloise B. Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 (404/329- 4206). James W. Wallace, Jr., Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 (704/227-7244). 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 (919/967- 5493). Stewart A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 (804/221-2233). 1995: Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, 430 National Center, Reston, VA 22092 (703/648-5206). Geraldine W. Twitty, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806-6953). Committees AAAS Representative (Section G)-Jerry Ritchie, USDA-ARS Hydrology Laboratory, BARC-W Bldg. 007, Beltsville, MD 20705 (301/504-8717). AIBS Representative-Geraldine Twitty, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806-6953). AEE Representative-W. Dean Cocking, Biol. Dept., James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 (703/568-6225). Enrichment Fund Board of Trustees-Chair: Michael W. Dennis (1993), Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., 4301 Metric Drive, Winter Park, FL 32792 (407/677-1882); Patricia D. Parr (ex officio), Bldg. 1505, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123); Joan R. Gibson (1993), 310 Ford St., Morgantown, WV 26505 (304/292-9772); Tim Atkinson (1994), Botany Dept., Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC 27215 (919/584-0381); Michael J. Baranski (1994), Biol. Dept., Catawba College, Salisbury, NC 28144 (704/637-4442); William H. Martin, III (1994), Division of Natural Areas, Eastern Kentucky University, Richmond, KY 40775 (606/622- 1476). Auditing Committee-Chair: Hal DeSelm, Botany Dept., University of Tennessee at Knoxville, Knoxville, TN 37996-1100 (615/974-2256); Virginia Tolbert, P.O. Box 2008, Bldg. 1505-MS6036, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 117 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6036 (615/574-7288); Raymond McCord, Mail Stop 6035, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6036 (615/574- 7827). Conservation Committee-Chair; Clitt Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, 430 National Center, Reston, VA 22092 (703/648-5206); Donald J. Drapalik, Biol. Dept., Georgia Southern University, Statesboro, GA 30460-8042 (912/681- 5494); Ted Bradley Biol. Dept., George Mason University, 4400 University Dr., Fairfax, VA 22030 (703/993-1064). Education Committee-Chair: W. Dean Cocking, Biology, James Madison University, Harrisonburg, VA 22807 (703/568-6225); Lucrecia Herr, Biol., Spring Valley High School, Columbia, SC 29223 (803/788-3350); Andrew N. Ash, Biol. Dept., Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372 (919/521- 4214); Frank Golley, Institute for Ecology, University of Georgia, Athens, GA 30602 (404/542-2698); Charles N. Horn, Biol. Dept., Newberry College, Newberry, SC 29108 (803/321-5257); Douglas N. Reynolds, Dept., Nat. Res., East Ky. Univ., Richmond, Ky. Finance Committee-Chair: Patricia D. Parr, Bldg. 1505, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 (615/576-8123); Sandra T. Bowden, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371-6268); Ken R. Marion, Biol. Dept., Univ. Alabama-Birmingham, AL 35294 (205/934-3582); Michael W. Dennis (1993), Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., 4301 Metric Drive, Winter Park, FL 32792 (407/677-1882). Graduate Student Support Award Committee-Chair: Harold G. Marshall, Biol. Dept., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3594); Frances G. R. Kennedy, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371- 6267); Armando de la Cruz, P.O. Drawer GY, Mississippi State, MS 39762 (601/325-3120). Local Arangements Committee for 1992-Chair: Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595); Program Chair: Harold G. Marshall, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3594) Meritorious Teaching Award Committee-Chair: Mac A. Callaham, Biol. Dept., North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 (404/864-1953); Patricia McGuire White, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371- 6270); James W. Hardin, Bot. Dept., N.C. State Univ., Raleigh, NC 27695 (919/515-2226). Nominating Committee for 1992-Chair: Frank P. Day, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595); Carol C. Baskin, School Biol. Sci., University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40506-0225 (606/257- 8770); Paul A. Schmalzer, Mail Code: BIO-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 (407/853-3281). Past-President's Council-Chair: Sandra T. Bowden, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371-6268). Place of Meeting Committee-Chair: James Hull, Biol. Dept., Towson State University, Towson, MD 21204 (301/830-4117); Howard Neufeld, Biol. Dept., Appalachian State University, Boone, NC 28608 (704/262-3025); J.B. Clayburn, Biol. Dept., Georgia Sth. Univ., Statesboro, GA 30460-8042 (912/681-5494). Priorities in Public Affairs-Chair: George A. Middendorf, III, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/636-6933); Doug Rayner, Dept. Biol., Wofford Coll., Spartenburg, SC 29303 (803/585-4821); Joseph T Mitchell, Dept. Biol., Univ. Richmond, Richmond, VA 23173 (804/740-7453). Publications Committee-Chair: James W. Wallace, Jr., Biol. Dept., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 (704/227-7244); Stewart Ware, ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 1 18 Coll. William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 (804/221-2233); Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Survey, 430 National Center, Reston, VA 22092 (703/648- 5206). Research Awards Committee-Faculty-Chair; Edward E. C. Clebsch, Dept of Botany, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 (615/974-6209); Robert N. Muller, Dept, of Forestry, University of Kentucky, Lexington, KY 40546-0073 (606/257-7596); Dwayne A. Wise, Dept. Biol. Sci., Miss. State Univ., Miss. State, MS 39762 (601/325-3120). Research Awards Committee-Student-Chair: Donald R. Young, Biol. Dept., Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA 23284 (804/367- 1562); Miriam P. Perry, Biol. Dept., Clayton State University, Morrow, GA 30260 (404/961-3622); Claudia L. Jolls, Dept. Biol., East Carolina Univ., Greenville, NC 27858-4353 (919/757-6295). Resolutions Committee-Chair: Sandra T. Bowden, Biol. Dept., Agnes Scott Coll., Decatur, GA 30030 (404/371-6268); Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 (919/967-5493); Deborah A. Waller, Dept. Biol. Sci., Old Dominion Univ., Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595). Committee on Membership and Resource Directory (ad hoc)-Chair: James Fralish, Dept. For., Sth. III. Univ., Carbondale, IL 62901 (618/453- 3341); Diane R. Nelson, Biol. Dept., East Tenn. State Univ., Johnson City, TN 37614 (615/929-4376); James W. Ross, Biol. Dept., Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40769 (606/549-2200). Committee on Women, Minorities, and Handicapped (ad hoc)-Chair: Lafayette Frederick, Dept of Botany, Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806-6929); Margaret L. Gilbert, Biol. Dept., Florida Southern College, Lakeland, FL 33801 (814/680-4317); Elizabeth Blood, Dept. Env. Health Sci., Univ. So. Car., Columbia, SC 29308 (803/777-6994); Beverly Collins, Biol. Dept., Memphis State University, Memphis, TN 31852 (901/678- 3520); Geraldine Twitty, Zoology Dept., Howard University, Washington, DC 20059 (202/806-6953). THE ASSOCIATION OF SOUTHEASTERN BIOLOGISTS TREASURER’S REPORT 1 JANUARY 1991-31 DECEMBER 1991 I. BEGINNING BALANCE Checking $ 927.68 Savings 1 3,869.42 $14,797.10 II. RECEIPTS Regular Dues Annual Meeting 1991 Bulletin Page Charges Directory/Bulletin Sales BSA Reimbursement N.C. Botanical Garden Checking Interest Savings Interest $16,793.50 3,958.47 1,250.00 549.10 250.00 100.00 69.44 860.42 $23,830.93 III TOTAL RECEIPTS AND BEGINNING BALANCE $38,628.03 ASSOCIATION AFFAIRS 119 IV. DISBURSEMENTS 1 . Publication ASB Bulletin 39(1) ASB Bulletin 39(2) ASB Bulletin 39(3) ASB Bulletin 39(4) 2. Officer Expenses Treasurer Editor Bank Charges/Misc Postage 3. Official Travel 4. Awards and Honoraria Student Travel Awards Speaker Honorarium Speaker Travel Expenses N.C. Botanical Garden Award Plaques Research Awards 5. Miscellaneous AIBS Affiliation Alliance for Environmental Education Income Tax Preparation ASB Banner Annual Mtg. Reception Local Arrangements 1992 TOTAL DISBURSEMENTS V. ENDING BALANCE Checking Balance Savings Balance a) Subtracted from Annual Mtg. profits at Boone, NC ENRICHMENT FUND BEGINNING BALANCE RECEIPTS Gifts Interest ENDING BALANCE ASB TOTAL ASSETS 2,830.25 7,308.73 3,564.55 2,237,68 $15,941.21 336.31 168.36 105.83 87.05 $ 697.55 560.36 $ 560.36 2,999.90 500.00 a 100.00 95.40 1,000.00 $ 4,695.30 403.50 100.00 96.00 108.70 338.00 500.00 386.05 14,801.35 1,546.20 $23,440.62 $15,187.41 $ 9,994.05 1,227.25 161.54 1,388.79 $11,382.84 $26,570.24 Editor's Report for 1991 A total of 189 pages were published in the ASB Bulletin in 1991. This was a decrease of 10.8°o from the 212 pages published in 1990. Society activities and announcements accounted for 155 of the total pagination, with 18 pages devoted to Reviews and 16 for News of the Biology of the Southeast Fifty-six of the society pages contained the 264 abstracts pertaining to the annual meeting. Members are reminded and encouraged to submit papers, notes, and other information for publication. Re¬ member 10 printed pages are available to each author without page charges, notes and papers longer that 10 pages are charged $3/page for the additional pages. Submission deadlines dates for all material are: 1 April, 1 July, 1 October, and 5 December of each year for material to appear in the subsequent quarterly issue. LATE ABSTRACTS Harry A. Alden. Florida St. Univ. — The effect of Hurricane Winds on Slash Pine Growth. Trres of slash pine (Pinus elliotii, Engelm.) growing on Cape St. George Islane show greatly reduced growth following exposure to two hurricanes (Elena and Kate) in 1985. The reduced growth rowth is caused by salt spray defolia¬ tion from high winds. Microscopic analy¬ sis shows a significant decrease in total growth ring width and cell number while average tracheid radial width was unaffected. Samples taken at the four conpass directions show significant differences in growth rate based on position within the trunk, .Differences in cell number, wall thickness, ray height, microfibril angle, and tracheid length will also be addressed. ANDERSON, DAVID H. University of Alabama--Growth rate studies of a microcrustacean from a southeastern floodplain swamp. Microcrustaceans are common in floodplain swamps in the southeastern U.S.A. Although well-studied in lakes, little information is available for these organisms in wetland habitats. Growth rates of a common microcrustacean, Ceriodaphnia . were measured to assess its secondary production in a forested floodplain swamp ecosystem. Individual Ceriodaphnia (n=10) from the Sipsey River swamp were grown on natural swamp water at 10, 15, 20, and 25°C. Water was replaced and length and fecundity were measured daily over the life of each individual. Development time from newborn (0.36 mm) to max size (0.88 mm) was 31 days at 25°C. Egg volume was constant for all adult lengths and temperatures. Clutch size was highly variable but tended to increase with adult body length. Egg development times decreased from 11 to 2 days with increasing temperature. Growth rates were strongly influenced by size and temperature and were as high a 80%/day in juveniles at 25°C. A multiple regression model using mass and temperature as independent variables explained 75% of the variation in growth rate. Egg production ranged from 20-100% of total biomass production at 25°C and tended to increase with body mass. DEXTER, MICHAEL A. Wake Fojcegt Universlty--Color Polymorphism and E nergetics of the Eastern Screech Ow _ Otus asio. Over most of its geographic range, she Eastern Screech Owl is distinctly polymorphic; individual birds are either red or grey. In the central region of the species' range, m09t birds are red, while most are grey near the peripheries of the range. In this study, an attempt is made to correlate behavioral and physiological differences between the two morphs with the observed geographical variation. In general, red owls are found in deciduous forests, while grey owls are found in coniferous forests or prairie habitats. In coniferous and grassland habitats, the owls probably have difficulty in acquiring sufficient food, therefore it is hypothesized that grey owls are adapted to low-quality habitats, while red owls are adapted to high-quality habitats. Differences in behavior and hysiology support this conclusion, ed owls consistently seek sheltered roosting sites, while grey owls often jroost in direct sunlight. Studies have shown that the feathers of grey owls are much better at absorbing solar energy than are the feathers of red owls. In addition, under cold temperatures, grey owls have notably lower metabolic rates. It is concluded that, due to these factors, grey owls can survive well in areas where red owls are selected against. DAVIS, ELAINE J. Howard University. - Partial Character i zation of the Balsam Woolly Adelqid (BWA) Mi tochondrial DNA. The Balsam Woolly Adelgid (BWA), a tiny sucking insect, has been strongly implica¬ ted in the death and destruction of Fraser fir trees in mountainous regions in the USA. Canada and Europe. Since the BWA is not indigenous to the USA, reproduces parthenogenet ica 1 1 y and, no information regarding its genetic makeup is available, this study was initiated to determine its maternal lineage and overall genetic character l st l cs. BWA, collected from Fraser fir tree barks in VA and Idaho, were homogenized independent of each other and subjected to solid phase electrophore¬ sis for the purpose of isolating the mito¬ chondrial DNA (mtDNA(. Isolated and puri¬ fied mtDNA was then cloned into the Hindi I site of pBR322 (cloning vector) and trans¬ formed into CaCl^ competent bacterial cells. Transformants were screened for the inserted fragment(s), visualized by agarose gel electrophoresis in the presence of ethidium bromide, a UV light sourse, photographed and analyzed. Three fragments generated by Hindi 1 1 . were decteded with kilobase (Kb) sizes of 9.5, 3.0, and 1.62. Based upon the preliminary data, the total mtDNA Kb size was approximated to be 14.12 Kb. Twenty different restriction enzymes were used to compare polymorphism and to construct a partial physical restric¬ tion map of the two samples. The data suggest that the organisms, though from 120 LATE ABSTRACTS 121 different geographical locations, are similar and most probably originated from the same source -seedlings brought into the USA from Nova Scotia in 1908. Research Supported by the USDA Forest Service Co¬ operative Agreement. HALM, JOSEPH A.1-2 AND A. JOSEPH POLLARD. 2 Christ Church School1 and Furman University2 -- Differentiation of southern Appalachian Senecio aureus populations in respose to olivine soil conditions. This study compared southern Appalachian populations of Senecio aureus L. growing on olivine and normal soil. Using atomic absorption spectrophotometry, we determined that plants from an olivine outcrop inhabit soils higher in total and available Ni and Mg, and also maintain higher concentrations of these elements in their leaf tissue. Olivine soils were also lower in Ca, leading to higher Mg/Ca ratios both in the soil and in plant tissues. Plants from both populations grew well in potting soil in the absence of competition, indicating that olivine conditions are not requirements. Morphologically, plants from the olivine site were smaller and more pubescent. Hydroponic assays of root growth using single-salt Ni solutions indicated that Ni was extremely toxic to S. aureus from both olivine and normal soil populations, with no evidence of tolerance in the outcrop population even at concentrations well below available soil Ni levels there. It is speculated that other aspects of soil chemistry at olivine sites may ameliorate Ni toxicity. The results suggest the possiblity of limited ecotypic differentiation in S. aureus inhabiting olivine and normal soil sites, but further genetic studies are needed. HILLE, MARIA and MARY MCKENNA. Howard University- -Reproductive differentiation in serpentine Aqalinis purpurea. The edaphic condition of the serpentine barrens at Soldiers' Delight Environmental Area (in Randal 1st own, Maryland) , is attrib¬ uted to the underlying ultramafic rock which includes high levels of chromium and nickel. This study compared reproductive characteris¬ tics in plants growing in serpentine barrens with plant populations grow¬ ing in non serpentine areas using pollen growth experiments in vivo . Intra and inter population polli¬ nations in natural populations were conducted, pollen tube growth was viewed by means of fluorescent microscopy, and fruits were collect¬ ed from the cross pollinations and from the open pollinated plants. All crosses between and within serpentine and non serpentine populations demostrated successful! tube development in the style and ovary. The serpentine flowers of Aqalinis purpurea that were polli¬ nated by non serpentine pollen pro¬ duced significantly fewer fruits per plant, fewer mature seeds per fruit, and more immature seeds than non serpentine flowers pollinated by serpentine pollen. NEIFELD, ELIZABETH A. and JOHN A. SNYDER. Dept, of Biology, Furman University-Identification of flavonoids and pteridines in Malncosonia americanum. the eastern tent caterpillar. Flavonoids are a class of phenolic plant pigments that Lepidoptera could obtain from larval foods, but very few species sequester them in the adult stage. Pteridines are not normal constituents of host plants. Both of these heterocyclic pigments are present in all stages of the moth Malacosoma americanum. In this work, they have been charactenzed by 2-D paper chromatography, HPLC, uv-vis spectroscopy, infrared spectroscopy, and reaction with chromogenic spray reagents. Two compounds were positively identified: chlorogenic acid and isoxanthopterin. Others were tentatively identified. Chlorogenic acid and several other compounds of the moth were also found in leaves of a host plant, Primus serotina. but isoxanthopterin was absent there. Future work with bathochromic shift reagents and mass spectroscopy will further characterize other phenolic compounds of this moth. Perry, Travis W 1 Wade B, Worthier)1 , and Craig Prudhomme . Furman IJpiversity1 and North Woods Audubon Center -Winter browse utilization in white tailed deer: a test of foraging theory. During the third week of January from 1984-1991 , browse availability and use by White-tailed deer (Odocoiieus virqinianus) was measured in a northeastern Minnesota deer yard There were significant differences in the annua! availability of particular browse species. However, the variation in annual availability of these particular species did not effect the rate at which they were browsed. Deer utilized a foraging strategy that combined aspects of two recent foraging theory models. The first of these models predicts that deer will forage as generalists to maximize energy gain The second model predicts that deer will specialize on a fixed group of browse species in order to optimize nutrient intake. The deer in our study foraged as generalists on the six most abundant taxon (browsing on these taxa in proportion to their average availability over the eight year study period) while foraging as specialists on two additional but rare species, Cornus slolonifera and Thuja occidentalis. The deer herds in our study may be affecting the population dynamics of T occidentalis on the yard, as no T. occidentalis saplings were encountered during the 8 year study period. In light of the observed foraging behavior, relevant management strategies are discussed. SHINN, JANIE S., W. BLAINE LARI Y, III. and JIM HICKS. Cumberland College Terpenes produced by LiquhUunbiir sivraci/hia: toxicity and variation in production. Terpenes have been indicated in eases of allelopathy the inhibition of germination, growth, or occurrence of plants and animals as a result of the action of secondary plan! compounds. Analysis of the essential oils from the common sweetgum. 122 ASH BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 Liquidambar stvracitlua. has identified many monoterpenes present in those oils. This study focuses on the allelopathic effects of sweetgum terpenes on insect herbivores. Aspects of the study include (I) the determination of the level of toxicity of twelve terpenes found in the essential oils of the sweetgum using bioassay, (2) the measurement of the abundance of those chemicals in the essential oils extracted from leaves, and (3) the determination of the within-season variation of the concentration of various terpenes in L. styraciflua. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS DISTRICT I Zahorcak. Alyssa J. Sigma Nu, University of Tampa — Chronology of post-marsupium development in Mysidopsis bahia (Crustacea: Mysidaceae) reared in the laboratory: secondary sexual characteristic differentiation, growth, and molting.* Mysidopsis bahia is an estuarine mysid that is frequently used in toxicity testing. They are easy to rear in the laboratory, and are sensitive to a wide variety of toxicants. The juveniles used were obtained from field collected adults, and reared under the following constant laboratory conditions: temperature (26°C), salinity (20%o), and photoperiod ( 1 6L:8D). The mysids were fed brine shrimp nauplii ( Artemia sp.) and rotifers ( Brachionis plicalilis) daily. Daily samples of 4-7 mysids were taken, measured and examined, over a 20 day period after brood release. Differentiation of female secondary sexual char¬ acteristics occurred by day 8. Oostegites appeared as small lamellae on the inner side of the bases of the 8th thoracic legs. By day 14, the marsupia were completely developed and eggs were present. In males, the penes, non-setose antennular male lobes, and biramus pleopods appeared by day 10. Setae were present on the male lobes by day 13. The mean growth rate was 0.06 mm/day, and was fastest during the first 13 days of the study. A comparison of mean daily lengths suggested an estimate of 8 molts for the 20 day study. Davis, Karen, Sigma Nu, University of Tampa— Hermit crabs of the Tampa Bay area. Thirteen species of hermit crabs, belonging to five genera, were identified from Florida’s Tampa Bay and adjacent continental shelf waters. Species of the genus Pagurus composed the majority of the more then 70 samples and 700 individuals taken. Samples were obtained at depths ranging from < 1 m to > 15 m using the following collecting methods: dip netting, trawling, and hand collecting using SCUBA. Some species of hermit crabs showed a pattern of habitat segregation while others exhibited a wider distribution within the study area. Pagurus maclaughlinae appeared to be restricted to grassbeds, throughout the lower and upper bay. Clibanarius vittatus was collected in intertidal areas of higher salinity while Isocheles wurdmanni was found in shallow waters off high energy beaches. Pa gur isles puncticeps and P. sericeus were associated with hard substrates in deeper offshore areas. Pagurus impressus was taken in shallow waters both offshore, and in the mouth of the bay. Paguristes tortugae, P. hummi, and Petrochirus diogenes were distributed from deeper offshore to lower bay waters with the former species found on hard substrate and associated organisms. Pagurus longicarpus and P. pollicaris were collected throughout the bay. One specimen each of Pagurus brevidcatylus and P. criniticornis were collected in offshore waters at a depth of 1 5 m. However, both of these species are known to occur as shallow as 2 m. Currie, Elizabeth A. Tau Zeta, Wake Forest University— The evolution of the female sex pheromone glands of arctiid moths. One of the distinguishing characteristics of moths of the family Arctiidac is the presence of dorsal female pheromone glands. They have been described as air-tilled tubes containing internal cuticular spines which arise as invaginations from the intersegmcntal membrane between the eighth and ninth abdominal segments. They are responsible for the pulsatile release (Connor et al. 1980) of an aerosol pheromone (Krasnoff and Roelofs 1988) as the glands are rhythmically exposed during courtship. The pheromone glands of 10 species of arctiids were examined using microdissection, video mi¬ croscopy, and scanning electron microscopy. I determined that a pattern of variations exists in the pheromone gland structure across these species of Arctiidac. This pattern runs from small sacs with small internal spines to long, highly-coiled tubes with long internal spines. Secondly. 1 determined that there is variation in the pheromone gland structure within two closely-related species (SpHosoma Winner of Brooks award. 124 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 congrua and Spilosoma virginica). Furthermore, there is progressive degeneration of the pheromone gland structure correlated with the progressive development of acoustic communication during court¬ ship; this trend is evident in Syntomedia epilais. Lastly, the length of the internal spines displays a positive correlation with the degree of development of the pheromone gland structure, with two exceptions (Halysidota tessellaris and Bertholdia sp.). Smith, Kevin C. Sigma Mu. Elon College— Mating behavior in the scorpion lladroides maculatus (Iundae). Mating behavior was observed under controlled conditions in laboratory-reared lladroides maculatus. These are the first observations ever reported for any member of the scorpion family Iuridae. Specific behaviors and the timing of those behaviors were recorded for six separate matings. Behavioral characters observed include the standard courtship dance (promenade a deux), sexual sting, and cheliceral massage. The mating behavior of lladroides is compared with that observed in other families and species. Interesting differences from previously studied species include considerable variation in the initial response of the male to the female, particularly the absence of “juddering" behavior. Mating behaviors are suggested to be of value in assessing phylogenetic relationships between the various scorpion families. Haste, Jeff. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University— Dexamethasone recruits secreting cells into the atrial natriuretic peptide releasing population in the rat left atrium. Atrial Natriuretic Peptide is released from the heart and regulates blood pressure and kidney function. In the adult rat, the major source of ANP is the right atrium. The purpose of this study is to determine the relative sizes of the ANP-releasing cell population in the right vs left atrium of the rat and their response to dexamethasone (DEX). We used a recently developed reverse hemolytic plaque assay to monitor the relelase of ANP from individual cardiocytes dispersed from either the right or left atrium. The plaque assay revealed that in the right atrium 26% of the cells secrete ANP, whereas only 1 8% in the left atrium secrete the hormone. Dispersed cells from both the right and left atrium were exposed to 100 /uM DEX, a synthetic glucocorticoid, for 18 hours. This treatment revealed that in both chambers, DEX doubled the percentage of ANP secreting cells, when compared with the controls. A surprising result was that at maximum plaque formation, both chambers contained similar populations of secreting cells after exposure to DEX; (rt — 28 ± 2%, Lt — 25 ± 2%; % plaque formation ± SE, n = 2). These results suggest that the left atrium has a similar potential for ANP secretion as the right atrium under the proper stimulus. Smith, James. Eta Lambda, Loyola University of New Orleans— Production of the taste and odor causing compound trans-2, cis-6 nonadienal in the chromophyte genus Synura. Production of the odor and flavor contaminant trans-2, cis-6-nonadienal is reported in the chromo¬ phyte genus Synura. The contaminant has been found to cause problems in water reservoirs and on commercial fish farms. Three replicates of cultures were grown on DYIII growth media, and samples were isolated over the exponential growth phase. Samples were injected with an internal standard, and all organic chemicals were isolated using the “purge trap” method. Using gas chromatography it was found that the species petersenu and not sphagnicola produced the contaminant in significant quantities. DISTRICT II Torrence, J. Madison. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University— Endothelin; a potent secretogogue of atrial natriuretic peptide release in-vitro* Brooks award for best paper in division. BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 125 Atnal Natriuretic Peptide (ANP) is released from the heart and regulates blood pressure and kidney function. The major stimulus for ANP secretion in-vivo appears to be changes in blood volume. In addition. Endothelin. secreted from endothelial cells, also affects ANP release. The purpose of this study was to ascertain whether Endothelin acts as a classical releasing factor for ANP. We used a reverse hemolytic plaque assay to monitor the effects of Endothelin on ANP release from individual rat atrial cardiocvtes. Cardiocytes were incubated with various doses of Endothelin for 18 hr followed by a 4 hr plaque assay. Endothelin stimulated the percentage of cells releasing ANP in a dose dependent manner (control: 44.3 ± 0.6%; 1CD7 M Endothelin: 62.3 ± 1.9%; %PF ± SE, n = 4). To determine if Endothelin acts as an ANP releasing factor (secretogogue) the time of exposure to antibody after 18 hr incubation with 1CD7 M Endothelin was varied. Endothelin had stimulated the ANP-releasing population to 85% of maximum after only 30 min (control: 39% PF; Endothelin: 55% PF). These results confirm that Endothelin does stimulate ANP release and demonstrates for the first time that the mode of Endothelin action is that of a true secretogogue. Loberger, Leslie L. Beta Upsilon. Georgetown College — The effects of R 59 022 and LiCl on maternal recognition of pregnancy in sheep.* Research is being conducted on an ongoing basis on the maternal recognition of pregnancy in ovine animals. Embryonic mortality is due to several factors including failure of the system by which the embryo signals the mother of its presence. This signalling system is based largely on a secondary messenger system that is activated by receptor binding to phospholipase C and is mediated by dia- cylglycerol and/or inositol trisphosphate. The estrous cycle begins on the day of standing estrous and continues by changes in the level of progesterone until the ewe’s body lets her know if the pregnant condition must be maintained and if protaglandins need to be produced. The steroids progesterone and estradiol along with the peptide oxytocin function as the controlling control factors in the secretion of prostaglandin F2@ (PGF2@)— the prostaglandin of interest in this experiment. The purpose of the experiment was to confirm that oxytocin stimulates PGF2@ production. The effects of R 59 022 and LiCl on the secondary messenger system were also measured. Oxytocin was shown to have a stimulatory' effect while R 59 022 had a main effect. Bafford, Richard. Eta Lambda, Loyola University, New Orleans— Intracellular localisation of pho¬ tosynthetic enzymes and off-flavor metabolites in Oscillatoria limosa* The compound 2-methylisoborneol (MIB) is often responsible for the musty off-flavor tasted in commercially harvested catfish. The off-flavor produced by MIB severely reduces the marketable value of the catfish. MIB is a metabolite of the filamentous blue-green alga Oscillatoria limosa. which is usually found in commercial catfish ponds. Immunogold electron microscopy was used to localize MIB within cells. The technique was enhanced by the initial localization of the photosynthetic enzyme RuBP. The MIB label was randomly distributed throughout the cytoplasm and in the cell wall. There does not appear to be any correlation between cell age and MIB production. Some evidence, however, indicated a regularly arranged pattern of MIB label on the thylakoids of the cells. Further investigation is needed to determined if there is specific intracellular localization of MIB. Davis, Stephen. Beta Upsilon, Georgetown College— Nutrient considerations in tidal creeks of North Inlet, South Carolina. Spacial variability of sediment structure and composition in tidal creeks of North Inlet were inves- tigated. Three creeks of differing ontogenies were chosen: Town Creek, Oyster Landing, and No Man’s Friend. Variability in particle size, total nitrogen, total phosphorus, and phosphorus absorption ca¬ pacity was seen both among and within the three creeks. Particle size in Town Creek was uniform * Brooks award for second best paper in division. Brooks award for third best paper in division. 126 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 sand (about 90%), with little silt (<7%) and little clay (<2%). No Man’s Friend tended to concentrate silts near the center of the creek (averaging about 50% sand and 40% silt), had the steepest sides, and accumulated more clay than the other two sites. Oyster appeared to be similar to Town Creek in the center of the creek, but accumulated more clay and silt near the Spartina at the edge. Variability was also found in the nutrient levels across the transects. Extractable phosphorus (P) and nitrogen (TKN) concentrations across Town Creek were less than 1,000 g/m1 TKN and less than 20 g/m1 P (except in the Spartina. where P levels increased to 30 g/m1)- Oyster Landing also had low concentrations of TKN in the deeper areas of the creek, but concentrations increased to 2,500 g/m' in the Spartina. No Man’s Friend had the highest levels of all nutrients in the middle of the creek. Near and in the Spartina. the concentrations in No Man’s Friend were less than 10 g/m1 hwoever, TKN was almost 60 g/m3. This has a number of implications for nutrient retention in tidal creeks. Dozier, Tim. Eta Lambda, Loyola University of New Orleans— Quantitative analysis of nectar production in the cultivated banana, Musa sapientum. A quantitative analysis of the chemical composition of nectar production in the cultivated banana, Musa sapientum (Musaceae) was conducted to provide a description of variation in the quality of nectars over the life span of an individual plant (age variation) and over a daily timespan (temporal variation). Variation in the total sugar concentration and in the proportions of three major sugars (sucrose, glucose, fructose) were measured in all male inflorescences (n = 14-15 per day) in two plants. No significant differences were found in total sugar concentration among (lowers in a single panicle for a particular day. However, significant variation was found among panicles over the age of the plant. Plants begin to produce nectar near sunset and reach a maximum rate of production near midnight. Measurements of total sugar concentration varies during the nightly cycle of nectar pro¬ duction. Kirkegaard, Lewis. Sigma, The Llmversity of Tennessee at Chattanooga — I mm unolabeling of sodium channels in whole nerves for mapping with freeze-fracture microscopy. The goal of this research was to perfect a procedure using an antibody label for the sodium channels of the goldfish lateral line nerve, which could be applied to freeze-fracture microscopy. Using a polyclonal rabbit IgG anti-sodium channel with a secondary goat anti-rabbit IgG with colloidal gold, and a tertiary rabbit anti-goat fluorescent antibody, the nodes of Ranvier were checked for positive labeling. Alternate labeling techniques involved silver enhancement and a tertiary alkaline phospha¬ tase-labeled antibody. Several experiments were done with nitrocellulose assays in order to reduce the background by improving the blocking procedures and it was determined that a blocking regimen of fish skin gelatin, turkey IgG and TWEEN 20 detergent would virtually eliminate non-specific labeling. Other investigations also determined the best method for fixation and embedment of specimens for electron microscopy. Using the new procedural techniques, non-specific labeling was greatly reduced and the results indicate that there are large numbers of sodium channels localized at the nodes of Ranvier. Qualls, Rachel L. Pi Delta, East Tennessee State University — Effects of hydergine on the brain of toxin-exposed animals. Trimethyltin (TMT) causes damage to the neocortex and hippocampus of rats that resembles that found in human Alzheimer’s disease victims, as well as changing locomotion and memory in rats similar to such changes in AD victims. This experiment tested the effects of the drug Hydergine on activity in TMT-treated rats and on density of cholinergic terminals and receptors within the hip¬ pocampus. Hydergine is used clinically to reduce emotional behaviors and activity in AD patients and may alter the cholinergic system in the brain. Forty-eight rats were used and 36 were given 6.0 mg/kg TMT. Forty-five days after TMT, 18 of these received one of 3 doses of Hydergine (0.2, 1.2, or 3.0 mg/kg) daily for 31 days. During the last 3 days each rat was tested for 10 min each day for activity in a novel environment. TMT-treated rats were significantly more active (2-factor repeated measures ANOVA and multiple comparisons) than controls, and all doses of Hydergine reduced this activity. TMT increased acetylcholinesterase staining within hippocampus and the number of mus¬ carinic cholinergic receptors, but Hydergine had no effect on these markers. Hydergine reduced activity BETA BETA BETA ABSTRACTS 127 in TMT-induced rat model of AD. but the mechanism does not appear to involve changes in muscarinic receptors or presynaptic fiber density. Richard. Tasha. Celestine. Sheilia D., and Naqvi, Syed M. Southern University. Baton Rouge, LA — The effects of chromium and copper on respiratory rate of mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis. This work was to assess the toxic effects of Cr and Cu on oxygen consumption by mosquitofish, Gambusia affinis. The fish were exposed to 0.5 ppm CuS04 and 10, 25, 50 ppm CrO, for 168 hr in 5.7 liter glass aquaria, containing 4.5 L test solution. After the initial exposure of 168 hr, individual fish were transferred to BOD bottles, and the initial dissolved oxygen in each test solution was measured by a self-stirring oxygen meter. After 96 hr, the amount of D.O. was again measured and the fish were dried at 1 10°C for 24 hr. The amount of oxygen consumed in 6 hr was computed on the basis of dry weight at 0; hr/g. Ten fish per concentration were exposed to toxicants, and each test was replicated thrice. Student's T test was done to determine the significance level of our data. In 50 ppm CrO, treatment, oxygen consumption by fish increased significantly (P = 0.001), while the lower concen¬ trations of Cr did not affect respiration significantly. Copper sulfate (0.5 ppm) also caused a significant rise in oxygen consumption by adult fish (P = 0.05). We conclude that both cations affected the respiration of mosquitofish and that copper's toxic effect was exhibited at a much lower dose than chromium. ANNOUNCEMENTS 43rd Annual Meeting of Scientific Societies “Voyagers” The American Institute of Biological Sciences (AIBS) will hold its 43rd Annual Meeting of Scientific Societies on 9-13 August 1992 at the Sheraton Waikiki in Honolulu, Hawaii. This international meeting will bring together the Botanical, Ecological, and Phycological Societies of America, the Australian Systematic Bo¬ tanical Society, Botanical Society of Japan, and eleven other scientific societies for five days of symposia, paper and poster sessions, workshops, special lectures, and banquets. Fifty field trips are planned, including trips to Japan as well as the other Hawaiian islands. For more information or to receive a registration brochure, call the AIBS Meet¬ ings Department at 202-628-1500 or 1-800-992-2427. 19th ANNUAL NATURAL AREAS CONFERENCE and the 14th ANNUAL MEETING OF THE NATURAL AREAS ASSOCIATION REDISCOVERING AMERICA: NATURAL AREAS IN THE 1990’S 27-30 October 1992 Indiana University Bloomington, Indiana CALL FOR PAPERS Abstract Submission Members and nonmembers of the Natural Areas Association are encouraged to submit abstracts for papers and posters (indicate preference) on the above topics or others related to natural areas, including anthropology, art, literature, and history. Authors will be notified regarding acceptance of their abstract. Five copies of each abstract should be submitted by 31 May 1992 to Cloyce L. Hedge, Division of Nature Preserves, 402 W. Washington Street Room W267, India¬ napolis, Indiana 46204. Please use the following format when submitting abstracts: TITLE IN CAPITAL LETTERS Author(s) Affiliation The abstract should be 200 words or less, using 1 U inch margins and 10 point text, if possible. 128 REVIEWS Spotte, Stephen. 1992. Captive Seawater Fishes. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $95.00. 942 p. Wow, mind-boggling, and thorough are just a few of the reactions to Stephen Spotte’s new book. Captive Seawater Fishes. Although expensive at $95.00, this book is a must for every aquarist, be it the neophyte or professional. Be forewarned, because of its size and detail, this is not a book that one sits down and devours in one sitting. It's heavy but delightfully easy reading. Read it in installments, or proceed to the areas of most interest to you and fill in behind later. Spotte has given us Seawater Aquariums (1979), Fish and Invertebrate Culture (1979), and Marine Aquarium Keeping (1985), and now has reached his zenith with his latest book. What is so impressive about Captive Seawater Fishes is that he takes you, in a sense, by the hand and leads or teaches you, from the very beginning, even if it is for a goldfish in a bowl, how to set up, maintain, and treat aquaria and their contents. You are led, in 588 pages and 10 chapters, progressively through: chemical processes (Chapt. 1). biological processes (Chapt. 2). physical processes (Chapt. 3), physiology (Chapt. 4), sensory perceptions (Chapt. 5), behavior (Chapt. 6), space (Chapt. 7), nutrition (Chapt. 8), health (Chapt. 9), and exhibition (Chapt. 10), as they pertain to the aquarium and its contents of fishes or invertebrates. Spotte defines all terms and usages, gives you the chemical reaction to expect or why something went wrong, and how to make or balance the chemicals added in order to guarantee a good setup. He often adds his own little tricks to insure a superb aquarium system, i.e. add a handful of gravel from the previous aquarium as it supplies heterotrophic bacteria along with nitrifiers that makes the restart in a new setup better. He tells you what is good or better and which methods to use, i.e. Hirajama, half-depth, noxic sediment, and even what glassware to use when making changes. He reviews the types and sizes of filters, even to grain size, how to ship large species, i.e. sharks, and how to control or lessen their stress during shipment or handling. Spotte ventures into the world of resource, even in aquaria, partitioning, what foods to use and their composition, even to the food value of brine shrimp, as based on developmental stages of the shrimp’s growth. How to make moist foods versus use of dry pellet foods and their contents. Health and diseases and their treatment are presented. He even reviews advantages and disadvantages of square and round aquaria. How to photograph aquarium inhabitants, in terms of light, glare, distance away from subject, underwater, etc. Following the main part of the book, pages 589-796 include all the references and detailed notes that are referred to or are scattered throughout the book. He doesn't just list a citation and have you to go elsewhere to look up the information of why, how, etc., it was used, he gives you a detailed answer. What reef fishes eat along with supporting references are treated in Appendix i. pages 797- 812. An overall literature cited section, with references to 1990, by chapter occupies pages 813-892. A thorough index is found in pages 893-938. Credits round out the volume as pages 939-942. Fifty-six excellent color plates of fishes and habitat adorn this volume, between pages 326 and 327. Two Centroid base color standard plates are included to let one know which way to proceed when photographing underwater or into an aquarium, features detailed in Chapter 10, exhibition. I appreciated the use of orange to highlight a topic or paragraph heading. This lets one find it easier. Otherwise the text is the usual black on white. What I didn't like was the use of only one-third of each page width for the text, figure or table legend. Use of the full page width would have saved space as well as, perhaps, reduced the book size by 100-150 pages. I found only two errors: p. 224 morality instead of mortality stress and an A was missing or was a poor type set on p. 326 for Vertical. Main black and white plates enhance the book. Only the sergeant-major photos, figure 6-15, p. 296. where one can hardly see the eggs, and figure 10-4, p. 533, where glare prevents one from seeing the sea gull, are too light. The only disturbing aspect I found was the constant reference to who provided the sources for the figures, graphs, etc.; in the majority of cases it was Spotte himself. This approach reminded me of that used by a noted aquarium book publisher where every print, etc., bears his name when both he and Spotte could have stated, at the outset, unless noted the source of the material (graph, figures, photos, etc.) was his. Don’t walk but run to your nearest book dealer or store and add Spotte's Captive Seawater Fishes to your holdings. You will learn much about aquaria and aquarium keeping. Most important being, by doing so you will have a wealth of information at your fingertips and in one place. No more searching mounds of literature is needed of what to do to insure a healthy, colorful, and informative 129 130 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 aquarium, it is there. 1 wonder what Spotte will do to top this production, for there is little he hasn’t treated or included. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, Morehead City, NC 28557. Landau, Matthew. 1991. Introduction to Aquaculture. John Wiley & Sons, New York, NY. $49.95. 440 p. According to the author, this book is intended to till the existing void for a general aquaculture text. Indeed, since few aquaculture books are suitable for the classroom it clearly fills this nearly vacant niche. The book is an informative and welcome contribution that accomplishes the author’s stated objective. A primary strength, as the author emphasizes, is its comprehensive nature, acknowledging aquatic plants, invertebrates, and vertebrates. The slight marine bias is more refreshing than distracting. Its major weakness is superficial representation of important topics such as therapeutic chemicals, aquaculture effluent management, predator control, recirculating aquaculture systems, fish processing, and genetics. The text presents an overview of aquaculture organized into 1 3 chapters partitioned into three primary areas. The first reviews physical and chemical considerations, including water quality criteria, and culture systems (traditional and non-traditional). Methods for cage, raft, pond, raceway, and greenhouse culture are briefly described; net-pen culture and open ocean ranching are neglected and closed-systems, an increasingly popular technique, is too quickly dismissed. Among the more instructive chapters are those on pumps and filtration and water treatment. Although many of the identical illustrations and a more detailed description can be found in Wheaton’s classic “Aquaculture Engineering,” Landau offers a balanced view of pumps, flow meters, filtering, and sterilization processes. Extending the text beyond these simple descriptions by comparing the efficiency and suitability of alternative machines and treatments would have been instructive. The midsection is devoted to the biology and culture methods of target organisms, including a wide variety of seaweeds, shellfish, crustaceans, freshwater (e.g. catfish, trout, baitlish, tilapia, and eels) and saltwater species (e.g. mullet, flatfish, milkfish, salmon, and striped bass). I found these reviews conventional and perfunctory. An assessment of the relative importance of the species and criteria for selecting the optimum one to rear is notably missing. Appending considerations of additional related species of mollusks, crustaceans, and linfish to rear of the book, rather than integrating them into clearly related chapters in the text, is puzzling and confusing. The last two chapters of the book, dealing with regulatory and economic concerns, are significant inclusions. Although not widely appreciated by students, an understanding of these topics is funda¬ mental to successful aquaculture. The review of international laws probably should have been con¬ densed to offer a more practical and revealing focus on state and local laws. Particularly useful features are the summary statements located at the conclusion of each chapter and the bold print added to emphasize important concepts. The book clearly provides an enlightening panorama of aquaculture and should be widely accepted in undergraduate classes. Louis A. Helfrich, Department of Fisheries & Wildlife Sciences, Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University, Blacksburg, VA 24061. Menhinick, E. F. 1991. The Freshwater Fishes of North Carolina. North Carolina Wildlife Resources Commission, Raleigh, NC 27602. $37.70. 227 p. Ed Menhinick’s identification manual for North Carolina freshwater fishes, which has been used in manuscript form by numerous southeastern ichthyologists for a decade or more, is now available. Introductory chapters consider North Carolina physiography, river drainages, and lakes and reservoirs, and contain a detailed section on anatomical characters of fishes that are useful in their identification. The main portion of the book provides a key to the 33 families followed by keys to the 248 species of fishes likely to be encountered in North Carolina's freshwater habitats. Families follow Robins et al. (1991) except that Elassomatidae is recognized as being distinct from Centrarchidae. Families are REVIEWS 131 arranged in the phylogenetic order used in the 1980 version of Robins et al. A North Carolina dot distribution map and a black and white drawing for each species are included. Information for a given species is included where that species "keys out”; the only biological information (maximum size, habitat, spawning season) appears in tabular form in the appendix. The appendix includes very useful tables of characteristics of difficult genera [Alosa, Noturus, Etheostoma, Percina ; and Notropis, Hy- bopsis, and Ictalurus in the sense of the 1980 version of the Common and Scientific Names of Fishes from the United States and Canada (Robins et al. 1980)]. The appendix also includes a list of marine fishes that may enter North Carolina fresh waters; a list of species introduced into North Carolina, by drainage; and a table containing information on specimens used for the illustrations. The index contains alphabetical listings of common names, scientific names of genera followed by included species, and taxonomic characters. Most of the newly recognized or elevated generic names mentioned above are not listed in the index, or if they are (Ameiurus, Cyprinella ), included species are not listed. Since species epithets are listed only under genera, it would be very difficult for many people to locate the page where, for instance, Lythrurus ardens is treated, since Lythrurus is not listed, and ardens appears only under Notropis. I have had the opportunity to use an earlier draft of this book, and have always been pleased with the results. It is a particularly good source for identification of herrings (Alosa) and bullheads (Ameiurus), and very adequate for other North Carolina freshwater fishes. The drawings of individual species are generally very good (Noturus baileyi is an exception). They are of a style similar to those in Eddy's How to Know the Freshwater Fishes, but they tend to look more like the fish they attempt to portray than Eddy's drawings. They accurately depict specimens that have been in formalin for several weeks or longer, but will not be very useful for freshly caught specimens of many species. The distribution maps, with black dots on a base map of green (streams, names, and boundaries of counties) do a good job of conveying a quick impression of North Carolina distribution, and are of sufficient detail to allow for critical comparisons. The book has been well edited. I noted an incorrect verb tense on page 1 and Macrhybopsis is misspelled (as Macrohybopsis) on page 66. I found no other misspellings or incorrect verb tenses (actually, there are very few verbs in the book). Pimephales vigilax does not have a black peritoneum (page 62, couplet 14. did I miss that in my review of the manuscript?). I think the footnote on that page should have given the predorsal scale or scale row count for Pimephales rather than say ‘crowded predorsal scales”. Footnotes create the unfortunate impression that generic changes subsequent to the 1980 names list (bullheads to Ameiurus, western trout to Oncorhynchus, and recognition of many former cyprinid subgenera as genera) are the result of research by Robins et al. (1991). I would have preferred to see citations for the authors whose research supported these changes. The tiny, easily overlooked, and often missing barbel of Semotilus is used as a generic character (but many other authors use this as a primary character for generic recognition). On page 72, couplet 4, Luxilus is characterized as being “rare in Coastal Plain”. Does this mean absent elsewhere or common elsewhere? (It means the latter in this case.) The eye in head measurements (page 120, couplet 4) for bullheads are unrealistic based on specimens I have measured, and might cause some confusion. The first and second branch iostegal rays are attached to the hyoid bones, not to the opercle (page 180, couplet 7), but the cited illustration on page 178 makes the character being portrayed reasonably clear. Some characters used in the keys are poorly chosen (snout shape rather than saddle number and position to differentiate between subgenera Ulocentra and Etheostoma of genus Etheostoma (both subgenera have blunt snouts). Some appear to be imaginary (gill membranes meet to form 40 degree angle in Percina burtonv, 50-60 degree angle in P. caprodes and P. rex. In general, however, there is an abundance of useful characters to choose from while proceeding through the keys. I appreciate the author’s quandary in deciding which generic names to use. He was caught in the transition between the 1980 and 1991 common and scientific names lists (Robins et al. 1980. 1991) and made a sensible choice of using names of the 1980 version, while mentioning the many new generic allocations of the 1991 version. Unfortunately, as mentioned earlier, the new names in most cases were not included in the index. Recent recognition of Gambusia holbrooki, the eastern mosquitolish, as distinct from G. aflinis. the western mosquitolish, creates the possibility that both species occur in North Carolina. Whether or not this possibility has been considered is not apparent. Etheostoma subgenera supposedh follow Bailey and Etnier (1988), and this is true except for page 166. couplet 9, where the subgeneric name Nanostoma appears. This is not a book about the freshwater fishes of North Carolina (there are onl\ 29 references cited), nor does it presume to be. It is an identification manual, and a very good one. In virtualls all eases, this will be the only book you will need to identify a freshwater fish from North Carolina. 132 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 Literature Cited Bailey, R. M., and D. A. Etnier. 1988. Comments on the subgenera of darters (Percidae) with descriptions of two new species of Etheostoma (Ulocentra) from southeastern United States. Misc. Pub. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 175, 48 p. Robins, C. R., R. M. Bailey, C. E. Bond, J. R. Brooker, E. A. Lachner, R. N. Lea, and W. B. Scott. 1 980. A list of common and scientific names of fishes from the United States and Canada (Fourth Edition). Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Pub. 12, 174 p. - . (Fifth Edition). Amer. Fish. Soc. Spec. Pub. 20, 183 p. David A. Etnier, Department of Zoology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1'N 37996. Gibbons, J. Whitfield and Raymond D. Semlitsch. 1991. Guide to the Reptiles and Amphibians of the Savannah River Site. University of Georgia Press, Athens, GA. $20.00. 192 p. There are few places in the Southeast the size of the Savannah River Site (SRS, 780 km2) where the herpetofauna has been as intensively studied. An amazing 101 species have been reported for this area. Although the SRS was established in 1951, active research on its amphibians and reptiles did not begin in earnest until Whit Gibbons arrived in the middle 1960's. Since that time there has been a steady flow of papers on a wide array of topics covering a majority of the fauna. Ray Semlitsch joined the team in the late 1970’s and contributed substantially to this effort through the 1980’s. The Guide to the Reptiles and Amphibians of the Savannah River Site provides a window to the published literature on these animals, and baseline distributional and ecological information for each species. It is intended as a primer for biologists who may want to conduct research on the herpetofauna of the SRS. It may also serve as a guide to many of the species in Georgia and South Carolina. Important features of guides to organisms of any specified location are descriptions of its history, physical features, and the range of habitats present. These aspects of the book are especially useful as they describe and map all of the specific sites where herpetological research has been conducted. Historical comments on most of the sites generated an impression of a substantially human-altered and dynamic landscape. I had the vision of a combination of human-altered habitats reverting to natural states and natural habitats subjected to intense human pressures, especially forestry practices and thermal effects. Despite historical and recent perturbations, however, the herpetofauna appears healthy. Perhaps there is a lesson here for the conservation of local biodiversity. The book contains keys to all species groups, as well as to tadpoles and salamander larvae. The few illustrations included are associated with the keys. An important contribution to amphibian biology is the set of pen and ink drawings of all aquatic salamander larvae. These are well done and in themselves constitute a major service. Brief species accounts include information on localities, habitats, seasonal and diel activity patterns, reproduction, population characteristics, prey, body size, and other miscellaneous observations. Ac¬ counts vary in size and informational content. Gibbons and Semlitsch note that they included only information from the SRS. Thus, there is a great deal of information for some species and little for others. The unevenness makes it readily apparent that there is much to learn even about the basic natural history of many species. A key feature in each account is the list of reference numbers. Each paper published by Savannah River Ecology Lab staff and research associates is assigned a number. Herpetological papers begin with 0048, and the 160 papers listed in the SREL reprint bibliography ends with 1 342. The last paper included was published in 1 989. Thus, researchers interested in papers dealing with a particular species need only look at the end of the species account and note the appropriate papers. This approach allows for substantial augmentation to the information provided in the book. The final portion of the book is a set of two indices. One provides lists of pertinent reprint numbers under each of 22 subject headings, ranging from habitat to radioecology. The other is a quick reference to the reprints for each species. The bibliography contains additional lists of theses and dissertations based herpetological studies conducted on the SRS and 43 additional useful references. An index to species completes the book. The SRS guidebook was originally intended to be a thorough update of previous in-house publi¬ cations but, due no doubt to Gibbons' prior success as a book author, the University of Georgia Press requested to take it over (J. W. Gibbons, pers. commun.). This move, in my opinion, created a REVIEWS 133 somewhat different market than was originally intended. The larger market is interested in broad syntheses with substantial doses of natural history and color photographs. Gibbons and Semlitsch’s book is an excellent, well-written introduction to the herpetofauna of the SRS useful to professionals and college students. However, it may not be attractive to a general audience. The nonprofessional will have difficulties using the technical reprints, even though they would be provided upon request. Perhaps this book could be expanded into a book that provides a more regional coverage with species descriptions, thorough species accounts, geographic distribution patterns, and illustrations of all spe¬ cies. As it is, this book is an important window to scientific herpetology in the Southeast. If you are interested in the herpetofauna of this area from anything but a hobbyist perspective, then this book will indeed be a useful addition to your library. Joseph C. Mitchell, Department of Biology, University of Richmond, Richmond, VA 23173. Mayer, John J., and I. Lehr Brisbin, Jr. 1991. Wild Pigs in the United States: Their History, Comparative Morphology, and Current Status. University of Geor¬ gia Press, Athens, GA. $40.00. 313 p. Of all the exotic animals introduced into the United States by man, none has elicited a wider range of emotions than the pig, Sus scrofa. Domesticated captive swine, a leading source of protein and therefore a multi-million dollar livestock industry, are especially savored at pig-pickin's in the south¬ eastern United States. Wild boars, feral descendents of domestic swine, or hybrids between the two are hunted with great bravura and mounted as trophies and featured at game feasts, but they also cause tremendous damage to host environments, as in the Great Smoky Mountains National Park, Texas, and Hawaii. To the general public, piglets are considered adorable, cuddlesome farmyard pets while their parents represent the epitome of slovenliness. Despite their immediate recognition by people of all ages, pigs in the United States are a nomenclatural nightmare because both wild and domesticated stocks have been widely introduced, wild boars and feral hogs have subsequently hy¬ bridized. and taxonomists still have not agreed on a protocol to name domestic animals. This book provides the only comprehensive taxonomic investigation of the free-ranging populations of Sus in the United States. As its title implies, it uses the history of introductions and phenotypic characteristics to determine the current taxonomic and distributional status of free-ranging populations in the United States. The introductory chapter clearly identifies the scope of the book, with useful definitions of the vernacular names applied to captive and free-ranging forms of Sus scrofa. The second chapter provides a detailed historical discussion of feral hog introductions, alphabetized by state, and wild boar introductions, alphabetized by site (because some sites crossed state boundaries). Much of this information comes from extensive personal communications and a questionnaire sent to state agencies, which appear in two (of five) appendices. The third chapter deals with the morphological analyses used to allocate individuals from free-ranging populations in the United States to one of four target groups: domestic swine, feral hogs, Eurasian wild boars, or feral hog x wild boar hybrids. Mayer and Brisbin’s use of univariate and multivariate statistics is good by recent standards, their analysis of pelage coloration and hair morphology is excellent, and they make good reference to published karyological information. The fourth chapter describes the current status of free-ranging populations in the United States, alphabetized by state; range maps of these data arc provided in an appendix. The fifth chapter presents their succinct but explicit conclusions. In two additional appendices. Mayer and Brisbin review the “normally recognized geographic subspecies of the Eurasian wild boar (p. 238)" and offer synonymies for domestic and nominal forms of feral swine. The former offers no rationale for departures from the systematic arrangement proposed by Groves (1981). who revised the entire genus Sus, while the latter provides an excellent discussion of the problems facing taxonomists as they attempt to name domestic animals. This book has few of the problems typically caused by the protracted period of time, in this ease spanning parts of three decades, that it takes to publish a comprehensive manuscript. Pedantic book reviewers often count the number of citations from each decade in an attempt to pros e that it is particularly difficult to keep up with the most recent literature when research projects are periodically shelved. Mayer and Brisbin have scant lapses in this regard, but at least two general references (Anderson and Jones 1967; Walker 1 975) are antiquated by more recent editions (twice now in \\ alkcr's case); however, critical references to the “Proceedings of the Feral Pig Symposium" (1989) were included. 134 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 The authors are to be congratulated on a book remarkably free of factual errors. In one case (p. 182) they incorrectly state that Ocracoke Island, North Carolina, is in Dare County, but they properly place it in Hyde County elsewhere in the text. Also, they (p. 182-183, 219) mistakenly cite Webster (1988) as claiming that feral hogs do not occur on the Outer Banks of North Carolina, when in fact Webster ( 1 988: 227) said "pigs ... do not occur in [Nags Head Woods Ecological Preserve] but inhabit other barrier islands in the state.” In the last decade or so, however, two events have significantly reduced the number of pigs on North Carolina’s barrier islands — rampant development, especially along Currituck Banks, and selective livestock removal programs (e.g. Shackleford Banks). “Wild Pigs of the United States” has few inconsistencies or typographical mistakes that detract from the text. Premaxillary is improperly hyphenated (p. 82) immediately after the same word appears without punctuation, and Mexico (p. 198) appears without the accent although Galapagos (p. 95) does. The Specimens Examined format is inconsistent, as is the use of subentries (or lack thereof) in the Index. Citations are listed chronologically with few lapses (p. 2, 3, and Table 23). I found one super- lluous parenthesis (p. 3), some minor problems with column alignment (Table 20, 2 1 ), and one sentence in the Conclusions (p. 226) was repeated twice. From a production standpoint, this handsome book appears to be fairly well bound and the text’s single-column format is easy to read. Several county lines in the maps of Texas and New Mexico (p. 283, 284) are washed out, but overall the figures and tables are neat and easily interpreted. In summary, “Wild Pigs of the United States” is a thorough, well written, and reasonably priced book. It should serve as an important reference for professional mammalogists and those employed by federal and state wildlife agencies. Literature Cited Anderson, S. and J. K. Jones, Jr. 1967. Recent mammals of the World. Ronald Press Co., NY. Groves, C. P. 1981. Ancestors for the pigs: taxonomy and phylogeny of the genus Sus. Australian Natl. Univ., Tech. Bull. 3: 1-96. Proceedings of the Feral Pig Symposium (N. Black, ed.). 1989. Livestock Conserv. Inst., Madison, WI. Walker, E. P. 1975. Mammals of the World. 3rd ed. Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, MD. Webster, W. D. 1988. The mammals of Nags Head Woods Ecological Preserve and surrounding areas. Assoc. Southeastern Biol. Bull. 35: 223-229. Wm. David Webster, Department of Biological Sciences. University of North Carolina at Wilmington, Wilmington, NC 28403 Rutzler, Klaus (ed.). 1990. New Perspectives in Sponge Biology: Third Inter¬ national Conference on the Biology of Sponges. Woods Hole, MA. 17-23 No¬ vember 1985. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC. $50.00. 533 p. Every eight to 10 years, a conference is convened by the “spongologists” of the world — biologists, paleontologists, chemists, and ecologists who, as Professor Willard Hartman notes in his Foreword, apply both modern and traditional techniques to study this ubiquitous group of aquatic animals. The long-awaited proceedings of the most recent congress in 1985 was published in late 1990; it is a comprehensive review of research conducted on sponges during the first half of the 1980’s. The volume is divided into sections on Paleobiology; Biochemistry and Chemotaxonomy; Im¬ munology and Chemical Defense; Cell Structure and Mobility; Developmental Biology; Tissue Or¬ ganization, Morphology, and Mechanics; Systematics, Biogeography, and Evolutionary Biology; Com¬ munity Structure and Ecology; and Species Interaction and Ecophysiology. The diversity in topics is matched by the diversity of sponge species studied from fresh water and marine environments in almost every part of the world. In most conference proceedings, the papers can range from mediocre to outstanding. The editor of this volume devoted much effort to ensure that no paper would be mediocre and that researchers presenting conflicting data at the conference had the opportunity to reevaluate and synthesize disparate findings before publication of their results. Perhaps the most noteworthy contributions are those using new methods and taxonomic characters to analyze phylogenetic relationships of sponges. For example, Boury-Esnault, de Vos, Donadey, and Vacelct determined that the calcified “sclerosponges” can actually be related to orders and subclasses REVIEWS 135 of demosponges based on the ultrastructure of the choanosome. They also clarified relationships within the orders Dictyoceratida and Dendroceratida using these cytological characters. Chemotaxonomic data on the terpenoid chemistry of the Dendroceratida, presented by Bergquist, Karuso, and Cambie, supported the findings of Boury-Esnault et at. Elooper investigated affinities between the Microcionidae and Axinellida by a cladistic analysis of the stability and importance of diagnostic morphological characters, supplemented by protein elec¬ trophoresis (which he found to be consistent for each species regardless of locality, season, or growth form). His data suggest that the Microcionidae (O. Poecilosclerida) and Raspailiidae (O. Axinellida) are closely related and should not be separated at the subclass and ordinal level. Like many studies presented in this proceedings, it provides new information while, at the same time, suggesting hy¬ potheses that remain to be tested. The molecular basis for cellular recognition is addressed in an elegant study by Misevic and Burger on Microciona prolifera aggregation factor (MAF). They found that the functional activity of MAF cell binding and self-association domains differs significantly from most adhesion molecules. Van de Vyver and Buscema analyzed graft rejection mechanisms of Axinella down to the ultra- structural level and described a variety of immune processes that can occur in sponges. Yet another example of the diversity of immune responses was reported by Harrison, Kaye, and Kaye in a study of the structure and function of the dermal membrane in a fresh water sponge, Eunapius fragilis. They suggest that ameboid cells present on the dermal membrane deposit fibers on foreign bodies, such as sediment and protozoans, in what may be a primary tissue response. Reproduction and larval development, feeding and growth rates, and ecology of coral reef sponges are all examined in a number of papers. In all, 70 papers describe some new aspect of sponge biology, paleontology, chemistry, systematics, and ecology. New Perspectives in Sponge Biology’ is a carefully edited volume that should be a valuable reference not only for sponge scientists but also for evolutionary biologists, ecologists, developmental biologists, and natural products chemists. Shirley A. Pomponi, Division of Biomedical Marine Research, Harbor Branch Oceanographic Insti¬ tution, Fort Pierce, FL 34946. De Vos, Louis, Klaus Rutzler, Nicole Boury-Esnault, Claude Donadey, and Jean Vacelet. 1991. Atlas of Sponge Morphology. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC. $35.00. 1 17 p. Sponges are one of the most abundant groups of benthic organisms, both in fresh water and marine environments, yet aspects of their natural history remain unknown to most scientists. Although some comprehensive reviews of sponge biology have been published (e.g. Bergquist, P. R. 1978. Sponges. University of California Press. Berkeley and Los Angeles. 268 p.; Sipmson, T. L. 1984. The Cell Biology of Sponges. Springer- Verlag. NY. 662 p.), this slim volume is less intimidating to the unitiated and a concise but thorough reference for the experts. The atlas has been prepared in a format not unlike a field guide. On each left-hand page arc one or two photographs that have been carefully selected to illustrate a morphological or functional aspect of sponge biology. At the top of the facing right-hand page arc labelled line drawings of the photographs. Under the drawings are detailed captions that explain not only what is figured in the photograph and line drawing, but also its function and how it relates to the natural history of the sponge. The text is written in both English and French. The atlas begins with an introduction to marine sponges in their environment, succintly summarizes gross morphology and filter-feeding in sponges, and takes the reader on an exhaustive (20 plates) guided tour of the canal system and choanocyte chambers of a variety of marine and fresh water species. Second only to the aquiferous system in depth of treatment in the atlas is the reproductive system. Sexual reproduction is described by dramatic micrographs of spermatogenesis, oogenesis, fertilization, embryonic development, and the different types of larvae. Asexual reproduction by gcmmulcs is also figured. The mesohyl — the region between the surface of the sponge (or pinacoderm) and the choanocyte chambers— is described, although not in as great detail as the aquiferous or reproductive sy stems In fact, if there is any negative criticism of the atlas, it is that not enough micrographs of mesohyl cells are presented. Only one example each of archeocytcs and spherulous cells is given, and glvcocy tes and 136 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 collcncytes are not figured at all. This is disappointing in view of the fact that production and storage of the novel natural products discussed in the Foreword by Professor Carl Djcrassi most likely occur in mesophyl cells like archeocytes and spherulous cells. Symbiosis is also treated in a relatively cursory manner, especially considering the expertise of some of the authors, the importance of sponge-microorganism symbiosis in productivity, and the hypoth¬ esized role of sponge microsymbionts in the production of bioactive secondary metabolites. The final section of the atlas deals with skeletal elements: spicules, spongin fibers, and collagen. Micrographs have been selected to illustrate not only the diversity of skeletal elements among sponge taxa, but also how spicules and spongin are connected in various ways to provide structural support. Phylogenetic classification of the cited sponge species is yet another example of why this atlas is much more than that. An index completes the volume. The five co-authors have illustrated their research publications for the past three decades with outstanding electron micrographs. This compilation of many previously unpublished micrographs from their combined collection of thousands more is a delight to peruse. The Atlas of Sponge Mor¬ phology is an mdespensible addition to the reference collection of scientists working on or interested in sponges, and equally at home on the coffee table of amateur scientists and naturalists. Shirley A. Pomponi, Division of Biomedical Marine Research, Harbor Branch Oceanographic Insti¬ tution, Fort Pierce. FL 34946. Allen, K. C. and D. E. G. Briggs (eds.). 1990. Evolution and the Fossil Record. Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, DC. $49.95 paper. 265 p. This Evolution starts with the cosmic “Big Bang" and ends with creationism. Between, the crux of the book consists of eight cogent well written chapters on evolutionary theory and evolution of the major life groups represented in the fossil record. David W. Hughes’ summary, “Evolution of the LIniverse, Stars and Planets”, is useful for lecturers and text-book authors on historical geology, who sometimes are not quite up-to-date about the evo¬ lution of the cosmos. However, his suggestion that the random nature of successive mutations produces a reasonably constant time-scale of life is not in total agreement with several chapters which have to do with patterns of periodicity in evolution and extinction. For example, four papers deal with patterns of evolution and/or extinction: George R. McGhee’s "Catastrophes in the History of Life”; Christopher R. C. Paul’s, “Patterns of Evolution and Extinction in Invertebrates”; Peter R. Crane’s "Patterns of Evolution and Extinction in Vascular Plants”; and Michael J. Benton’s, “Patterns of Evolution and Extinction in Vertebrates”. McGhee’s paper on extinction patterns is complemented by Paul’s on the same subject, but Paul also looks at patterns of evolution. Three of the papers consider the 26 million year periodicity of extinction proposed by Raup and Sepkoski and all find imperfect fits in the fossil record. Paul concludes that the Raup and Sepkoski model needs more study; McGhee writes that the model does not fit the facts due to the physical complexities of earth history; Benton notes that vertebrate data suggest, but do not conclusively support, the model. Paul comments about the evolution of clades as does Crane. Paul’s clades are expressed as generic or familial frequency distribution diagrams whereas Crane’s diagrams are real cladograms. Paul’s patterns therefore reflect evolutionary variations in diversity whereas Crane’s reflect evolutionary patterns of phyletic relationship. Both McGhee and Paul comment on the Alvarez bolide impact hypothesis with respect to Cretaceous extinctions. McGhee suggests that though Cretaceous extinctions were rapid in geologic terms, they were not rapid enough to have been caused by a meteor impact. Paul argues that the proof of cause and effect between meteor impacts and extinction depends on the numbers of major impact (Iridium anomaly) events and extinction events, but the importance of the Alvarez hypothesis is that it has led to a new general theory that mass extinctions result from extraterrestrial causes. The theory is at best a hypothesis, which many paleontologists question. Paul K. Strother's paper on “Pre-Metazoan Life”, is an interesting summary about most of the known Precambrian microbiota and is nicely complemented by Mark A. S. McMenanun’s, “The Origins and Radiation of the early Metazoa”. He writes about the Cambrian-Precambrian boundary problem and associated metazoan faunas, speculates about trophic relationships and the importance of nutrients in changing marine geochemical cycles (the “Garden of Ediacara” concept), considers the importance of the development of mineralized skeletons, of ecologic radiation, and of the genomic REVIEWS 137 hypothesis. He concludes that Cambrian organisms appear with an evolutionary “bang” (i.e. punc¬ tuated evolution) rather than with a “whimper” (gradualism). Crane gives a useful summary of land plant evolution. He pays attention to analyses of diversity with a linkage of phylogeny to ecological patterns. He notes that mass extinctions of plants do not parallel those in animals except possibly at the Cretaceous-Tertiary boundary. Benton presents an equally useful overview of vertebrate evolution, with phylogenetic trees as well as a synoptic coverage of the important vertebrate extinction events. He emphasizes the increase of diversification through time and the importance of ecological analyses and refined generic and specific taxonomy. “Colonization of the Land" by Paul A. Selden and Dianne Edwards is especially interesting. Em¬ phasis is placed on the great physiological adaptations necessary for the transition from aqueous to terrestrial environments. Interpretation is based on the nature of the sedimentary environment in¬ cluding paleosols, trace fossils, and morphological evidence gleaned from fossils. They also consider the routes taken by organisms to establish themselves on land and comment on what early land communities were like. Jeremy M. V. Rayner's paper on “Vertebrate Flight and the Origins of Flying Vertebrates” considers pterosaurs, birds, and bats. Problems of locomotion and aerodynamics are looked at as well as the biomechanics of flight. The paper ends with commentary on gliding models, cursorial models, and fluttering "proto-flappers.” Rayner concludes that a gliding origin of flight seems most probable for all three groups. In the concluding paper, Rhondda E. Jones’ commentary on “Evolution, Creationism, and Science Education" gives a balanced nonemotional account of what creationism is and its impact on secondary students especially from the Australian perspective where religious teachings are permitted in public schools. The result is that where creationism is taught in secondary science classes, critical evaluation is discouraged and confusion ensues. “Evolution and the Fossil Record” is well written and interesting. The index is not as useful as it could be and chapters could have been better arranged. The book is neither the best nor the worst of the many publications about evolution and the fossil record. The stated objective, to reach a readership of college level students and interested scientists from other fields, is met from a literary and scientific viewpoint. The high cost for a modest sized paperback edition could diminish this objective. Joseph St. Jean, Department of Geology’, University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, NC 27599. Gilligan, Matthew R., Thomas Kozel and Joseph P. Richardson. 1991. En¬ vironmental Science Laboratory: A Manual of Lab and Field Exercises. Halfmoon Publishing, Savannah, GA. $10.00. 156 p. This is a manual of laboratory and field exercises in environmental science written for advanced high school or college undergraduate students. It is specifically geared for use with two popular environmental textbooks: Arms, K., Environmental Science and Miller, G. T., Living In The Envi¬ ronment. Philosophically, the authors produced this manual in an attempt to capture “both the spirit and applications of the ‘environmental decade’ ol the 1990s” (p. 1). It introduces students to lab and field experiences they might encounter during a career in environmental science. Certain concepts and elements in biology, ecology, environmental science, and contemporary environmental issues are emphasized. Significant words are printed in bold face type. Six parts compose the manual’s contents, with each sub-divided into three or more different topics. They are: Techniques; Energy, Climate, and Noise; Ecosystems; Populations; Air and Water Quality . Pollution and Toxic Chemicals. Twenty-live activities are available; 1 8 are capable of being completed in a week or less while seven require more than a week. Each topic begins with text references, stated objectives of the activity, and a materials list. This manual’s scope of activities allows for a wide variety of environments, materials, basic math skills, some statistical calculations, and objectives to be efficiently investigated and or used. Sophisticated equipment and materials are not needed. Most of the equipment could probably be found in an already existing biology lab or could be easily obtained. An exception to this might occur at the secondary school level because the authors suggest the use of environmental testing kits for some exercises which public schools might not have. However, these could be purchased from science supply companies Written in typical “manual” fashion, the type size and style used lends itself to easy reading. Much 138 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 “white space” is available for the addition of notes. Included in each exercise are the necessary data collection forms or graphs. Various illustrations and diagrams are included for each topic. Three appendices, concerned with writing a lab report, statistics, and the metric system, follow the exercises. Included in the section on statistics are directions for using a hand-held calculator with statistical functions. Finally, sources for equipment and supplies, references, answers to questions, and an index are provided. Helpful to instructors that employ field collecting techniques in their science classes is the information in the Techniques section about using dichotomous keys, field guides, plant pressing and preservation, and using a seine net. Also helpful are instructions and examples to follow for writing to public officials. Even though this manual is associated with two specific texts, it appears that it would be suitable for use with most any environmental science text and some general biology texts. It is also suitable for use by special interest groups such as science clubs, and so on. With extra instruction, some junior high school students could manage a few of the tasks quite well. Jim Green, Schiele Museum of Natural History and Planetarium, Gastonia. NC 28503. Drlica, Karl. 1992. Understanding DNA and Gene Cloning: A Guide for the Curious. John Wiley and Sons, Inc., NY. (2nd ed.), $22.95. 240 p., paperback. According to the author, this little book was written for college students who might become biology majors and, in some cases, who are non-science majors. The author also states that the discussion starts at a much more elementary level than is commonly found in Scientific American and The New York Times. It would be difficult to become more basic than that and still maintain the thread of science that would be expected in such a book. The book consists of 1 1 chapters and three appendices. Each chapter is preceded by an “overview” and ends with a “perspective” and questions for discussion. Sample chapters include. The Structure of DNA, Gene Expression, Reproducing DNA, Plasmids and Phages, and Gene Manipulation, to name only about half. A glossary and an index are included at the end of the book. The author is correct about the book's basic nature. The glossary actually defines the word “molecule.” It seems to me that anyone who needs to have the word “molecule” defined probably ought to be taking a course in Biology 101, not reading a book about gene cloning. Even so, if the mission of the book is to present the facts of molecular biology and recombinant DNA technology in a very, very basic fashion, then it achieves this goal admirably. To any but the most uninformed, the content has been simplified almost out of existence. However, it is possible that someone knowing absolutely nothing about molecular biology might gain from having read this book. To this moderately well-informed reader, the over simplification and penchant for trivial analogy are simply irritating. It is difficult to believe that an analogy such as the following, "the goal of gene splicing is analogous to inserting one specific scene from a John Wayne movie into a complete Mickey Mouse cartoon,” does anything at all for the reader. The basic facts of molecular biology so far as they go in this book are correctly presented. This reviewer has some minor arguments with the order of presentation. For example, the information on growth of bacteria is presented in the second chapter. It would seem to be more logically presented with the chapter on plasmids and phages. It could be argued that the student doesn’t really require a knowledge of bacterial culture until it is necessary to talk about transformation of bacterial cells. Also, the concept of amino acid sequence and secondary structure of proteins is presented before the student is introduced to the way in which the genetic code specifies this sequence. This is bound to be confusing. The book is well-illustrated with black and white photographs and diagrams. The diagrams appear to be quite accurate and once again are presented in a very simplified fashion. An additional note has to do with the readings cited at the end of the book on page 204. Almost every paper cited was published in Scientific American. Surely, good basic information about molecular biology can be found in other sources. I am not certain for whom I would recommend this book, perhaps for a non-science majors course in modern biological techniques as they apply to human health and the treatment of genetic diseases. I believe the book would be more attractive if a somewhat more sophisticated presentation were given and the urge to over-simplify and make trivial analogies were avoided. Also it is not clear why there should be two introductions by famous molecular biologists. These appear to have nothing at all to do with the intent of the book and serve merely as a distraction. While perhaps the book can be recommended for the non-science major who wants a brief and uncomplicated introduction to mo- REVIEWS 139 lecular biology, it is doubtful that even the undergraduate who has taken a basic genetics course would learn very much new from this book. Dwayne A. Wise. Department of Biological Sciences, Mississippi State University, Mississippi State, MS 39762. Cremlyn, R. J. 1991. Agrochemicals: Preparation and Mode of Action. John Wiley & Sons, NY. $47.95. 396 p. This appears to be one of those critical reference works for the plant scientist, especially the plant physiologist, as well as those concerned with the environment. This text seems to bring together a lot of rather dispersed information concerning the chemistry, biological activity, and environmental hazards of pesticides. After an introduction, from the historical perspective of the evolution of pesticides, the author discusses physicochemical factors and pertinent biochemical reactions involving pesticides. After a brief review of naturally occurring insecticides, i.e. what many phytochemists relate to as chemical ecology, the author identifies and expounds on the “various groups” of synthetic insecticides. Sub¬ sequently, an indepth presentation is given on fungicides, herbicides, plant growth regulators, roden- ticides, nematicides, molluscicides, and fumigants. A separate chapter is devoted to natural and synthetic chemical communicants, e.g. pheromones, hormones, allomones and kairomones. The con¬ cluding chapters of the book address problems encountered with the use of pesticides, environmental damage, and the author’s futuristic outlook for the development and utilization of pesticides in the “future.” This is a very worthwhile addition to any biologist’s library as it relates the use and importance of pesticides to environmental concerns. It contains a wealth of interesting information for enticing neophyte biologists into the discipline. James W. Wallace. Department of Biology, Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723. Ashton, Floyd M. and Thomas J. Monaco , with contributions from Michael Barrett. 1991. Weed Science: Principles and Practices. 3rd ed. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., NY. 466 p. $45. This basic weed control textbook is an updating of 1961 and 1975 editions originally authored by- Glenn Klingman. It contains 24 chapters divided into three sections: Principles. Herbicides, and Practices. The first section deals with basic concepts to help understand the materials presented in the following sections. It includes such topics as weed biology and ecology, weed management practices, environmental impact and herbicide registration, application equipment, and others. The second section includes seven chapters covering the major families of herbicide chemistry'. It gives their general physical properties, modes of action, interaction with soil and environmental factors, etc. The third section includes discussion of specific areas of crop production, including chapters on small grains and flax, small-seeded legumes, vegetable crops, fruit and nut crops, lawns and turfs, aquatics, and others. This edition continues the standards set in previous editions in its clarity of writing and many illustrations. Numerous chapters in the book are either new or have been revised extensively. The chapter on herbicide registration and environmental impact is completely new. The chapter on ap¬ plication equipment has been revised extensively to include newer developments in the field, such as recirculating sprayers and rope-wick applicators. A number of herbicides have been introduced since 1975 and have been added to the herbicide section. These include such materials as the sulfonyl- ureas, the aryloxyphenoxys, imidazolinoncs, and cyclohexendiones. Without becoming a large cata¬ logue of all properties of these materials, discussion of them is extensive enough to serve a beginning weed control class and as a shelf reference for county agents, pesticide consultants, and others. The level of writing appears to be appropriate for the beginning weed science student. Basic courses in botany and chemistry are expected, but the book is not directed to adv anced graduate students Discussion of several topics continues to be concise, straightforward, and helpful. Some aspects ol weed management and the herbicide section particularly fall into this category Some subjects, howev ei are barely mentioned or are ignored entirely. The subjects of competition and allelopathy are co\ ered in two short pages. Essentially no discussion was included on the period of time that weeds could be 140 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 allowed to grow before being removed without crop loss. That could be an important concept in weed management. The authors seem to have picked up some ecology jargon that weed scientists will be reluctant to adopt. For example, “positive interference” seems to me to be an oxymoron. “Positive interaction” seems preferable. There is no discussion on the process of establishing a legal tolerance, a topic that most Americans should understand. Toxicology tests determine the upper limit of the tolerance level, but most tol¬ erances are actually established based upon actual residue, which could be hundreds or thousands of times less than toxicology tests would allow. Students receiving training in weed science should be exposed to that idea. One of the most important subjects in weed science today may be the development of herbicide- resistant weeds. I could find no mention of that topic, perhaps a serious omission. There are a few minor typographical errors not found in the proofreading process (e.g. volatility is misspelled twice on page 122). In general, this is a useful revision of a basically good book and should serve as an excellent textbook for beginning weed science classes. Arnold P. Appleby, Department of Crop and Soil Science, Oregon State University. Corvallis, OR 97331. Originally published in: Weed Technology. 1991. 5(4): 907. Virginia’s Endangered Species, Karen Terwillyic (coordinator). Cloth $59.95, paper $32.95. Only 2,500 copies produced. Royalties go to the non-game and endangered species fund to support future conservation efforts in Virginia. McDonald & Woodward Publ. Co. Blacksburg, VA 24062. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Math and Science Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA Tuskegee University. Department of Biology. A Plant Science Workshop was sponsored by the NSF, the U.S. Dept, of Agriculture and Tuskegee Llniversity. The topic was “Understanding and Manip¬ ulating Plant Responses to Environmental Stress.” Approximately 100 people attended among which were 1 6 panelists who spoke on Water/Salt Stress, Temperature Stress, Disease Stress, and Insect Stress. The Keynote address was given by Dr. Virginia Walbot, Professor of Biology, Stanford University. FLORIDA University of Florida. Department of Botany. Along with other Universities and Colleges in Florida, the department is experiencing financial difficulties. In spite of financial woes, research grants continue to be obtained and awards gained. Dr. F. E. (Jack) Putz received the Andreas Communication Award from the School for Field Studies, Berkeley, Mass. Dr. Scott Zona, post-doctoral assistant, received the Jesse M. Greenman Award at the Botanical Society of America meeting for “A Monograph of Sabal( Arecaceae; Corzphoideae)”. This was the best thesis paper in plant systematics published during the preceding year. Melanie Moon, an undergraduate, was awarded second prize for her research paper on Mikania scandens in the graduate student competition at the Aquatic Plant Management meeting. Dr. David Ditcher received a Merit Award from the Botanical Society for his long and distinguished service to the Society. Dr. Judith Skog of George Mason University held a NSF Women in Science Fellowship in Dr. David Ditcher's laboratory in the Florida Museum of Natural History. She taught a course on Paleobotany with Dr. Ditcher and Dr. Steven Manchester and, as part of her fellowship program, invited a number of distinguished women biologists to visit Gainesville to give seminars and discuss research with faculty and students. Archbold Biological Station, Fake Placid. A cooperative research and training program in agroecology has been initiated between the Station and the University of Florida’s Institute of Food and Agricultural Sciences. In 1988, the 10,300-acre Buck Island Ranch was leased to the Station for 30 yr by the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation. This included outright donation of all cattle and equip¬ ment on the premises, and it established the John D. MacArthur Agro-ecology Research Center as a division of the Station. Mr. Dan Childs, a nationally recognized leader in the cattle industry with special expertise in livestock health, disease, and nutrition, was named Ranch Manager. A panel of industry experts, water-management scientists, and academic professors comprise the MAERC Ad¬ visory Committee. During 1991, 14 students from 1 1 schools, including Lima, Peru, served as interns, working half-time for a Station scientist, and received room, board, and a stipend to allow them to conduct independent research. GEORGIA Georgia Southern University, Department of Biology. Speakers for the CLEC Seminar Series included Dr. Tim Spira, Georgia Southern U., Ms. Laurie Wilkins, Florida Museum of Natural History. Dr Michael Gannon. Georgia Southern U., Dr. James Cane. Auburn U.. Dr. Kisliwar \taur. Georgia Southern U., Dr. J. B. Claiborne, Georgia Southern U., Dr. Michael Moulton and Dr John Parrish. Georgia Southern U. Valdosta State College, Department of Biology. Dr. IF. James l.ouglny (Ph.D.. Animal Behavior. University ofCalifornia-Davis) has been appointed Assistant Professor of Biology lbs former research focused on behavioral ecology among prairie dogs. He will be working on research involving the 142 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 3, 1992 behavior among nine-banded armadillos in south Georgia, a project Dr. Loughry began at the Welder Wildlife Refuge. Texas. Elizabeth R. Bechtel retired after 26 yr of service. “Bette” and her husband, Bernard, are herpetologists noted for their research on the genetics of pigmentation and scalelessness in corn snakes. KENTUCKY Western Kentucky University, Department of Biology. A completely revised Environmental Science Degree has been implemented in the Ogden College of Science, Technology, and Health. The Degree actually has five different options or tracks, each of which requires a minimum of from three to five different biology courses. The Biology Track requires a minimum of 26 hr in biology (seven courses) plus six hours of cooperative education, individual research or field experience. The other options or tracks include emphasis in Industrial Hygiene, Environmental Health, Chemistry and Earth Science. To support this revised interdisciplinary program a new tenure track position in Industrial Hygiene and Environmental Science has been authorized for the Fall of 1992. LOUISIANA Tulane University, Department of Ecology’, Evolution, and Organismal Biology. Dr. Henry Bart, formerly of Auburn University, joined the department in January 1992. Dr. Bart is an ichthyologist and replaces Dr. Royal Suttkus who has become Professor Emeritus. Dr. Milton Fingerman, Depart¬ ment Chair, is the U.S. Chair for the Indo-United States meeting on Recent Developments in the Control of Biodeterioration that will be held July in Bangalore. India. MISSISSIPPI Gulf Coast Research Laboratory, Ocean Springs. GCRL has been awarded an additional $155,677 from NSF to support minority student and faculty participation in marine science research, educational programs, and field activities. Dr. Thomas D. Mcllwain, GCRL director and SAML president, is directing the program with Dr. Dirk Frankenberg, marine science director at the University of NC- Chapel Hill. A select group of 150 middle-school educators from a four-state area will participate in special global environmental education workshops at the Education Center and Aquarium in Biloxi over the next three summers. Also, two Project Marine Discovery Teacher Mini-Camps were offered to elementary and secondary educators this past Spring. Both field and indoor sessions were held. The Mini Camps are eligible for reimbursement through the Dwight D. Eisenhower Mathematics and Science Education Act. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Anniston Museum of Natural History. The Museum has been accredited by the American Association of Museums. Of more than 8,500 museums nationwide, only 712 have received accreditation after having met AAM’s rigorous standards of institutional quality. The Anniston Museum of Natural History is the fifth museum in the state of Alabama to achieve accreditation. The process requires a year of intensive self-study followed by an on-site evaluation by a team of experienced museum professionals. MISSISSIPPI The Crosby Arboretum, Picayune. Dr. Shirley Tucker, LSU botanist was a guest speaker in January. Her topic was “An Introduction to Lichens.” Over 500 people attended the Valentine/Arbor Day tree and shrub sale. The Arboretum has been invited to participate in the Third International Botanic Conservation Congress in Rio de Janeiro, October 1992. A paper will be presented entitled, “Gardens in a Changing World.” Ms. Sue Bond is the new Administrative Assistant. NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 143 GEORGIA The Columbus Museum, Columbus, GA. During March, a delightful exhibition entitled, “FOLK: The Art of Benny and George Andrews,” was on display at the Museum. The exhibition featured recent figurative works by internationally recognized artist Benny Andrews and the folk art of his father George, who lives in Madison, Georgia. Benny Andrews trained at the Art Institute of Chicago in the 1950's. His role as a leader among African-American artists in the 60’s and 70’s is extensively documented, and his more recent directorship of the NEA’s Visual Arts Program brought a new sensitivity and important outreach efforts to the agency. He has also served in teaching and curatorial positions at Queens College, the New School of Social Research, the Studio Museum in Harlem and the Drawing Center of New York. DIRECTORY RESOURCES RESOURCE DERECTORY LAST CAIJL ! The ASB Membership and Resource Directory will be published in early 1993. While all ASB members will be included in the Membership Directory, only members who have returned the Membership and Resource Directory form will be included in the Resource Directory. The Resource Directory form appeared in the April ASB Bulletin and appears again in this issue. If you are interested in having your name in the Resource Directory, please fill out the form and return to Pat Parr as soon as possible. _ _ 144 ASB MEMBERSHIP AND RESOURCE DIRECTORY All members should complete and return to Patricia Parr. Last Name First Name M.I. Professional/Business Address City and State ZIP Bus. Telephone! ) FAX Mailing Address (If different from above) City and State ZIP Present Position(Title) Degrees (Institutions and Dates) First Year of Membership Membership in ASB Affiliates American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Division _ Beta Beta Beta, Southeastern Region Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region _ Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Region Society of Wetland Scientists, South Atlantic Chapter Southeastern Fishes Council Southeastern Society of Parasitologists Southern Appalachian Botanical Club ASB Service Interest (ASB admin., programs, & activities) Standing Committees (List: ) Offices and Executive Committee (List: ) Session Chair (Section: ) Symposium Organizer (Topic: ) Other (List: ) Resource Registry (To be used as a service to government agencies, corporations, environmental organizations, schools, consulting firms, etc. List area(s) of expertise, skills, knowledge or interest: 1) 2) 3) 4) Professional Certification NO ENVELOPE NEEDED; CUT, FOLD, STABLE OR TAPE & MAIL. Fold Along Line Patricia D. Parr Oak Ridge National Laboratory Box 2008 Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 DUES RENEWAL TIME FOR 1993 ASB MEMBERSHIP PLEASE COMPLETE INFORMATION, ENCLOSE CHECK OR MONEY ORDER TO ASB, AND MAIL TO PATRICIA PARR, OAK RIDGE NATIONAL LABORATORY, BOX 2008, OAK RIDGE, TN 37831-6034. CHECK THE MAILING LABEL TO SEE THE YEAR YOU ARE PAID THROUGH- FOR EXAMPLE, IF THE DATE IS 1 991 , YOU NEED TO PAY FOR 1 992 AND 1993. PLEASE CONTACT PAT PARR IF THERE IS AN ERROR (615-576- 81 23). THANKS FOR YOUR SUPPORT! UNTIL DECEMBER 31, 1992 YOU MAY PAY AT CURRENT RATES, AFTER JANUARY 1, 1993THE NEW RATES WILL BE IN EFFECT! NAME _ _ _ _ _ ADDRESS _ C I T Y _ ST AT E _ Z I PCO D E PHONE _ .DATE _ ANNUAL DUES: _ Regular $15 ($20 or 3 yr/$50 after 1-1-93) _ Student $8 ($10 after 1-1-93) _ Family $20 ($25 after 1-1-93) _ Emeritus $10 _ Contributing $50 _ Sustaining $100 _ Patron $300 _ Library $25 ($30 or 3 yr/$85 after 1-1-93) OPTIONAL ENRICHMENT FUND CONTRIBUTION $ _ The A6B bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Received on: 07-24-92 59. 06 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 39, Number 3, July 1992 Association Affairs . 113 Late Abstracts . 120 Beta Beta Beta Abstracts . 123 Announcements . 128 Reviews . 129 News of Biology in the Southeast . 141 Directory Resources . 144 Cover Photo courtesy Dr. C. S. Murphree, Belmont Univ., Nashville, TN . A78* v. 39 no. 4 Dctober 1992 ASB BULLETIN olume 39, Number 4 October 1992 :all for papers — Deadline December 1 Ascospore of Marine fungus The Official Quarterly Publication of The Association of Southeastern Biologists ASB Bulletin (ISSN 0001-2386) The ASB Bulletin (ISSN-000 1 -2386) is published quarterly in January, April, July, and October by the Association of Southeastern Biologists, Department of Botany, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, NC 27695-7612. Second class postage paid at Morehead City, NC and additional office. Postmaster: send address changes to the business manager, Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831. All contributions should be sent to the Editor. News items should be sent to the News Editor. Inquiries about missing numbers and other matters should be addressed to the Editor, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557. Printed by Allen Press, 1041 New Hampshire St., Lawrence, KS 66044. Editor: Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina, 3431 Arendell Street, Morehead City, NC 28557, 919/726-6841; Fax 919-726-2426 Associate Editor: Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614, 904/372-3505 Business Manager: Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831 News Editor: Jon Fortman, Division of Science and Mathematics, Mississippi University for Women, Columbus, MS 39701 Officers of the ASB President — C. Ross Hinkle, Bionetics, Bio-2, Kennedy Space Center, FL 32899 President-elect — Ken R. Marion, Univ. Alabama, Birmingham, AL 35294 Vice-President — James W. Ross, Dept. Biology, Cumberland College, Williamsburg, KY 40469 Retiring President — Sandra T. Bowden, Biology, Agnes Scott College, Decatur, GA 30030 Secretary — Nancy C. Coile, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, FL 32614 Treasurer — Patricia D. Parr, Oak Ridge National Lab, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831-6038 Archivist — Donald J. Shure, Emory Univ., Atlanta, GA 30322 Executive Committee Members-at-Large: 1993: M. Eloise Carter, Oxford College of Emory, Oxford, GA 30267 James W. Wallace, Jr., Western Carolina University, Cullowhee, NC 28723 1994: Dorothy J. Allard, Nature Conservancy, Chapel Hill, NC 27514 Steward A. Ware, College William and Mary, Williamsburg, VA 23185 1995: Cliff R. Hupp, U.S. Geological Serv., Suite 160, Norcross, GA 20092 Geraldine W. Twiddy, Zool. Dept., Haward Univ., Washington, DC 20059 The ASB encourages, in the broadest and most liberal sense, the advancement of biology as a science by: the promotion of research, the increase and diffusion of knowledge of biology, emphasis of the relationship of fundamental knowledge of biology to the solution of biological problems, the preser¬ vation of biological resources, and by its meetings, reports, discussions, and publications to promote scientific interests and inquiry, thereby adding to the health, happiness, and knowledge of all peoples. The Association meets annually on campuses of universities and colleges located throughout the southeast. Affiliated organizations meeting with the Association are: Southern Appalachian Botanical Club, Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America, Southeastern Region of Beta Beta Beta, South Atlantic Chapter of the Society of Wetlands Scientists, Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists, Southeastern Fishes Council, and Southeastern Society of Parasitologists. The ASB has representation in Section G Committee of the AAAS. Varying types of membership are available to individuals and institutions. Members receive the Bulletin. Time and Place of Future Meetings 1993 April 14-17 Old Dominion University, Virginia Beach, VA 1994 April University of Central Florida, Orlando, FL 1995 April University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN Patron Members Breedlove, Dennis and Associates, Inc., Orlando, FL Carolina Biological Supply Co., Burlington, NC Martin Microscope Co., Easley, SC Saunders College Publishing Co., Philadelphia, PA THIS PUBLICATION IS PRINTED ON ACID-FREE PAPER. PRESIDENT’S CORNER A VIEW FROM HERE First I would like to thank the officers, former officers, and executive committee members for their willingness to work on behalf of the members of ASB. In addition, I wish to thank each member for their interest and participation in our society. I feel especially confident that going into this next year each of you will develop an agenda in your particular areas of interest or responsibility and that you will see that ASB moves ahead with truly great annual meetings, responds to the needs of our professions, and continues its growth as an important format for biological sciences information exchange and education in the southeast and per¬ haps the nation. I ask each one of you to recommend steps and activities that can be undertaken to continue and to enhance the excellent traditions of ASB. The year is off to a busy start already. I met with Mike Dennis and Bill Martin in June to evaluate and to make recommendations with regard to the Enrichment Fund. That fund was established to give the society a financial buffer and to allow for the development of activities to benefit biologists in the region. In order to assure continuity of this effort, I have asked Ken Marion (President-Elect) and a member-at-large of the Executive Committee to work with me and the Enrichment Fund Board to establish programs to use the funds to reach out to new areas with society activities. The membership will be hearing more about this activity by the April meeting next year. I attended a workshop last June in Atlanta, along with several other ASB members and staff from the Ecological Society of America, to continue activities started at Tuscaloosa, Alabama with regard to the Ecology in Education Work¬ shop, There are some very exciting things happening as a result of those beginnings in Tuscaloosa, and I fully support moving ahead with the challenges of imple¬ menting ecology in the pre-college science curricula in new, effective, and inno¬ vative ways. The report of the Tuscaloosa workshop is published in this issue, and I encourage all of you to read it and determine ways that you can constructively contribute. The Education Committee (Chair, Dean Cocking) is playing a signif¬ icant role in the above effort and its first year as a standing committee is going to be a very busy, productive one. ASB can play a significant role by hosting annual workshops, establishing better communication and information exchange in this area at its annual meetings, encouraging members to get out and participate in pre-college education issues, providing letters of organizational support to program development in the southeastern states, and by serving as a model for other regions of ESA that want to conduct similar activities. We have a new Committee on Membership and Resource Directory (ad hoe) including Jim Fralish (Chair), Diane Nelson, and Jim Ross. They will work to 147 148 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 develop a new and useful directory for us. It will be an important tool added to our data base for understanding who we are as an organization. I hope to see the Committee on Women, Minorities, and Handicapped (ad hoc; Chair, Lafayette Frederick) develop a strong agenda for enhancing our membership participation in that area. Maybe we need to have a minority school host a future meeting of ASB. I think there is also a need to evaluate the role of our retired biologists throughout the southeast and how the ASB might be able to meet any special needs of that group and benefit from their experience. Several very active members fit into this category, but we need to determine how others can meaningfully participate in our group. 1 think it is important for all of us to develop a vision for ASB. Please make those visions known to your officers and executive committee or better yet vol¬ unteer to implement those ideas that you think will enhance the ASB. I look forward to an interesting and busy year. THE 54TH ANNUAL MEETING HOST: OLD DOMINION UNIVERSITY MEETING SITE: VIRGINIA BEACH, VIRGINIA DATE: 14-17 APRIL 1993 Please note the following deadlines which are to be met before our 54th Annual Meeting hosted by Old Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. December 1 - Titles and abstracts of papers and posters (use blue abstract form) . This will be the only call for papers. They must reach the program chairman by this date. December 1 - Check appropriate award box and submit abstract for ASB Research Award, ASB Student Research Award, ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology, The North Carolina Botanical Garden Award, and The Eugene P. Odum Award. October 15 - Nominations for ASB officers and executive committee . February 1 - Application for graduate student "travel awards". February 1 - Nominations for meritorious teaching award. February 1 - Submit manuscripts for the ASB Research Award, ASB Student Research Award, and ASB Student Research Award in Aquatic Biology. Anytime Membership application (see the October issues of the ASB Bulletin) . Please encourage your graduate students, colleagues on the faculty, and your institutional librarian to join. 150 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 ASB MEETING CALL FOR PAPERS AND POSTERS FOR THE 1993 MEETING DEADLINE: 1 December 1992 This form, with the original (blue form) and one photocopy of the abstract, must be addressed to the Program Chairman, Dr. Harold Marshall, Department of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595) and received no later than 1 _ December 1992 . TYPE OR PRINT CAREFULLY 1 . AUTHOR ( S ) : _ 2 . INSTITUTION (S) : 3. CIRCLE THE APPROPRIATE OPTION: PAPER or POSTER (see guidelines in January 1992 ASB Bulletin) 4. TITLE (Keep short and concise.): 5, PROJECTION EQUIPMENT, unless specifically requested, is a 35 mm projector provided by the host institution. ( ] 35 mm [ ] Other _ 6. RECOMMENDED SECTION to which paper should be assigned. Check appropriate one(s). RANK sections as to your preference (with "1" being first preferred) if you check more than one. Indicate Higher Taxon to help program committee in arranging papers: 7 . Aquatic ecology Plant ecology Animal ecology Plant physiology Cell/Molecular biol Other: Animal physiology Cytology/Genetics Plant systematics Cryptogamic botany Developmental biol. Microbiology Parasitology Ichthyology/Herpetology Invertebrate zoology Teaching biology (Sections will be established based on needs.) AWARDS: I intend to submit an abstract and manuscript, if appropriate, for the following: [ ] Research Award ($500) [ ] Student Research Award ($500) [ ] Student Award in Aquatic Biology ($100) [ ] Odum Award ($250) [ ] NC Botanical Garden Award($100) ( ) SE Am. Ichs ( ) & Ilerps ( ) Travel ( ) Awards CALL FOR PAPERS 151 INSTRUCTIONS AND GUIDELINES FOR ABSTRACTS AND PAPERS: 1. Individuals presenting papers and posters are expected to be members of ASB. 2. All papers and posters should be presented. In the event of cancellation, notify the Program Chairman immediately. 3. Time limit for presentations and questions is 15 minutes. 4. Since abstracts will be printed in the April ASB Bulletin by photo-offset, it is critical that the abstract be typed carefully, with a good black ribbon, in the box on the blue form, following the directions in detail. Do not use a dot¬ matrix printer. Additional copies of the form may be obtained from the Editor (Dr. Frank Schwartz, 919/726-6841). Do not photocopy the blue form for an original. Poorly prepared abstracts will be rejected and returned to the author. 5. If you wish to be notified of the day and time of your presentation , please include a self-addressed, stamped postal card with the Title form. Indicate title, your name, and leave a blank for day and time. 6. In case of error in your name or title when printed, or questions about your presentation, please notify the PROGRAM CHAIRMAN as soon as possible, not the moderator of your paper session. 152 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 NOMINATIONS FOR ASB OFFICERS AND EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE POSITIONS DEADLINE: 15 October 1992 To members of the Nominating Committee: I wish to suggest that you consider the following ASB member(s) in selecting nominees for officers and executive committee positions. (Please include the institutional address of each nominee.) PRESIDENT-ELECT VICE-PRESIDENT TREASURER (3-yr. term) EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE (3-yr. term) MAIL TO: Dr. Frank P. Day, Department of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683- 3595) . NAME & ADDRESS OF NOMINATOR: ++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++- "TRAVEL" SUPPORT AWARDS FOR GRADUATE STUDENT MEMBERS OF ASB DEADLINE: 1 February 1993 Limited funds are available to partially defray tne expenses of graduate students attending the Annual Meeting. The awards are for lodging and meals only. Departments are urged to provide transportation for their graduate students. Recipients must be members of ASB. Preference will be given to those students giving a paper or poster at the Annual Meeting. The guidelines for application are as follows: 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . Give information as to whether you submitted a title and abstract for a paper or poster. Give a conservative, itemized estimate of meeting expenses excluding transportation. In a paragraph, give a brief history of your education to date; indicate how many years you have been, and expect to be, in graduate school, your major field of interest, publications which have appeared or are in preparation, degree sought, name of major professor, and any other pertinent professional details. Give your source(s) of support while in graduate school; e.g., NSF, NIH, USDA, Teaching Asst., Research Asst., etc . CALL FOR PAPERS 153 5. Have your major professor or department head provide a letter supporting your application, and enclose this letter with your application. 6. Send application, with supporting letter, all in triplicate. to: Dr. Harold G. Marshall, Dept, of Biological Sciences, Old Dominion University, Norfolk, VA 23529 (804/683-3595) . 7. Applicants will be notified of the decision of the Committee as soon as possible. Recipients of the award will receive their checks at the time of registration at the meeting . MERITORIOUS TEACHING AWARD NOMINATION DEADLINE: 1 February 1993 Each year, the ASB recognizes one of its members for especially meritorious teaching. This award of $1,000 is sponsored by Carolina Biological Supply Company, Burlington, North Carolina. The recipient is announced at the Annual Banquet and in the July ASB Bulletin. The recipient must be a member of ASB who is active or recently retired and who has taught biology in a southeastern institution for at least ten years, and must not have administrative duties beyond the departmental level. Among evi¬ dence of the qualifications of the candidate are the recognition in his or her institution (important assignments and other contributions specifically related to effective teaching, and teaching awards) and the number and quality of students for whom he or she provided the primary inspiration to continue in biol¬ ogy, especially those who later received advanced degrees. Members are urged to nominate outstanding teachers for this award, using the form in the ASB Bulletin 37:127, 1990, and include supporting documentation (biographical sketch or CV, supporting letters, photograph of candidate, etc.). Send all of this, once compiled, to: Dr. Mac A. Callaham, Biology Dept., North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597 (404/864-1953). NOTE: Supporting letters for nominees should be sent to the nominator, not to the selection committee. Past unsuccessful nominees will not be reconsidered unless they are re-nominated. Nomination materials of unsuc¬ cessful nominees will be returned to nominator. 154 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 RESEARCH AWARDS If you intend to present a paper at the Annual Meeting, you are encouraged to submit your manuscript, or abstract, in competition for one or more of the Research Awards. These cash awards are indicated below. ASB RESEARCH AWARD ($500) and ASB STUDENT RESEARCH AWARD ($500) - Rules are as follows: (a) Given for especially meritorious paper presented orally by the authors (s) at the current or previous year's annual meeting. In order to qualify for presenting the paper, the author(s) must submit an abstract by the 1 December deadline. Papers submitted for the competition must be received in triplicate and in their entirety by 1 February and must be journal-ready manuscripts worthy of publication. A short biographical sketch of each author must accompany the manuscript at the time of submission. (b) The senior author must be an ASB member in good standing. The student award is given to the senior author if he/she is a graduate or undergraduate student at the time of presentation. (c) Papers may be in press but not published prior to the previous annual meeting. (d) Papers are judged by eminent scientists, selected by the committee from institutions either within or beyond the southeast. Every effort is made to keep authors of submitted papers, as well as the reviewers, anonymous. Judges will use a standard evaluation form that includes the following criteria: significance of ideas, soundness of hypoth¬ eses or objectives, originality (creativity), quality of methodology, validity of results, soundness of conclusions, clarity, completeness, organization, and contribution to the field. At the discretion of the Research Award Committee, the award may be withheld or it may be split in case of a tie. (e) Winners will be announced at the annual banquet. The original copy will be sent to the sponsor, and the title, names and affiliations of all authors, abstract, and biographical information will be published with an announcement in the July ASB Bulletin. The appropriate box should be checked on the ASB title form. Send to: Research Award - Dr. Edward E. C. Clebsch, Department of Botany, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, TN 37996 (615/974-6209). Student Research Award - Dr. Donald R. Young, Biology Dept., Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA 23284 (804/367-1562). ASB STUDENT RESEARCH AWARD IN AQUATIC BIOLOGY ($100) - The purpose of the award is to encourage excellence in research in aquatic biology by undergraduate and graduate students. The award is sponsored by Wildlife Supply Company (Wildco) . Rules are as follows: (a) Students who are members of ASB and whose research is sponsored by a faculty member or biology professional who is also an ASB member are eligible. (b) The paper must be based on research designed and completed by the student. (c) The paper must be presented orally by the student as senior author in a legular paper session at the annual meeting. The student must submit an abstract in compliance with the December 1 deadline in the call for papers. By February 1 the student must submit three typed or printed copies of the manuscript, a brief CALL FOR PAPERS 155 biographical sketch, and a letter from the faculty/professional sponsor affirming student status and their sponsorship to the chair of the ASB Student Research Awards Committee. (d) The manuscript must conform to the style and general content of peer- reviewed journals in an area of aquatic biology. (e) Oral presentations will be verified by the Student Awards Committee and the manuscripts will be evaluated in accordance with the following criteria: significance of the research to the field, validity of hypotheses tested, innovativeness and appropriateness of methods, validity of conclusions, clarity of presentation of results, and quality of writing style. (f) It is intended that aquatic biology be broadly interpreted; for example the research could involve an entomological project on an aquatic insect. (g) An award will not be given if in the judgement of the Committee there is no meritorious paper. (h) The winner will be announced at the annual banquet. The appropriate box should be checked on the ASB title form. Send manuscripts and other required materials to: Dr. Donald R. Young, Biology Dept., Virginia Commonwealth University, Richmond, VA 23284 (804/367-1562) . EUGENE P. ODUM AWARD - $250 and a plaque given by the Southeastern Chapter of the Ecological Society of America, for the best ecological paper presented by a student. The paper will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation on the following points: (a) Significance of Ideas; ( b) Creativity; (c) Quality of Methodology; (d) Validity of Results; (e) Clarity of Presentation . Eligibility Requirements: (a) Undergraduate and graduate students are eligible; (b) The student must be the sole or senior author ; (c) The paper must deal with a clearly ecological topic and should be presented in any of the following sessions: Aquatic Ecology, Plant Ecology, or Animal Ecology; (d) The paper must be presented in a regular contributed session; papers presented in poster sessions or symposia are ineligible ; (e) The student does not have to be a member of SE/ ESA ; (f) Previous winners are not eligible to win the award a second time. (g) Submit title and abstract to program chairman by 1 December . A second copy must be sent to the award coordinator by the same date. The appropriate box- should be checked on the ASB title form. Send to: Dr. Andy Ash, Dept. Biology, Pembroke State University, Pembroke, NC 28372 (919/521-4214, ext. 418). 156 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 THE NORTH CAROLINA BOTANICAL GARDEN AWARD - $100 given by NCBG (through the Southeastern Section of the Botanical Society of America and the Southern Appalachian Botanical Club) . This is awarded for a paper presented at the annual ASB meetings that best advances our understanding of the biology and conservation of southeastern plants and thus contributes to the mission of the North Carolina Botanical Garden. Of special interest to the Garden are the rare plant species of the Southeast: why they are rare; how they interact with plants, animals, and their environment; and what can be done to ensure their survival. As noted below, the paper may deal with a broad area including systematics, ecology, and conservation. The presentation will be evaluated by a panel of judges at the time of presentation on the following points: (a) significance of ideas; (b) quality of methodology; and (c) clarity of presentation. The prize will be presented at the annual ASB Banquet. Eligibility Requirements: (a) All individuals eligible to present a paper at the ASB meetings are eligible for this award. They may be students, faculty or others. (b) The paper must deal with systematics, ecology, evolution, species biology (including population biology, pollination, dispersal, establishment, and maintenance) , propagation, or conservation of vascular plants that are native in the southeastern United States . (c) The paper must be presented in a regular Plant Systematics or Plant Ecology contributed paper session; papers presented in poster sessions or in symposia are not eligible. (d) The title and abstract of the paper must be submitted to the Award Coordinator at the time of submission to ASB; this may be a copy of the same aostract submitted to ASB by 1 December. The appropriate box should be checked on the ASB Title Form. Individuals interested in entering a paper for this award should submit the title and abstract to: Dr. Peter White, Dept. Biology, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, NC 27599. ECOLO(JY IN EDUCAT" ION SOUTHEAST REGIONAL WORKSHOP* H — I O Apr- i X 1992 Sponsored by ullyr iErulugiral l^uripti) nf Antrnra held at The Annual Meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists The University of Alabama Tuscaloosa, AL Published by The Ecological Society of America and Association of Southeastern Biologists 157 An Overview of the Southeast Regional Workshop: A First in Improving Ecology Education Karen S. Hollweg The VINE Neighborhood Ecology Network A Project of the North American Association for Environmental Education Denver, CO 80210 William H. Martin Department of Natural Resources Frankfort, KY 40506 The Ecological Society of America (ESA), the Association of Southeastern Bi¬ ologists (ASB), and the National Science Foundation sponsored the Ecology in Education: Southeast Regional Workshop in conjunction with the annual meeting of the ASB at Tuscaloosa, Alabama, 9 and 10 April 1992. The idea for the workshop came from ESA’s Education Section. That group had discussed the need for ESA to be more involved in national and state science education reform initiatives and to take a more active role in encouraging and facilitating the involvement of ecologists in promoting excellence in ecology education. To ad¬ dress those needs, ESA decided that it would be timely to conduct a series of regional workshops to promote excellence in ecology education by involving ecol¬ ogists with educators in pre-college science education reform. The Southeastern workshop was the first one, and we hope that it will serve as a successful model for others. The Southeast was selected because of the unique role ASB plays in providing a regional forum for addressing the biology education concerns of scientists. The ASB membership has a long history of interest in education, and the leadership enthusiastically endorsed this project. We identified ecologists in 10 Southeastern states (AL, FL, GA, KY, MS, LA, NC, SC, TN, VA) to serve as “lead ecologists” who then each assembled a team for their state. These teams were composed of (1) an education administrator involved in ecology or science education at the state or school district level, (2) an elementary or secondary teacher who includes ecological concepts in her/his teaching and is active in a state-level science/ecology education organization or teachers’ network, and (3) a colleague from a College or Department of Education who is involved in training elementary and/or secondary science teachers. South¬ eastern ESA members who have expressed an interest in education and ASB members attending the annual meeting also joined the teams and participated actively in the workshop with the educators. The workshop was designed to achieve three objectives: 1. Update ecologists and biologists on the current status of science education reform efforts at the state and national level. 2. Inform participants of nationally-recognized examples of change in the Southeast region, of pressure points and allies for reform efforts in pre-college education, and of funding sources for such efforts. 158 ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 159 3. Enable teams to develop plans to enhance existing efforts and/or start new initiatives to improve pre-college education. Three nationally-recognized experts addressed key issues during the workshop’s first morning session. Robert C. Knott, principal investigator for several NSF- sponsored curriculum development projects, spoke about the need to provide students with experience-based learning activities and offered guidelines for the development or selection of appropriate pre-college curricula. Harold Pratt, based on his extensive experience in implementing science education programs in public schools, stressed the fact that changes and improvements in ecology education would not be long-lasting unless particular attention was paid to the creation of quality implementation activities and support systems for teachers. Alan R. Ber- kowitz, past Chair of the ESA Education Section, identified roles that biologists and ecologists can play in improving ecology education. He also discussed some obstacles that impede greater participation in education reform by biologists and recommended actions for overcoming them. All three of these presentations are printed in this edition of the Bulletin. The workshop also included a discussion of initiatives under way in the South¬ east, particularly North Carolina’s Project for Reform in Science Education, led by David Andrews (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), and Florida's NSF-funded State Systemic Initiative, represented by Pamela Engler from Flor¬ ida’s Office of Science Education Improvement. Richard Wilke (University of Wisconsin-Stevens Point), Chair of the National Environmental Education Ad¬ visory Council, discussed Wisconsin’s Environmental Education Act— legislation that mandates state-wide requirements for ecology and environmental education. State teams developed Action Plans to Improve Ecology Education in their states. Each state’s plan is unique, based on opportunities and resources available for improvement. For example, Georgia’s plan emphasizes using existing networks to link biologists and teachers for one-on-one local efforts to promote ecological awareness and laboratory work on the school grounds. On the other hand, Louisi¬ ana’s plan focuses on wetlands and includes the development of an activities manual and the implementation of teacher workshops through regional centers. The lead ecologists and state teams from the Southeastern states will continue to be important players in ESA’s Education Agenda. We encourage you to read the plan for your state on the following pages, contact your state’s lead ecologist, and get involved in this exciting initiative to improve pre-college ecology edu¬ cation. This project was supported, in part, by the National Science Foundation. Opin¬ ions expressed are those of the authors and not necessarily those of the Foundation. The Kinds of Experiences Youngsters Need to be Able to Understand Ecology Robert C. Knott Lawrence Hall of Science University of California Berkeley, CA 94720 The answer to the title of this talk is: Concrete Operational. Most youngsters, and a lot of adults need actual experiences using objects which they can see, hear, feel, smell, or taste, and preferably manipulate, in order to optimize their learning. Two examples may help: Temperature of Classroom Objects Anomaly Sometime in the 1 940’s introducing atoms and molecules into the lower grades became fashionable. I think the idea was that to understand things made of atoms you first must understand atoms. 1 call this the “you may not watch television until you understand how it works” approach to learning. Now that nearly all children using textbooks have been taught about atoms and molecules since grade one, one would think they should all understand something about these objects. Instead, I do not find one in 50 people of any age who can offer a credible explanation for the fact that a single metal backed, fabric covered chair offers two different temperatures to the human hand assessing the respective temperatures of the fabric and the metal. They just say the metal is colder than the fabric. Now, all this is in an ordinary room with no air-conditioners connected to the objects in question. We know that unless this is a pretty special chair, or there are some unique air currents in this room, both components must indeed be the same temperature. Yet nearly everyone tells me the components are two different temperatures. They are unable to bring up any relevant information from their 12-18 yr of schooling dealing with atoms and molecules! Why did anyone even bother to try to teach this concept that children could not understand well enough to apply it. The children did learn that protons are blue and electrons are red in that Concepts In Science textbook selling millions of copies each year, but it was of no value to the students whatsoever. The Entrepreneur’s Pizza Test A successful pizza establishment on the north side of the University of California campus where I work sells an 8" mushroom pizza for $8.00. Three Government Studies graduate students seated at a table in this parlor plan to compete with the shop whose very pizza they have been enjoying for their last seven years of not- too-successful graduate work. Their claim to success will be that they will offer an 8" square pizza for $8.00 (thus their customers will gain the advantage of the extra pizza in the comers). They will also make a 16" diameter round pizza to thoroughly destroy the competition. They ponder the pricing structure and decide on something between $12.50 and $15.00 as a competitive selling price for the 16" monster pizza. When we ask average middle school students what they think the price should be, they usually suggest a similar range. 160 ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION -SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 161 Now let’s think about this a moment. Most of us probably know the formula for the area of a circle. However, even if we have forgotten that, we know that there has always been something strange about the areas of circles, that they are tricky, and that just doubling the diameter, or the radius, or whatever is likely to give you some squirrely answer. Circles are unusually suspicious figures, you know! The average student intuitively increases the price a few dollars and makes a guess that $12-$ 15 would be “about right”. What is happening here is that, although the processes of determining the probable increases in costs are known, there has been no mental integration of the problem. There is no conceptualization, no synthesis of available information based on previous knowledge. Without some concrete experiences, preferably recent, the problem solver lacks the wherewithal to address the problem. Without having disassembled an 8" diameter pie in the form of wood blocks or clay or some other “concrete” material, and walked his fingers and mind through the process of fabricating a 16" pizza, the person is literally without sufficient resources to understand how much ma¬ terial would be required to make a single 16" pizza. An 8" diameter pizza = 50 in2; a 16" diameter pizza = 200 in2; so we can now understand that 200 square inches/50 square inches = 4 times the difference in area between the two as a result of doubling the diameter. Since pepperoni, mushrooms, etc., are supposed to be spread fairly uniformly over the surface area, one might reasonably expect the cost to rise proportionately. Even knocking off some cost for handling only one pizza, this pizza should sell for nearly $30.00 — not $12-$ 15. This means that most people think you can get four times as much pizza for only $4.00-$7.00 more than for an 8" pizza! Oris it that most people think $12.50 is about as much as they want to pay and do not realize they could be getting 4 times as much pizza if they bought a double diameter pizza from a pizza operator who was not a formal operational thinker? The point of these examples is that in spite of the fact that we often possess the process skills and the portions of knowledge necessary to solve such problems, carrying out these formal thinking operations is often not done. In the case of elementary and many middle school children, most do not think in a formal operational way. Providing concrete learning experiences can hasten the acqui¬ sition of these skills a little, but the key message is that we’re unable to teach much if we assume formal operational capabilities when the child cannot function in that manner. If we insist on using formal operational reasoning and approaches with children who cannot learn by them because they do not possess the same abilities, it is somewhat akin to trying to toilet train an infant before the nerve connections to the sphincter are functioning. Children love to use some pretty substantial conceptual terms. Their facility with these terms doesn’t mean they are learning anything but the terminology. Admittedly they will probably attach the correct concept to the correct name by the time they are 30 yrs old, but why should we waste their time teaching them this way? One problem with students learning names for concepts without un¬ derstanding the concepts is that they are no longer learning at the rate you expect. After all, once a child can use terminology comparable to that of the instructor, why should the youngster struggle to understand what the terminology means? 162 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 Some of the most vocal students have the least need or interest in pursuing understanding— they are already impressing their peers, and often their teachers who know little science. They already have a recipe for success, and understanding is just a time consuming nuisance. When developing a curriculum, one must be cautious of falling into what I call this nomenclature trap. Some Considerations in Selecting or Developing an Ecology Curriculum I can’t give you a complete understanding of the kinds of experiences youngsters need to be able to understand ecology in the short period allotted. My good friend, Karen Hollweg, this conference organizer, suggests how I might help you, and then gives me only a few minutes in which to do it! No wonder she’s so good at putting fast-paced productive conferences together! Inasmuch as my task is clearly impossible, let me use the remaining minutes to point out a few considerations you may want to make in your efforts to either construct or select an ecology program for the children in your respective southern states. Who Is to be Taught? When either developing or selecting an ecological curriculum for students, knowing the ages of the students and their optimum learning mechanisms is most important. Consider matching the complexity of your instructional materials and efforts to the children’s ability to comprehend, and at all costs, try to make the learning activities experience-based — sometimes called “hands-on”. Here is a quick review of grades K-6 in case you haven’t taught children of this age before: Kindergarten students can’t sit still more than about 5 min, are interested in everything that moves or can be moved, but will tell you “no” more often than you want to hear. Grade One students will listen, but not much. They like to color, talk, act, dance, jump, etc. They are not very interested in ecology and probably do not yet share your value system. You probably need to learn theirs! Grade Two students are delightfully hungry to learn if you know their language and can teach concrete operationally. Grade Three students can graph, write, analyze development and growth data in a limited way. If you tell them carbon dioxide is a pollutant, they will believe you and never question your failure to mention that it is also an essential material and not a pollutant for an entire kingdom of organisms. Grade Four students are DOERS. They can and will do anything. They un¬ derstand data, tests of plants and animals, can learn how to control variables, and will out hypothesize you most of the time— you are more cautious than are they! Grade Five students would save the world if they but knew how. They are sensitive, are beginning to realize they are not the center of the universe, and are ready to fight telephone poles, evaporating ponds, whale hunters, and to save the red spotted newt. They don’t understand why they want to do these things, but they are ready. These kids can understand the pyramid of numbers. ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 163 construct complex food webs, but at the same time think the Biospherians will save the world with their discoveries. Their concept of ecology is that it is so fragile that the destruction of a single newt will destroy the earth, and will discuss this at length while simultaneously swatting flies and gathering worms to feed their caged lizard. Grade Six students can understand higher order concepts such as surface area to volume relationships if you develop these using concrete operational expe¬ riences. It helps to follow up such major concept development with memorable applications such as the fact that small mammals have hair over all or most of their bodies whereas larger mammals do not. Or, to let them think about the fact that women, usually weighing less (less volume) than men, often feel colder than men in the same temperature air, again because of their larger surface area to volume relationship. What Level or Depth of Instruction? Will you focus on concept development, or only vocabulary mastery? Will you set the stage for future learning by teaching students how to control variables, or will you try to try to teach everything about such concept as “communities" and let others teach students how to experiment? Time One full science curriculum based on ecology, the Science Curriculum Improve¬ ment Study (SCIS 3) in life and environmental, and physical and earth sciences for grades K-6, has a program for 45 minutes on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays for the entire school year. A quick calculation indicates that is about equivalent to the number of hours one of those K-6 kids would have the measles (92-135 hr). Obviously, your true available time is limited so you will have to match your aspirations to reality. Keep in mind that even without a fever and a rash from measles, your students’ available learning time is very limited and your impact may be reduced. Depth of Instruction Will you be setting the stage for future learning? Are you teaching vocabulary only? Will you provide concrete operational experiences? They take more time but students remember the events longer. Will you try for deep understanding so your students can work out future problems, or will you develop curricula to focus on today’s problems only? What Will You Teach/Convey? Your Goals What you try to achieve must be closely related to your student's abilities to learn. Depending upon the age of the students and what you CAN teach them, you must soon decide what you want them to learn. Some ecology programs onl\ try to make converts while others strive for in-depth understanding. Many options are possible, but the decision about what to teach needs to be made before you can begin selecting or writing a curriculum. 164 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 Will You Try to: Change student attitudes? Change student behavior? Develop a thorough understanding of ecology? Develop a vocational aspiration to encourage student entry into the profession? Imbue knowledge sufficient for intelligent voting? Develop an emotional appeal sufficient to effect tree hugging, collecting alu¬ minum cans, etc.? Who Will Effect These Changes? Each of the following possibilities will yield a different result, so you must know who will be teaching before writing or selecting materials. What one group might be able to accomplish, another may find impossible, as you will understand when you see them teach. Will actual instruction be done by: Other biology or ecology professors? Secondary school teachers? Elementary school teachers? Park and Recreation instructors? Science Centers? Docents? Media folk? Setting— Formal or Informal? Will your efforts be in the formal (traditional school — private or public) setting? Or will it be in the informal sector such as with Scouts, Campfire Girls, Church Camps, Park and Recreation Districts, etc.? What you can do and how you generate activities for students bears greatly on this factor. In Summary Your targeted students and what you will teach them are the two most important decisions you will need to make. Instructor capability is also very important, for if they lack the appropriate subject matter knowledge and facility, the curriculum materials must compensate for this weakness. Most elementary teachers are lan¬ guage arts and social studies majors. Also of significant importance is the plan for the instructional program — will it be demonstration, lecture or another authoritarian-based program such as text or media presentation, or will it be experience-based with experimental evidence being the instructional master? I hope some of these guidelines for curriculum selection or development, which¬ ever you elect to do, will serve as a reminder of the decisions you and your state teams need to make as you launch your efforts to advance the understanding of ecology among pre-college students. Supporting Teachers and Making Changes Needed to Improve Ecology Education Harold Pratt Jefferson County Public Schools Golden, CO 80401 INTRODUCTION The perspective I will be using today is based upon the question: If we had so much science education reform activity in the 1960’s following Russia’s Sputnick launch, why aren’t the results available to us today? Or it might be phrased: Why are we involved in reform activity again in the early 1990’s? Although there is some controversy on the issue, I believe that the activities of the 1960’s had a significant impact on what we are doing today. Unfortunately most of the programs that were developed and the activities that were generated in the 1 960’s do not persist today at the local school level. So the question still remains: What can we do differently this time? In 1 983, the National Science Board in a major document, Educating Americans for the Twenty-First Century (1983) reached the following conclusion: “Reaching a new standard of academic excellence by 1995 requires clear ed¬ ucational objectives, strong leadership and firm commitment at all levels. Due to the variety and diversity of the American communities it is neither desirable nor possible to be specific as to the appropriate mechanism for inducing change at the local level.” With that single statement the National Science Board dismissed the issue of implementation at the local level. EMPHASIS “HOW” TO SUPPORT AS MUCH AS “WHAT” THE SCIENCE SHOULD BE This leads me to my first recommedation. In your working here today give at least equal time and attention to implementation support when addressing the other half of the paragraph; namely what should be improved in the local ecology education in your state or area. As scientists, science teachers, and science educators it is very tempting and easy for us to get preoccupied with deciding what should be improved, i.e. the science of the activity; or even as Bob has helped us recognize, paying particular attention to the pedagogy of how we present that science to students at each stage of their development. But there is one more significant element that should be addressed and that is the issue of how can these changes or improvements be implemented so there is a reasonable chance that they will stay in place for a significant period of time. The lesson of the sixties that we need to avoid in the nineties is that there is no correlation between the quality, need, or innovative nature of the improvement activity with the probability that it will persist for am period of time in the local schools. But there is a relationship between lasting 165 166 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 implementation and the type and quality of the implementation activities and support systems that are created around the change. PROMOTE COLLABORATION My second recommendation is to promote collaboration among teachers. Don’t expect teachers to do it alone. Unfortunately one of the characteristics of most schools is that teachers are isolated from each other, from administrators and particularly from curriculum developers and scientists in the local university. So it is important to do whatever you can to overcome this isolation during the development, implementation, and long term support of your change effort. STUDY THE RESEARCH ON CHANGING/IMPROVING PEOPLE AND THINGS Michael Fullan in his recent book. The New Meaning of Educational Change (1991) points out that if an innovation is to be successful we must change both things and people. And in order to change people, we must not only change their behavior, we must change their beliefs. We may not think it is appropriate for us to be in the business of changing other peoples behaviors, but that’s what we’re talking when we think about the way science is taught. In the sixties we concen¬ trated on things, we changed the curriculum materials and did a little bit to change people’s behavior, but we did little to change their long term belief patterns and so the innovation or the curriculum materials didn’t stick. The teachers met the resistance of other teachers or members of the community and when the early support system was withdrawn their belief patterns were not strong enough to maintain the program in many locations. It is important to know what the research says about the change process. One way of doing this is to look at four possible questions that often come up in planning an implementation support system. These questions are: 1. Can innovations be mandated? 2. Are grassroots innovations more successful? 3. Can programs be imported? 4. Is “buy-in” required before implementation begins? To answer some of these questions we need to look at what the research says about the change process. Some of the best educational research in this area came out of the University of Texas R & D Center in the late seventies and early eighties in a project titled: “Concerns Bases Adoption Model” (CBAM). Out of this re¬ search (1985) came a number of findings, but one of the most important was the set of assumptions that emerged that said, “Change is”: • A process, not an event • Made by individuals first, then institutions • A highly personal experience • Entails developmental growth in feelings and skills One of the important findings of this research was that people’s concerns about an innovation progress through a series of stages as indicated in Table 1. It is important to read the table from the bottom up starting with Stage 0 ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 167 Table 1. Stages of concern about the innovation. 6 REFOCLISING: The focus is on exploration of more universal benefits from the innovation, in¬ cluding the possibility of major changes or replacement with a more powerful alternative. Individual has definite ideas about alternatives to the proposed or existing form of the innovation. 5 COLLABORATION: The focus is on coordination and cooperation with others regarding use of the innovation. 4 CONSEQLTENCE: Attention focuses on impact of the innovation on students in his/her immediate sphere of influence. The focus is on relevance of the innovation for students, evaluation of student outcomes, including performance and competencies, and changes needed to increase student out¬ comes. 3 MANAGEMENT: Attention is focused on the processes and tasks of using the innovation and the best use of information and resources. Issues related to efficiency, organizing, management, sched¬ uling. and time demands are utmost. 2 PERSONAL: Individual is uncertain about the demands of the innovation, his/her inadequacy to meet those demands, and his/her role with the innovation. This includes analysis of his/her role in relation to the reward structure of the organization, decision-making and consideration of potential conflicts with existing structures or personal commitment. Financial or status implications of the program for self and colleagues may also be reflected. 1 INFORMATIONAL: A general awareness of the innovation and interest in learning more detail about it is indicated. The person seems to be unworried about himself/herself in relation to the innovation. She/he is interested in substantive aspects of the innovation in a selfless manner such as general characteristics, effects, and requirements for use. 0 AWARENESS: Little concern about or involvement with the innovation is indicated. Awareness. Table 1 provides a basic understanding of the type of concerns and issues individuals have about an innovation as they move from stage to stage. It is important to note that concerns beyond Awareness, i.e. Informational, Personal Management, Consequence, and higher stages cannot be resolved or significantly addressed until the individual becomes a user of the innovation. Another way to state this is that there is no way a teacher can deal with management and con¬ sequence concerns, let alone collaboration and refocusing concerns, until they have plunged in and begun to use the innovation. No amount of talk, discussion, reading or observing other teachers will significantly resolve concerns at Stage 1 and above without the individual using the innovation. The question of how to obtain commitment in the related research findings that came out of a variety of projects are summarized by Fullan. This question has two possible perspectives or answers. One is what is often considered to be the traditional thought about obtaining commitment which is to involve people, change their belief and subsequently change their behavior. The other perspective which is commonly held by most social psychologists and people who study the change research is that the change in behavior must precede a change in belief. Such a perspective has a chain of events that starts with pressure and support to change, followed by a change in behavior, resulting in positive results, which then produces a change in belief. You can see how this perspective is suggested by the stage-of-concern research. If a person has a number of concerns, particularly at the consequence level, about the impact that the innovation will have on students, their belief about the in¬ novation is going to be shaky at best, if not significantly in doubt. On the other hand, if the individual can be given enough support and motivation to try the 168 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 new procedure or curriculum, and change their behavior, they can move into the management and consequence concerns, see positive results from the innovation and as a result of the positive feedback begin to change their own belief about the innovation. Fullan summarizes this very nicely by stating “Change in attitudes, beliefs and understandings tends to follow, not precede changes in behavior.” BUILD A SYSTEMIC PLAN In some ways this is a corollary to the first recommendation. If you do pay attention to implementation it must be in a systemic and systematic way. The components of a successful implementation plan should include the fol¬ lowing: Well Defined Outcomes and Behaviors We are accustomed to writing outcomes or objectives for students, but they are equally important for teachers, principals, and other people involved in the in¬ novation. If we are not clear about what we want to have happen there is no way we can communicate it or expect it to occur. Early Implementation Support Implementation here is used to indicate the early up-front support necessary to get the program started. This involves support for equipment and kits that must be available and a budget provided to purchase and resupply them annually. Inservice support is critical. The ideal inservice is one that is paced throughout the school year or the period of time at which the innovation is going to be introduced. When the lead time for the inservice is too great the participants forget a major portion of the content of behaviors needed in their classroom. In addition inservices that are paced throughout the year provide great mechanisms for feedback, reinforcement and problem solving for the units that are underway. Maintenance and Ongoing Support These are the elements that will help the program stay in place long after the initial implementation activities and inservice are complete. They determine whether or not the new program will be institutionalized by the school or school district. Some of these issues that need to be addressed are contained in the following questions: • Is there a clear policy or expectation on the part of the administration that the program will be continued? • Is there a time allocation or a place in the curriculum for the change or are teachers expected to simply squeeze in more and more material on top of the topics already being presented? • Is there enough of a curriculum guide or syllabus so that new teachers can be oriented to the program at a later time? • Does the principal or a district level administrator know the program well enough to provide both moral and technical support in subsequent years? • Is their budget available for an ongoing basis to support the program annually? ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 169 Evaluation There are at least three kinds of evaluation necessary to monitor a program, provide feedback to the users and planners, and evaluate its success. The first step would be to monitor the extent of implementation. It is unwise to think about student achievement until you are sure that the program has been well implemented. How well students succeed is the obvious question that should be measured through a variety of student assessment procedures. Finally it is important to provide an external perspective or audit on the program to determine if the objectives and purposes of the innovation are up-to-date and in alignment with other activities in the district or community. SUMMARY One way to summarize the various ways of supporting teachers in making changes in the way they teach ecology is to refer you to the ASCD publication. An Action Guide to School Improvement, by Susan Loucks-Horsley and Leslie Hegert (1987). This little handbook is an excellent guide to help you plan your implementation activities. It has much to say, but one of its principal messages is to get started ! Since you can’t think or plan your way into a successful imple¬ mentation, get underway and use the feedback and evaluation process to correct your course as you go along. The major tenets of the book are as follows: 1 . Acting is better than planning. 2. The principal is not the key to school improvements. There are many other actors. 3. Ownership cannot be created at the beginning of a project. 4. Help and support after the initial training is critical. 5. Coercion is not all bad. 6. Imported programs are often desirable. To some degree these statements, coupled with the research findings, answer the questions concerning implementation support raised earlier in this presen¬ tation. LITERATURE CITED Fullan. M. 1991. The New Meaning of Educational Change. Teachers College Press, New York. N’t'. Hord. S., W. Rutherford, L. Huling-Austin, and G. Hall. 1985. Taking Charge of Change. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development, Alexandria, VA. Louchs-Horsley, H. and L. Hergert. 1987. An Action Guide to School Improvement. Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development and The NETWORK, Alexandria, VA. National Science Board. 1983. Educating Americans for the Twenty-First Century. National Science Foundation, Washington, DC. The Role of Professional Biologists in Pre-College Ecology Education Alan R. Berkowitz Institute of Ecosystem Studies Millbrook, NY 12545 What should professional biologists do in or about pre-college ecology educa¬ tion? When I posed this question to a science education colleague of mine, she replied simply “Nothing!” Her suggestion was to let biologists continue to develop new knowledge and leave the educating to professional educators. While such an argument would make this paper refreshingly succinct, we can go at least a bit further. Why? First, biologists care a great deal about the accuracy and currency of what is taught and have much to contribute in assuring this beyond simply publishing research papers in the primary literature. Second, the new emphasis on science process and on integrative (i.e., cross-disciplinary) teaching requires new ap¬ proaches for teaching all of the sciences. Biologists should be key players in shaping the way ecology content and process are incorporated in these efforts. Third, professional biologists already are the principal ecology educators of future teach¬ ers, either directly or indirectly by teaching the ultimate teachers of teachers. And finally, professional biologists might have political clout in advocating for edu¬ cation reform, for improved coverage of ecology, and for increased support for education in general. I will try, in this paper, to take the perspectives of the four groups of professionals participating in this workshop— the professional biologist, the science education faculty person, the science education administrator, and the science teacher— in addressing these questions: 1. What are the most important goals and roles of the professional biologist in getting involved in pre-college ecology education, i.e. what is the most valu¬ able contribution she could make? 2. What are the largest obstacles preventing the biologist from achieving these goals? 3. What are the most promising solutions for overcoming these obstacles? Each participant submitted a very brief statement identifying their professional role and addressing the first two questions. I have tried to summarize their key points while also including my own thoughts and insights. Keep in mind that the contrasts in perspective are somewhat artificial since, fundamentally, we all share the same concerns. Rather, I have used the diversity in perspectives to assure the broadest possible scope of solutions. Most Important Roles and Goals for Professional Biologists in Pre-College Education The professional biologists, concerned primarily with the science itself, are perhaps most interested in protecting the accuracy and currency of the ecology content that is taught. In addition, they hope that people get excited about ecology 170 ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION— SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 171 as a science for its intrinsic value and as a source of solutions to important problems. Finally, they want ecological ideas to be communicated broadly, so that everyone in society understands at least the basics concept of their discipline. The science education faculty persons see professional biologists as serving a critical role in developing new knowledge, synthesizing and simplifying this into an intelligible form and applying it to current issues. Furthermore, they understand that ecologists are pivotal in teaching future teachers in their introductory courses. To this end, many suggest that a critical role for ecologists is to model excellent teaching practice in their courses. Some educators recognize the value of having ecologists work with them on new curricula, education reform and development of innovative assessment strategies. One encouraged ecologists to take a leading role in integrating ecology into the undergraduate curriculum as a whole. For the science education administrator, professional biologists can be quite helpful in identifying the key concept areas that must be taught and those that can be omitted. Scientists often are asked to help review texts and curricula for local or state-wide adoption, and to evaluate assessment tools and results. Sci¬ entists also might be able to influence the politics of education funding, support and reform since basic researchers carry a certain amount of prestige in our society. Science teachers are most likely to want professional biologists to come into the classroom to teach and be a role model. They see scientists as being a great help in relating sciences like ecology to their students’ everyday lives. This could be done directly in the classroom, or through helping to develop new texts, cur¬ ricula, educational media, etc. Teachers would like scientists to be resource-people, particularly for teaching such things as thinking skills and the use of local habitats. Finally, scientists can contribute a great deal to education simply by working to improve the respect given to teachers. Largest Obstacles to Achieving these Goals While the obstacle most commonly cited by all participants was time, I assert that this really comes down to job descriptions and rewards. Most scientists are expected to prioritize their activities: primary research >> synthesis >> text-writing >>> teaching. Knowledge-disseminating activities are accomplished only by “stealing” time from the “more important” knowledge-generating activities. If we cannot address this issue effectively, then we might well be left with the simple “Nothing” answer to the question of “What can professional biologists do?” that 1 opened with. A second obstacle, cited by many, derives from the different cultures of sci¬ entists, science education specialists, and practitioners. Professional scientists of¬ ten do not know how to interface with the education system — how to get involved, how to contact teachers, how to raise money— nor are they all effective teachers. Science educators trying to work with scientists can find the differences in language and approach daunting, leading to a lack of mutual understanding, and at times of respect. For the science administrator, this barrier can look a lot like fear: scientists and science education theorists alike might appear to prefer to stav safe in their ivory towers. Another obstacle for effectively bringing the contributions of professional sci¬ entists to bear on pre-college education reform is one of efficiency. Which spe- 172 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 cialties should be represented, sciences with the most immediate appeal to students (e.g. human health, environmental science) or those that attract the fewest students and therefore might have the most to gain (e.g. physics)? Since scientists can’t agree even among themselves about what should be taught, it is very difficult to work with a group of them when priorities must be set and not everything can be included. Both science education administrators and teachers suggest that simply making contact with interested scientists is a significant barrier. It is difficult to identify suitable scientists to involve in local, regional and national efforts. Once they are contacted it often is difficult to motivate the scientists to get and stay involved. Furthermore, once they do come into the classroom, many teach above the heads of students and teachers alike. Finally, I contend that the complexity of ecology poses an additional impedi¬ ment to achieving our desired goal of broad ecological literacy. Extensive prior knowledge is required and most ecosystems are difficult to work with in most typical classroom settings. Thus, it is difficult to design simple, open-ended, hands- on studies for teaching ecology without requiring extensive preparation by the teacher, long time frames, and a willingness to cope with results that might be unexpected and thus hard to interpret. The Most Promising Solutions for Achieving our Goals for Pre-College Ecology Education I would like to make 10 recommendations for concrete actions you, as profes¬ sional scientists, can take to improve pre-college ecology education. Again, these are somewhat artificially grouped from the perspective of the different professions represented in this meeting. First, from the professional biologist’s perspective: 1 . Work to change the rewards system at your college, university, government or industry work places to honor synthesis, text-writing, and teaching. To a large extent this system is of our own creation — we should mould it to reflect our new commitment to education. 2. Figure out ways to emphasize science process in teaching ecology, e.g. research involvement, self-directed experiment/studies, ecology demon¬ strations, etc. Then incorporate these into laboratories, field exercises, mu¬ seum exhibits, nature center displays, etc. From the science education faculty person’s perspective: 3. Work with educators and other biologists in revising the college science curriculum for future teachers. These courses should (a) model excellent pedagogy, (b) teach the scientific process, and (c) cover only the most important ecology concepts. 4. Seek help from educators in how to be better teachers in your own courses. 5. Get involved in developing innovative techniques for assessing ecological learning. The whole new wave of science achievement standards and tests will have a tremendous impact on what is taught. From the science education administrator’s perspective: 6. Develop a network of ecology resource people available for curriculum and program development and review, for designing new assessment tech- ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 173 niques, and for advice on ecology education in general. This should be a cross-referenced, computerized database tied into the Ecological Society of America’s (ESA) membership list and made available in print form and on disk. 7. Formulate a framework for ecological literacy, detailing critical ecology content and science process skills as applied in ecology, and outlining standards for gauging whether these are being taught effectively. This should be done at the national and state levels. 8. Use your prestige to influence school reform— lobbying for improved cov¬ erage of ecology, for more emphasis on all of the sciences, and for increased support for education in general. From the science teacher’s perspective: 9. Develop a network of ecology educators, i.e. professional biologists willing to work directly with teachers and students. The ESA should support these people through publications, workshops, etc. In your work in schools, em¬ phasize teaching of the highest quality through direct involvement, use of the schoolyard or local habitats, and the development and application of critical thinking, science process skills and positive dispositions. 10. Work in teams with science educators to develop exciting, new curricula, texts, etc. Assure that these are informed both by current ecology content and process, and by education theory and practice. A final recommendation, based on my observation of what seems to be most effective in motivating ecologists to get involved in education, is to have children! Though this is made tongue-in-cheek, it is an excellent example of the power of direct experience. Hopefully, all professional biologists regardless of their family status will get directly involved in some fashion. It will take such a commitment to help make the opportunities discussed in this workshop a reality. The future status of your discipline in the greater consciousness of our society depends in large measure upon it. STATE ACTION PLANS FOR THE SOUTHEAST ALABAMA The objectives, in a broad sense, could be stated as one objective, i.e. to improve science and ecological literacy among students and teachers of grades K-12. In the beginning we do not expect large-scale involvement by college and university faculties. The setting of unrealistic goals would be an easy trap. Ultimately there will evolve something on a grand scale if we succeed on a small scale. Some general goals for students are as follows: (1) outdoor experience (2) hands-on experiences (3) ecology integrated into coursework throughout the day, e.g. math, reading and writing 174 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 (4) exposure to the idea that there are many approaches to science (5) exposure to outside resources, e.g. people and electronics (6) local environmental issues, e.g. public hearings. Some general goals for teachers are as follows: ( 1 ) more training in laboratory field work, especially that which is investigative in nature (2) greater awareness of resources of the State of Alabama (3) an integrated science course for teachers. The roles of ecologists offer many opportunities to fit individual interests and strengths. Examples include: ( 1 ) as resource people (2) as catalysts for change in courses in the colleges and universities (3) as leaders of training sessions for teachers through partnerships with or¬ ganizations such as the Alabama Academy of Sciences (4) seek money through granting agencies. The process of dialogue has begun on some campuses and it was heartening to see it expand at the ASB meeting at The University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa. Our group, consisting of biologists, a public school elementary teacher, a professor of education, and a representative of the State Department of Education, has begun a project to try to effect change in Alabama. The legislative involvement in the issue of accountability may spur us on in this endeavor. We invite participation by all other interested parties in Alabama. We think that Alabama has some strengths and we would like to build on them. Some examples are as follows: (1) In 1991, AmSouth Bank, South Central Bell, Alabama Power Co. and Alagasco started a process to give funding for instructional improvement in the public schools. (2) Several universities are involving a wide spectrum of faculty members to implement general science courses with an aim toward educating better teachers. (3) There is an excellent infrastructure in education that will facilitate state¬ wide involvement between ecologists and the public schools, e.g. The Al¬ abama Lead Academy (Leadership in Educational Administration Devel¬ opment), Alabama Science Teachers Association, and Alabama Association for Supervision and Curriculum Development. These three organizations do not represent an exhaustive list. (4) Much of Alabama is rural which offers many children and teachers the opportunity to study nature by simply walking out the door. The following people are forming an initial group: Drs. David T. Rogers, Jr. and Dennis Sunal of The University of Alabama; Dr. Frank A. Romano of Jacksonville State University; Dr. Anne M. Cusic of University of Alabama at Birmingham; Dr. Dan Holliman of Birmingham Southern College; Mr. Walter Davie of Crestmont Elementary School; and Dr. Paul Wylie of the State De¬ partment of Education. Contact for opportunities to interact with educational leaders has been initiated with Dr. Elizabeth Cheshire of LEAD. Teachers need to be reached through various means. Our first mission is to interact with the ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION— SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 175 various organizations of school principals because they can effect change over a broad area in a short time. We welcome input and volunteers. If you are interested, contact Dr. David T. Rogers, Jr., at Box 870344; Tuscaloosa, AL 35487-0344 or by phone at (205)348-1831. Since our initial meeting, we have added Dr. Douglas McGinty of Huntington College, 1500 E. Fairview Ave., Montgomery, AL 36106 (phone 205-265-051 1). FLORIDA PLAN Florida is in the process of implementating a National Science Foundation sponsored statewide systemic initiative to restructure K-8 science education using Florida's fragile environment as a theme. Teacher training and development of curriculum guides will be important facets of the initiative. Ecologists will have opportunities to be involved in the development and implementation of this program. The Florida Ecology in Education committee will be involved in the following activities: 1 . Cooperate with the Florida Department of Education in development and implementation of the statewide systemic initiative. 2. Propose a requirement that of the 1 20 continuing education credits required for teacher re-certification, a minimum of 10 should be devoted to ecology/ environmental education. There is currently no requirement. 3. Develop a database of ecologists who are willing to conduct workshops, collaborate in development of curricula, and serve as resource persons for teachers and pupils. This database will be available by December 1992 and will be disseminated to district science coordinators and environmental education contact persons in each county. 4. Ensure that workshops are conducted in ways that model effective teaching, using scientists and college educators. Teachers who are trained in the subject content will assist in these workshops. 5. Create an expanded committee for coordinating the statewide effort. 6. Involve district curriculum specialists in helping teachers to emphasize ecol¬ ogy/environmental science in their curricula, not only during the science segments but also by infusing subject material from these areas into their lesson plans for other disciplines (e.g. mathematics and language arts). 7. Recruit ecologists to contribute to the teacher’s resource guide, Florida En¬ vironments, being developed by the University of Florida Center for Envi¬ ronmental Education. 8. Encourage teachers to incorporate school ground activities based on the Feinsinger/Minno Handbook to Schoolyard Plants and Animals of North Central Florida and the companion activities book by Linda Cronin-Jones. For further information contact: Dr. Nancy Arny Center for Environmental Ed. Rm. 215, Bldg. 120 University of Florida Gainesville, FL 3261 1 OR Dr. Donald W. Hall Dept, of Entomology & Nem. Bldg. 970, Hull Rd. LIniversity of Florida Gainesville, FL 3261 1 176 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 GEORGIA -THE PEACH STATE At the meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists in Tuscaloosa, Alabama, the Georgia delegation attending the Ecology in Education Workshop pursued the following questions: How can ecologists in the state of Georgia improve ecological literacy? How can we work with students and teachers in our own local areas? How can we utilize the existing resources in our own communities to address environmental issues and support ecological initiatives? We propose a cooperative effort between professional ecologists/biologists and science teachers to address these questions in a program called PEACH: Promoting Ecological Awareness Close to Home We envision regional partnerships between professional ecologists and educa¬ tors who would work together to improve ecological education by: • Identifying local natural areas • Identifying local environmental issues • Identifying local resources (speakers, field trip opportunities, role models, project ideas and opportunities) • Identifying needs of local educators in ecology/science education • Using the outdoors as a laboratory, particularly the school grounds • Using partnerships to enhance education and promote environmental action • Becoming aware of the educational objectives in ecology in the K-12 cur¬ riculum • Becoming aware of the extensive resources available to educators in ecology and environmental science (books, videos, activities) • Identifying ways in which ecologists/biologists can support these educational efforts • Establishing cooperative relationships between existing professional organi¬ zations, for example the S.E. Chapter of the Ecological Society of America and the Georgia Science Teachers Association. We invite interested Ecologists at colleges and universities, in industry, business, government and private organizations to join in these partnerships by contacting Dr. Eloise Carter, Department of Biology, Oxford College of Emory University, Oxford, GA 30267. Ecologists will not be asked to BE the resource person for all the needs of their community, but to work with a science educator in their region to identify needs and help locate resources which will improve ecological education initiatives in our schools. Science education needs the assistance of scientists. Take this opportunity to turn good intentions into action. Precollege educators are invited to apply to participate in this program by sending a letter of application to Dr. Susan Ganaway, Department of Education, North Georgia College, Dahlonega, GA 30597. Your letter should address com¬ mitment to and experience in environmental/ecological education. A supporting letter from a principal or science coordinator should be included with the appli¬ cation. The PEACH program is open to all educators (K-12) involved in teaching ecology and environmetal issues. ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION— SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 177 KENTUCKY ACTION PLAN FOR ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION AS PART OF EDUCATION REFORM Ruth H. Jacquot, Department of Elementary and Secondary Education, Murray State University, Tricia Kerr, Division of Curriculum Development, Kentucky Department of Education, Jane S. Sisk, Science Department, Calloway County High School, and Joe E. Winstead, Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University. Analysis prior to the meeting of the Kentucky Team at the Workshop held in April of 1992 indicated that past emphasis in the elementary and secondary schools in subject matter relating to basic ecology and environmental science was limited and restricted to the interest and enthusiasm of individual teachers. Due to the Kentucky Educational Reform Act (KERA) much less emphasis will be placed on specific subject areas including individual disciplines and a new em¬ phasis will be placed whole part learning or holistic training. Such an approach would seem to change directions with more total synthesis of all science areas and that type of development should allow ecological and environmental topics to be central to the learning process. The KERA allows individual districts to set the educational agenda and the Action Plan designed by the Kentucky Team will be built around the approach that districts and teachers will need to know what is available in both instructional materials and professional expertise to help set new curriculum agendas that could include emphasis in ecological and environ¬ mental topics. Currently the Kentucky Department of Education is developing curriculum frameworks for science. Local districts will develop their curriculum on that framework. The framework places emphasis on the constancy of science and the process of science and not content. The Kentucky Action Plan will place emphasis on two major areas or objectives that would be compatible with the goals of KERA. These immediate objectives are: (1) The Education Department of Kentucky will be urged by the Kentucky Team to place emphasis on including basic field experiences as part of the science components developed by respective districts with the help and advice of the Department. It will be urged, in the most flexible manner possible, that the individual districts develop such field experiences utilizing the ecology and environment of the immediate area of each individual school within the context of the larger or regional ecosystems of the area. Development of on-campus “natural” areas (which have already been done with success in some Kentucky schools) will be urged and the pedagogy should be urged that encompasses techniques of looking and analysis toward discovery and the development of a spirit of inquiry. A significant theme of the holistic learning approach under the educational reform act will be that the discovery and analysis of the immediate environment be ongoing through the different grade levels in a framework of continuity. It will certainly be pointed out that such an approach is much more cost effective in that the immediate ecological setting of the school and numerous different scientific applications involving chemistry, math, physics, earth science as well as biology and environmental issues can be incorporated into a local setting on a long term basis. (2) The second objective will be to develop proposals to appropriate state. 178 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 federal or private educational funding agencies for support of summer in¬ stitutes. A preliminary model of the summer institute staff would involve groups of ecologist/educator teams with additional staff including teachers previously active in environmental education as well as personnel from professional organizations as Fish and Wildlife, U.S. Forestry Service and other agencies involved in applied environmental science. The figure below envisions the makeup of such institutes with the individual teams being comprised of staff and students from different districts. Upon completion of the institute the ecologist/educator lead teams would continue as resource people for the teachers on their teams in their respective districts. Classroom teachers who may be new to environmental education and ecological training might need more assistance and the more experi¬ enced teachers might only need occasional help or consultation. Under the structure outlined it is also envisioned that the ecologist may well help serve as a teacher’s aid in some endeavors and that the lead teams would certainly be on a co-equal basis with the ecologist providing support of technical and scientific information and the teacher helping to put the information into a format compatible with the grade levels being served. Both the lead team personnel and the teachers trained in the institutes could also serve as mentors for students. Telecommunications would be a vital part of main¬ taining links for sharing research, activities and questions. Both the lead team personnel and the teachers trained in the institutes could be used as advisors or consultants in district in-service training. Other activities to be pursued as part of the Kentucky Action Plan would involve the development of special symposia, presentations and programs by state science organizations that would place emphasis on ecological and environmental topics pertinent to improving such training in the public schools. In Kentucky, the prime organizations in regard to such activities include the Kentucky Academy of Science and the Kentucky Science Teachers Association. As the summer institute pro¬ grams develop and are evaluated it should then also be possible to develop new and better pre-service training in undergraduate classes in both the elementary and secondary teacher education programs. Coordination with Science Education Departments and Biology Departments in the colleges and universities will be required to improve both the existing biology courses taken by teacher education candidates and to work toward new and better science methods classes in regard ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 179 to content and instructional strategies involving ecology and environmental sci¬ ence. In summary, the principal objectives of having ecology incorporated into an integrated curriculum and developing improved instruction demands that the new curricula being developed in Kentucky be flexible for change as current teachers are retrained and new teachers are exposed to newer approaches or more emphasis on ecology and environmental science as part of the synthesis of science. To be successful such a synthesis requires the cooperation and mutual understanding of the Department of Education of Kentucky, Teacher Training Departments and/ or Colleges and a commitment from ecologists and environmental scientists from academia as well as the government sector. It is hoped that this Action Plan for Kentucky, with its emphasis on the two major points outlined above, will serve as a catalyst for action among those charged with the responsibility for imple- mentating change as well as those who are committed to supporting an agenda of better ecological and environmental understanding by coming generations. Acknowledgments— In addition to the members of the formal team Dr. Rudy Prins, Department of Biology, Western Kentucky University and Mr. Cloyd Bum- gardner. Science Department, Pulaski County High School provided valuable insights and ideas during the workshop hours leading to the development of this report. Lead Ecologist: J. E. Winstead, Dept, of Biology, Western Kentucky University, Bowling Green, KY 42101. Phone: (502) 745-6004. PROJECT CYPRESS (COMMUNITIES, LEAD BY YOUTH, PURSUING RESTORATION OF ECOLOGICALLY SUSTAINABL SYSTEMS): USING WETLANDS ECOLOGY AND RESTORATION TO IMPROVE K-12 EDUCATION IN LOUISIANA A vast gap exists between effective teaching of ecology to college students and the "learning by doing” ecological exercises that must be developed to get our youngsters excited about ecology in particular and science in general. Project CYPRESS is designed to bridge this gap. Specifically, Project CYPRESS will use wetlands as a tool for teaching ecology. Why wetlands? (i) Though highly frag¬ mented, wetlands are widely spread throughout the state of Louisiana and are generally in close proximity to schools (i.e. even urban areas contain roadside ditches characterized by wetland vegetation); (ii) Wetland plants, due to their unique adaptations to saturated soils and relatively high rates of growth, offer an ideal platform for scientific inquiry and experimentation; (iii) Loss of wetlands is occurring at an alarming rate in Louisiana and considerable federal and state funds have been made available for wetlands protection and restoration; (iv) Many restoration projects are massive in scale and will require community support and involvement if they are to succeed; (v) Wetlands are intimately linked to Louisi¬ ana’s rich heritage and to the state’s economy. Project CYPRESS will consist of a series of thought-provoking exercises focused specifically on wetlands found in each of Louisiana's eight Regional Service Cen¬ ters. All exercises will include information on the values that wetlands pro\ ide 180 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 PROJECT CYPRESS to humans (e.g. water quality improvement, flood moderation, groundwater re¬ charge, wildlife habitat, timber production). The materials comprising the Project CYPRESS manual will draw heavily from excellent resources such as “WOW! The Wonders of Wetlands,” and “Project Earth.” Additional exercises will include simple experiments that demonstrate concepts of adaptation, competition, and cooperation, the importance of replication, and some fundamentals of experi¬ mental ecology (e.g. inclusion-exclusion trials). Following development of a prototype Project CYPRESS Activities Manual, funds will be solicited to sponsor Teacher Workshops and student programs at ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION— SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 181 Environmental Learning Centers where “Ecology Teams” from local schools will work in wetlands and compete by filling out task cards. With time, the effort will be expanded to include broad community involvement (e.g. church groups, Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Jaycees, Key Clubs, and 4-H Clubs). Time-line for Development of Project CYPRESS Spring 1992 Summer 1992 Fall 1992 Winter 1992-93 Spring 1993 Summer 1993 Fall 1993 Winter 1993-94 Summer 1994 — Research exercises of proven success in enhancing the learning of ecology and modify (if possible) these to meet Louisiana’s specific needs. — Develop the Project CYPRESS logo. —Establish one or more Environmental Learning Centers. —Solicit funds to sponsor Teacher Workshops and Environmental Learning Center programs. —Conduct exploratory teacher workshops and student programs (funds permitting). —Teachers will evaluate feasibility and effectiveness of exercises. — Based on evaluation results, exercises may be modified. — Project CYPRESS team will attend the Louisiana Science Teachers Association (LSTA) state¬ wide conference to present Project CYPRESS. — Members of the Louisiana Earth Science Teachers Association, Louisiana Environmental Educators Association, and the Louisiana Association of Biology Educators will be invited to join the Project CYPRESS Team. —Teachers will be asked to contribute ideas and activities to specific manuals aimed at each of the eight Regional Centers. Awards will be given for the top-rated activities. —Ask teachers to serve as regional leaders and assist in implementation of Project CYPRESS. — Each teacher in attendance will be given a copy of the pilot manual. — Identify pilot Regional Center(s), recruit a lead ecologist and teachers from all levels. —Continue to evaluate and modify the pilot manual. — Prepare grant proposal(s) to solicit funds to broaden implementation of Project CYPRESS. — Project CYPRESS team will continue to investigate exercises of proven success elsewhere in the country and explore their potential for (modified) inclusion in the Manual. — Explore new technologies that enhance the learning experience. —Finalize makeup of specific teams in each Regional Service Center. —Train eight or more teams throughout Louisiana in Project CYPRESS. — At these training sessions, identify local problems and learning opportunities associated with wetlands and incorporate these into the regional manuals. — Present progress report at state-wide LSTA meeting. — Present specific sites and dates of future workshops to recruit additional trainers and students. —Continue to evaluate and improve activities and their presentation. — Prepare for major field testing. —Train and cross-train regional teams. — The eight regional teams will begin to conduct workshops of their own. —Constant evaluation, revision, additions, omissions will be required as project progresses. — Expand Project CYPRESS to include broad community involvement (e.g. church groups. Boy Scouts, Girl Scouts, Jaycees, Key Clubs, and 4-H Clubs). Project CYPRESS team (to date): Dr. Gary Shaffer (Department of Biological Sciences, P.O. Box 814, SLU, Hammond, LA 70402), Dr. Earl Melancon, Dr. Murray Paton Pendarvis, Mr. Faimon Roberts, Mr. John Trowbridge, Mr. Robert Vernon. Excerpted from end of paragraph 2 because of space limitations: Two examples below demonstrate the types of experiences that “hands on" wetlands studies can provide. (1) Locations where swamps exist: Each of 24 fourth graders is allocated one 2-year-old cypress seedling. Four vinyl tubs (wading pools) offer the experimental setting. Four salt solutions (from fresh to brackish) are mixed, one in each tub. Six trees are randomly allocated to each tub and growth and health ot each plant is monitored for one month. At the end of the month (prior to irreversible damage caused by the brackish salt solutions) each student will be tree to plant fits or her 182 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 seedling at home or at a nearby restoration area. The total cost is estimated to be $17.00. This exercise would provide information on: (i) the influence of physical factors on biological processes; (ii) experimental design and the importance of replication; (iii) graphing, enumeration and estimation techniques; (iv) an understanding of the problems wetlands plants must overcome (acclimatize to). Different levels of flooding could be substituted to study the effects of subsidence, or salinity and flooding treatments could be used together in a factorial arrangement for older students. (2) Locations where bottomland hardwood forests exist: These wetland forests are generally dominated by a diverse group of oaks and this exercise focuses on seed (acorn) propagation and on methods of classification. Students will be en¬ couraged to conduct “acorn hunts” in their backyards, neighborhoods, and any¬ where else oak trees may be found. Leaves and bark will also be collected to assist in identification to the species level (drawings and photographs will be provided in this module). The acorns will then be given the “float test” (non-viable acorns float) to determine which seeds are viable. The acorns that float will be examined for bore holes, tooth-marks, fungus, etc. to determine the reason for their demise. Acorns will be placed in potting soil and pots subjected to different treatments (varying levels of water, light, or nutrients). Successful germination and growth will be followed over time and these data will provide the substrate for graphing, enumeration, and estimation exercises. If possible, students will be taken to a wetland forest. This project could be expanded to include “acorn drives” (like paper drives) and acorns could be donated or sold to agencies such as LA Wildlife and Fisheries, US Soil Conservation Service, or the US Army Corps of Engineers. NEED FOR COMPREHENSIVE ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION IN NORTH CAROLINA Recent surveys indicate that teachers in North Carolina seek increased oppor¬ tunities to teach environmental topics in the classroom. In North Carolina we currently lack courses on a pre-service and in-service level on environmental topics. University courses for undergraduate and graduate students need to be developed. Undergraduate and graduate majors in environmental education also need to be developed. Current efforts of North Carolina’s Scope Sequence and Coordination Project complement this initiative. The North Carolina Department of Public Instruction is rewriting the science curriculum guide to reflect increased interest and expectations for the teaching of environmental education. For teachers to respond to these new expectations, new courses and workshops need to be offered. Additionally, the mandating of environmental education and requirement of specific environmental education courses needs to be added to state require¬ ments for certification in North Carolina. These goals are in alignment with the educational reform movements underway in this country which emphasize the need for students at all levels to experience their environment on a first hand basis through meaningful field experiences and hands-on investigations. To this purpose we propose the establishment of a Coalition for Comprehensive Environmental Education in North Carolina. For this coalition, a working group will be convened with the representatives from the North Carolina Department of Public Instruction, North Carolina Science Teachers Association, Environ- ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION— SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 183 mental Educators of North Carolina, the North Carolina Math and Science Ed¬ ucation Network, North Carolina Academy of Science, members of the North Carolina General Assembly, environmental leaders, the Office of Environmental Education (NC DEHNR), Ecological Society of America, the North Carolina Science Alliance, North Carolina’s Scope Sequence and Coordination Program, and business and industry. How Can You Be Involved? A keystone of environmental education is ecology. To be successful, the coali¬ tion needs the support of ecologists and biologists throughout North Carolina. Your help is needed to identify the vital topics that need to be included in environmental education courses and majors. Your help is needed to develop and conduct workshops for pre-service and in-service teachers. Your efforts will be augmented by the efforts of the existing Scope Sequence and Coordination Pro¬ gram, the proposed Coalition for Comprehensive Environmental Education in North Carolina, and Environmental Educators of North Carolina. You, as an ecologist, can also volunteer to visit and speak to classes of school children in your geographic location and to act as a resource person for teachers in general. Please contact one of the following people to find out more information on how you can be involved: Ms. Melva Okun President, Environmental Educators of North Carolina Environmental Resource Project 315 Pittsboro St., C.B. 7410 University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill Chapel Hill, NC 27599, Tel. (919) 966-3332 Dr. David M. Andrews P.I., NC Scope Sequence and Coordination Program Associate Professor Environmental Sciences & Science Education University of North Carolina at Wilmington Wilmington, NC 28403, Tel. (919) 395-3381 Dr. J. Dan Pittillo Professor of Ecology Department of Biology Western Carolina University Cullowhee, NC 28723, Tel. (704) 227-7244 SOUTH CAROLINA ACTION PLAN It is our belief that several steps need to be taken to improve science education of students throughout the state. Ecology itself is the science of studying rela¬ tionships between organisms and the environment and, by its nature, incorporates all the sciences. Toward these ends we propose an action plan for implementation over a minimum three year period. This plan includes a series of new or improved experiences for K-12 teachers and students which will allow for incorporation of ecology into an integrated curriculum. First, we feel that it is important to increase the relevance of ecology to the 184 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 modem world in South Carolina. Many citizens of the state are not fully aware of the important ecological issues and potential environmental problems which face the state. A great place to start this education is among the children in the public schools such that ecologically sound activities will become habit rather than an afterthought. This action can be initiated through inviting ecologists around the state to identify important South Carolina ecological issues. Communication between the various ecologists, teachers, and school admin¬ istrators needs to be increased. Since new knowledge is constantly developing and old ideas are changing an ideal situation would be to make teachers aware of the changes and developments in the ecological field as they occur or shortly thereafter. Three mechanisms are possible which will help improve communication: 1 ) invite ecologists to interact with teachers through a number of programs already in existence; 2) request the involvement of professional organizations within the state which have communication with numerous interested ecologists and edu¬ cators; 3) request involvement of the state Department of Education in developing ideas and projects. There is a need for an increase in the number and scope of field trips for students to experience ecology in realistic settings. Clearly, ecology is a topic which cannot be fully appreciated without the educational resources of the outdoors. Students need hands-on experiences, especially at the middle school level, so they can see the complexity of ecosystems and how humans are changing them. To best improve the education of the kids, we need to improve and/or increase the ecology education available for pre-service and in-service teachers. Many teachers are eager to learn more about South Carolina’s ecological settings and current ecological issues, but are not sure how to incorporate this information into their curriculum. This can be implemented through development of college level courses specifically for current science teachers and involvement of pre¬ service teachers with ecology through special laboratory sections in certain courses. Last, South Carolina needs to improve and develop new resources available for classrooms which integrate ecology into the general curriculum. The development of an integrated system of teaching is more realistic in application to everyday life. Relative to this is a need to improve educational resources, both human and material. Children need to see and talk to real ecologists. Schools need additional materials so ecology (and science) can be properly taught. However, toward these ends, many school districts lack the monetary resources to pay invited speakers and purchase materials. This can work if: 1) ecology activities are identified which integrate with other curriculum programs; 2) a resource list of ecologists is de¬ veloped; 3) colleges develop resource lists of materials they would be willing to loan to K-12 teachers. SOUTH CAROLINA Ecology in Education Action Plan Developers Dr. Charles Horn Lead Ecologist Biology Department, Newberry Col- Ms. Kitty Famell Science Coordinator, Lexington Dis- lege Newberry, SC 29108 (803) 321-5257 trict 5 P.O. Box 938, Ballentine, SC 29002 ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION -SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 185 Dr. Stan Rachelson Ms. Wendy Morris Science Education Center, University Irmo Middle School, Campus R of South Carolina 6051 Wescott Rd., Columbia, SC Columbia, SC 29208 29212 ACTION PLAN FOR IMPROVING ECOLOGY EDUCATION IN MISSISSIPPI There are three opportunities that are most promising to effect change in science education, in particular to improve ecology education, in Mississippi: 1. The Mississippi State Department of Education is in the process of revising the various curriculum structures for various subject areas including the science core objectives. 2. The Mississippi Institution of Higher Learning are in the midst of a long- range educational reform referred to as “Project ‘95” which involves teachers training and classroom instruction innovations in science, mathematics, and foreign languages. 3. The Mississippi Legislature and the public are sensitive and receptive to actions that will promote environmental quality, particularly in the area of waste minimization and management. Our strategy is to appeal to the leadership and decision-makers who can effect the change. In our letter of appeal, we will refer to the ESA/NSF plan of action for a national ecology education as initiated in a workshop held 8-9 April 1992 and the National Environmental Education Act signed into law in 1991 which is now being implemented under EPA leadership. The letters and a copy of our ESA/NSF report will be sent to: 1. The State Superintendent of Education. In addition, the Mississippi Team’s Education Administrator with his own cover letter, will share the report with all units directors within the State Department of Education and heads of other relevant government offices (e.g. Bureau of Environmental Quality, Forestry, Fish and Wildlife, etc.). The subject of the letter is the incorpo¬ ration and integration of ecological concepts in the revision of the science curriculum structure and core objectives. The appeal will emphasize the timeliness of the revision and recommend that the revision should be made soon with professional ecologists included in the membership of the Science Curriculum Structure Revision Committee. 2. The Commissioner of Higher Education. In addition, the Team’s Education Faculty with his own cover letter, will send a copy of our report to selected educators in and administrators of institutions of higher learning. The mes¬ sage of this letter is the inclusion of ecology education as an emphasis in the in-service and pre-service teacher training and student workshop compo¬ nents of Project ’95. 3. Selected officials of school districts and state educational organizations for information purposes. The Team’s Public School Teacher with her own cover letter will furnish a copy of our report to this group. The message of this letter is to create grass-root support for the Ecology Education Action Plan. 186 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 4. Selected ecologists/biologists in Mississippi. The Lead Ecologist will share the report of this workshop with a cover letter to: 1. inform them about our ecology education initiatives; 2. invite them to send a list of ecological concepts that should be incor¬ porated in the revision of the Science Curriculum Structure. Their sug¬ gestions will be sorted out and a consolidated listing will be forwarded to the Education Administrator for endorsement and delivery to the State Superintendent of Education; 3. to alert them and encourage them to accept membership in the Science Curriculum Revision Committee should they be invited. 4. to encourage them to support our Action Plan and to promote ecology education and environmental awareness in their respective institutions. Finally, our team will seek out external funding from state or national agencies to support a state-wide workshop patterned upon the EPA/NSF regional work¬ shop. During this workshop, we will fine-tune our Action Plan and solicit assis¬ tance from all segments of society to push for the implementation of Mississippi’s Action Plan for Ecology Education. This state-wide workshop will involve edu¬ cators, legislators, teachers, student leaders, and representatives from citizen ac¬ tion groups. The second part of our Action Plan is to suggest to appropriate groups involved in the various levels of the educational system the following agenda designed to improve ecology education. AGENDA FOR IMPROVING ECOLOGY EDUCATION IN MISSISSIPPI A. What proactive experiences do students and teachers need? Students in all grade-levels (K-12). 1. Hands-on activities 2. Emphasis on process skills 3. Field experiences Teachers 1. In-Service Workshops —Train “lead” teachers from all school districts. — Develop specific goals for ecology education in compliance with core objectives. — Develop strategies for lead teachers to share information in their school districts to include all grade levels (K-12). 2. Resource Centers — Develop resource manuals for all grade-levels. — Designate a regional resource-teacher. — Develop a network for sharing information. B. What should educational agencies do? 1. State-level — revise immediately the science curriculum structure to in¬ clude at greater depth and broader scope ecology. 2. School district— train a lead teacher specifically for ecology education and obtain principals’ support for Ecology Action Plan. 3. University level — provide mechanisms whereby biologists/ecologistscan interact with teachers; offer meaningful summer courses for teachers; hold in-service and pre-service workshops. ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 187 4. Educational organizations— utilize the Mississippi Science Teachers As¬ sociation and Mississippi Academy of Sciences to promote ecology ed¬ ucation. ACTION PLAN TO IMPROVE PRE-COLLEGE EDUCATION IN ECOLOGY IN TENNESSEE Objectives 1. To increase the ecological subject matter content in science courses in pre¬ college curricula in Tennessee schools. 2. To build resource materials on species, populations, communities, and eco¬ systems that are readily available to all teachers. 3. To connect ecologists and pre-college teachers in Tennessee in mutualistic interactions. Tasks 1. To inform Tennessee ecologists and biologists about what is developing as a consequence of the ASB/ESA 1992 workshop. 2. To contact all pre-college teachers in Tennessee to inform them of what is developing out of the workshop. 3. To enlist the help of the directors and stalfs of the nine Centers for Envi¬ ronmental Education operated in the state by the Tennessee Valley Au¬ thority, and to use them as part of the network. (The Centers in Kentucky, Mississippi, Alabama, and Georgia are also willing to help.) 4. To find an ecologist for each of the Centers to serve as consulting staff to the Director, staff, and users. 5. To develop teams of people to focus on the biology and ecology of particular species, communities, and ecosystems to develop resource materials. 6. Evaluate current curricular materials. Resources Ecologists and biologists, primary and secondary school teachers. Smoky Moun¬ tain Institute at Tremont, TVA’s Centers for Environmental Education and their staffs and newsletters, the Tennessee Department of Education newsletter with its 30,000 names that receive four mailings per year, the Tennessee Environmental Education Association, the Tennessee Science Teachers Association, and a very large set of curricular materials from TVA and other sources. Timelines 1 . Communicate to Tennessee ecologists and biologists by end of summer 1 992 what it is we’re trying to do. 2. Get at least one ecologist to commit to being a Center resource person b> end of summer 1992. 3. Get at least one team working through the summer to develop a resouree packet on one species, one community, one population, and one ecosystem 188 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 4. Prepare a proposal for supporting ecologists in aiding in school site devel¬ opment by end of calendar year 1992. 5. Develop a file on Tennessee ecologists as resource persons by end of calendar year 1992. 6. Seek a team of volunteers to evaluate curricular materials and get the team working by September 1992. Contact persons Dr. Edward E. C. Clebsch Department of Botany University of Tennessee Knoxville, TN 37996 (O) 615-974-6209 (H) 615-856-3350 FAX 615-974-0978 Mr. John Judy Environmental Education Section Tennessee Valley Authority Forestry Building Ridgeway Road Norris, TN 37828 (O) 615-632-1670 FAX 615-632-1612 VIRGINIA ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION ACTION PLAN Lead Ecologist Dean Cocking, Department of Biology, James Madison University, Harrison¬ burg, VA 22807 Science Coordinator Jean J. Dughi, Coordinator of Instruction, Science, Norfolk Public Schools, 800 East City Hall Ave., Norfolk, VA 23510 Education Specialist Ron Giese, School of Education, College of William & Mary, Williamsburg, VA, 23185 Teacher Pat Borkey, Mathematics and Science Center, 2401 Hartman St., Richmond, VA 23223 The Virginia Team at the Ecological Society of America sponsored “Ecology in Education: Southeast Regional Workshop” chose to focus on the construction of a communication network as a primary goal and its action plan is to initiate the transfer of information as soon as possible. While this fundamental linkage may ultimately lead to a wide variety of interactions, we selected three aspects of ecological information flow that students and teachers in Virginia need as a high priority: 1 ) providing specific activities for field work; 2) the infusion of ecology and environmental science information into an interdisciplinary curriculum which will result in getting more students and teachers involved; and 3) the provision of accurate and contemporary ecological information for in-service instruction of teachers. ECOLOGY IN EDUCATION — SE REGIONAL WORKSHOPS 189 Young people respond to active hands on learning and to reinforcement of information from a variety of sources in the school. In an attempt to eliminate the promulgation of myths about nature and ecology, every effort should be made to secure and provide accurate and up to date scientific information and avoid the presentation of hypotheses and theories which are falsified by current data from basic ecological research. Teachers need help to improve techniques and obtain current ecological and environmental science information in order to meet new Virginia state mandates for content, and in particular, to aid them in the reformulation of curricula in the middle schools. We are generally supportive of the draft framework presented in the Ecological Society of America (ESA) Education Committee publication “Ecology Education for Children: A Handbook for Ecologists.” We feel that ultimately ecologists working with science teachers, science supervisors and science educators, will be able to help with pre-college ecological and environmental education at the state level through: 1) formal and informal local efforts; 2) aiding in-service teacher education by presenting seminars, workshops and courses; 3) contributing to the development of policy by advising on the content of state curricula and reviewing the sequencing of specific topics so that they develop with gradual increases in difficulty as well as in a logical progression of ecological information; 4) partici¬ pating in education activities through publicizing and inviting pre-college teachers to ESA programs as well as attending functions such as those of the Virginia Association of Biological Educators (VABE), Virginia Environmental Educators (VEE), Virginia Academy of Science (VAS) and Junior Academy of Science (VJAS), etc. The Virginia Ecology Education Team which was formed for this workshop has already made a “first mailing” to the 275+ ESA members in Virginia and the District of Columbia asking for a preliminary expression of interest in pre¬ college ecology education. The response began even before the workshop started in Tuscaloosa, AL, and it continues. This entire group of ESA members will be the target of a survey asking for more specific information about the types of action that the various individuals are interested in taking to aid in the effort. In addition, our Virginia Ecology Education Team (VEET) decided that part of its action plan must also include a modest growth in the team itself. In addition to the lead ecologist, school science coordinator, college/university education faculty member, and teacher, attending the workshop, five more members will be added. These include a second teacher, so that both rural and urban schools will be represented, another ecologist, a representative from the Virginia State Department of Education, and environmental education specialists from the Vir¬ ginia State Department of Forestry, and Department of Game and Inland Fish¬ eries. The action plan is to start off slowly to implement some of the strategies from the following list of 10 potential ways for ecologists to become involved in pre¬ college ecology and environmental education which we developed at the work¬ shop. 1) Organize the Virginia Ecology Education Teem (VEET) by expanding the committee to its nine member complement and prepare mailing lists of ecologists, teachers, environmental educators, administrators, individuals from government agencies, etc. that form the nodes of the network. 190 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 2) Develop ways for scientists to meet with environmental educators by con¬ necting ecologists with pre-college teacher associations that hold confer¬ ences in Virginia. Eventually this might involve a state level ecology ed¬ ucation workshop patterned after the ESA Ecology in Education model. 3) Facilitate the use of electronic mail (E-mail) by finding connections between BITNET (the college/university computer network) and VAPEN (a com¬ puter network used by Virginia school teachers) and including electronic mail addresses in information listings. Ultimately a VEET bulletin board would be established. 4) Initiate the establishment of environmental and ecological themes for sci¬ ence conferences (especially those involving Virginia issues such as Ches¬ apeake Bay, additional state parks, air pollution, etc.) and facilitate the use of ecologists as resources in this context. 5) Establish a list of ecologists willing to serve as resource persons. It will detail the nature of the assistance that is offered and provide information about how to contact individual ecologists (e.g. presentations of local ecol¬ ogy research, evaluation of local field sites, willingness to answer questions about pre-college student research). 6) Provide teachers with a list of ecological resources (field sites, nature cen¬ ters, arboretums, workshops, publications, etc.) available in Virginia. 7) Seek out and publicize existing prototype pre-college projects in Virginia that could be used by teachers as models for developing their own curricula. 8) Identify existing pre-college ecology and environmental education courses and promote communication between the instructors. In addition, VEET should develop a collection of current curricula in ecology and environ¬ mental science courses used in Virginia. 9) Promote the use of local sites and school grounds for field experiences. This could involve the formation of teams of geologists, ecologists, envi¬ ronmental scientists, teachers and science educators to develop exercises. 10) Identify environmental education programs that are already in existence in Virginia such as museums, parks, corporations, universities/colleges. The initial basis of this listing is already available through The Alliance for Environmental Education (AEE). The Ecological Society of America, the Association of Southeastern Biologists, and several Virginia environ¬ mental education are members of this confederation. This information should then be made available to teachers in Virginia for a variety of uses. Finally, the Virginia Team notes that there are already numerous successful and exciting environmental education programs within the Commonwealth of Virginia and this proposed action plan is not intended to supplant those activities. The restricted network that is being established by VEET is designed to develop links between ecologists and the environmental education community and other nodes which are not mentioned in this document will be included as they are identified. The philosophy of VEET is to be inclusive, not exclusive, since its primary mission as stated at the outset is to develop communication links for valid scientific information. REVIEWS Gilbert, Carter R. (ed.). 1992. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida II. Fishes. University Press of Florida, Gainesville, FL. $59.95 cloth, $24.95 paper. 287 p. Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida, Volume II, Fishes, is a new update of the 1978 listing of rare and endangered fishes of Florida. Carter Gilbert, one of America’s foremost ichthyologists, who chairs Florida’s special committee on fishes, has brought together 10 specialists as well as two illus¬ trators to present the subsequent vastly expanded body of knowledge on the status of many fish species within the state. Gilbert prepared 20 of the 39 species accounts and was co-author of 1 3 others, with six accounts being prepared by experts from nearby areas of Florida and Georgia. Gilbert’s affiliation with the 1978 edition of Rare and Endangered Fish permitted continuity of thought and evaluation between the two publications. Following a foreword, preface, and brief history of the FCREPA (Florida Committee on Rare and Endangered Plants and Animals), a definition of status category is presented. An analysis of Florida’s aquatic environments is discussed under the heading “Florida’s Aquatic Ecosystems.” This includes: Inland freshwater habitats (creeks, rivers, springs, ditches and puddles, ponds, lakes, marshes, and swamps) and coastal habitats (Coastal Florida freshwater and oligohaline tributaries, salt marshes, mangrove swamps, seagrass meadows, rock-algal reef forests, and coral reef forests). General comments cover what has occurred to the fish fauna since the 1978 publication, A table compares the federal, state 1978 FCREPA and present FCREPA status of the 39 species discussed. The various species are treated under the headings: Endangered (2 species), threatened (17), rare ( 1 3), and species of special concern (7). Each account consists of other names, description, nomen- clatorial remarks (as needed), range, habitat, life history and ecology, basis of status classification, recommendations, literature cited (instead of a single mixed listing at the end of all accounts), and preparer of the account. A state map depicts the dot distribution for each species in Florida while a North America inset map delineates its overall range. The most recent taxonomic name changes are reflected throughout while at the same time calling attention to unresolved usages, i.e. Atractosteus instead of Lepisosteus for the alligator gar. The same is true for various minnow genera. Few errors can be found in this well-prepared book. However, the river goby range is supposed to extend from South Carolina southward, yet the map on p. 113 shows it from only Georgia southward. There is mention of a gar hybrid on p. 1 30, yet hybrid isn’t included in the index. An underwater photo of the spawning Okaloosa darter, appearing on the front cover of the soft cover, is mentioned on page 8, but none appears in the hard cover copy reviewed. Length of the illustrated Microphis brachyurus (p. 73) should be 160 mm, not 1,600 mm. Menidia eonchorum (pages 4 and 5) is listed as endangered by the State of Florida, while on page 16 it is listed as threatened. Two kinds of dots were supposed to be used (pages 7 and 8) for only Acipenser oxyrinchus when both are also used for Cyprinodon v. variegatus and C. v. hubbsi. The only faults noted are that outlines of some of the drawings are too sharp; that is, the mountain mullet appears too chunky (p. 163). The black banded sunfish (p. 183) dorsal profile is not so steeply sloped, and the body bands and the dorsal fin pigmentation should have contrasted more with the body background. Lastly, there should have been comments on whether the overall status of each species was threatened throughout its range, an aspect not treated consistently throughout the book. This would have given one a better impression of whether a species was in trouble throughout its range or just rare in Florida, where it was/is at the extreme of its range, or was it really a very localized and threatened species (as some are in the text). Florida is to be congratulated for keeping the public aware of the status of its various flora and fauna, especially fishes, for as Myers and Ervel 1 990 (reviewed by Yeager, ASH Bulletin 38(4 1): 1 79- 180, 1991) have noted, the ecosystems of Florida have been and are being drastically altered by man through habitat destruction, alteration, pollution, introduction of foreign plants and animals, and poor land management and wetland use. Publication of Rare and Endangered Biota of Florida helps point the direction we must all take to preserve an area’s flora and fauna for future generations' enjoyment and use. Frank J. Schwartz, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of North Carolina. \ forehead Citv. Y( 28557 191 192 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 Ward , J. V. 1992. Aquatic Insect Ecology. 1. Biology and Habitat. John Wiley and Sons, NY. $89.00. 438 p. The past 20 yrs has seen an ever increasing interest in aquatic insects. Systematic treatises of major groups, such as stoneflies and midges, regional identification guides, and postulation of such ecological concepts as the river continuum and nutrient spiraling have all been developments in this interval. Much of the then current ecological information for aquatic insects was summarized in a series of conceptual review articles in the book by Resh and Rosenberg (1984, Praeger Publishers). This new book by J. V. Ward is a logical and excellent continuation of the efforts of the contributors in Resh and Rosenberg. Ward fills in much of the detail necessarily lacking in review articles dealing with aquatic insect ecology and provides a wealth of examples and natural history information. This book is the first of a two-part series and provides comprehensive coverage of the biology and habitat of aquatic insects. This first volume covers introductory material on aquatic insect orders and their evolution; insect communities of lentic and lotic freshwaters, as well as brackish and marine habitats; and environmental conditions influencing the occurrence and abundance of aquatic insects. The second volume is to cover feeding ecology, predator-prey and competitive interactions, biodi¬ versity, production, and insect-human relationships. This first volume is well written, well organized and profusely documented with recent literature. Over 1,300 references are cited, about 20% covering the last 10 years, several of which are as current as 1990 and 1991. This book will be a valuable reference to all aquatic biologists, even those with only a marginal interest in aquatic insects, such as fisheries biologists and water pollution control scientists. As insects are usually the most numerous group in all aquatic habitats, knowledge of their biology is often of the utmost importance. My criticisms of the book are few, but noteworthy. There are some sections, such as that dealing with the evolutionary invasion of freshwater, in which 1 would have preferred a more lengthy dis¬ cussion, but all reviewers are going to have their individual biases. The book is projected for possible usage by advanced undergraduate or beginning graduate students, but the cost of the book to me seems prohibitive for most students, and more suitable as a reference text. At $89.00 for just the first of two volumes, I have reservations recommending the book for use in a classroom. The book by Resh and Rosenberg at $24.95 in paper would seem to be a better choice. My other criticism is that in the copy I reviewed the figures and tables were printed so dark that much of the detail was lost in the figures and the tables were difficult to read. There were a few typographical errors and a short errata indicated a figure printed upside down. In summary, a great deal of information on aquatic insects is presented in well organized sections. This book and its companion volume should be valuable references for years to come as knowledge of aquatic insects becomes an integral part of environmental and basic aquatic research. I would recommend the book to any researcher working in the various areas of aquatic biology. Steven C. Harris, Geological Survey of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL 35486 NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST Jon R. Fortman — News Editor Division of Math and Science Mississippi University for Women Columbus, MS 39701 ABOUT PEOPLE AND PLACES ALABAMA University of Alabama in Huntsville, Department of Biological Sciences Department. Dr. Richard F. Modlin is on sabbatical leave at the University of Lund, Sweden, as a Fulbright Fellow. Dr. P. Samuel Campbell and Dr. Debra M. Moriarity both have been awarded National Institutes of Health AREA research grants this academic year. Dr. Campbell has also assumed the chairmanship of the department. Dr. William R. Garstka served as Interim chair during 1 990-9 1 . Dr. Robert O. Lawton in collaboration with Dr. Moriarity and Dr. Will Setzer of Chemistry, have initiated a natural products research group to isolate biologically active compounds from plant species endemic to Costa Rica. Already, some interesting anti-tumor activity has been observed in some extracts of this plant material. GEORGIA West Georgia College, Department of Biology’. Robert B. (Bob) England has passed away, and the Biology faculty and his many friends are establishing the Robert B. England Memorial Award to be presented each year to the student with the highest numerical average in Biology I and II. Bob England came to West Georgia in 1 96 1 . He taught Comparative Anatomy, Botany, Genetics, and Development. He also taught Non-vascular plants until he retired. His largest and most successful input was in the non-major course Concepts of Biology I and II. He was active in community and campus services, and served in official capacities on many boards and societies within the community. His promotion to Associate Professor without a terminal degree was unprecedented, and was due to the tremendous amount of service he provided to the academic community, and the fact that he was a superb teacher who continually challenged his students. Georgia Southern University, Department of Biology. During the Spring quarter a number of speakers were invited to the seminar series. Some of these speakers included. Dr. Gerald J. Stine, University of North Florida, and Dr. Jerome Goddard, Mississippi State. The University of Georgia, Savannah River Ecology’ Laboratory. Robert "Bud" Fischer, a doctoral degree student at the Laboratory received the 1992 The Eugene P. Odum Award. His winning paper was titled, “The effects of acute and chronic perturbation from a nuclear production reactor on bluegill morphology.” Mr. Fischer has worked as a research coordinator since 1986. Agnes Scott College, Department of Biology. Dr. Karen Thompson has joined the faculty after receiving her doctoral degree from the University of Oregon. She is a neurobiologist, and will be responsible for teaching courses in animal physiology, vertebrate biology, and animal behavior. Her research interest is the evolution and neural basis of behavior and the development of neural circuits. KENTUCKY Eastern Kentucky University, Division of Natural Areas Dr. William 11. Martin. Division Director and Past-President of ASB has been appointed Commissioner of the Department for Natural Resources of the Commonwealth of Kentucky by Governor Brereton C. Jones. The Department is in the Natural Resources and Environmental Protection Cabinet with four Divisions: Conservation. Energ\ . Forest r\ . and Water Patrol. Dr. Martin is taking a leave of absence from Eastern, and Dr. Jon R \taki (De¬ partment of Natural Sciences) has been appointed Acting Director of the Division. Eastern Kentucky University. Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Ross C Clark has been ap¬ pointed Departmental Chair effective 1 July 1992. Dr. Clark was formerly at the Morton \rboretum in Lisle, Illinois. Dr. Clark is a botanist with emphasis in plant systematics. lie has conducted years 193 194 ASB BULLETIN, VOL. 39, NO. 4, 1992 of field work in the Red River Gorge in Kentucky. He succeeds retiring Chair Dr. Sanford L. Jones. Dr. Patrick Calie (Ph.D. The University of Tennessee-Knoxville) has also joined the department as an Assistant Professor to teach genetics and conduct research. LOUISIANA Tulane University. Department of Cell and Molecular Biolog y and Ecology. Evolution and Organ- ismal Biology’. Two years ago, biology at Tulane “radiated” into two departments: Cell and Molecular Biology and Ecology, Evolution, and Orgamsmal Biology. Drs. David Hurley and Jeffrey Tasker joined the CMB department and Dr. Henry Bart was appointed ichthyologist in EEOB. MISSISSIPPI Mississippi State University. Department of Biological Sciences. Dr. Kevin Anderson joined the faculty as an assistant professor specializing in molecular genetics of anaerobic bacteria. Dr. Karen St. Cyr- Coats was awarded a grant to study the incidence of bovine immune deficiency virus in herds of dairy cattle. Dr. Armando A. de la Cruz was awarded the Paedeia Award for contributions to the College of Arts and Sciences. He is also serving as assistant department head. Dr. Lewis R Brown along with Dr. Alex Vadie of petroleum engineering and Hughes Eastern Corporation, has been notified that their proposal to increase recovery of more domestic oil has been selected for negotiation. The $7.3 million project involved stimulating indigenous microorganisms in oil reservoirs to increase oil recovery. Dr. Michael J. Sullivan has been named treasurer of the Phycological Society of America. Dr. Mark Peterson was awarded a grant to study the role and timing of prey availability on the Walleye stocking program in the Luxapalila River. Dr. Randal K. Buddington will study the development of a novel, low-cost diet for larval fish and crustaceans, funded by the Alabama Sea Grant Consortium. Dr. Jerome Jackson has support to study least terns in an urban environment: population dispersion and nesting phenology. NORTH CAROLINA Duke University, Department of Botany. Dr. James Clark, currently at the University of Georgia, will join the department in September 1992. He will fill the community ecology position that was occupied by Norman Christensen, now dean of Duke’s new School of the Environment. North Carolina State University. Department of Botany. Dr. Dominique Robertson (Ph.D. Cornell University) has joined the department as a cellular and molecular biologist. She will have primary responsibility for the core biotechnologies course offered in the summer, assist with the college honors program, and contribute to the research in plant molecular biology. Dr. Robertson has postdoctoral experience at Duke University and North Carolina State University. The Larry A. Whitford Botany Scholarship/ Fellowship Award was made to Jeffrey D. Compton, a senior in botany. He has an overall GPA of 3.75, has conducted special topics study under Dr. Jon Stuck y and is currently working in the aquatic botany research lab of Dr. Jo Ann Burkholder. Dr. Whitford. now 90 years of age, was present to assist in the presentation. Dr. Thomas R. Wentworth was selected as an Outstanding Teacher at NCSU and a member of the Academy of Outstanding Teachers. This highly competitive recognition of teaching excellence is based on student evaluations, input from advisors and alumni, and exit interviews with students. Mr. Lawrence W. Diener was selected to receive the Martha Sue Sebastian Graduate Teaching Award fox 1991-92. Western Carolina University. Department of Biology. Dr. J. Dan Pittillo received the WCU Paid A. Reid Distinguished Service Award. Dr. Frederick W. Harrison was elected a Fellow of the American Association for the Advancement of Science. Highlands Biological Station. The Station is offering grants-in-aid and scholarships for research in field biology in the southern Appalachians. Graduate students and postdoctoral researchers interested in working at the Station are encouraged to apply for support. The application deadline for 1993 is March 1 . The Station offers outstanding laboratory facilities, and easy access to a diversity of natural ecosystems in adjacent national forests. Biodiversity in the region is exceptionally high. For further information contact the Highlands Biological Station, P.O. Box 580, Highlands, NC 28741. (704-526- 2602) (FAX 704-526-2797). NEWS OF BIOLOGY IN THE SOUTHEAST 195 SOUTH CAROLINA Winthrop University. Department of Biolog]’. Dr. Janice Chism joined the department in the summer of 1992. She received her Ph.D. from the University of California at Berkeley. Her research deals with the reproductive behavior of patas monkeys, which she has studied in the field in Kenya. She will teach Physical Anthropology, Investigative Biology, and Human Biology. TENNESSEE The University of the South. Department of Biology. Nancy Berner, a comparative animal physiologist from Stanford University joined the faculty this past Fall. She will serve as a replacement for Professor Charles Foreman, who will be retiring at the end of the 1992-93 academic year. Also, John Palisano is serving as a visiting associate professor, teaching microbiology in the department during the Fall semester. VIRGINIA University of Richmond. Department of Biolog]’. Dr. William S. Woolcott retired with emeritus status in May 1992 after 37 years of service. He and Dr. Eugene Maurakis will present two papers on “Reproductive Behavioral Systematics of Cyprinid Fishes” at the 1 1th Annual Meeting of the Hennig Society in Paris, France in August 1992. Dr. Rafael DeSa (Ph.D. University of Texas, Austin) joined the faculty as a vertebrate systematist. Dr. Gard P. Radice received a grant for $75,000 to study “Myosin Isoforms” and a $42,000 grant for Instrument and Lab Improvement. WEST VIRGINIA Fairmont State College. Division of Science. Mathematics and Health Careers. Dr. Steven L. Ste¬ phenson received a grant from the National Geographic Society to study myxomycete ecology in the forests of New Zealand. MUSEUMS AND BOTANICAL GARDENS ALABAMA Alabama Museum of Natural History, Tuscaloosa. The 14th annual Museum Expedition began 7 June, with Dr. Vernon J. Knight, the Museum’s Curator of Southeastern Archeology, to direct the first large-scale scientific excavation of an Indian mound since the 1930’s. The Museum was host to the 13th annual Mid-South Archaeological Conference in May 1992. The theme was “Historic Native Americans in the Mid-South: Archaeology of the Choctaws, Chickasaws, Creeks, and Cherokees." Archaeologists from Harvard University and Universities from the South and Southeast gave papers. MISSISSIPPI The Crosby Arboretum, Picayune. The Twilight Talks began each Friday evening, beginning with dinner and followed by talks by various guest speakers. Also, this Fall. The Symphony Series will showcase two performances by the LTniversity of Southern Mississippi Symphony Orchestra. An ensemble of cellists from the United States, Mexico, Honduras, and China will highlight one of the Friday performances. NEWS FROM AFFILIATE SOCIETIES OF ASB TRAVEL GRANTS AVAILABLE The Southeastern Division of the American Society of Ichthyologists and Herpetologists (SEASIH) awards a limited number of travel grants ($50) to assist students presenting papers at its annual meetings. In April 1993, the SEASIH will meet in connection with the annual meeting of the Association of Southeastern Biologists in Virginia Beach, VA. A written statement of need justifying the award is required. Students interested in being considered for travel grants should contact Dr. C. Kenneth Dodd, Jr., National Ecology Research Center, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 412 N.E. 16th Avenue, Room 250, Gainesville, FL 32601 (904-372-2571). 196 DUES RENEWAL TIME FOR 1993 ASB MEMBERSHIP Please complete information, enclose check or money order to ASB, and mail to Patricia Parr, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Box 2008, Oak Ridge, TN 37831- 6034. Check the mailing label to see the year you are paid through — for example, if the date is 1991, you need to pay for 1992 and 1993. Please contact Pat Parr if there is an error (615-576-8123). Thanks for your support! Until December 31, 1992, you may pay at current rates; After January 1, 1993, the new rates will be in effect! Name _ Address _ City _ State _ Zipcode _ Phone _ Date _ Annual Dues: _ Regular $15 ($20 or 3 yr/$50 after 1-1-93) _ Student $8 ($10 after 1 - 1 -93) _ Family $20 ($25 after 1-1-93) _ Emeritus $10 _ Contributing $50 _ Sustaining $100 _ Patron $300 _ Library $25 ($30 or 3 yr/$85 after 1-1-93) Optional Enrichment Fund Contribution $ _ fhe ASts bulletin AM. MUS. NAT. HIST. LIBRARY Keceived un t wy-2B~9S 5y. 0)6 CONTENTS THE ASB BULLETIN Volume 39, Number 4, October 1992 President’s Corner — A View from Here . 147 CALL FOR PAPERS 150 Ecology in Education Workshop . 157 BLUE ABSTRACT FORM (Detach) . Between p. 172 & 173 Reviews . 191 News of Biology in the Southeast . 193 News from Affiliate Societies of ASB . 196 Cover photo illustrating gelatinous appendages of a marine fungus courtesy Dr. J. Kohlmeyer, Institute Marines Sciences, Univ. North Carolina, More- head City, NC.